Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10
How did you become involved in atheism or irreligiosity in general? Was there a family background?
I used to be a member of the Lutheran Church of Germany – as were my parents, but my family was not very religious. I left the church when I was at the university.
You are the chairman for the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists. What tasks and responsibilities come with being the chairman for the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists?
My main responsibilities are political communication, which includes press releases, the website, social media, and international contacts.
Based on the membership of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists and from personal experience, who is most likely to be non-religious/an atheist?
It is hard to give a simple answer to this question, as our membership is very diverse. There are people who had a religious family background, and sometimes even suffered from their religious education. There are also people who never had much to do with religion, but at some time discovered how strongly the churches also affect the life of non-religious people, and decided to do something about it.
What are some of the main campaigns and initiatives of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists?
Beyond advocating the separation of state and church in general, we especially campaign for a religious-neutral school. Together with other organisations, we also oppose making assisted suicide unlawful.
In the Political Guide, there is an important note that over one billion members of the global community does not belong to any church or religion with 150 explicit atheists. That’s a lot of people; still a minority compared to the global population, but a significant number of people rejecting the supernaturalist claims in gods or God. What is the scope and scale of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists? Who are some of its most unexpected allies?
Our activities focus mainly on Germany and the German-speaking countries of Europe. Globally, our most important ally is the Atheist Alliance International (AAI) and with other atheist/secularist organisations.
Not all churches or religious organisations want to be privileged by the state, and some take a similar stance on church-state separation as we do, but I would not go so far as to call them allies.
What is the best argument you’ve ever come across for atheism?
I think on of the most compelling arguments is summarised by the following quote for which I unfortunately cannot give a source: If God has spoken, why is the universe not convinced?
As well, churches have privileges in law. That amounts, by implication, to religious bias in law against the secular; religious privilege equates to irreligious inequality with the religious. What is the most egregious legal privilege for the religious over the irreligious?
The most egregious privilege is probably the enormous amount of taxpayers’ money that flows into the activities of the churches, especially religious education, but also the salary of bishops. Also unacceptable is that the churches are the only exception to the rule that only insulting people is punishable, not institutions or convictions.
In general, what are the perennial threats to the practice of atheism globally?
First, I want to stress that we don’t ‘practice’ atheism in the same way religious people practise religion. The biggest threat for atheists and non-religious people in general is religious intolerance, not only people who are openly fundamentalist, but also by people who actually don’t practice religion very intensively, but take it for granted that the state has to support religion.
What have been the largest activist and educational initiatives provided by International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists? Out of these, what have been honest failures and successes?
We are trying to promote our aims using the media, the internet and social networks. There is also a prize that we award every two years. This year It will go to Ateizm Dernegi, a Turkish atheist group. The event will take place June 3 in Cologne.
Although we were not yet able to influence the law-making process significantly, we already had representatives participate in hearings of state parliaments. And recently non-religious groups got a joint seat in the body that oversees the public radio and TV corporation of North-Rhine Westphalia.
How can people get involved with the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists, even donate to it?
On our website www.ibka.org one can find information on how to become a member and how to donate.
If you are living outside Europe, you may consider becoming a member of Atheist Alliance International.
Thank you for your time, René.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/11
The Atheist Union of Greece is hosting an event on March 11, 2017. The Atheist Union of Greece sets a distinct priority for the firm establishment of the separation between the state and the church with equal treatment of citizens without regard for the religious or philosophical proclivities of the individual citizen.
The event that the Union will be hosting on March 11 is a workshop entitled “State and Church: Approaches (Human Rights, Economy, Politics).” Bear in mind, Greece is a highly religious nation with 98% of the Greek population being Orthodox Christian. So the Greek general population, as a heuristic, is principally – that is, primarily – Orthodox Christian. These are synonymous titles within the Greek demographic landscape.
So the topic of church and state, and the separation thereof, remain integral components for the Atheist Union of Greece core priority, which is that separation between church and state – within an economic, human rights, and political framework. The Atheist Union of Greece is a member of the Atheist Alliance International and the European Humanist Federation.
At the event, there will prominent academics and speakers who will describe the various problems that arise in virtue of Greece embracing a lack of separation between of Church and state. The political parties were provided invitations to openly state their positions after the workshop, the event. It will run from 10:00 to 15:00 today, March 11.
What is the event in general?
A conference regarding the relations of State and the Church, will take place this Saturday 11-03 at Panteion University in Athens. It is entitled: “State and Church: Approaches” (Human Rights, Economy, Politics), and is co-organised by the Department of Sociology at Panteion University, the Atheists Union of Greece and the Hellenic League for Human Rights.
Where does this initiative originate?
It is an initiative of the Atheists Union of Greece, member of the European Humanist Federation and the Atheist Alliance International, a Non Profit Organisation that promotes secularism in Greece.
What is the Atheist Union of Greece?
AU was founded in 2010 and currently has about 1800 members all over Greece and abroad. The AU undertakes various campaigns one of the most notable being a proposal for separation of church and state in the form of a questionnaire sent to the political parties.
What is the main topic of the conference?
The conference brings forth the problem of the state and church embrace in Greece. It comes after a long, misleading, populist and scaremongering monologue by regressive voices, now it is the time for the voices of reason and science to set the grounds correctly for a public debate about the problem.
It examines it from all of the various aspects that it has. Never before has an overview of the problem by distinguished academics and other speakers been organised in the country. It aims to inform all citizens that the state-church separation is a reform that suits all people, even the religious ones.
AU believes that political will is essential in solving the problem. Unfortunately, so far, the political parties seem reluctant to even discuss it as demonstrated by the poor response to the above mentioned questionnaire.
The conference, therefore, besides its informative character, is also a political intervention as political parties have been invited to attend and asked to contribute their views and commitments.
Thank you for your time, Fotis.
For those with further interest in becoming involved or contacting The Atheist Union of Greece, one very good means is the website, where you can become involved with them. Another means includes the Facebook page, which has an active membership and over 10,000 likes. Event details by the International Association of Free Thought here.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10
Church attendance makes you seem trustworthy and popular
Based on a news report by the Daily Mail, there is research suggesting that going to church can make attendees appear more trustworthy and popular, which seems like an obvious benefit to going to church. However, this is public perception rather than a necessary reflection of a reality, of course.
80% of people identify with a religion, according to Pew Research. Some researchers have looked into the evolutionary benefit(s) to, or from, religious practice. The research began in the early 2000s. At the Santa Fe Institute, Dr. Eleanor Power looked into it.
Power found that “active religious participation may benefit practitioners by strengthening social bonds.” That is, “lab-based experiments have suggested that religious behaviour may increase prosocial qualities like generosity and trustworthiness, few researchers have studied this question in a real community.”
Change in religious demographics in Europe, via baptisms
Patheos – Cranach reported that many, many Muslim immigrants into Europe are converting to Christianity, through baptism obviously, and this is having a noticeable effect on the growth and attendance at churches in Europe: “See this, this, and this.”
“For the last few decades, churches have been almost empty on Sunday mornings. But congregations that have evangelised Muslims are coming back to life. For example, the Trinity Lutheran Church in Berlin, which we have blogged about, used to have 150 parishioners. Now they have 700.”
That is, this is a phenomenon in major international economic and cultural centres such as England too. There has been an estimation by an Anglican bishop that as many as one out of four confirmations done are performed on Christian converts who used to be Muslims.
Epilepsy-religious experience link draws closer
Science Daily reports that, “A relationship between epilepsy and heightened religious experiences has been recognised since at least the 19th century. In a recent study,
researchers from the University of Missouri found a neurological relationship exists between religiosity — a disposition for spiritual experience and religious activity — and epilepsy.”
Brick Johnstone, neuropsychologist and professor of health psychology, described how past research shows how humans have distinct tendencies towards spirituality. It is natural. So the tendency to religiosity has a semi-firm neurological foundation.
Co-author and assistant professor of religious studies, Daniel Cohen, asked, “If a connection [between the brain and religious experiences] exists, what does it mean for humans and their relationship with religion?” Indeed.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/10
What’s the short story regarding your coming into humanism?
I’ve found that many Humanists come from a Christian background, and I’m no exception. I was raised as a conservative Christian in Middle-America, but even as a child I found that my church seemed more interested in self-aggrandising and sermonising than in applying itself towards making the world a better place.
In college, I was exposed to a wide variety of new secular and progressive ideas that really resonated with me for the first time. I lost my faith and, ironically, found a new sense of self and purpose in atheism. But for me, atheism wasn’t enough. It described only something that I didn’t believe. I didn’t believe in God anymore, but there were plenty of things I did believe in. I still believed in freedom and equality, in providing well-being to those in need, and in a pursuit of knowledge through science.
Eventually my wife and I moved to Burlington, Iowa and we met a group that seemed aligned with those same ideals. They called themselves Humanists and that was one of the first times I had been exposed to the term. It just seemed like a perfect fit. We started coming to meetings and getting more involved and now we help to organise and plan for the group’s future.
What makes humanism, or secular humanism, seem more natural to you than other ethical and philosophical systems?
For me, Humanism is the perfect intersection of emotion and reason, and it is very utilitarian in that respect. Empathy for other humans and the world we inhabit is the primary emotional driver that guides us, but we are also willing to admit that we are fallible and susceptible to bias. So, we must rely on science and reason to translate our empathy into action. Many other ethical and philosophical systems rely on too many assumptive externalities. They embrace our human fallibility as some sort of positive attribute, or portray it as some impassible barrier between us and a greater future of our own design. Humanists refuse to accept this. We desire to maximise happiness and minimise suffering for this one life that we have. We may not always know the best path to achieve those goals, but relying on science and reason are the best ways we know how.
You are the President of the Tri-State Humanists. Although, as we discussed in correspondence, the term “President” is difficult with the group being small. Nonetheless, you have noted the discussion group nature of the Tri-State Humanists. How do you lead the discussions?
For our group, the term “president” is more of a formality. I’m more of a spokesperson and contact representative. I think that works well for us since we are still relatively small, but we are growing every day. We focus on providing a safe place for non-believers and knowledge-seekers to voice their thoughts during our discussion group meetings.
What are some notable topics, even articles or books, in the discussions for the group?
We cover a wide range of topics including religion, education, politics, and science. But recently we hosted an educational public event for Darwin Day. We had members and people from the community come to hear my wife Frances, a biology and environmental science graduate and
Naturalist for Des Moines County, give a talk on all the discoveries that have been made about evolution since Darwin’s publication of “On the Origin of Species”. Evolution really is a wonderful story of how we are all connected. We had a wonderful turnout and there was a lot of interest in continuing the topic in later discussion groups.
Has the group taken up any activist causes?
This past holiday we took on our first charity mission to raise funds for a book donation for our local public library. We exceeded our modest goal and raised over $200 to purchase several science education books for young children. It was great to give back to our community and support an institution that advocates tirelessly for open access to knowledge. As our group grows we hope to take on even more advocacy missions.
What is the upcoming discussion topic for March?
I believe we will be discussing the intersection of religion and politics. Precisely what legal rights are religions and religious adherents entitled to in this country and in what ways should, or could, those rights change in the future? With the increasing political divisions between parties what impact will religion play in coming elections?
How can people get involved with Tri-State Humanists?
We are currently organising all our events and discussion group meetings via Meetup.com https://www.meetup.com/Tri-State-Humanists/. But we also recently started up a Facebook page which you can find at https://www.facebook.com/Tri-State-Humanists-722197934627224/. We encourage anyone or any religious background to come and visit with us and join our discussion groups.
Thank you for your time, Tyler.
Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/08
Israeli women in politics surpasses US
According to Jerusalem Post Israel News, on International Women’s Day, there is an important note on women in politics for reflection, which is the fact that a total of 33 female MKs serve for the Knesset.
One study, published last year by Ofer Kenig at the Israel Democracy Institute, described the representation of women in the Israeli Knesset, which showed it is higher than the US Senate at 20% and the House of Representatives at 19.4%.
In other words, “…Israel only slightly lags behind the OECD average when it comes to women’s legislative representation.”
Russian energy minister declares non-interference in US politics
CNBC reported that the Russian energy minister denied the allegations of Russian interference in the American political system. Alexander Novak, the energy minister, said, “We did not interfere in U.S. domestic politics…”
“…and we prefer that every country be independent in resolving its domestic issues” Novak continued. It is in the wake of the OPEC output cut, and Novak “talked about Russia’s cooperation in the process, calling the coordination between OPEC and Non-OPEC producers historic.”
Apparently, this is historic because of the dual OPEC/Non-OPEC countries as signatories to the agreement.
Obamacare, but worse
Salon stated that after “more than half a decade of breaking promise after promise to produce some sort of legislation to “replace” the Affordable Care Act, congressional Republicans have finally unveiled an actual health care bill. And boy oh boy, is it terrible.”
Paul Ryan, house speaker, served legislation that “replicates Obamacare.” However, it is significantly worse than Obamacare in important ways. Fewer citizens will be covered. There will be less magnanimous subsidies for citizens. The sick and the poor will be worse off. The rich will have tax cuts. The health insurance companies will get big doled out monetary funding, so the rich will be better and the poor will be worse with this system.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/08
I feel happy at the advancement of women in the important areas of life: arts and culture, education, politics, science, and religion. In order of presentation: women in the arts and culture, from the Canadian perspective – that I know best and not even that well – which is, frankly, individual arts and culture incubators – both of which herald in new eras in Canadian society such as Alice Munro, Joy Kogawa, Lee Maracle, Margaret Atwood, Nellie McClung, and some others.
For specific sectors of Canadian society, women and girls have earned (e.g., Lee Maracle, whose narratives focus on Indigenous women and feminists), through hard work and hardship, the broad praise of the arts and culture community in Canada, especially the longstanding, prominent, and productive hands of Alice Munro and Margaret Atwood, both of whom appear to garner respect and dignified approval outside of the borders of Canada. A mark of truly outstanding lives.
Some women, recently, up-and-coming such as Madeleine Thien, who won the prestigious Giller Prize, recently, come to the fore. As well, the intimate work written by Tracey Lindberg entitled Birdie, which tells another important Indigenous story. Arts and culture remains integral to the Canadian identity, which seems plural—dominated by some based on time and quantity of people with the history—and more, and more, diversified in voices.
Education remains another important domain of female, or women’s (a more personal and preferable term), achievement in this sweet country o’ mine. In the world, women tend to have fewer opportunities for education; and if chances for education, then fewer odds of advanced education without discrimination in it. Women and Education by Statistics Canada states:
Women have progressed considerably in terms of education and schooling over the past few decades. Just 20 years ago, a smaller percentage of women than men aged 25 to 54 had a postsecondary education…Education indicators show that women generally do better than men. This gap in favour of women is even noticeable at a young age, since girls often get better marks than boys in elementary and secondary school.
As well, more girls than boys earn their high school diploma within the expected timeframe and girls are less likely to drop out. More women than men enrol in college and university programs after completing their high school education. A greater percentage of women leave these programs with a diploma or degree.
Most Canadian praise this, and share concern for boys and young men in education—which seems like a valid, important concern in developed nations, but, in an international analysis of the issue—on International Women’s Day, Canada does well in the education of girls and women in contrast to other nations.
In politics, ‘because it was 2015,’ the Canadian Prime Minister instantiated both the tactical political and equality maneuver for the first 50-50 sex-split Cabinet in Canadian history. And, as far as I can discern, the first legacy Prime Minister–following in the cut brush of Pierre Trudeau, or his father—in Canadian history is the second Trudeau, the historic, and politically savvy motion, presented Canada to the world as a place of political equality.
When I think of science, some women exist in the history books, who seem less known—and I had to look some up, such as, in 1938, Elsie MacGill became the Chief Aeronautical Engineer at Canadian Car and Foundry where she was selected to assist in the construction of the Hurricane aircraft for the British Royal Air Force and Roberta Bondar with extensive training in neuroscience and medicine and selection for NASA based on the numerous academic credentials earned by her.
Lastly, religion, or irreligion for those so tended, Marie Morin was an exemplar. One women who was the first Canadian-born women that became a religious sister. In fact, she became a bursar and superior at Hospitalièrs of Montreal. Lois Miriam Wilson was the first president, who was a woman, of the Canadian Council of Churches. And to the famous Canadian atheists, many exist: Kathryn Borel, Patricia Smith Churchland, Wendy McElroy, Hannah Moscovitch, and, of course, the wonderful Reverend Gretta Vosper.
Whether arts and culture, education, politics, science, and religion, International Women’s day as one peak to Women’s History Month is an important reflection, and, from one obscure Canadian’s view, this appears praiseworthy to me.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Numbering: Issue 29.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (24)
Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada
Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal
Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com
Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022
Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022
Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing
Frequency: Three Times Per Year
Words: 847
ISSN 2369-6885
Abstract
Richard May (“May-Tzu”/“MayTzu”/“Mayzi”) is a Member of the Mega Society based on a qualifying score on the Mega Test (before 1995) prior to the compromise of the Mega Test and Co-Editor of Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society. In self-description, May states: “Not even forgotten in the cosmic microwave background (CMB), I’m an Amish yuppie, born near the rarified regions of Laputa, then and often, above suburban Boston. I’ve done occasional consulting and frequent Sisyphean shlepping. Kafka and Munch have been my therapists and allies. Occasionally I’ve strived to descend from the mists to attain the mythic orientation known as having one’s feet upon the Earth. An ailurophile and a cerebrotonic ectomorph, I write for beings which do not, and never will, exist — writings for no one. I’ve been awarded an M.A. degree, mirabile dictu, in the humanities/philosophy, and U.S. patent for a board game of possible interest to extraterrestrials. I’m a member of the Mega Society, the Omega Society and formerly of Mensa. I’m the founder of the Exa Society, the transfinite Aleph-3 Society and of the renowned Laputans Manqué. I’m a biographee in Who’s Who in the Brane World. My interests include the realization of the idea of humans as incomplete beings with the capacity to complete their own evolution by effecting a change in their being and consciousness. In a moment of presence to myself in inner silence, when I see Richard May’s non-being, ‘I’ am. You can meet me if you go to an empty room.” Some other resources include Stains Upon the Silence: something for no one, McGinnis Genealogy of Crown Point, New York: Hiram Porter McGinnis, Swines List, Solipsist Soliloquies, Board Game, Lulu blog, Memoir of a Non-Irish Non-Jew, and May-Tzu’s posterous. He discusses: “Why is There No Sacred Music?”.
Keywords: Eugene Wigner, George Carlin, Gregorian Chants, J.S. Bach, Lewis Eugene Rowell, May-Tzu, Mick Jagger, mirrors, Noesis, Richard Dawkins, Richard May, Salt and Pepper, Sir Fred Hoyle, The Rolling Stones, Vivaldi.
Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)
*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: “Why is There No Sacred Music?” asks a question, which I must ask: Why is there no sacred music, Tzu?
Richard May[1],[2]*: There’s plenty of sacred music. Have you listened to the musical works of, e.g., Richard Dawkins? The Atheist community has historically written the most transcendent music. Forget J.S. Bach, Vivaldi, and Gregorian chants.
Jacobsen: You wrote, “If sacred music were the only ‘doctrine’ of the church, then I could believe.” George Carlin similarly remarked, “The only good thing ever to come out of religion was the music.” Have you ever had any religious beliefs whatsoever in a mainstream normative sense?
May: Funny, but inaccurate. Carlin missed that Judaism was far more civilizing than Roman pagan religions. The Jews freed their slaves after 7 years, for example. Hillel the Elder, when asked by a pagan to explain Judaism, while standing on one foot, said, ”Do not do to others what you would not have others do to you. All the rest is commentary.” What’s not to like about that?
I don’t remember my religious beliefs in utero, if any, or the color of the wallpaper in my mother’s womb, as so many do. When I was under four years old I was given a wax angel candle and told that it would protect me from goblins coming down the chimney. I may have been scared by a children’s story about goblins. Or maybe goblins came down the chimney.
But at a later age I never understood how Jesus could take-away ‘sins’ or what that even meant. I thought I was stupid. I didn’t know that Jews and Muslims considered this ‘taking away sins’ a heresy. I didn’t understand what ‘sins’ were. No one explained to me that to ‘sin’ came from the Greek word “hamartia,” which was a term from archery meaning “to miss the mark.”
I remember before the age of four asking my father why the moon phases occurred. He said God did it. He knew perfectly well the correct explanation. Then I asked Father what made God? This ended my father’s astronomical explanations.
If my memory of this occurrence is not a confabulation, surprisingly I may have actually been an intelligent little boy!
In the 4th grade I learned that there was no Santa Clause and hence, that parents lied to their children. Afterwards I distinctly remember going to a children’s Golden Book encyclopedia and where it was located in the class room, in order to look up “God” to discover, by analogy with Santa Clause, whether God was also a lie that parents told their children. But disappointingly there was no listing for God in the encyclopedia.
At an older age, maybe my early teens, I decided that if there was a “God,” he would not be worse than men, i.e., primitively tribal and genocidal. I was appalled by the experience of going to church, ancient ladies singing weird songs, which fortunately only happened maybe four times in my life. I told Mother that I did not “believe in” church. She cried.
Jacobsen: What is music?
May: Music is a tonal analog of the emotions, Thinking about Music, an Introduction to the Philosophy of Music by Rowell. I think Rowell nailed it.
Jacobsen: What is sacred?
May: Something is sacred if it brings you to a higher part of yourself.
Jacobsen: What differentiates music from, simply speaking, sacred music?
May: If music inspires you to shoot your brothers or the neighborhood cop on his beat, then it may be at a different level than say, e.g., J.S. Bach or Gregorian chants.
I like to contemplate as a koan Mick Jagger and The Rolling Stones doing Gregorian chants or “Push it” by Salt and Pepper, done very slowly with the lyrics translated into Latin https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vCadcBR95oU .
Jacobsen: If we had a better grasp of mathematics, logic, and reason, would we be able to enjoy music better? Is there an innate sensibility of mathematics, logic, and reason, behind the harmonizing beatifications of the ear in ‘good’ music?
May: I don’t think so. — ‘”the enormous usefulness of mathematics in the natural sciences is something bordering on the mysterious and there is no rational explanation for it.” — Eugene Wigner
Try natural selection! “The logic of our brains is the logic of the universe.” — Sir Fred Hoyle
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Unreasonable_Effectiveness_of_Mathematics_in_the_Natural_Sciences
But what Wigner has called the “unreasonable effectiveness of mathematics,” as applied to understanding physical reality, may in my view have a corresponding principle, “the unreasonable effectiveness of music,” as applied to human brain physiology in achieving altered states of consciousness.
Jacobsen: Following from the previous question, would this mean an objective ability to grasp something akin to the Good via pitch, frequency, tone, and timbre, and higher harmonics, and the talent to reason, ratiocinate, and mathematicize?
May: I don’t know. This is beyond me. Perceiving the Good certainly is dependent upon one’s state of consciousness, which may be altered by music, drugs, dance, massage, prayer and meditation.
Jacobsen: What would Pythagoras say in a pithy way?
May: “Music is the geometry of the soul.”— May-Tzu
Footnotes
[1] Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society.”
[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022: https://in-sightjournal.com/insight-issues/.
*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.
Citations
American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)[Online]. April 2022; 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.
American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, April 8). Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.
Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A, April. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9>.
Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.
Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A (April 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.
Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9>.
Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.
Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 29.A (2022): April. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9>.
Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Richard May (“May-Tzu”/”MayTzu”/”Mayzi”) on “Why is There No Sacred Music?”: Co-Editor, “Noesis: The Journal of the Mega Society” (9)[Internet]. (2022, April 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/may-9.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–2022. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links March be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/07
Anders Stjernholm is Chairman of the Atheistic Society and outspoken critic of religion and belief, or as he puts it “fervent anti-theist”. Anders is also a stand-up comedian who debuted in 2005 on Comedy Zoo in Copenhagen.
What’s the short of the long regarding coming into atheism for you?
I was raised as pretty standard Danish “culture christian”. My family used to be members of the state church, which is called folkekirken (people’s church), but we only attended church for ceremonies (we didn’t even attend on Christmas day).
In my early 20’s I started observing the effects of religion on society and on the individual. Adding up the score pretty obviously pointed towards the negative. Two of the most obvious effects were the stifling of free expression and critical thinking.
That interest initially found expression in my jokes – I do comedy as a stand-up comedian. Later, however, it brought me to start working for the Atheist Society (Ateistisk Selskab).
In your experience, what seems like the main reason for people becoming Atheists?
I think there are two main reasons:
1) The claim of divinity doesn’t bode well with the Danish youth, who are rather well-educated with a healthy dose of scepticism.
2) The use and personal association with the rituals provided by the church since the 70’s now have secular alternatives with increasing popularity. For instance, adulthood can be celebrated with a mini-camp on a humanistic platform with a ceremony in which young people present their newly acquired insights to their families, and new children are often given their name which is celebrated without clergy and temples.
What makes atheism seem more natural, and simply true, to you than other worldviews?
I see the methods of critical thinking and the value given to evidence and empiricism as the most successful “dogmatic” mindset. When these methods are applied to the claims that gods exist, that religion is advantageous for the individual or beneficial for society, etc., the answer is a rather clear “false”.
What is the best argument for atheism you have ever come across?
I see it as a collection of arguments that make a strong case for the unlikelihood of the religious claims on all levels of the debate. The validity of the scriptures, the effects of practicing your religion, the cultural influence of religion and, as of late, I have really come to acknowledge the psychological research on the cognitive reasons and expressions of religion.
You are the chairman of the Ateistisk Selskab (Atheistic Society/Danish Atheist Society). What tasks and responsibilities come with being the chairman?
My work focuses on communication – representing the arguments and opinions of the group – and also building the organisation.
What are some of the demographics of the organisation? How many members are in it? Who is most likely to be an Atheist and join the organisation?
We have just under 1000 members. Half live in Copenhagen, and most of the rest are concentrated around bigger cities. 85% are men – how we can appeal more to women is a challenge for the future.
Has the group taken up any activist causes? What were they? What was the outcome?
We have made the website www.udmeldelse.dk in which we have made it easier for Danes to cancel their membership of the state church. Most are registered as members by default – this happens when people are baptised and we know from surveys that a significant proportion of these members do not wish to be so. The website was launched in March 2016. We just learned that the website has resulted in a record number of members leaving the church last year: 25.000 people. We hope to improve on that number next year.
How can people get involved with Ateistisk Selskab?
You can contact us on info@ateist.dk. We have a pretty quick response rate. More info on www.ateist.dk.
Twitter: @ateistdk
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ateistiskselskab.dk
Thank you for your time, Anders.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/05
Philosophy still a “great major”
According to Patch, an oft labelled “useless, pretentious, counterproductive, ridiculous and self-indulgent” undergraduate major might have a strong defender.
As per a new website, created and maintained by Jack Weinstein, professor of philosophy at the University of North Dakota, argues that philosophy continues to be a “great major.”
On the front page, it says, “Philosophy is a great degree to help you get your first job…It’s a fabulous degree to help you get your second, fifth, and eighth.”
New course incorporates video games into philosophy
Stevens Point Journal reports that many video games such as “Bioshock Infinite,” “The Legend of Zelda,” and “The Walking Dead” are not only popular activities for younger people.
In fact, they can even be used to teach how they “influence thoughts, morals and decision-making.” The University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point is offering a course entitled “Video Games and Philosophy.”
This will be offered to high school students, or those of that age, “to both play and think critically about popular video games…Campers will develop argumentative, rhetorical and logical skills to become better at written and oral communication.”
The philosophy of Westworld, robot rights and more
According to the A.V. Club, Westworld is great, enjoyable science fiction with many layers of philosophical debates. It looks at the nature of consciousness, free will, and so on, in between in its many shootout scenes.
One main question, for example, is “whether the park’s hosts should be thought of as sentient.” Another is the “debate between predestination and free will.” Do we have a choice in guiding our destiny, or not?
What does that mean for morality? As well, the show’s philosophical bent looks at the nature of consciousness and free will as they relate to suffering. Do we need suffering for consciousness or free will?
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Interviewer: Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Numbering: Issue 29.A, Idea: Outliers & Outsiders (24)
Place of Publication: Langley, British Columbia, Canada
Title: In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal
Web Domain: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com
Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022
Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022
Name of Publisher: In-Sight Publishing
Frequency: Three Times Per Year
Words: 1,962
ISSN 2369-6885
Abstract
Veronica Palladino is a Member of the Glia Society. She discusses: growing up; a sense of an extended self; the family background; the experience with peers and schoolmates; some professional certifications; the purpose of intelligence tests; high intelligence discovered; the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses; the greatest geniuses in history; a genius from a profoundly intelligent person; profound intelligence necessary for genius; work experiences and jobs; particular job path; the gifted and geniuses; God; science; the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations); the range of the scores; ethical philosophy; social philosophy; economic philosophy; political philosophy; metaphysics; philosophical system; meaning in life; meaning externally derived, or internally generated; an afterlife; the mystery and transience of life; and love.
Keywords: Cechov, Glia Society, God, Great Britain, Italy, Leicester, Marconi-Tesla, medicine, Molise, Veronica Palladino.
Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)
*Please see the references, footnotes, and citations, after the interview, respectively.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you were growing up, what were some of the prominent family stories being told over time?
Veronica Palladino[1],[2]*: My parents are two ordinary people but extraordinary to my sister and me. Even though my father passed away a few years ago, his precious teaching is always in my heart and in my mind.
Jacobsen: Have these stories helped provide a sense of an extended self or a sense of the family legacy?
Palladino: My family is the pivot of my life. It is a continuous resource, it is the nourishment for the soul when it needs to be refreshed.
Jacobsen: What was the family background, e.g., geography, culture, language, and religion or lack thereof?
Palladino: My family is Italian. My mother was born in Great Britain, exactly in Leicester. I was born and I live in Italy in a small region called Molise. It is a beautiful place where nature, ancient traditions and authenticity create a jumble of good feelings and spontaneity.
Jacobsen: How was the experience with peers and schoolmates as a child and an adolescent?
Palladino: I was an extremely shy and reserved child. I preferred to invent fantastic stories full of enchanted worlds in which to take refuge to avoid relationship with others. My imposing and robust physical appearance created in me embarrassment and displeasure. I didn’t feel accepted and I kept a low profile to hide who I was. I did not want to share my ideas, thoughts and eccentricities with others for fear of not being understood. I showed a protective armor against evils. Now I know that I am what I am, simply.
Jacobsen: What have been some professional certifications, qualifications, and trainings earned by you?
Palladino: I am medical doctor and I have written four books: Il diario del Martedì, Un mondo altro, La Morte delle Afroditi bionde and Persone e lacrime.
Jacobsen: What is the purpose of intelligence tests to you?
Palladino: According to me the purpose of an intelligence test is to challenge one’s cognitive abilities to improve weaknesses and to corroborate potential. The result obtained should not be taken too seriously. It must be a track to evolve and do better.
Jacobsen: When was high intelligence discovered for you?
Palladino: After twenty, I have done a test for fun with a friend.
Jacobsen: When you think of the ways in which the geniuses of the past have either been mocked, vilified, and condemned if not killed, or praised, flattered, platformed, and revered, what seems like the reason for the extreme reactions to and treatment of geniuses? Many alive today seem camera shy – many, not all.
Palladino: Being a genius is no guarantee of success. Many factors affect the life of a brilliant mind, just think of the Marconi-Tesla comparison or the misunderstanding reserved for a great Italian writer like Svevo. The examples are numerous. Understanding the light and power of a great mind is a difficult task. Every genius has a particular and unique interaction with the world.
Jacobsen: Who seems like the greatest geniuses in history to you?
Palladino: There is not one in particular, I could say Bohr, Leibniz, Goethe, Bach, Ramanujan, Wittgenstein, Aeschylus but it is impossible for me to choose because everyone has a wonderful gift that does not admit comparison
Jacobsen: What differentiates a genius from a profoundly intelligent person?
Palladino: A highly intelligent person has cognitive abilities greater than four standard deviations from the general population. A genius is not just intelligence, it is above all an emblem of strength, determination, creativity, originality and innovation.
Jacobsen: Is profound intelligence necessary for genius?
Palladino: No I think that genius definition does not require a profound intelligence necessarily. It is an extremely complex and various concept.
Jacobsen: What have been some work experiences and jobs held by you?
Palladino: I worked as an on-call doctor. Now I am a resident.
Jacobsen: Why pursue this particular job path?
Palladino: I believe in medicine, in helping people with love and truth, in improving ourselves. I chose my career path because I want to give meaning to my work, helping to alleviate, even if in my small way, the worries of others. Moreover, scientific studies allow you to train your mind and find explanations to the many questions that concern humanity. Then I love to write. It is a necessity to travel continously in fantastic lands. Cechov said medicine is my lawful wife and literature is my mistress.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more important aspects of the idea of the gifted and geniuses? Those myths that pervade the cultures of the world. What are those myths? What truths dispel them?
Palladino: There is a lot of confusion about the concept of genius and gifted. Genius goes back to antiquity. In Roman mythology each person was born with a guardian spirit called Genius. During the Italian Renaissance the world designated something truly exceptional about the individual. Now the term “genius” is no longer in style to describe highly gifted students or adults. Giftedness is a brain-based difference that contributes to our vibrant and neurodiverse world. Those who are profoundly gifted score in the 99.9th percentile on IQ tests and have an exceptionally high level of intellectual prowess. Genius is a poetic dream, gifted is a scientific definition.
Jacobsen: Any thoughts on the God concept or gods idea and philosophy, theology, and religion?
Palladino: God is pure light, perfect science. Many do not believe in the existence of God but those who believe in it know that his existence, even if indefinable, fills life. Words do not have sufficient expressive capacity to describe what God means to those who believe. God is only total love.
Jacobsen: How much does science play into the worldview for you?
Palladino: Science is the key to knowledge because it allows you to evolve and improve by accessing higher levels of knowledge but it is also the lock because without it, the understanding of every process is denied. Our perceptions are different, false and fragmentary but science is coherent and indivisible because it is a unifying truth that is difficult to reach and the ways that lead to it are manifold and inaccessible. Many are lost and will never be able to grasp its essence which is the ultimate basis of our life, our unique breath.
Jacobsen: What have been some of the tests taken and scores earned (with standard deviations) for you?
Palladino: Numerus 154 sd 15, Matriq 179 sd15, Fiqure 157 sd 15 Lexiq 175 sd 15, Nerve 169 sd 15, Labcube 165 sd 15, VerbaNum 178 sd 15.
Jacobsen: What ethical philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?
Palladino: For my professional duties I believe in the power of deontology, an ethical theory that uses rules to distinguish right from wrong. Deontology is often associated with philosopher Immanuel Kant. Kant believed that ethical actions follow universal moral laws. The word deontology derives from the Greek words for duty (deon) and science (or study) of (logos). In contemporary moral philosophy, deontology is one of those kinds of normative theories regarding which choices are morally required, forbidden, or permitted. In other words, deontology falls within the domain of moral theories that guide and assess our choices of what we ought to do (deontic theories), in contrast to those that guide and assess what kind of person we are and should be (aretaic [virtue] theories).
Jacobsen: What social philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?
Palladino: I believe in the power of social epistemology that is the philosophical study of the relevance of communities to knowledge. Social epistemology can be done descriptively or normatively. Weinstein and Stehr have written: “ From the beginning of scientific revolution scientists, philosophers and laypersons have been concerned about the effects of knowledge on social relations. Although views differ about the details of this knowledge…, most observers have understood that the kind of knowledge that emanates from estabilished science can indeed be quite powerful in practice.
Jacobsen: What political philosophy makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?
Palladino: Nature is our mother and we should respect it in every political choice. Beyond the traditional ethical disputes concerning the good life for human beings and what political situation would best suit our development, others take up an alternative conception of humanity and its relationship with the living world. “Environmentalism” is a political philosophy that does not concern itself with the rights of people or of society, but of the rights of the planet and other species. Environmentalism rejects such human-centered utilitarianism in favor of a broad ethical intrinsicism – the theory that all species possess an innate value independent of any other entity’s relationship to them.
Jacobsen: What metaphysics makes some sense to you, even the most workable sense to you?
Palladino: I believe in the priciples of Catholicism: life and dignity of the human person, solidarity, subsidiarity and respect.
Jacobsen: What worldview-encompassing philosophical system makes some sense, even the most workable sense to you?
Palladino: I follow my philosophy of life which is unique and tailor-made for me. Each of us is unique, each of us is glowing potential and has all the tools within himself to evolve into a better form. Fears, insecurities, excesses divert our path. Respecting yourself to respect others is the most powerful philosophy of life. “Homo sum, humani nihil a me alienum puto” (Terence)
Jacobsen: What provides meaning in life for you?
Palladino: The purpose of my life is to seek the truth, the truth of knowledge, the truth of love, the truth of affections, the truth of creation. I want to pull away the veil of appearances and artifacts that cover things.
Jacobsen: Is meaning externally derived, internally generated, both, or something else?
Palladino: The meaning is internally generated.
Jacobsen: Do you believe in an afterlife? If so, why, and what form? If not, why not?
Palladino: I believe in life after death in a form inexplicable to human understanding beyond the physical laws. I imagine a density of love so great that it creates more love that does not let anything escape.
Jacobsen: What do you make of the mystery and transience of life?
Palladino:
I would like to answer with a succinct word: Soldiers.
It is a poem of Giuseppe Ungaretti.
We are as
In autumn
On branches
The leaves.
For me, the poem represents what is transience of life. It underlines the irrationality of the human condition and the inevitable end we must all face. It renders all men no different than leaves that in autumn fall from the branches, following the natural course of nature.
Jacobsen: What is love to you?
Palladino: In my poem “To you everything” I explain love.
To you who told me not to cry,
To you, what a genuflect, you forced me to get up,
To you who have fenced off my despair,
My whole being
All my bright dark,
Everything they don’t see and don’t know.
In every secret, in every lie, in every artifact there
is only one truth,
for you, and no one else.
They tear my flesh, moods, words, dreams … I have nothing left.
I’m already dead but I don’t admit it.
I walk in apocalyptic inertia e I don’t find acceleration.
Limbo is deadly, hell awaits me
Only in the last healthy piece of cancer-defaced tissue
the last memory snuggles up with you,
the impulse of an omnipotent happiness.
To you everything.
According to me love is like quantum entanglement. When two or more particles link up in a certain way, no matter how far apart they are in space, their states remain linked. That means they share a common, unified quantum state. (i∂̸ – m) ψ = 0.
Footnotes
[1] Member, Glia Society.
[2] Individual Publication Date: April 8, 2022: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1; Full Issue Publication Date: May 1, 2022: https://in-sightpublishing.com/insight-issues/.
*High range testing (HRT) should be taken with honest skepticism grounded in the limited empirical development of the field at present, even in spite of honest and sincere efforts. If a higher general intelligence score, then the greater the variability in, and margin of error in, the general intelligence scores because of the greater rarity in the population.
Citations
American Medical Association (AMA): Jacobsen S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)[Online]. April 2022; 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.
American Psychological Association (APA, 6th Edition, 2010): Jacobsen, S.D. (2022, April 8). Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1). Retrieved from http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.
Brazilian National Standards (ABNT): JACOBSEN, S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1). In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A, April. 2022. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1>.
Chicago/Turabian, Author-Date (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott. 2022. “Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A. http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.
Chicago/Turabian, Humanities (16th Edition): Jacobsen, Scott “Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal. 29.A (April 2022). http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.
Harvard: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A. Available from: <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1>.
Harvard, Australian: Jacobsen, S. 2022, ‘Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)’, In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal, vol. 29.A., http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.
Modern Language Association (MLA, 7th Edition, 2009): Scott D. Jacobsen. “Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1).” In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal 29.A (2022): April. 2022. Web. <http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1>.
Vancouver/ICMJE: Jacobsen S. Conversation with Veronica Palladino on Life, Views, and Work: Member, Glia Society (1)[Internet]. (2022, April 29(A). Available from: http://www.in-sightpublishing.com/palladino-1.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License.
Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012–Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links March be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen, and In-Sight Publishing and In-Sight: Independent Interview-Based Journal with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and can disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/04
First, there’s so much terminology on the Web: secularist, progressive, secular humanist, humanist, Unitarian Universalist humanist, atheist, agnostic, even bright and freethinker. What is the standard, straightforward definition of a humanist?
Humanism is the concept of being and doing good (for yourself and others) without reference to any gods or other supernaturalisms.
What is “humanist” in your sense? Definitions depend on individual.
In my book, Creating Change Through Humanism, I explain that humanism rests on three pillars. First, humanism’s epistemology, or how humanists know things, is the scientific method, relied upon because experience proves it to be the best method for gaining reliable answers to any questions. Second is our compassion for humankind and the world at large. Third is our egalitarianism. Both compassion and egalitarianism arise from our empathy for humanity.
When did this become the worldview for you? The preferable philosophical and ethical take on the world and human beings’ relationship with it. What was the moment or first instance of humanist awakening?
Becoming a humanist was a gradual process for me. As I learned more about the world, I replaced religious stories and concepts with scientific theories and facts. As I learned more about people and the problems many confront in their lives, the more I recognised our inherent equality and developed empathy and compassion for them.
What seems like the main reason for people becoming humanists in America?
With the “nones” as one of the most rapidly growing segments of US society, life without faith or religion is becoming normalised. Humanism provides the answer to those asking, “Now what?”, for humanism is the reality based philosophy that points folks in a direction of progress for ourselves and others.
What is the best reason you have ever come across for humanism, e.g. arguments from logic and philosophy, evidence from mainstream science, or experience within traditional religious structures?
There are so many good arguments for humanism and for discarding religion in favour of other non-theistic approaches. One can start with the problems of religion, such as their disprovable mythologies, contradictory claims, violent histories, corrupt leaders, or simply outdated approaches. Or one can start with humanism itself recognising its firm basis for provable thinking, focus on making life demonstrably better for people, and recognition of our society’s need for better, fairer, ways to live.
You are president of Washington’s DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics & the executive director of the American Humanist Association. What tasks and responsibilities come with these distinct positions?
As leader of the local group of 1,500 DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics, I have so far helped the group focus on downtown social events like happy hours, dinner meetups, and occasional entertainment events. I intend to expand the group to include more traditional lecture and discussion events in the near future.
As executive director of the American Humanist Association, I spend about a third of my time engaged in writing and coordinating outreach efforts to help increase public awareness of humanism. I spend another third of my time managing staff and working with leadership groups that fall under the AHA umbrella of organisations.
The last third is spent more directly outreaching across the country via local group lectures, media appearances, conference talks, and one-on-one meetings with members, political leaders, and allies.
What are some weekly or monthly, and popular, activities provided by Washington, DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics?
Our first Wednesday of the month happy hour at James Hoban’s Irish Pub in Dupont Circle is our most consistent and popular event. While folks are united by their rational approach to life’s big questions, it’s populated by who are diverse in their ages, ethnicities, and backgrounds.
The American Humanist Association is huge, just really big. What are some of the demographics of the organisation? Who is most likely to join either the Washington, DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics or the American Humanist Association compared to other American sub-populations? (Age, sex, sexual orientation, and so on.)
The American Humanist Association, like just about all organisations whose base of supporters were developed primarily through direct mail, has its demographics skewed older, whiter, and male(r). But in recent years as online members/supporters went up over 50,000 and the numbers on Facebook over half a million, the demographics have come closer to the general population.
We are planning on a survey for later this year, so that conclusion relies on experience rather than hard numbers, for now. Judging by past surveys about half of humanists are dedicated Democrats, but the other half, instead of being Republican tend to be independents—only 2-3% of our members vote Republican.
What have been the largest activist, educational, and social activities provided by both organisations? What have been honest failures, and successes?
The American Humanist Association has had a string of significant impacts that span the gamut from events like our participation in Reason Rallies, that drew thousands to the National Mall, to our 75th Anniversary Conference last year in Chicago that attracted several hundred members and awarded luminaries like Jared Diamond, John de Lancie, and Medea Benjamin.
We’ve had victories on Capitol Hill with the introduction of Darwin Day legislation and the passage of the International Religious Freedom Act and its specific protections for humanists and other non-theists. We continue our remarkable ninety percent win rate on our legal cases that most frequently challenge religious discrimination in public schools.
And the numbers keep skyrocketing for those making humanist donations, chatting rationally online, meeting non-theists locally, leading secular invocations, celebrating humanist weddings, and more.
We haven’t always been successful in our efforts, such as when the AHA closed a New York City bioethics office, when we lost our “Under God” case against those words appearing in our Pledge of Allegiance, or when we failed to convince any of the current nontheists in Congress to be completely open about their nontheism, but I see such setbacks as overwhelmed by our successes, which gives us reason to be optimistic for the future.
My sense of the public perception of humanism in the US, and agnosticism and atheism is either not knowing about it or disliking it. What’s behind this?
Among the faithful, there’s a deep-seated fear of those who claim to be good without a god, both because people fear the unknown and also because they feel threatened by a concept that is diametrically opposed to their own faith that all goodness derives from their god. Just existing, being good without a god, suggests there’s something fatally wrong with the faithful’s faith.
Even worldly people ask me how I can be moral without a biblical foundation because they believe that is the only foundation for morality, not realizing the lessons of psychologists like Piaget who explain how nearly everyone develops morality through experience, not ancient books. As more and more atheists and agnostics come out and people get used to their presence, the prejudice will fade.
Who/what are the main threats to humanism as a movement in the US?
Donald Trump and the many Religious Right supported leaders he’s put in place are a dire threat to progress for humanists in the US. Not only are we already seeing efforts to reverse gains toward church-state separation, but the intentions to go further than ever before have been made clear.
Among the worst of them is the legislation supported by the Administration that would repeal the Johnson Amendment, which prevents churches and other religious organisations from getting involved in electoral politics. If the repeal went through, it’d be like Citizens United on steroids as all current campaign finance laws become superseded by the change.
Most electoral money would be instantly funnelled through the churches where they’d be limitless, anonymous, and tax deductible. The AHA held briefings on the Johnson Amendment issue in both the House and Senate, and we are poised to mobilise numbers to prevent its repeal.
How can people get involved with Washington, DC Atheists, Humanists and Agnostics or the American Humanist Association?
Folks can get involved with the AHA in many ways, perhaps none more impacting than being counted as a member by joining online. People can follow us on Facebook, Twitter, and other social media. Those interested in meeting people face to face can join the DC AHA meetup online, or seek a local group elsewhere in the US. Others my want to use a celebrant for life events or inquire about becoming one themselves. There’s also opportunities for interning/volunteering.
Thank you for your time, Roy.
Thank you for your outreach.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/03
President Trump touts school choices
According to the Catholic News Agency, President Donald Trump on March 3 praised a Catholic education system while visiting a Florida Catholic school. He is in support of school choice programs.
Trump said, “You understand how much your students benefit from full education, one that enriches both the mind and the soul. That’s a good combination,” to Bishop John Noonan of Orlando.
President Trump “toured the pre-K-8th grade school, located in Orlando’s Pine Hills neighbourhood, and spoke with students, who presented him with two cards.” He reportedly told a girl “she’s ‘gonna make a lot of money. But don’t run for politics.’”
The Assembly of First Nations meet on the educational gap
CBC News: Calgary reported that the “Liberals pledged billions” to fix the education problems for First Nations. Hundreds “of First Nations leaders across the country are gathering in Calgary to talk amongst themselves about how best to tackle the perennial problem of education on reserves.”
The Assembly of First Nations national forum has been examining the educational problems in addition to novel education models. The goal is to close the gap in K-12 and postsecondary education between non-Indigenous and Indigenous students in Canada.
Economist, Don Drummond, estimated First Nations schools get 30% fewer funds compared to others in the provincial jurisdiction throughout the country. Darren Googoo, director of education for the Membertou Mi’kmaq First Nation in Nova Scotia, said, “The goal is to create and open a dialogue amongst First Nations across the country.”
Sex education to be compulsory in every English school
Elite Daily said, “In awesome growth and progress news, the UK just announced that in 2019, sexual education will be compulsory for every English school and the reasoning is beyond amazing.”
It is an amendment to the Children’s Work and Social Bill, which required the children from age 4 and up to have education on healthy relationships. As the pupils develop, their sex education will develop along with their age to be appropriate to that stage of development.
Some of the curriculum will focus on the online world as well. Emphasis on the online world will include teaching students “how to stay safe and smart in an ever-increasing online world.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/02
Islam to become largest world religion by 2070
According to the Daily, the sole religion with a growth rate faster than the global population is Islam. It has an expected growth between 2010 and 2050 of 73%. It contrasts with only 35% for the global Christian population in that same period.
The main growth centres are going to be Bangladesh, India, Indonesia, and Pakistan. The new research comes from the Pew Research Centre, which operates out of the United States of America.
“The estimations, compiled from figures from a number of Pew reports, found if both faiths continue to grow at the same rate, [then] there will be” approximately 2.76 billion Muslims and 2.92 billion Christians by the year 2050. Islam will have a bigger following than Christianity by 2070.
Hate crime on Pagan shop
CBC News states that an attack on a Pagan store can be considered a hate crime. A University of Winnipeg religion professor stated that the attacks on a West End shop, which sells spirituality products, can be considered “hate crimes.”
A self-identified witch, Dominique Smith, owns the alternative spirituality store, Elemental Book & Curiosity Shop. It was “spit and urinated on, broken into and had its windows smashed over the past six years.”
Smith wanted the acts investigated as a hate crime—the recent incident. Winnipeg Police Service said a hate crime that involves property requires the “commission…to be based on bias, prejudice or hate based on religion, race, colour or national or ethnic origin.
Believers’ ‘Black Market’ in China
The Globe and Mail reported that “Under President Xi Jinping, followers of many faiths have been pushed ‘to operate outside the law and to view the regime as unreasonable, unjust, or illegitimate,’ says The Battle for China’s Spirit.”
The Battle for China’s Spirit is a recent report from Freedom House, which is an NGO based in Washington. It advocates for civil liberties. Based on the report, Christians are “barred from gathering for Christmas” and “Muslims are jailed for praying outdoors.”
Buddhists are forced to take patriotic re-education. Officials in China have banned holiday celebrations and have had places of worship desecrated. The security forces throughout the country “detain, torture, or kill believers from various faiths on a daily basis.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/03/01
Professor Jameel Sadik “Jim” Al-Khalili OBE is a British theoretical physicist, author and broadcaster. He is currently Professor of Theoretical Physics and Chair in the Public Engagement in Science at the University of Surrey.
Scott Jacobsen: One longstanding phenomena in the dissemination of pseudoscience and non-science into the popular culture is the deliberate construction or unthinking repetition of words with specific meaning outside of their proper context. Two prominent words are “quantum” and “energy.” With your expertise in physics, what are the proper definitions of quantum and energy in context, in physics?
Professor Jim Al-Khalili: The word quantum comes from the Latin quantus, meaning ‘how great’, and came into general use in physics in the first few years of the twentieth century to denote the smallest indivisible piece. Now, when we use the word ‘quantum’ we mean something very specific. A quantum process is one that follows the rules of quantum mechanics that were developed in the mid-1920s. Such rules differ dramatically from those of classical, or Newtonian, physics.
Particles are defined by mathematical quantities called probability amplitudes. In the quantum world, processes are probabilistic and fuzzy and behave in waves that are very counter-intuitive. What is fascinating is the boundary between the quantum and classical worlds. Ultimately, everything is made of atoms and quantum particles, but that does not mean that we see quantum behaviour in the everyday world.
The word ‘energy’ is in far more common usage and you might think it far less obscure. Yet, it is probably abused far more often than ‘quantum’. If you think deeply about its meaning you realise that the concept of energy can be quite slippery. But we can do a good job of tying it down. Firstly, the sum total of energy in the Universe is conserved. It cannot be created or destroyed. But it can be converted into matter, and vice versa.
We see this on the quantum scale where pairs of particles can be formed from pure energy and a particle and its antimatter partner can annihilate entirely in a puff of energy. We can also think of energy as the ability to do work. Energy can convert from one form to another and there are many different forms, such as light (electromagnetic energy), gravitational energy, kinetic energy (due to motion), sound etc. Some types of energy can be traced back to something more basic.
So, sound energy and heat energy are no more than energy of motion: vibration of molecules.
Scott Jacobsen: What are one or two common ways these are used to justify pseudoscience and non-science?
Professor Jim Al-Khalili: Well, quantum mechanics is weird and counter-intuitive; there’s no denying that. This has meant that those who don’t understand it have been happy to use it to explain anything they find mysterious, whether it is telepathy, certain types of alternative medicine, like homeopathy, and all manner of spiritual phenomena. It’s sloppy and intellectually lazy thinking to ascribe anything we don’t understand to quantum mechanics.
Even worse, when it comes to energy, we encounter downright nonsense. People use terms like negative energy or spiritual energy or auras. These are not scientific and it is very easy to show that if any of these notions were true then they would mean a complete overhaul of the laws of physics. You can’t have working cell phones and ghosts in the same universe.
Scott Jacobsen: Where are schools failing in combating this?
Professor Jim Al-Khalili: I think what is missing from school science curricula is teaching about the scientific method itself – that science is about testing hypotheses and theories to destruction, and being prepared to alter our views in the light of new evidence. That way, children can learn the difference between slowly evolving scientific consensus and evidence-based enquiry as opposed to mere ‘opinion’.
Scott Jacobsen: What methods to combat this have failed?
Professor Jim Al-Khalili: I think that some societies have confused scientific debate and opinion, and the way scientific ideas evolve, with other ideologies that form a part of human discourse and thinking, such as politics, art, sport, religion, and a wide range of cultural views. They assume that science can also be a matter of subjective opinion, or that science is just a way of thinking and that there are always two sides to any argument, view or concept.
Science is not like that. Yes, some scientists can stick dogmatically to their theories, even in the light of evidence to the contrary, but that doesn’t last. Science strives for objective truth. Unlike religious faith, a good scientist will give up his view if faced with evidence to the contrary.
We see for example broadcasters falling into the trap of always needing opposing views on matters. This may be useful in political debate, but not in science. A simple example is the following: If 99% of climate scientists argue that climate change is happening and due to mankind and 1% disagree, you should not be having a 50/50 balance in a debate.
Scott Jacobsen: What methods have been successful?
Professor Jim Al-Khalili: I don’t know about the US, but in the UK, school children are taught evolution in science lessons. They learn that it is not ‘just another theory’ alongside religious beliefs like creationism. Sure, they should learn about the various ideological views people in different cultures and times have held, whether the Abrahamic religions or capitalism, communism, fascism, liberalism, humanism etc. But thankfully our education system does not lump the scientific method in with these.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/28
Adalet R. Garmiany is a British & Kurdish Iraqi artist, curator and Chief Executive/Founder of ArtRole, an International based contemporary arts organisation developing international cultural exchanges with the Middle East. Adalet has been forging important cultural and artistic relationships between Iraq, Middle East, UK, across Europe, USA, and the rest of the world facilitating artistic dialogue, exchange and mutual support.
You were born in Kirkuk, Iraq in 1973. What was the original interest in performance art, music, and cultural productions?
My interest in music most probably came from the Qadri Sufi ceremony. I loved chant and the Daf musical instrument, and I still play even to this day. The Qadri Sufi ceremony is considered one of the most ancient spiritual ceremonies for Kurds. I was fascinated by Kurdish traditional weddings, colours, dancing and singing – all of which live within me and has thus become a part of my work.
As for visual art, I was fortunate enough to be given a special talent: I was one of the most talented at drawing pictures in my primary school. I would draw relentlessly – I would even draw on walls without knowing how to use brushes and colour.
Then, in 1989, I joined the Institute of Fine Arts in Mosul. Regarding culture productions, after working with international NGOs in Iraqi Kurdistan in the Nineties supporting culture industry in the region, and after I moved to live and study in the UK, I realised, personally, making only artwork wasn’t satisfying me enough, especially after seeing all the conflicts and devastation from my region.
The arts environment in the UK helped me realised that I wanted to work as an art director and curator. I subsequently founded and helped established a number of art and culture groups and organisations, one of them being ArtRole.
Previously, you were a sculptor and painter. Why did you leave those for other interests?
I believe this has more to do with my nature. I have experienced all kinds of visual art forms as a painter and sculptor. In 1995 I considered creating an installation in Iraqi Kurdistan, then I started to read and write about postmodernism during the latter half of the Nineties whilst in Iraq, and in 2000 I started my BA in the UK and worked as artist which disclosed to me the various different ways in which I could understand, practically, new media and conceptual art.
Later I realised I wanted to work in a larger ‘play space’ with more materials. I did this by way of a mixture of performance, installation and sound art – all of which brought my spiritual background in unison with all these elements. I managed to express myself more through these forms of art. Indeed, I expressed myself through the medium of public art on the street, art in nature, etc.
Also, you performed in a Qadri Sufi Group. You were a Kurdish drum (Dervish Def) player. What is the personal fulfilment and expression that comes from playing in a Qadri Sufi Group?
The area I grow up was dominated by the Qadri ceremony, and I was born in Qadri’s Holy town in Iraq. This spiritual Sufi ceremony helped me keep my balance and it protected me from getting lost in the chaos of decades-long wars. These wars caused untold distractions to everyone living there, and fostered, of course, a totally violent environment with houses constantly ablaze. About 80% of my family were killed by the Saddam regime.
My entire childhood memory photos were destroyed. Many of my family members were imprisoned for no other reason than for being Kurdish. However, none of this makes me hate or vengeful because I didn’t allow myself to be the victim of their fascist agenda. Instead, I have tried hard to understand what it means to be human and to act as human in the most civilised way possible. This method of spiritual living that comes from within has built my personality and has found its way into my art and culture work.
What was the inspiration for the foundation of ArtRole?
Well, I worked with many civil society groups and NGOs, in Iraqi Kurdistan and in the UK, and I established the Kurdish Tradition Dance Group HATAW. AHRK was the main idea that I acquired during my time in the UK which was inspired by the work I did with the French NGO ‘Dia’, which works in the Kurdistan Region, with the co-creator of the Kurdish-Yorkshire Music group.
Then, after the second Golf war in 2003, when I was in the UK, I thought I needed to act internationally and get engaged with the conflict zone through the medium of art, culture and educational programmes. I believed strongly that through art I can have a role to play in those massive misunderstandings that exist within and between communities, especially the connection between the Middle-Eastern and North-Africa region and the western world.
Here the idea of ArtRole materialised, and with support of some passionate people such as Justine Blua, Mark Terry, Rob Gawthrop and Anna Bowman I established ArtRole on July 2004 in the UK in my small bedroom. This became an international organisation that extended across the globe.
ArtRole created platforms for hundreds of artists, academics, activists, diplomats, curators, art and culture managers, art students, human right and civil society groups, etc., in order to establish a mutual understanding and dialogue between them and local authorities in the hope of creating unity concerning the value of culture and how people are connected despite apparent differences.
What are some of the eventual emotional difficulties and rewards in the creation of artistic exchanges with international creative communities?
There are many examples through our twelve years of continued work. One of the situations that was emotional for me occurred in 2009 when I organised a Post-War Art & Culture Festival in Sulaymania city, in the Kurdistan region of Iraq, at a venue called the Red Jail. The Red Jail used to be the security prison for Saddam Hussain’s regime which imprisoned thousands of Kurdish people – many of whom were tortured and executed.
The Red Jail became the National Museum and one of the main artistic spaces in the whole of Iraq. During the time I was at the Red Jail, a time in which my mother visited me often, I created a performance called “Memory Game” which featured over 50 people participating – including international artists such as Richard Wilson and Anne Bean from the UK; ex-prisoners; my mum, etc. It was a very emotional moment.
However, it was also rewarding to transform the building into a space which allowed people to freely walk back into it without coercion. Instead, people would enter for different reasons: to heal, to find optimism, and to look forward to a better future.
You are the founder & cultural director of AHRK (Asylum seeker & Refugees of Kingston-Upon-Hull). What is the content and purpose of this initiative?
I went to the UK as a political and humanitarian Refugee, and I was granted refugee status very quickly. In a matter of months, I met a very good amount of English people who suggested that I establish a group to support Asylum Seekers. The idea came together very quickly and I started a committee to run the group.
As culture director, I proposed that we organise a culture event to introduce the group and refugee-culture to the public, which was a huge success. So the main idea was to help those who needed help by assisting them claim asylum, help them find a job, and even help them enrol in college courses (and many others kinds of support that they needed).
Also, as the AHRK cultural director and ArtRole Chief Executive, what tasks and responsibilities come with these positions?
Such things I could list include, but is not limited to, helping people and communities despite their differences; creating a platform to bring people together; establishing dialogue; and establishing mutual understanding through the medium of art, culture and education.
What is the probable future of Iraq, artistically and culturally (even in its basic existence as a state)?
Because there is a lack of infrastructure and a lack of political and social stability, as well as a lack of economic sustainability, there will be no real artistic and cultural environments growing from inside that area.
Your work focuses on the cultural ideas from the Middle East such as the historical, political, religious, and spiritual views. What brings these together in your professional work? How do you unite these varied perspectives in productions?
In the middle east, the religion and political division have had an extreme influence on people’s lives, especially those who are ethnic minorities. I have attempted to see these elements in my work through an artistic and cultural perspective.
The spiritual views have given me a balance in which to see the things having substantial affects on our lives in a wide, horizontal dimension. This is the amazing thing concerning art and culture, i.e. there is no limit one can reach and no limit to which things can be brought together. That is why I managed to go as far as possible in bringing together those elements within and to metamorphose them in different ways.
For those who want to work together or become involved, what are the recommended means of contacting ArtRole, or you?
First, they will need to ask themselves what they want to accomplish. Anyone who wants to work in ArtRole will need to have a strong motivation and courage to work in the kinds of environments that ArtRole works in, environments that are both challenging and effectuate different ways of understanding what is happening in a given environment.
The most important thing concerning people who join us is that they are contributing to these situations, contributions that have real affects on the lives of others. That’s what we have been doing voluntarily for many years, and why we always welcome people who have an interest in joining us.
Thank you for your time, Adalet.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/28
Bay of Plenty as arts and culture hub
According to Bay of Plenty Times, there are attempts underway to turn the Bay of Plenty area into an arts and culture hub. The goal is to boost creativity and innovation through the increase in the arts and culture community and tourism.
Dawn Hutchesson, a national creative sector specialist, said, “Many cities have had great success with creative strategies from London to Brisbane to Auckland.” That’s the goal for these too.
The arts and culture strategies will work together to boost the community and strengthen their economies in turn building “engaged communities and encourage innovation.”
St. John’s is a cultural “hotspot”
The Winnipeg Free Press reported that the St. John’s is a cultural “hotspot.” The owner of the Leyton Gallery of Fine Art, Bonnie Leyton, said, “We get loads and loads of tourists…They all comment on what an amazing city this is.”
Leyton noted that the place is a “creative place” with lots of storytellers. For Newfoundlanders, it is posited as a way, historically, to entertain themselves, which might go “back to the isolation of outport communities.”
It’s becoming more important too with the offshore oil earnings sinking. The arts became more important. 75,000 people visited museums in 2016. Indeed, visitors around the world come to gather some taste for the culture, according to Christopher Mitchelmore (Tourism Minister).
Australia’s most famous cult makes the news
The West Australia stated that on “Monday February 20, the Chamber of Arts and Culture WA hosted the 2017 Arts Election Debate as part of its Arts Improves Lives campaign.”
Four main political party representatives were present—Labor, Liberals, Nationals, and Greens. “The Chamber of Arts and Culture WA promotes, and advocates for, the importance of arts and culture,” which is a powerful statement for arts and culture in their 2017 policy platform.
Over the next four years, there will a whopping $100 million injected into arts activities. Also, small investments will help with the cultural infrastructure for “access issues” and to “support economic, employment and tourism outcomes.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/27
Pro-Trump pastor opines that lesbian community baiting straight women
According to Pink News, a very prominent pro-Trump pastor, who is also a radio host, said softball prevented his daughters from becoming lesbians.
“Our two daughters played college softball… Every time I’d go to the ball games, I kept an eye on my daughters to see if they’d taken the homo bait yet… and they hadn’t,” the pastor said, “they didn’t have to because they weren’t cropped-haired wide-bottomed girls. They were pretty girls, godly women, they didn’t take the bait.”
The implication being that the lesbian community, as a whole, actively lures and recruits heterosexual women, according to the pro-Trump pastor. Others might doubt that assertion, of course.
Pope prefers atheists to bad Christians
CNN states that the Pope is concerned about fake Christians. He prefers atheists rather than fake Christians. The sermon was based on the Thursday Mass readings. It included parts of the Gospel of Mark.
Jesus Christ, in the Gospel of Mark, said, “It is better to be drowned than to cause others to sin.” So this includes the ‘encouragement of fraud by business leaders, agitation of students by teachers, and manipulation of people away from moral values.’
Pope Francis has been a critic of the excesses of capitalism and greed in business people. This critique is in line with his standard line of criticism. Those Catholic Christians who would be hypocrites to their creed would be less preferred than atheists to the current Vicar of Christ on Earth.
Australia’s most famous cult makes the news
Daily Mail reports that 14-year-old children – yea – were given LSD. That’s quite remarkable and tragic for children to be forced to have mind-altering substances without consent and in cult circumstances.
Those tragic circumstances were in Australia by their most infamous cult, apparently, called The Family. Creepy. Former police officer, Lex de Man, headed a task force to investigate The Family confirmed the LSD story to be true.
‘When they [the children] were administered the LSD at night and the room was dark, Anne would appear at the doorway with a bright light behind her with dry ice in a bucket… and through the hallucinogenic process they would wake up and believe they had seen Jesus Christ,’ Mr de Man said.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/27
The National Center for Science Education (NCSE) has stopped another attempt—of the many tired, stammering, unrelenting attempts—to block modern education, burn it to the ground, and from its ashes build wrongheaded ideas for an educational framework for the young. The NCSE was working on behalf of South Dakotans this time. NCSE does important work, I think.
It continued its activist work on February 22, 2017 for South Dakota, too. In a report on the finalisation of this particular case, they said, “South Dakota’s Senate Bill 55, which would have empowered science denial in the classroom, was defeated in the House Education Committee on February 22, 2017.” Not bad; in fact, it’s another victory.
It’s another notch on the belt—a rather long belt—concerning attempts to introduce non-scientific ideas into the American educational system. But the scientific community, represented by the NCSE, continues to win.
The motion for passing the bill was shot down 6-9 during the vote. However, there was another motion to “defer further consideration of the bill” to a time that would ‘kill it.’ It worked with a 11-4 vote.
Senate Bill 55 (SB 55) stated:
FOR AN ACT ENTITLED, An Act to protect the teaching of certain scientific information.
BE IT ENACTED BY THE LEGISLATURE OF THE STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA:
Section 1. That chapter 13-1 be amended by adding a NEW SECTION to read:
No teacher may be prohibited from helping students understand, analyze, critique, or review in an objective scientific manner the strengths and weaknesses of scientific information presented in courses being taught which are aligned with the content standards established pursuant to § 13-3-48.
I Googled ‘Legalese-to-English Translation.’ My computer froze. But! I have some introductory legal training – not really, so this makes some sense. Senate Bill 55 speaks to ‘common sense’ (not really), or the appearance thereof (really). ‘Science teachers should be able to teach science’ is, more or less, the purported translation. However, it doesn’t seem like the case. That is, as stated by the NCSE in the report, “South Dakota’s Senate Bill 55…would have empowered science denial in the classroom.”
As with the long ignoble history of attempts to move against the rapidity of scientific progress—book burning, training only the religious elite, restriction of education to men, the exclusion of important points in the scientific oeuvre that are politically unpleasant or theologically incongruous—up to the present, here-and-now, the attempt at legal implementation of anti-scientific training seems like another instance to me.
Representatives from the Associated School Boards of South Dakota, the School Administrators of South Dakota, the Associated School Boards of South Dakota, the South Dakota Education Association, Climate Parents, and the state department of education testified—and that’s a good team roster—against the bill. They knew what was up.
They teach the kids, manage the community, and design the curriculum. Who would know better than them? I can’t think of many. Maybe, some of the super-involved parents. Even so, there was a “groundswell” leading up to the day before the event. These included “science education, civil liberties, and environmental groups.”
The Associated Press “reviewed the controversy.” Governor Dennis Daugaard saw the bill as not needed in South Dakota. “Teachers, parents, and scientists” took issue with SB 55. By this point, of course, it’s clear everyone, but a few, were against outright or took concern with SB 55. Some even called it “weasel-worded.”
There have been similar bills such as “Indiana’s Senate Resolution 17, Oklahoma’s Senate Bill 393, and Texas’s House Bill 1485. South Dakota’s was unique. It passed in the legislature chamber and the first to “die.” It is another bill of about 70 introduced since 2004. Thankfully, NCSE is on the case.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/26
Amnesty International reports on women’s rights
The Media Express reports that Amnesty International has released a 2016/17 report that described the “disturbing” situation in Iran with regards to women’s rights. There have been crackdowns on women’s rights campaigners and other problems for women living in those areas.
Those crackdowns have targeted both human rights and women’s rights defenders. There has been the absurd increased in popularity associating human right defenders and women’s rights campaigners, and so on, as criminals. Or their activities as criminal.
Even further, this lead to actions against activists. They were “subjected to lengthy, oppressive interrogations by the Revolutionary Guards.” Many women will not only be rightly remonstrating such unfair treatment, but will surely be asking themselves: A) Is this fair? B) How is this just? and C) How is this solving anything?
KQED provides some resources for Women’s History Month
KQED reported on Women’s History Month, which is upcoming for next month. It is a firm reminder of the need to work for women’s rights. Some highlights from the resources were Elizabeth Cady Stanton and the right to vote.
There’s been a strong focus on the right to education through Mary McLeod Bethune and citizenship education too. There’s also been a focus on the civil rights leader Dorothy Height.
For African American lenses, there’s Ella Baker who founded the SNCC in addition to the right to health care and the pill in addition to women’s right to choose. It closes with Title IX and the 1972 education amendment. (All of the information is provided in the hyperlinked text at the start)
Participants in a Community of Practice meeting in Amsterdam focusing on strengthening girls’ and young women’s activism and leadership. Credit: Mama Cash
Funding for women’s rights
50.50 has stated that, “We see examples of feminist organisations working well together where funders have needed to catch up.” The article describes numerous examples of ways that women’s-rights organisations and coalitions can come together under one banner.
For example, for sex workers: there is the Red Umbrella Fund, as well as the FRIDA | The Young Feminist Fund. Both of which are participatory funds which assist the rights of sex-workers. Other general examples are face-value analysis that some governments are increasing funding for civil society.
The Global Philanthropy Project commissioned research that brought to bear the necessity for “power dynamics” to be “transparent and equal, and where [civil society organisations] can not only co-design project design and implementation, but also overarching funding policy and strategy.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/26
Nagaland, the land of naga or festivals, has been in the news, so it’s a case study, too. What is it? It’s a mountainous state in Northeast India and bordering on Myanmar. It’s been quite well-known as the “State that always carried the image of treating women with equality,” but the ‘image’ has been ‘shattered’ due to the ‘revolt from the civil societies’ based on women candidates attempting to run in politics. Presently, there is a concern over women’s rights and gender equality.
What all of this means is that this is an area of minor regress in the political arena. It might seem obscure as a place, and it is, but women’s rights matter in any place as their rights are often the most violated by individuals, groups, even states – at least as far as I’m concerned. As Human Rights Watch has succinctly, and pointedly, described:
…women and girls around the world are still married as children or trafficked into forced labor and sex slavery. They are refused access to education and political participation, and some are trapped in conflicts where rape is perpetrated as a weapon of war. Around the world, deaths related to pregnancy and childbirth are needlessly high, and women are prevented from making deeply personal choices in their private lives.
Of course, denial of equal treatment in political office isn’t the same as child marriage, but the progression towards equality happens step-by-step. Politics is one area of middle-stage equality, where regression from it is still morally outrageous to principled people of good conscience.
A 57-year-old, Hukheli, who was awarded the North East Peace General Award in 2009 for her contribution to society “has been extremely active social activist and instrumental in several peace talks in the past three decades in Nagaland.”
Yet, even someone as outstanding as a public servant and woman in the community serving from her 20s into her 50s, who has decided to run for political office, Hukheli chose to run as an independent candidate “from ward No. 9 of Dimapur Municipal Council elections” and this caused a raucous response based on 8 of 23 seats in the DMC being reserved for women. I feel the same in the opposing direction.
That is, I support Hukheli for the outstanding contribution to her local society as a civil servant and the other women who deserve those 8 seats. It’s not equal, but it’s a step in the right direction.
Civil society groups were up in arms over it. What’s the deal? In my opinion, and just opining here, my moral sentiments are to have that number as either 11 or 12. There is a claim that there is a constitutional imperative for conducting local body elections, which is good because there is – it’s the deal with the 8 of 23 reserved seats.
However, controversy comes from the State’s attempt to bypass the constitutional imperative, which associates with gender equality and woman’s rights. When the attempt was made to exempt the State from constitutional provisions, there was absurd gender inequality implications for women because the exemption was based on the rights of women.
Hukheli, emotionally and even crying and wiping away tears said:
When there is war…for example Dimapur is a war zone…then they call us to pacify the parties fighting to stop the war. I am the president of Naga Women Hoho also and I have travelled abroad also to talk to higher and collective leadership to stop the war at various times, to not to kill our own brothers and we used to tell them not to fight and maintain peace also. I have also negotiated with K for peace in the region, even have helped organization at various intervals.
…There are so many orphans and widows…women are the worst sufferers because its only we who can suffer. Men do respect us but when it comes to point of 33% reservation they oppose us.
When we were campaigning together for the past seven years together there were no issues, but as soon as we contest elections the protests started. All parts of Nagaland has become deadly against us and we don’t understand if the implementation is only an issue. We don’t know clearly what is it? Only for women reservation or anomalies in law in the state.
There was widespread rioting, even intimidation of female candidates; and this is, not so extraordinarily as in many societies, where mostly men run the civil organisations and standard institutions are found in the society. In the wake of that intimidation, the government “walked away” from upholding the standards for all citizens.
So the civil society opposition is, in actuality, comprised of men who run the civil society organisations, a male opposition to the 8 of 23 seats reserved for women. Nagaland’s Chief Minister, DR Zeliang, resigned based on the fallout from anti-reservation violence. It’s a male-dominated society, in other words, because men at the helm. It’s the same standard, morally outrageous, shtick. What is women’s empowerment, after all?
Toshinaro Imchen has written about women’s empowerment. “Women empowerment, in the simplest of words is basically the creation of an environment where women can make independent decisions,” Imchen succinctly declared, “Without having any restrictions on their personal development and accepted as equals in society.”
Imchen wrote some general factual notes on women’s equality within Nagaland in particular. “Generally, women are not allowed in the traditional village councils, they are not recognised or accepted in the inheritance rights, early forced marriages or employment and the likes.” Imchen said.
“Although 1,110 villages in Nagaland have implemented 1/4th reservation of seats for women in the village development boards, most of it are only in papers as the mindset of women being inferior is still prevalent and taking up the accountability for its implementation is far-fetched.”
The main emphasis, according to Director of the Human Rights Commonwealth in The Tribune, is for the upholding of the law for all regardless of sex or religion. I agree with both The Tribune and Imchen. Why should there be unequal treatment of women in political and government stations? I haven’t come across a good reason with evidence to date.
I have come across instances in news reports of the same occurrences in these themes and contexts. Women harassed and treated with separate and higher standards. My concern is the government is calling for the abrogation of an aspect of the constitutional framework.
The constitutional provision states that all ministers from the government who have assumed office can do so without “fear or favour.” Question remains, “Is the implementation there?” I mean, does it actually exist? If not, then it’s just paper; it’s either enacted and means something or is not enacted and does not mean anything.
So even if there’s a paper trail, potentiality does not equate to actuality, but the structures are in place in theory without the requisite culture to support it – which is an exceptional case-in-point about the need for legal, social, cultural, and political structures to be aligned for equality to flourish.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/25
Manning says politicians need to respond to populist sentiments, rightly
According to CBC, Preston Manning “who once successfully harnessed populist sentiment in Canada into political success is warning that much is at stake if today’s political leadership fails to do that.”
He is the founder of the Reform party. Manning asserts that the biggest difficulty for leaders in politics in the “disenchantment with government, mainstream media and politics” among the general citizenry. That’s understandable, especially the part about the media.
So that means politicians should address voter alienation while channelling “negative political energy” for more beneficial end goals.
Corbyn disappointed by Copeland
The Telegraph reported on the breaking of one of the “immutable rules of British politics,” which is that “Her Majesty’s Opposition does not lose a seat to the Government in a by-election.” It happened. Tears were shed. I’m sure. The rule parties did not win a sitting Opposition midway during the term.
However, the Conservatives did it with the by-election of Copeland, who took a seat held by Labour circa 1983 – when the constituency formed. It’s been called historic. Since the Second World War, the Governing party only won four by-elections “from the main Opposition.”
Copeland won for the first time in 35 years. Last time, it was the Tories capturing the marginal seat of Merton, Morden, and Mitcham (1982). ‘I’m disappointed about Copeland but I’m not standing down,’ Jeremy Corbyn said.
Sam Ronan: Millennial, Progressive Candidate
Paste Magazine stated, “Sam Ronan has become a dark horse candidate in the race for DNC Chair due to his bold, unapologetic progressivism. Thus far, he is the only candidate to openly pledge to get corporate money out of Democratic Party politics.” Some might say, “About time for unapologetic progressivism.”
The magazine notes that this is the bold, progressive politics that the Democrats have been missing in the United States. Ronan has had trouble acquiring money for his political work as an underground “grassroots insurgent.”
As well, this is different than those that are more established such as Keith Ellison and Tom Perez. The observation has been made that the “groundswell” of Millennials can change things. That generation is more progressive than other generations. It has the potential to change America, significantly, in a socially progressive direction.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/24
Pope seen as exemplar of religion
According to Crux Now, a Muslim refugee has proclaimed Pope Francis an example of religion to her. Nur Essa, a Syrian Muslim refugee, was surprised at the openness of the Pope to the Muslim refugee. That openness was expressed in tolerance of other faiths.
“(He is) very open to all of the cultures, all of the religions,” Nur Essa exclaimed, “and he sets an example for all the religious people in the world, because he uses religion to serve the human being.”
Essa described the Pope as a very simple and modest individual, which was seen by her, and her husband, as a positive thing. The family was chosen to see the Pope after travelling from Damascus to Turkey, and then Turkey to Greece.
Migration changes religion
The Anxious Bench reports that migrants carry their religion with them and the lands that the religions are brought to do not remain unchanged. The author of the report used Oscar Handlin’s The Uprooted to quote and make a point.
Handlin wrote, “Once I thought to write a history of the immigrants in America. Then I discovered that the immigrants were American history.” The report makes the argument that migration, firstly, encourages people to form new communities, typically religious.
As well, it tends to sever those individuals from their homelands, where there is a “special spiritual significance” to it. Both “taken together, these factors stir both religiosity and religious innovation.” So migration changes religion.
Religion education changes to happen in Greece
Greek Reporter states that the Greek Education Minister, Constantinos Gavroglou, announced the new changes to be made in the education surrounding religion in Greece in the near future.
The change will be in “History, Ancient Greek, and Mathematics.” Gerasimos Kouzelis, President of the Institute of Educational Policy, told the outlet, Proto Thema, “That there will be radical changes in Religion classes and in the beginning of the new school year.”
“We will try the new material in the new (school) year and make an assessment,” Kouzelis said, when he was explaining that “Greek Orthodoxy will be prominently presented, as it is the nation’s official religion.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Phoebe Davies-Owen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/22
Times are changing, and fast, especially regarding reproductive technology, rights, and, in some dominant areas of the world, the repeal of women’s reproductive rights and technology. It’s rather extraordinary on both sides of the proverbial moral coin. Extraordinary to see the implementation of women’s rights in areas of the world with women and girls in exceptional circumstances, e.g. war ravaged countries or cultures with female genital mutilation practices.
Extraordinary to see the repeal of those same rights, hard won and fought for, in countries with the wealth, freedom, and citizen leisure to implement them. The global situation is all over the map. Same with the United States. But there is a definite direction. This trend in the United States (US) is a reflection of the erratic and fecund hand of President Trump to issue executive orders. Recently, in a series of swift executive orders by the American President, the landscape of American political and socio-cultural life has begun to shift.
One huge detriment is the immediate decline in available money for women’s reproductive health services in the form of funding for NGOs providing abortion services in the world, which were previously provided resources by the US. America is a nation of zeal. It wants to export its values, whether directly or indirectly. Whoever holds the levers of power and influence, they will set the tone for the values to be sent out into the world.
Any funding for reproductive health services is an internationalist value because, as stated unequivocally by Amnesty International (AI), “…equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.” My Body My Rights was a campaign devoted to awareness of this, by AI. The Trump Administration defunding has been termed the “global gag.”
That is, global reduction or elimination of funding for NGOs and other organizations providing abortion services, whether directly, e.g. safe abortions, or indirectly, information about abortions. When abortions are made illegal, women will resort to unsafe abortions, which is a common phenomenon because of the taboos against abortion as a super-minority procedure within women’s reproductive health services. The World Health Organization (WHO) says, “Women, including adolescents, with unwanted pregnancies often resort to unsafe abortion when they cannot access safe abortion.”
An estimated 22 million abortions occur each year with 47,000 women dying in complications associated with unsafe abortions. Not only outrageous in the number of deaths, some 5 million women suffer from disabilities associated with the unsafe abortion. This is, frankly, outrageous. It’s at once unfair and unjust. Progressive actions in the advancement of contraceptive use have made “impressive gains” in the reduction of unintended pregnancies and, by implication and therefore, have resulted in the reduction of complications with unsafe abortions because women will not resort to them. Therefore, there has been more contraceptive use with unintended pregnancies prevented, which is a good thing for the mother and the child.
Simultaneously, there are still unsafe abortions with tens of thousands of deaths and millions of disabling conditions as a result of these risky procedures. “To the full extent of the law, safe abortion services should be readily available and affordable to all women. This means services should be available at primary-care level, with referral systems in place for all required higher-level care.”
WHO recommended, “Actions to strengthen policies and services related to abortion should be based on the health needs and human rights of women and a thorough understanding of the service-delivery system and the broader social, cultural, political and economic context.”
G. John Ikenberry in Foreign Affairs described how Joseph S Nye, Jr. created the term ‘soft power’ in the 1980s.
That’s the core of the conversation here. The ways in which American hard power, military and economic dominance since the end of the Second World War, and its flourishing exporting of its culture, its soft power, have consequences. “U.S. culture, ideals, and values have been extraordinarily important in helping Washington attract partners and supporters.” Ikenberry said. That is, American society arguably sets some, but not all, international standards.
If something happens there, then other international actors will justify their actions within the framework of behaviour set by the United States. Abortion remains the same. Yet, even with Northern Ireland and the Republic residing within the sphere of soft power influence that the US dominates, it still has the most restrictive abortion laws in Europe, more so than even Poland, which has traditionally taken a hard line on abortion.
Terminations within the jurisdictions of the island of Ireland are only permissible on the grounds that the foetus threatens the life of the mother, in contrast to equally as strict Polish laws where abortion is banned with the exceptions of: there being a severe and irreversible damage to the foetus, a serious threat to the mother’s health, or when pregnancy is the result of rape or incest.
Most abortion news has been distressing if not depressing, especially for women and girls, since even the ongoing 2010s. Chile has moved closer to decriminalization of abortion. El Salvador has a total ban on abortion, which is harmful to women and girls. The Dominican Republic Senate postponed the vote for decriminalization of abortion while women’s rights activists have been receiving increasing pressure from conservative and religious groups.
Even in the general Latin American region, the “draconian abortion laws and policies” continue to, punish millions of women. On the other side of the world, in East Asia, South Korea penalizes doctors for performing illegal abortions. There remain issues in Spain and Portugal too. Abortion is still a contentious issue. Portuguese women are required to pay for a termination and undergo rigorous testing.
There were plans in Spain to further tighten abortion accessibility – making abortion illegal except in the case of rape, risk to the health of the mother, and having two doctors verify the conditions – but were scrapped after numerous demonstrations in 2014.
The US may set an example, but it is rare that it is kept to, even in its own states. Neil Gorsuch, Donald Trump’s nominee for Supreme court justice, has not made any current declarations as yet on his position on reproductive rights, but previous statements would suggest that he would take a stand against Roe vs. Wade. His positions on abortion are opaque, but possibly inferable from other views.
On assisted suicide, he views “intentional taking of human life …is always wrong,” according to reportage, on a book on the subject by him, by Forbes. And considering the views on abortion rights coming from Trump’s administration, it doesn’t hold out much hope for the women of America.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/11
Working with youth has always been very important to Nicole. In her teens, Nicole was an assistant team leader for a Search and Rescue Unit. There, she taught young people wilderness survival skills, as well as crime scene protocols. As an adult, Nicole strongly advocates the written word. She has helped run and participated in National Novel Writing Month for ten years and has been a freelance children’s author for five years. Nicole moved to Oregon from Indiana because it was the farthest she could get from that kind of religious mentality without hitting the ocean. In 2012, Nicole temporarily moved to Brisbane, Australia, and became fascinated at the religious differences culture to culture.
As the branch manager for CFI-Portland, what are your tasks and responsibilities?
I’m definitely a Jane of all Trades when it comes to my job description! On a daily basis, my responsibilities tend to be putting puzzle pieces together. If I’m trying to get an event organised, that means I’m getting the speakers to talk to me and the venue to talk to the speakers. If I’m trying to create new flyers, I’m communicating with the rest of the Members of the Board on what’s the best message, what is the best way to get our ideals out into the world? It really is just making sure events happen, questions get answered and that everybody on the Board stays on task. In a line? I’m the one keeping the Portland CFI ship sailing smoothly, while trying to make sure nobody sees me doing so!
CFI-Portland is comprised of humanists, rationalists, and sceptics. What are some of the common ‘pulls’ for people to come, attend, join, and stay in CFI-Portland?
There’s a unity in being religious and going to church. There’s a community to it, a feeling of, “Oh good, they believe what I do. I belong here.” Humanists, rationalists, sceptics, all of them are still human and still want that sense of being among those they can relate to. This is the reason that Unitarian Universalist Churches exist. It’s the reason that CFI exists. It’s all in the hope of making sure that everybody has someplace they can go and say “I’m comfortable here. I belong.”
What are some of the activities, educational programs, and lectures provided by the organisation?
Each branch of CFI is totally different when it comes to the events it chooses to host or the speakers it invites. Here in Portland, we thrive on both socialising with the already like-minded, as well as educating those that are religious and thus unfamiliar with us. Labels like “humanist,” “rationalist,” “skeptic,” and especially “atheist” often come with a lot of negative associations. CFI Portland invites people to interact with those labels in lecture halls, at potlucks and picnics, or even just at a pub over a beer.
What are the positive changes seen from the activities of CFI-Portland in the Portland area?
I’m relatively new to the CFI Portland team, but one thing I can tell you is that every time CFI Portland inspires a new Facebook group for atheists, we’ve won something. Every time a campus is open to us having a controversial debate in one of their rooms, we’ve won something. Every time we can sell out on tickets to a Richard Dawkins event, we can sleep easy knowing that we’re making a difference in our city.
Where can people find the campus outreach? How long have they been in place? How many members are there? What have been the impacts on campus for those universities with a presence to some degree?
CFI Portland has been focusing far more on its effect on campuses in the past several months. The main reason for this is that the younger demographic has shown themselves to be more open to conversations on controversial topics such as God, faith and an afterlife. With this in mind, CFI Portland has tried to host lectures and discussions in venues that appeal to the younger crowd. We have a monthly 4th Friday at the Lab event where a speaker presents a controversial subject. After it’s over, everyone sticks around for a debate on what they were just presented with. There’s beer, there’s pizza and there’s connection.
For example, on January 27th 2017, we’re having an event at PSU called “The New Campus Thought Police.” Two of the topics we’ll be covering are safe spaces on campus and free expression. We’re offering this free to all students, because we believe that their voices are some of the most important in Portland right now. We want to hear them speak out and inspire the older generation. (Link to January event)
CFI works for to fight against political turmoil and anti-intellectualism, and to protect reason, science, and civil liberties. How does CFI-Portland continue to fight against and protect those things, respectively?
We know what it’s like to be a minority and so we want to speak for the minorities out there still in the closet. To this end, CFI Portland is an advocate for same-sex marriage. We continually endeavour to keep religion out of schools. We’ve even put forth a bill to give CFI secular celebrants the legal right to solemnise marriages just as clergy are able to.
However, if I had to come up with just one way that CFI Portland protects reason, science and civil liberties, it would be creating safe spaces for people. Whether we’re meeting at the pub, having a potluck or hosting a Richard Dawkins event, we’re inviting people to sit up, stand up and raise their voice. We’re inspiring people to doubt, to question, to debate with others and to debate with themselves. Our job, in a nutshell, is to make Portland a place where “Keep Portland Weird” also means “Keep Portlanders Free to Decide What That Means.
Thank you for your time, Nicole.
Thanks for yours Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/11
To begin, how did you become involved in progressive movements? What was your moment of political awakening?
Well, I come from a family of liberal democrats, who are Adlai Stevenson democrats in Illinois. They worked for Adlai Stevenson in his campaign for governor and then in his campaigns for president.
My mum was a local civil rights activist in the 1960s during the Fair Housing Movement. There were clauses in real estate contracts in the suburbs of Chicago that prevented you from selling your home to a black person.
It was the same for Jewish people too, in some areas. I grew up in Highland Park. There were these things on the real estate documents which said you could not sell to a black person. My mother and father were lawyers and helped to change that. I was a precocious political geek. I was passing around literature for George McGovern in our town when I was 14, in 1972.
Later on I eventually I went to college. I was active in the anti-apartheid movement. I worked for Ralph Nader. There wasn’t one eye-popping experience, but, certainly, when I went to college and studied political philosophy and got involved in the anti-apartheid movement I became a little more active.
For about 32 years, you were both the editor and publisher of the Progressive Magazine.
I was there for 32 years. For most of the last 25, I was the editor and publisher. I started there at 24 as an associate editor and worked myself up.
Who was running the magazine at that point in time?
A very interesting, intelligent, fascinating man name Erwin Knoll. He was a refugee from Austria. He and his father, mother and sister barely escaped the Nazis. He was extremely intelligent and gifted with language. So much so that when he was 15 in Brooklyn he was editing the high school paper in English. When he was in in 20s, he was working in the Washington Post. He was an amazing journalist and editor.
You have written some texts or books: You Have No Rights: Stories of America in an Age of Repression (New Press, 2007) as well as Democracy in Print: The Best of The Progressive, 1909-2009 (University of Wisconsin Press, 2009). For the first text, where does that phrase come from – “you have no rights”?
This was interesting. This was a phrase. It was after 9/11 in New York City. There were some police officers who had apprehended some Muslim-Americans and brutalized them behind bars, banging their bodies against the wall, etc.
One of them said to the guards, “You’re violating my rights.” The guard retorted, “You have no rights.” That was such a stark statement in the United States, where we’re all supposed to have rights protected by the Bill of Rights. It stuck in my mind. We put it in the book.
Does this reflect the increase in hate crimes against Muslim-Americans as well?
The book chronicles the crimes against Muslim-Americans, Arab-Americans. People who look like a Muslim or Arab-Americans.
(Laugh)
(Laugh)
A lot of violence was going on, after 9/11. There were civil liberties infringement across the board. People being spied on. In the introduction to the first chapter, there is what I called the Edifice of Oppression, which George W. Bush helped assemble, when he was in power, through laws, through changes in policy, through executive orders.
I am worried that Donald Trump could seize upon, grab a couple fig leaves and destroy what we have left of our democracy.
Some of the picks for those that would be both powerful and in close workings with him. Many of them have not only anti-scientific views, but many deny substantiated enough things as to be basic truths such as climate change and evolutionary theory.
For climate change, how does this concern you when it still is the most powerful nation on the planet? Also, with respect to education, how does the denial of evolutionary theory concern you?
Both concern me greatly. To have an EPA, an environmental protection agency, that’s run by climate deniers such as Scott Pruitt. Trump himself is a climate denier. It is not just scary. It’s criminal, and this is a huge setback for everyone around the world that has been working so hard in this battle against global climate change.
That’s a major setback. We’re at a real crisis point for the country and for the world right now with global warming and climate change. Trump is setting us way back, turning the block way back. We need to turn the block to fast forward. This is a major setback. As far as evolution, it is the reign of the know-nothings. You have people who deny evolution of all things. You have Right-wing ideologues throughout the Cabinet.
Also, you have people, high-up, who have said vile things about freedom of religion as it relates to Muslims. Mike Pompeo, the CIA nominee, said, “Jesus Christ is our saviour and the only real solution for our world, and make sure that we pray.”
This is Christian fundamentalism. You have the same thing with Michael Flynn, who has been nominated for national security advisor. He says not all cultures are morally equivalent and that the West is more civilized. This is the clash of civilisations, which even George W. Bush – for all of his faults – didn’t dabble in.
He defended Muslim-Americans rights, at least rhetorically. This is a very alarming turn for the worse here.
What about the Supreme Court picks, which will influence American court decisions for decades?
That is another frightening prospect in the reign of Trump. That he will be able to put on 1, 2, or 3 new justices. He has vowed to have them in the mould of the most Right-wing justices that there were and have been. So, it is one reason a lot of people didn’t like Hillary at all, from the Left, voted her anyway because they were worried about Donald Trump’s influence on the Supreme Court bench. It looks like the imprint is going to be large there.
What about reproductive health? That is, what about reproductive health rights for women? As noted by Human Rights Watch, “…equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.” So, within that perspective, positions against provision of safe abortions for women, especially in developed nations where the funding is readily available, it would be a violation of reproductive health rights, and so women’s rights.
Women’s rights are on the chopping block as well. The nominee to be secretary of health, Tom Price, has called Planned Parenthood’s practices ‘barbaric’. Everywhere you look across the board, the people Donald Trump has appointed to the Cabinet are appalling and Neanderthal.
So, every day there is a new headline about another horrible story about Trump taking the country.
Women, since 1973, thought they had the right to an abortion in the United States. They may wake up one day and may not have that. Donald Trump has been pretty blasé about that. He says it will return to the states. But is it a right or not a right?
The US Supreme Court in Roe v. Wade said it was a constitutional right. For the health department secretary to say Planned Parenthood practices are barbaric shows a level of ignorance that is astonishing since it gives reproductive health information to women and cancer screenings for women.
It’s not like all they do is give abortions. It is hardly the majority of what they do. Millions of women have benefitted from Planned Parenthood. I hope they still will. But if these Right-wing ideologues have their way, and it seems they’re having a heyday now, it is going to be a hard time for women, especially poor women.
Who are, of course, disproportionately minority women.
Absolutely. Trump went to Minnesota and Michigan at the end. He tried to rile up white voters about the refugees in their midst. He started a campaign, of course, against Mexicans and Muslims. It is all of a piece right now.
Also, I believe women got the right in 1918 in the UK, 1919 depending on the province in Canada, and 1920 in America. So, this pullback, this semi-repeal, somewhat already in culture, not necessarily in law or in funding at the moment, are deep concerns. At the same time, those would be coming from, as you noted, Right-wing ideologues. What about concerns in terms of reaction from those on the political Center-Left, Left, and Far-Left?
What I am hearing from people is a lot of fear, a lot of despondency almost, but then there are those who are being really wise about the need to get out there, act together, regroup, and resist, because that’s really important. The idea that we need to give Donald Trump a chance and wait until he does something really atrocious is foolish because, number one, we know who he is, he’s told us who he is, and he’s telling us who he is by telling us who he’s appointing in his Cabinet.
It might be too late before he does something really disastrous. Frankly, I am worried about fascism in the United States. Democracies can go down really fast. Chile had democracy for over a century, and it went down virtually overnight. So, the idea that we need to wait is foolhardy.
The first thing we need to do is prepare to protect people today who are going to be in his crosshairs on the day he gets inaugurated. That means we should prepare for sanctuary, for immigrants, for Latinos, for African-Americans, for Muslim-Americans, and for people who would be tops on his list.
Sanctuary cities, places of worships say they are sanctuaries as well, individuals should consider a possible new underground railroad. If police come to break up Latino families in the United States, 11,000,000 people he wants to deport, people of good will should make an effort to get to know their neighbours and to offer shelter.
That’s what it is going to take. There is an effort in Madison, Wisconsin, here where I live, by one of the leaders in the Muslim Madison community, to set up an anti-hate registry to respond to the Muslim registry that Trump is proposing to have. If that doesn’t wake people up to the fact that this guy’s a fascist, I don’t know what will.
What about reactions from one population that you did not note? You noted African-Americans, Mexicans, immigrants, Muslim-Americans, and so on. What about Native Americans and supporting them in various protests and various occupations against, one recent mild success, the North Dakota Access Pipeline?
Native Americans, and Indigenous peoples, are leading the fight in the world against climate change. It is important to support them in those efforts and link arms with them in those efforts. At some point, there is going to be a collision between Trump and oil people in his Cabinet (it is filled with oil people) and people who are protecting the Earth – chief among them the Native Americans – and others in the environmental movement.
That is going to be a confrontation that we need to be planning for and be aware of, and non-violently help our Native American friends and everybody in the environmental movement to prepare for this and to keep protesting non-violently to make sure Trump just doesn’t roll over us.
There are similar pushbacks from Indigenous peoples in Canada (First Nations, Métis, and Inuit). Also, I think, some of the main things people can argue from, through simply writing articles and talking, is the UNDRIP and the ILO C-169, which are the two major ones that I know of that argue for and instantiate Indigenous rights.
Those might be two things people can look into.
The other thing is, Native Americans have good law on their side. There is good federal law that should be protecting Native law and land, and for clean air and water.
So, any thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
The rise of Trump corresponds to the decay of democracy that we’ve been seeing in the United States for a long time, and I think it was a contributing cause. We see capitalism devouring our democracy, where it doesn’t deliver the goods to the people anymore – so they’re resentful economically.
Thank you for your time, Matthew.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/02/01
Andrew Copson is Chief Executive of the British Humanist Association (BHA), a position he has held since January 2010, and former Director of Education and Public Affairs at the BHA from 2005 to 2010. In 2015, Andrew Copson was elected President of the International Humanist and Ethical Union, the global umbrella body for atheist, Humanist, sceptic and secularist organisations. He has worked for a number of civil and human- rights organisations throughout his career in his capacity as executive committee member, director or trustee and has represented Humanist organisations before the House of Commons, the Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe and the United Nations.
In brief, what is your family background – geography, culture, language?
I’m from a town called Nuneaton, in the Midlands of England, and from a poor, white working class background. I grew up in a difficult time for my hometown and county, living in the 80s, when all of the industry had been or was being wound up. But there was still a lot of social solidarity and community feeling around the old industries.
It was a very non-religious society, too. Social services and welfare, and other amenities: these were provided by the secular civic authorities or by the industries or by non-religious community groups. It wasn’t at all like a country like the US.
The area was, like most of the England at the time and still, dominated by one ethnic group. But, as a result of the manufacturing and industry around the place, it was also relatively ethnically diverse. I grew up with children from diverse backgrounds, ethnically and religiously. This affected my schooling at the primary level: the schools I attended as a young child were secular because they had to cater to a wide-range of children and they educated us about a lot of different beliefs. So, my first culture was this white working class one.
My second culture was the one I found when I was whisked out of state school by a government scheme called the ‘assisted place scheme’ which took bright children from poor families and paid for them to go to academically selective private schools. At my secondary school, and then at Oxford, where I studied Classics and Ancient and Modern History, I experienced a very elite academic culture, and a world of ideas.
You have mentioned secular a couple times. You have not mentioned humanist. What was the turning point for becoming, by label, an explicit humanist?
I would say my family were all humanists, some of whom knew the word, some didn’t at the time (my parents, my grandparents, my great grandparents), and whenever I came across the term myself consciously I found that it reflected the values I was raised in and have developed since. I think the culture of social solidarity that I grew up in and the enlightenment culture of my education are both equally humanist: certainly their basis was entirely non-religious.
Some have labelled many others in societies as tacit humanists. Does this seem correct to you?
There are a very large number of people who base their ethics on authority, commandment, hard rules, and discipline. They think the meaning of life lies outside of this world, and they think that science isn’t the way to explain the world. They also think that certain supernatural explanations describe the world. But, certainly there are just as large a number who believe the opposite of this. For example, in Britain a good third of the population has firm humanist beliefs and values; but only about 5% of the population calls themselves humanist.
So, there is a big mismatch between the humanist values in practice that people have and humanist identity. It is not terribly surprising. The word “humanist” is not an identity label; it is a post-hoc word to describe a certain set of attitudes, values, and beliefs.
When I think about the advertising of the term “humanist” and other irreligious labels – though humanist is not necessarily irreligious, terms like secularist, atheist, agnostic, freethinker, and so on, in the United States, in the pulpits, those terms are generally denigrated by leaders of particular religious groups. Do you think that might have some part to do with the negative valuation humanist and other irreligious get?
I suppose so. We don’t really use the word secularist in the UK to describe a non-religious person. That’s really a North American thing. Obviously, atheists and humanists are denounced in the pulpits here but not many people are listening.
In the UK, early in the 20th century, there were Christian clerics and others who lined up to denounce humanism. Mary Whitehouse, a famous moral crusader who wanted to clean up public broadcasting, once denounced the ‘gay, humanist conspiracy’ in British life.
In a way, those religious denigrators of humanism do it a favour by bringing it to greater public attention. I don’t see the term as something in disrepute in the UK. In some countries, of course, humanism and atheism are denounced from the pulpits, not just of religion, but of government. The Prime Minister of Malaysia, just two years ago, denounced ‘humanism and human-rightsism, and secularism’ as “incompatible” with Malaysian values.
This sort of denunciation hasn’t done humanism any harm in the West.
What do you consider the more vulnerable humanist sub-populations in the world? I suspect some countries have populations with much less receptivity to humanism. That is, there needs to be a moderating and liberalising of religion as pre-conditions.
You’re right. The liberal tendency in Europe and the wider West has certainly allowed humanist organisations to grow and flourish and humanists to live according to their consciences to a greater or less extent. In other parts of the world, specifically those countries with Islamic states, for example, it is very dangerous to be up-front about your beliefs if you’re a humanist.
In some parts of a world, it is illegal to be a humanist openly. You cannot have a non-religious identity on your identity papers in countries such as Indonesia and Saudi Arabia. There are other countries where it is possible to exist, but not possible to organise: countries that don’t let you set up NGOs around these ideas.
To the Islamic states, you can add countries like China and Russia, who also create great difficulties for humanists to organise. In other countries, it is possible to organise, in theory, but there is still official persecution and social disadvantage to being humanist or generally non-religious.
Of course, it is difficult for some people in many parts of the world. The International Humanist and Ethical Union publishes the annual Freedom of Thought Report detailing this. It looks country-by-country at the whole world to describe the social, political, and civil situation in those areas for the non-religious. You only have to read that through to see that in many parts of the world it is extremely difficult.
Speaking of organising, when you entered university, did you find some form of camaraderie, forms of clubs or groups, even attached to the university, that provided some place to meet people of like mind?
When I entered university, there weren’t any humanist organisations on campus in the UK. They were strong in the 60s and 70s. Then they had somewhat diminished as religion diminished, actually, and humanism took a backseat to the other political and social issues. Now, of course, there are, in the UK, many more humanist societies on campus.
And I hope people do find a fellowship there, but, then again, I didn’t really feel like I needed to. I was a student and came of age in that very very brief hopeful time between the end of the Cold War and 9/11, where everything seemed to be Utopian and rational progress the order of the day. Religion had all but disappeared. Humanist values, democracy, liberalism, rule of law, a rational approach to ethical issues, freedom of conscience, and so on, were about to go universal.
So, at that time, of course, humanism seemed normal and common-sense. In a way, they were common sense. I think very few people at my university college had any sort of religion. This is really still the case in the UK society now, of course. Very few younger people have any religious identity, practice, or belief, and levels are declining all the time for all the disproportionate media attention given to religions.
With respect to young people having those kinds of identities, what about the subject of faith schools? What is your opinion on that?
Of course, I am completely opposed to any state funded religious schools. Religious groups running these state schools is completely wrong. It was the campaign against state schools that first got me formally involved in the British Humanist Association. That’s when I first joined as a member. The government in England (it didn’t happen in the wider UK) had the intention to increase the number and type of state-funded religious schools and I thought that was madness.
The BHA was running a campaign against this and that activated me. Schools should be places, especially state or public funded schools, where future citizens come together to learn not just with one another but from one another, and grow up in that inclusive environment.
Public bodies like schools should not have a religious identity. They should be places that emphasise children’s shared identity, shared values, commonalities. They should encourage intellectual inquiry with a range of religions and other worldviews like humanism. What is more, they should make sure that such things are learned about and explored critically. They should not be places where one limited belief on life, value, and meaning is given top billing.
Do you think in the long run those schools have a corrosive effect on the social order in the sense that individuals find themselves as somehow other than the wider society?
I think they do, especially in hyper-diverse societies like the UK, and many other countries that are open to globalisation – those societies which are becoming increasingly diverse, especially among people of parental age. I think in that situation, one in which you have many more different ethnicities and religions in society, to have them separate themselves from each other is foolish. In so doing, you compound the social, economic and cultural separation that those groups are already subject to, which is a big mistake for the long term.
You were a director of the European Humanist Federation. What tasks and responsibilities came along with that position?
The European Humanist Federation is an umbrella group for nationalist humanist organisations, not just in the European Union countries, but in the wider continent of Europe and, of course, including Russia. So, it really is an opportunity to do two things. One is to politically organise on the European level.
So I led delegations to international institutions like the Council of Europe, which is an important regional human rights body for the continent of Europe, and went as a delegate to other agencies like the OSCE, the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe, in Vienna, to advocate freedom of religion and belief as a human right and equality and non-discrimination on grounds of religion and belief.
They are not just international norms, but European norms and values. Given a policy platform to humanist organisations, the ones that argue for equality, dignity, and freedom of conscience for everyone: that is an important function of the EHF.
Another important function is to bring the European humanist organisations together for networking and mutual benefit to learn from each other. Humanist organisations across Europe are not just providing political advocacy for the causes that they care about, but they are also providing a wide range of services such as ceremonies, pastoral support, counselling, schools, teaching, social care, old people’s homes, confirmation ceremonies, and other educational work in public schools about humanism and non-religious approaches.
So, there’s a lot of learning that the personnel at those humanist organisations can do for each other. It was very enjoyable. It was very much a lesson in how diverse humanist organisations can be, and also how unified they can be.
You were a director and trustee of the Religious Education Council, the Values Education Council, and the National Council for Faiths and Beliefs in Further Education. Between those three, what were the thematic consistencies in the tasks and responsibilities?
Interesting. All three organisations were and are fully inclusive of non-religious perspectives, but they were all involved in education in different ways. I think there’s a strong case to make for every child to be educated in religious and non-religious worldviews, such as humanism, because they are the basis for so much of human culture: they tell the human story.
Children, everyone, need to have an understanding of these different approaches. Secondly, to understand the world today and to be local, national, and global citizens, young people need to understand the motivations of other people. Their reasons for acting and behaving as they act and behave. That’s very important. Thirdly, it is useful to young people in developing their own worldviews, which will be quite syncretic and composite because real-life worldviews are.
To have access to these different ideas, thoughts, and values, to test their own against them. The work of the three organisations you’ve mentioned is vital. My role in all of these was to make sure non-religious young people or young people who would grow up to be non-religious were not left behind or left out of those subjects.
Although those organisations that you’ve listed all strive to be inclusive. In the UK as in many countries, organisations like them are dominated by the historic churches. There’s also therefore a question of privilege that needs to raised when you’re involved there in addition to introducing non-religious elements. Also, it is to take on the privileging of those Christian views in particular.
What do you consider some of the more prominent examples of the privileges that they get?
For example, in schools in England and Wales, every school is mandated by law to have an act of Christian worship every morning. Now, many schools don’t comply with this law. Some schools interpret it so that it is quite inclusive. But many comply. Perhaps, the most egregious example of religious privilege in schools, and also in general, is this disproportionate emphasis on curriculums and the philosophy in Christianity.
Of course, it has historical importance in Britain, but it is not the only approach to life that has historic importance. It has modern adherents in Britain, but the vast majority people don’t go to church or worship in a Christian place of worship. Most people don’t have Christian beliefs. Young people certainly don’t. They don’t even have a Christian identity as many older people do.
Now, you are the president of the International Ethical and Humanist Union (IHEU) and chief executive of the British Humanist Association (BHA). Those are two very prominent positions. In brief, what would you consider some of the general tasks and responsibilities? What is the personal importance to you?
Oh dear, that’s a very broad question. First of all, on the international side, it is the duty of anyone who is lucky enough to have the sort of freedom that I have had in Britain in the 20th and 21st centuries to try and support people who don’t have that same freedom, and don’t enjoy the human rights that I think of as being universal.
My first involvement in international work and in IHEU was formed by that idea. I thought it was an opportunity to give something back to the world in light of how lucky I’ve been.
That is part of the work that IHEU does. It uses the capacity and resources of more developed humanist organisations to assist those who are more recently beginning and struggling in a different way. But I learned pretty rapidly that it is not one-way traffic.
I have a lot to learn from humanist organisations in those developing countries in Africa and Asia, especially from the way they frame humanism, think about it, and their experiences. I think in the end that ended up shaping a lot of my views. So, I think the importance of working in international humanism for me is that mutual exchange that occurred.
The networking of humanist organisations together from very different cultural contexts unlocks an enormous amount of potential from all of them. It is a fruitful exchange. Also, I am an internationalist in terms of my attitudes to the world.
I think that IHEU’s support for international institutions, and that we’re present at the UN and other international bodies to make a case for international human rights, in particular freedom of belief, is vital in a world where freedom of belief and freedom of religion, particularly freedom of beliefs, are under threat by the Islamic states, by China, by Russia, now by the US, and by other countries that don’t want to accept them as universal anymore, if they ever did. That’s the international work.
The importance of the British work is, of course, different because the UK is not a very religious society in terms of the population, but we still have a constitution and legal regime that privileges, in particular, the Church of England, but increasingly a large number of religions in a disproportionate way. I think it is important that the non-religious have a voice to challenge that, to make it clear that there is that enormous mismatch.
Even though many laws might seem to be medieval clutter or dead letters, as long as they are on the statute books like, for example, the law of worship, they have a direct and negative impact on people’s lives. They disadvantage them. They create an unfair society. In the long term, such a society cannot be completely peaceful.
So, Britain is an important place to work for humanists.
The non-religious are, by definition, unorganised. They don’t affiliate to one institution. As a result, in areas like ceremonies, funerals, weddings, in areas of pastoral support, in the hospital, or at the end of life, they don’t have access to the same resources as members of organised religion. I think there is an important role for humanism and humanists in Britain to provide those services, too. I think that’s a role of central importance to the BHA today.
And of course, although most non-religious people suffer no social disadvantage, there are increasingly large numbers of non-religious people from very religious backgrounds who have a very hard time. We’re there for them as well.
We talked about faith schools, assisted dying, secularism, humanism, previous roles, and so on. I want to cover some fresh territory with the campaigns of the BHA. With respect to assisted dying, physician assisted dying, or euthanasia, depending on the place there will be different terminology, what is the situation for assisted dying at the moment in Britain?
Assisted dying is unlawful across the UK – assisting anyone to take their own life remains a crime. There have been attempts in the Westminster Parliament to undo the criminal law in England and Wales, but they failed repeatedly.
An attempt to go via the courts has been partly successful in pointing to a possible future route for legalisation that would take place through the courts, but it hasn’t borne any fruit yet. There would need to be further cases before that could be achieved.
Are there any countries that you note that are leading the way in assisted dying being legalised?
Every country is quite different. Approaches to assisted dying differ as to the history of medicine in that country, the different legal arrangements that suicide has been subject to in the past, and, therefore, that assisting suicide has been subject to the past. There are countries that see this as a medical problem. Others through the lens of equality. Equality of choice for people with, for example, incurable conditions. I wouldn’t like to say there’s one legal regime in the world that I would want to emulate.
When it comes to the UK, what I think will be best by way of a system here will be one where people, with the consent of doctors and being agreed to be of sound mind, can have medical assistance to end their own life at a time of their own choosing. I think people would need to be psychologically able to make that decision. I don’t think mental illness should be a reason for having physician assisted suicide as it is in other countries.
I don’t think it should be limited to people who are terminally ill, as it is in some countries. I think terminal illness is one dire situation. Another is incurable suffering – for example, in the recent case of Tony Nicklinson. He was not terminally ill, but was incurably suffering. He had locked-in syndrome. He couldn’t move at all. He applied to the court to get assistance to end his life. He was unsuccessful. I think people like Tony should be brought within law.
I believe in the universal human right to dignity, and the right to choose to end your life with dignity, and this is universal. But I think there are specific legal arrangements that each country will put in place to realise this right in different ways for their population.
You have a campaign against pseudoscience through the BHA. What are some of the counter-forces against pseudoscience in the UK provided by the BHA?
All of our campaigning work in terms of political advocacy is about the involvement of the state. So, for example, we don’t have a problem with people purchasing homeopathic remedies for their own use. It is unfortunate, of course, because their health will not improve as a direct result of taking those remedies. And it’s good that there are organisations that campaign for public awareness of that.
Also, we campaign for the end of state funding of those things through the NHS. We support the work of specific organisations like the brilliant Good Thinking Society in the UK, which takes on these cases directly with individual NHS bodies. So that’s an important area. We’ve also campaigned against the state funding of pseudoscience schools. Obviously, creationism was a big issue these last ten years in the UK. We’ve campaigned successfully for government guidance against the teaching of creationism.
Then we had a second successful campaign to put evolution on the curriculum for primary schools. That was a good development. That was to have each type of creationism funded in state schools. And we campaigned against the funding of Steiner schools in the UK in particular, which teach a whole range of bogus approaches to human biology and the environment.
Those are important campaigns. When you are dealing with the future generations that are upcoming in an ongoing knowledge economy, if they don’t have the proper tools for understanding the basic principles, not even just necessarily the full details of the natural world through understanding the fundamental theories of different disciplines, it can be an issue. Are there any religious thinkers that have inspired you?
Generally, I think it is important that humanists remember the fact that a humanist approach to religions is that they’re all human inventions. Many religions think of themselves as being divinely inspired or extra-human in origin, but I can only believe that they’re the creations of human beings. As a result, they provide human reflections on the human experience, which, of course, have valuable things in them.
They are mostly versions of the same general principles, and this is not coincidental at all. They are the principles of non-religious people, as well, because they are the principles that human beings need to apply if they are not going to kill each other and have their society collapse. So I don’t think humanists should be ashamed of finding inspiration in texts that religious people think of as being divine, because they really are just human creations after all.
Having said that, I can’t say I have found anything particularly inspiring in them to compare with the humanist writings of classical India, ancient Greece, or ancient China, or enlightenment Europe and the world. Instead, I’ve found a lot that is uniquely pernicious. The idea of sin, when it was first explained to me, I found profoundly shocking. And the amount of damage to human beings by such a horrible idea as that does continues to horrify me.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/29
What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?
I had a classic American beginning. My father was a General Motors Engineer; my mother was a nurse (until starting a family – this was the late fifties). We were a TV-like family of five in an all-white community in southern Michigan. We attended a Presbyterian church. My parents were committed to this – volunteering, serving as Deacon, church treasurer, and such, but it was not an oppressively religious household; questions were explored not squashed or averted.
I spent eight years in and out of college, working factory and construction jobs, and traveling the continent on an old motorcycle. I eventually graduated from University of Michigan after some fraction of my collection of course credits seemed to form the requirements for BS in Biology. Then I fell into wastewater, that is, I chanced to have entered the wastewater treatment profession, a great place for a science oriented generalist with a desire to be useful to fellow humans and the world we live on.
I managed wastewater treatment plants for most of my career and have tried to attend to the human component of an operation along with the technical.
When did humanism become self-evidently true to you?
I learned the term Humanism somewhere in my education and remember thinking it seemed a completely sensible perspective, but it did not dawn on me to adopt and own the label at the time. I have been a Humanist most of my life but just seized the identity in the last half dozen years. Humanism is simple.
If one rejects the idea of a deity that directs earthly affairs, believes that the best way to understand the world is to carefully and dispassionately observe it, and desires to live a meaningful life in a functional society with other humans, then one is a Humanist. My belief in God evaporated by the time I started college. The usefulness of dispassionate inquiry as a tool to understand reality has been apparent to me from early on.
And, I am inclined by my nature to care about humankind and to want to build and be part of a society where its members generally can flourish. Humanism is simply where one lands if one can’t accept supernatural explanations and cares about others. I have been there since the religion I was taught as child fell away.
What is the importance of humanism in America at the moment?
The increase in recent years in the number of Humanist organisations in this country and elsewhere is a very good thing. For decades, I was a Humanist but without any connection to other Humanists. I learned about and joined the GTH just as it matured out of the founders’ living rooms and started meeting in public places.
I was enjoying a good life before GTH but I came more alive upon becoming part of this group. I now had people, thought-mates! It was a relief and a pleasure to be with friends with whom conversations on deep questions would begin with what is real as best as we can determine it, with no reliance on ancient magical myths.
It is energising to be with others like one’s self; it engenders a feeling that even while a minority, we are not irrelevant. We can have an impact. I know that the emergence of other Humanist groups across the country gives opportunities for thousands of others to find “their people” and have the experience I am having.
There are other versions of secular communities such as Free Thought groups and Sunday Assemblies; it isn’t all found under the name Humanism.
Some groups are activist and some focus more on social meet-ups. But to the degree that Humanists meet and organise, we are bound to influence the broader culture. And that is good; Humanism can be a foundation for functionality in our society. People can make better collective decisions when not bound to imagined revelations of a supernatural rule-maker and are free of delusions that exempt them from responsibility for our future on earth.
Most Humanists are realistic about the rate at which a clear-eyed human-centric philosophy can displace deeply held supernatural beliefs as a guide for social decisions, but Humanist principles do have influence and I think their impact is increasing. Humanistic thought is on the rise, not just among the “nones;” it also shows up even within organised religion.
There is a strong secular Jewish tradition in the US, the Unitarian Universalists embody many humanist principles, and in many liberal Christian churches, one finds virtual Humanists among clergy as well as parishioners – people who advocate for the rights of all, support separation of religion and government, recognise our obligation as stewards of earth’s natural systems, and even, when questioned directly, do not insist on the magical claims we often associate with the very definition of Christianity.
I have met people like this while representing Humanism in local groups such as Pub Theology and Area Council on Religious Diversity (ACORD). So, the growth of Humanist ideas, even among those who do not identify as such, is a counterbalance to the vocal and visible conservatism that unnerves so many of us today.
What is the importance of secularism in America at the moment?
It is very important. We hope that the religious also recognise that that government and public functions must not include or defer to religion or none of us will have freedom of religion, or freedom from the religion of others. We can all tolerate the traditions of others expressed in public, but government must not represent or appear to favour religion.
The workplace is a more difficult space; it is appropriate to accommodate some religious requirements of workers, but not to impose religious sensibilities of owners or managers on them. Functions that serve the whole community (such as hospitals) should certainly not apply religious rules.
What social forces might regress the secular humanist movements in the US?
The destructive parts of our own human nature. With the world’s population at 7.1 billion and climbing, there is increasing tension between peoples and stresses on resources. With the internet and the availability of customised sources of “belief verification,” we become more polarised.
When societies are stressed, human nature moves them toward feeling and behaving like competing tribes. We feel more suspicious of others and protective of those like us. Ironically, as “Humanists,” we try to suppress part of our Human nature. We need to wilfully act on the vision of how we can function together rather than drift into the dysfunction that is (somewhat) natural.
Conservative religions and politicians will not hurt us. The unseemly elements of our own nature (imparted on us by our evolutionary past) can hurt us. I see it expressed even among liberals and professed Humanists.
What is the humanist culture like in Michigan? What activities, campaigns, and initiatives take place there through the GTH?
The backbone of our local organisation is our regular monthly meetings. We feature a speaker on topics that include science, philosophy, art, or issues of community interest. Often these bring in people from the community who are interested in the speaker or topic, who have no affiliation with Humanism.
Sometimes the monthly lecture is a platform for an organisation that works for something Humanists tend to support. We may in that circumstance help with raising funds and contact sharing. GTH supplies a group of volunteers one evening each month to usher, take tickets, and make popcorn at a local community theatre that shows non-mainstream films.
A contingent of GTH volunteers at Safe Harbour, a program for housing our town’s homeless on winter nights, and others participate in an annual work bee at Planned Parenthood. We have supported the high school science fair with prize money (and I have served as a judge). We have a get-together called “the Hungry Humanist” at a different restaurant each month just for socialising.
We’ve organised member road trips to conferences of the American Humanist Association, Reason Rally, and other out-of-town Humanist or atheist events. Contacts from these have led to some great speakers at our monthly meetings. GTH Book Club reads and discusses nonfiction and occasional novels that give us tools for understanding the world around us (subject matter has included psychology, science, religion, justice and politics).
Book Club events sometimes morph into very nice dinner parties. We have regular GTH bike rides, seasonal parties, and occasional campouts or ballgame excursions.
What tasks and responsibilities come with being the vice president of the Grand Traverse Humanists (GTH)?
Our board of seven meets at least monthly. We exchange ideas for GTH programs, seek and secure meeting speakers, and plan our meetings and events. Usually we do these chores with a glass of wine and intersperse them with philosophical side discussions and a few laughs. I and a couple others take turns presiding at monthly meetings. I sometimes represent Humanism and GTH at forums outside the group and to classes and media.
It also falls to us as a board to continuously assess the collective desire of the group regarding what we want to be. To what degree do members want GTH to be an important source of support and community for one another? Do we make it our business to know when members are ill or struggling and send casseroles?
Or do we just provide interesting lectures and social events? To what degree do we want to serve a function for each other often fulfilled for the religious through church membership? Some members shudder at anything like mimicking church. Others miss the community and ritual they gave up when they stopped believing and left a church.
As it happens, we are in the middle. We stay away from the vibe of a church congregation, but members do deliver a casserole from time to time. Another common decision: shall we be activists for our philosophy, interjecting ourselves into local, regional, or national political issues? How can we know if we can do so on behalf of all our members? Or should we just meet each other’s needs for like-minded camaraderie?
What is the current size of the GTH?
We have 83 dues-paying members, 176 participants in our closed Facebook group and 239 people who have signed up for GTH emails. Meetings have between 30 and 80 people; the larger events usually include some non-GTH attendees.
For those that don’t know, and many simply won’t because grassroots work is learned through action, what difficulties arise in the midst of grassroots organisation of a chapter?
We find that the average age of a GTH member is rather high. We would like to have a membership that is a cross section of generations just as we hope Humanism has traction with people in all stages of life across the country and the world. We are not sure why it is this way. To be a group of our size in a community the size of Traverse City is a success, but we often discuss a desire for greater age diversity nonetheless.
We work on selecting our tone. We think some have left the group out of exasperation with those who are inclined to be too tolerant of religion. Others have ceased to attend after perceiving that others in GTH may have been too disrespectful of the religious. Many members were once believers.
Some feel kindly toward those they left behind in their former church scene and some are wounded and angry and receive hostility from their former fellow congregants and religious families. Who we select as speakers or the intensity of round-table discussions can affect who we retain and who does not return.
What about the eventual emotional difficulties and rewards?
Humanism is important to me; it is something I am glad to commit effort advancing. Other kinds of organisations I have participated in do not inspire me to get involved at a planning /serving level. GTH does.
GTH people, Humanists, tend to be deeply interesting and caring people; they are pleasant and stimulating company. My wife Suzette and I hosted a GTH Book Club discussion at our house a few weeks ago, soon after the election.
The election was not a topic of the night, in fact there were only a few side conversations about it, but there was a sense of support and common feeling. Humans crave that. When all had left, I told Suzette, “you know, these are the people I want around me when things get weird.”
I am more alive and energised about life because I have these people around me.
What personal experiences tend to inform personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively, based on interactions with other humanists? Some might note ecstatic experiences, improvements in personal relationships, and so on.
Motivation for Humanist ideals comes ultimately from the better parts of human nature, from the evolved feelings that lead us to care about and support one another. Experiences support this in giving people a foundation for empathy.
For some Humanists who had been involved in religion, a departure from religious belief, a de-conversion if you will, is a powerful experience. It is not the emotional rush of a reported religious experience, rather it is a clearing of illusion, a relief from the tension of defending incoherent positions. It is freedom from trying to discern the will of an intangible capricious being and execute it to his satisfaction.
It is the new knowledge that one is not being watched all the time. It has been described to me as “finding peace.” Some Humanist who came through this experience resent the deep connection formed in people’s minds early in life by religious indoctrination, that the ability to believe fantastic things is inseparable from goodness. That psychologically persistent fusion of ability-to-believe and goodness, is a harm that informs some Humanist’s regard for religion after they are out of it.
Also, intellectually, what makes humanism seem more right or true than other worldviews to other humanists based on conversations with them – arguments and evidence?
Humanism has no “revealed” doctrine, no myths passed down from ancient times that we contort perceptions to defend. Humanism is interested in understanding what is true, whatever it may be, to the degree that we can. We go where our best dispassionate, evidence based, inquiry takes us and we are comfortable with what we are not yet able to know. Humanism commits to honest careful pursuit of the questions while religion starts with answers.
Humanism recognises humanity as part of, and a product of, nature. This is key to a Humanistic view. We evolved as groups of cooperating primates. Our brains are a product of this evolution. In them resides the basis for our emotions and behaviour. We evolved to have the feelings that cause us to care about and support each other because cooperation within groups had selective utility. Self-serving instincts obviously also had selective utility.
Competition with other groups lead to instincts in us that are at the root of suspicion and hostility toward those least like us. The good and bad elements of our nature were conserved in our evolution in balance and tension with each other.
So, Humanists know that good and evil are not forces directed by God and Satan in a supernatural battle in which we are soldiers. Rather, our better angels and our darker motivations are part of being a natural creature.
This view also equips us to understand our limitations. Adopting the dispassionate perspective and viewing humanity from the outside, leads to a fuller understanding of our nature and gives Humanists insight into the fallibility of human thinking and perceptions. The brain, the organ with which we apprehend the world, is an evolved tool.
Evidence shows that we are prone to many kinds of thinking and perception errors; understanding this puts a person in a position to better recognise fallacious thinking in others. It also reminds us to be careful and humble about what we assert to know ourselves (Daniel Kahneman, Jonathan Haidt, and E.O. Wilson have been GTH Book Club reads).
This dispassionate examination of human nature as an evolved phenomenon gives a Humanist a very usefully lens to better understand human emotions, the culture wars, politics, religion, and interpersonal relationships.
Humanism is more likely to be right and true because we look for our car keys where we are likely to have dropped them rather than looking under the lamp post because the light is better.
For those that want to work together or become involved, what are recommended means of contacting the GTH?
Our website is gthumanists.org. Upcoming events are listed there. An email address that reaches all board members is info@gthumanists.org. We meet at the Traverse Area District Library at 7:00 pm the second Monday of each month. Other events vary in time and location.
Thank you for your time, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/12
Haras Rafiq is Quilliam’s CEO and an Executive Board Member. He is currently a member of Prime Minister’s Community Engagement Forum (CEF) Task Force and was formerly a member of the UK Government’s task force looking at countering extremism in response to the 2005 terrorist bombings in London, as well as being a peer mentor for IDeA – advising regional government. He is also a member of the Advisory Group on Online Terrorist Propaganda at Europol’s European Counter-terrorism Centre (ECTC).
Some of the narratives put out can not only be on either side of those in terms of countering extremist narratives and those trying to prop up and promote extremist narratives. Some on the fringes of both of those. Those that are affected are moderate faith members. Where, there can be additional anti-Muslim sentiment as individuals. Of course, there’s anti-atheist, anti-Christian, prejudice depending on where you are and it will vary in its means and representation. How does anti-Muslim sentiment increase, in what ways does it increase, in light of some of these concerns on the periphery?
First of all, I’m glad you didn’t use the word Islamophobia. Islam is a set of beliefs. It is a set of values. I am a Muslim. I choose to accept Islamic values and Islamic ideas. Not the ones that ISIS or the Muslim Brotherhood have, different ones. I choose those values. In a liberal secular democracy, no idea should be beyond scrutiny, but no individual should be beyond dignity. This is a mantra at Quilliam.
It means that Islamophobia is a term that is defunct and is a term quite often used to stifle criticism particular interpretations of the faith, and particular organisations.
Anti-Muslim hatred is real. Now, the problem we have in the UK is anti-Muslim sentiment can be on the increase, but you know what it is not as bad as it is in the US or mainland Europe. That is because in the UK we do have a growing number, not enough – we need more, people who are ordinary Muslims who aren’t Islamists and who aren’t extremists, who aren’t fundamentalists, who are starting to help portray that not every single Muslim is the same as Anjem Choudary or Shakeel Begg (who sued the BBC and lost).
The problem is we have the regressive Left and the Far-Right that are actually at war with each other, virtually. Both claiming these particular types of Islamist Islam is normative Islam. Therein lies the problem; in the UK and the US more so, we have these regressive Left and Far-Right people who are trying to claim that the real Islam is Islamists Islam. It doesn’t help.
It takes people out of the middle ground and moves them to this polarisation. ISIS said very, very clearly that they want to create anti-Muslim sentiment in the West. In their magazine, Dabiq, they want to take people out of nuance and debate and move them into binary positions. The problem is when we don’t have enough Muslims and non-Muslims coming out and unequivocally not just condemning Islamism in general, not just ISIS or al-Qaeda or Muslim Brotherhood, and saying we do have people moving to the extremist positions.
This is a problem. If we didn’t have ISIS, al-Qaeda, the Muslim Brotherhood, or people saying, “In an ideal Muslim country, if people commit adultery, then don’t stone them to death.” There wouldn’t be anti-Muslim sentiment. We didn’t have anti-Muslim sentiment when I was growing up.
I think there will always be an element of racism, and people who are xenophobic and bigoted. I think it has moved over to being anti-Muslim sentiment. I think that’s more of what civil society needs to take on, but we as Muslim communities and others, collectively, need to help to show to ordinary people that as it was in the past. Groups that like the Muslim Brotherhood, al-Qaeda, ISIS, etc, don’t represent us at all.
What about moderate Muslim scholars coming forth and assisting and providing that more moderate narrative?
First of all, I don’t like the term moderate. I’ll tell you why. Right now, in the UK and in the world, there are a group of so-called moderate scholars calling for the activation of the blasphemy law. There are people in 2006, who I remember taking to Tony Blair. When he asked me to bring him the moderates, I said, “Here are the moderates.
They aren’t Salafists They aren’t Islamists. They are another denomination, and they happen to the majority in the UK.” There was a guy named Salmaan Taseer in Pakistan who was a politician and who was killed by his bodyguard. The killer, Mumtaz Qadri, was praised as a martyr when he was found guilty and executed. I don’t agree with the death penalty, but he was executed and praised as a martyr and somebody who was a qazi – praiseworthy – because he killed somebody for being blasphemous.
This was being called out by people who would be known as moderates. Some of the traditions that I come from. So, I don’t like the term first of all. I would use the term ordinary Muslims. Those who reject, from a human rights perspective, certain interpretations that don’t fit into our values that we believe in. The universal or human values. I don’t like to call them British values. They are universal values. Human values like human rights, secularism, and so on. There are a number of a scholars that have started to shift that way. There’s an Arabic Quranic concept:
إصلاح
Islah means reform. Reform through reasoning, ijtihad. Salafis and Islamists don’t want this to happen, but there are more Shaykh Bin Bayyah and Shaykh Hisham Kabbani, and a number of others, who have an international platform and are starting to gain a little bit more traction now and a bit more support. They can’t do it themselves.
I’ll tell you why scholars aren’t the sole solution. I’ll tell you an anecdote. I’ve got tons of anecdotes, been doing this for 12 years! I was doing a lecture of Prevent. There was a leading shaykh/scholar. I asked him to do the religious stuff. The assistant warden said that he’s got a person who has given him a bit of grief, radicalising other people, and asked if we had time to talk to him.
He came 45 minutes late, pale – absolutely pale. I made a joke, “Did you radicalise him?” He shook his head. I leaned over him. He said, “The guy’s got a point.” He went in with his version of theology, moderate theology, and said he’ll see you with my version. The shaykh told me that he won the debate on theology. I trust him that he won that.
But then the guy hit him with the intellectual, the ideological, the social, and the emotional, and the scholar had nothing. He was used to living in a bubble all of his life, living in a seminary. He couldn’t cope.
(Laugh)
Instead of offering the other guy some form of critical inquiry, he ended up deflecting on some critical inquiry himself, but they do need to be involved. They are part of the solution. That’s why we’ve fully taken on Shaykh Salah al-Ansari at Quilliam, who is from Al-Azhar University, used to be the Imam from the largest mosque in London, most prestigious, in the UK. He is a good reformer. Shaykh Usama Hassan and other, we are getting people to help stimulate the debate and reform. More needs to be done. On their own, they are not the solution.
As the CEO and executive board member for Quilliam, what tasks and responsibilities come along with this position?
I was the managing director for a number of years. I was responsible for sustainable growth in the UK. We’ve done that. When I first took over as managing director, we had 6 or 7 full-time staff. Now, we’ve got 20 in the UK. The problem that we face is the problem of global jihadist insurgency. The problem is around the world. It cannot just be dealt with in the UK, but needs to be dealt with around the world.
Adam Deen used to be a former extremist himself. My job is to help set up Quilliam offices and the Quilliam model in other countries. We are a 501(c)3 in the US, but we haven’t had a physical presence. We finished the paperwork to be set up as an NGO in Canada. My aim is to set up physical offices and presences in North America. Also, I am looking in other countries.
My job is to make penetration on policy makers and in the messaging to Muslims and Muslim communities. The third is to make sure that we do this, so that we have sustainable growth and bring in business models to make sure the business is viable and sustainable.
Finally, the keeping of the best staff. I think that as we grow we need to employ, train, and maintain the best staff. We’ve got a number of projects ongoing in Europe and North Africa, as a network, which are coming together to combat this phenomenon. We want to reach out to Europe, Africa, North America, and other parts of the world as well.
Any thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Conatus News is great. I think it is a fantastic initiative. It is really important that we get this vital work done. It is important that we make sure that as a civil society – I remember in 1972 going to my first football match with my brother; I was 7 years of age. It was the home team. 15 minutes before the end, we had to leave because there was racism that the home team supporters were going to beat us up.
Now, premier football stadiums that doesn’t happen. There is racism, but it is nowhere near as bad as it used to be. Why? The reason why is civil society and trans-media activism, projects and campaigns to kick racism out of football through celebrities and other people tried to educate and tackle this phenomenon means there’s been a shifting of social norms. I want to get to the point with Quilliam as part of the solution, where civil society is much stronger on the issue of tackling Islamism.
We want to get to the point where civil society reacts the same way to Islamism as they do to racism, sexism, and fascism. People talk about jihad. This is my jihad. This is my struggle to combat extremism, and extremism of all sorts.
Thank you for your time, Mr. Rafiq.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/20
Sikivu Hutchinson is an American feminist, atheist and author/novelist. She is the author of ‘White Nights, Black Paradise‘ (2015), ‘Godless Americana: Race and Religious Rebels‘ (2013), ‘Moral Combat: Black Atheists, Gender Politics, and the Values Wars‘ (2011), and ‘Imagining Transit: Race, Gender, and Transportation Politics in Los Angeles‘ (Travel Writing Across the Disciplines) (2003). Moral Combat is the first book on atheism to be published by an African-American woman. In 2013 she was named Secular Woman of the year.
What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?
I grew up in a secular household in a predominantly African American community in South Los Angeles. My parents were educators and writers involved in social justice activism in the local community.
What informs personal atheist and humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively? What are effective ways to advocate for atheism and humanism?
Through public education and dialogue about the role secular humanism and atheism can play in dismantling structures of oppression based on sexism, misogyny, heterosexism, homophobia and transphobia.
What makes atheism, secular humanism, and progressivism seem more right or true than other worldviews to you – arguments and evidence?
For me, they are a means of redressing the inherent inequities and dogmas of religious belief and practice, particularly vis-à-vis the cultural and historical construction of women’s subjectivity, sexuality and social position in patriarchal cultures based on the belief that there is a divine basis for male domination and the subordination of women. Progressive atheism and humanism are especially valuable for women of colour due to the racist, white supremacist construction of black and brown femininity and sexuality.
Notions of black women as hypersexual amoral Jezebels (antithetical to the ideal of the virginal, pure Christian white woman) deeply informed slave era treatment of black women as chattel/breeders. These paradigms continue to inform the intersection of sexism/racism/misogyny vis-à-vis black women’s access to jobs, education, media representation and health care.
What is the importance of atheism, feminism, and humanism in America at the moment?
Over the past decade, we’ve seen the erosion of women’s rights, reproductive health and access to abortion, contraception, STI/STD screening and health education. We’ve also seen virulent opposition to LGBTQI enfranchisement, same sex marriage, employment and educational opportunities for queer, trans and gender non-conforming folk.
These developments are entirely due to the massive Religious Right backlash against gender equity and gender justice that’s occurred both in State Legislatures across the country and in the political propaganda of reactionary conservative politicians and fundamentalist evangelical Christian interest groups.
Feminism/atheism/humanism are important counterweights to these forces because they underscore the degree to which these political ideologies are rooted in Christian dominionist (the movement to embed Christian religious principles public policy and government) dogma and biases.
What social forces might regress the atheist, feminist, and secular humanist movements in the US?
I have no doubt when I say that the election of Donald Trump and the continued neoliberal emphasis of American educational and social welfare policy will surely undermine these movements.
You wrote Moral Combat: Black Atheists, Gender Politics & Values Wars, White Nights, Black Paradise & Rock n’ Roll Heretic. It will come out in 2018. What inspired writing it?
Rock n’ Roll Heretic is loosely based on the life of forerunning black female guitar player Rosetta Tharpe, who was a queer gospel/rock/blues musician who influenced pivotal white rock icons like Elvis Presley and Jerry Lee Lewis but is largely unsung. The book explores racism, sexism and heterosexism in the music industry in addition to the fictional Tharpe’s rejection of faith.
What is the content and purpose of the book?
The book is designed to shed light on the travails and under-representation of women of colour musicians in a highly polarised, politically charged industry that still devalues their contributions. It’s also designed to highlight the nexus of humanist thought and artistic/creative discovery in the life of a woman who had to navigate cultural appropriation, male-domination, the devaluation of white media and musical trends that were antithetical to supporting or even validating the existence of black women rockers.
Thank you for your time, Sikivu.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/18
You are a Canadian citizen. You were in Turkey, but complications did not permit working there. What is your story? What were the complications?
In September 2014, I moved to Turkey to teach in the Philosophy Department at Mardin Artuklu University and help found a graduate philosophy program in English. At that point, there was a fragile truce between Ankara and the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK). Mardin, like the rest of Turkey’s predominately Kurdish southeast, was experiencing a cultural revival due to the relative increase of freedoms, but it was only a matter of time before the government would resume its extreme suppression of the people of the region.
To the south of the border, in Syrian Kurdistan, or Rojava, the war between ISIS (backed by Turkey) and Syrian Kurds (supported by the PKK) was at its peak. At the university, the same tensions were ever-present. While the student body generally sympathized with the Kurdish liberation movement, the state was growing more Islamist and anti-Kurd by the day.
Near the end of 2014, Mardin Artuklu University became one of the first academic institutions to be targeted by Erdogan’s renewed campaign of Islamification and de-Kurdification. The politically moderate rector of the university was removed from his position and replaced with a fundamentalist and open advocate of the revival of the Caliphate system. It was clear that the tide had turned, and we all anxiously waited to see what the new administration’s first move would be.
It came in June 2015 when 13 foreign instructors, including myself, were fired without any official explanation. In his social media posts, the new rector insinuated that we were spies and missionaries and expressed outrage that we had taken jobs away from Turks. Despite the mobilization of our students and progressive colleagues against the firing and support from Peoples’ Democratic Party (HDP) parliamentarians, we were left with little choice but to leave Mardin.
In the midst of Ankara’s renewed war on the Kurdish region, such scare tactics have considerably increased in frequency against progressive academics and public intellectuals in the country since the summer of 2014. Progressive faculty in Mardin, as in other cities across the country, are under increased pressure and scrutiny. Those who have taken public stances against the war, whether through signing peace petitions or speaking to the media, have been questioned by police and, in a growing number of cases, suspended or fired from their positions.
You earned a B.A. in philosophy, M.A. in contemporary continental philosophy, an M.A. in applied language studies, and a Ph.D. in philosophy. What were the research topics within those domains of expertise?
While studying philosophy as an undergraduate student at Carleton University, I became particularly interested in 20th century continental philosophy. From there, I focused on the Frankfurt School and especially Walter Benjamin and Theodor Adorno while doing my MA in Philosophy at Brock University.
In my major essay, I looked at fascist regimes’ systematic use of images to create homogeneous spaces control. I argued that mechanically reproduced images not only lack the auratic quality of authentic art, as Benjamin argued, but also destroy the uniqueness of the spaces they invade.
I took a different direction with my MA in Applied Language Studies at Carleton, where I used Critical Discourse Analysis to illustrate the nuances of new-racism.
New-racism is more resistant to our traditional methods of diagnosis; contemporary racist discourses do not make direct reference to the term “race,” although racists still believe that there is such a thing as race. “Culture” now often takes the place of “race” which results in the anthropologization and othering of non-white disadvantaged groups.
Finally, my Ph.D. dissertation at the University of Ottawa developed out of my earlier research on Benjamin’s concept of aura in combination with my reading of Henri Lefebvre’s seminal The Production of Space. I theorized “spatial aura” and used this concept to build my theory of “totalitarian space.”
Essentially, I argued that when space is controlled, it is rendered transparent and flat, stripped of its uniqueness (spatial aura). As such, the inspecting gaze of power and systematic commodification of space have deprived us of auratic spatial experiences.
How have those informed personal and professional critique of religion?
Not a single course throughout my studies touched on anything resembling the critique of religion. Instead, the philosophy of religion comprises a growing sub-discipline. The absence of critical approaches to religion in Anglo-American philosophy schools is merely another symptom of the apoliticality of the discipline.
Indeed, since the 1980s, there has been a tendency to politicize everything that is not political and apoliticize everything that is. The critique of religion is something philosophy simply cannot afford to avoid, if for no other reason than because religion claims authority over the same territories of knowledge, such as metaphysics, epistemology, and ethics.
The religious mystification of those fields will continue to marginalize philosophy and generate fatal social norms. If philosophy is ever to be relevant again to the actual world, it must confront religion.
What arguments seem most reasonable in support of religion?
Religion cannot rely on actual sound arguments, or it would negate its own foundations.
If one could put aside the psychological need for a comforting illusion, there is nothing clearer than the fact that the world is Godless, in the sense that it lacks universal justice. The most fundamental grounds on which religion is founded and embraced are psychological. If not for the psychological barrier, looking at any ethically unjustifiable event would be sufficient to disprove the existence of an all-knowing, all-powerful, all-good supreme being.
Let us take an example.
If we agree that there is absolutely nothing that could justify what has been committed against Yezidis, then we must conclude that there is no God. For if there were a God, he either could not intervene or chose not to intervene to stop the atrocities (including the rape and murder of thousands of children). If God could not intervene, then God is not all-powerful, which contradicts the very definition of God. If God chose not to intervene, then God is not all-good, which also contradicts the definition of God.
Of course, believers would claim that “God” knows things we do not, so he must have had a reason for allowing the Yezidi genocide (and endless other genocides) to be committed. The main problem with such a claim is that it excludes reason itself from the deduction process. To argue that there is a higher reason that would contradict logic and that we should, therefore, accept the illogical assumption is complete and utter nonsense.
You see a problem with Islam, not Muslims, at this point in time. What is the problem with the ideas comprising Islam to you?
I take issue with all collective religious and nationalist identities insofar as they are intrinsically exclusionary and discriminatory. That said, the use of “Muslims” as a category is also deeply flawed. The differences between one Muslim community and another could be far greater than the differences between a Muslim community and a non-Muslim community.
Hence, the label “Muslim” does not say much about people. Furthermore, “Muslimhood” in today’s world is perceived as a racial category. It should not need to be said that a Muslim is a person who believes in the religion of Islam. Just as not every Mathew is a Christian, not every Abdullah is a Muslim.
As for actual Muslims – people who self-identify as such – there are hundreds of millions who do not understand a word of the Quran. Islamists, on the other hand, are Muslims who consciously use Islam for political ends, and Islam as a religion allows for that because it was designed as not only a set of spiritual values and practices, but also as a political ideology for conquest and governance.
From the emergence of Islam in the 7th century all the way to the most recent Yezidi genocide, Islamic authorities have called for, encouraged, or, at the very least, implicitly justified the mass murder and enslavement of non-Muslims.
Because it was founded in the 7th century, the Islamic worldview of politics and governance is naturally disastrous when applied to today’s world. This is the obvious problem of which many Muslims are aware. A less acknowledged problem is that even for its historical time, Islam was not as progressive and tolerant as Islamic scholars would like us to believe. It matters little how many good moral lessons a belief system expounds if that system is fundamentally sexist, discriminatory, and supportive of the violent conquest of other peoples.
These have been characteristic of Islam from the very beginning. Of course, many other religions have the same problems, and for that reason they should all be rejected. Unfortunately, Islam still dominates many social and political arenas, which poses a direct threat to basic human rights and freedoms.
Why the focus on Islam over other religions?
Because Islam is the main ideological source of Islamism, and Islamism is one of the most dangerous fascist forces in today’s world. Again, it should not need to be said that most Muslims are just ordinary people, at least insofar as the followers of any religion are ordinary.
Also, there are numerous none-orthodox interpretations of Islam that stand in opposition to political Islam in general. Still, none of that should mean that it is okay to encourage or even allow Islamic centers. All the good moral teachings of Islam and much more could be included in a secular ethics course.
Some might point to extreme nationalism, linguistic chauvinism, or ethnic superior-ism to support violence or discrimination against others. What makes religious extremism better or worse to you?
I do not think religious extremism is universally better or worse than other ideologies that justify discrimination. In the so-called Muslim world, secular forms of imperialist nationalism have been responsible for numerous genocidal crimes. For example, secular Arab nationalism, such as Baathism, and secular Turkish nationalism (Kamalism) have been just as barbaric as Islamism in terms of genocidal crimes and the brutal oppression of colonized peoples.
There are many Arab nationalists who are no less anti-Semitic or anti-Kurd than Islamist Arabs. Also, let us not forget that European fascism in Italy, Spain, and Germany was secular. Absolutism is fatal whether it is religious or not; non-religious fascism has its own sources of absolutism, so it matters little what those sources or symbols are called. For Nazis, Hitler basically functioned as God, just as for Kamalists, Mustafa Kamal Ataturk, functions as God.
What about the claims of despair? That is, some theologically illiterate individuals feel despair over crimes of Western countries, based on decision and policies of leaders destroying their livelihoods, and justify violent actions based on that context and co-opt religion for extremist purposes and, therefore, religion is not to blame. Does this seem reasonable to you to explain much of the religious extremism in the world?
To me, religion is first and foremost an institution run by a group of people who design its politics, in the broadest and strictest sense of the term of politics. Illiterate individuals are mobilized by religious authorities to do what they do. Those same authorities could distance religion from violence, but when they do not, then religion as an institution is to blame, among other things.
Islamic jihad cannot be emancipatory under any conditions because Islam itself is inherently oppressive, at least in terms of its organization of societal relations. There are many peoples who have been brutally oppressed by Western and non-Western countries, but their resistance remains progressive.
The Kurdish case is indicative of this point: Kurds in Turkey and Syria are among the most brutally oppressed peoples in the world. While Turkey enjoys extensive support from Western powers, the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK) is blacklisted by Western countries. Tens of Kurdish towns have been completely destroyed by the Turkish army in the last twelve months alone. Kurdish political prisoners face unimaginable forms of torture in Turkish prisons.
Nonetheless, the PKK remains a progressive liberation movement and has not restarted to targeting civilians. In fact, fighters from the PKK as well as the ideologically aligned Democratic Union Party (PYD) have saved countless minority members from Turkish-ISIS aggressions in Iraq and Syria, including tens of thousands of Yezidis. Religious extremism has been on the rise in the rest of the Middle East precisely because of the lack of such progressive movements.
Any recommended thinkers or authors on the subject of Islamic extremism or religious extremism in general?
I am by no means an expert on the subject of religious extremism, so I am not in the position to recommend sources on the topic. That said, I have tremendous respect for Tarek Fatah, who is very knowledgeable on the subject and consistently takes progressive stances on issues related to Islamic domination. Another critic that I follow is Hamed Abdel-Samad, who is also outspoken about the problems of Islam, drawing attention to the numerous contradictions in the Quran and criticizing Islam’s social influence. There is a great need for more critical voices among white leftists in the West as well. I recently read an excerpt from Meredith Tax’s book Double Bind, which takes issue with the tendency of many in the Left to romanticize Islamist movements. The fact that the ultra-right in the West demonizes entire populations under the pretext of fighting Islamic extremism should not make the Western Left sympathize with Islamism. The ultra-right will remain racist with or without the Islamist threat. In fact, Islamism and the West’s ultra-right have far more in common than either party would like to admit. At bottom, they both rely on fascistic modes of reasoning to demonize the Other. The Left should be capable of rejecting both without any difficulty, which is what the revolutionary Left has done in the Middle East.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/18
Caleb W. Lack, Ph.D. is a licensed clinical psychologist, an Associate Professor of Psychology at the University of Central Oklahoma, and the Director of the Secular Therapist Project. Dr. Lack is the author or editor of six books (most recently Critical Thinking, Science, & Pseudoscience: Why We Can’t Trust Our Brains with Jacques Rousseau) and more than 45 scientific publications on obsessive-compulsive disorder, Tourette’s Syndrome and tics, technology’s use in therapy, and more. He writes the popular Great Plains Skeptic column on skepticink.com and regularly presents nationally and internationally for professionals and the public. Learn more about him here.
Tell us about your own journey into becoming a secular therapist.
I was never a non-secular therapist! I was already non-religious by the time I started my clinical psychology graduate program at Oklahoma State University, and the program itself was completely secular in nature. As such, all of my training came from an evidence-based, science-back point of view, which I naively assumed was the norm for those being trained in the field of mental health.
It really wasn’t until my pre-doctoral internship at the University of Florida and after getting my PhD that I began to be exposed to the fact that the vast majority of mental health clinicians did not practice evidence-based therapies. And it wasn’t until I began interfacing with the non-religious community in a larger role that I realised how prevalent the issue of licensed mental health professionals pushing their religious beliefs onto others really was.
Having seen and talked to huge numbers of people who went to a therapist seeking help for depression, anxiety, or marital problems and ended up being preached at and told how all their problems would go away if only they would stop being an atheist, I was very excited when I learned that Dr. Darrel Ray (a psychologist and the founder of the secular support organisation, Recovering from Religion) was leading a new initiative called the Secular Therapist Project.
About a month after it launched in 2012, I submitted an application to be in the database of therapists and was accepted. Several months after that I saw a call for a new member to join the evaluation team of the Secular Therapist Project, which are the people that actually screen potential therapists. I put my application in, and joined the evaluation team in January 2013.
In late 2015, Dr. Ray had decided to step back into a position as president of the Recovering from Religion board and was interested in having someone else become the director of the Secular Therapist Project. I decided that the time was right for me to increase my level of involvement, talked to him about the position, and officially took over my current position in January 2016.
What is the content and purpose of The Secular Therapist Project?
The Secular Therapist Project was designed to be a free service to help connect non-religious individuals who are seeking mental health care with non-religious psychologists, psychiatrists, counselors, and other therapists. However, what’s unique about the STP is that we aren’t just a database of therapists like you might find at Psychology Today. Instead, we very carefully screen potential therapists who want to become part of the STP.
We screen them to make sure that a) they are appropriately licensed in their state or country, b) that they are secular in nature as well as practice, and c) that they actually use evidence-based treatments, which have been shown to be effective at helping improve mental health problems in controlled clinical trials. This means not only will our therapists not try to preach to you or convert you, but that they are also using the most well-supported types of treatment to help you.
What is your own religious/irreligious view?
I consider myself a freethinking, secular humanist, scientific, and sceptic. That’s a mouthful, so let me explain a bit! My worldview is based on a naturalistic view of existence that is best discovered via scientific inquiry. Ethically, I believe strongly in consequentialism, the idea that our actions need be judged by their outcomes and results.
I strive to acquire and spread knowledge with the end goal of making life better for humanity as a whole, and the people I interact with in particular. Professionally, that means I spend large amounts of time teaching critical thinking skills and training other mental health clinicians in the most effective means of helping people with specific behavioural or emotional difficulties.
What tasks and responsibilities come with being a part of The Secular Therapist Project?
After applying and being accepted as a therapist in the STP, an individual’s main task is to respond promptly to messages from those seeking services. We don’t match those seeking services up with a therapist; instead they have to search our database for therapists who are close to them and make contact.
This all takes place within a completely confidential system that does not reveal names or addresses of therapists or clients. We built this confidentiality to protect those who are using our service, as unfortunately most of our therapists cannot be publicly “out” as being non-religious (atheist, agnostic, freethinker, and so on). Thanks to the negative stigma associated with being “atheist,” many of the therapists in our database would likely lose clients and referrals sources if they advertised themselves as being openly secular.
What is the common therapeutic methodology used with those coming for help from The Secular Therapist Project?
People use the STP’s website to get help for a wide variety of problems, both related to religion and completely separate from that. On the religiously-related front, people often need help with the transition from being religious to being nonreligious. We frequently have people contact us who want help in coming to grips with the fact that believed in something for 10 or 20 or 50 years, lived their life accordingly, and now no longer believe it to be true.
We see a lot of people that are angry, especially after being within a highly controlling, perhaps even abusive, fundamentalist background where they were told they were going to hell, or were a bad person because of their sexuality, and so on. We also see lots of sadness too. There’s a reason people often use the term “I lost my faith” because it is a loss, of community, of family, of friends, of routines.
Given that we screen our therapists quite carefully to ensure that they are using evidence-based practices, we also have many people who use the site not because they are having difficulties in life due to religion, but instead just want to be assured that they are meeting with someone who is using current best practice. As such our clients seek out help for depression, anxiety, relationship problems, and the full gamut of mental health difficulties.
What has been the reaction from some of the mainstream culture to the initiative?
Overall, we have received very little negative feedback about the STP from the public, which is quite nice. The reaction, though, really depends on where you live. Many people that I’ve talked to on the East and West coasts of the U.S. are quite shocked when I describe the problems of therapists in the South and middle parts of the country pushing their religious beliefs onto clients. They are shocked because doing so is highly unethical, as mental health clinicians are there to help their clients lead more adaptive, productive lives, not to proselytise to them.
Don’t misunderstand me, I’m a non-theist who strongly supports the right of individuals to believe whatever it is that they would like to believe. That right, however, shouldn’t extend to trying to push it onto others. I think it is highly unethical for therapists to push their private agenda or belief (religious or otherwise) onto persons seeking help, who are frequently emotionally vulnerable.
The major mental health organisations in the U.S. (such as the American Psychological Association and American Counseling Association) agree, and that is codified in their ethics codes.
Interestingly, the most negative feedback we have gotten has come from clinicians who have applied to be part of the STP, but whose applications were rejected. As I mentioned before, we have a fairly rigorous screening process designed to make sure that those who apply are non-religious themselves, secular in their practice, and using evidence-based therapies. Not meeting that last criteria is the most common reason we reject people, and our numbers over the past few years have us denying between 30-35% of clinicians that apply. They are often upset, as you would imagine.
What has been the most touching narrative, without divulging sensitive information, from someone coming to you, personally, for assistance in professional practice?
Due to my specialisation – which is the obsessive-compulsive and related disorders – I most frequently see people who have been to a large number of other therapists, sometimes for years. For those who have been struggling with things like OCD, Tourette’s, or trichotillomania but have not been receiving the most effective treatments, seeing someone who knows what they are doing can be life changing.
I recently had a child who has pretty severe OCD start seeing me, and the parents told me that they had seen more change in three sessions with me than they had seen in the past year and a half of therapy with someone else. That’s a major reason why I am such a strong advocate of evidence-based psychology, and why we emphasise that all clinicians who are a part of the STP must practice using those methods.
For those that want to work together or become involved, what are recommended means of contacting The Secular Therapist Project?
Our website is seculartherapy.org, which is where you can register to be either a client or a therapist. People are also free to contact me via the site if they have any specific questions about the process. If you are seeing a therapist who is secular, please encourage her or him to apply! Although we have almost 10,000 registered clients, we only have about 300 therapists at this time, so there is a massive gap, especially in the southern and mid-western states. We will also be expanding more internationally over the next few months with upgrades to our software, which is exciting.
Thank you for your time, Dr. Lack.
The pleasure was mine, Scott. Take care.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/17
What is your familial and personal background?
I was born and raised in Hannover, Germany. When I had finished high school, I spent a year in the Philippines for a volunteer service, then moved to Hamburg to study Cultural Anthropology and Educational Sciences. After getting this degree, I moved to Osnabrück and started studying Cognitive Science. Right now, I am in Oswego (New York) for a semester abroad.
I got involved in Hannover’s local group of the youth wing of HVD (Humanistischer Verbands Deutschland, the German Humanis Association) when I was 13 or 14. Since then, I have held different positions in the local and national young humanist organisations and eventually got involved in the International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organization (IHEYO), where I was first elected Membership Officer and now President.
How did you become involved in humanism as a worldview?
Pretty much all of my family members are humanists, so you could say my sister and I were raised this way, though I don’t remember the term “humanism” being used. Our parents and grandparents taught us about this lifestyle not only with words, but by living and acting according to these values every day. We were encouraged to be sceptical and question things, to think for ourselves, to not prejudge people, to take responsibility for our actions, take care of the environment, and be independent.
Also, my parents love to travel and get to know people from different cultures, and I think my sister and I have definitely profited from that. It made us more open-minded towards new things and different ways of life.
When did humanism as an ethical hit home emotionally for you?
Since I was raised with humanist values, there is no specific event or time that marks this. It was simply the worldview I had. You could probably say I found out about the term “humanism” and actively chose to identify as a humanist when I decided to join our local Humanist organisation and take part in their coming-of-age celebration. The next step was becoming a member and actively volunteering for the organization. By doing this, I dedicated myself to the cause, so to say.
What makes humanism more true to you than other worldviews, belief systems?
I think about these things a lot. Ethics, religion, why do we act and feel the way we do? I try to stay objective about it and approach questions openly. And every time I come to the conclusion that humanism is the right way.
I found that the belief in gods does not withstand reason and never understood why people call religion the root of ethics, morals or values, and why they minimise the horrible things it has caused and is causing. Why do you follow rules that only exist to oppress you? Why would you need religion to love thy neighbours?
Some people will argue that being nice to one another is not a necessity or is even “unnatural”, that not caring about others will not cause them any disadvantages. But this is where love and empathy come in, a wish to live in a peaceful and kind society, something that I believe everybody has somewhere inside them.
To me, humanism is the derivation of being a compassionate and reasonable person.
You are the President of International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organization (IHEYO). It was launched in 2004. What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
As President, I am taking the bird’s eye view. I know what is going on in the organisation and coordinate and connect people and activities. There are also decisions to be made, but I always make sure to consult with other committee members first because I want to get to know other peoples’ thoughts and perspectives before deciding on something that will affect the organisation and the people involved.
IHEYO works on a broad range of initiatives, and with multiple organisations, including women’s rights, education rights, abortion rights, LGBTIQ rights, human rights. What are some of the notable successes in each of these domains?
Though some events and activities are directly planned by us, our job is more to be an umbrella organisation connecting our member organisations.
For example, in November 2015, we held the charity week “Better Tomorrow”. We came up with the concept and asked our members to contribute with projects they thought of and planned themselves.
There are conferences that are planned by IHEYO in cooperation with the respective local member organisations. We provide know-how and funds for the events. Many of our volunteers are active in both IHEYO and their local organisations so cooperation is made easy. Alone this year there were three conferences in addition to our annual General Assembly.
These conferences were the African Humanist Youth Days (AFHD) in July in Nairobi (Kenya), the European Humanist Youth Days (EHYD) in July in Utrecht (Netherlands) and the Asian Humanist Conference in August in Taipei (Taiwan). During each conference, there are talks and workshops that are somewhat connected to humanism.
For example, during the EHYD we had a workshop on Effective Altruism, AHYD had panels about witch-hunts, and the Asian Conference featured a talk about secular values in traditional beliefs. Some talks/workshops are held by member organisations, others by people from outside of the organisations that were invited.
This way the participants can gain knowledge and know-how while at the same time spreading their own knowledge and letting others profit from their experience. Also, events like that are the best opportunity to network and come up with new ideas. We are a growing community, with growing influence, thanks to this.
So it is hard to measure our impact in numbers or clearly defined achievements. We are more about providing the basis for our members’ work and incentives to individuals. A panel like the one at EHYD, with Bangladeshi bloggers who have been threatened and prosecuted because they openly criticised religion, leads to a change of mind in the audience that can eventually bring huge change.
Any personal humanist heroes?
This sounds cheesy, but my humanist heroes are the people that put their free time and their energy into IHEYO or other humanist organisations. There is always a lot to do and it is great seeing so many people work hard for this cause.
Especially work in an executive committee involves some boring and annoying tasks, particularly when handling bureaucratic stuff. Behind every meeting and every event, there is someone writing minutes, someone putting data into spreadsheets, someone handling the numbers and keeping an eye on the finances… I am very grateful for everybody who does this as it builds the base for successful projects.
Any recommended authors?
I have not had time to read a lot of books lately, but I read many blog articles and can definitely recommend that. There is something about articles written by non-professionals who just want to express their thoughts. Especially when you know the person or they provide background knowledge about themselves.
It is so interesting to see their thought process and how they form their opinions. It helps understand why they have this opinion, even or especially if you don’t agree with it. Also, many blogs allow to comment on articles and possibly discuss with the author, so in the end everyone can benefit.
Thank you for your time, Marieke.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/14
What is your family and personal story — culture, education, and geography?
My parents are Chinese immigrants from Taiwan who came to the U.S. for college in the 70’s. I was born and raised in Texas where I’ve lived my whole life, in Austin and in Houston. All of our family attended and graduated from the University of Texas at Austin, where I got my degree in Management Information Systems.
What informs personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic, respectively?
I was raised without any religion (which I’ve come to learn is pretty rare here in Texas), so secular humanist principles have always appealed to me even before I knew what it means to be a Humanist.
And I’ve always felt strongly that ultimately, the kind of person you happen to be born as, and all of the circumstances that determine who you are as a person — your parents, your gender, your ethnicity, your nationality, really all of the circumstances that make you who you are — are ultimately completely out of your control.
And to me it’s that realisation — that you could just as easily have been born as any other person on earth — which underscores the fact at there is really no rational justification to preferentially place your own well-being and desires over anyone else’s, and that the feelings and needs of others are no less valuable than your own.
And it’s that emphasis on empathy and compassion for others that separates humanism from someone being “just” an atheist, and takes it from living your life free of theism all the way over to a worldview that drives everything you do.
What makes humanism seem more right or true than other worldviews to you — arguments and evidence?
One of my favourite definitions of humanism is living a life informed by evidence and driven by compassion, which means a rejection of the supernatural while striving to help others and actively trying to make the world a better place.
So humanism is somewhat unique in that regard as compared to the world’s religions in the way it embraces freethought; if any of your beliefs aren’t based on sound reasoning and supported by valid evidence, why continue to hold them?
Instead we should all strive to hold reality-based views on how to improve well-being, for yourself and for others. That makes humanism self-correcting in a way that traditional religions are not, as we’re always learning more and more about the world and how it operates, and improving our perspectives accordingly in light of new evidence and new understandings.
What are effective ways to advocate for humanism?
It’s no secret that the non-religious are one of the most distrusted and disliked of all demographic groups, even though the reality could not be farther from the truth. In reality, atheists are vastly under-represented in the prison population, the states in the U.S. with the least religion also have the lowest rates of crime, and the countries with the lowest levels of religion are also those with the lowest crime, the highest standards of living, and the highest levels of happiness in the world.
So I think one big part of advocating for humanism is showing that “hey, we’re just like everyone else, and there’s nothing to be afraid of just because someone doesn’t believe in any gods. We believe in helping others and doing good in the world, even if our reasons for doing so may differ from those with religious motivations”.
What is the importance of humanism in America at the moment?
Just within the past few years we’ve seen a huge turning point as the non-religious are now the fastest growing religious demographic in the U.S. The latest statistics show 20% of the U.S. population no longer hold any religious affiliation (which represents a growth of almost 50% in just the past decade) and among younger Americans, a full 1/3 of millennials are now considered among these “nones”.
And even more dramatic has been the grown of those who explicitly identify as atheists, with an increase of over 50% in the past decade. So clearly we’re seeing a decline in traditional religious worldviews and a corresponding rise in humanistic, secular views, both in the U.S. and worldwide. And yet despite this, atheists/humanists have typically been on the outside looking in when it comes to national discourse and political representation.
Our representation among elected officials is virtually zero, and for us to even be acknowledged as a group that exists in the world of politics is absurdly rare. But thankfully, organisations like the Secular Coalition for America, American Atheists, and the American Humanist Association are changing this, with an increased emphasis on political activism and fighting for political representation that thus far has been virtually nonexistent in American politics.
What is the importance of secularism in America at the moment?
At the same time that we’re seeing a growth in secular Americans, we’re also seeing a backlash against that from the religious right (and, more recently, the alt-right). We’re seeing more and more theocrats rising to power and trying to impose religiously – motivated legislation on the rest of society, whether through draconian anti-abortion regulations, restrictions on LGBT rights, voucher programs that would fund religious schools with public funding, manipulation of public school curriculums to impose pseudoscience and revisionist history on schoolchildren, or even outright attempts to dismantle the separation of church and state, as Donald Trump has already done by publicly vowing to repeal the Johnson Amendment which prohibits religious institutions from endorsing political candidates.
I think it’s very easy to become complacent as the general population becomes more secularised, while not realising that religious fundamentalism and extremism is — by its very nature — a backlash against the perceived threat that secularism presents. And we’re seeing that phenomenon playing out around the country as we speak.
What social forces might regress the secular humanist movements in the US?
In addition to the threat of fundamentalism and the religious right, over the past few years we’ve also seen a widening rift in the secular movement between those who embrace positive humanistic values and those who don’t (and in some cases outright reject them, or even reject the “humanist” label entirely).
Fortunately, it seems that the vast majority of atheists believe in actively working to make the world better, including supporting the fight for equal rights, promoting altruism, and demonstrating compassion for disadvantaged groups. But those who don’t share those values seem to be disproportionately vocal — particularly online — which I think leads to a skewed perception of what the freethought community is really about.
What tasks and responsibilities come with being the president of the Humanists of Houston?
As President I oversee all aspects of the organisation, both in “real life” and online across our social media presence (Meetup, Youtube, Facebook, Twitter, etc), as well as our in-person monthly board meetings. I also have a blog where I write about humanism, religion, and secularism.
How is humanism, especially secular humanism, seen in the larger Houston region?
While Texas as a whole is quite conservative and religious — in some areas overwhelmingly so — Houston is a pretty unique mix of conservatism and liberalism, with an enormous diversity of religious beliefs (Houston was recently recognised as the most ethnically diverse city in the United States, which is apparent just about any time you step outside).
And while there’s certainly a huge amount of religiosity in the greater Houston area (Houston is currently in the top 10 cities in churches per capita, and at one point used to be #1), Houston within the city limits is quite moderate and, I’ve found overall, fairly accepting of humanist views. With a few notable but rare exceptions we haven’t encountered much blowback from the local community as a result of our activities, and we’ve even been invited by the local Interfaith Ministries organisation to be a part of several interfaith events, where we educated the public about humanism/atheism and provided a secular voice to what would otherwise be exclusively religious discussions.
Also, I think the high degree of religiosity in the Houston area (and in Texas overall) has ironically played a large role in our growth as an organisation, as we’ve quadrupled in size in the past four years and are now the largest chapter of the American Humanist Association in the country and the largest humanist Meetup group in the world with over 3,000 members. And I think a big reason for that is we see the inescapable effects of religion intruding on our day to day lives in a way that perhaps many parts of the country don’t.
In many cases we have members who don’t even know any other atheists/humanists, and have no opportunity to converse with like-minded individuals outside of our events (I’ve even had some members tell me they had never even MET a single atheist — to their knowledge, at least — before coming to an HOH event). So I think there’s certainly a greater incentive in this area for atheists and humanists to seek out organisations like ours.
What are some of the activities, even initiatives or campaigns, of the Humanists of Houston?
We average 20+ events per month with activities including guest speakers, discussion groups, book clubs, volunteering, activism, and social gatherings. We hold a monthly “Humanist Community Giveaway” of supplies to the homeless, usually serving around 40–50 people per giveaway, as well as regular outings at the Houston Food Bank and other local charities. We’ve held numerous demonstrations outside the Saudi Arabian Consulate in support of Raif Badawi, the Saudi blogger who was sentenced to 10 years in prison and 1,000 lashes for advocating secular values online.
We’ve participated in demonstrations for the Black Lives Matter movement in response to the incidents of police brutality around the country. We recently completed a fundraiser for Camp Quest Texas, a summer camp for children of humanist families, where we raised over $3,000 from our members to help underprivileged children attend the camp, which turned out to be the most ever raised by an organisation in a single year. And every year we have a booth at the Houston LGBT Pride festival as well as a float in the Pride Parade, as well as being active in our support for LGBT rights and equal rights legislation.
For those that want to work together or become involved, what are recommended means of contacting you?
We can always be reached via email at humanistsofhouston@yahoo.com, and the best way to keep up with our activities is through the HOH Meetup where we have our full calendar of events and photos from previous events. We also have a YouTube channel with over 90 of our previous events and guest speakers that can be watched for free. And, of course, all of our events are free to the public so anyone is welcome to come out and check us out anytime.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/12
What is your family and personal story – culture, education, and geography?
I have three siblings, and I’m the second eldest. I was catholic schooled since prep to high school, but, even when I was very young, I was already a freethinker (and a natural one – since I didn’t have access to anything conducive to freethinking per se such as books or similar like-minded people).
However, I had an ‘enlightenment’ moment in school which happened during a religious class. It happened when we were taught the Bible’s ten commandments. The day before, the teacher lectured about free-will. I began questioning the validity of free-will taking into account the ten commandments – this started my journey to non-belief.
During College I undertook a Bachelors of Science degree in Chemistry, and then I embarked on a Master’s degree in Environmental Science and Ecosystems Management. Fast-forward ten years, and I find myself having graduated, raising a family, and separated from my religious husband.
I currently head two organisations: the Humanist Alliance Philippines International (HAPI) and my own NGO called Conservation Cavers Inc (I love caving). I am also associated with a private company as their science division manager (my remit centres on the supply of laboratory solutions to various companies) and I’m managing my own business, a rope access company providing cleaning and building maintenance solutions that require vertical and hard access using rope techniques.
So, yes, I do a lot of things, but I make sure I still “play”. I’m a blades and knives enthusiast too!
What informs personal humanist beliefs, as a worldview and ethic?
Humanist beliefs are universal beliefs held and shared by everyone across religious and national identities. It stands for humane principles and values that are the very basis on and by which the declaration of human rights rests, and it also adheres to and as informed by the scientific methodology that keeps humans progressing towards a more hopeful future. A life guided by reason and inspired by compassion couldn’t be any better. If everyone could be a humanist, I think most of the problems in the world would disappear.
You have an emphasis on environmental humanism and advocacy. Why those topics?
Ever since when I was young, I loved being in nature. It started with being close to pets. I have more animal-friends than human friends as I was growing up. Ranging from chickens, quails, rabbits to the usual cats and dogs. I feel everything is connected and cannot be separated. It’s a realisation that I think is not usual for many people. People treat nature and environment as a separate thing.
This is where the destruction starts – people use resources as if they’re unlimited. They start polluting without any care at all. Part of me knows this should not be the case, and knowing this should surely mean that one has the responsibility to inform people that it’s a wrong attitude to treat nature as both a commodity and an unlimited resource.
It is important to inform people that we are not separate from nature. As early as the age of 11, I began writing for the school paper, mostly about environmental issues. Many years ago I initiated lecturing about environmental topics to various schools and organisations pro bono, for this is my real advocacy.
If we teach and inform more people that caring for the environment is a very unselfish and, furthermore, that it is the best way to help more people – not only now but in the future -, then I think we could look forward to living in a better world (or at least make things better for the people living in it in the future).
For me, environmental humanism is the greatest form of humanism owing to the fact that it encompasses every belief system, race, gender or nationality. Environmental humanism can benefit everyone – both humans and non-humans.
What are effective ways to advocate for humanism and environmental humanism?
The most effective way is to have reach out to people as far and wide as possible and try and get them to care and get involved in the issues. People can only go so far in attending lectures about the issues, reading articles about the issues, etc., but, if you actually manage to inspire them (e.g. by showing what invaluable role nature plays for us) they will actually play a proactive role and thereby take steps to externalise their care in truly beneficial ways.
In HAPI we try to create programs that try to inspire people to care for the environment – we do tree planting activities nationwide called the HAPI TREES that had spawn other individuals and organisations to do the same. It had a domino effect in inspiring more participants to get involved with HAPI Trees.
We also do a lecture series on climate change and its reality – proceeding from the Climate Reality Leadership Corps (lead by Al Gore). We also launched a mini recycling facility in a small community that aims to teach people the concept of recycling. HAPI funded all of these with the help of some donors we reached our to.
The Humanist Alliance Philippines, International (HAPI) was founded on December 25, 2013 and launched on January 1, 2014. What was the inspiration for the foundation of the organisation?
HAPI was inspired by a growing humanistic movement that is tired of dogma and religious superstition – two things that we believe tries to divide society rather than unite us as humans. Marissa Torres-Langseth (an ANP based in the US) founded this.
She is very passionate about making a change in the Philippines, to free it of superstitious beliefs as someone who works for science. Because of her, the organisation had the momentum to progress and widen as she actively finds and connects with people she thinks has a humanist heart.
It remains purposed to the progressive and secular humanist perspectives and movements. What does this mean within the Philippines?
The purpose is unity in commonalities and the safeguard of everyone within the scope of our multicultural society without favour for any one particular group. This means, that, if we are to work together, we need to work objectively and scientifically in deciding the future of our country and people, rather than emotionally and superstitiously.
What makes secular humanism and progressivism seems more right or true to you – arguments and evidence?
The Filipino people believe in the Humanistic idea that all humans have inalienable and equal rights, and that we must all work forward in achieving a future that provides stability and peace for all people within and outside of the nation. In many ways, these are widely believed human principles.
However, superstition and dogma has clouded this position and infringed many of our citizen’s special privileges while simultaneously denying others their liberties and natural rights based on religious beliefs that seek to dictate sexual and relationship preference, education standards, and such.
In finding a solution to the ills that plague our minorities, we need to find an objective, scientific and well-studied approach that allows for our principle to materialize and improve human condition in our society.
HAPI aims to defend freedom, democratic rights, equality, protect children, and reduce poverty. What initiatives work to advance these goals within the progressive secular humanist for HAPI?
HAPI has been actively engaged in education, feeding, and tree planting programs that are designed to help educate and rehabilitate our society and environment. We propose to raise awareness about the need for an objective approach to problems and to the protection of our environment as these are the things that the next generation will inherit. In many ways, these programs are aimed at the future inheritors of our society through the love of oneself, the love of others, and the love of the environment.
What is the near future vision for HAPI?
Our near future vision is to inspire more people to embrace humanism in as many a way as possible. We aim to educate first and then set an example for them to see that we have real workable solutions to real human problems. If they see this, they can start taking initiatives to be more rational and ethical in their decision making which, we hope, will translate into people being more peaceful and life changing ways to other people as well.
What is the far future vision for HAPI?
We actually hope for a better, safer, more compassionate and caring society in general. In order to achieve this, we just have to keep going on and setting a good example to the people around us, by aggressively (but peacefully) re-introducing the humanist concept now in our (more critically-thinking) country.
Rationality and ethics play a very large role in the government, if we keep pushing and asserting this together with the environmental humanism advocacy, we think we can greatly change a lot of situation now where we are currently trapped, being in a still to be considered as a ‘religious’ nation that sort of impedes our development. Population control, unhappy homes because on being the only non-divorce country, crimes and addiction, these all should be addressed in a different perspective.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Conatus News/Uncommon Ground Media Inc.
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/11
Bob Churchill is the Communications Director for The International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU), Editor of The Free Thought Report. Bob Churchill is also a trustee of Conway Hall Ethical Society and a trustee of the Karen Woo Foundation.
How did you become involved in humanism and IHEU?
I have a habit of looking at any situation and saying “Ok, but what’s the wider context, what assumptions are underlying here, what is beyond this?” The habit was deeply entrenched enough in me that I decided to study philosophy at university. So I started as a kind of curious, Enlightenment humanist, and it became a circle: the humanist impulse took me to philosophy and that sort of formalised my humanism.
But of course you don’t have to be a philosopher as such to have some or all of the attitudes and ideas of humanism. I think of humanism as something lying somewhere between the level of “being an environmentalist” and “having an ideology”. Because it’s not an ideology: there’s no foundational texts or dogmas etc. And like environmentalism it is a broad attitude to a bunch of questions, yet it’s a bit more all-encompassing than “being an environmentalist”.
And professionally, my first role in humanism was at the British Humanist Association. I got for a fairly technical job there, starting in 2008 but it quickly became a broader membership role. Head of Membership and Promotion was my final title. I left in mid-2011 and approached the IHEU and basically I developed a proposal with them to support a knowledge sharing program, and I went and worked for the best part of a year alongside various Ugandan humanist projects under the banner of the Uganda Humanist Association.
As that project was nearly concluded a role was coming up in IHEU and it was a great fit because now I had organised humanism experience on two continents, at two humanist organisations about as far apart as they come in terms of practice and circumstances, but sharing that common worldview.
You are the director of communications at the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU). What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
It’s very wide-ranging. At the staff level the organisation is relatively small so it means that “communications” is a lot broader than it would be in a large NGO for example. I’m responsible for all external and internal communications of course, including web presence, also campaigns and press work, but even wider than that… this week for example we’ve launched the latest edition of the Freedom of Thought Report.
This is the IHEU’s “flagship” publication examining the rights of non-religious people and discrimination against them, examining every country on the planet. I’m the Editor of the report and manage the whole project. So in recent months I’ve been managing the development of a new online platform for the report, as well as coordinating volunteers and our Member Organizations who make content contributions, and editing the final result.
Right down to encoding my own footnotes into the webpages! And on Tuesday was the big launch at the European Parliament so I’d been planning the event with the parliamentary Intergroup on Freedom of Religion or Belief, and I went to Brussels and spoke on the panel there, telling everyone about the report, the findings this year, and introduced the new online system which we think sets a very high standard for civil society reports like this.
What is the overarching vision and mission of IHEU?
So, IHEU is an umbrella organisation – the “global representative body of the humanist movement, uniting a diversity of non-religious organisations and individuals.” And we want to see a world where human rights are respected and everyone is able to live a life of dignity. And of course lots of things are implied by that: we’d favour rational politics with an evidence base.
I think it would be nice if humanity didn’t have to spend the next few millennia trying to geoengineer our way out of an apocalyptic feedback loop of global warming in a world where all the big animals are dead and it’s just us and the cockroaches.
Obviously those are very long-term goals though! So let me answer more practically in the near-term. IHEU works towards a rational, humanist world by building and representing the global Humanist movement here and now, supporting new and developing organisations.
We promote human rights – we’re at the UN and other international bodies where as I see it very often our role is to be talking about things from a uniquely humanist perspective – there aren’t many organisations doing that in the international system which still has a lot of religious NGOs.
We’re defending individual people and advancing human rights topics: LGBTI rights, women’s rights, children’s rights, against slavery, for freedom of thought, bioethical issues, religion or belief, and freedom of expression.
Obviously in principle any ethical and human rights topic you can think of a humanist might care about, we do strategically focus often on issues that others are less keen to talk about: We call it out when religion is used to justify violence and human rights violations, we campaign against “witchcraft” accusations and abuse based on these beliefs, against child marriage, we promote secularism, and we defend the rights of the non-religious to be, to identify as, and to manifest non-religious views.
The Freedom of Thought Report looks into the discrimination against the non-religious. One pressing sentence says that “…there are laws that deny atheists’ right to identify, revoke their right to citizenship, restrict their right to marry, obstruct their access to or experience of public education, prohibit them from holding public office, prevent them from working for the state, or criminalize the expression of their views on and criticism of religion.” Of these, what seems like the greatest form of discrimination against the non-religious?
Interesting question! I think that one way or the other all of these things are human rights issues – remember any kind of discrimination like this is bound up in the human rights framework. So I’m reluctant really to prioritise between them, and this really isn’t just a cop-out.
I think it’s a good rule of thumb for advocates of human rights that you shouldn’t be prioritising between them because in principle they’re all basic, and in the right context a denial of the right can be devastating.
It would be tempting to say that something like the last one is most important because if you restrict free expression you can’t do anything else, that’s quite a common response and makes a kind of sense.
But equally, what if you live in a state where you can’t legally say “I dissent from religion, I’m an atheist”, then you can’t even begin to speak. If the state says you’re second class by denying the right to attain certain offices or to register a certain way or marry who you want, then again there’s a sense in which you’re potentially deterred from even thinking about developing your thinking in certain directions.
In human rights language they are “indivisible” and “interdependent”. And I don’t think that’s some dogma. I think it really is the case, logically speaking, that when you deny one real human right you weaken other parts of the whole framework at the same time.
I know a lot of people look at human rights and just think, “Well it’s all just a big convention, it’s not written in the sky or in our DNA that we have these rights,” and of course that’s right – but there’s nevertheless an objective component to them.
They do map onto real human needs and desires (in that sense they kind of are written into our DNA!) inasmuch as the contravention of these rights must represent a frustration of our preferences, our aspirations, or our health or our very lives in some cases.
So for anyone who thinks human rights do not, broadly speaking, map some realities of the human condition, I would say they should think about which human rights exactly they’d be prepared to just disown for themselves. (And of course, they can’t just reject their own rights because that’s what we mean by “inalienable!”)
The reports note the more somebody has more education and more income then their religiosity declines. What seems to be the reason for this link?
We point this out in the context of global secularisation and how it links to development trends, the point being to show that there are lots of non-religious people in the world and that the number is growing.
Again, defending human rights isn’t a numbers game, it doesn’t matter in a sense if there’s only one atheist in a country or a million. Nevertheless, it’s worth explaining, especially to those in countries where there’s a kind of pretence that no one within their borders is a “non-believer”, that actually they’re wrong about that and that many people are just being efficiently silenced by a combination of social taboo and oppressive laws.
On the reason for the correlation: I’m sure you’d get ten different answers from ten anthropologists. But I’ll bite and speculate that individual security is a big part of it. I think most research that links higher religiosity to trends like education and wealth are ultimately about wealth inequality and social instability and the increased risk of early death and so on.
It would be trite though to simply say that religion is “just a crutch” for people who are insecure in some sense. There’s always more going on than that, but personal security does seem to play a big role.
I do think we have to be careful with all research like this. and ask questions of it: Is it that education makes you smarter and therefore atheism is smart and religion is stupid? Or is it that education means you’re formally instructed in such a way that you’re more likely to acquire non-religious views?
There’s also research that finds atheists aren’t as “happy” as theists – So, is that just because theists tend to have one more social network (based around their religion)? Or are religious people more likely to lie that they’re contented? Or is the atheist just more realistic about the world?
To be clear, I’m not saying “We’ll never know!” and that all research like this is worthless, by the way. I’m just saying it’s complicated, we should be super cautious about reading too much into any social survey results like this, and most of all to avoid the temptation to homogenize huge groups of people, especially if there’s any chance it makes us feel superior in any way.
The violations against humanists comes in a black through green, grave through free and equal scale: Grave Violations, Severe Discriminations, Systemic Discrimination, Mostly Satisfactory, and Free and Equal. Why was this scale selected to describe discrimination against atheists?
The report works by looking at a whole list of boundary conditions (assessment statements really) and whether they apply to each country. Each condition has a “severity level” attached. So the terms you mention are really just labels on a scale of 1 to 5. It’s meant to give a general idea of how severe the problems are.
At the level of what we call Systemic Discrimination we’re talking about things like tax exemptions for religious organisations if they’re not available to non-religious analogues, we’re talking about control of some public services by religious groups.
At the level of Severe Discrimination we’re talking about things like if there’s a “blasphemy” law or similar on statute under which you could be sent to prison for criticising religion, we’re talking about serious controls on family law, like if you live in a country where as an atheist you couldn’t marry unless you lied about it – which might not at first glance seem as serious as the risk of going to prison but obviously it’s a serious impediment to living your life how you want to live it, potentially!
And at Grave Violations we’re talking about for example if you can be put to death in principle for “apostasy” or “blasphemy”, if the constitution says that all laws must derive in some way from religious precepts, and of course if it’s an outright totalitarian state.
What continent is the most leaning towards Free and Equal? What continent is leaning most towards Grave Violations? Where is the global average now?
Europe, which is more secularised, certainly has a lot of good social conditions and the most “green” countries across the most thematic areas. Though it’s also got a surprising number of laws linked to old established churches and traditions that are problematic.
There’s still a lot of legal discrimination that is inherent in privileging religion in general, or particular religious denominations. And there’s still a few European countries including Denmark and Germany with “blasphemy” or “defamation of religion” laws on statute punishable with a prison sentence, so they get a “Severe” rating in the free expression strand of our report.
The Middle East and North Africa clearly perform worst on our ratings and that’s because many Islamic states right now are most clearly associated with the most harsh suppression of non-religious worldviews, and are the most controlling of freedom of thought and belief generally.
In fact, if you’re plotting worst countries against anything then it’s not the continent but “being an Islamic state” that is the most obvious correlating factor, I think it’s worth saying that clearly. This includes places outside of the MENA region, like Malaysia, Maldives, problems in Indonesia, and of course Southern Asia: Pakistan, Bangladesh…
I’m not saying all Islamic states are as bad as each other, and I’m not saying it’s only Islamic states in the worst categories: North Korea is dominated by its own kind of enforced national cult, and China obviously is extremely restrictive and that’s the official atheist Communist party that’s doing it.
But as a region, as a whole, definitely MENA; and really that’s because of so many countries where Sharia and hudud laws are enshrined under civil codes and practiced, reinforcing social taboos and threatening actual manifestations of non-religious worldviews with legal ramifications.
All the data by the way is available here, and all the individual country reports here.
Who is a personal hero for you?
A few years ago I was giving a talk about the philosophy of Karl Popper and someone said “Well he was in Europe during the war what did he do about the Nazis he just wrote books!” I have no idea why this person had come to a philosophy lecture given their attitude, by the way.
And I replied “Well, as a young Jewish man he fled the Nazis and then he wrote one of the twentieth-century’s seminal works taking on fascist and totalitarian ideologies and promoting the alternative. That’s The Open Society and its Enemies. He’s always been a bit of an intellectual hero.
I’m allowed more than one hero, right? I would also say Avijit Roy. He was the first of the humanists to be killed in Bangladesh in the spate of murders of “atheist bloggers”, activists and authors in 2015. He wasn’t the first overall: there had been others previously, including the blogger Ahmed Rajib Haider in 2013. It was after the events of 2013 that Avijit Roy got in touch with IHEU and other human rights NGOs and secular groups.
He was desperately concerned for his friends, his peers. Ahmed Rajib Haider had been killed and his friend Asif Mohiuddin and a number of other bloggers instead of being protected by the state, the state effectively put a bullseye on them, took them through the courts and sent them to prison for “hurting religious sentiments” in their blogs.
Avijit Roy was one of the first to see the real long-term danger here and I worked with him through IHEU trying to raise awareness, trying to put pressure on the Bangladesh government and make them see that by giving into Islamist demands and arresting bloggers they were only going to spur them on and end up with more and more Islamist demands, and fewer and fewer people left to speak against them.
Avijit Roy himself lived in America, but he was worried about all the death threats that his friends were getting – we knew they were serious because Ahmed Rajib Haider had been cut down with a machete and now the state was effectively joining with the Islamists in silencing all the bloggers. Always Roy’s main concern was what might happen to these other young men who were writing about science, defending human rights, writing about minority ethnic groups in Bangladesh, women’s rights – it’s the same humanism you see anywhere.
Then he started to get death threats himself. He was worried about them, but he lived in America, so proportionately he didn’t seem at risk in quite the same way, but it was real cause for concern and it would be absurd to be complacent based on your geography alone today.
Anyway, early in 2015 he took a trip back to Bangladesh – very much under the radar for the most part of course – but he made an appearance at the famous book fair at the university in Dhaka and they murdered him there, also seriously injuring his wife Rafida Bonya Ahmed. This would become the first of several murders of non-religious writers in Bangaldesh in 2015. All attacks by groups of men on motorbikes carrying machetes – it’s extremely brutal.
Avijit Roy is a hero because not only was he an intellectual trying to put his message into society to change it for the better, but when that came under threat he worked as hard as he could behind the scenes, reaching out to NGOs, he became a kind of informal advisor to me at IHEU for a time, he was trying to protect the humanists and human rights defenders back in Bangladesh, and then Islamist radicals took his life.
He is a hero. And Bonya as well for standing up after that attack, overcoming that horror and injury and continuing to campaign – she’s been giving talks and writing and building up the blogging platform that Roy was working with. Incredible of her to be able to come back from that kind of attack and say “I will not be silenced!”
What do you consider your highest ideals?
Kindness and empathy. Reason and truth.
I could stop there because that’s pretty much all human life, but I’ll say one more thing, about reason and truth. Rationality is about having ideas and being open to criticism. It is about truth, but it’s not about establishing and certifying statements as true, we can’t do that.
Rationality means attempting to isolate truths, by being bold in creativity in the hope that you might generate some truth ideas, and then being ruthless in intellectual criticism to get rid of the errors.
Any recommended authors and books?
For philosophy, read the vastly under-appreciated Critical Rationalism: A Restatement and Defence, and Out of Error by David Miller. They’re probably not easy to come by though.
What has been your greatest personal or professional emotional struggle?
Professionally, it must be the last few years, working with Bangladeshis under threat, in some cases seeking asylum elsewhere – in 2015 watching as one blogger after another was killed. And any time we’re able to work with someone who is a human rights defender under threat.
It is gut-wrenching and a kind of torture even for those that survive. It can feel like there is nothing anyone can do, or that the things you can do are so small, but you have to try to focus on those small things, those actions you can attempt, to nurture hope, rather than despairing about what you cannot do.
Thank you for your time, Bob.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/15
“No problem can be solved with the same level of consciousness that created it.” — Albert Einstein.
Work to increase the voices of the voiceless is always appreciated, especially work based on intellectual integrity and intellectual humility, to connect all of us. Individuals without much influence or power within their communities rely on the expression of beliefs and opinions by other people. An important effort to improve this world requires raising awareness for the ex-Muslim population.
Ex-Muslims are individuals overlooked for more than one thousand years, ignored by the mainstream conversation. These individuals in a diverse group have not only been pushed away from the centre of conversations on faith and non-faith, but also have their fundamental human rights ignored and violated, due to constant threats of violence and murder.
One organization pioneering the way for people to connect intends to create international evolutionary conversations online, and known as Shift The Script. The purpose of the organization is overcoming misunderstandings, prejudice and ignorance through a unique definition and exercise of what constitutes evolutionary conversations.
As with all change, it is founded on thoughts and words in a certain approach, to facilitate the refinement and exchange of thoughts and words via dialogue, discourse, and discussion. All this is necessary to create necessary re-evaluations of accepted paradigms, and truly create effectively honest conversations.
Why should we accept the premises of the culture handed to us? How can we remove ourselves from the mistakes and prejudices of discourses of the past? What is the basis for a true found effective dialogue? Shift The Script works on these questions, and starts by focusing on Ex-Muslims.
It is vital to start with the voiceless or the semi-unheard. The ex-Muslim population is a beleaguered population. These individuals chose to leave Islam, and many are instantly hit with deprivation of what constitutes fairness and respect for civil rights, punished for freedom of conscience while forced to experience fears of physical violence and multiple threats of murder: truly, the lowest form of conversation and the ‘last refuge of the incompetent.’
It is easy to posit this as an evolutionary shift in the conversation. But this could also be seen as affecting a fundamental change of consciousness. Think of the dialogue pertaining to sexual interactions now, or the right to vote or work for prior generations. All this contributes to an overall consciousness-raising effort around the world in line with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights stipulating the right to freedom of belief, freedom of conscience, and freedom of religion (including lack thereof).
These are important rights. They have existed for decades; and entirely new generations who understand these rights will protect and perpetuate an improved new era of ethics set by a prior generation. Shift The Script comprises an international effort to permit collaboration and problem-solving of the most fundamental form — to live free in a conceptual ecosystem respecting progressive societies for the sake of future generations, while protecting the individual’s journey to seek and embrace differences.
The servers, located in Iceland, provide a means by which ex-Muslims and Muslims can enjoy protection in anonymous freedom of speech, when writing or exchanging letters of support, or expressing feelings to heal pain and trauma and build bridges. Muslims and ex-Muslims can talk with one another in a friendly format, through a civil platform linked at shiftthescript.org.
The ability to humanize others requires seeing them as worthy of and capable of conversation. This is part of the “evolutionary shift” or the consciousness-raising efforts of the founders and activists of Shift The Script. The best part might be the grassroots nature inviting all of you to participate and shift scripts, to Shift The Script, not top-down.
Marginalised ex-Muslims may finally experience what too many have been deprived of, in an evolutionary conversation connecting Muslims, Ex-Muslims and non-Muslims. This evolutionary conversation is divided into two stages, and all stages are important.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/08
Scott is the Founder of Skeptic Meditations. He speaks from experience in entering and leaving an ashram. Here we talk about excessive devotion to a figure or object.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Who are some leading researchers into cults, of which you’re aware?
Scott from SkepticMeditations.com: First, let’s define what we mean by “cults”. Often the term cults is a pejorative, a negative term, for any group, especially religious, that we or others don’t like. The tendency is to label a group or ideology as the “other” and not try then to understand the underlying behaviors and attitudes.
After I’ve dived deeper into the research cult-like groups and their leaders I’ve discovered that “cult” behavior and attitudes are everywhere. I’m talking now about psychological phenomenon and not only about some fanatical religious group living on the fringes of society in an ashram, monastery, or flying planes into skyscrapers. Our definition of “cults” to be useful beyond name calling or pigeon-holing must be based on the underlying psychological traits and the degree of control and influence exercised on followers by particular leaders, groups, and ideologies.
In my research I’ve found many leading thinkers in the field to have written some excellent books, including:
Think: Why You Should Question Everything (2013) Guy P. Harrison. On my blog I reviewed and wrote a brief essay inspired by the book entitled 21 Great Reasons To Think and Be A Skeptic.
Anomalistic Psychology: A Study of Magical Thinking (1989) Leonard Zusne and Warren Jones. A seminal book, well-researched, citing studies, which goes in depth into “magical thinking” about psychic and supernatural phenomenon that often accompanies religious cult-like motivations, behaviors, and attitudes.
Thought Reform and the Psychology of Totalism: A Study of ‘brainwashing’ in China (1989) Robert Lifton. A seminal work that focuses on the behaviors and attitudes of thought-controllers and the thought-controlled. Lifton uses his primary research in Communist China to outline the underlying characteristics of thought-reform/controlling groups. The principles apply in many situations where undue influence and a totalist leader or ideology exercises psychological controls over its victims or followers.
The Righteous Mind: Why Good People Are Divided by Politics and Religion (2013) Jonathan Haight. Research that sheds light on the divergent attitudes and behaviors of conservative and liberal “cults”, politics, and ideologies.
The Guru Papers: Masks of Authoritarian Power (1993) Joel Kramer and Diana Alstad. A collection of essays which unmasks the covert tactics of authoritarian leaders and their followers. The essays cover a broad range of “cult-like” power plays including how authoritarian influence is steeped in recovery/12-step programs, Eastern and Western religions, intimate and family relationships.
Jacobsen: What are some of the good websites for information on cults, e.g., checklists, warnings, leaders, known groups, emerging groups, and helplines for those who want to get out?
Scott: Some online resources I’ve found helpful in researching and exploring the psychology of thought-control and authoritarian influence, include:
OpenMindsFoundation.org — Organization actively engaged in educating the public about the influence of thought-controlling leaders, groups, and ideologies.
CultEducation.com — Good starting place for research on specific cultic groups. Forums and articles on specific groups that are allegedly harmful to followers and/or society.
ICSAhome.com — International Cultic Studies Association. A variety of speakers and topics on cults and thought-control throughout culture and society.
Jacobsen: How does a cult differ from a religion?
Scott: Frank Zappa supposedly said that the main difference between a cult and religion is the amount of real-estate the group held. Mainstream groups, like the Catholic Church, are seldom considered a cult. Yet, we find many destructive behaviors and attitudes within the group’s ideology and followers. The recent alleged sexual predations of Catholic Clergy is one example of abuses perpetrated by authoritarian leaders among followers. Yet, most Americans, I don’t think, see the Catholic Church as a “cult” in the pejorative sense. Our society has accepted the Catholic Church as a norm and many of us know Catholics. I used to be Catholic. Luckily I never became an altar boy or I may have been one of the child victims who lost his virginity to priestly divinity.
The difference between a cult and a religion is in degree, not in kind. Politics, economics, social and medical issues also can have irrational, fanatical, cult-like leaders and followers. Religion is only one area for cult-like expression and destruction.
Jacobsen: What’s the main psychological mechanism behind people wanting to be in a cult?
Scott: It’s so human to want to be a part of something bigger than ourselves. To be special, to feel like we are chosen. We all want to feel like we are saving the world. Even if by withdrawing from it, by retreating to save ourselves as a reason to save the world, humanity, or planet.
The desire for certainty, for security in a dangerous and scary world drives most of us to seek certain answers and secrets. The desire to survive, to live after death, to be immortal, is also a big motivator and Con-Men know how to prey on our fears and insecurities. Religious, political and social cults abound. We think our particular ideology or worldview is the best. If only everyone believed and behaved like me or my hero or heroine. Then we’d all be living happily ever after. We live in a mythic world where we try to escape the realities and horrors of destruction, death, and meaninglessness.
When we see that we humans are fallible and responsible, that no divine power or god is going to save us, then we might be able to escape our psychological bondage. For a time, at least. We somehow need to find a way to respect tradition and authority while being able to question and create new models for authority or testing reality. Then I believe we may psychologically and socially transform our existence.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Scott.
Scott: My pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/10/07
Charlotte Littlewood is the Founding Director of Become The Voice CIC. A grass roots youth centered community interest company that she has built in response to the need to tackle hate, extremism and radicalization within communities and online.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Become The Voice (BTV) is an activist organization. In getting at the nuance of the inspiration for the title of the organization, its purpose and content, its values and mission, and so on, apart from the website, please elaborate on these.
Charlotte Littlewood: So, Become The Voice was created in January of this year. What I had noticed working in counter-extremism and in Prevent (which is the soft end of counter-terrorism) in the UK, is a distinct lack of coordinated work on the central ground, we have seen politics divide with an increasingly illiberal far-left alongside a far-right. Identity politics have taken front stage. We have seen radicalization taking place Left and Right, but definitely not in the Center.
BTV is about equipping, enabling, and empowering youth to speak out on progressive, central values — speaking out against hate. Through this, it provides resilience in the participants against extremist narratives and to be able to reach out to people with progressive and positive messages. There is an emphasis on outreach. Once they have been upskilled in understanding the issues of extremism, and we bring them together on positive messages that counter hate, we equip them to take that to social media enabling grassroots outreach.
So one problem was a lack of grassroots work. Another problem was any attempt to create youth work was coming from a top-down government effort rather than the young doing this from their own media platforms, their own ways of engaging with each other. That is a second unique thing about BTV, it is truly youth lead.
Jacobsen: BTV is collaborating with activists on the ground and helping Palestinians. How so? Why this group of individuals? How are we reaching out via modern media to get the message out there?
Littlewood: What we did in Palestine was a gender equality women’s program, through this we were, naturally, opposing extremism in itself. It is important to give an understanding of Hebron, Palestine first. I took this quote from Rateeba, who runs the largest youth forum in Palestine. She spoke to me about extremism in Hebron and the history extremism in the women’s movement.
She said, “A women’s movement began to develop in the late 17th century. It was particularly prominent in 1965. Women were working side by side with men to achieve equality in the political and economic sphere. After the first Intifada in 1987, political Islam started to influence the culture of the Palestinian people. They moved our society far away from the leftist leading parties. They use and continue to use religion to influence people, coming into conflict with our leftist political parties. The Islamist groups started recording successes in the peace process as successes for themselves, which increased their popularity. The Left has essentially disappeared. There is little to no voice for the Left or the middle ground. We are, unfortunately, so affected by the states around us, e.g., the rise of Islamism in Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Iran, and now Turkey. There is no escaping. Women used to get together dancing and go out. Now, this is forbidden. They changed the attitude of the people, even the understanding of Islam has changed. We used to live together with different interpretations of Islam and different religions with no conflict based on religion. We used to identify with our nation, language, and culture. Now, political Islam tries to dominate our identity.”
I think this really demonstrates the shift in Palestine towards extremism and a push against progressivism. So, working in gender equality was interesting, because it is gender equality that organizations like Hizb ut-Tahrir have really been working to prevent; it has, in the last year, prevented a shelter for battered women being created. In the last couple of months, they prevented a marathon from taking place that was running through Hebron because it was a mixed gender marathon: men and women were running together.
So as you can see there is an organised effort to push against gender equality and equality for women. This gave is reason to work in gender equality. We aim first to identify the issues facing people in an area and gender equality definitely was a prominent issue. We then work with organizations who are working in that area on the ground, so we can get some professionals involved to do some training with the young people — so they get hands-on workshops with people working on this day-in-and-day-out.
We had a number of women’s rights organizations work with the women, so they really understand the issues and how to speak about them, and understand the work being done and how they can move the issues forward for these organizations while working with them. The final thing we do is upskill them on how to use social media.
One of my directors of BTV is a digital expert. So, she understands how we present stuff on Twitter, how we should blog, the tone of voice, how we should hashtag, and when we should release stuff on social media. All this stuff, I do not know very well. She helps me with this stuff. We deliver this training to the young people. They, essentially, follow a step-by-step guide on how to post, to make sure their posts have the most effect.
You can go onto the BTV Facebook and Instagram and then see what the girls did use in social media. I am trying to find my report, which tells me exactly how many likes and shares and comments they got on their posts. But I can send those details later, so you can see the effect the young people had after using the can-do guide and the messaging put into it.
That is what we practically did as well. We use social media. We did some short videos. We used the BTV Facebook and Instagram platforms for them. They also used their own social media platforms. They had decent followings too. They were trained in how to be as effective online. It means they release the image at the right time of the day, when the most people will see it. There is a way to push a hashtag through a search, which will show the hashtags that are most popular to make sure that you get onto the right trend. There are tricks like that.
We saw them being liked and shared and commented on, at high levels. It is good. Now, we have over 300 people following the BTV Facebook page. A lot of that is Palestinian people from Hebron.
Jacobsen: For the work of BTV, how do modern media and communications technologies provide a platform for women, e.g., Palestinian women, who have a platform, especially when women tend to have fewer financial resources in most of the world to fund media campaigns for themselves?
Littlewood: So, BTV trained young women in how to use social media effectively. It gives them organizations, including ourselves and other organizations within my network, to tweet at and include in their posts. So, we can reach a wider audience. What is really, really useful about social media, it is completely free. There are no economic restrictions on this. Even some of the cheap phones, smartphones, they have the ability to take a photo and put things on Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram.
It is easy; it is accessible. As we have seen, social media is having a huge influence on how we see the world, our laws, our politics. I think the most obvious example of that is #MeToo. I was looking at this before. 4.7 million people engaged through 12 million posts in the first 24 hours after the #MeToo campaign was first released.
It started with an activist standing up for a young woman who had been sexually abused. Then an actress used the hashtag, her name escapes me, she was the first to use it in the public sphere. That was in 2017. Within 24 hours, 12 million posts using #MeToo. It shows the impact and the reach we can have. Obviously, it influenced discourse, particularly if it was discourse in the UK. It has given the feminist movement a big kick up the ass once again.
Social media is a really important platform for women. It is free, easy, and accessible. If you create something that has impact, and people can relate to it, you can really get your message across.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Charlotte.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/06
A colleague, and a smart and good man, Gary McLelland — Chief Executive of Humanists International previously known as International Humanist and Ethical Union, spoke on Ireland at a conference.
The conference was covering the issues of censorship and humanism. In particular, the major, and increasingly mainstream, issue of blasphemy, which, in a sense, amounts to a religious privilege over the non-religious and questioning religious people.
The conference, the All-Ireland Summer School, is coordinated and organized by the Humanist Association of Ireland and the Irish Freethinkers and Humanists with the titled, for this year, being “Humanism, Freethought and Censorship.”
McLelland stated that there are a number of laws against blasphemy, so-called ‘blasphemy’ laws, in Europe, which can “set a terrible precedent” for the international scene because this can provide a basis for the punishment of people who criticize religions or faith tenets.
Many countries still exist in which blasphemy is still punishable by death or with imprisonment, even for bloggers such as the famous Waleed Al-Husseini — who now lives in France and founded the Council of Ex-Muslims of France.
The Republic of Ireland has a referendum on October 26 2018 for a vote on the blasphemy law in Ireland regarding Article 40 with a clause, which states:
The publication or utterance of blasphemous, seditious, or indecent matter is an offence which shall be punishable in accordance with law.
The Humanists International, previously IHEU, made an urgent call to the voters to take an assertive stand for the values of freedom of expression, humanism, and secularism to make sure that blasphemy laws, such as this one in Article 40, be completely scrapped.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/09/02
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Your book Limu Shirin, The Bitter Story of Life After the Iranian Revolution speaks to personal experience of post-Islamic Revolution of Iran. Religion comes in multiple flavors. What was the flavor — so to speak — of religion since the Revolution in personal life in Iran?
Arya Parsipur: Before the revolution Iran was blessed with a society that accommodated followers of many religions (including Judaism) who lived in comfort and harmony; but post-revolution regime of Iran would not tolerate freedom of speech, freedom of religion and the civil rights of non-Muslims. During the early stages of the revolution back in the 80’s Iran was at the peak of radicalism and many non-Muslims and non-believers who had lost their jobs and property fled the country. Even the lives of Muslims who stayed back were at risk if they proved to be against the regime and the revolution’s values. Frequently houses were inspected by the regime’s guards in search of western films and music (considered un-Islamic at the time) or any other objects that verified people’s beliefs i.e. holy books of other religions, images of the late Shah, alcoholic drinks, etc. and Imprisonment and execution would have been the outcome if such objects were found. You could say that was a very similar situation of “Inquisition” in the olden times. Speaking of flavour, I would say Iranians have experienced a very unpleasant and bitter flavour of religion since the Revolution.
Jacobsen: How does religion graft itself onto Iranian society and influence politics?
Parsipur: Before the Revolution, although the majority of Iranians were Muslims, had religious beliefs and attended mosques, religion had no influence in the politics. The Shah was a secular Muslim, had modern views and the country was run by people according to their merit rather than religious views. The society also was very open-minded when it came to hijab and dressing codes. (Refer to the first chapter of my book, “Two Sides of the Same Soil” for a more thorough outlook)
The post revolution regime, however, has created much sensitivity about religion; and politicians are handpicked based on their commitment to Islam, hijab, and other Islamic values, who then through their power inject and execute such values into the society. Moreover, having the national media under full control, Islamic views have been force-fed to the society on a daily basis over the last 39 years. Despite such efforts the majority of Iranians do not practice Islam. Some don’t believe in it; others hold open views about it. They consume alcohol stealthily and have recently started to remove their hijab on the streets, both coming with harsh consequences if caught.
Jacobsen: What other national examples reflect this form of grafting religion onto the political and civic life of a country?
Parsipur: There is a big gap between the regime and the people and the Iranian society is largely polarized. The theocratic regime is established on people’s tendency to religion so the main reason to insist and invest on Islamic conduct is to stay in power rather than Islam itself. So one way of showing disapproval towards the regime is to deviate from religion and disobey the Sharia law. A recent prominent movement has begun by young women who attach their headscarf to a stick while standing on a power box and holding it out in public. The first girl that started this was on “Enghelab” street (meaning Revolution) and that’s how the movement got its name “The Girls of Revolution Street”. After that the movement spread quickly across the country. This has been the only systematic united movement women have done to fight against the compulsory hijab since 1985 when the law was passed in the parliament.
These days girls have the courage to remove their headscarves and simply walk or dance on the street and film themselves to share on social media. Most of the time they get harassed and even beaten by “Islamic ethic police” or fanatic individuals but the movement has not stopped.
Jacobsen: What seems like the weaker points of the theocrats in Iranian society? How does this provide a basis for activism on the ground, from the people, in the latter 2010s and early 2020s?
Parsipur: At the early stages of the regime Khomeini and his circle were genuinely concerned about establishing an Islamic state, and wished to expand Shiism through their power. However, as the years went by, the world initiated oil trades with Iran and the Ayatollahs got wealthy, so they showed more interest in financial activities and owning monopolies for import and export of goods and only using Islam as an excuse to stay in positions within the regime that gave them access to Iran’s oil money. Gradually traces of the IRGC force (known as SEPAH a military assembly initially created to protect the regime) was found in industrial sectors of Iran and today they are a multibillion-dollar business owning almost all economic sectors of the country. With this has come corruption, fraud and disloyalty among these men in power which is weakening the regime from inside. We often hear testimonies or threats that they make against one another and I believe this hollow monster will soon collapse from within. However, people’s protests on the streets could accelerate this downfall.
Jacobsen: How can international humanist and non-religious organizations provide some help in the reduction of theocratic tendencies in the world through support of the ordinary citizens who value the Enlightenment principles, the United Nations values, of freedom in various forms and the protection of personal autonomy?
Parsipur: Countries like Iran that are run by Islamic sharia law are most certainly violating rights of women, non-Muslims, atheists and homosexuals. The humanist organizations should be more focused on the life quality of the residents and harsher scrutiny and pressure should be on the leaders of such countries. These organizations could also educate the residents about their human rights and the necessity of secularism for a better life for everyone. The larger human rights organizations such as the UN should stop their hypocrisy and refuse to accept such countries as members.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Arya.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/31
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For women who leave the religious fundamentalism seen in the some of the world, what is the consequence to the family, especially if the culture is based on honor?
Waleed Al-Husseini: Women, they have the most complicated situation if they stay Muslims; imagine what the situation is if they left Islam, some of them if they just stop wearing hijab the family will stop talking with her, and the others will start to call her whore!
That is why some ex-Muslims women still wear hijab, even here in France.
If you talk about the closed society, yes, many got killed in the name of honor, because they just did something not consonant with Islamic values!
Jacobsen: Can a woman lose the financial and family support system if they renounce the faith?
Al-Husseini: That’s what happened for some of the women who leave in a modern society like Europe. The family just stop talking to her and cut all the relations with her. You know, some of them had this result just because she had a non-Muslims boyfriend. She went to live with him! Not just about faith!
This situation of women was one of the main reasons for me to leave Islam, because I refuse to treat my mother and sister or my girlfriend with Islamic values, which look to women like today’s citizens in the society.
Jacobsen: Many ex-religious people continue to fear hell while not believing in it. It becomes a form of long-term, even lifelong, trauma for them. Are there any unique forms of trauma experienced by women who leave the faith?
Al-Husseini: The same one but what is most insulting is the treatment of her like a whore.
Jacobsen: What have been some hopeful stories of recovery from fundamentalist religion that you have seen in France among the ex-Muslim population?
Al-Husseini: Yes, we had a hard story for a girl. She was with her family and forced to wear hijab since 10-years-old, during her school time, and in that time she was thankful for French law, which made forbidden the hijab in school; and after when she started working, she was happy for the work of the law that forbade the hijab, but after all this she started her life alone after her family wanted to let her marry an the age of 17 for some man. This was the main reason for her to leave the family and be far away from them. Now, she has a good life and is happy! She left her family since 15!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Waleed.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/31
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When considering the restrictions on Muslim men and Muslim women in Egypt, what are the similarities and differences?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Surely, there are some difference, in childhood there are more restrictions on playing of girls, most of the families don’t allow the girls to go outside of the home. In the adulthood there are many restrictions on women in their dressing, their manner of speak, and their moves outside home and everything. Cities got little civilization and modernity in the clothes of women by the standard of backward fundamentalism, but beneath the external appearances most of the people have religious fundamental middle-aged minds and values.
Lives of men are no that good also, society does not give them also a real freedom in most of their choices in life, their ways of life, values and morals. It’s a country which you cannot easily live in it with a different manner than traditional backward way.
Jacobsen: Are they better or worse, within the religious system, for men or women regarding restrictions and moral injunctions?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: It’s worse for women. Judges still adopt some sharia laws informally, so if a man kills his wife with claiming bad morals like cheating him, he will go with light sentence, on the other hand if a woman makes the same for the same claim, she would be executed. This is from Muhammad laws in hadiths. Also, if a father kills his son meanwhile he was hitting him, in the most cases he would get some years in jail, because Islam says there no punishment on a father kills his son!
The modern Egyptian laws consider the violence of husband against wife a cause for verdict of divorcing her from him. But the written law is one thing, and what happens in reality is another thing. Islam considers it as a right of men to hit their wives, sisters, and daughters. Although of that many modern civilized families would make trouble and real hell to a husband who hit their daughter.
In the principle, they consider woman follower and inferior to men.
If you are a man you can dress shorts in street, if you are a woman you would get harassments, violence (if the situation takes a very religious tendency), or even rape in some areas.
Jacobsen: How do women play an important role in the liberation of the atheist community in Egypt?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Atheist community? In Egypt we are individuals here and there, but they don’t form a society, that would be a great comfortable thing. Most of atheist or skeptic half or primitive atheist women adopt or pretend the eastern religious values, manners, and ways of dressing. This is the case for 99% of the I think. So, these women need to free themselves first. The economic matter has a role, rarely when I saw a real liberal secular woman in Egypt. Because many on women here depend on religious traditional men, father, uncle, brother, or husband.
Jacobsen: You may have seen the news article about the Saudi women’s rights activists creating an online radio platform. What can Egyptians do to foster this form of non-violence dissent utilizing the right to freedom of expression?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Yeah, that becomes a real thing in Saudia, because they faced extremism for long time and the education in Saudia get some improvement.
Here in Egypt I don’t see any real feminist movements that cares of the public and can won their attention, may be there are some movements for the elites. But what they need to reach to the people of Egypt, our poor ignorant fundamental real people. There is no value of freedom or good education and culture, no good jobs and salaries for most people, so they adopt the legends and dark ages values and ideas.
Jacobsen: Are there Egyptian ones in existence now? If so, what are they?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: As I said above, these organizations have very little or no influence on the Egyptian society.
Jacobsen: The nature of religion builds into the political system in Egypt. What is the relationship between politics and religion in Egypt?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: The government uses religious and national claims to hide its failures in economic. The political leaders care to appear as a religious people who attend prays and religious feasts, and give prizes for people and young person who memorize Quran verses.
Jacobsen: How does this relationship between politics and religion in Egypt change the political and legal system?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Sure, it has bad influences. If we have a civil law, there would be freedom of expression against Islam, martial government, the traditions and legends. We would have equal right for men and women, including the inheritance laws. The men wouldn’t enslave women by the ideas and values of Islam and Christendom.
Jacobsen: In turn, how does this impact the laws and political restrictions on the civic and public lives of atheists?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: In Egypt, you wouldn’t get executed for being a freethinker of an apostate, but If you declare that or express yourself in public, there is a really good chance to be hit badly by public lay people, or going to jail in the silly accusation of insulting and offending of religions, it’s the same accusation of blasphemy of the middle ages. In one case Mrs. Sara Harqan get here embryo killed by violence, when she went with her husband to police station, the policemen arrest the victims!
So, atheists aren’t allowed to share in public life, culture, media and teaching.
Jacobsen: What is the social and legal punishment for blasphemy and apostasy in Egypt, if any?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Being an openly atheist in the most cases would mean losing your relations with almost all your relatives, because of the religiousness and fundamentalism of this ignorant society.
If you express your beliefs and opinions as an atheist in public, if someone report you, you would 3 to 5 or more years in jail, just for expressing ideas that doesn’t kill! And they may inflict forfeit on you to complete destroying your life. They do that to prevent anyone from thinking, talking or writing,
Jacobsen: How does this compare to other Middle East nations?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: As I know this resembles the situation in countries like Morocco, Algeria, Civil Syria, and Tunisia, and less violent than the execution sentence in Saudia and Jordon.
Jacobsen: Also, how can the international non-religious community work together to foster the translation of freethinker books through financing organizations or individuals, or contributing personal translation expertise?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They can adopt secretly the real translators and thinkers, after making sure that they are making great important big efforts. They must have committee or committees to avoid the crook deceitful frauds, and monitor on weekly and monthly basics the products of the translators to stop finance any unserious ones. The translator must have previous important works with good translation valuing to his motherland language.
Jacobsen: In terms of the Egyptian atheist community, how does one’s family tend to treat them?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They tend to threat or hit them, and if you have the strong character of body or the strong will enough, they will just consider you a non-existent person, and their relations with you, this has its ups and downs actually. In a country like this you need all your relations with relatives to get decent job, or you need to go to marry in this traditional country, for example
Jacobsen: How does the public treat them?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: The public think atheist infidel heathens is a good piety for Allah, no problem in doing it, but the civil laws would prevent them, so at least when they get a chance they would think at least destroy and steal their property, hitting them badly, or harass or rape liberal women, etc. this is surly the manner of the rubble lay people. The more civilized educated of them would just treat you as a Zionist in a mosque who tried to gather money for Israel from Moslem prayers (Just kidding), I mean they would deal with you in tough cold manner.
Jacobsen: How does the media marginalize and defame them?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: Egyptian Atheists appear rarely in Egyptian and Arabian media, in most cases the rubble interviewer dealt badly with them, one of them “Shaima’a sae’d expel an atheist lady, so I don’t understand why she had invited her from first, this is not the good Arabian manners of hospitality. Others mad good shows and try to be more neutral and in the same spirit to appear in the side of Islamic clergy, in view of their fearing for their jobs, publicity, and lives. Some of those more decent interviewers might be skeptics, atheists, or secular moderate Muslims.
Jacobsen: How do the government and legal system deal with the atheist and freethinker population in Egypt?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They fight to prevent them from writing, publishing, or talking in public and media. Many went to jail. If the education and economic systems still its ways in Egypt, with the politics and horrible idiot media (most of it), there is no hope for advancement and liberalism for this country. So, the no real threat form freethought to ignorance and terrorism middle-aged thoughts in such conditions. Imagine you try to make middle-aged people in Europe to be the nowadays European people! It doesn’t work, they need good economics, good ruling systems, good improved education, culture…etc.
Jacobsen: What can other non-religious groups, including humanists — though most humanists are atheists, do to help support and bolster the efforts of the atheist and freethinker community in Egypt, or of its diaspora?
Anonymous Egyptian Author, Freethinker, and Translator: They should care first for the real original thinkers who hold secular liberal (western) values, and for the atheists of lay public average persons. I think they must contain them carefully, and try to influence them with the more enlightened real liberal values, because some of them may still with many fundamental ignorant middle-aged values or religions to deal with women and other nationalities for example.
They would find many ignorant silly fraud persons who search for living or money, so they must have committees to choose the persons who want and can make good scientific, atheist or criticism videos, write, translate, or paint in some cases. They should focus in thinkers who make criticism of Islam, or write or translate books on secularism, atheism, evolution science and cosmology.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/29
The Pentagon is working to keep a pace with the international developments in the artificial intelligence or AI community. October, 2016, saw the formation of the Defense Innovation Board with its set of recommendations.
One of the recommendations in the larger set was the centralization of an AI and machine learning applied research unit within the Defense Department of the US Government.
Now, in latter 2018, we see the development of the Pentagon systems for AI research. Indeed, the Deputy Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan issued a memorandum.
In it, there was the formal creation of the Joint Artificial Intelligence Center. The purpose is to more rapidly research, develop, and implement a wide variety of AI tools for the Defense Department’s purposes.
There are a set of National Mission Initiatives, of which the larger AI projects are a major part. Some deal with the more urgent, grander challenges within the mandate of the Defense Department.
The Joint Artificial Intelligence Center is intended to improve coordination and collaboration for a variety of AI projects with private industry and public educational institution experts and researchers.
Some of the purported considerations are for ethical and humanitarian efforts. There will be the AI defense principles based on statements by the head of machine learning at the Pentagon, Brendan McCord.
The Joint Artificial Intelligence Center is a big step in the work of the Defense Department in its goals of AI research and tools to assist in its work. The work to better integrate AI-assistance in into its operations and work for the United States, as part of general national security.
As noted, with the Cold War over, the US retained almost unprecedented power and has continued to for a long time since the end of it. There is an almost unmatched level of military and technological sophistication of the United States compared to any other country on the surface of the Earth.
Now, the technologies that lay the foundation for the superiority of the US in military capabilities has been challenged, fundamentally. Because the technology has been spread throughout the world and, thus, reducing the exclusivity of the technological superiority the US compared to other nations around the globe. This challenges hegemony of the United States.
The Defense Department utilization of AI technology is an important part of the increased protection of the governmental and citizen interests of the US because the battle networks of the Defense Department can help with the efficiency and power of the US military and its intended operations and missions.
“The 2018 National Defense Strategy foresees that AI will likely change the character of war; thus, in Shanahan’s words, the United States ‘must pursue AI applications with boldness and alacrity,” as reported, “A major challenge to the realization of the Defense Department’s AI ambitions is that the capabilities to develop and deploy cutting-edge AI technologies today sit almost exclusively within the domain of private technology companies.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/28
Dr. Leo Igwe provided some more, as per usual, needed light on the participation of one of the most populated African nations in non-religious events and programs.
He laments the excess focus on the variety of religious activities including “the Hajj, the pilgrimage to Jerusalem, the meetings of the Organisation of Islamic Conference, of the World Council of Churches, of the Anglican, Methodist or Presbyterian and the Vatican establishments.”
He’s right. Why not some more attention to the individuals who do harbour the beliefs behind the actions involved in the pilgrimages and the meetings of the various international religious communities?
In fact, the non-religious, and in particular the humanist, global communities have been hosting events, meetings, and so on, for a long time. One of the most recent has Nigeria present at it.
“The International Humanist and Ethical Union, now known as the Humanists International held its general assembly in Auckland in New Zealand,” Dr. Igwe explained, “New Zealand is one of the most irreligious nations in the world. In fact, almost half of the population identify as nonreligious.”
The Humanists International is a global collective of the formal non-religious communities around the world. It is an important organization and does crucial work in the development of plans of actions and in the visibility of the irreligious global movement.
They were using this time to discuss the important policy issues of the day in addition to the direction desired for the international irreligious, and often humanist, community under the rubric of Humanists International.
Igwe stated, “New Zealand Humanists hosted this year’s General Assembly at the Heritage Hotel in Auckland, and Nigeria was among the few African humanist organizations that attended the meeting. There were other African attendees from Uganda.”
Igwe went on to described important events before the General Assembly, which included one of the functions at the House of Parliament in Wellington. That is, the Hon. Grant Robertson hosted an event in which a representative from Nigeria spoke in order to bring serious attention to the persecution of a formal non-religious minority, the humanists.
He went on to explain how Bangladesh, Egypt, Indonesia, Mauritania, Nigeria, and Saudi Arabia continue hold the real, illegitimate threat of an attack, imprisonment, or killing of a citizen, of one of the respective nations, who does not believe in the religion of birth or of the majority of the country. This violates freedom of belief and freedom of religion as stipulated in the UN Declaration of Human Rights.
Humanists and other nonbelievers, or unbelievers — or “infidels” — deserve and reserve the same rights as everyone else to the freedoms codified in international rights documents and are working assiduously to have them realized for them — and others.
Igwe described another event as follows:
Another event that preceded the General Assembly was an international humanist conference. The event took place in Auckland. The conference featured speakers from the host country, New Zealand, and others from Pakistan, Australia, the UK, Nigeria, and Nepal. The presentations explored a wide variety of themes and situations. For instance, one presentation discussed the challenges that the New Zealand Maori face because there was no word for ‘atheist’ in the local language. Thus every Maori was assumed to be a believer in gods and should lead in prayer.
There were educational presentations on the ways in which to defend secularism with arguments and also the means humanism can bring to bear on the violent and extremist religiosity witnessed in nations including Afghanistan and Pakistan. Then he also reported on some other lectures/speeches about the secular educational paradigms and the role of secularization in the world.
There was also a tribute paid to the late Josh Kutchinsky, who died in 2018.
One of the most important aspects, personally opinion, would be the adoption at the Assembly of the Auckland Declaration Against the Politics of Division. There is a terrifying and worrying rise in the politics of authoritarianism, xenophobia and racism and even sexism, and calls for policy or social-political orders at odds with the prevailing international human rights frameworks.
One important progression for the Nigerian non-religious community was the ratification of the Atheist Society of Nigeria.
“The admission of the atheist society into the world humanist body is a positive development for nonreligious in Nigeria. Since the 90s, the humanist/ nonreligious community Nigeria has been growing in terms of number and social visibility,” Igwe said, “Nigeria has been taking an active part in the international humanist event and has featured in the several general assemblies of the Humanists International.”
Now, Nigeria’s Atheist Society of Nigeria, Humanist Assembly of Lagos, and Humanist Association of Nigeria play an important role in the formal non-religious movements into the future.
I look forward to their progress and praise their efforts, hoping they receive the accolades they deserve for the work they’re doing in one of the more difficult areas of the world in which to make this progress.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/27
Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are, part two.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Regarding the question of race and its distinctions within the professional circles, what are the distinct characteristics in facial morphology utilized to determine someone’s race? How does skull morphology identify someone’s race within forensic anthropology? Why does hip morphology only indicate sex and not race?
Maya Bahl: Aspects of the face and hips are indicators in telling the difference between men and women posthumously, where forensic anthropologists take measurements in providing an accurate reading.
The nasal arch, forehead, jawline, and what is known as the mastoid process that is behind the jawline are indicators of race, although, it’s also the case where individuals of a race could show features that are distinguishable of another race.
Hip Morphology simply indicates sex because of the single anatomical and biological difference between males and females and how it relates to the birthing process, and how in humans the role of giving birth has been assigned to the female.
Jacobsen: Can one determine the race by bone structure and, therefore, infer skin color through forensic anthropology?
Bahl: Through modern imaging and scanning programs, yes one could run a prediction and generate an image of an individual and therefore infer skin color. Many times image technicians have done so whether it’s to help law enforcement identify a perpetrator or victim or to bring closure through identification of a loved one. Even outside of Anthropology, facial and skeletal reconstruction has also aided historians and researchers in seeking the truth, like with reconstructing “Otzi” or the Iceman that was found in the Swiss Alps. Without image processing software though, one couldn’t determine race by bone structure.
Jacobsen: How does race differ from ethnicity according to the experts who spend their lives in this field?
Bahl: Race captures the scientific rigor of genetics and biology whereas ethnicity attempts to group perceived ancestry, ethnicity by definition is more specific as it goes deeper in linking people together. One may have an Asian Ancestry for instance, but have a Khmer Ethnicity from Cambodia.
Jacobsen: What are some inferences one can make about race through some practical, low-level, simple examples of skeletal morphology?
Bahl: I would also turn the question around and just point out that variation among people are surfacing each day, where the distinct shapes of one’s face or nose is now not enough to claim someone’s race. There is 1 in every 1,666 births of identifying as a Transgendered individual, according to the 2000 study in the American Journal of Human Biology, where variation would undoubtedly be found.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/08
The Computer Age comes, by implication, with the digitization of many things. One of those was the human genome beginning with the Human Genome Project.
With the information-based view of the world emerging for decades, the perspectives on ancient topics become less abstract-theoretical and more concrete-practical.
The issues around the human genome and its edit enter into a number of camps including leave it alone, edit only out deadly mutations, or enhance the heck out of it.
The basic dilemma with the digitization of the human genome remains the possibility of germline editing. This one raises the most hairs in a cold shiver and sweat.
Let’s take, for example, the possibility of ethics eroding and then the human genome being wildly experimented on, as we have done with a variety of other species including many mammals.
The alteration to their germline leads to the direct, rapid engineering and descent with conscious modification by human beings. The idea extended to human beings raises the prospects of the rich-poor divide, the rapid change in the direction and selection pressures of the human species — even the possibility of the creation of a new type of being built from the template of human beings.
Bear in mind, the UK Ethics Council approved the modification of the genomes of children. The future is not nigh; it is here. The questions asked for decades now have answers in the affirmative about the scientific possibility but not for the moral or ethical considerations.
The moral and ethical considerations of these makes for an interesting dilemma with huge concomitant responsibilities placed on human beings because of the power inherent in the choices made collectively in the near future for the long-term future of the species. Nothing too lofty there.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/07
The UK Pound has gone down to its 11-month low, recently. This is according to the UK International Trade Secretary Liam Fox, who stated that the pound is falling.
The risk of a no-Brexit deal is, now, 60%. This is a dip of the pound against the dollar: “Sterling is down 0.4% against the dollar to $1.2963 at 10.30 a.m.
Following this, it went to its lowest point since the prior September. This statement by Fox about the increased, greatly so, probability of no deal for Brexit led to the decrease in the current, of the Pound.
The idea of a no-Brexit deal is a Britain leaving the EU without any deal on the future trading arrangements. It went from 1/2 to 6/10 in probably, a jump of 10%.
As reported, “Fox is a Brexit supporter and was one of three cabinet appointments made by UK Prime Minister Theresa May to appease that faction of the Tory Party.”
Now, he made some comments to the effect that warning of Mark Carney, the governor of the Bank of England, made the odds uncomfortably high. It sent the pound in a nose-dive or spiral downward.
March, 2019, is the deadline for the deal with Brexit in the UK. However, there has been almost no progress in coming to a conclusion on the applicability of the deals.
The nature of the trading partnership between the EU and Britain remains uncertain, and uncomfortably so, too. This
Throughout Europe, the stock and currency markets have been on the down because of bad data from Germany as well, Germany orders to its factories declined by about 4%.
The deteriorating relationship, via trade, between the US and the EU has not helped the situation overall, either.
The article concluded, “Elsewhere, accountant BDO released a survey on Monday saying that the UK service sector has shrunk for the first time since 2010. The sector covers everything from consultancy to waiting tables and accounts for 80% of UK GDP.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/06
The National Youth Internet Safety and Cyberbullying Task Force, Inc. (ISTF) is intended for the adolescents and their families to have a resource to know what cyberbullying and internet safety is and what to do in the case of cyberbullying.
As Chris Rock notes, rightfully, real-life bullying tends to be worse than words on a shimmering screen. Nonetheless, the safety of the young is important as there are those within one’s own peer group that can be out to explicitly harm an individual young person.
Also, there are those who are well-above the age of teenage peers who want to take advantage, and sometimes do, of the naivete of the young, whether through ignorance and the vulnerability of individuals to the evils of the world or to the proper informational etiquette.
That is to say, the proper data decorum for the young comes from the discriminatory foresight about what sites are and are not safe. Parents and so families need to be aware of this; they need to be able to ascertain what is and is not safe regarding the online world.
As noted on the ISTF website, “It also serves as a catalyst for the prevention of teen suicide, teen dating abuse, human trafficking, and bullying through research, education, support, helplines, and resources. It also works to aid teen victims of sexual abuse and/or family abuse. The task force covers a wide range of teen related issues, but focuses the majority of its time on teen suicide, bullying, internet safety, dating abuse, and cyberbullying.”
Kids deserve a safe upbringing. There is an essential need to provide for the young in some critical ways because children have guardians. Those guardians or parents, specifically, are bound to the duty of interests of the child. In particular, the best interests of the child.
This creates a moral arc and interest in the upbringing of the children, especially in terms of the safety for the young. The internet is the same as any place. There are predators preying on the vulnerable, on the young and the old alike.
The problem in the modern world is the relative vulnerability of the young population because of the issues with the rapid changes in the technological and, as a result social landscape. Cindy is up until 3am texting with Tyrone about his breaking up with Brian.
It is heartbreaking and socially juicy gossip. We are addicted to our devices; same with our young the population. The question is what to do in the case of socially inept discourse where there is inadvertent or even overt abuse of another young person.
Then there are the really serious cases of those who wish to bully young people in the online world, or cyberbully, in order to garner information about the young person, presumably to take advantage of them.
In each case, we have the problem of the cyberbullying from peers and adults with different motivations, dissimilar long-term outcomes, but the same title of cyberbullying. The main one focused on by national and international organizations is the form of the peer to peer cyberbullying. A majority of youths admit to being cyberbullied in their lifetimes.
This becomes a ubiquitous concern for the parents and problem for the teens of the upcoming generations. The ISTF works not only within the United States but also in Canada and the United Kingdom.
There are four offices in New York State, two in Pennsylvania, one in Vermont, and another two in Massachusetts. Overall, we can see the development of organizations such as the ISTF to work on tackling the problem of cyberbullying. The idea is to create a less abusive and kinder world. Who does not want that?
“The task force is recognized as a national task force which is formed typically as a special operation to work to help a certain task or cause,” the ISTF describes, “It’s also recognized as a human service organization, as well as a non-profit organization under the Internal Revenue Service’s 501(c)3 tax exemption code. As a non-profit organization, we rely 100% on donations to keep the task force running.”
The donations enter the finances of the ISTF from a variety of sources including awards, business, community, and grants. More than 90 cents on every dollar work towards their state anti-bullying mandate and mission. It is one of the world’s leading anti-bullying organizations. I write for them and highly recommend them. Our team is completely volunteer and come from across the United States, even Canada such as myself.
Please do donate or volunteer if you can. You can go to the website and reach out for volunteering or donating!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/08/01
Claire has a background in law and psychology, and is currently working on her degree in Religious Studies. She has been involved in the skeptic movement since 2013 as co-organizer of the Czech Paranormal Challenge. Since then, she has consulted on various projects, where woo & belief meets science. Claire has spoken at multiple science&skepticism conferences and events. She also organized the European Skeptics Congress 2017, and both years of the Czech March for Science.
Her current activities include chairing the European Council of Skeptical Organisations, running the “Don’t Be Fooled” project (which provides free critical thinking seminars to interested high schools), contributing to the Czech Religious Studies journal Dingir, as well as to their online news in religion website. In her free time, Claire visits various religious movements to understand better what draws people to certain beliefs.
Claire lives in Prague, Czech Republic, with her partner, and dog.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is a problem of the skeptics’ movement?
Claire Klingenberg: The skeptic movement is caught at the moment in the idea that it is by skeptics and for skeptics. It is comfortable to live in our bubble. However, we will not get far if we are afraid to talk to people with a very different opinion.
It is important to find a common platform to discuss things. Otherwise, we will not be able to evolve if we do not talk to people with an opposite opinion. It is our duty to speak respectfully with people who are believers and even people who are conspiracy theorists [Laughing].
Even if their conspiracy has direct consequences, it is not simply about the people we are talking with, but the people who are hearing the conversation. If we look to dogmatic, aggressive, and if we stay within our comfort zone, we won’t attract the in-between people, all the people between the skeptics and the other extremes, believers, conspiracy theorists. I think it is really important that we invite speakers from different belief groups to our meetings, or hold talks with them.
Of course, those talks have to be moderated to make sure the conversation stays respectful. That is something we skeptics really have to work on.
Jacobsen: What has been one lesson taken from someone who holds a faith that has something you have not considered before?
Klingenberg: I study religion. I study comparative religion. One of my professors, who has greatly influenced my thought, is a Christian. From him, I learned to respect people with widely opposite beliefs, and be able to work with myself and with my ego, and to be able to push aside my opinion [Laughing] so I can actually hear, for a moment, what the other person is telling me, not what I think they are.
Because I go and visit the different religious groups and, what some people might call, cults, it doesn’t make sense to be combative. You really have to learn to listen. I would say that learning to listen is the greatest thing I ever learned from someone of faith.
Jacobsen: When I talked to Faisal Saeed Al Mutar, a prominent former Muslim, he noted that in discussions different strategies work for different groups in terms of efficacy.
If you take someone who is an extremist but does not want to be in it and is questioning it, you can have a conversation. However, if you take someone who fully believes in extremist and terrorist interpretations or versions of a religion, that person will be very unlikely to listen to any argumentation.
So, an emotional appeal may be appropriate there. That is where a bridge can be built. Do you think that matches personal experience as well? Although, I do not know if you have been in contact with people on the far end.
Klingenberg: Definitely, not in such an extreme, fortunately, I never had to communicate with someone who had such radical beliefs, but I work with true believers in supernatural phenomena.
You do find out this quite quickly. Even though you have the arguments, logic, and statistics on your side that is not going to work. You have to be able to communicate with that person on the level the person is willing to communicate on.
Sometimes, you need to use emotional arguments and appeals, even as a skeptic it goes against what you hold dear. Sometimes, you have to commit logical fallacies such as appeal to emotion to get the person listening.
When that person starts listening to you and starts taking you seriously as a discussion partner, then you can start to have a discussion.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Claire.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/07/31
Maya Bahl is an editor and contributor to The Good Men Project with me. She has an interest and background in forensic anthropology. As it turns out, I hear the term race thrown into conversations in both conservative and progressive circles. At the same time, I wanted to know the more scientific definitions used by modern researchers including those in forensic anthropology. Then I asked Bahl about conducting an educational series. Here we are, part one.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You and I work together at The Good Men Project. Both as contributors and editors, we talked about various topics off the record. One arose based on interest in forensic anthropology for you.
The topic was race. However, the idea of “race” in common parlance, in sociological verbiage, and in forensic anthropology, for starters, differ from one another. What seems like the common definition of race?
Maya Bahl: I do firstly appreciate our friendship Scott, that we can have a friendly conversation at a whim and still grow as contributors and editors at The Good Men Project!
In anthropology, race is seen as the groupings of people by physical or social qualities and sociology sees it as a direct difference in biological traits in a group, but in the end the fact would remain that race at a basic level is the distinguishing of groups of people against an observed pre-conceived standard. This standard was a bit stricter, and racist in terminology, at the time when the fields of Anthropology and Sociology began — as the terms “Caucasoid”, “Negroid”, and Mongoloid” were only used in classifying peoples from Europe, Africa, and Asia. Since the 1800s on though, the world has thankfully been a lot more tolerant of its classifications — though we still have much work to do on this end!
Jacobsen: How does the common definition of race differ from the forensic anthropology definition of race?
Bahl: In forensics, certain physical qualities of a group or individual is important and necessary in then identifying them in getting the big picture, whether its immediate in law enforcement/criminal situations or ongoing as a student in the Forensics discipline. The common definition of race as a distinguisher of an individual or group is much more generalized, and as a result in my opinion, could be taken in the wrong way in different scenarios.
Jacobsen: How does this definition, even further, differ from the biological construct of species?
Bahl: Race and the Biological Construct of Species as ideas dovetails with each other, as both reflect on the assumptions that are set about a group or individual. In my opinion however, the biological construct of species is more assumed, so that there’s an expected outcome without any variance, whereas in race, variations could still be made.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Maya.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/29
PEN released a short statement. There was an attack on the Capital Gazette newsroom. PEN, for those who may not know, is an organization devoted to the human right of freedom of expression around the world.
They champion the writers and others like them around the world. Words have power, if taken in… one word at a time.
The American Chief Executive, Suzanne Nossel stated that the organization was “devastated” to hear about the murder of those in the US newsroom.
Nossel stated:
Word that dedicated journalists, editors, and staff were killed and wounded while at work in a community newsroom sends shockwaves through our country. It is a devastating reminder of the acts of everyday courage entailed in reporting the news faithfully, knowing that the impact and reverberation of stories may be impossible to predict or control. At a time of incessant attacks on journalists from the White House, including repeated declarations that the media is an “enemy of the American people,” citizens must mobilize in defense of those willing to take the risks necessary to report stories we need to hear. PEN America mourns alongside the surviving staff of the Capital Gazette as well as all the families and friends of those targeted and the many thousands of readers who will suffer from the impact of this unspeakable tragedy. The determination and bravery of the Capital Gazette team in publishing the paper as usual this morning is an inspiration to all of us to rise up to safeguard the institution of the press that needs and deserves our unflinching defense.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/26
Global News reported on the public school boards in Saskatchewan.
The Public Schools of Saskatchewan wants a larger discussion on the future of education. This is stated as being needed after the ruling from the year before regarding the funding through the province of non-Catholic students who attend the Catholic schools.
The article stated, “In the Theodore case, a judge ruled the Saskatchewan government’s funding of non-Catholic students at Catholic schools violated the state’s duty of religious neutrality under the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, along with equality rights.”
The association sent an appeal. Now, the provincial government continues to use the notwithstanding clause of the charter to permit the continued funding practices already in place.
The Executive Director of the Public Schools of Saskatchewan Norm Dray stated, “Bill 89 essentially says that in order to maintain the current funding practice, our government is willing to ignore the two sections of the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms identified in the court ruling but also three sections of the Human Rights Code of Canada.”
He, on behalf of the organization, thinks that the Theodore decision uses an extraordinary circumstance to warrant the provincial government work outside of both the human rights code and the charter. Strong words.
Now, the government is looking to transition the non-Catholic students into the public school. This is according to the public section chair, Bonnie Hope.
Hope explained, “Now that we have a decision that clearly defines the mandate of separate schools in Saskatchewan, we believe resolution of this issue required nothing more than goodwill and attention to what’s in the best interests of students in the long term… We need to talk about this now so our vision for the future of education in our province is clear.”
The Public Schools of Saskatchewan would like to see the full conclusion of the legal process in order to shift efforts for the strengthening of an inclusive public education system.
There are about 10,000 non-Catholic students in the Catholic schools in Saskatchewan. The government of Saskatchewan said that the permission of the decision to stand may jeopardize the funding for the other faith-based schools in the area.
The article concluded, “Under the charter’s notwithstanding clause, a government can override portions of the charter for a five-year period.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/20
According to CBC News, there are some ongoing and upcoming headaches for the Fredericton folks based on the summer road construction.
The general manager of the business improvement organization talked about the scrambling for some of the owners of some of the companies. They ave been cut from business due to the construction going on, which is causing a loss of income for some of the business owners.
Bruce McCormack, General Manager of Downtown Fredericton Inc., talked about the ways in which the City of Fredericton have not been able to communicate with the local businesses in an effective way.
“He said they could have better planned around the periods of congested traffic and loss of parking spaces if given sufficient notice when the intersection at Regent and Queen streets was closing,” CBC News stated.
The city failed to provide sufficient notice to the businesses in Fredericton. They suffered for it.
“We realize that construction has to work and we need that infrastructure, so we’re willing to work with the city, but we need to know the information,” McCormack opined, “There’s got to be a balance.”
The construction will cost the restaurant owners about $100,000 in total. Fredericton has 22 main construction initiatives ongoing including the renewal of the sewer mains in St. Anne’s Point Boulevard.
This will close a main part of the city for 11 weeks. The article continued, “City engineer John Lewis outlined five more major construction projects — Smythe Street, Forest Hill Road, Lincoln Road, Riverside Drive and Sunset Drive — that will take place over the next several weeks.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/20
The modern technological landscape continues to alter. The world with it. There has been use of the term “Humanism” to describe the orientation of giant technological companies in the development of artificial intelligence.
The Washington Post stated, “Tom Gruber of Apple describes Siri as “humanistic AI — artificial intelligence designed to meet human needs by collaborating [with] and augmenting people.”
Satya Nadella, who is the Chief Executive of Microsoft, said, “Human-centered AI can help create a better world.” In short, the rhetoric around artificial intelligence amounts to the utilization of the terms “humanism” and “humanistic,” or “human-centered,” to substantiate the mission of the AI development.
The Washington Post argues the terms such as the aforementioned emerge in the conversation around the bringing of humanity together. However, some important points come in the form of the rhetorical aspect and the connection to the reality of it.
“The word “human” crops up in conversations across the technology industry, but it’s not always clear what it means — assuming it means anything at all,” the article opines, “Intuitively comprehensible, it sounds nonthreatening, especially in contrast to alienating jargon such as ‘machine learning.’”
The orientation of the larger companies is proposed to be for ergonomy. The development of technologies by and for human needs and wants. This becomes the basis for the use, even abuse, of the terms humanistic, argues the article.
“But calling the results “humanistic” is ultimately rhetorical sleight of hand that suggests much and means little. Unless these companies reconsider their underlying approach, their words will remain empty,” the reportage continued, “Among the big tech companies, Google has voiced the clearest expression of the idea of humanistic AI In March, Li, chief scientist for AI research at Google Cloud, penned a New York Times op-ed.”
Google did not renew the Department of Defence contract and set forth ethical guidelines for the development of technologies not for weapons. AI weapons would be a bad future, a non-positive for humans future.
However, is this the case? Does the non-renewal of the contract and the orientation of the technological curve make for a humanistic technology movement?
The Washington Post explained, “Consider computer vision, a type of AI that was key to Project Maven (and is central to self-driving cars). Photographic images from cameras mounted on drones are widely used to gather visual evidence and provide forensic truth value for military decision-makers.”
The work requires a huge amount of human labor to make sense of the information collected. There are many cases in which a drone has misidentified a target. The question is the human value framework.
Although, as a small interjection, people have different values from one another. Thus, the conception of a single human-values framework implies a universalization of human values.
What if these human-values and humanistic values purported to represent all humankind simply reflect the orientations of the billionaires and technology companies?
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/19
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Before we were talking about theology and masculinity, this time, we will talk about men’s health issues and men talking about them. Lars, you were on a talk show years prior. You talked about one of the most serious health issues for someone.
You had cancer. They have to meet an oncologist because they have cancer. Mine in this culture do not talk about minor health issues. Yet, you took the time ad courage on a talk show in public to talk about a major and potentially life threatening health issue.
Why did you go on a public talk show to talk about this? What was the health issue in more detail?
Melvin Lars: The reason for going public was because of our male pseudo crap [Laughing]. I, like most males, ignored symptoms. They were severe. I had a rash. It did not cure itself. I talked to a friend who is a physician. He thought it might be a food allergy.
They found this to be leukemia. It was the white blood cells and lack of red blood cells. The rest was history. I wanted to talk about it. I wanted to inspire others. It had nothing to do with how masculine or tough I was. I could bench press 500 pounds or more, I could squat 600 pounds or more and I was the picture of health.
I was successful as a coach, I worked every day, I would see red while driving at night, I assumed that the automobile ahead of me was putting on their brakes. Unfortunately, blood was leaking into my eyes. The red that I was seeing was my own blood.
I want to inspire men to be more conscious of their bodies and to get assistance with questionable health concerns.
Jacobsen: What seems like the reason for “pseudocrap”? In this particular branch of pseudocrap, the not talking about health complications from a rash to blood leaking in one’s eye.
Lars: Scott, with the whole process as men, we do not whine, complain. We do not talk about uncomfortable things. Those “unmanly” things. That, in and of itself, is a detriment to men and young boys getting in touch with their realities and they have a tendency to develop this sense of invincibility.
Because we do not control what happens in the atmosphere, we do not control what happens to our bodies. Acute promyelocytic leukemia is a very rare form of leukemia and there is no known treatment for it. As the oncologist and I discussed this ailment and its causes, the oncologist stated; “We do not know what causes it, we theorize that it may be caused by stress.”
My only options were to adhere to several experimental procedures or basically return home to die. We began receiving chemotherapy and was in and out of cancer treatment centers for approximately two years. Unfortunately, the chemotherapy did not work, the leukemia would appear to be in remission for short periods of time before returning. However; it was only my faith and believing in a higher power, that is allowing us to have this conversation today.
None of the experiments worked. I was told. I would not see my 40th birthday. Evidently, they did not consult with God. I am 65. I turned 65 yesterday. From a male’s perspective, we cause more physical and mental damage to young boys and young men with all of this false machismo.
Jacobsen: One of the conversations arising in the public discussion more now. It comes in various forms. It comes in the form of youth, especially young men, who commit suicide and “succeed” more at it. Young women attempt suicide more.
However, with the focus on young men, there are veterans who come back from war. They acquire shell shock or PTSD, or conditions around it. That relates to the public health conversation. It not only deals with the body but also the mind.
Veterans, young men, and other suffer from depression, suicidal tendencies, and other things. For instance, they may be mildly schizophrenic, where, in a normal context, most people most of the time will interpret the situation accurately.
However, these individuals will process the information in a slightly wrong way. So, they get the wrong interpretations. They behave inappropriately based on the wrong interpretation or wrong processing of information.
How do we then have those conversations around mental health apart from a conversation around physical health?
Lars: That is an interesting issue. We see mental health as a weakness. We see it as a flaw. Unfortunately, in a world of both men and women who perceive themselves to be this strong, invincible human specimen any form of perceived weakness is viewed as being flawed. They see mental health as a negative “human trait” in the individual.
With PTSD sufferers who are veterans, no one ever discusses the fact, that, these problems were pre-war. Most of the individuals — and I am not a therapist, if there were extensive psychological studies done on individuals before they were allowed to go into the military, there would be many more people being seen as “unfit” for the military.
Because of the potential damage done to the individual, but also to others if and when they are subjected to having to stay alive by dodging bullets and mortars/causing the death of someone else. Mental disabilities and other less accepted human frailties are things people do not want to talk about it.
One of my cousins, who is now a police officer did not pass the psychological aspect of the exam. However, he got a second chance to take the exam. This time [Laughing], he passes the exam. I think, “If he is psychologically disqualified the first time, then he will be psychologically disqualified the second time.”
He will remember the questions and know not to answer the questions honestly. That is an atrocity and endangers provides a “war-zone” giving a green light to people that may ultimately hurt themselves and others. The psychological problem was already there.
So do we just bury our collective heads in the sand and refuse to care, ignore the sight that is right before our eyes? What about our military? No one wants to discuss the true reality of the situation. I will preface with this. One of the most irresponsible things people continually do is to ignore the signs of mental illness, disregard those that cannot help themselves, your congress and senate persons refuses to pass legislation to assist veteran homelessness, veterans health care, veteran joblessness not to mention; veteran suicides (22 suicides per day is being committed by veterans) rates, and then have the audacity to insult their intelligence was some empty self-serving statement as if they are paying homage to the military, by stating, “Thank you for the service.”
It is an empty, wasted statement. You are talking about somebody putting their life on the line every day. Then when you watch the Senate, especially here in the United States, and Congress with bills being proposed for military assistance, many of them are not passed on the Senate floor.
You have the audacity to tell people, “Thank you for your service.” Then we do not want to pay them any money. This is a huge problem, as we talk about people being vulnerable with PTSD and mental illness. They commit suicide. Society has caused in individuals through constant bullying.
We have damaged people with the constant bullying. They feel, “I cannot live up to the expectations. I might as well take my own life.”
Jacobsen: Often, the men filtered into the military will be poor. The poor men tend to be minority men. It exacerbates already extant problems. Not only for men but also communities.
Lars: Yes, as you shared the question, Scott, the warmongers in the office. People try to get angry with the messenger. If you have ever noticed, Scott, 99% of the people talking about being pro-war. They are never in the military.
You cannot get them to go to war. There is something to be said about it. This patriotism and dying for the country. If I make the statement and am not willing to do it, what does this say about me? This is why you have so many men confused, who take their own lives.
They do not know how they will stack up. I always say, “Careful who you listen to.” We have a leader in this country who dodged military service all of his life. He has the audacity to talk about “being tough.”
That is where people need to be careful. They need to be careful when they vilify and talk about these young men being weak and not being good patriots. All that foolishness. When the person doing all the talking, they were the quintessential coward.
Jacobsen: Some of this. In this conversation, I see two streams. One stream is the idea that there is historical inertia: men need to fill the military. Men feeling as if they need to be part of the military. It is almost like an unconscious historical inertia.
I see another stream. Those who find a political benefit to themselves to make appropriate statements, for themselves, about national pride, military pride, saving the world, and so on. Usually, they or their children will not go into the military.
They have the option, or the finances, to not have to go into the military. It is not an individual and familial risk for them. It may not be for them an aggressive thing. It may be them not reflecting on what they’re saying, something reflective.
If someone talks about patriot love and having national pride, what are the symbols? The military, the police, the administration — Republican or Democratic, these become markers of someone who is a true American, a real American.
Those who may be conscientious objectors become anti-Americans. Someone saying this. It comes with certain benefits — in many cases, it seems. If they keep saying them, they become like the Lord’s Prayer or the Nicene Creed.
“I do not know what to pray about today. So, I will say the Lord’s Prayer.” It becomes, “I am simply saying it.” In other words, “I am reflexively and not necessarily consciously saying and stating things that, to me, feel like truisms and feel good to say them because they have come with rewards prior.” They get an A on the patriot test.
Lars: You have stated very well, exactly what I am talking about. It is why I call it pseudo-crap. Because it is a conditioned response. Again, I am not a psychiatrist, psychotherapist, or psychologist, it is like the experiment of Pavlov with the dog. The bell rings, the dog thinks it’s dinner time and begins to salivates.
It is a conditioned response. I agree with you wholeheartedly. Scott, it is like the bully on the playground. The bully on the playground knows who to pick a fight with. The bully looks for the attention of other people.
Even though, he or she pretends to be tough. He or she looks for attention from the people standing around watching and applauding. However, when it is their turn to fight, they will not fight, but they will try to talk others into fighting.
All of these people doing this big-bad, tough talking are just talk and no action. I will be very frank with you, man. My family is filled with military individuals. Two nephews retired, recently, my son was in the military. (I was not in the military). Several uncles and aunts, were also in the military; I see and hear over and over about the devastating mental and physical affects that they continue to endure as a direct result of having served in the military.
I hear people with means talking about how much of a patriot they are themselves. However, they are never in the military. They do not take the chance. They let someone else take the chance. So, they can continue to enjoy their lifestyles, wave their flags and fool themselves into believing that they are the epitome of patriotism. That is the biggest hypocrisy in the world, as I see it.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lars.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/18
Mr. Melvin Lars is a native of Bossier City/Shreveport, Louisiana; he received several undergraduate and graduate academic degrees from various universities; La. Tech. (BS) Univ. & Centenary (Admin. Cert.) College) in Louisiana, Texas (Tx. Southern (MA) Univ), Michigan (Eastern, Mi Univ, & Saginaw Valley St. Univ.) and has done extensive educational studies in Ohio (Youngstown (Supt., cert.)St Univ) and California (Los Angeles, (CA. cert) City College).
Lars is a certified Violence Prevention/Intervention Specialist, receiving his certification and training through the prestigious Harvard University, with Dr. Renee Prothro-Stith.
He is a licensed/ordained Elder/Minister in both the C.O.G.I.C. & C.M.E. Churches. He is the CEO/founder of Brighter Futures Inc; a Family Wellness, Violence Prevention/Intervention and Academic Enhancement and entertainment Company; an affiliate representative for the NFL ALLPRODADS Initiative. Former interim; Executive Director of Urban League of Greater Muskegon, Former NAACP President of Muskegon County; 2007–2012, employed as a consultant to the Michigan Department of Education as a Compliance Monitor for the (NCLB Highly Qualified) initiative for Highly Qualified Teachers and works collaboratively with Hall of Famer Jim Brown and his Amer-I-Can Program and is a ten-time published author of various books, and self-help and academic articles. He is married to Ann Lars and is the father of one adult son, Ernest. Here we talk about intergenerational communication in an uncensored and educational series.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There is the Old Testament and the New Testament in Christianity. There is the idea of the stoic male. What passages are referenced when talking about the male role in a Christian context?
Melvin Lars: I want to start with something that may offend men. I use the passage: “Man should love his wife as God loves the church.” That trumps everything, when we talk about procreation, when we talk about how to treat our brother, and when we talk about the Golden Rule.
Even though, one may not be married. One does understand. We are supposed to love our wives the way God loved the church. We know that God told Peter, “Upon this rock, I will build my church.”
We know: Peter was not talking about a physical rock, however; he was referencing a solid foundation upon which men could place themselves. When we start to discuss Man’s interpretation of God’s Word, we should start with loving our wives as God loves the church.
I would go back to the beginning, in Genesis it talks about how Man was created, God spoke the world into existence, it talks about God felt that Adam needed a help meet, he put Adam to sleep removed one of his ribs and fashioned a woman.
We, as men, take the Bible and twist it. This assertion will anger many theologians, it angers Bible scholars and parishioners. Too often, people who consider themselves experts in the Word of God twist the words of the Bible to fit the conversation, in order to have the discussion to go in the direction that makes them comfortable and is best suited for them.
When you cite specific scriptures, it is opened to individual interpretation. I will be honest with you, Scott. I am careful about citing specific scriptures. There are so many interpretations and as a result, people begin to argue about the Bible rather than discuss the Bible.
When you start to pinpoint specific scripture, that is [Laughing] when the arguments start between people. I tend to generalize, when one generalizes, one has the opportunity to share more openly. Then it is not left to interpretation because of one word or phrase.
We know the Bible was written in several languages. The languages are not the same, especially English. They do not mean the same. Being American, and being honest and blunt, the Bible has been often times been taken out of context and interpreted incorrectly.
In far too many instances it was not interpreted properly into the English language. Some of the things, words, and phrases are not the same as in the Hebrew language, etc. I talk about the Bible in generalizations rather than through the citation of specific scriptures in order to engage individuals in a discussion rather than to attempt to show some misinformed expertise of God’s word.
For example, I took French in high school, the mere structure of the language is drastically different from the English language, thus causing confusion and the mis pronunciation of words, phrases and sentence structure. I took Spanish in high school as well and it presented the same frustrations and complications, I cannot speak it well at all. When you look at it, linguistically, it is different.
Many things are misinterpreted. I took the position of sharing the generalized thoughts. You have the Bible scholars who shape it. They make the Bible say what they want the Bible to say to the congregation. This does not permit people the opportunity to think, nor to interpret it.
Instead, people will say, “You have to have faith. You have to believe.” I think that in and of itself is open to question simply because there is no defining, causation of complete understanding relative to; “faith and “belief.”
Jacobsen: With respect to the outcomes of the common interpretations of the Bible in North America, there are outcomes. Men take on a stoic persona. They deny feelings. Because they think the denial of their feelings makes them a better, stronger man.
When, in fact, they are probably harming their psychological and emotional lives. Because they are denying basic emotions and creating an internal conflict by implication.
Lars: Absolutely, my angle on this, Scott. I love the question. Although, you fashioned the question in the form of a statement.
When you see men with these stoic attitude, and this pretentious since of being disconnected emotionally, I love to ask them a few simple questions; “If you feel that in order to display your prowess as a man, and that you should be stoic, and not show emotions; Why do you have that beer? Why do you have that whiskey? Why do you smoke the cigar? Why do you use tobacco?”
All of the aforementioned are ways of self-medicating. Evidently, I am speaking to the men who think that those actions personifies them as a being real man. Evidently, you do not believe it. Otherwise, you would not need the whiskey.
You would not need the bourbon. You would not need the beer. You would not need the tobacco. Because, all of these foreign substances are used to replace something that is obviously missing in their lives. In essence, they are showing emotion. Even though, it may not show on the physical face, but inside, the emotions are racing out of control.
There is a false persona. A false persona of not showing emotions, where the face appears emotionless — as if able to handle any difficulty.
Jacobsen: How does this impact boys and adolescent men watching adult men with this false persona?
Lars: It damages them greatly. It damages the young men and young boys more than the old men. The old men do not want to admit it. Any of us who are honest with ourselves understand that the loss of a loved one, the disappointment on the job or a sought after career, even a young lady who we have interest in and who does not have interest in us can be devastating.
As an example, if one is preparing for an exam, he spends three weeks burning the midnight oil studying for it. Then he barely has successful outcome if the outcome was successful.
All those emotions come spilling out. When you are a young man or a boy being told by older guys, “You should not show emotions, suck it up and come back next time.” That may sound good in theory, however; What do you do until “next time”?
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Lars: [Laughing] Many times, you put your best foot forward. You go back and redo what you have already done. Many times, there is no one to say, “Okay, let’s try it this way and do this to enhance what you did last time.”
Many times, you are left with a statement, “Go back and do it again, or you didn’t put in enough time.” However, all these things are theoretical. Being a young man and being a young boy, you want to be the person your “father is proud of” or the male next door.
It causes inner destruction, which is unnecessary. Men should be honest and say, “I am with you. I support you. I understand that you did what you thought was correct. Let me see if I can share something with you that may improve the process next time.”
Jacobsen: What if we make this more concrete? I mean this across all groups. You see in these trends in popular culture, e.g. media, music, and so on. Sylvester Stallone, Arnold Schwarzenegger, the shoot ’em up gruesome images. These hyper-masculine Marvel comic movies. The guys who want to be the tough Western cowboy or the Hip-Hop and Rap thug.
Of course, the women are subordinate. They are the fainting couch woman or nothing but a booty — a “badonkadonk.” These popular representations or outcomes the young men take from listening to or watching older men. They create the false persona own culture from the examples around them — Asian, Black, Native American, and White men with false personas and so unhealthy role modelling.
How do we work to open the conversation to alleviate some of the unhealthier aspects of it? Because some great art comes out of it. At the same time, some unhealthy aspects come out of it.
Lars: Excellent question! It is a bunch of pseudo-crap.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Lars: [Laughing] Why is it a bunch of pseudo-crap? Because, if have your tough cowboys, and/or the tough thugs, what do they do? They use a foreign substance to gain ‘strength.’ I.e., alcohol, whiskey, cocaine, marijuana, etc. As much as I loved the Black Panther, he had to take a substance to materialize into this character.
The cowboys, you have to be this tough guy. You have to ask, “Barkeep, give me a whiskey” [Laughing]. You got to have courage from the alcohol. Sylvester Stallone, you are eating raw eggs, which are supposed to enhance your strength and stamina.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Lars: [Laughing] It is all a bunch of pseudo-crap, Scott. Unfortunately, human beings, especially the male human being, are not confident in ourselves. Because you know your flaws and vulnerabilities. Whereby now, you have to put on this façade of perfection.
Someone who has no weaknesses rather than: “I am learning, I’m still learning, and I have made some mistakes. I made some decision that were not the best.” At the end of the day, we must remain careful about making people think that everything is about dominating somebody else.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lars.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/09
Friendly Atheist spoke on a young woman who was shamed. She is 22-years-old now. Ashlie Juarbe is the young woman. When she attended a Catholic high school, one male teacher publicly shamed her for having a period.
This guilt-trip was reported in New School Free Press, as follows:
“Ashlie, I said you’re up.” He was at the foot of my desk, the overhead light glinted off his bald head. I feared my jeans were stained.
“I’m not feeling well, Mr. Cooper. I’d like to sit this one out,” I said. I started to sweat again. There was no way Mr. Cooper would let me go up there if he understood. I hoped God would give him a sign.
“Ashlie…”
“But Mr. Cooper, I have…” I began, but his eyes were daring me to sit a second longer. I looked at my classmates, still the words “my period” wouldn’t tumble out. For a normal phenomenon that has over 5,000 slang terms, it was never talked about in public without hushed tones and uncomfortable faces. Going to an all-girls religious high school was worse. Talking about anything below your waist was blasphemy. If it wasn’t virtuous, it wasn’t taught.
Juarbe felt humiliated. Mr. Cooper did permit going to the bathroom. However, she only went after the guilt, shame, and public humiliation over the period.
Juarbe stated, “Mr. Cooper made me ashamed of menstruating. There was no easy way of becoming a woman, especially when the institution that promised to educate you failed to mention the word “vagina,” because it wasn’t respectable for the students. At an all-girls high school, it should have been easier to teach us about health, about our bodies. But it wasn’t.”
This began a journey for Juarbe into transitioning into an atheism. She began to realize the problems for women with menstruation are worldwide. Women are seen as objects of family honor, of shame, and in need of feeling dirty for natural bodily functions — a period.
Girls and women need sanitary pads. If not, and of course for other reasons as well, the girls and women around the world can lose access to education. They cannot stay in school.
There is, happily, a Menstrual Hygiene Day on May 28th. Juarbe’s, and other girls’ and women’s, stories are important to bear in mind in order to raise awareness about the problems face by girls and women over regular bodily functions part and parcel of adolescent development and adult life.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/08
The Friendly Atheist reported on the death of Anthony Bourdain. In particular, the popular response by the Catholic League through the spokesperson named Bill Donahue.
Only a few hours since the death of Anthony Bourdain; Bill Donahue used the “tragedy to promote his own beliefs.” Bourdain did not, as far as we know, adhere to a formal religious faith.
Bourdain grew up in a mixed-faith home with a Jewish mother and a Catholic father. However, Bourdain talked about being “raised without religion.” Bourdain stated that he felt an instinctive hostility to devotions.
That any form of certainty became an enemy with doubt and self-questioning as important to him. He would question the nature of the world regularly. Bourdain was a fan of the also late Christopher Hitchens.
Donahue argued, “If Anthony Bourdain had been a religious man, would he have killed himself? Probably not…” Bourdain committed suicide; he killed himself.
“Bourdain was raised by his Catholic father and Jewish mother, though neither of them saw fit to raise him in any religion,” Donahue continued, “In 2011, he said his views on religion were similar to those expressed by Christopher Hitchens, the British atheist. This is why the atheist organization, Freedom From Religion Foundation, was so proud of him.”
Donahue remarks that the substance abuse of Bourdain was the main driver. However, he plugs the book, The Catholic Advantage: How Health, Happiness, and Heaven Await the Faithful, which is a book by Donahue himself.
He argues, “…there is an inverse relationship between religiosity and suicide: those who are regular churchgoers have a much lower rate of suicide than atheists like Bourdain.”
The Friendly Atheist responded, “Donohue, as you’d expect, doesn’t understand what the data shows. Casting logic aside and believing in God will not cure an addiction or prevent suicide.”
That is, the involvement in things such as a community with a tight social support network for people whom one can call on in times of need become the main preventative of self-harming behaviours and even suicide.
In other words, a church or a religious group, or religion generally, is not the only solution. Friendly Atheist stated, “An atheist group, a sorority, a sports team, a improv group, etc. can all serve those purposes… Let’s not forget that studies have also shown how increased religiosity leads to higher rates of suicide for LGBTQ people, and the same holds true in different parts of the world.”
This seems, by the analysis of the article, like the use of a national idol tragedy via suicide to promote a conservative and religious agenda.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/08
The Canadian Press reported on a Saint John, New Brunswick retreat. It is a Christian retreat from a well-known controversial Christian group. It is known as Journey Canada. It was providing an intensive retreat.
It was going to be hosted at the Villa Madonna Retreat House owned by the Catholic Diocese of Saint John. Journey Canada works through the retreats to heal the “relationally and sexually broken.”
Some consider this “nothing more than conversion therapy The St. Thomas University Professor of Sociology, Erin Fredericks, stated, that the approach is reckless.
That is, it can lead to anxiety, self-harm, and PTSD. Following public groups’ concerns, the event was cancelled Wednesday afternoon by the diocese.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/08
According to the Vancouver Sun, one couple, a pastor and a wife, of a Surrey, British Columbia, Canada church are face about 2 dozen charges related to sexual assault.
In May, the couple were arrested. However, the charges were only filed recently to cover the period from 2015 to 2017. The couple were released from the Surrey RCMP after arrest, but under “strict conditions” based on the reportage.
The media release states that Samuel Emerson, aged 34, from the Cloverdale Christian Fellowship Church was charged with 13 counts of sexual assault. He is the pastor of said church.
“11 counts of being in a position of authority and touching a person for a sexual purpose and one count of sexual touching of a person under the age of 16,” according to the Vancouver Sun.
Mr. Emerson’s wife, Madelaine Emerson, aged 37, was charged with one count of sexual assault, another of having been in an authority position and touching someone for a sexual purpose, as well as another for threats to cause death or bodily harm.
The Emersons have five children together. They were involved in the youth ministry for children. This was not known to the police before.
The article stated, “As of Thursday afternoon, Randy and Christine Emerson were listed as senior pastors on the church’s website and there was no mention of Samuel, but his social media accounts still list him as a pastor at the church. Samuel is Randy and Christine’s son.”
Samuel is no longer an employee of the church. In addition, there has been a drastic decline in the membership of the church since May of 2018. Mr. and Mrs. Emerson were arrested on May 18.
Randy Emerson said, “If you know us and our church please pray. We are under attack like never before and we need the accuser of the saints to be silenced and Truth prevail.”
Two days later, Randy Emerson stated:
Thank you to everyone who is praying for us and expressing love at this time. You are making a difference. This is a time when we must not believe with our eyes and ears but with our spirits. Let God be true and every man a liar. Can’t be specific at this time but your prayers are making a difference. Thanks and much love, Randy.
One media release explained how the Surrey RCMP investigators believe other victims exist who have not come forward to the police.
Cpl. stated, “Calling the police to report a sexual assault is a very difficult thing to do especially when the suspect is someone you knew and trusted, and can leave lifelong emotional scars… Our highly skilled investigators take sexual assaults very seriously, and, supported by our Surrey RCMP Victim Services workers, are here to listen and provide emotional support.”
Information on victims can be provided to the Surrey RCMP at 604–599–0502. Those who wish to remain anonymous can contact Crime Stoppers at 1–800–222-TIPS or www.solvecrime.ca.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/06/01
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the tasks and responsibilities that come with running a Europe-wide atheist organization?
Karrar Al Asfoor: We need to bring the atheist communities in Europe together, different languages and different countries, geo-political and minor cultural differences.
It is not easy to run a continent-wide organization and it carries tough tasks and huge responsibilities, one of the major issues is the funding and this issue does not only affect us but the whole atheist community in general, we will try to come over it by an innovative workaround and find solutions to it.
We also need to be dedicated and active to achieve the required results and this is also another issue because we all have our own personal responsibilities, but once our team grows the needed efforts will be distributed among us.
Jacobsen: What are some atheist organizations who you coordinate and collaborate with now?
Asfoor: As “United Atheists of Europe” we are not yet in coordination or collaboration with any other organizations, but as an individual activist I collaborate with many organizations like Council of Ex-Muslims of Britain (CEMB), ex-Muslims of Norway, Atheist refugee relief and Polish atheist Kazimierz Lyszczynski Foundation and many more.
Jacobsen: Who are some bright lights in the European atheist community?
Asfoor: I believe that every atheist activist is important and everyone works from their position but if I have to specify names I would say Maryam Namazie, Nina Sankari, and Michael Nugent.
Jacobsen: Can you recommend some primer books for young atheists?
Asfoor: For young atheists I would not recommend books , our era is different from the past and we are living in a fast-paced world that require us to get things done faster , time is important and we need to use it perfectly , for example you can spend two hours of your time watching a film and that’s much shorter time from the time needed for reading a novel .
In terms of recommendations for young atheists , I would recommend the philosophy series from crash course channel on YouTube , philosophy makes the individual “thinker” rather than copy-cat , it helps improve our thinking and reasoning abilities and help us reach the correct conclusions without logical fallacies , once we know how to use our minds the possibilities then are countless and we may even tackle some subjects that science never deal with .
Jacobsen: How can people become involved in the organization?
Asfoor: We welcome every atheist to join us weather European or not, ex-Muslim or from other religious background, people may contact me or Nacer Ameri directly on our social media accounts or they can send a message to “United Atheists of Europe” page on facebook.
Jacobsen: What are some means b my which individuals can donate to and help the atheist community grow in Europe?
Asfoor: There are many means to donate to different atheist organizations in Europe, our fraternity is one of them, even though we are not yet officially receiving donations and our website is not yet live but if someone wants to donate to us they can directly talk to me or Nacer.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Karrar.
Asfoor: It is such an honor for me to participate in this interview with you, many thanks, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/29
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We are friends and previously colleagues through the Canadian Alliance of Student Associations. We had a talk one time about faith and views on the origin, development, and meaning of life… in a hotel lobby, funnily enough. What is your current position vis a vis student unions and CASA?
Ossama Nasrallah: I’m currently the President of the Saint Mary’s University Students’ Association and a member of the National Advocacy Committee at CASA.
Jacobsen: Now, does a personal faith or religion guide you?
Nasrallah: I’m a Muslim and I believe in God or in our religion’s Allah. My faith guides me through the Quran, which is our holy book.
Jacobsen: How does this influence personal views on the world and your relationship with the world?
Nasrallah: I’m an open minded person and believe in all religions and that’s I look at the world in an open eyes and mind. And always looking to learn more about others religions and I respect all of them.
Jacobsen: You lived in Kuwait. What is the bigger difference between Kuwait and Canada?
Nasrallah: Canada is more open minded than Kuwait that is the biggest difference, other than that I was treated the same on both countries with respect.
Jacobsen: I appreciate taking the time, by the way. Do you have anything else that you would like to mention regarding science, faith, life, and personal views on them?
Nasrallah: I believe that love should be our religion and we should all respect each other’s religions.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ossama.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/26
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When did you first discover a talent in body inking, tattooing?
Darrin McDaniel, Sr.: It was during a state gave vacation, I was drawing portraits then other individuals on vacation asked me to draw up pictures for them to have tattooed.
Jacobsen: How did you begin to develop this talent and make a living off it? Many people cannot do it. Fewer can make a living off it.
McDaniel, Sr.: My first tattoo was requested because no tattooist felt they could duplicate my drawing provided to them. I cannot say that I am able to rely on tattooing alone. There are still some areas of shading I would like to perfect so I have been seeking apprenticeship programs.
Jacobsen: What is involved in the technique of tattooing? What is the general process of inking?
McDaniel, Sr.: Moist important technique, I feel, is eliminating infections and using new equipment to lessen risk of an infected tattoo damaging the quality of the ink layed.
Jacobsen: How do you go about color choice to better match the desired image of the person asking for a tattoo?
McDaniel, Sr.: I have not been requested to do a color portrait or face images. I have been exposed mostly black and grey.
That can always vary; the details and shading change the cost and materials used.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mr. McDaniel.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/25
Prof. Imam Soharwardy is a Sunni scholar and a shaykh of the Suhrawardi Sufi order, as well as the chairman of the Al-Madinah Calgary Islamic Assembly, founder of Muslims Against Terrorism (MAT), and the founder and president of the Islamic Supreme Council of Canada. He founded MAT in Calgary in January 1998. He is also the founder of Islamic Supreme Council of Canada (ISCC).
Imam Soharwardy is the founder of the first ever Dar-ul-Aloom in Calgary, Alberta where he teaches Islamic studies. Prof. Soharwardy is the Head Imam at the Al Madinah Calgary Islamic Centre. Imam Soharwardy is a strong advocate of Islamic Tasawuf (Sufism), and believes that the world will be a better place for everyone if we follow what the Prophet of Islam, Muhammad (Peace be upon him) has said,” You will not have faith unless you like for others what you like for yourself.” He believes that spiritual weakness in humans causes all kinds of problems.
Mr. Soharwardy can be contacted at soharwardy@shaw.ca OR Phone (403)-831–6330.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: With respect to open societies and closed societies, Canada is an open society and a constitutional monarchy, but also a pluralistic, multiethnic, and multifaith, society.
It comes with a lot of complexity. In any open society, any movement on any of the dials of the society in terms of progress or non-progress — in other words, openness or closedness — of the society — starts with dialogue.
What are some ‘hot button’ things that people are potentially afraid to talk about and is allowing the vacuum of conversation to be filled by the more extreme voices? That may be leading to a more closed society rather than a more open, tolerant one.
Imam Syed Soharwardy: In my opinion, in an open society like Canada, people should be allowed to express their opinions. Sometimes, it could be an offensive opinion. Sometimes, it could be a very strong disagreement, but people should be allowed to express or ask what they want to know without persecution or fear of backlash.
An open society, it is also in danger of a certain element of the society taking advantage of the freedom of the society, which it enjoys, and then try to undermine a segment of society, a group of people, by intimidating them, bullying them, and so on.
An open society does not mean people have the open freedom to spread hate against a segment of society. An open society means, what I understand, having an open dialogue, critical discussions, criticizing each other on different topics.
That is absolutely fine. The civil discussion is absolutely fine. What is, in my opinion, in an open society should not be done is causing harm to a segment of society, which may be a small minority of the society; however, they have the equal rights to live in the society with respect.
That is the norm that has to be in place. Otherwise, civil society will not be a civil society. It will be the law of a jungle. Openness does not mean that I cannot question a religion. The openness that, yes, I should be able to question and be able to ask questions. However, I have to have an attitude to get know or understand others, but not to incite or stereotype the whole community of that particular group.
That is what it is. That is the beauty of Canada. In Canada, there is a balance of freedom of expression as well as a responsible society. Sometimes, it leads to abuse. Then there are laws in place to prevent the abuse of this freedom.
I think intolerance increases if we do not allow people to ask questions because when people are oppressed or controlled. They develop the anger in their hearts, in their insides.
There would be a time when the anger comes out and becomes violence. In order to prevent violence, let the people express, so they can have a civil dialogue, I want to add one thing here. If you remember, the cartoonists published the pictures of Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him).
I was the one who took him to the human rights commission. He always says that I took him to the human rights commission because he drew the cartoons of Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him), which he thought he had the freedom to publish the cartoons.
That is absolutely not my understanding. Yes, he has his view to have his view on what he does not understand. My problem is not that he does not accept my prophet, but it does hurt me when someone portrays and makes fun of my prophet. It hurts.
I understand that the speech that could hurt someone is legal and allowed. I understand that. We should have the tolerance to hear hurt people. When I saw those cartoons, it was not about the Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him). It was about the Muslim community to be stereotyped.
Because people have to understand. The Islamic faith is not like today’s Christian society, today’s Jewish society. The majority of Muslims, even in the 21st century, have a belief in Islam, which is nothing but the sayings and actions of one man.
It is Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him). Prophet Muhammad is not just one person in the Islamic faith, one prophet in the Islamic faith, or a leader of the Islamic faith. Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) is Islam.
When someone represents him as a terrorist, which was what the cartoons were about, it means that you are representing the whole religion of Islam as terrorists. That is not acceptable. That is, in my opinion, hate mongering.
That is why I stood up against it; anyone can criticize Islam. We live in a free society. It is absolutely fine. But no right to stereotype a society with hateful, symbolic, barbaric language.
Jacobsen: You were also part of the atheist bus campaign in Canada, in small part. What was your role in that? What was your stance on that?
Soharwardy: That was my campaign by the way. When I heard the Freethought Society of Canada is running a campaign, I thought that if they have the freedom to express their view about God.
Then I have the same freedom to express my views about God. When I campaign, I spend my own money. Several of my close friends campaigned in Calgary saying, “God does exist and He loves you.”
Jacobsen: [Laughing] This is great. I love that.
Soharwardy: This was our campaign. It was civil. There was no hate. There was no violence. From either side, it ended in a peaceful way, like a Canadian way.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] That is true. I like that. Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Imam Soharwardy.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/16
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We first met in a closed-door minor political party meeting. You came with two others. More or less, you came down from Kitimat and disseminate knowledge.
Now, I did not know a lot before. I know some more now, but know the more I know the less I know in the scope of what I realize I do not know.
I know young people, such as myself, take on particular views. One is not knowing much about the history of the country and the various peoples and faiths within it. Another is aggressive activism that makes other peoples “the other.”
I mean this in the full context of othering people from all sides. When I brought this perspective to yourself, and Haimus Wakas as well, Haimus educated me.
Same with you. You both, in essence, described a view of the current state of affairs for the current generation and the next generations.
One beyond dualities, e.g. us and them, and of real forgiveness. That, in your ‘heart of hearts,’ you have moved forward from the past, but want younger people to think beyond dualities. That provides the context.
More the points, what do you mean by moving beyond dualities?
Giltimi (Morris Amos): I am Giltimi of the C’imotza Beaver Clan. I am advisor to Haimus Wakas, the Hereditary Chief of the C’imotza Raven Clan.
Moving beyond dualities — I am aware of what constitutes history, History, as we have known it, is largely written by the victors in war. What this tells me is history is a tool for the victors to continue control and manipulation over those conquered.
This world view is mine, as a member of an oppressed race of people’s. The victors in the oppression of my people’s have written history of white contact with my people from an entirely ethnocentric point of view, thereby writing the Indian out of history books.
This is changing now as people are elevating their consciousness, which is another topic. I am now satisfied, from my research, that the perpetrators of violence against my people have done so with a plan to eventually dominate the entire earth.
Some call this plan the New World Order. I am now satisfied that white people are victimized by this plan just like the Indian. We are all oppressed by this plan. I am not opposed to world order but I oppose the New World Order as planned due to the nature of the control and manipulation mechanisms as proposed and also to the reasons for desire of control which is simply to be in control for self effacing purposes, not for the good interests of humanity.
Therefore, as advisor to Haimus Wakas, I have made it my business to study those that would control and enslave humanity by various means, such as banking, law, food production, big pharma, oil and gas, etc. I have found that they have a predictable modus operandi not the least of which is the now quaint method of divide and conquer.
This method currently is used extensively to separate us into various camps, making it easier for the perpetrators to create problems for us and to self aggrandize their agenda by promulgating solutions. An enlightened mind will see the nature of the method is based on fear in all its derivatives, which in resource terms equates to what I call the consciousness of lack.
This form of thought is used to conflict people and is fueled by banking cartels who use ancient techniques to create poverty while forcing people to compete for limited amounts of jobs. A fear based pursuit of economic security becomes an obsession for peoples who succumb in a manner that makes them fodder for the modus operandi of divide and conquer.
We have been engulfed by duality and polarity. Duality of opposites such as up and down, in and out, black and white. This translates into what I call the dance of light and dark. The dark has held sway over humanity for millenniums of time, with the rise in consciousness, the light is now on the rise. The light equates with love, the polar opposite of fear.
It is clear to me that remnants of fear still exists which requires more effort to replace it with love, the highest energy of Great Spirit. Such is the nature of my efforts to bring to light the requirement of unity. Unity based on the existence of love will be the basis of a world order, not the current attempts to create a new world order based on fear.
We cannot make love, it exists, therefore we have to relearn how to allow love. Love is not exclusionary. I now use this forum to call an end to the denial of my people, the genocide of my people, we must be included in the move toward love.
The continued denial of my people is an obstacle to our spiritual evolution. The denial of my people has created a resentment of settlers which can only be remediated by an end to denial based on divisiveness.
New World Order creation of divisiveness in a manner that succeeded in demonizing my people in a way that caused the settlers to support the devious plan caused resentment.
When we see a real truth movement to out the NWO and end this denial then I submit that the resentment will leave and indigenous will forgive and welcome a new real partnership with our visitors who never left. There is a requirement to make a clear distinction between white people and the NWO.
When made clear it becomes apparent that indigenous resentment toward settlers is just as misguided as settler fear based resentment towards my people. To get past this is to disempower the NWO and put us on the path of freeing ourselves collectively from their clutches.
I now know the current fee simple land tenure system combined with banking elitism is at the root of a fraudulent pyramid scam that uses force to filter all wealth to the top, leaving the world struggling with induced poverty.
Empowerment of my people if done with love and respect and with love and respect given to settlers as well can go a long way to dislodging the NWO. I can say that in C’imotza our hereditary system is still in control of the land.
If we can set as our goal a method to dislodge the NWO from control over us I am certain we can unite to develop a system of land tenure and banking that takes into account the best interests of both indigenous peoples and settlers.
In time I can see people will become aware of how corporations have given themselves paramountcy over peoples to our detriment as corporations are the vehicles by which common wealth is pyramided into the hands of those who create perpetual conflict for the purpose of fear based manipulation and control.
I am working on my end to make this happen, I call on all to join with us in this movement to unify humanity against those who would control us for their own dark based agenda. Let love be your choice not fear. I have spoken.
The etheric nature of love has long been forgotten in this system but I can say it is now heavily on the rise. With the advent of the Mayan Tzolkin predicted movement of Mother Earth into the Photon Belt and the concomitant rise in human consciousness, it is now impossible for the new world order perps to successfully continue with their M.O. of divide and conquer. The people have had enough of their shenanigans and look for solutions.
Those that are not attached to the energy of the great spirit, who some call the ether or ethos, who are detached, think of themselves as isolated and in need of empowerment. In this case they look for empowerment outside themselves and this form of empowerment always comes at the expense of the disempowerment of others.
Those connected to the ether energy of great spirit will always look inward for their empowerment and will do so in a manner that empowers others. this knowledge will result in new leaders being called forth.
Morris Amos, or Giltimi, is of the C’imotza Beaver Clan. He is an advisor to Haimus Wakas, who is the Hereditary Chief of the C’imotza Raven Clan. He notes two communities in a part of British Columbia, Canada. One being Kitimat, British Columbia and the other being Kitamaat, British Columbia. Kitimat occupied by the white community. Kitamaat occupied by the Indian or Indigenous community.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/12
Robert Bwambale is the founder of the Kasese United Humanist Association (KUHA) with “the goal of promoting Freethought in Uganda.” The association is affiliated with the extremely active Uganda Humanist Association (UHA). In March, the UHA held a conference in Kampala whose theme was Humanism For a Free and Prosperous Africa. The Kasese United Humanist Association is a member organization in the IHEYO Africa Working Group, and has participated in humanist conferences. He is also the director of a few primary schools set up to encourage a humanistic method of learning.
Jacobsen: Who are some inspirational people in the humanist movement for you?
Robert Bwambale: Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Carl Sagan, Late Josh Kutchnisky, Robert Ingersol, Bertrand Russell, Madalyn Murray O’Hair, Paul Kurtz, Leo Igwe. Ricky Gervais.
Jacobsen: How does a humanist education provide the basis for being a functional citizen in a society?
Bwambale:
· Humanist education empowers citizens to think for themselves and devise ways how they can better their lives.
· Humanist education encourages citizens to get united irrespective of what believe in.
· Humanist education encourages respect for human right freedoms
· Humanist education enlightens the locals about the dangers of belief in magic and superstitions which is deep ridden in ou communities. It dispels performing of rituals and believing in fairies.
· Humanist education encourages citizens to get involved in managing their own affairs, better governance, conflict resolutions and emphasizes peace.
· Humanist education promotes tolerance among people with mixed difference in thinking, beliefs, race etc to come together and work for the common good of humanity.
· Humanist education exposes people to critical thinking which is a guiding principle that boosts the intellect of the human mind.
Jacobsen: What differentiates a humanist education from a religious education?
Bwambale: Humanist education empowers power to question everything while religious education doesnt.
Humanist education encourages people to think for themselves while religious education gives authority and respect to the gods or god to think, guide or plan for us.
Humanist education encourages appreciation of science and deals with facts, experimentation, analysis, research and deductions while religious education emphasizes people to have faith, believe in what they cannot see, miracles, etc.
Humanist education emphasizes that we are part and parcel of nature and that we are products of nature while religious education stipulates that we were created by a god and that a woman was created from a man’s rib.
Humanist education encourages things which are practical in nature, that can be seen while religious education encourages belief in a divine thing, unseen, revelations, or dreams of some sort.
Humanist education is against homophobia while religious education promotes homophobia.
Humanist education cherishes evolutionary science while religious education cherishes creation science, intelligent design, and pseudoscience.
Humanist education encourages learners to read a variety of books or any book that they come across while religious education encourages people to read a specific book attached to their belief or religion.
Humanist education has no room for rituals, fairies, spirits, fables, sacrifices while religious education is well empowered with all these aforementioned stuff.
Jacobsen: What are the textbooks used in humanist curricula? How do the humanist principles build into this education?
Bwambale: There is no pre-set text books in the humanist curriculum. Most of the things we teach are gathered from several sources both in some free thought books by different personalities and of recent the Humanism for schools website has been a great resource.
Below are some of the valuable books that have been helpful: Humanism for children by Nada Topic peratovic, center for civil courage, Humanism by Barbara smoker, Critical thinking document by Leo Igwe. Humanism: A Beginner’s Guide (Oneworld) by Peter Cave, Atheist Universe by David Mills.
This website by the British Humanist association has been helpful https://understandinghumanism.org.uk/
The humanist principles gives an array about what being a humanist entails and these acts as start ups that orientates any person who could want to know about what humanism or being a humanist requires.
Jacobsen: How do the religious authorities react to the humanist and non-religious educational institutions? Do they attempt to shut them down?
Bwambale: Oh yes, they seem to be against them since they think allowing people to reason, ask questions, and boosting people’s exposure to the internet would enlighten them and threaten their congregations to go low.
Many attempts or misconceptions have been put on my initiatives propelled by religious zealots in an attempt to tarnish my projects but since what i do is always in plain color, many have realized that am innocent, smart and not harmful to the society whatsoever since I am an agitator for peace, knowledge, and a better informed Uganda.
Jacobsen: What is the better way to donate to the organization?
Bwambale: Donations to my initiatives can be relayed through:
Atheist Alliance international
Kasese Humanist School
Brighter Brains Institute
https://www.brighterbrains.biz/schools/
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Robert.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/11
Marieme Helie Lucas is an Algerian sociologist, activist, founder of ‘Secularism is a Women’s Issue,’ and founder and former International Coordinator of ‘Women Living Under Muslim Laws.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Noura Hussein Hammad is a Sudanese woman up for the death penalty at only 19-years-old. Why?
Marieme Helie Lucas: She was given in marriage at age 15 by her wali (matrimonial tutor, as law permits in Sudan) against her expressed will, steadily reiterated during four years.
When she was finally taken to his house for the consummation of the marriage at age 19, she refused to have sex with him; on the 5th day, he called upon his male relatives to held her down and raped her in their presence; the day after when he attempted to rape her again, she stabbed him in self defense.
She willingly went to the police station with her father to explain the circumstances. She is a victim of child marriage, forced marriage, rape and any other violations of her fundamental human rights.
However, yesterday, she has been sentenced to death by hanging and her lawyers have 15 days to appeal of the judgment. It is a very short time to try and save the life of this courageous young victim who never failed in her determination to be respected as a human being and to defend her dignity.
Women’s rights and human rights defenders who are fighting on Noura’s behalf in Sudan believe the case needs to be supported from outside. The Constitution of Sudan, the Human rights treaties Sudan signed should help protect her; but we need to coalesce protests from within and from outside the country.
Appeals have been sent to the President of Sudan. I encourage everyone to sign on the online petitions that are now widely circulated of Aawaz and on Change; to lobby their nearest human rights organizations; to call upon media to provide an accurate picture of the situation and not a biased or racist or ethnocentric one.
Jacobsen: What role do religion and some men’s perception of their ownership of women play into this?
Helie Lucas: Marriage laws in Sudan are based on religious interpretations of Islam. This is the case in many but not all so-called Muslim countries.
Even within the countries which expressly claim their choice of applying religious laws, those vary greatly from one country to another, in some cases granting no rights at all to women within marriage, in other cases granting equal rights and responsibilities to both spouses, with all the shades in between.
Various factors can explain these differences that include different interpretations of religion, of course, but also the incorporation of traditional practices into what is being propagated as religion itself (such as female genital mutilation), or simply the stage of democratic and progressive forces in a specific country.
To give you a graphic example, two neighboring countries such as Algeria and Tunisia, both culturally homogeneous as located in North Africa, and religiously homogeneous as both are following Maliki ritual, had opposite laws regarding polygyny: in Algeria it was legal as per the first part of the verse of the Koran which allows each man four wives and as many concubines he can support; in Tunisia it was banned as per the second part of the same verse ‘provided he can treat them perfectly equally’ — the Tunisian legislators, as early as 1956, immediately after independence, ruled that no human being can possibly treat his wives perfectly equally — he can give them same money, same dress, same jewelry but not same love, hence they concluded this was a deterrent regarding polygamy.
This debate about ‘true’ interpretation of religion is not specific to Islam: you can see something very similar in predominantly Christian countries whose laws, for instance on reproductive rights, vary greatly from one to the other. Similarly, even among Catholics views are different on contraception, whether one listens to the Vatican, to the Opus Dei or to liberation theologians in Latin America.
The fact is that patriarchy always made alliances with the most regressive forces within religions — we see that with Hinduism and even Buddhism which enjoys such a good reputation among westerners these days -, and that women’s human rights are greatly affected in the process.
For the past few decades, the most conservative trends have been steadily growing within Islam; this entails, among other things, a tightening on democratic and progressive forces, on women’s and human rights organizations, changes in laws that are reformulated in order to fit new regressive interpretations of religion, etc…
Jacobsen: What has been the outcry from the general public over this?
Helie Lucas: There is an outcry in Sudan itself, with human rights and women’s rights organizations at the forefront. There is a very courageous website in defense of Noura, run by Sudanese from within Sudan. There are two online petitions on Aawaz and on Change being circulated. They are massively signed.
Opposition to the judgment grows also from within predominantly Muslim countries in Africa, in South Asia, in South East Asia. Now Europe and North America have joined in the worldwide protest. It is very important that efforts be made in support to one another. For this reason, it cannot be based on superiority and accusation of barbarity whether against Africans or against Muslims as such.
Our success in promoting a respectful coverage of the situation — with due credit to the courageous Sudanese fighting for rights from within -, the fact that Sudan’s Constitution should allow for the protection of Noura’s human rights, the fact that Sudan is a signatory to several human rights conventions and treaties, may be crucial in preventing a defensive reaction from the Sudanese authorities, and could greatly affect Noura’s fate.
This judgment is a blatant denial of fundamental human rights, it was a matter of self-defense in a case of marital rape; it should remain a human rights, women’s rights and child rights issue and not be turned into a religious issue.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/10
Sodfa Daaji is the Chairwoman of the Gender Equality Committee and the North Africa Coordinator for the Afrika Youth Movement. Here we talk about Noura Hussein Hammad’s urgent case. The hashtag: #JusticeForNoura. Daaji’s email if you would like to sign: daajisodfa.pr@gmail.com.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Noura Hussein Hammad is a Sudanese woman up for the death penalty at only 19-years-old. Why?
Sodfa Daaji: Ms. Noura on May 10th, 2018 has been condemned to death penalty, under the article 130, for intentional homicide. Of course, we are against the decision of the court, and against the application of Sharia Law. Noura has not committed a homicide but she has defended herself from a violent husband, who has raped her without any pity. How can we, on 2018, hear about a woman condemned to death for self defence?
We are urging the Sudanese authorities to take in consideration Noura’s story, who is now psychologically damaged. Noura has been forced to get married to a relative, then she has faced a rape, physical violence, and gender-based violence.
Jacobsen: What role do religion and some men’s belief of their ownership of women play into this?
Daaji: It is not up religion, but it is up the way religion is interpreted and used by men to justify their violence and domination on women. Religion have always discriminated women, as those who need men’s protection and education.
And with the years we are assisting on a deterioration of the interpretations when it comes to religion. On Sudan is applied Sharia Law, and the culture is confirming the way men perceive and treat women.
Of course, on Noura’s case religion and some men’s belief has played a key role: Some people have said that her husband had the right to rape her since she was her wife. This sentence resume perfectly the cultural conflict present in Sudan, between people who are aware about what is violence, and those who validate violence.
Jacobsen: What has been the outcry from the general public over this?
Daaji: Luckily Noura’s case spread around and we are assisting to actions and mobilisation in support. A note goes to Sudanese youth, who are fighting without any fear, and today went in front of the court to give support to Noura.
Their voice is putting in a corner those who are validating the violence that Noura has received, thinking that her husband and her family had all the rights to ruin her childhood and life.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sodfa.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/10
Sodfa Daaji is the Chairwoman of the Gender Equality Committee and the North Africa Coordinator for the Afrika Youth Movement. Here we talk about Noura Hussein Hammad’s urgent case. The hashtag: #JusticeForNoura. Daaji’s email if you would like to sign: daajisodfa.pr@gmail.com.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Hammad is a young woman. We are young humanists. What are some things we can learn from this current urgent, crisis of Hammad?
Sodfa Daaji: I think that there are mainly two things that we can learn from Noura’s case. The first one is that injustice is prevalent, exists, and we can find cases of injustice even around the corner. We do not have to go on the other side of the world, and we must pay more attention about what happens every day. The second lesson, the most powerful to me, is the power of people. On the last hours we are mobilizing from different countries, and everyone is trying to give its own contribution. If we gather together, we can do remarkable things, and the power of solidarity will give for sure impressive results.
Jacobsen: Is this common for young women in many countries around the world?
Daaji: Unfortunately, yes. UN is advocating with organizations, activists, and governments to achieve the SDGs on 2030, but the truth is that in some countries forced marriage, marital rape, gender-based violence are something normal, and all these forms of violence are justified with tradition, culture, and religion.
Today Noura has been condemned to death, but two days ago a woman has been killed in Sudan by al-Shabab fighters. According to the journalists, the fighters are applying a strict interpretation of Sharia, but my question is: why those kinds of interpretations are always affecting just women?
It is time for us, academics, advocates, organizations, member of civil society to have a clear distinction between religion, culture, tradition and how they are used — especially by men — to dominate women and to have power on their bodies.
Jacobsen: How do the government and religion restrict the movement, equality, and consent of women in various aspects of their such as marriage, sex, children, and the legality around those same issues?
Daaji: Sudan has a bad record of accomplishment on human rights and having Sharia Law does not help when it comes to freedom. Death penalty is applied also to atheists, apostasy, or for changing religion and belief.
The fact that we have heard lately about Noura’s case show how Sudan is restricting freedom of speech and religion. Nahid, the woman who is following Noura personally, director of SEEMA, has been jailed multiple times, and one of Afrika youth movement’s volunteers.
To overcome this, youth need to change the narrative and reverse what is perceived as traditional and normal. Luckily Sudanese youth are aware and have a deep knowledge about their rights, and they are not afraid to fight to get and build a better future.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Sadfa.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
Mr. Melvin Lars is a native of Bossier City/Shreveport, Louisiana; he received several undergraduate and graduate academic degrees from various universities; La. Tech. (BS) Univ. & Centenary (Admin. Cert.) College) in Louisiana, Texas (Tx. Southern (MA) Univ), Michigan (Eastern, Mi Univ, & Saginaw Valley St. Univ.) and has done extensive educational studies in Ohio (Youngstown (Supt., cert.) St Univ) and California (Los Angeles, (CA. cert) City College).
Lars is a certified Violence Prevention/Intervention Specialist, receiving his certification and training through the prestigious Harvard University, with Dr. Renee Prothro-Stith.
He is a licensed/ordained Elder/Minister in both the C.O.G.I.C. & C.M.E. Churches. He is the CEO/founder of Brighter Futures Inc; a Family Wellness, Violence Prevention/Intervention and Academic Enhancement and entertainment Company; an affiliate representative for the NFL ALLPRODADS Initiative. Former interim; Executive Director of Urban League of Greater Muskegon, Former NAACP President of Muskegon County; 2007–2012, employed as a consultant to the Michigan Department of Education as a Compliance Monitor for the (NCLB Highly Qualified) initiative for Highly Qualified Teachers and works collaboratively with Hall of Famer Jim Brown and his Amer-I-Can Program and is a ten-time published author of various books, and self-help and academic articles. He is married to Ann Lars and is the father of one adult son, Ernest. Here we talk about intergenerational communication in an uncensored and educational series.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to the conversations around intergenerational bonding, communication, and the facilitation of those bonds and communication, we had a discussion on the platform The Good Men Project.
With respect to building intergenerational bonds and communication, what seem like some of the more important aspects of that to you?
Melvin Lars: The first aspect would be for both parties to listen. I think, and I feel very strongly, that the older generation needs to listen more. Unfortunately, older people have a propensity not to listen to the younger people. Older generations want to “share our wisdom” and then for the wisdom to be absorbed.
Next part, which is important, we should listen with purpose. Am I listening to hear what the young person is sharing? Or am I listening to then respond and placate the young person?
We have to be willing to accept and to hear what is being expressed in order to bridge this communication gap. Because one should be clear, I may have felt strongly about something at age 20. Now, let’s say, I am 65-years-old.
Since I have the same feeling at 65 as I did at 20, it does not mean that I am right. I should listen with a purpose.
Jacobsen: Would this amount to listening to learn rather than listening to respond to the young person?
Lars: Absolutely, the human race is notorious for listening to respond to the person rather than listening to learn from the person. We do not listen to people. We are thinking about our responses while another person is thinking. So yes, it is critical and crucial.
Jacobsen: What do you notice as some stronger points of communication or even wisdom coming from the younger generation to the older generation, and vice versa?
Lars: First, older guys tend to be appeasing. When we — us older guys — sit down to have a conversation, the point is to delete preconceived notions of the outcome of the conversation or the dialogue. The point is to delete the idea, “This young person has nothing to offer me.”
We need to delete the idea of placation of the young person. We need to “allow” the young person to share with us. Then we venture into telling the young person what we think and what we know, and what has been proven over the years to us — the older person.
It is important to note. Everyone understands when he or she is being placated. We may not respond angrily. We may use a modicum of respect and decorum. However, in my experience, most people shut down if being placated. They do not like it.
They may not leave. They may not move, but they have, basically, shut down. The conversation becomes the famous “Charlie Brown” teacher talking when Charlie Brown tunes the teacher out, “Wa-wa-wa-wa.” The conversation becomes a “wa-wa-wa-wa” because as an older person I have already disrespected you.
As a younger person, you relish the fact that I am older. You allow me to do it. We should not be allowed to do it, honestly. Old people should not be allowed to be disrespectful.
Although, it may not be yelling. It may not be screaming. But when we you condescend to people, to me, that is ultimate disrespect. The voice does not have to be raised any decibel. Profanity does not have to be used. But when individuals start to placate you or something indicates placation, this is ultimate disrespect.
We should not allow that to be a part of a conversation hen we’re talking about growth and communication between generations.
Jacobsen: For adolescent men, young men, middle-aged men, and elderly men, what seem like the barriers for that communication?
Lars: I laugh. Because older men would like you to think that we have it all together. We would like you to think that we are flawless. We would you like to think that we have made no mistakes in our lives. We would like you to think that the skeletons in our closet are there, accidentally.
We would not like you to think that we were not prepared for certain situations and consequences, but those skeletons are there. I want to speak from an old man’s perspective. We have to be very careful because you can send the wrong message to younger generations.
We can have three generations here. An old man like myself, a young man like Scott, and a younger man Scott would be addressing; we have to allow room for people to grow. We have to allow room for people to say, “I experienced. I can read. I can infer. I have knowledge to understand when I read something, when I see something. I have the ability to discern.”
Although, there may be very, very strong areas. That we may need to cover in conversation. It is ensuring the atmosphere is such that individuals are allowed to discern. That they are allowed to infer.
Because if we do not do that, then it is wasted air.
Jacobsen: How can the media and the larger culture facilitate this communication?
Lars: [Laughing] Oh wow! That question, for me, is a loaded one. So, I have to be careful. Everything with the media is pre-packaged. The only questions they are going to ask will elicit the response that they want from the person.
Real opinions do not appear. Let me put it this way, they do not appear interested in what an individual truly thinks about particular topics or events. They seem interested in eliciting the certain preferable responses. The media is, in and of itself, a very critical piece of the process.
However, in my opinion that, there needs to be some structure. There should be questions prepared beforehand. However, individuals should be allowed to segue. Not be allowed to go on and on and on, but at least be able to give more “insight,” if I can use that word, into what is being discussed rather than being steered into a direction that an individual wants the conversation to go.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mr. Lars.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
The International Humanist and Ethical Union is counting down World Humanist Day.
It is on June 21. IHEYO is counting down with them. This year, IHEU launched Humanists At Risk as a crowdfunding campaign. this will help raise awareness and support for humanist concerns.
They helped raised, in a similar campaign before, about £10,000.00 “to help defend, protect and support humanists at risk around the world,” as noted in an email.
This is currently an annual crowdfunding campaign to ask for financial support. This financial support will go to helping raise awareness and to hopefully, eventually, support humanists who are at risk.
You can download the supporter pack here:
“We’re in!” — Download the supporter pack
IHEU continues to be a beacon, and umbrella, for humanist activities. The goal is to advocate for human rights, help at-risk humanists. Also, to help document discrimination, this can help catalogue the issues for humanists around the world.
World Humanist Day, in this view, becomes a great means and mechanism to support humanism and humanists around the world.
That’s why World Humanist Day is the perfect moment to harness solidarity within the global humanist community and get behind the vital work of the IHEU.
This supporter pack “includes graphics, a poster for events, news story copy for your website or press release, and template messages for social media.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
Professor Jameel Sadik “Jim” Al-Khalili OBE is a British theoretical physicist, author and broadcaster. He is currently Professor of Theoretical Physics and Chair in the Public Engagement in Science at the University of Surrey. In this interview, he speaks about what has driven him to pursue this career, his socially progressive outlook, his association with the British Humanist Association and the congruences between science and humanism.
The interview has been edited for clarity and readability.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become an activist and a scientist, and science communicator?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I think it’s fair to say that my career evolved gradually. When I began my academic life it very much followed the traditional route of PhD, postdoctoral research, at University College London then Surrey, then I secured a five-year research fellowship after which I became a full time (tenured) academic lecturer and moved up the academic ranks to professor by teaching and conducting research in my field of theoretical physics. I did all the usual stuff of publishing my research, attending conferences and applying for grants.
But around the mid-90s I also became active in outreach activities and communicating science more widely to the public. I found I enjoyed this as much as I did my other academic activities. I began to get involved as a contributor to radio and TV programmes and wrote my first popular science book, on black holes, in 1999. From then on, one thing led to another. Over the past decade I have been more involved in public life, but always speaking as a representative of the scientific world.
Jacobsen: Were parents or siblings an influence on this for you?
Prof. Al-Khalili: Not particularly. They were encouraging and supportive. But it was my wife who really enabled me to do what I do now.
Jacobsen: Did you have early partnerships in these activist and scientific pursuits? If so, whom?
Prof. Al-Khalili: Science is a collaborative endeavour, so over the years I have built up a wide range of colleagues and collaborators, whether in my research fields or in the public arena. The academics in the nuclear physics group at Surrey are scientists I have worked with over the years and published many research papers with. Several senior colleagues were also valuable mentors for me, supporting my development in my early career.
Jacobsen: How did you come to adopt a socially progressive worldview?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I don’t feel my worldview is particularly different from the vast majority of people I interact with on a daily basis. First and foremost, I am a scientist and so I try to see the world objectively and demand evidence for views, policies and beliefs. I am also liberal and secular in my politics. I served for three years as president of the British Humanist Association and I feel that my humanist values do indeed shape my worldview to a large extent. Last but not least, I come from a mixed culture and heritage background: born in Iraq to a Muslim Arab father and Christian English mother, I feel I can have a broader perspective on the world that is not shaped by just one ideology.
Jacobsen: Why do you think that adopting a social progressive outlook is important?
Prof. Al-Khalili: It depends on how one defines ‘socially progressive’, since I suspect that people from a wide cross-section of the political and social spectrum might regard themselves as forward-thinking and progressive. I also feel it is important to stress that being socially progressive is meaningless if we do not learn the lessons from the past. We cannot wipe slates clean and move forward without understanding where we have come from.
Jacobsen: Do you consider yourself a progressive?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I hope so. I can say that I am an optimist about the future, despite the many challenges that face the world today.
Jacobsen: Does progressivism logically imply other beliefs, or tend to or even not at all?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I think it is one of those terms that can easily be adopted by many ideologies. Maybe it is quite a clearly defined ideology or worldview in its own right. If so, then I need to learn more about what it implies.
Jacobsen: What are your religious/irreligious beliefs?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I am not religious. I guess I am defined as an atheist, which is a strange term since it implies there has to be a supernatural being, a god, in the first place for me not to believe in! Essentially ‘atheism’ is for me no more a belief system in itself than not collecting stamps is a hobby.
Jacobsen: As a progressive, what do you think is the best socio-political position to adopt in the United Kingdom?
Prof. Al-Khalili: Ideologically, I align myself with the liberal left and the social welfare stance of the traditional Labour movement.
Jacobsen: What big obstacles (if at all) do you see social-progressive movements facing at the moment?
Prof. Al-Khalili: In the UK, I think the biggest challenge is the disillusionment of many in society, such as those who voted Brexit, which manifests itself in a craving for elements of the past: a return to some perceived utopia when ‘things were better’. For me this is the opposite of a social-progressive movement.
Jacobsen: How important do you think social movements are?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I find this quite difficult to answer because today social movements can grow so quickly that there is often not enough time to consider carefully what they actually stand for. We live in an age of post-truth politics, disillusionment with establishment, vast inequalities in society, and social media that can pick up a meme and spread it faster than a virus. In this environment, social movements can thrive. But that does not necessarily mean that all social movements are for the good.
Jacobsen: What does your current work focus on?
Prof. Al-Khalili: I am doing many things. My academic career continues, as does my broadcasting, and I am excited about new developments in scientific research. In recent months I have stepped back from a lot of my public work to focus on writing, not least of which is my first novel, which I hope will come out next year.
Jacobsen: Where do you hope your professional work will go into the future?
Prof. Al-Khalili: Well, I hope to continue as it is today. I am very happy doing what I do.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Professor Al-Khalili.
Keep up-to-date with Professor Al-Khalili’s work by following his Twitter account: @jimalkhalili
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
Round two is beginning for the popular online and free (!) course on humanism. It is entitled ‘Introducing humanism: non-religious approaches to life.’
If you are a humanist, or a non-religious person with an interest in humanist ethics grounded in science and naturalism, or are a curious religious person with an intrigue in other points of view, this is a course for you.
Sandi Toksvig will teach with a step-by-step process the facets of the humanist worldview. The commitment need only be an hour or so per week to survey the material.
It amounts to a university-level course on humanist, but ‘lite’ like a ‘lite beer’ brew. The purpose is to be fun and informative with various content, videos, text material, and so on.
You can take part.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
The Runner reported on one of the many ongoing scandals at KPU (Kwantlen Polytechnic University).
This time with the Kwantlen Public Research Group (KPIRG). The Kwantlen Student Association (KSA) Council meeting, on April 6 2018, elected a new president, Caitlin McCutchen.
McCutchen stated, that the KSA is unable to confirm plans of defunding KPIRG or not based on the alleged fraud of Richard Hossein.
Hossein is a former staff member and the founder of the organization who may have absconded with over CAD100,000.
“We have the autonomy agreement, and this mismanagement of funds, essentially, is in breach of a few different parts of this autonomy agreement,” says McCutchen. “If there are breaches or violations, we have the option to stop remitting funds to them, which would not mean that we’re shutting down KPIRG. It would just mean we’re not giving them the funding.”
The current student senate representative and a former KPIRG board member, Kim McMartin, worked with Hossein. She “voluntarily excluded herself from an in-camera discussion that took place during the meeting. This was due to a conflict of interest, and she declined to give any other comment on the record,” according to The Runner.
The former KSA president, Tanvir Singh, attended as a student who was concerned about the situation.
Singh explained, “Through all of my roles, I’ve never had a good relationship with KPIRG.. .I’ve talked to multiple students and most people don’t know what they do. I think that this situation [with the Hossein lawsuit] in and of itself is the nail in the coffin. I think it’s time for students at KPU to seriously consider defunding KPIRG.”
Of the original signatories for the autonomy agreement, Hossein was one of the three people to do so, this autonomy agreement included the “provisions that allow the KSA to terminate it for breach of contract or by referendum.”
Article 7 may have been breached of the autonomy agreement. Because the KPIRG KSA funding must be utilized “exclusively towards accomplishing those purposes set out under the KPIRG constitution and for no other purpose.”
Same with Article 8: “all transactions that KPIRG enters into with third parties must be commercially reasonable and comply with KPIRG’s constitution, bylaws, and the Society Act or any successor Act.”
Article 33 firmly states that the event of a termination of the autonomy agreement would result in “any funds or property in possession of the KSA, at the time of the termination of this Agreement, shall remain in the possession of the KSA, and deemed to be the lawful property of the KSA. All unremitted fees shall be transferred into bursaries for KPU Students with criteria relating to social and environmental justice oriented individuals in financial need.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
CBC News reported on the number of abortion pills prescribed by doctors in Canada.
The number was about 4,000 for Mifegymiso. This is the first year that the drug was available. in Canada. Health Canada stated that the 4,253 new prescriptions — estimated number — were dispensed by Canadian retail pharmacies.
Mifegymiso or RU-486 is an admixture of two drugs. These, together or alone, terminate early pregnancies. It was approved for Canadian use in 2015.
Health Canada placed restrictions on the use of the drug with particular requirements. Restrictions on pregnancies less than seven weeks. Doctors who prescribe must have a training course.
The restrictions were lifted in November 2017. Ginette Petitpas Taylor, the Canadian Federal Health Minister, sought to ease restrictions. Because the demand was higher.
Taylor explained, “Our government has been very clear when it comes to reproductive health rights for women. We want to make sure all options are available for women. We can see that there’s certainly a need when we look at the numbers.”
Many groups that argue for the increased access of RU-486 approve of the ease on the restrictions.
Action Canada for Sexual Health and Rights Director of Health Promotion Frederique Chabot said, “When I think of women, for example, in Nunavik in Quebec who have to travel to Montreal to seek care — that’s a plane ride and days away from your family, days away from your community and work. So we have a chance now to address some access issues.”
Chabot noted the problem with the expenses. It can be between CAD400 and CAD450 per dose. British Columbia, Alberta, Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, and Nova Scotia have some healthcare coverage.
Women in other areas need private drug plans or need to pay from their own pockets. It is an expensive abortifacient. If a woman has access, then she can afford it; if she can’t afford it, then she doesn’t have financial access.
Chabot stated, “Our government has been clear about that and that’s why we’ve moved forward in making sure this medication is available to women.”
Viersen did not respond to requests for an interview about Health Canada’s response to his question.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/05
CNN reported on the signing into law of a bill prohibiting women in Mississippi from having abortions after 15 weeks.
These abortions are restrictive. Kentucky’s own governor, after the Mississippi governor’s example, did similar. Governor Matt Bevin signed House Bill 454 to ban a procedure.
A common abortion procedure called dilation and evacuation starting earlier. That is 11 week after fertilization or into the pregnancy.
The only permitted exception is medical emergencies (ed. I do not know if this includes cases of rape). Bevin, according to the reportage, has been a longstanding anti-abortion activist.
He banned abortions after 20 weeks while in governance of Kentucky. There was another attempted, but failed, bill to make women look at unborn fetuses and listen to heartbeats prior to an abortion. The decision, even with being overturned, is begin appealed.
The entire state of Kentucky is now down to one abortion clinic. A federal judge has the fate of that sole clinic in their hands now.
CNN affiliated, WDRB, in Louisville (Kentucky) stated that the governor opined:
HB 454 signifies Kentucky’s unwavering commitment to protecting the rights of unborn children. In a society that increasingly devalues human life, we must continue to unapologetically advance laws that will protect those who cannot protect themselves. With every pro-life bill that becomes law, we send the same message: Kentucky stands for life.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/04
President Donald Trump intends to appoint Dr. Oz. Oz is famous for false cures and fad diets. All questionable in efficacy.
Both men are TV personalities in history andat present. Both will wield much power. Both, in their records (rather than looking into their eyes to see their “soul”), abused power and influence in the past.
They seem to care more about image, self-aggrandizement, and enrichment to themselves and their small cadre of wealth constituents.
The questions then emerge about means by which these individuals will abuse the power of the US Administration to enrich themselves.
Oz will join the President’s Council on Sport, Fitness, and Nutrition. Bill Belichick, of the New England Patriots, will join Oz on this council. Does life imitate comedy or comedy imitate life?
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/04
An Iowa governor signed some legislation, recently. The legislation bans almost all abortions within the state of Iowa, by implication.
The legislation states that if a heartbeat is detected, then abortion is not allowed by the physician. This is considered one of the most restrictive moves against reproductive rights.
The rights for women to safe and equitable access to abortion gets restricted. This amounts to the most restrictive ban on abortion in the United States of America.
The security at the Iowa Capitol was strengthened around the signing of the bill. Republican Governor Kim Reynolds had several state troopers outside of their office.
Reynolds stated, “I believe that all innocent life is precious and sacred, and as governor, I pledged to do everything in my power to protect it. That is what I am doing today.”
The law will become enacted on July 1, 2018. The Iowa Senate had a vote that was more or less split, but the bill was approved for the ban of most abortions in the state of Iowa.
The ban requires women to undergo abdominal ultrasounds with physicians for a test of a fetal heartbeat if a woman wants to seek an abortion.
With a detectable heartbeat, the physician can decline the performance of an abortion. Fetal heartbeats can be detected as early as 6 weeks into a pregnancy, according to experts.
Planned Parenthood for the Heartland (PPH) declared they would sue Iowa. The PPH executive officer, Suzanna de Baca, said:
It’s shameful that when Planned Parenthood heard lawmakers were introducing legislation to ban abortion, we were outraged — but we weren’t surprised… But I think many of us still never expected that Governor Reynolds would so swiftly jump to sign a bill that is so clearly unconstitutional.
An Iowa law banned most abortions after 20 weeks last year. Republican Iowa lawmakers are looking to advance legislation to challenge Roe v. Wade.
Roe v. Wade, from 1973, set the early stage for the advancement of women’s rights constitutional protection for the right to an abortion.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/03
The Daily Mail reported on something interesting. Not the fact of people lying to attract mates, that seems inevitable. Human beings lie to date or attract a mate to a date.
Based on reportage of a Stanford University study, they found the most common lies on dating apps. People falsify availability to “deceive potential partners.”
The most common lies were “butler lies.” They are 3/10ths of the lies. With 200 participants and 3,000 messages, the lies centered on relationships rather than starting them.
The situation before some of this research was ambiguous about the types of lying. Now, the vice of lying can be cut into bits via parsing of dating app data.
On the whole, people are honest. 2/3rds of people never lie. 7% were deceptive for sure. The majority of lies were “availability and exaggerating personal interests in an effort to appear more attractive.”
People lie about who they’re with and what they do. Other research has shown men lie about income and height; women lie about age and beauty.
Hancock calls the butler lies the ones that are meant to be polite into to conceal something. That prevents some unwanted social interactions.
30% of lies were white lies.
“One participant messaged, ‘Hey I’m so so sorry, but I don’t think I’m going to be able to make it today. My sister just called and I guess she’s on her way here now. I’d be up for a raincheck if you wanted, though. Sorry again.’”
People tend to be honest, about 66% of the time or 66% of people are, surprisingly, honest and frank in a respectful way. Others not so much, but only to politely avoid some interaction.
The first dating app came from 1995 with Match.com. Single people could give an image and then converse with people. This was purported to help with long-term relationship development.
eHarmony came online around 2000, and 2002 for Ashley Madison for those wanting to cheat on their spouses.
Others include “OKCupid (2004), Plenty of Fish (2006), Grindr (2009) and Happn (2013)” and “Tinder [2012].” Tinder was the first one with a swipe option as the main means for selection of a potential short-term partner — i.e., someone to sleep with.
“After its initial launch it’s usage snowballed and by March 2014 there were one billion matches a day, worldwide,” the Daily Mail reported, “In 2014, co-founder of Tinder, Whitney Wolfe Herd launched Bumble, a dating app that empowered women by only allowing females to send the first message.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/03
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) says, “97 percent or more of actively publishing climate scientists agree: Climate-warming trends over the past century are very likely due to human activities” (NASA, 2016b).
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in the Climate Change 2014 Synthesis Report says, “Human influence on the climate system is clear, and recent anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases are the highest in history. Recent climate changes have had widespread impacts on human and natural systems.” (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2015).
The British Royal Society says, “Scientists know that recent climate change is largely caused by human activities from an understanding of basic physics, comparing observations with models, and fingerprinting the detailed patterns of climate change caused by different human and natural influences.” (The Royal Society, 2016b).
And the Government of Canada says, “The science behind man-made climate change is unequivocal. Climate change is a global challenge whose impacts will be felt by all countries, particularly the poorest and most vulnerable. Indeed, impacts are already occurring across the globe. Strong action is required now and Canada intends to be a climate leader.” (The Government of Canada, 2015b). What do these mean, plainly?
In short, the vast majority of those that spend expertise, money, and time to research the climate affirm that global warming is a reality, and a looming threat to the biosphere (Upton, 2015; Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2015). So that means, in general, if you know what you’re talking about regarding the climate, you understand it’s changing. You know it’s warming globally — not necessarily locally, wherever any particular local is, which would be weather. What does this imply?
Well if it is inevitable and ongoing, then its solution or set of solutions is a necessity, which should be the center of the discussion. Not if, but when, and therefore, how do we work together to prevent and lessen its impacts? There can be legitimate disagreement about the timeline and the severity within a margin of error based on data sets, or meta-analyses, but legitimate conversation starts with an affirmative. So why is it significant?
Because most of the biosphere exists in that “extremely thin sheet of air” (Hall, 2015) with a thickness of only “60 miles” or ~96.56 kilometers called the atmosphere. It is happening to the minute sheet of the Earth, and in turn affects the biosphere. So small, globally speaking, contributions to the atmosphere can have large impacts throughout the biosphere and climate, as is extrapolated from current and historical data. What is the timeline, and why the urgency?
Because, in general, it will cause numerous changes in decades, not centuries (Gillis, 2016). That translates into our parents, our own, our (if any) children, and our (if any) current or future grandchildren. In other words, all of us, present and future. What kind of things would, or should, we expect — or even are witnessing?
For starters, we’ll experience average increases in global temperatures, impacts to ecosystems and economies, flooding and drought, and affected water sources and forests such as Canada’s (David Suzuki Foundation, 2014b; David Suzuki Foundation, 2014d;David Suzuki Foundation, 2014e).
It affects the health of children and grandchildren, and grandparents, through heat-related deaths, tropical disease increases, and heat-aggravated health problems (David Suzuki Foundation, 2014c). It is adversely affecting biodiversity (Harvard University School of Public Health, 2016) and threatening human survival (Jordan-Stanford, 2015).
Recently it was reported that the Arctic winter sea ice is at a record low (Weber, 2016). There’ll be sea-level rise and superstorms (Urry, 2016). And it affects all, not just our own, primate species, according to primatologists (Platt, 2016). So even our closest evolutionary cousins, via proximate ancestry, will be affected too. This is a global crisis. What are major factors?
Population and industrial activity are the big ones. Too many people doing lots of highly pollution-producing stuff. It’s greatly connected to the last three centuries’ human population explosion and industrialization, which was an increase from about 1 billion to over 7 billion people (Brooke, 2012). So life on Earth is changing, in part, because of human industrial activity with increasing severity as there are more, and more, human beings on the planet (Scientific American, 2009). What’s being done to prepare for it?
Nations throughout the world are preparing for the relatively predictable general, and severe, impacts of it (Union of Concern Scientists, n.d.). The international community is aware, and that explains the Paris climate conference (COP21) during late 2015 (European Commission, 2016), which Prime Minister Trudeau attended for our national representation at this important global meeting (Fitz-Morris, 2015).
Alberta is making its own preparation too (Leach, 2015). And, apparently, small municipalities in Canada are not prepared for its impacts (The Canadian Press, 2015; The University of British Columbia, 2014). But there are those in Alberta such as Power Shift Alberta, hoping to derive solutions to climate change from our youth (Bourgeois, 2016).
So there’s thoughtful consideration, and work, from the international and national to the provincial and territorial, and even municipal levels, for the incoming changing crisis. Whether something can be done about it at one magnitude or another, it is being talked about more with concomitant changes to policy and actions following from them.
All of this preparation, or at least consciousness-raising, is relevant and needing further integration. Climate change will only get more severe unless we do something about it. So, again, that means it’s all a question of when, not ‘if’.
If we want a long-term, robust solution to assist in the reduction of CO2 emissions, a carbon tax fits the bill for a start. Then there’s future energy resources including Hydro, bioenergy, wind, solar, geothermal, and ocean (Natural Resources Canada, 2016). And the flip side of the coin for an energy source is a place to put that energy via future storage technologies also (Dodge, 2015).
But there’s something needed prior to and alongside all of that, which leads back into the original point. Talk about it. Discussion and conversation is the glue that will bind all of these together. The energy sources and storage-devices of the future, the preparation for the effects of climate change that is happening and will continue to happen, and so on, need chit-chat throughout democratic societies for even more awareness of it.
So let’s do something about it, by talking about it more through a national discourse.
Here and now.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/02
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have extensive experience in hospitality and building the organization Black Nonbelievers, Inc. It is a 501(c)3. So, if you people want to donate or help out in some way, they can bear that in mind.
That it is a charitable organization. That you would be helping. When it comes to the hospitality industry, there are dos. There are don’ts. What are the dos? What are the don’ts?
Mandisa Thomas: Yes, thank you very much, some of the dos are to try to be welcoming. This has often been a huge ask or a huge question and a huge problem that many other atheist organizations have when it comes to diversity.
How can they attract more women, how they attract more people of color, how they attract more children, it is important to establish some ground rules about to attract and be friendly to others.
It is important not necessarily to simply bombard, especially the new members, with a bunch of questions. One thing I do when I present at events is that I tell organizers and members to engage but also gauge.
Try to be mindful of how you may be coming off to potential new members as well as recurring members, do mind your body language, do just try to ask questions, try not to get too personal with people, set that friendly and welcoming atmosphere, making sure members know what they should and shouldn’t do to new people, setting and managing that process is very, very important.
I would say a good thing. One good thing I do is watch people’s engagement on a personal level. There are a lot of people who talk about certain issues when they’re on a stage or on the online medium.
But when it comes to how they engage people on a personal level or private interaction, it is different. One good rule, I would advise: be punctual, please be on time. Tardiness is something I despise.
I try to make that a general rule: be on time, be consistent as far as your treatment of everyone, don’t treat someone who is just new as different from someone of the community. That is the basis of customer service and hospitality.
The person who sweeps the floor should be treated the same as the CEO. That is something that I think that we could learn from in this community.
Jacobsen: We have new technologies. That we did not have before for the building of community. So, that can leave a lot more questions about what is appropriate and what is inappropriate in terms of the use of those technologies to advance a movement.
For instance, you can use a hashtag, but that can be hijacked by people who want to denigrate, harass, and so on, people trying to build that movement. That is one particular example, but there are various ways not necessarily hijacked but misused to undermine a movement.
What are some of the things people can be mindful of when they are using these new technologies to build the movements?
Thomas: One thing is to do research such as on an engine and its efficacy as well as being well-informed of the history of said hashtag. Do research on who is using it and why it is being used.
Also, try to gauge, not everything is meant for public consumption. As inclusive as we try to be, it is still important to manage the process as to who we are engaging. If you see someone who is in your group who isn’t properly using said medium, you can certainly bring it to their attention or bring it to the attention of the administrator, the leader, or the organizer, we can certainly discuss it.
If it requires removal or dismissing the person who is using it improperly, then it is good to implement that.
Jacobsen: This interview is completely open. What are some controversial areas of public engagement?
Thomas: In the #MeToo movement, for example, how we are engaging women, how women are engaging the opposite sex in terms of harassment and assault, one good thing or one important aspect is to listen.
If people are telling you that something is making them uncomfortable, you need to listen to them. If someone is telling you that perhaps what you are doing could be different, it is good to take that into perspective and listen to the person or persons.
Evaluate or re-evaluate the norms that have been placed upon us about the roles of men and women as well as the rules of engagement, make sure that you are asking questions, “Is this okay? Is that okay?”
It is important to engage body language as well as what people are saying. I think some people just aren’t listening. People are talking to get their point across and not necessarily understanding the other party.
We could get a lot further when people start engaging to work towards a solution and not just to respond and argue. We see a lot of that in the online area. We argue all day long. But then there are certain people who aren’t even willing to listen and understand.
Jacobsen: Right. Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mandisa.
Thomas: No problem! Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01
In efforts throughout Canada to combat sexual misconduct and sexual violence in intimate relations, on campuses, at work, and so on, the country’s leaders are working on various methods.
One is consent in sexual education. In the province of Alberta, one emphasized method is consent. Then the various nuances around consent.
Notley said, “We’ll be looking at some work at all grade levels. How do we talk about consent as early as kindergarten and moving all the way through to Grade 12? … We need everybody to learn what consent is and how fundamental it is to relationships between people. They need to learn that at a very young age and be comfortable talking about it.”
David Eggen, the education minister in Alberta, explained consent is a part of the ongoing curriculum review. That consent is in some schools and not others.
Eggen notes a consistent approach is necessary. He said, “The safety of our children is paramount. It’s very important to have boundaries that students know about, (and) being able to say no.”
The earlier education, Eggen states, emphasizes permission and personal space. Notley proclaimed May sexual violence awareness month.
Officials from 10 government ministries and community organizations will work to combat sexual violence. The work will build on previous efforts.
These efforts are spearheaded by Stephanie McLean’s Status of Women Ministry. One effort among others will be the work on how the police will respond to sexual assault offences.
Seven grants will be funding organizations addressing sexual violence. New rules will be laid out regarding sexual harassment and assault in the workplace.
Alberta “made legislative changes to allow sexual violence survivors more latitude in filing civil claims and in getting out of leases without penalty.”
$8.1 million (CAD) will go to helping police with more counselling support. This will hep courts too.
Rural and Indigenous Alberta residents have long wait lists for supports and counseling. The same may be true for these services rolling out too.
Estimates note sexual assault as the highest under-reported crime in Canada. 1 in 20 victims come forward to report.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01
Another religious group in the United States House of Representatives advocates for the nonreligious.
Democratic Representatives Jared Huffman (CA), Jamie Raskin (MD), Jerry McNerney (CA), and Dan Kildee (MI) helped form a new caucus.
Many people in the United States do not support religion in government. While others do, the point is to advocate for policies based on reason and science.
One may assume “and not faith and revelation.” A press release talked about a mission of the caucus. It is to “promote public policy based on reason and science, to protect the secular character of our government, and to champion the value of freedom of thought worldwide.”
Good.
The point is an area of agreement for both the nominal, liberal, moderate, and ordinary religious and the nonreligious. The point of secularism. They want to promote secularism.
Still more, they may agree on the need to advocate for science in public policy. It could be “the inspiration” of the public policy if you will.
The bigger goal is to reduce the discrimination against the nonbelieving population in the United States. Those people labelled atheists, agnostics, and humanists.
This caucus, as espoused by itself, can help give voice “for Members of Congress to discuss their moral frameworks, ethical values, and personal religious journeys.”
The Freethought Caucus appears to have an interesting take on the implications of the word religion. The implications of a narrow set of traditional definitions.
This may be increased to the more secular ritualistic lifestyles many American take on board. Religion may decline as a formal structure.
However, the practices morph with the times. Even though, this may not be called religion per se.
Roy Speckhardt, executive director of the American Humanist Association, said, “The very existence of this congressional caucus for freethinkers and humanists is a marker of how far the movement for secular and nontheist equality has come.”
Speckhardt continued, “This significant step is also a new beginning for our country as both religious and nonreligious leaders work to better the nation.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01
A man renounced Islam and denounced Muhammad. The Saudi man, Ahmad Al-Shamri, as a result got sentenced to death. Al-Shamri posted views about Islam on social media in 2014.
The Saudi authorities became alerted to this activity. Al-Shamri was charged with the crimes of atheism and blasphemy. He was sentenced with the death penalty for the purported crimes.
He was sentenced in February of 2015. He is in his early 20s and is from the eastern Province of Saudi Arabia from the city of Hafar Al-Batin.
Al-Shafri pleaded insanity. That is, he was drunk and high on drugs at the time. This is according to the advisory board member for Human Rights Watch, Hala Dosari.
Dosari said, “His trial focused heavily on Quranic law and little on any mitigating mental illness. As a result, Al-Shamri has been sentenced to death for being an atheist.”
On April 25 2018, the Saudi Supreme Court ruled against Al-Shamri. Saudi Arabia, though known for executions, continues to be on the UN Human Rights Council until 2019. Its term expires at that time. To leave Islam in Saudi Arabia, it is punishable by death. Adam Coogle, Middle East researcher at Human Rights Watch, explained, “The conservative religious folks have full control of the justice system… Judges come from religious seminaries in Saudi Arabia. They see themselves as preservers of Saudi Arabia’s character as an Islamic state… And they come down hard on people who step out of line.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01
Sunday Express reported on the possibility for research in standard Big Bang cosmology into areas before not empirically researched. That point being before the singularity at the moment of creation or the Big Bang as it is sometimes called.
It has been notoriously thought as something outside of the realm of empirical physics and only left to theoretical physicists to speculate and compare with moments of the universe after T=0, when time began — literally came into existence.
One international team of researchers is proposing a different picture of a before of creation, of a time before the Big Bang. Apparently, the singularity of black holes is akin to the Big Bang because the laws of physics appear to break down.
With some complex math and quantum strangeness, the international team of researchers claim the origins of the universe and the center of a black hole can be explained, comprehended, and not seen as a sort of known unknown.
Professor Mir Faizal at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta, Canada and the University of British Columbia, Okanagan in British Columbia, Canada explained, “It is known that general relativity predicts that the universe started with a big bang singularity and the laws are physics cannot be meaningfully applied to a singularity.”
Faizal co-authored the paper with Salwa Alsaleh, Lina Alasfar, and Ahmed Farag Ali. Faizal said that the current theories show the singularities, in black holes and at the Big Bang, are built into the interpretations of the math to make the theories. They follow from the math.
However, if they include quantum effects to remove the singularities, then the standard theories based on work by Roger Penrose, Emeritus Rouse Ball Professor of Mathematics in the University of Oxford and Emeritus Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford, and Stephen Hawking, Director of Research at the Centre for Theoretical Cosmology within the University of Cambridge, can be modified.
Those changes to remove the singularities imply new models. Those old models without the quantum effects to the remove the singularities relied on specific models with problems. One model includes string theory, which, as noted, has its own problems.
Only “very general considerations” rather than a specific model is needed to ‘prove’ the proposal in the paper by Faizal and others. The paper concludes that the centers of black holes do not amount to singularities, but, rather, to empirically testable areas of future research.
“The absence of singularity means the absence of inconsistency in the laws of nature describing our universe, that shows a particular importance in studying black holes and cosmology,” the paper said.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01
This bill would enable public school teachers who teach kindergarten through 12th grade to include, as a portion of instruction regarding the scientific origins of man and the Earth, instruction regarding the Biblical theory of creation, so long as evolution is also taught. This bill would further allow any teacher who desires to instruct students regarding the Biblical theory of creation to read passages from the Bible in class which he or she deems necessary to propel the instruction forward. This bill would allow a student receiving instruction on both the Biblical theory of creation and evolution to make a determination as to which theory to accept. A student would be permitted credit on course exams if he or she chooses to adhere to the Biblical theory of creation instead of evolution and then answers exam questions according to that system of belief.
The United States of America state of Alabama attempted to pass a bill for the teaching of creationism. The curricula would include creationism alongside evolution. Creationism tends to come in three forms.
One is Young Earth Creationism with the world, humans, and everything in it no older than 10,000 years. Some room for variation in the age. Another group is Old Earth Creationist. Those who believe everything got divinely breathed into life by God. Big difference is the age factor, hence “Old.”
They believe in the 4.54-billion-year-old Earth. Same assertion but also partial acceptance of the evidence. The main inspiration coming from the Bible plus acceptance of modern geology but not modern biology.
Another is Intelligent Design. Often, unfairly, it gets lumped with Old Earth Creationism and Young Earth Creationism with the media portrayals as “Creationism.”
It amounts to, in one view, in part a religious argument and, in another view, in part an information-based argument with the research programme oriented towards detection of design in nature through, for example, finding irreducible complexity.
Each of the three have nuances. However, the general critique stands because all three as strands stand in part or whole against modern unguided biological evolution accepted by the vast majority of practicing biologists for the explanation of the development, growth, and speciation of species.
Modern biological evolution remains unguided. Some choose to assert a Theistic Evolution view. God used evolution to create “Mankind,” in essence. The majority of practicing biologists, especially the elite ones, accept unguided evolution. It becomes the bedrock for modern biological sciences, so one foundation for modern medicine too.
In a sociological analysis of the groups, these seem to have similar problems as the New Atheist movement. The Intelligent Design demographics seem, for the most part, to be white Christian males with a sprinkling of an atheist or agnostic in the mix.
The New Atheist demographics lean heavily towards white males with some ex-Muslims males. However, the majority remain white males. In Alabama’s House, Bill 258 was not accepted. It would teach creation theory as interpreted and asserted through the Bible to students.
This battle continues back as a war for decades, especially in the school system. Some religious parents resent public schools for teaching modern evolutionary theory to their children.
They would prefer creationism taught to their children. Because the literalist interpretation of their religious holy text and community demands it. The bill, Bill 258 in the Alabama House, “died in committee on March 29, 2018.
The legislature adjourned sine die to the benefit of standard biological sciences curricula. Kentucky Revised Statutes 158.177 was a Kentucky law used to create the HB 258 bill.
158.177 was enacted in 1976. It is noted by NCSE as unconstitutional. Steve Hurst (R-District 35) was the sole supporter. Hurst has been known for “previous proposals to require public school teachers to read a daily prayer in the classroom and to punish sex offenders with surgical or chemical castration.”
Writing at PLoS’s SciComm blog (February 19, 2018), Amanda Glaze — a native of Alabama now teaching at Georgia Southern University — decried HB 258, arguing, “Legislation that conflates empirical scientific evidence with evidence derived from religious texts can seriously harm efforts to improve science literacy.”
References
Kentucky Government. (2018). 158.177 Teaching of evolution — Right to include Bible theory of creation. Retrieved from http://www.lrc.ky.gov/Statutes/statute.aspx?id=3462.
National Center for Science Education. (2018, April 2). Creationism bill dies in Alabama. Retrieved from https://ncse.com/news/2018/04/creationism-bill-dies-alabama-0018734.
Organ, J. (2018, February 19). Opinion: We’re at War for Science Literacy, Not Against Faith. Retrieved from http://blogs.plos.org/scicomm/2018/02/19/opinion-were-at-war-for-science-literacy-not-at-war-with-faith/.
Representative Hurst. (2018, January 18). HB258. Retrieved from http://alisondb.legislature.state.al.us/alison/searchableinstruments/2018RS/bills/HB258.htm.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Medium (Personal)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/05/01
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What does this organization mean to you?
Yasmine Mohammed: I was getting inundated with messages from people from the Muslim world asking for help. I tried as hard as I could, but I didn’t have the resources to help them all. I was frustrated and sad and it was starting to affect my life and my mental health.
Because I related so much to the stories I was hearing, it was hard to separate myself. I kept thinking of how I felt when I was going through what they’re going through. And in many ways, because I was in a free, secular country — even as bad as it was for me, it was a walk in the park compared to what people in the Islamic world have to endure. Rather than wallow in feelings helplessness, frustration and sadness, I decided to start FreeHearts, Free Minds.
Starting FHFM feels like I’m reaching back 10–15 years and helping my confused, lonely, petrified, and to be honest, suicidal young self. If social media had even been available for me-had I known that leaving Islam was even an option-I wouldn’t have suffered nearly as much as I did. Today, with the help of technology, and FHFM, I want to do all I can to ensure that no one ever feels that alone.
Jacobsen: What are the scale and scope of the organization at present and into the next 3 years?
Mohammed: FHFM is not even a year old yet, but we have managed to do so much in so little time. I now have a team of ten people working with me. And we are prepared to launch a dating site that will support Ex-Muslims in the Muslim world trying to avoid forced marriages and/or circumvent guardianship laws. We’re just a few months old, but we’re expanding our services already! Who knows what could happen within the next three years? If we’re able to maintain and grow our two services, I’ll be happy. I think both services provide essential support to apostates in Islamic countries in very dangerous situations who have no other resources, no other options, and no other hope.
Jacobsen: Where can ex-Muslims connect with the organization or others to find assistance, guidance, community, and safety?
Mohammed: There are lots of online support groups out there, but unfortunately they’re all localized, so an individual would have to search for a group in their region. As far as North America, they could join EXMNA or Muslimish. There are some groups scattered around Europe as well. Because of safety concerns, it’s not as easy to find groups in the Islamic world. That’s where FHFM comes in. It supports ppl in the Islamic world because they are in the most dire need. Even if they were to find a local private Facebook group or something, they’d be too afraid to share any personal info. They know they can trust us.
Jacobsen: How can everyone donate skills, time, money, experience, and connections to the organization?
Mohammed: If you are able to help, please go to www.freeheartsfreeminds.com and support us monthly through Patreon or GoFundMe. We currently have a growing waiting list of people looking for one-on-one support from a Life Coach. The list grows, on average, about a person per week.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Yasmine.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Natasha Taneka (Unpublished)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/05/05
Now, we’ve talked about your personal life a bit with regards to parents and grandparents. You grandparents being feisty. You being of Zimbabwean heritage with a lot of Canadian cultural influence. In addition, your father’s scientific background in mineralogy, the science of mineralogy, with the PhD from the University College, London and your mother getting her PhD in America and specializing in human resources management and the arts. With all of this in mind, some things do come into the line in inquiry here with respect to your general perspective. What is your general philosophy in life? What are your general ethical guidelines for personal and professional life and so on?
I would say with my sort of life philosophy as I gotten older it’s always changing and I do things that I have been given, or what I have learned, and that I have been given permission to change. I think the background with Zimbabwe we have witnessed a lot of changes, and this could go for a lot of people, at least politically and directly in my lifetime. My grandparents grew up at a time in Zimbabwe under colonial influence during Ian Smith, when they didn’t have access to certain jobs, and then they had children who were able to get a really good education and leave the country, and by the time they came back. Zimbabwe was independent.
With every option that came up, whilst everything was changing, my parents always went with the philosophy of ‘to go for it.’ I think…that chaos…in the community. So, they seem to be.. interpreted…there’s always opportunity in chaos, and I think that in the way my parents had family. Other things can change, but there’s staying in touch in the world. You’ll make it through.
My philosophy has been to always remember that with one or two things everything can change and it can be okay… that is one of the most empowering things that one can do. It’s going to come and that’s what I’ve done with my life. I went to Canada to do my BA and then I decided to do my MA in New Zealand and then I fell in love and moved to England.
I picked up from that and came settled in London…I never am shy for change…procurement and…and for my benefit…my priority has been making sure that…
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Natasha Taneka (Unpublished)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/05/05
With regards to professional life, your father with respect to work to mineralogy at the Imperial College in London and your mother in the United States in terms of human resources management and the arts. Those are very different as you pointed out at the end of the last interview. If at all, or to what degree, did these influence your own decisions to do with human procurement in professional life?
That’s a very good question. I’ve always known that for them to have picked two different, very different, disciplines. It is always been the larger spectrum. I’m very grateful that both of them weren’t in the arts because otherwise maybe growing up I would’ve only thought that my only options were the arts, or vice versa. Both of them being in the arts and mathematics.
Them being in the opposite spectrums has allowed me to dabble in the both worlds. So,I’ve always had an interest and enjoyed sitting down with my father and watching science documentaries on mathematics and at the same time I really did enjoy the human aspect of what my mother was involved in.
Understanding how decisions are made in the home, family planning, I think that sort of allowed me to cultivate my people skills! I do enjoy hanging out with people and talking to people about different things physically rather than in the abstract.
So with my career now in procurement and supply chain, I feel like I get a little bit of both. And so when it comes to contracts, I have to deal with numbers. You have to suspend what a suppliers… You have to see the risk. You have the see the rates that are being given, what you are negotiating will be your deterrent. There is a lot of mathematics that I have to deal with and I think that’s useful from my influence from my father.
I am very interested in dealing with people. You have to be on the phone to get a supplier and then you have to actually get suppliers that want to help you, but you have to work on your listening skills to learn how they do business and that they have other options that your value chain partner hasn’t thought of, and so in that case I am using my influence from my mom’s background and working with people and learning that they come from different perspectives.
The two of them, I think, givens me good balance that numbers are important and do speak a lot and louder than, at times, what people say. In time, if you want t get more done, you have to understand that picking up the phone and having a rapport with people and listening to where they’re coming from is just as important to a project that they have to complete.
So, in my daily life, I use a little bit of both my father’s background and my mother’s background.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Natasha Taneka (Unpublished)
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/05/05
To start, let’s talk about your personal life and how that lead into your professional life.
I am of African descent, particularly Zimbabwean heritage. My family immigrated to Canada. So, I am very much influenced by travel. I feel like I really have a diverse background as I have lived in 4 or 5 countries. That influenced me to choose to do my degree and my studies in international relations and it lead me to focus on immigration and human rights. From that point, I have always had an interest in working with the United Nations or volunteering for NGOs. I feel like I’ve always had this connection with development and growth.
So, it sort of lead me to focus on procurement and connecting suppliers with businesses and making sure everyone is involved is integrated in a fair manner. That’s how I summarize how my background influences my work in a professional manner.
What about your family, in general, what kind of things do they do?
Yea! I would definitely say that my mom and dad sort of set a track for me in terms of travelling and education. My mother left Zimbabwe when she was 17 to do two degrees in Australia. One degree in Halifax, Canada. And then finally her PhD in the United States.That was definitely cemented in me the importance of education and to never far travel. And that also for my father he ended up doing his PhD out at Imperial College in the UK. It’s kind of funny that I’m all grown up and now here in the UK.
I remember being a child and being like, “Yea, my dad studied long ago and like in London.” Not myself here yet, here I am, my path in college. I think to myself, “Wow!” It’s one of those things that they never grew up with dreams of growing up and seeing so many lands. My mother is based in New Zealand and travels quite often. And I think it’s been instilled in me that the sky is the limit to travel for work, for opportunities, because where you are sometimes isn’t enough and you shouldn’t hold yourself back or limit your dreams.
That would be something that I got from my parent. As for my grandparents, my grandparents both had feisty personalities based on the stories that I hear when they were younger. It has always been an impression on me to never take crap as it is, and go forth and you could always do more.
Your father is a PhD at Imperial College, London. What was it in? And your mother’s in the United States, what was it in?
Okay, so, my father was mineralogy, which is a PhD in engineering that focuses on minerals such as precious stones, basically, that come from the earth. As a kid, he was good at mathematics and science and coming from a poor family. It is the scholarship that ended up landing him at Imperial College, London. So, his PhD is basically focused on precious stones and turning precious metals into iron. And I think it is very highly in demand in the metals industry.
For my mother, she focused on human resource management and consumer behaviour. This is all focusing on how to sort of give people the skills they need to be able to be self-sustaining, and that sort of lead her to doing some research at home such as going to Zimbabwe and collecting data, and that really influenced me and taught me what it is to do research and to get – be in partnership with a lot of United Nations to sort of deliver on projects that really could be meaningful in a lot of communities in Zimbabwe.
Currently, she is currently focusing the diaspora in Ottawa. Sometimes, she travels to Israel to see how the Israeli diaspora work and network. She’s been to Ethiopia as well and trying to get all those lessons learned to see what they could do in Ottawa with a lot of immigrant communities, and so that’s what they do – completely opposite when you think about it.
My father in science. My mother in the arts and politics and development.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/31
Scott: By the way, any disclaimers? Some see these as the two most foundational and important ideas in their lives, secular or religious, e.g. in their tacit moral system such as Peter Singer’s (secular utilitarianism) or about half of the world’s with Judeo-Christian-Islamic theological ethics (religious variations of the Golden Rule ethic).
Rick: I’m not super qualified to talk about the soul because I haven’t done a lot of reading on various definitions or characterizations of the soul. I am assuming those characterizations.
I don’t believe in the soul as a divinely bestowed spark, which transcends your biological life as some thread – some people believe in reincarnation – that goes from one person to another or one person to an animal.
Something that ties people and animals in a string that goes from life to life to life. I don’t believe in that. Unless, there’s a technological means of that happening.
Scott: Does this perspective make the human organism in essence biological technology?
Rick: Yes. 50 years ago, it was a fairly popular minority point of view that the body was a machine. The heart is a pump. The lungs are bellows. A sophisticated machine, that’s overly reductive in a lot of ways, but particularly with regard to consciousness.
In that, it allowed people to gloss over whatever consciousness is, by saying, “You can do the same things with a bunch of IBM punch cards. If you had enough punch cards in a big Univac computer, you could pretty much do whatever it is we’re doing, and so let’s not think about it.”
The idea of humans and animals as machines let’s people dance around true complexities of organic life. At the same time, 50 years after that attitude, you could circle around to something like it by saying that human and animal life will ultimately be explainable via physical processes, biological and chemical processes, which themselves boil down to processes in physics.
I subscribe to that point of view. Although, I think consciousness is this actual thing. This emergent property associated with information-sharing among sub-systems in brains. So, we are biological technology, except technology as we think about it today doesn’t have the maximal feedback – the huge number of interacting feedback systems – that biological beings have.
As evolved beings, we evolved for every possible easy informational pathway among the bodies systems to be exploited. Evolution takes advantage of anything that can easily originate. Some things that are tougher to originate too.
Things like eyes. Intelligent design people like to hold up eyes as things too complicated to come about by chance, but eyes originate a lot. I’m sure somebody who is a competent evolutionary biologist could indicate various examples of where eyes have evolved independent of one another.
Scott: There are lots of examples. Some things have dozens of independent evolutions.
Rick: Things that have an easy pathway to come into being. Evolution finds those pathways. Spreading out to cover the pathways of possibility through random mutation and, I suspect, organisms’ exploitations of behavioural niches, organisms can find off-market uses for claws and whatever other things they have.
As long as those off-market uses are hard to find for animals that aren’t the smartest things in the world, once off-market uses are found, mutations that favor those uses will be themselves favored. So, you have innovating bound by their brains and bodies, often becoming locked in via genetic changes.
These favor the beings who have the mutations that work better with the off-market uses that they’ve found for their bodies. You have random mutations being exploitable. Also, you have organisms that don’t always stick to standard behavioral repertoires and end up having quirky behaviors.
That may become more and more built-in via the organisms that are better suited to do the quirky behaviors, survival enhancing quirky behaviors. They do them better and better until they aren’t quirky until they have a genetic basis in the organism.
That skirts the whole area of all of the junk DNA that can function as a library of possible other stuff or abilities that, maybe, we could have. When people think of mutations, they think of one gene going bad, then you get an organism with double the muscle.
That’s one. You can search online for super muscular dogs, bulls, and people. There’s a mutation that knocks out some hormone or some dang thing that blocks the expression of muscle. So, occasionally, you will see something with this mutation, e.g. a baby that looks like Superman or this dog that looks like a crazy anatomical chart of a pit bull because it allows it to grow a crazy amounts of muscle.
When people think of a mutation, they think of a spot mutation like that. It generally doesn’t have such great results as creating super babies or super dogs. It gives you something else like Down Syndrome. Then there are other mutations.
These can actually let larger chunks of genetics become expressed. Usually, it is with disastrous effects such as still-born things. The whole idea that there are big chunks of genes that can be moved in and out of functionality.
I’m sure that also makes evolution more complicated than we’re used to normally thinking about. When people think of biology, they think of technologically smaller things. People think of biological systems as you would think of a clock.
The teeniest gears to form sub-assemblies that all come together to form the overall organism in a hierarchy with small things being built up to bigger things like organs and being used to create bigger things like the organism.
I know one guy – my buddy, Chris – who is working on a project to figure out all of the feedback loops in human biology. They’re all over the place. Unlike with a clock, where everything feeds forward, the gears form in one way to form a sub-assembly and then into something like a clock, so something not very flexible.
In evolution, everything that easily originated and was helpful ended up being incorporated into humans and animals creating all sorts of complicated systems that are hard to root out. If you drew a diagram of all of the feedback systems, you’d end up with a thing that looks like a hairball or one of those maps of the Internet with the millions of curved red lines.
Or the maps of every route flown by an airline, except the airline flies to 50,000 cities rather than 300 cities. Lots of loops and arrows all over the place, which is a trans-technological thing. It is a way of doing things that goes beyond technology because technology as we build it for ourselves is pretty block-by-block and feeding forward, and not a lot of feeding back.
Although, the next era of technology and information processing will involve greater and greater amounts of feedback. The understanding of how greater and greater amounts of feedback work in practice. We’ll move into the era of big, complicated, unwieldy science and understanding.
Because, right now, we like a nice equation. The most simple famous equation now is E=mc2. It is simple as hell. There are processes in the world that require a dozen different feedback loops all functioning together.
With a dozen feedback loops, that’s 66 handshakes among the 12 different nodes. If every different handshake is described by an equation, that’s dozens of equations to describe some feedback system.
We, and our computing devices, are moving into a future where we’ll be better able to understand and exploit massively complicated systems. Systems based on massive feedback, which is a different kind of technology.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/30
Scott: What are some common mistakes in attempts to define consciousness?
Rick: Every time somebody tries to pin down consciousness, they are defining it and mistakes get built in. One mistake that I might include is that you have to be aware of yourself as conscious. You have to be aware of yourself as a being in the world. That one test for consciousness is whether you can recognize yourself in the mirror.
Other mistaken necessary ingredients for consciousness can be language and toolmaking. All of which can help indicate consciousness, but don’t necessarily mean consciousness. We can throw in the Arthur C. Clarke quote that is so overused it is a cliché: “Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic.”
That’s the natural world that our ancestors lived in, full of magic or divine ingredients because other tough things were not easily able to be understood. Over the past 400 years, we’ve explained a lot of previously unexplained stuff, and are able to take over a lot of the functions that were previously assigned to the divine.
With some functions on the medium horizon as being able to be done technologically, that would previously be assigned to God, e.g. resurrection.
Scott: We have species chauvinism tied to the idea of the soul. On the one hand, we see animals as soulless and, therefore, as machines. On the other hand, we see people as having souls and, therefore, as something partially machine-like, but something different like spiritual machines.
Some natural mechanism transcending nature, in part. Those thoughts have been rattling around in people’s heads for a long time.
Rick: Those dichotomies have been subject to contradiction, confusion, and, to some extent, not wanting to think about it. Even more so now because we have an understanding of some of the mechanics that underlie consciousness, it has always been a problem, at least for some people.
That we’re friendly with some animals and slaughter other animals for meat. Sometimes, it is both. Somebody raises a 4 age cow as a project and as a cow friend, but the end of that process can be selling that cow to be turned into meat.
If you grow up on a farm, I assume that’s part of being tough about farm life.
Scott: There’s also the sense of essentialism there. Someone raises that cow to around four-years-old, slaughters it, then begins to use the meat. They have an attachment to the meat. There’s a transfer of the essential concern and likingness of the cow when it was alive to its meat that can make one reluctant to eat it.
One can see this play out in things like overgeneralization, where people with dietary regimens, and therefore restrictions, will not eat something that is not only an animal but an animal product, e.g. dairy, or even as far as the end product simply coming from something with the face of an animal at one point.
Rick: This is an area where I think nobody has completely consistent beliefs. Everybody’s a little bit confused. Hunters will say it is cool to hunt if you use the animal that you hunt. They have contempt for people who criticize them as hunters saying, “Every time you go to the store and buy a package of hamburger. You are participating in slaughter, but just don’t see it. You are simply presented with a hygienically wrapped product. So, you’re a baby.”
The Trump kids who have gone on safaris. There are different degrees of contemptibleness of safaris in the minds of some people. One Trump kid is seen as contemptible because there is a picture of him with an elephant’s tail.
For an elephant he shot, it was part of a hunt. It was probably canned and choreographed. Some of these hunts take old animals that couldn’t survive in the wild, and then shoot them.
There was the dentist that shot a famous lion as part of a canned hunt. It garnered the world’s contempt for a month. The more we know about the mechanics of thoughts, biology, and chemistry. The harder it is to differentiate or draw a line between humans and non-human animals in terms of us having some divine spark, or divine difference, which leads to further contradictory belief systems.
These probably won’t start getting cleaner even if we live in ways that reduce slaughter. Slaughter is at crazy levels now. I am probably going to be off by billions here, but something like 40 billion chickens slaughtered in the United States every year.
It is in the order of several billion. I assume that means millions of pigs, certainly over a million cows. That’s a lot of killing. Most people don’t have a problem with that because “they are chickens and should be killed fast. Even if they are chickens, we don’t have to see the process.”
In the future, there will be less slaughter for a couple of reasons. The main one being raising meat is hugely expensive in terms of natural resources – raising a pound of meat uses up so many gallons of water. The world would run out of food if the rest of the world ate as much meat per capita as the United States does.
Scientists are working on developing artificial meat. Eventually, they will have decent product, which will mean less natural cow. Another force in the reduction of slaughtering is the uneasy feeling people have with slaughter, but, regardless of the level of slaughter, issues about slaughter are going to be not much closer to be resolved.
Whether it matters how much a chicken suffers for several reasons including that “well, yea, the chickens suffered, but we end up with nice chicken to eat.” Where people don’t really know how much philosophical weight to assign to slaughter, the general feeling is you don’t want to make things too difficult for meat animals.
Not just so we aren’t assholes in general, but that there isn’t a really easy way to keep score to how bad it is for an animal to raise it for meat and then slaughter it. Whether you get any more goodness points for a free range chicken or a farmed chicken with an amputated beak, there’s a good way to keep score.
If you’re an informationist, every living being, once that being is dead, all memory of suffering is eradicated, except through technological resurrection, which is kind of a long shot at this point. If suffering ultimately doesn’t matter because the memory or suffering is eradicated along with the brain that holds that memory and information, then you have to evaluate life, especially human life, in terms of whether that life was able to achieve goals other than suffering or not.
There are other ways to keep score. Was the human able to reproduce? Was the human able to live a full life and pass their values onto the next generation? If you look at the Holocaust, it scores badly for suffering.
But if you take suffering out because everybody dies and the suffering is not remembered, then you have to score it other ways as to whether a culture was destroyed, whether wealth was stolen, whether the Nazis were basically a giant criminal enterprise for the transfer of wealth from the people they, or it, was killing, whether victims of the Holocaust were not able to create the next generation, whether there was cultural destruction.
Even the damage to humanity’s image of itself, there are many ways to keep score. All of them, on all of those scales, you have to be really fucked up to give Nazi-ism a really good score for anything. In terms of scoring experience, there’s no good way to do that, or it’s tough. It is tough to do on a philosophical level because the default mechanism, which we don’t really have anything better than it, is the Golden Rule.
We know how it feels when good and bad things happen to us. To exercise the Golden Rule is to understand people have those same feelings and to want to maximise their good feelings in the same way we would want them to maximise our good feelings, but still no ultimate framework.
If there is no ultimate framework for humans, then there are a lot of persuasive frameworks, but there are fewer of those for animals. We want our pets to live good lives, but many people who have looked at PETA, for instance, have had the experience of seeing some of the things they say and deciding that it goes too far.
They are just a dog or just a cat. Or PETA aside, the decision on your dog with a tumor, and it will cause $5,500 to remove the tumor and do chemo. This may buy your dog another year. It doesn’t seem like an illegitimate question, especially if you’re only earning $60,000 per year.
Is it worth spending 10% of your annual income to save your dog another year? It is really hard to keep score around the quality of life of animals.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/29
Scott: As a materialist and an informationist, as defined earlier, nothing transcendent of space and time exists which could be called the soul. Rather, it is bound to the natural world. It is bound to the material world and the information processing ongoing in it.
Rick: Mostly yes, but there are little escapes from that, escape number one, which I don’t believe it, but has implications for the world. Let’s say we’re part of a simulation Matrix-style, the only thing you need to take from a Matrix-style simulation is that it is possible to encode the information that we think, or is, encoded in our brains and have that encoding survive external to our brains, which is something you can imagine happening in the future.
We’ll be able to do brain scans and turn our brains into code, and reproduce those codes in some other framework and have systems that way. That process can be applied to the past less effectively, where you want to make Abraham Lincoln again.
So, you track down his genes by finding his descendants, then come up with a most probable genetic profile and use that profile to develop a model of what his brain was probably like – or you straight out clone him based on most probable genetics.
Then you try to shape his brain based on everything that Lincoln ever wrote, said, and likely experienced. You end up with something that thinks it’s Lincoln, feels that it’s Lincoln, and is, maybe, 80% accurate as a version of Lincoln according to some scale.
Eventually, there will be numbers you can assign to something like this. I don’t know how that will work. We are, from day-to-day and month-to-month, slightly inaccurate reproductions of what we were before.
We change. We forget things. We learn new attitudes. Our brains and consciousnesses change incrementally. We’re okay with that because we’ve evolved to be okay with that. We feel there is, and there is, continuity among ourselves.
We evolved that way. If we didn’t have that, we wouldn’t be able to keep up with the world. There will be means of carrying on, external to the natural processes that carry us on day-to-day, in the future.
They will start out fairly crappy, low fidelity, in the area of wild guesses, but they will get better and better. You can be a materialist and an informationist, and still see the possibility for transcendence beyond our encased consciousness in space and time inside our heads once the technology exists to pull what’s in our heads and reproduce it elsewhere.
If you want, you could call certain deep structures to who we are the soul. You could have some technical resurrection based on some deep parameters. If you want to get creepy and science-fictioney about it, say there’s a revered ancestor, the grandma who lived to 88 and passes away in 2112.
To honor that grandma and by the time we’re good at brain scans, we don’t want to resurrect grandma, but honor her by taking the flavor of her soul, the patterns of her thought, and mold that into your gestating kid.
So, the kid comes out with a hint of grandma. As the kid comes out, they may have some of the same stubbornness, or willingness to stand up for the little guy, or a gruffness that hides a heart of gold, or a deep skepticism.
They’d be able to translate some of that stuff over. People will do all sorts of other stuff. People of the future, if they’re having offspring, will make sure their offspring will have the greatest chances for success.
We tweak our offspring by trying to pass on our values. There may be genetic, brain architecture, and brain chemistry ways to do that later. The creepy people of the future will take advantage of those things. Some of those means you can circle back to this whole idea of the soul.
Scott: Does the consistency over time amount to what some would term the “human spark”? That is, a relative deep consistency over the long haul in someone’s thoughts, behaviours, and general forms of information processing.
The idea of the human spark is a mistaken idea to an informationist because it is a thing to explain why we feel the way we feel as conscious beings. It gets to justify all sorts of differences being essential differences to give us dominion over the world.
We have language. We have art. We have consciousness of ourselves. We are aware of ourselves as conscious beings in the world. All of these different things have been argued to differentiate humans from animals.
Even in the 1930s with behaviorism, there was this idea that animals are collections of behaviors and reflections, and, to some extent, so are we. In the 1930s, it was fairly late to have this completely mechanistic, consciousness-denying, black box model of our experience of the world.
Which still leaves room for this superimposition of the human spark, the human spark is mostly, I think, a mistake, but you can look at mathematical ideas with regards to the ways we process information that we see as most analogous to that idea of the soul.
It would be to the deepest personality traits that are the least mutable over time. That is making excuse for the soul. We are calling these deep personality traits the soul, when it’s just another form of information.
Scott: A lot of historical figures – Augustine, Aquinas, or Anselm, for examples – wrote books referencing the soul. I haven’t read them in a while. They wrote many books. They mentioned the soul. When I did read them, the descriptions of the soul were akin to those with religious or transcendental sentiments and experiences with something as simple as mass.
If someone goes to a Catholic Mass or a Gnostic Mass, they have transcendent feelings and experiences. In the Catholic case, they might be called the “Holy Ghost” or the “Holy Spirit” in terms of the frame of reference that they can conceptualize that feeling, but we have the same genetics of people a couple thousand years ago or a couple, or a few, centuries ago.
To me, that indicates a universality in what people are associating it with a lot of the time. It was associated, in more modern terms, with transcendent experiences, or just emotions and feelings that are rarer and rarefied.
So, how do we and how do people in the past justify talking about the, without a concrete definition and a technical definition of the, soul?
Rick: In olden times, there was a lot of stuff that wasn’t readily explained. If you wanted an explanation, you had to go with a magical explanation or had to default to God. We live in a time where we have an explanation of just about everything including the shape of the universe.
The one area that remains hard to define in people’s minds is consciousness and the soul. Looking at the things that are part of our regular experience have various levels of explanatory complicatedness, gravitation was pretty much solved by Newton in the 1600s.
The shape of the universe, at least as we understand it now for the purposes of contextualizing most observational results, has arisen in the past 100 years. Genetics has been solved in the past 100, 150, years.
Most things have been solved at least in terms of having a superficial understanding. The one thing that remains easy to understand is consciousness and the related idea of the soul. It is a holdover from the magical and God-filled times of 1,000s of years ago.
Because most of the aspects were not understandable or understood, it was relatively common place to talk about things without precise definitions of them. A further definition of the soul, imprecise, is the phenomena it describes is not easily characterized.
Not only is it hard to understand what it might be, it is hard to characterize, but you have to be able to talk about this stuff. The experience of consciousness is common to just about everyone who doesn’t have some weird brain damage.
You have to be able to talk about it even if you can’t exactly define it. Although, by talking about it, you’re making an attempt to define it, which can often end up codifying or building in misconceptions.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/28
Scott: Is the soul a religious assumption?
Rick: Not entirely, as time goes on, we become less religious as we find explanations that don’t require religion, but, even during the most religious times in history, there were still philosophers who would try to think about the soul without necessarily resorting to religion.
So, the soul is mostly seen showing up in religious contexts, but it is still an idea or set of ideas – because definitions vary – that exists outside of religious contexts. Regardless of religious context or not, the soul is the ‘human spark.’
It is the thing that makes us us, which is not anything beyond the material. It is this ineffable, hard-to-define, nebulous, non-specific, magic thing that is us when all of the specifics are removed. It is the general usness of us.
Whether it is a general humanness minus the specifics of any human existence or if it’s the general characteristics of somebody’s personality, the soul is the least specific aspect of humanness. It is what is left when you strip away all of the information and all of the specifics.
Hair color, how rich or poor you are, how old you are, all of those should feed into what the soul is, but if you’re a materialist, as I am, or an informationist, I think there’s nothing once you strip the information away.
I think there are more deep aspects to personality and attitudes to the world, feelings towards the world, such as arguing Einstein’s feeling for the beauty of creation, or the idea that there is a divine order found in beauty, would be closer to his soul than the business of life, of not wearing socks because he didn’t like how socks got holes in them or how they were uncomfortable when your toes poke things.
Or hooking up, when he became famous as the smartest guy in the world, he would have affairs. His deep feelings about what makes a good physical law or physical theory are closer to his soul than the business of when and where he was hooking up with somebody.
Just because something is more nebulous or more ineffable, it is still characterizable via information. Once you remove all information, there’s no room for a soul. I think religious people who naturally assume everybody has a soul don’t spend a lot of time thinking about what a soul may or may not be.
They assume it is the human spark that makes us human as opposed to animals or rocks. That circular definition avoids the need to think specifically what a soul might be. When you get into religion, you can think of the soul as a moral underpinning – like your lungs get by living in a polluted city, where everyone is born with a pure soul.
You try to protect this innocent magic about the world, but the affairs of the world sully it. It still doesn’t help in determining what a soul might be, except that it is a wish list from God or Jesus about how you might want to be. A gift from them that you honor by being good. The gift is life and thought and the feeling of being human.
But again, I don’t even think religious people spend a lot of time thinking about what it is. They think that if they transgress then they are scuffing it up. This innocent thing that exists apart from some ideas, which exists independent of the world but can still be dirtied up by bad deeds in the world – by being dishonored. Since humans have souls, and animals don’t, then we’re different from animals.
There’s one thing. I think we are more educated about the mechanics of information processing than people of the past, so we don’t need to resort to the soul as a patch for any areas where we don’t understand how we work. But we don’t have a deep understanding of how we work, it does seem to be coming.
Thing two is since we understand how we work materially – that is, the ways thought comes from material processes in the world – then we don’t need that soul to explain thought to ourselves, which means we might be more open to looking at animals, if we live closely with animals, as having similar mental processes to us, but crappier because their brains are smaller.
I look at my dog. I see my dog having similar drives. Things the dog wants. Things the dog likes. Things the dog doesn’t like. The dog feeling good. The dog feeling bad. But on a much smaller scale, and on a mental landscape with less variety of emotion, it has less mental objects in it because she’s a dog.
She’s got a limited repertoire of likes, dislikes, emotions, because her brain could fit in a pill bottle. The dogs brain is maybe the size of two ping-pong balls taped together. She will be living in a scaled down existence compared to a human with a head that weighs 8 pounds and a brain that weights 2 or 3 pounds, but we still have a lot of mental characteristics in common that don’t need to be differentiated between via the idea that I have a magic thing called a soul.
It is more based on brain size and lifespan. I think people who are pro-life – I don’t think people put much thought into their positions of pro-life vs. pro-choice, but if they’d been taught about it they’d say your soul is attached to you at conception.
Otherwise, why get so upset over what happens to a tiny glob of cells that isn’t anywhere near what we think of as human? One way of arguing for pro-life is the soul gets stuck to you once you’re conceived. Another way of arguing is the potential is there.
Once a fetus or a human is conceived, if everything goes well for that fetus, that fetus will develop into a baby and you shouldn’t deny that potential. Although, you can argue against that in a variety of ways. What about those that are stillborn?
But we’re talking about the soul, not so much about anti-abortion, but the deal is that pro-choice vs. pro-life hasn’t really lessened much in vehemence since Roe v. Wade indicates that we’re going to enter into a landscape of further controversy and confusion, even when we start to have mathematical definitions of consciousness.
People are going to hold onto their attitudes about humans being special versus animals. If you think about being a meat eater, there are assumptions about specialness, or you have to live with the idea that you’re killing conscious beings because you like meat.
So, you have all of those confusions, even when we have the math of consciousness pinned down. When we have the index, the consciousness index, the amount of information being exchanged consciously in a human might be assigned at a base number of 100.
In a dog, it might be 12 or 14. In a pig, it might be 20. The amount of information being processed in that animal’s consciousness moment-to-moment or on average according to some index.
Further problems will arise when we have artificial but conscious information processors, AIs that process information consciously, which is broadband information sharing, real-time, among specialist sub-systems with, to some extent, value judgments and emotions being associated with the information.
One way to think of value judgments and emotion is informationally. That emotions set up a framework for thinking about the information that you’re processing. Information links the being’s goals and drives to the information it is receiving by evaluating the information relative to goals and drives, and feeling good if the information reflects the fulfillment of the goals and drives, or feeling bad at the thwarting of those goals and drives.
Emotions and values are the scorekeepers for information. It seems reasonable that some AIs will operate in ways that can be considered emotional. Wanting things, feeling good when they are closer to achieving goals, emotions aren’t just a magical overlay to add flavor to life. They are helpful interpreters of information.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/27
Scott: I wanted to get something more from that. That is, the deep characteristics or the traits of an individual would be, as you define it, aspects of the soul or the soul as a whole. So, vices and virtues can be expressed through that definition.
Rick: Yes, when you look at Obama – Liberals, at least based on approval ratings, think of him as a good guy. He is less transparent, though, more enigmatic than President Trump. So, you’d have to make more guesses about Obama’s deep personality traits.
Scott: What would you consider his vices and virtues?
Rick: An eagerness to or a tendency to see the goodness to people. To some people, and possibly to me, it led to him being played by the Republicans, who during the 21st century have become willing to practice politics with deep cynicism.
Scott: What about historical figures, e.g. politicians, scientists, artists, and activists?
Rick: Let’s look at Einstein, he had some transparent aspects. Public figures tend to want to promote certain personality traits. They want to advertise their souls, without calling it that, as having certain characteristics. Einstein liked to publicize his, and this is not a deep characterization of Einstein, his childish carelessness about worldly behaviour. He turns to somebody at a big dinner and says, “I’m not wearing socks.” Apparently, when he was younger, he decided that socks weren’t worth it because socks get holes in the toes and decided if you don’t have socks then you don’t have that problem.
That tells you more about his soul than him telling somebody that he doesn’t wear socks. One is the soul indicator. Another is the PR (public relations). But there are a bunch of quotes about Einstein’s belief in an aesthetic determinant in deciding theories of the universe. That when you’re trying to understand the universe, if you come upon a theory that is elegant and beautiful, then it pretty much has to be true because God doesn’t work in ugly, clunky, ways.
So, the sense of the beauty in mathematical physics might be an aspect of Einstein’s soul. An expectation that whatever explains the universe is going to be beautiful, simple, and elegant. Anyway, your soul can be seen as your deeper personality characteristics independent of daily trivia. A long-standing, well-established, not just specific beliefs but, rhythm behind those beliefs, which, I believe, all of those things, like daily trivia, can be seen within our information map. Beliefs can be seen in your information map teased out of it, somehow, and then even the rhythm behind your beliefs – the deep, deep themes to what you think – can probably be teased from out of your information map.
However, maybe with more difficulty, perhaps represent arrangements of information within your information map at different scales, daily trivia might be more localized in terms of the processing. In terms of the significant beliefs, they may have more complicated and larger structures, and the themes behind your beliefs might have larger structures still, or I might be making the wrong analogy there, where the deeper and larger your beliefs then the more mental landscape it will have to encompass.
The difference between consciousness and the soul is consciousness at any moment can focus on gross toes while the soul is deep rhythms of belief. More profound principles of what makes you you. It is more profound to describe me as somebody who wants to think about the deep structure of the world, but often finds himself distracted. That is a deeper description of me rather than to describe me as somebody who picks a zit that may or may not be there and picks at his toe fungus.
(Laugh)
Scott: Derivative from the soul comes vices and virtues. They represent deeper aspects, consistent long-term aspects, of an individual’s beliefs, behaviours, and thoughts.
Rick: Yes.
Scott: What can, in general, be termed vices, and what can, in general, be termed virtues within this definition because the main principles that are consistent across cultures, across time, basically amount to the Golden Rule?
Rick: Yes, I would think that most things that would come across as deeper virtues would be a love for others, which is the Golden Rule. It is that you can’t practice the Golden Rule unless you have a model of what you yourself like, and then you have an idea of other people, and that they would like the same thing, at a deep level. You see that people since Trump became a political force have been looking for signs of good in Trump.
Many people find it. I watched inauguration coverage on CNBC, which is the stock market channel. On CNBC, they are talking about the good in Trump. That he will set America free. That as a self-driven businessman that he understands business. That he understands how to make America a good place to do business, so that the algorithm for finding good in Trump is from selfishness comes an understanding of the self, particularly the business self, that when bestowed upon another sets America free.
Whether or not that is how it really plays out with Trump, there’s some Golden Rule there. Anytime you hear the statement that includes “with a heart of gold.” Often, you hear “hooker with a heart of gold.”
(Laugh)
That means somebody with a harsh mercantile, mercenary, immediate presence, and if you scratch them at all then you find a deep tenderness under the crusty exterior, and I’d say the search for goodness among people is a search to find people’s better angels. Even when, they wear their worst angels on their sleeves, as Trump does. Trump supporters see the crusty exterior as speaking truth and speaking from a less bullshit-mediated appreciation of people, regular people, than normal politicians.
Anyway, I agree with you. The deepest virtues tend to be linked to The Golden Rule, and you can link The Golden Rule to order and persistence in the world. That we’re creations of a world of increasing order. Evolved beings are creations of long-term increasing order or, at least, long-term maintained order, and forces that favor that are seen as virtuous. Cthulhu, the soul destroyer, the soul sucker, is a deep expression of the violation and destruction of order.
It is a fearsome thing. Most, I’d say, horror movies involve destruction or corruption, certainly slasher movies. You take human bodies and the minds and personalities that those bodies support, then you hack those up. That is deep unfixable destruction. It is scary. Forces of order, the maintenance of order, are seen as virtues. Forces of destruction are seen as vices. Satan is a corrupted angel. A force of good turned bad. Everything boils down. We’ve evolved to want to persist, to want to survive, to want to carry on our values. If not through us, then through succeeding generations and society in general. Virtues are associated with order and the passing on of beliefs, and vices are destructive.
Scott: I can envision two separate diagrams. One label, soul, that bifurcates into virtues and vices, then those divide into various things relative to The Golden Rule, and then another one would be separate, to clarify. It would be The Golden Rule like a bubble with various branches coming out of it.
Rick: Yes, I keep coming back to the election. You have different models of competing goodness. People who supported Hillary supported the idea that good is accomplished through the political establishment, through an incremental at least series of social improvements across the past 8 years, e.g. gay marriage, increasing number of people being insured. These are imperfect, but incremental steps, to a greater good. A more all-encompassing good. On the other side, that entrenched political structure is seen as highly corrupt and is needing to be overthrown by a different order. An order that supports traditional values.
It will sweep away increasing corruption as seen with the purported high costs of Obamacare, and with the creeping corrosion of anything goes in terms of sexual behavior. But it is still competing interpretations of goodness, and trying to increasing goodness in the world. And it is also associated with the persistence and increase of good. That each side sees itself as being associated with a force for gradually, if not suddenly, increasing good across history, which means that I’ve heard a lot of arguments that boil down to Utilitarianism. The greatest good for the greatest number.
Scott: John Stuart Mill, who followed Jeremy Bentham, considered utilitarianism following the Nazarene. They are synonyms in a way.
Rick: A Republican congressman on MSNBC argued a weird take on greatest good for the greatest number. He said instead of trying to get the most people covered by insurance. We should be trying to get the most people the best care. So, you don’t count by how many people are covered. You instead devote your resources to making sure that sick people get the best care, even if that means fewer people are covered. He was weighting a different aspect of the system in a way that I thought was bullshitty, but somehow he was saying by, in my mind, cutting a bunch of people loose that you somehow have more resources to give better treatment to the people who need it. It just seemed to be just transparent excuse-making. Who knows, we’ll see how everything plays out.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/26
Scott: In general, what is the difference between the soul and consciousness, to you?
Rick: Before we get to me, we should get to how those terms are really nebulous and have been subject to dozens of different interpretations over the histories of their use. To me, the soul has more of a religious connotation and is some characteristic of being that may or may not be bestowed by God.
A magic extra ingredient that exists in terms of being, which transcends the body, at least according to a bunch of definitions of the soul. It is something that can exist after the body and has lived before the body, but, in modern interpretations of that including hokey things like ‘going to heaven and coming back to Earth’ movies, there seems to be with the soul an erasing of almost all experience.
That even when you’re reincarnated according to the rules of a bunch of movies. Maybe not Heaven Can Wait, but other movies that have to do with heavenly reincarnation, you can start over as a, more or less, blank slate. Of course, we shouldn’t necessarily trust Hollywood producers and screenwriters to have deep thoughts about the afterlife.
Scott: What about purported autobiographies by children, sometimes, and adults, other times?
Rick: I don’t place a lot of weight on that stuff. Some of that stuff was big with Elizabeth Kübler–Ross. Anyway, you die and go towards the light. If you’re lucky enough to almost die and then come back, you come back with stories about having seen the light. All of that stuff can tend to be explained away by neural events associated with your brain shutting down.
I don’t buy that trip to heaven stuff from 6-year-olds. My view of the soul: once you remove all information from the putative soul, then it seems like you have nothing left. Now, you could argue, but I haven’t heard anybody argue, that you could remove all information from the soul and still have innate biases that if somebody is lovingly gruff. If an old person, then they come back as a lovingly gruff baby. I haven’t heard arguments about that. Arguments that are about the soul existing in a state without information. I don’t buy that. What’s left? Not anything.
Scott: Would you hold to the position of absolute finality? With the death of the body and the brain, the death of the “soul.”
Rick: No, that’s a separate issue. The issues I’m talking about now is if you can have a soul that moves on if you have no information that moves on. In terms of “is death the end?”, there’s Pascal’s Wager, which says that if there’s any deal you could make with possible higher beings before you die then make that deal on the off chance that they exist. I agree with that up to a reasonable point.
Then there’s the idea of various forms of technical resurrection. For instance, if we exist as a Matrix-type simulation, which I don’t think we do, then there’s no reason that upon death to think that the information that you’re made of in the simulation can’t be remade. If we’re in the Matrix, there’s no reason that you can’t be re-embodied because we’re part of an information-based simulation that is being administered in some external entity.
That entity can pretty much, as long as it has the information from which we are comprised then it, can resurrect us, but I don’t think that we live in the Matrix. We have the potential with the technology in the medium- to long-term future to engage in some Matrix-type hocus pocus. Where, eventually, we’ll be able to codify and turn into usable information the information that exists in individual brains – be able to get in there somehow and be able to map the information, maybe even map the information to a certain reasonable extent without even sending a bunch of nanobots to crawl along your dendrites to see what neural network you have.
Eventually, we’ll be able to codify and record the state of information in your head in increasingly strong ways with increasing fidelity and accuracy. Right now, we could resurrect – in fact, there’s an episode of Black Mirror that resurrects – somebody based on the social media trace that person left in a zillion Twitter and Facebook posts that can lead to a replication of that person, at least to the extent that that person interacts with their girlfriend based on the plot of this thing.
It is not unreasonable to think this. People have tried to build Shakespeare simulators based on the plays that he left behind. Many modern people end up leaving behind almost as many words as Shakespeare, maybe even more. You can simulate people’s ways of being that way. In the future, we’ll take that stuff. We’ll take genetic information. It will probably take some brain mapping to build simulations of people or as people get built-in bio-circuitry. That bio-circuitry will have information about the organic circuitry that it is interacting with, the organic circuitry.
There will be increasing ways to bring out more and more information about what informationally makes a person that individual person, and making increasingly accurate resurrections or simulations of those people.
Scott: How does that relate to the relationship between consciousness and the soul?
Rick: If the soul isn’t anything that transcends information, if the soul is the feeling you have of being a person, a unique person alive in the world, that magic feeling I would more associate with consciousness, then the magical uniqueness that makes you you via your mental picture of the world, then the soul isn’t anything that transcends information. I’d argue that the soul and consciousness are pretty much the same thing.
Scott: An emergence from the broadband processing of mutually shared information among sub-processors in a larger system.
Rick: Yes and no. Let me take back a little bit of what I said about the soul and consciousness being the same thing. Backtracking from saying consciousness and the soul are the same thing, thinking more about it, I think not. As an old guy, I have terrible toenails. When I am tending to them, I am focusing on my horrible toenails. Nobody, or a few, people would argue that that says anything about my soul, by focusing on my toenails. Although, I could make that argument.
Anyway, the minutiae of moment-to-moment attention might be your consciousness, but it isn’t your soul. Your soul is your deep strokes of your personality, the deep aspects of your personality and attitudes that constitute you after a lifetime of being you. In terms of some picture of information-space, say, we don’t know what information-space looks like exactly, but you’ve got to figure that frequently used processes, nexuses, or heuristics, or subroutines that are constantly used, for instance, like words.
Whatever heuristics generate the words that pop up in your consciousness and/or pop out of your mouth, those structures in information-space are large and almost always on when you’re awake. You’re going to have words available to you to describe what’s going on with you. There are big verbal structures. There are big visual-processing structures. Similarly, there should be large well-developed attitudinal structures, philosophical structures. Structures that pertain to your deepest personality characteristics and attitudes about the world.
Maybe, e.g. charitableness, a belief in justice, a sense of irony, a tendency to make bad jokes and puns, cynicism, giving people the benefit of the doubt, all of those things that people think of you as you if people were to eulogize you. Those things might be thought of as your basic personality characteristics. When you think of different people, like Trump, today is Trump’s Inauguration Day. Trump’s soul might be belief in individual enterprise, egotism, easily takes offense, tends to exploit whatever is financially exploitable in a given situation, a deep seated belief in America as a place for enterprise. If you ask a hundred people what makes Trump, you would get some basic personality traits of Trump.
Scott: Those would be vices in Trump in general as aspects of the soul as deep characteristics of the individual.
Rick: Well, vices, liberals see Trump’s deepest characteristics as being a sort of a huckster, a showman, an exploiter of financial schemes, but conservatives – people have been going out on the street during the last week leading up to the inauguration and asking Trump supporters what they think – find the plain spokenness and his telling-it-like-it-is preferable. It annoys non-Trump supporters because he seems to be a bullshitter to non-Trump supporters. Trump seems to have some recognizable basic personality traits.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rick Rosner, and Marco Ripà
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/25
Scott: What are other aspects of the dynamic IQ test?
Rick: There’s also the positive reinforcement. Somebody takes this test over and over and gradually, perhaps, improves. Another aspect of the Cooijmans model of genius is conscientiousness. Where if somebody takes your test over and over again, gets a little better, a little better, and a littler better, on average over time, it may translate into more persistence in other areas of their lives. “If I can do this, then I can do other stuff.” They have shown positive benefits from video games. People who work through incredibly challenging video games, where an average video game should take 60 hours to work through.
Marco: Take Tetris, for example, you can improve your Tetris abilities playing Tetris. I don’t know if my test is the same as this. I don’t know because I haven’t played Tetris and kept track to say, “You’re improving taking 10 tests” – say a standard deviation after 50 tests, I can’t say this. If you improve a standard deviation after 100 tests, it would, in my opinion, be a problem. If you improve a standard deviation taking 3 tests. It would be quite strange and not so good to use them in order to identify very high IQ people. Obviously, Rick, you can take the test for free, if you’re interested.
(Laugh)
Rick: I could take the test, but there’s always the chance that I’ll mess it up and ruin my reputation.
Marco: The ceiling is 172. Nobody has reached the top score. 2,000 people have tried the test. Nobody has achieved a perfect score.
Rick: That’s an awesome number. A big problem is to get enough people to be able to norm it.
Marco: It is an online test. So, it is quite challenging to take an online test using a fake name with a made up address.
Rick Rosner: You’ll know if Nick Nosner takes the test.
(Laugh)
Marco: The norm has been created using friends and so on. It is stable. More than 40 people, I have used their results. Those people, everybody has already taken a recognized test. We have about 130 zeta scores to create the norm.
Rick: That’s great.
Scott: Two points, one, the main forms of genius that have been talked about are IQ based, whether Enrico Fermi, Einstein, Newton, or Richard Feynman. Those have been the names that have been coming up. As well, the tests that have been coming up have been IQ tests. What about other forms of genius, e.g. moral genius?
Rick: We haven’t talked about creative genius. My kid is working with, and looking at, historic textiles. Jane Austen, the novelist, and her family put together a quilt with 3,000 pieces. I don’t know what the relevance is, exactly.
(Laugh)
But if you’re Jane Austen, her genius generated a bunch of novels that are universally beloved. Even though, she didn’t live to age 42. She somehow came up with these beautifully balanced works that resonate 200 years later. Of course, she and her family would create this ridiculously awesome quilt.
Anyway, with mathematical or scientific genius, there’s the idea that even without the genius science will churn forward and generate the same results, but, maybe, it takes a few years longer. But with creative genius, you have to imagine if Jane Austen was hit by a trolley or a carriage. We don’t know if anybody would ever replicate her work. Einstein would have been replicated by Poincaré or some other dude, or dudette. Jane Austen might be unreplicatable. In the future, I assume we’ll have Jane Austen software that will generate pretty good Jane Austen novels. Anyway, we haven’t talked about creative genius in fields where you’re not trying to scientifically characterize reality. You’re trying to do art.
(Laugh)
Marco: A couple geniuses I like, Newton for the math and Wozniak for the computer era. So, he had the creation of the Apple software and so on. The operative system that led to the development of the technology, which allowed the Skype we’re using now. These geniuses, in my opinion, have contributed very much to the development of human beings.
Scott: Wozniak, Newton, and Jane Austen, any other thoughts on creative genius?
Marco: Darwin was a creative genius. In that era, evolutionary theory wasn’t so close to their minds. Newton also was Catholic, if I’m not getting it wrong. He developed his theory and wrote a letter to the Pope asking why he reached that goal if it’s not a problem with the religion. If the world is as to my calculations, let me assume the universe has this form, where is the error or the missing piece of the puzzle? For this reason, I choose Newton as an example of a genius.
Rick: Newton was a miserable guy. He was a mean guy. He was given away by his mom at 10. She married a new guy. Newton was given to a local person for many years. That probably didn’t help his disposition or his mental health. Newton was a mess in certain ways. That leads to the area of comedy. With comedians, there is a common wisdom that you need to have a terrible early experience to give you a corroded view of humanity, and that makes for being a good comedian.
You can discuss about what you need to anneal to put potential geniuses through fire of miserable experience to come out with hardened genius on the other side. Probably not. Or with actors, if you look at the early lives of actors, their families moved around a lot. Like Tom Hanks, he went to like a dozen different schools. Actors always ending up in a new school developing new friends develop these fluid actor-ish personalities.
Marco: I choose Shakespeare and Dante Alighieri. They were also great geniuses in my opinion. Shakespeare was a genius in a horizontal way. He was able to embrace human beings as they are, really are. Alighieri was transcendental experience, starting with the human limited way of being and then going up and up reaching to the sky and the gods.
They are very different. Dante was 2 centuries earlier than Shakespeare. Shakespeare learned something from Dante, but developed a very different way of writing and also a different way of analyzing the world and humanity. It was very different. It is hard to make a comparison and say which was greater, in my opinion.
Rick: I’ve noticed. We talked about examples of people who died early. Shakespeare didn’t live that long. Jane Austen didn’t live that long. Newton lived for frickin’ ever. I’d say the thing that is positively correlated with genius is having at least a normal lifespan, especially in the creative endeavours – not so much in math and science – or in the arts. In the arts, it helps to live a long life.
Scott: Any concluding thoughts? We opened with Marco. We’ll close with Rick. Marco, what about the overarching discussion from tests to characteristics into minutiae like lifespan?
Marco: It is really hard to create a test to measure genius – to identify and measure genius potential and so on. Genius is a combination of abilities and aspects. It is a combination of perseverance, creativity, IQ. Different aspects such as luck and the team. Depending on the topic, the field, these aspects can be more or less important. For example, in mathematics, IQ, perseverance, and knowledge, etc., would be more important rather than in philosophy or letters. Shakespeare was a genius, but was focused on feelings and emotional aspects of people – analyzing them and creating a fast way to express these thoughts.
It was like a rock song for that period. So, the genius is different from the level of field and the period. Somebody who looks forward and is a step ahead rather than the other colleagues. It is harder to have a general definition of genius. It is hard to say if Shakespeare was greater than Einstein. I don’t know. I can’t say anything in this way. I am too small to give a judgment on Einstein or Shakespeare.
Scott: Thank you, Marco. And Rick?
Rick: I think Genius will become more common, more replicatable, as the world becomes more and more immersed in the sphere of computation and information, which isn’t a terrible thing and it will give genius the opportunity to manifest itself in more and more unusual ways and places. It won’t just belong to the, historically, the greatest geniuses, who have tended to be seen as white men – as with a lot of stuff. It has been that kind of chauvinism, which, in the future, will be more perceived across a wider spectrum of humanity. It’ll be more people having a shot at it, more different types of people will have a shot at it.
Scott: Thank you both for your time.
Rick: Marco, thank you, that was fun.
Marco: Thank you too, Rick. It is an honor for me to talk with you. Very thankful to Scott, for giving me this opportunity. Thank you very much.
Rick: Thank you, Scott. I’m going to go make myself presentable for my wife.
Scott: You both have my email. Anytime.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rick Rosner, and Marco Ripà
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/24
Scott: What about the far future of intelligence testing? Not simply the verbal, mathematical, and spatial ones, or the culture fair/non-verbal ones, but things using advanced technology such as brain scans, and then you can give a rough estimate, the person takes the test and they get a rough estimate akin to those taken from pencil-and-paper tests.
Marco: I prefer non-verbal tests rather than verbal because the verbal tests are not so Gf (Fluid Intelligence), using Spearman’s definition.
Scott: Right, right.
Marco: However, you can mix the items on the test for a more accurate score. In my opinion, the best test, for verbal, is the WAIS-IV. It is the most complete test. It is the best test, even though it is not Gf loaded. You are not measuring pure IQ. You are measuring IQ as a potential and concrete skills. It is the best test to predict scholastic achievements, good work, and so on. Different tools for different measures.
Scott: Rick, you had something to say.
Rick: One problem with tests now is they are time consuming. IQ tests were initially designed to be fairly blunt instruments to see if kids need extra help in school. The first IQ scale went from 1-5. 1 and 2, you need help because you’re not mentally gifted. 3, you’re fine. 4 and 5, you need extra help because you might be mentally gifted. Then the Americans took over and put it on a 100-point mean scale. There is a question if you need to make a difference between an IQ of 138 and 162. According to the 1-5 scale, there’s not an effective difference between those IQs because those kids, the 138 IQ kid and the 162 IQ kid, are going to be bored in class and will need extra stuff.
But if you want to differentiate between 148 and 178. Somebody is going to have to sit down and take a long test or a tough test. That means, you miss people because a lot of people are like “That’s not my thing. I’m just going to do my stuff. I don’t care whether to know my IQ. I seem to have done okay in school. I haven’t had trouble in any of the classes I ever took. So, I am okay knowing I have this level of effective smartness. I don’t need to take an IQ test, and spend many hours practicing and taking IQ tests.”
Another problem with the history of IQ tests is they are external. You measure somebody’s thinking product. That’s not how we measure how good computers are. We look at their guts, their circuitry, and how they’re arranged. We come up with, more or less, exact numbers on the number of computations per second. In the future, as we figure out how to look inside brains better, and in the medium and far future, our brains will become more linked to external measures of computation. The measures of thinking will be these power numbers based on what’s actually going on in the brain-machine combination.
IQ tests are behavioristic. In the 1930s, there was behaviorism. Scientists looked at brains. They thought, “It is too hard right now. Let’s measure or analyze the output.” It’s like IQ tests. In the future, we’ll have a better understanding of the mechanics of brains and computing. We’ll have power numbers.
Marco: We have focused on only the development of the dynamic IQ test. It is the same thing as Raven’s Matrices. Each time, you have a different test using different parameters with a different set of solutions related to the matrices. However, the norm is stable. It is stable from test-to-test. We can develop a very large number of tests. It is about 100 billion different tests using a set of ~2,500 different figures for every cell of the matrices. You can get a very large number of different tests.
Rick: What Marco is doing important, for a number of reasons, it is hard for people to cheat because everybody gets a different test.
Marco: You can cheat on this test because every time you will see a different test, and the order of the items will be partially mixed, but it is not so easy to explain.
(Laugh)
Rick: It means people can’t share answers. You will get different problems the person before you. Like the tests in the past, like the Mega Test, it only had 48 answers. As the Internet came along, those answers became available to people who could search them.
Marco: Every test has a matrix. Every cell of the matrix can be ~2,500. If you combine the basic shapes, square, equilateral triangle, and circle, combining two of these figures, you can create about ~2,500.
Rick: That’s nice, and elegant. Another reason the technology you’re developing is important is because you can tailor the tests to people’s abilities. In America, for example, the SAT is somewhat tailored to the test-taker’s previous performance on the test. If you get some right, the SAT gives you harder problems. If you get some right, some wrong, you get some harder and some easier problems. If you get some wrong, you get easier problems. Somebody bright doesn’t have to work through 80 problems and get 78 of them right to get a result. Instead, that person might get to work through a representative sample of the easy problems, then move on to harder problems, so that in a test window you can get a more personally tailored test and a more accurate representation of that person’s abilities – and not make them do a bunch of busywork. You can tailor to somebody who is not so good, too.
Marco: My problem is the norm. It would be harder to norm the test that way. It would be interesting to create a test that made the difficulty in the middle part of the test based on your result in the first part of the test.
Rick: The purpose of IQ tests should be to give you results that can be used in things you can do in the rest of life, as with every tests. “You’re good here. You’re not so good here. You might think of doing this or this. You might think of exploring these areas of endeavour that seem to mesh well with your skill and interest set.”
Marco: I can’t spoil our goal…Our main goal is to use our test to create a test that you can use to see if your IQ or abilities in that field are increasing or not, or if they are dropping below a certain standard. So, it can be used to help you. It can be used to see if a young boy, for example, has abilities and so on. Also, the test is cheat-free. You cannot cheat in a dynamic test, especially if you take a dynamic test and are supervised.
If there is somebody watching you taking the test without your computer with you, you can’t cheat on this test. I can imagine in the future somebody can develop a program that will solve and recognize the figures. It will solve the matrices. A computer could help in this way. It would be hard to create this program. It is possible. If you take the test, and if it is supervised, it is possible to cheat. But this is online, you could take the test using a computer. But if somebody watching you take the test on this computer, it is fine.
Rick: There is a growing industry of practice games and drugs that claim to help people become smarter. There’s a lot of, I think, competence anxiety in the world today because, among other things, automation is removing work areas that don’t require much in the way of thinking skills. The world itself keeps becoming faster, more complicated, and people want to be able to keep up. It used to be said that things like the SAT, IQ, and intelligence were a lone number. Also, it stayed the same throughout life and couldn’t change it.
Now, the philosophy is that with practice, good nutrition, and supplementation could help people become smarter. Your test, Marco, by providing a baseline where people can take the test over, and over, and it has the same set of norms. People can see if there is any sort of improvement going on. Now, it is improvement on the test, but is it improvement in general or on general intelligence? For every test or task on the test, there’s probably some analysis to be done: Is this an improvement in specific skills or is this an improvement in general skills?
Marco: For improvement, in the specific abilities, it will be high, by definition, if we put it in comparison with the improvement in general cognitive abilities of the person, but this improvement wouldn’t be so high. So, if the test is different every time, you can take about 10, or a standard deviation, of improvement from the initial standard. Another issue, I think, is we need to adopt tests to be sure somebody isn’t cheating, taking drugs, for the test. It is strange. If you’re talking about IQ tests, I arrange the test, then okay. If you’re using the test in school to monitor the drop in abilities under a given standard, time-by-time. Also, you can use the same test. For example, every 6 months, you can use the same test to see if a male of about 80-years-old is losing their ability to solve a given item. If so, they might have Alzheimer’s.
Rick: Also, it can be used for fun. People might use it over and over again to see if they can improve.
Marco: It is an addicting game. Some people have written about 10 tests. Somebody bought 10 tests at a time. I don’t know if he ever expressed a big improvement.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rick Rosner, and Marco Ripà
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/24
Scott: What else about social media?
Marco: It is not so easy to change your mind through ads on social media as well. I remember a poll on Facebook. It said about 80% of people don’t change their minds watching a post, on social media. It is not so easy. Then in Italy, our referendum, yes or no, a constitutional referendum was a bit like Trump’s victory in the USA. Our prime minister here, it wasn’t an easy referendum. Now, we have a different prime minister, in Italy.
Rick: You guys couldn’t get out from under Berlusconi for years. He’s Trump, basically.
Marco: We’ve had three different prime ministers who weren’t chosen by the people. The Italian president, of the Italian Republic, nominates the prime minister. Three different prime ministers who were against the people’s will. This is quite sad in my opinion. Now, we have the fourth prime minister who wasn’t chosen by the people.
Rick: Is he any good?
Marco: I think the world is changing a little bit in Europe too. Trump, it is an important step for Europe as well. Italy looks at the West and then also the USA. It is important to manipulate Italian minds too. This is true.
Scott: Is the system as sophisticated as in the United States, though?
Marco: People fear everything. They are afraid of change. But if they see something is changing in the rest of the world, they will take this upon themselves and will try to do the same things if they think something is wrong. They have to have courage to do this. They have to understand the rest of the world has something changing right now.
Rick: The US, we tend to ignore the rest of the world. The pipeline of information about the rest of the world flowing through our news is much narrower than I think in European countries.
Marco: With Trump, on the chair, we have suffered a kind of rebound.
Rick: Backlash.
Marco: Yes.
Rick: Maybe, the principle is that the way society and technology is changing. Genius is becoming more and more embedded in social structures that share more and more information including people who are purportedly geniuses.
Scott: We’ve identified some geniuses, identified some definitions, identified some possible issues that might arise with it. Also, some positive trends that might come with it, such as more collaboration with it. It leads to the next step. What can people do to sift effectively through this deluge of information, this pouring down of information, that is picking up pace – and new forms of information, not just more information?
Marco: Every topic is more complex if we compared it to the past. You need to work in a team to develop something greater compared to the past. It is not so easy to do something great alone. That’s the problem. The point, in my opinion, is that genius is someone who develops something, but to develop something new needs a team. Now, it is too difficult to do something new alone without help. You need to focus on a specific topic while somebody else focuses on another part of it. Another specific part of it. Then you need to put it together to strike something great.
Scott: Rick?
Rick: The barrage of information, available information, perhaps, changes what kinds of genius will be most effective in the world. Paul Cooijmans has three principles of genius. One is associative width, which is the number of analogies you can come up with to tackle a problem.
Scott: Associative width or associative horizon?
Rick: Associative width or horizon, or something, how that will work will change since everyone has almost all of human information via our devices if you know how to use it, how to access it. One of the tasks that affects genius now as compared to 100 years ago is, instead of information-getting, information-shifting. Einstein built big imaginary structures. He did gedankenexperiments, thought experiments, that led to a lot of his great discoveries. He built them in his own imagination. Now, 100 years later, there are all of the worlds you could possibly want by clicking around.
It remains to be seen if the geniuses of our era will be geniuses of synthesization, of sifting and combining all of these huge masses of information together in genius ways. Everybody has their own foibles and dysfunctions around information. My mom, for instance, is a borderline hoarder. Newspapers come in, mail comes in, and she thinks she’ll get through it all. It accumulates because she never gets through it all. But she’s barely online. For someone barely online, they will be even more snowed under by the continuous flows of massive amounts of information.
Marco: In my opinion, he had a big way, a different way, of thinking about the world, the universe, and its role, but he couldn’t win the Nobel Prize. He couldn’t win the theory with matrices. Some different pieces of the puzzle that, in the past, other people developed. He found a lot of different tools that helped to create the theory, relativity theory. There is a mathematical presentation that he couldn’t skip – to present the theory at conferences to get the achievements for the goal he was able to reach.
You can theorize, steal something from the past, and use it by yourself. Now, this isn’t possible. You have to do everything real-time with other people by staying connected and trying to proceed step-by-step together. That period, you can do a thing. This is my result, and somebody will use my achievement to do something new. Now, it is different. If you tackle a problem or topic, you need to stay with others to do it at the same time.
Rick: Where, in the past, there were fewer people marching forward in any field, but even Einstein needed his buddies that he would meet in the café to move things forward. For relativity, one of his friends said, “You have to look at this,” which was Matrix Theory or something. But if you’re in a popular field, you’re marching with 100s and possibly 1,000s of different people in different directions. One strategy for being a genius is to find a field that has fewer people in it, or to invent a field of your own.
So, you can find the stuff that is findable and aren’t competing at an Easter Egg hunt with at least 300 other people. Each in the same field. Each field has its easily found, and more difficult-to-find, results. One aspect of genius, historically, was having a different experiential background, which led to different thoughts. Darwin went on a 5-year, around-the-world voyage and sees a bunch of different geographies and creatures. Does he come up with the theory of evolution without doing that? Probably not, he certainly doesn’t come up with the 100s and maybe 1,000s of examples that he spent the next 20 years laying out without having this experience that nobody else had.
Marco: In our dynamic test, there was something similar. I came up with the idea in 2011. Then I talked about this idea in 2012, but then it took about 5 years to develop the real test.
(Laugh)
Also, I needed other people to accomplish this goal. I asked them to help me with my algorithm. I said, “This is the algorithm. You have to translate these instructions in a program.” We tried to see if something doesn’t work, and it didn’t work. We came up with a different. Finally, we have achieved the algorithm. It is online. It wasn’t as easy as I thought in 2012. It was very difficult to reach a dynamic online test without any flaws or without any colleague. Also, you can develop a collegial relationship between two different figures in the instruction field. You can’t distinguish with your eyes.
You have 3×3 square matrices. But given the chance, you can find two solutions that are the same figure using your eyes. If the computer ever presents two different strings of letters and numbers, you have to delay at least one of them to have a unique option for every different figure in the option field. This isn’t easy to predict before. You have to try to write the program and then generate a lot of different tests, and see if something doesn’t work.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rick Rosner, and Marco Ripà
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/22
Scott: Maybe, there’s a strong positive that might come from this greater collaboration or the need for greater collaboration among the high ability set because it is too hard, as in the Enrico Fermi example you gave, Marco, to know or do everything alone. There have been examples like the Unabomber. A very anti-social person. This greater need for collaboration might work against those antisocial tendencies more. Does that seem reasonable?
Marco: I think being alone is a problem for everybody. If you’re alone, as I said before, it is a big problem for everybody, including geniuses and regular people. On YouTube, you have to deal with different creators, not only people who go to YouTube to watch a video. We are doing a lot of angles and live-streaming, also to talk about YouTube itself or to speak about something that hasn’t occurred on the platform. This is quite new for me, but I find this interesting with this period. We are working on a YouTube Italia, not only in YouTube. It is a little box, and it’s fine with me. It is my true work.
(Laugh)
I can’t speak for television or others, but, for me, these angles and live-streaming are a good way to skip these additional problems as a creator on the platform, not only in real life.
Scott: Any thoughts, Rick?
Rick: In terms of the interactions among people, when I grew up in the 60s and 70s, it was assumed everybody was okay, and was pretty much well-served by things as they were, schools for instance. Everybody in my experience went to public school, and was assumed to be able to get a decent education and would be fine. People might have different roles in the school like jocks and nerds, and stoners, but everyone would pretty much turn out okay.
Now, I think that there’s been certain aspects – like 80s high school movies deconstructed how schools work socially – with a certain deeper deconstruction and analysis of how people interact as part of the tech revolution, where you don’t get things like Cortana or Siri without somebody trying to figure out how human interactions go on. I think we’re served better by analysis of how people work well together and communicate with each other. I have done this on a personal level, where I have worked in a lot of bars or used to work in a bunch of bars.
I noticed that bars are good. They used to work as a place for people to meet people who couldn’t normally easily meet people because bars make it hard for people to communicate in general. They are noisy. They are dark. Everybody’s drunk. It makes it easier for everybody to think you’re more attractive than you are. So, working in bars, I would analyze how effective my interactions were. Usually, it wasn’t that great because A) I’m me and B) we’re in bar, but the whole breaking down of social interactions to make them better is helpful.
I could bring it back to genius because, eventually, this deconstruction and reconstruction of how people work and apps based on how people and thinking work means that we’re all being glued together into a more, I hope, smarter set of interactions that make better use of people and make people, or give people the potential to be happier.
Scott: Any thoughts on that, Marco?
(Laugh)
Marco: I have no experience in a bar, but my mother owns a little shop. So, I have tried to relate to people through the little shop. Also, my point about YouTube is a lot of people are giving feedback and so on, but those people are very young, usually. My channel is about this, mathematics, and logics, and so on. It is not so accessible to younger people and boys, but the standard is young student, pupil. It’s good to analyze which kind of people go to a given video and analyze their way of thinking. I know this issue. Also, you have a lot of analytics.
You can try to construct the ranking or the set of parameters that you want to analyze. You can find with a given video if it is good for a set of girls or boys, or a given culture. It helps you to develop a strategy. If you wanted to increase your views on a given topic, you can use a given set of targets to try to increase the watching time of a video that is also important to pick above other videos or names in your channel. It is interesting.
(Laugh)
You can find out a lot about people’s interests and way of thinking, in a way. It is not as big of a platform, but it allows you to understand a lot of things about people.
Rick: I agree. I use Twitter analytics in the same way. You are able to analyze the performance of each tweet minute-by-minute. For instance, I have driven a lot of people away by looking at my stuff by making too many jokes about Trump.
Scott: People did vote for him.
(Laugh)
Marco: It is a topic on YouTube.
(Laugh)
Trump is the mirror of people’s way of thinking in the more general way. The result was a shock for the rest of the world, for Europe, but not for myself. I think this period is going to finish this era of compromises. People are trying to see black-or-white now. Not only trying to look forward to a given house, to be sure about the future, to risk, to find something new. They are upset. They are also concerned about the future, but they want to try a different way to try and approach this future.
Rick: To some extent, I think people are – we were talking about collaboration – given a huge amount of power via social media. That makes some people less collaborative or less wanting to make sacrifices. If you look back at WWII, every country pulled together and made sacrifices to fight in that war, crazy huge sacrifices with rationing and people putting their lives on the line. Now, it’s 70 years later in America. You have Trump who represents himself as an individualist, as an individual success, versus a candidate whose slogan was “stronger together.”
One of Trump’s promises is to dismantle Obamacare, which is a huge cooperative structure where people are able to get insurance because everybody gets insurance together. A lot of the people behind Trump or behind Brexit, or behind some of these nationalistic movements, are representing individualistic forces like “I need to take care of myself. I don’t need to look after other people. And I will be successful in doing that.” One of the things that gives people the idea that they are strong individually is how much social reinforcement you get from social media.
Everybody’s got this feed in their hand, where it’s your friends telling you you’re great and news stories agreeing with you if you’re in your information bubble for as many hours of the day as you want to get this information. There was a study that just came out and said 1 out of 5 teenagers will wake up in the middle of the night to check social media. It is super attractive, this reinforcement. I remember 30 years ago when the Rambo movies came out. There were a lot of American men, including myself, who were strutting and thinking and feeling like we’re Rambo. I think social media gives you that feeling of “I’m strong and know what I’m doing” – to some extent.
Scott: Does that make people more exploitable if they aren’t banding together?
Rick: Then you get into the conservative think tanks, in America, for the last 30 or 40 years. They have studied how to move people, politically.
Scott: Like the Cato Institute, for instance.
Rick: Yes, they know how to label and brand things. Conservatives in America are much better at coming up with names for things. They came up with “Death Panels” for Obamacare and the “Death Tax” for the Estate Tax. The tax on inheritance – calling it the Death Tax makes it sound like you’re being taxed for passing away and it’s not fair. It sounds really negative. Pro-choice as opposed to anti-abortion. Conservatives are much better at doing that stuff, and much better at doing it.
I remember in 6th grade. They taught us how to resist TV advertising. They taught us 8 or 10 ways that TV advertising works. I think most people at this point have become pretty resistant to TV ads. They have been around long enough for us to figure our what they’re about and to feel cynical about anything pitched on TV. New media, we’re not as resistant to it. We fall for, now, the big topic of fake news. It takes a while for people to learn how to resist new forms of information, and, with the world moving as fast as it does now, there will always be new forms of information. We can expect people to be manipulated either on purpose or by accident for the near future.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rick Rosner, and Marco Ripà
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/22
Scott: What were other aspects of being proactive?
Marco: I used to do a lot of weight lift training, but I stopped lifting weights. Karate is a good sport, a good way to fight.
Rick: I think we both did kind of the same thing. We realized being smart isn’t the main thing, and you have to come to terms with the world and other people. There are two aspects. One in terms of modern implications, where there are more ways to connect with people than ever before, and more intimately with people via social media, I feel as if it is probably tougher to be socially isolated. I would hope that to some extent social media have reduced the stigmatization that any person with weird traits might feel. I know social media might contribute to bullying, but, on average, across the whole spectrum of kids it has led to less isolation and less teasing.
Marco: The world is changing really fast. My experience was in the late millennium, but I think Rick’s experience was associated with a different era. Not the 2.0 era, social media, YouTube, Facebook, which are networks that connect people around the world and let you start a conversation with someone who you think is closer to your ideas. Also, social networks have an algorithm that let you see only what is relative to your interests, point of view. If you’re into politics and of a given party, you’ll find more posts within the bubble. I am Italian, but my English is really bad at times. I try to explain.
(Laugh)
Rick: It’s really good.
Scott: Your English is fine.
Rick: Being a typical American, I know zero Italian.
Marco: English, you have to learn it on your own or practice on Skype.
Rick: In addition to social media, and the whole sphere of external computation, it means that genius will become less exceptional as everybody is made smarter by technology.
Scott: Is that apparent, though?
Rick: Well, no, because it looks like technology makes everybody stupider because they walk around in traffic and drives while on their phones, and everybody is distracted.
(Laugh)
At some point, it makes people smarter. There are ways, like the navigation aid and others, that are external computation. All of the sudden, you’ve become a navigation genius, you know all of the shortcuts, because of the device in your hand. There will be a bunch of devices that help people function better, smarter, based on external computation instead of doing everything in your head. I would rather live now as myself rather than 100 years ago as a king because all of the tech that we have means that we’re rich informationally. We’re only going to keep getting more so.
Scott: If we take the discussion about what genius is around the examples like Feynman with the humblebrag nature, as well as the Hollywood representation of things, as well as the social isolation and outright bullying in prior generations for those that are of exceptional intelligence, and that exceptional intelligence is becoming less exceptional, where does that leave the genius in terms of its definition now and into the future? Is that the proper term if it is becoming less rare and less exceptional, except in relation to prior definitions?
Marco: I think the results come with knowledge. You have to be good at knowledge searching in Google, not only knowing it by yourself and trying to develop something good, something new. Genius as a definition is relative to your era, your period. Now, as I said before, the world is changing so fast that you can’t make a comparison between a genius in the late 20th century and a genius now. It depends on the field too. As far as I know, the last genius that had general knowledge of his field was Enrico Fermi. Now, you have to specialize your interests, applications, in a very specific topic and try to make the research towards achieving something new, something good, which can let that topic also be something started by other people.
Rick: I agree. The idea of genius and IQ have always been subject to misuse and misunderstanding since Galton. Galton, like 120 years or 150 years ago, came out with a book called Genetic Studies of Genius or something. It can’t be genetic because he was before genetics. He was the guy who brought genius into the modern era, in the 19th century.
Genius and IQ have been used for bad things, in the 1930s for eugenic policies, which led to horrible immigration policies in the US. It led to people being sent back to Germany and killed based on IQ test scores. I remember growing up in the 60s. Kids got their IQs tested all of the time. There were a bunch of kids being told that their kids were geniuses, because they were told so in parent-teacher conferences. It is subject to all sorts of mischaracterization. Although, in terms of how actual genius functions, I agree with Marco that it is changing. I think that it is changing in the direction of collaboration.
If you think of the science of 100 years ago, and you have individual pioneers like Planck and Einstein and Dirac and de Broglie, everybody coming up with their own little additions to relativity and Quantum Mechanics, chunk-by-chunk and great person-by-great person. Now, you have science being pushed forward by CERN, which is the combined efforts of more than 10,000 scientists, and is more than 20km in diameter.
You see it in other endeavors, like Judd Apatow. He is one of the most successful comedy movie producers in America. He makes his comedy by doing table reads by inviting 20 funny friends to read scripts with each of the 20 pitching in jokes at every point in the script. So, our technology and other factors mean that genius endeavors are less individual than they used to be, in some instances.
Marco: You have to develop social skills too, to try to work in a team rather than working by yourself without others. You have to focus on your part of the project. You can build a bigger project rather than working alone and trying to find sources on Google, and so on. My personal experience with dynamic IQ tests. I developed the first spatial dynamic IQ test. I developed the algorithm, but the implementation process was a joint issue, matter. I find also another high-IQ person that is good with software and computers. We are working as a team. We have achieved this great goal for me. It is a dream come true, but working together – not only by myself. We are 50-50 now. My friend is an expert in the field that I can’t access myself…
(Laugh)
…working on Java and on these languages that I can’t do by myself, at that level.
Rick: I’ve had some of my greatest working experiences working with other people. I’ve worked with you, Scott, for years now. It has been productive.
Scott: Right.
(Laugh)
Rick: When I had a writing partner for writing comedy on TV, he actually wasn’t that great for me in terms of making my social skills better because he had great social skills and took over the social stuff and would say, “He’s the weirdo.” It was good for him to be socially smooth, but it was bad for me to be characterized as the weirdo.
But as part of a writing team on TV shows, that is an awesome collaborative experience. That’s how TV shows are done. That’s the model for a lot of shows, a lot of good shows, which is the writers’ room where everybody shares their experience to share dialogue and jokes.
Marco: Television is the best for social skill development. You have to show something to others, to a wide number of people. You have to be smart and what can be good, or not, for others.
(Laugh)
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen, Rick Rosner, and Marco Ripà
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/20
Scott: What is genius, Marco?
Marco: First of all, I think Rick is a genius, obviously. The general definition is not so easy to understand. I think we can give two different answers. An extraordinary intellectual or analytic power, or IQ. If we set IQ as a standard, we can say that we can improve IQ through training. For example, we have developed a dynamic test. You can try it over and over and increase your skills in that field. That’s my personal opinion, just my two cents.
Rick: I agree with Marco, also a genius, except I think there’s more than two definitions. The first one being extreme skills at mental tasks. Also, IQ is tricky because a lot of things go into IQ, but a lot of things go into other forms of genius too. But there’s the way genius is used to describe people who changed or helped out human progress by coming up with things that other people may not have been able to come up with, or by coming up with those things before anyone else.
People have said, “If Albert Einstein had been hit by a bus, somebody else would’ve come up with General Relativity. He was the first one to it. He found both forms of relativity. He didn’t even get the Nobel Prize for Relativity.” He got the Nobel, for among other things, the atomic theory of matter. He had this one year, where he wrote 4 or 5 papers. Each of which changed the world of physics in a different fairly profound way. So, when you use genius in that way, it refers to a very limited number of people who changed humanity’s path.
Marco: Somebody who gives a contribution to mankind and develops a given field. You can use your IQ to do something in real life, but this is so strict as a definition. You can do something good with or without a very high IQ. I know that Feynman said he didn’t have a high IQ.
Rick: There’s a thing on Twitter called a “humblebrag,” where you’re bragging without bragging. I think Feynman loved to say he didn’t have a high IQ, but at the same time was fantastically smart. He might have messed up one IQ test in 4th grade or something.
Marco: I agree with Rick’s opinion. Genius’s have to give some kind of contribution to mankind. Something important. If you have the potential, if you care to develop it in a concrete way, you have to be lucky, have to have a good team, have to be in the right place in the right moment, or time.
(Laugh)
The most important thing is to do something good with your applications and objectives.
Rick: I agree with Marco. Not only do you have to be lucky in terms of your era or your personal situation, you also have to be lucky in terms of having other aspects of your personality that reinforce genius rather than waste it. I have both. I go off on crazy tangents.
(Laugh)
That waste a lot of time. For a while, I was a genius of catching fake IDs presented by people trying to break into bars, which doesn’t save mankind. But it probably helped some people from getting into drunk driving accidents.
Marco: Perseverance and stamina, it is very important.
(Laugh)
Scott: That leads to a question. What traits does genius on the negative side exacerbate and on the virtue side enhance?
Rick: There are stereotypes associated with genius. All you have to do is turn on CBS. Currently, every show on CBS has a genius character. They are often presented as socially dysfunctional, quirky. If they are part of a forensic team on a CBS murder solving show, then they might be goth.
(Laugh)
Though I know plenty of smart people who have super good social skills. Although, possibly with them, the genius doesn’t stand out because they function smoothly in society. The framework is Aspergery. High-functioning autism meshes with the stereotypic genius, but I live in LA where the entertainment industry has a huge number of people with the opposite of Asperger’s.
Their social skills are too good, and makes them horrible in the opposite way of Asperger’s.
Marco: I have Asperger’s.
(Laugh)
I don’t know if you know this. I am an Asperger.
Rick: I didn’t know that.
Scott: I did.
Rick: I am too old. I am 56 years old. I grew up before the term was in widespread use. If I was 20 years younger, people would have looked at me as a kid and said, “Yea, Asperger’s.”
Scott: You’ve done jokes about Sheldon (Cooper) in some of your videos, Marco.
Marco: Yes, my YouTube channel. Asperger’s, also, is a continuum. There isn’t a given number to say, “You are Asperger. You are not Asperger. You are normal.”
(Laugh)
(Laugh)
It is important to find one of you. So, you can become a negative genius. People can start to point out everything you do, and your strange way of thinking. That’s my point of view.
Rick: I agree. In junior high, it is terrible for everybody, but the flavor of how it was bad for me. I got a certain amount of crap from people for being a little brainy, nerdy-like. The kind of crap somebody 20 years younger would get for being Aspergery. One of the things I thought was “Dang, I wish I lived in Europe.” In American schools, athletic skills are highly prized. In Europe, it seemed there was a little less emphasis on being a jock. I thought if I lived in Europe I could be the way I am and maybe still get a girlfriend. But I don’t know.
Scott: Is that reflective of your experience in Europe, Marco?
Marco: My best answer to this problem was when I started to practice karate about 15 years ago. In that period, I was really sad, and upset, and so on.
(Laugh)
But it helped me to find a reason to fight in real life, not only during matches and so on. But this is my experience.
Rick: I did the same thing, not with karate, but with lifting weights. When I got big enough, I started working in bars, as I said, checking IDs, where I got to meet people, and occasionally somebody would punch me.
(Laugh)
(Laugh)
But I didn’t know karate. So, I would just get punched.
(Laugh)
(Laugh)
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/19
Scott: News has changed, even in the last few decades, drastically. What are some miserable aspects of the public relations industry?
Rick: The news isn’t exactly the public relations industry. The news wrestles with the same issues individual people do and groups of people do, which is how to present information in ways that don’t make people stupider or don’t introduce further bias, and how do you make a bunch of money doing it.
News used to be, for the major networks from the 40s until the 80s or 90s, a public service that was semi-mandated by the government. The government says, “We’re going to give you the broadcast airwaves for really cheap.” Radio companies turning into TV companies: NBC, CBS, ABC, Dumont.
Dumont was a network created by TV manufacturing companies to help sell TVs. It was gone by the 60s. These networks get the channels for cheap because they are expected to perform the public service of keeping the public informed via news. Maybe, some other stuff, but that tended to go away.
Nobody cared if the news made money. You threw on a 30-minute or 15-minute show around dinner time to tell people the news. It didn’t matter whether it made money or not. Then you have the coming of the, without knowing the total history, morning news shows. They are news plus 3 hours of happy chat, fashion.
These 3-hour blocks make a lot of money, then you have the coming of CNN. The first 24-hour news channel, which is designed to make money. Money starts becoming more and more of an important thing in presenting the news. Now, most news on TV is profit driven, which creates a bunch of bad habits in addition to the bad trends caused by people not being able to figure out what is the right way to try to inform people.
That doesn’t F- up the country. The news media performed particularly badly during the 2016 election. Part of it, and as with many aspects of the election, is the news channel’s own greed and incompetence, or just the need to keep existing as business entities. Another part of it was there was everyone trying to manipulate the news for their own purposes.
So, the image that popped into my head, which is probably sexist and probably not accurate, is a drunk girl at a fraternity party. People are trying to mess with her. She is doing herself no favors, though it’s blaming the victim by being drunk and dressing in party clothes. There are lots of things that are conducive to bad things going on.
Then CNN may be the most guilty party in the election of 2012 among the major news networks. Fox is going to consistently be an evil doer. It is going to consistently misbehave towards the conservative side and then present a biased and manipulative view, but everybody knows that. If you come to Fox for a fair presentation of the news, then you’re stupid or just wanting to give yourself over to manipulation.
Some overage of the news is biased to the liberal side, such as Rachel Maddow who is super well informed. She is biased towards the liberal perspective, but knows more than most people on TV news. She doesn’t hide her liberalism, and tries to get the information out. As opposed to a Hannity, not that I could watch a Hannity, who would present a bunch of manipulative conservative, craven arguments.
But then you have CNN, which is said to lean liberal, but then has a bunch of bad habits that let it get played by Trump and everything associated with Trump. The bad habits often used to be good habits, but through confusion and inability to see a better way of doing things have become exploitable. The idea of journalistic neutrality has been totally exploited by assholes mostly on the conservative side with these dumb interpretations of journalistic neutrality.
For example, if there’s an argument, then you need to give another argument, but one argument is clearly better. Like climate change, a huge and growing amount of evidence for climate change with the people who know about it best being convinced about it. 98+% of scientists, and those willing to look at the evidence, believe it is happening.
That there is at least a super high likelihood that climate change is happening. There are really good solid arguments for climate change, but then you have people with a political agenda advancing deceptive and money-driven bullshit arguments. CNN throws up a panel with people on both sides.
To somebody who’s not paying attention, who’s stupid, or willing to be manipulated, it seems like climate change is a toss-up. So, principle one that is exploitable and terrible is if there is an argument on one side then you put another one on the other side. Another is false equivalence. If one side is doing stuff and you’re covering it negatively then you better, to be equivalent, better find stuff on the other side.
It was disastrous for the democrats and frickin’ Hillary, who did some small-scale stupid stuff by using her private server, which is still debateable if this actually did harm. Probably not, she used a government server for some of her stuff. It may have been as hackable as her private server. There’s really no evidence of any great or dire harm that occurred because she used a private server.
But this becomes evidence of bad judgment, malfeasance, and bringing down America. It gets magnified by the principle of ‘if Donald Trump is doing bad stuff then Hillary Clinton has to have her stuff looked at too.’ Also, because Wikileaks steadily feeds hacked information to the DNC every day, there’s a steady drum beat of ‘Hillary did bad stuff’ for the last 2 months of the election, even though Trump is much more of an asshole than fucking Hillary is.
But people in the news media cannot effectively argue for this. There is a certain, with CNN being the worst of the channels, aspect of ‘could not be bothered’ with better ways of covering the election. Also, there’s time pressure. There wasn’t any time to consider information from the election. Also, people weren’t fully cognizant of the damage being done by the bad coverage.
It pisses me off because we see the same Trump people, same spokespeople, like the cute blond lady. They continue to spread Trump arguments, terrible bullshitty arguments, and the panel mode encourages confusion, intentional confusion, and bullshit. Even after this terrible election, CNN continued to do this stuff because people continue to be attracted to it.
They continue to pull, for them, good numbers because they focus-grouped and found that panels and town halls worked, like with Paul Ryan. CNN continues to facilitate bullshit. Without effectively calling it bullshit, without putting it into news context, it is legitimized. If you’re going to list the CNN things that are bullshit, the panels, the town halls, putting the clock up to always count down to something, the refusal to authoritatively contextualize goodness and badness.
It’s hard and, you can argue, it is not the job of a news channel to judge good or bad, but it kind of becomes their job whereby not judging good or bad you allow bad to flourish. You have to guide people if you’re facilitating people thinking bullshit stuff.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/18
Scott: We were talking about a conversation you had a while ago about space. Someone asked you about space. We’ve talked about space. Space as an emergent property of the interactions of matter in the universe. When the person asked you about space, they asked, “What is it, and what is it expanding into?” in essence. What are some false assumptions behind that?
Rick: There are reasonable assumptions behind that. The traditional perspective of the Big Bang, to be visualized easily is the 2-dimensional surface on a 3-dimensional balloon. As the balloon is blown up, the entire balloon expands. Looking at the balloon, though it is a 2-dimensional surface, it is in 3-dimensional space.
So, it is reasonable to ask, “What is our universe, if our universe can be imagined as a 3-dimensional curved surface, embedded in?” The natural answer is that there is a 4-dimensional space that contains it. The real answer is the universe contains itself. It defines itself. It is, as you said, an emergent property of the arrangement of the universe, the relationships of information.
It is more efficiently or effectively visualized being a spatial relationship. In fact, that is such an effective visualization that we live our lives in what we consider 3-dimensional space. It works from the arrangement of information. It works so well spatially that we live in actual space. It does not mean that there is anything outside of this space.
In the same, or not quite the same, way as if you’re a dungeon master in Dungeons & Dragons, you build your play area. You could imagine realms beyond the play area, but you don’t need them in your world, I guess. It is a space that exists abstractly without needing a further space to be embedded in.
Similarly, as we’ve been talking about consciousness, if the information within an information-sharing system can be efficiently arranged spatially, that space defined by the information doesn’t really need external space for it to be embedded in. The space is an abstract-ish space.
If there’s enough information, and if it’s an efficient enough arrangement, the space can be seen as something that is a functioning kind of thing. An emergent property of the arrangement of information that is helpful in seeing how the information within the space interacts, but it doesn’t need a further space beyond the space that defines itself.
All through human history there is the saying that “no man is an island,” but we do almost all of our computation, all of our sensory and mental computation, within our head and the computation and sensation external to us are very threadbare, slender, and weak compared to the mass of information processing that goes on within our individual awarenesses.
But in the future, as those tendrils and threads and communication and links to external computation are strengthened, and we become further and further embedded in what will be a worldwide computational sphere, then it becomes reasonable to imagine connected information spaces.
Say in science fiction, 120 years from now, people who are really into each other can do a literal marriage of the minds, where they can super-link their thoughts, so that they are actually sharing thoughts via some wireless dealy. I guess a literal jacking into each other via the year 2140 version of HDMI cable, or one partner wants to or is forced to abandon his or her body due to age has his/her thoughts/thinking/mental hardware literally embedded in the other person’s head.
In each of these cases, where you have two minds super-linked, you could imagine that these two information spaces would have to expand into each other. But again, as long as those two people form their own island of two super-linked people, which they would because everybody is super-linked, except the technological Amish.
The information space describing their two minds is sufficient unto itself and doesn’t require a further abstract space for their linked mind-space to be embedded in. Until, they open a bunch of links into other links and people. In which case, you have expansions into linked other information spaces, which kind of looks like Big Bangy physics.
If you merge two mind-spaces, it looks like a bunch of stuff looks like to you like the early universe. A whole bunch of early stuff becomes visible and ages along with your mental universe, so that it eases into older and older parts of the universe because the active center of consciousness is the information in your head that at least for the moment it is being processed is the oldest information, the information with the longest history, in your head.
The older or less relevant the information is, the more it is at the more distant, apparently younger, outskirts because the further away from the center you’re looking then the younger the universe you’re seeing.
Scott: The original assumption of space was an infinite void that things expand into. You’re describing an information-based definition of space, where space is derivative of relationships developed through information processing. Time develops through that too. Time is changes in space states. Spaces with linked pasts and implied futures, right?
Rick: Yes, my buddy, Chris, talks about Liebnizian monads. Liebniz lived 3 centuries before information theory. A bunch of people have wrestled with atomic theories of existence, which is “what is the smallest little unit of stuff that could exist from which everything else could be built up from?” You either need an atomic theory with the smallest unit or some theory that says there is no smallest thing and that it is just an infinite ladder of things being built up from tinier and tinier particles and elements, or some other theory.
But those are your two big choices. Liebniz was trying to come up with the simplest building units. He came up with this monad deal, which I don’t fully know is in terms of information. It is possible to imagine a universe made up of monads with monads being the simplest possible thing. A connection between one thing and another thing. It is the basic tinker toy. There’s nothing simpler that does anything.
Scott: In other words, you have a unit, A, or a monad, A, a unit, B, and the relationship between them, C, but that’s without information theory.
Rick: Basically, anything less than that is a tinker toy that is connected to nothing but itself, and you cannot build a universe that is made of stuff connected to nothing. So, you have a universe built on these one-on-one connections that you can start to catalogue in efficient ways, in ways that make sense of them, spatially and temporally.
So, you can argue that space and time originate from efficient and effective cataloguing of, not exactly random but not exactly not random, sets of monad-type connections. You start with your simplest building blocks, and then you classify via relationship, then the classifications naturally lead to spatial divisions and structures and temporal structure.
If you have some minimization principle, which is you want to arrange things so that things in your emerging space and time where the connections are minimized spatially, you’re setting up a space where overall you’re at a minimum. That if you total up the lengths of the connections of the monads, then you’ve got some kind of minimization going on.
For time, there’s some other minimization or maximization principle, but the cataloguing with minimization or maximization naturally leads to a space arising. For instance, say that your real-world equivalent of monad-type relationships are photons, which are handshakes between two different points in space and time connected by this photon.
If you want to minimize the total paths of all photons in your universe, maybe, you would arrange stuff in stars and galaxies because in a star a photon travels, the average photon, about a millimetre before it runs into something. You’ve got massive fusion and masses around. You’ve got a zillion short-range photons coming into and out of existence.
Each of those photons considered as a monad is a little, teeny monad. Only the rare monad makes it off the surface of the Sun to travel light years across the universe. You want to minimize the number of super-long monad connections, which are these super long-distance photons, statistically, versus all of these short-range monads or photons where a photon is not able to travel more than the thickness of a piece of paper, or something which has got to be super small.
Most of the matter in the universe is in stars or in other gravitationally agglomerated collections of huge amounts of matter. Stars are further agglomerated into galaxies. Even if a photon manages to escape a star, if it is close to the center of the galaxy, its odds of running into something else before it makes it out of the galaxy are high.
Everything is agglomerated, which serves to make the universe more efficient in terms of minimizing the size of monads or connections, photon-mediated connections.
Scott: If you take Liebnizian monads, and if you take information theory to kind of give a number to it, and if you take the 10^85th or 10^80th particles in the universe…
Rick: …yea, the number I’m used to taking is 10^80, which is from 100 years ago…
Scott: …if you take that as the base number, and the base number of interactions without factorizations or higher-order combinatorial interactions, what would be the processing level of the universe? Only base-level amounts of processing.
Rick: There have to be, I think, many more photons than other massive particles, I guess. Maybe not, because each atom, each link between an electron and a nucleus, represents the emission of one or more photons. If you imagine that atoms, if you imagine the electron and the nucleus as initially being not linked, and then the electron becoming linked to that nucleus via emitting electromagnetic energy in the form of a photon, that, maybe not a one-to-one, relationship between the number electrons and the number of photons.
You’ve got background radiation consisting of like a zillion photons. Take 10^80th or 10^85th, to be fair, that is the number of active relationships mediated by current monads in the universe, say. So, that 10^85th, say that is correct within 10 orders of magnitude, that’s some, I assume, measure of the information-processing capacity of the universe from moment-to-moment.
But you have to discuss the differences between moments. That there’s the moment that is instantaneous, which is a slice through the universe, through the world line of the universe. How many monads does that slice intersect? Then there’s the idea of a moment of the universe being, if the universe is thought of as a thinking thing, then a thought takes a certain amount of time and that time for a thought takes many tens of billions of years.
In that case, you’re then encompassing a huge multiple more of monads that took part in the computation of that moment. An instantaneous moment intercepts much fewer number of monads than are contained in a 20-billion-year slice of the universe’s timeline. Obviously, the universe, if a thought takes 20-billion-years for the universe think, will flesh out something much more complicated than the information contained in an instantaneous slice of the universe, which can be the thinking about the painting as you’re watching it.
Your eyes are only designed to see half-a-dozen inches with any degree of detail. Your eyes run out of detail pretty fast. They’ve done studies, where they trace people’s eyes as they look at the painting. It looks like a squiggle. It covers most of the painting. You develop an image of the painting over a second or two. Your built-up image of the painting interacts with your consciousness, then you have thoughts about the painting.
That is understood or contained, for a moment, in your awareness, which was well built up over a second or two. Where the instantaneous slice of the physics of your brain would contain much less information than the information contained your entire thought, which might take 2 or 3 seconds of squiggling around the painting, then having reactions to it, ditto for the universe.
The information capacity, the instantaneous information processing capacity of the universe might be way, way small compared to the effective, practical information processing in the universe because your information processes are able to stack up instantaneous processing to develop more complicated processing, more complicated thoughts in a tacit way mediated by long-distance photons tacitly sharing information with the universe as they traverse billions of light years with the information they contain being lost from the photon across billions of years and being encoded into the universe tacitly by reshaping the space of the universe.
Somebody, it might’ve been Bohm, who wrote a book called The Implicate Universe. Last time I looked at it was 30 years ago, but when I think about implicate, it implies, to me, that the universe does a lot of its business by implication, by indirect communication, via the structure of information within it.
That the universe acts as if it understands the information it contains via the physical structure of this abstract space that becomes more abstract in practical terms because of its precision and scope, and the sheer amount of information that defines that space, but with most information being understood or processable by the universe via tacit quantum Schrödinger-catty-type processes that don’t necessarily involve the direct communication of information from one single point to another. You have a bunch of different monads communicating from one point in space and time to another point in space and time, but that interaction affects the space around the interaction, so the universe understands that interaction as having happened without having directly communicated with the interaction via further particle exchange. Rather through a gravitational and spatial general relativistic slight reshaping of space, and encoding of information in space.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/17
Scott: Let’s continue on consciousness.
Rick: I think a nice half-definition of consciousness is the feeling of shared information. As conscious beings, we know what it is like to experience consciousness, but it is hard to characterize. But you can compactly label it, the feeling of shared information.
Every part of your brain sharing information with every other part of your brain. There’s, experientially, a certain informational flavor. It feels like something, being conscious feels like being conscious. That feeling is based on massive information-sharing within your awareness.
Every other part of your brain is gossiping about everything going on in the reality you’re thinking about from moment to moment. I was thinking about other examples of consciousness that further characterize different aspects of consciousness.
People like to argue, strongly, that it is not consciousness unless there is self-awareness. That, unless you’re aware of yourself as an entity, then you’re not conscious. Does a dog know it’s a dog? Does a lizard know it is a lizard?
But that whole thing is a little off base. To be conscious, there has to be a mass of information. A stream of information that is being shared among specialist sub-systems. In living creatures, a lot of that information pertains to the status of the creature itself.
In living creatures, self-consciousness is itself a big part of consciousness. You can argue it doesn’t have to be. I argue that. With the Go machine, it can be a Go machine without experiencing itself as a Go machine.
Another example, a conscious, sophisticated security system that uses a number of different sensors and heuristics to evaluate the security situation, moment-to-moment, in a set of warehouses. The cameras consist of temperature and pressure, and visual, sensors and analytic programs that examines and evaluates people in the warehouses.
It has a bunch of sensors and tools to examine the situations in the warehouses. It doesn’t have to experience itself as a security system. It could simply experience the situation in the warehouse security system. It might have some self-evaluative machinery such as seeing if it is having power problems or various malfunctions like the loss of a camera.
Even in an engineered system like that, you would expect a degree of self-consciousness because it makes sense for a machine that would do its job well, but you could design a machine without any of that and have it conscious only of the doings in the warehouse.
Similarly, you could have some kind of Peeping Tom or security setup that watches a bunch of people in an apartment house. Say the apartment house consists of 24 units and 40 people, and somebody has wired all of the units to a system that observes everybody as they go about their lives in the apartment house, the system may take in visual information, auditory information, and could take in smells, and feelings such as the pressure as people walk around that trigger pressure sensors.
It could have analytic tools to understand what is happening in the lives of the people in the apartment house. It could even have sentiments about what is going on in the lives of the people in the apartment house based on it being programmed to have humanistic sentiments about people and to be happy when things are going well for people, and not so well when things aren’t going so well.
This thing is watching people and is conscious of the people in the apartment house, but doesn’t have to be conscious of itself as an observing system. Eventually, you would think it would discover itself and its limitations as a monitor, but it doesn’t have to have that.
In fact, you could design something specifically without self-awareness and conscious of the people in the apartment house, and not conscious of itself. But it is not conscious because it doesn’t have self-consciousness.
It is highly aware and gossiping with itself about the goings on in the apartment house with what we could consider a weird lack of self-consciousness, which we would consider similar to somebody who has had a stroke and lost an aspect of awareness that we consider pretty essential to being a conscious being.
There are plenty of examples of people who have had a stroke and lose the idea of left. Every idea about left for them is gone. You ask somebody who is missing left to draw a clock. They draw the right half of the clock, or they cram all twelve numbers onto the right side of a dial. It is a half-clock with all of the numbers.
You ask them if there is anything weird about this. They say, “No.” They are not conscious of the lack of left because that went with left in general. If you read Oliver Sacks, there are numerous cases of people who have lost large segments of what we would consider a normal identity and who can still function in many other ways, and are still conscious.
Even though, a huge portion of their consciousness has been cut out of them because of the stroke. As long as you have shared information, if you take somebody and cut away their auditory awareness and their taste, smell, and feeling awareness, then left them with visual awareness, then you could still work with them and present them information visually and still see that they are obviously conscious beings, even though 4 out of their 5 senses and the awareness of that sensory information has been cut away from them.
But any time you have massively shared information among specialist sub-systems, you still have the flavour of consciousness, which equal consciousness.
Scott: If you take the 300 sub-systems, the number you threw out earlier. There has to be a sussing out of contradictions among the mutually shared information. So, you have mutually shared sets of information that are taking different angles on a particular gestalt. There are going to be contradictions in perspectives.
If you get 300 people in a room and ask them to debate, they are going to have different perspectives. Some are going to be contradictory. So the question is “how does that get sussed out?”
Rick: There’s an F. Scott Fitzgerald quote: “The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposed ideas in the mind at the same time, and still retain the ability to function.” It is being able to handle contradictions. You can have differing opinions among the specialist sub-systems in consciousness, in your head.
They can continue to disagree and sometimes you get interesting results behaviourally. I went to Marshalls about getting new curtains for our bedroom window because we live in LA. The old ones turn brown from pollution, probably like our lungs from living here.
I was in Marshalls standing in front of a bunch of curtains. There are probably 3 or 4 good choices of curtains, or contenders for the curtains that I will buy. So, I am standing in front of them. I know I can’t just pick the one I like at any given moment until I have spent a full 5 minutes developing the full implications of these stupid curtains until I make my choice.
I stand there. I process, “I don’t like the pattern. The horizontal might make the other pattern bad.” It was an old-school, 60s, oval pattern overlaid over a horizontal striping, which annoyed me. It was like “just lose the 60s pattern and give me the modern one.”
But they couldn’t. So, I had to look at color and analyze things. I have various sub-systems – I would think – that are aesthetic, evaluative systems running. I was aware of the various considerations.
I had to let all of the arguments build. I had to build an imaginary picture of the curtains hanging in the room, even though I got it wrong. The curtains are not blackout. They are somewhat see-through. They are teal. They have a new color with the light coming through blue-ishly.
The color when things are different than the older beige ones when the curtains are closed. It’s fine, but it didn’t enter my imaginary picture of what the curtains would look like in my internal picture.
I had to let the internal part of my mind yammer. At some point, I had to come to the point of thinking, “These are the curtains I am choosing.” I have to buy them then. Even though I am saying, “I am choosing.” It doesn’t mean I am in agreement with myself.
It means that after all of the arguments play out. I decided that, I – the construction function of myself, it is time to go with what I want to go with right now, with the strongest candidate right now.
But the I construct that decides on the curtain, which takes all of the other yammering sub-system Is and makes a choice that is not 100% ideal, but is the best I could do at the time. The curtains are fine. The curtains don’t exactly represent a unitary choice or a consensus.
Because the curtains aren’t ideal, I have an awareness of the other possible curtains. Each curtains’ pluses and minuses. My different specialist sub-systems are giving different scores to different aspects.
Although, I’m sure they’ve calmed down about it because they’ve been informed of my choice, see the curtains in the room, are aware of how they work and look, and the curtains are less of an issue then when I was actively considering which curtains to buy.
But there are all sorts of contradictions going on and disagreements going on in only 3 or 4 different patterns of curtains under consideration. So, that stuff goes on all of the time. That is what consciousness is for.
If a decision was easy, we wouldn’t need to throw it into consciousness. I put my left foot down. What foot do I put down next? It’s a simple choice. Unless, you’ve got a weird thing, like OCD. My OCD will be on the verge between concrete and grass.
It will be like “which foot has to cross this border?!” Then that Fs up my walking. “Okay, the right one! But you just put your right one down. Now, you’re going to have to hop!” OCD makes an unconscious choice conscious.
We were talking about consciousness being an epiphenomenon. I don’t think so. It is in that it shares information, but you have these consciousness-gone-wild-aspects – where consciousness begins doing jobs too well.
You have OCD as too much vigilance. It messes with things that should be unconscious. Similarly, turrets might be a vigilance thing, where your brain forces a tick to make you imagine or say the worst possible thing.
There are various little disorders of consciousness, large and small, where the business of consciousness produces the division of labor between conscious and unconscious tasks, which become a little messed up.
Consciousness serves as the central arena to hash out complicated ambiguous, contradictory information and situations because if it were simple, something you’re not entirely consciously aware of, then it would’ve been taken care of.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/16
Scott: What about the lexical definition, in your terminology, of consciousness or the descriptive unavoidability of consciousness?
Rick: Let’s start with what I think or what we think consciousness is, which is the broadband, real-time sharing of mutually understood information among specialist sub-systems in an information processing system with each sub-system having the same approximate information under consideration.
That is, a bunch of sensory information is flowing into a system. At the same time, the system is generating a lot of processed information from the sensory information coming into and from the analytic information streaming out of each of the specialist sub-systems with each of the specialist sub-systems having the same approximate mass of external and internal information under consideration.
That is, look at us humans with our sensory bulbs on top of our necks, we’re taking in all of this information, then we’re thinking about all of this information with specialist sub-systems sharpening and compressing the information in ways that are what each sub-system has been designed for (evolved for), or is best at.
Same mass of information. 300 different sub-systems. Each spewing its own information giving its own interpretation of that information. Reasonable?
Scott: Yes, but leads to a question about time. The question about time is about another information processing system, which processes 100 times faster than us. If it looked at us processing information in its real-time, our information processing would seem much more disparate.
So, could we consider our information processing node sets inside our skulls integrated sufficiently to be called “conscious”?
Rick: I’ve got two answers for that. At some point, in arguing for consciousness – there’s an argument to be made, if it feels like consciousness to the conscious being, and if its mathematically consciousness-like based on the mathematics of consciousness that we don’t have yet, then it’s consciousness. That’s answer one, which is a bit circular. It is consciousness according to a mathematical definition of consciousness we don’t have yet.
Scott: It’s qualitative, not quantitative.
Rick: Yea, but that’s not good enough because you could build a computer that announces it’s conscious 24/7. It could announce it, “I’m conscious. I’m hot. I don’t like that. It’s warm here, and cold there.” It could make all sorts of conscious-sounding noise without actually being conscious. You need the mathematical aspect of consciousness. That includes enough different specialist sub-systems contributing to the cross-chat.
Chris, a buddy of mine, and I were talking about a Go playing computer being conscious. I argued that “not very likely” because of the tasks involved in being a Go playing computer. Unless, the Go playing computer had 300 different specialist sub-systems. Each with its own angle on what it sees on the Go table, on the Go board.
Each of those sub-systems contributing to an overall really richly painted vision of the situation on the Go board. Even then, it is pretty tough to get consciousness out of that because if you’re limited to the Go board, like 16×16 or 24×24, then it’s limited in terms of information, so you need to self-generate all sorts of internal information about the external information.
Even so, it is pretty limited. It leads to something pretty narrow. The multiplicity of information isn’t there. You could design a Go playing computer once we understand the mechanisms of consciousness that has a profound knowledge and sentiment about every situation on the Go board, but it’s still a pretty crappy form of consciousness.
Scott: In a way, it’s a ladder. In another way, things build up pretty quick. Things, as you note in an older analogy…
Rick: …the wheel…
Scott: …yea, the wheel. Things become more rounded as you add more sides. Things become pretty rounded once you add only a few sides.
Rick: After you get to an octagon, you could imagine a car with octagonal wheels. It is a rough ride, but it would move. 10 is good. 16 is better. Once you get to a 40-sided wheel, that’s not a terrible ride. The difference in quality of ride for practical purposes between a 100-sided and a 200-sided regular polygon is negligible. Things reach approximate circularity.
The curve of approaching something reasonably defined as consciousness. It is a pretty steep curve. You don’t have to do much work once you start to create something that is conscious.
Scott: I could easily see analytic programs designed to take into all accounts of the algorithms that a particular software program has, and then present a literal wheel, as a metaphor, to show how conscious a system is, to a human operator for easy interpretation.
Rick: That would be good. There are probably 20 better analogies that we don’t know yet, but for right now that is a good one. I don’t know whether, if I would find myself in another consciousness, I’d prefer being in a grasshopper or the Go computer. I’d probably prefer the grasshopper, but if you went to earthworm then I would prefer Go computer. Ants, I don’t know.
Ants, maybe, some part of their mental sophistication, to the extent that they have any – like 10% of it, is based on the pheromone system that links ants together. That Go computer consciousness. It is a narrow space to be conscious in.
We’ve got a fairly rough, but workwithable, idea of what are some of the necessary ingredients and functions of consciousness. That cumbersome definition that we’re talking about can be worked with to some extent.
Given that background, it can take us to a sentence-based, sloppy proof of the necessity of consciousness being – my buddy Chris calls it – an epiphenomenon, meaning – I’d go with epiphenomenon – something you get that goes along with the things you need. It is not needed, but arises as the result of a certain type of information processing.
Scott: It is an emotional and cognitive spandrel. Like your bellybutton, it’s almost just kind of there.
Rick: Yea, but I would argue it is more than almost just there. In fact, my buddy Chris, who I keep bringing up because I just had a many hours-long conversation with him about this stuff, brings up the example of the appendix. It has been for more than 100 years the stereotypical not-needed organ in the body. It doesn’t do anything, like men’s nipples.
Now, it turns out that the appendix may be a place for good bacteria to hang out, if you happen to wipe out the good bacteria in your intestines. A crazy amount of the cells in your body are bacteria. If they become out of whack, it makes digesting problematic and your appendix might just be a reference library to keep things in track if something bad happens to your intestinal bacteria.
Within your awareness, you could describe, which would take a gazillion sentences per second in a given moment, things in your awareness with sentences. You could summarize the knowledge in your moment-to-moment awareness with a 1,000 sentences a second. It would describe the room you’re in, which is mostly visual information. So, visual awareness described by sentences. Also, things in your imagination.
Feel information, how each part of your body feels, emotional information, taste information, and sensory information in general described in hundreds of sentences. Sentences to describe things in imagination after saying, “Tetrahedron.” You then have an image of a tetrahedron in your head. Same with “elephant.” Then you think of an elephant and have a representation of an elephant, and how you feel about your situation at the time, and how you feel about yourself and your body itself feels.
Say you’re limited to a 1,000 sentences per second, which isn’t unreasonable, somebody like a Marcel Proust of the Computer Age could write 1,000 sentences to describe, not all-encompassing descriptions, but a pretty decent summarization of your awareness. Some of those sentences, as we’ve just listed, are sentences associated with being conscious.
I would argue the feel of consciousness is itself consciousness, and is this global busybodiness of every sub-system being roughly aware of what every other sub-system is doing and being aware of this massive gob of information they share. This massive information, broadband crosstalk – at least in evolved organisms whose job it is to survive long to reproduce and raise offspring and, thus, has a self-interest.
You can imagine a conscious entity. Engineered entities without this self-interest. However, almost all conscious entities are interested in perpetuating itself, in perpetuating the species. So, you have all of this self-monitoring stuff that is, sentences that are, indicative of human consciousness, creature consciousness.
That is, they reflect your emotions about your situation. At its most basic level, your chances to live and reproduce. You have a bunch of trivial concerns, which, if you trace them back, they are traceable back to something survival-related. You have all of these sentences. It needs to be refined as an argument.
However, you have these sentences strongly indicative and reflective of consciousness. Both the mathematical form of consciousness, which is this shared gossip or information held in common, and the human form of consciousness that we are more comfortable talking about, e.g. how we feel, emotions and such.
You have these descriptive sentences that describe external sensory information, e.g. score in a football game, whether a light is green or red. Some sentences describe internal information. Some sentences indicate consciousness, which are basically the same as one another. They are based on information held in your consciousness or in your brain.
You have sentences. All of the sentences descriptive of the information in your brain are by definition reflective of the information in your brain. They are coming from the same thing. They come from your mental agglomeration of information. They are not qualitatively different from any other descriptive sentence that describes the contents of your awareness.
From there, you can describe the sentences that reflect consciousness as valid and unavoidable as the sentences that are more apparently concrete because they describe definite sensory information. There’s a sloppy proof there.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/15
Scott: So if this is the methodology without technology, we’re talking about a large number of independent talented people, who specialized in joke writing, coming together to make better comedy. And this is Apatow and others.
Rick:He’s a writer with some other writers and some added quips and stuff from dozens and dozens of other talented people. If you watch Netflix, or if you watch an Indie Comedy on Netflix, it might not be that funny, but could have benefitted from this kind of thing.
A well-developed movie these days, whether it is an Apatow comedy, where every line has been workshopped to be the best possible line. Or a $200 million Marvel super hero movie, where every point in that movie has been workshopped to make sure it best takes advantage of the technology that has been developed for the super hero movies, such as CG, and that it makes a plausible presentation of the ridiculous mythology and backstories that lead to this point in the super hero universe.
A $200 million Marvel super hero movie has been workshopped a zillion times. If you look at an Indie movie, you have a $2.5 million budget. Only 2 or 3 people have ever gone over the script. If you look at the movie, it had the potential to be a more entertaining movie, but it just didn’t get worked over enough. We can assume analogously that people in the future will network more and more intimately to add value to more and more areas of endeavour.
The stock market is one of the biggest laboratories for technological assault and technology aided understanding of value and trends, but it is still people sitting at a bank of screens. In the future, that may be one of the places where the ‘traders are sitting at a bunch of screens’ model is changed into a more efficient form of computational exploitation of being the first to understand what’s going on.
Or being the best at what’s going on in the corner of some financial market, but you can imagine different relationships among people and machines being helpful, like medicine. Studies of doctors show that doctors make a lot of wrong diagnoses and guesses, and mistakes.
Mistakes that are overlapping. Somebody treated by 6 or 7 doctors is likely to have mistakes in treatments or medications. If your entire medical team can be jacked into, or intimately computationally linked into, a treatment gang, that will lead to better outcomes.
I read Michael Lewis’s book about human error and risk prediction, or risk-based behaviour. That includes doctors going off their gut instincts. They aren’t that great.
If you throw certain diagnostic tasks over to a computer or some kind of diagnostic machine, even though the diagnostic machines don’t have the same quality of input or experience, the rubric base, the rule-based diagnosis coming out of a machine will in a lot of cases be more accurate than the human diagnosis.
We’re going to become half-robots linking up to each other in all sorts of ways to take advantage of external computation, which will become a misnomer as the external computation becomes more and more intimate.
It will impinge of the type of art that we like, type of science that we do. I notice Captain America: Civil War came on Netflix. We have talked about how if you showed one of these super hero movies to somebody in the 60s or 70s they would have a hard time reacting to it.
Because they weren’t used to such a quick visual presentation of information, so wouldn’t be able to follow it. I noticed with this movie that the ability to compute it is so apparent that we can react to super-violent interactions with fairly real physics in real-time!
If you were watching The Six Million Dollar Man in the late 70s, there was a lot of slow-motion as Steve Austin did his super power high-jump over a wall with his bionic legs. The action slowed down so you could really appreciate what was going on. Also, so, probably, it would eat some time.
(Laugh)
But Captain America, somebody gets hit with a car in real-time, they go, splat-pada-doom-da-doom, in real-time! It is exciting to see that stuff in real-time. And it is due to the CG that let’s that stuff be simulated persuasively.
And it is a collaboration, external computation working with our educated brains, so we’re able to understand a quick little interaction that takes less than half of a second to present information that would not have been picked up by somebody 40 years ago.
A fight in a super hero movie would have made zero sense, in a contemporary super hero movie, to somebody in 1972.
Scott: What about the reverse? Somebody travelling to the past and working on a mechanical loom. Modern people would suck. It doesn’t seem better/worse. It is experience with rapid visual presentation of information or with physical manipulation on a loom.
Rick: Humans in general are attracted to helpful information. A byproduct of that is we’re attracted to information in general, like rap music. Rap music has to be the most informationally dense genre. Some might argue symphony music is more informationally dense.
Scott: Yea, but symphonies require the ability to read the musical notation, oftentimes other languages, rap is more easily accessible with the use of spoken word rather than instrument, mostly. So, there are some fundamental differences. It’s apples and oranges, to a degree.
Rick: Part of that is the love of information thing. Rap hits you with all sorts of salacious or insidery references or information – bam, bam, bam, bam, bam – and you are pleased as the information flows into you. It is rewarding to you. It is a reward system thing – ding, ding, ding, ding, ding. You are hip to this, hip to this, hip to this, hip to this, as the information flows into you.
Back to super hero movies, people now have to sit through most of the credits. You see 2,000 people make the movie in the credits. If you see the movie, now, you see much of a movie consists in people interacting with the movie in hi-tech ways, like a team of CG people in South Korea building the wire frames of your characters, fleshing them out, and animating them. Even though, you have never met them.
I am sure the amount of computation that goes into a super hero movie has to be millions of times the total computation that went into WWII. WWII was partially fought with primitive computers. There were radar sites, or there were bomb siting machines on bomber planes. That would help people zero in on their targets. They were really elementary computers. The amount of computation going on in a bomb site computer was probably among the most sophisticated of the era, and would probably be dwarfed by a home thermometer now. The thing connected to your thermostat that has your heater go on and off depending on the temperature.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/14
Scott: The AI assistants are primitive now, but they should, just given technology trends and computer science sophistication, increase their domain generality and utility. How is this likely to going to play out into the future – stuff with AI assistants?
Rick: We already have in-home helpers like Cortana and Siri. They aren’t that helpful. Mostly, Siri frees up your hands when looking for stuff. You can yell stuff at her while you’re driving to look stuff up for you.
Those types of butlers or helpers are going to become increasingly helpful. They’ll become good at giving life advice. One area where people are particularly clueless is middle and high school, and applying for college. It has a bunch of moving parts. Social media functions as rough advisors for teens now.
But it is not the best. Teens have always been clueless, and miserable because of it and search for ideas on how to live their lives, but not very hard. Teens wallow in misery. It is a rare teen that does the makeover, which is a popular theme in high school movies.
The teen that is unhappy with his/her social position and does a radical transformation of his/her self. Mostly, teens don’t know how to ask or take advice. Teens are like most people. Most people don’t want to take advice. Most advice isn’t good, and most people don’t want to drastically change.
But there will be an increasing market for increasingly good expert advisors as people see that the expert advice can really help them. I would think that the teen market would be a good place for that. The best advisors for teens, who are lucky enough to have them, are older siblings.
If you get advice from an older sibling, whether you want it or not, they will tell you you’re stupid or not, but not everyone can have a cooler older sibling. But there will be devices that perform some of those functions, which will ask people to reconsider their appearance, behavior, and life strategies.
You’ll be able to program your personal advisor to give you the degree of input that you might want, and a personal life monitor can give you all sorts of helpful advice, like you’re mansplaining, or interrupt a lot, and can give a report on the quality of your conversation if you’re concerned about that.
It’ll tell you if you’re being too interrupty. It will monitor other people’s faces. It will advise you if your language is either too high level, or too low level, or too many “uhms” or “you knows.” And this specific thing is one example of working with external computation.
And having that kind of thing will be a huge advantage for people who get good at working with that kind of thing, but then you have the external computation that is even more intimate. External computers that ride really close to your brain and may follow a more direct pipeline than just talking to you.
Google Glass failed, it fed information into you via your optic nerve, your eyes. At some point, there will be a wearable form of computation that feeds users information more or less continuously and doesn’t freak people out.
We’ve talked about contact lenses linked to computers, like the Terminator eye display. That is fairly intimate. Eventually, computation will be more intimate and people will have more built-ins or jacked-ins. People might have actual jacks that link up or allow neural-type feeds, directly into the brain.
You already have things that really, really roughly work like that, where, for blind people, glasses that can give a rough picture of the world via your tough, maybe, or else directly to the back of your eyeball.
Digital hearing aids that provide hearing assistant directly to auditory nerves, or just cochlear implants. The brain is super plastic it turns out. The old picture was you were born with a certain amounts of neurons. That’s not entirely true.
That’s not the entire picture because the wiring in your brain is not neuron based, but dendrite based. All of the tendrils coming off of each one of your neurons, and those tendrils are constantly being re-engineered, which is at a crazy rate. An insane rate that the dendrites are rejiggering themselves.
The brain is greedy for efficient neural connections. The brain is super eager to rewire itself to the most efficient it can be relevant to the tasks it is being asked to do, and because of that people building add-ons for your brain will not always have to know the brain’s wiring.
Because if you give the brain additional computational resources, it will tend to rewire itself given those resources. This is an overstatement, but you can slap any old crap on the brain and it will rewire itself to be able to use the information coming from that crap, if it can gain access to that information.
The future won’t be war between the humans and the robots. The future will be scrambling among various people who are better or worse at adapting to various forms of external information. It is like war between the humans and the half-bots, which is a better kind of war.
Because anybody who is sufficiently motivated can become a half-bot by learning how to exploit external computation better. A half-bot, some kind of super-digital asshole.
(Laugh)
People are still pissed at the way people in the 90s had cellphones. Not everyone had a cellphone, people who did, didn’t know how to use them in a way that didn’t annoy people. On an annoyance scale from 0-10, somebody with a cell phone was likely to come in at a 6.
Someone talking loudly in the bank. Now, it is a low-level annoyance. Everyone is at a low-level annoyance. It is about a 2 for everyone. People think, “This is how it is now.” Everyone is distracted and driving stupidly because it is pervasive.
The annoyance level is down to a 2. We will see the induced annoyance lowering. With Google Glass, it was seen as a 6 if people knew what you were wearing. People were ready to think you were a butthead.
And especially if they knew you could be recording video of them without explicit knowledge at any point with the glasses, so if you went into a bar with anyone that is tech savvy with the glasses, they might hassle you.
They might think you’re a douche, and a douche who is taking video of them. The annoyance they cause was too much to overcome any kind of benefits from the Google Glass. But at some point, the wearable digital helper, the annoyance level in other people associated with them will be lower, will have more benefits than annoyance. In the same way, it was lower over time with the cell phones.
There will be all sorts of advantages to be had with the advancements in technology. There will be the gentleman billionaire who can’t afford to be jacked in, but surrounds himself/herself with a bunch of tech jockeys who are providing the gentleman/gentlewoman with the latest insights from the devices.
That will allow them to take advantage of the technology without having to partake of it himself/herself. There will also be the gangs of people who jack into each other plus all of the added technology, to become specialized in a certain area. It isn’t a tech thing, but Judd Apatow has, I believe, the most effective model for writing comedy movies right now.
Which is the multiple table readings, Judd Apatow is friends with all of the best comedy writers and comedians in LA, when he’s got a project in development he brings in everybody to read the script. 20 people at a time, I guess. They sit around a table.
I do not know about this personally because, I guess, I am not one of the best comedy writers in LA. Apparently, you bring in 20 really funny people. At different points, people chime in a joke. I’ve been in comedy writing rooms. I have worked in them for years.
Somebody throws out a topic or something under consideration, then everybody tries to get their brains to think about the jokes on the topic under consideration. Apatow works and works his stuff under this methodology.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/13
Scott: What about nationhood at various levels of sophistication?
Rick: You’re talking about the idea of nations or the actuality of nations throughout history. Over the past 300 or 400 years, it’s probably been the heyday of nations, where it is tough to have nations. It is tough to have a nation when you don’t know the layout of the world.
Say before the Rennaissance world, you have states, but not nation-states as we understand them with 99.8%+ of the world’s land belonging to a nation or a colony of a nation. It is difficult to have nations before, say, the telegraph.
But to really get a full national system, where we have – there are small exceptions – a world divided into about 200 nations, it is difficult to have the glue required to bring a nation together, which requires communication, decent borders – can’t when things are too rugged and things are too conducive to people taking local power.
America has a lot of things that are pre-telegraph, which makes things slightly politically weird. The electoral college satisfies a balancing act between the slave states and the free states. Slave states with smaller populations were set this way with the house and senate system too.
Slave states were generally rural and agricultural states, and didn’t want to be swayed by the popular vote and made compromises, but these compromises are based on need a week or two for information to travel across a pretty big country. So, nations function more efficiently with the telegraph and telephones, and that kind of stuff.
Nations probably function less well into the future when extremely efficient forms of communication allow people to form alliances independently of nations. You’ve always had forces that work against nations. You have local geographic interests that can cause civil war.
You have organizations such as the Masons who, for hundreds of years, have been rumored to have secret agendas and alliances, but you really get forces that can reduce the importance of nationhood into the future when people can form strong alliances via communication, when everybody is plugged into the Internet – and what will grow out of the Internet.
You see strong non-national interests forming. For the past 100 years, you’ve had increasing corporatism. That’s not necessarily a people thing. It is a corporate thing, but corporations, the world’s largest corporations, tend to think of themselves as their own primary interests or are aligned with their own interests.
Often, that doesn’t align with following the rules or being in any one country. Though corporations don’t represent large numbers of people. We’ve mentioned this before, but Cory Doctorow talks about tribes built around common interests such as when people prefer to work.
You have the world divided into 24 time zones. One for each hour. In one of his books, people line up in each one of these 24 tribes depending on when they want to be awake, which is when their tribe is awake during their time of being awake.
Someone in Philadelphia might feel more aligned with someone in London, as a tribe, because someone might feel more comfortable with their time. But nations aren’t going away for the next couple 100 years. There’s a writer named Amy Webb.
I haven’t read her book, but I heard her on NPR. She said if you want to be a futurist and want to see what the future will hold, then you might want to back off and stop worrying about a 100 years from now and start focusing on the developments happening in the now.
Nation will almost certainly become less and less important in the next 100 years. But now, in the near future, they are extremely important, but brings us back around to America versus other large powers. Thanks to cooking the election, Russia is seen as resurgent, but that’s hard to know for sure because Putin is powerful.
But he runs a country with high levels of alcoholism, low standards of living, declining population about half the population or so of the US (half of 325 million). I don’t know how much actual clout they have. I’m sure their clout is growing. You have other large nations that are ineffective in the world.
Brazil has a large population, but it’s a mess. You don’t hear about them dominating world politics. When you’re talking abut effective nations, in wielding world power, you have the US, European nations as a group, though less so as the EU gets tattered, and India and China.
We’ve talked about what you might get from living in a nation that is a wielder of political power, more so than other nations in the world. That’s complicated. I’ve benefitted from the US being a dominating nation because I’ve worked in entertainment and the world looks to the US for entertainment.
We have the world’s most developed entertainment industry. I have worked in that for many years. Also, I was a good earner working for TV. Though I’m sure there are other places in the world where you can make a good living working in the entertainment industry. India has a huge entertainment industry.
China, based on their size, has a huge entertainment industry. At a superficial level, you feel cool living in a dominant nation. People don’t deconstruct that very much. But if you go to Twitter and looking at people with the American flag on their Twitter, there’s an unquestioning alliance to this manly Rightist conception of America.
There’s calling other people pussies on social media if they express any reservations on what conservatives think America is supposed to be about, but the feeling of coolness goes along with a lot of US patriotism. It is somewhat averse to questioning. We benefit in ways that I don’t entirely understand being the dominant power with the economy.
We dominate with the US dollar being the benchmark for world economics. People talk about we’re going to be a lot worse off if the US dollar is replaced more with the Yuan or the Chinese currency.
We benefit from the US being one of the world’s coolest countries to move to, to live in, because we get to recruit smart people from the rest of the world. If that gets screwed up via increasing xenophobia, maybe, our technological dominance is further threatened.
Scott: You mentioned something in your Genius of the Year Award from Jason Betts. The landscape of genius is going to flatten, but that’s on the assumption that people will take technology on board. Not everyone will, there are some nuances there; the technological Amish, the technologically adept, and the technologically augmented.
Rick: An immediate analogy is income inequality. You have some people becoming much richer and others’ income staying flat. We have an increasing, into the future, cognitive inequality or informational inequality, or computational resource inequality, where the technologically receptive and nimble will be able to provide themselves with power to move through society that is much greater than people who can’t make the various technological leaps.
We’re at the beginning. For all of history, all living beings have done most of their computation within their heads. One dimension of success in the human world is how good your computation is, how good your thinking is; as we move into the future, an added dimension will be how good you are at augmenting your internal computation with external computation with all sorts of specialist applications. We see various applications of that. Until the 80s, the securities market, the stock market, were not dominated by match, but by people ruggedly pursuing gut feeling.
The rough-and-ready traders, then in the 80s, physics postdocs started getting jobs on Wall Street and mathematicizing all of the vague hunches that people had in working in the stock market until then. From the 80s onward, the securities trading and analysis has become increasingly dominated by mechanical, non-human, computation.
That kind of dominance, or various flavors of dominances, will extend into more and more areas. One area, which is a dumb area, but an important one living in a congested city, is route computation. There are ways you can give yourself an advantage by travelling different ways. It means people can save themselves 5 minutes on a trip or find themselves less annoyed at the end of a trip depending on the way they travel. It is a near future thing that people will have increasingly sophisticated personal AI valets, butlers.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/12
Scott: That leads to the third point, where Lee Kuan Yew had good relations with the United States and China. He had to balance between the two with a small city-state. He was the prime minister of Singapore for 30 or so years. He is the father of the current primate minister, Lee Hsien Loong, who became prime minister after one term of Goh Chok Tong (who became prime minister after Lee Kuan Yew).
He noted China was seen as, or many of the population (the leaders) saw China as, the middle path or middle road, where everything had to go through it, e.g. trade, but it can’t be that anymore. It won’t be that in the future because it is a multipolar world, where there will be many power countries as major poles of varying strengths. Lee Kuan Yew (and I assume Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong) knew (and know) this. Three we’ve been talking about will be on that list: United States, China, and India.
No country can claim absolute dominance. They are not going to own 50% of the world’s wealth as the United States did after WWII. Everyone will be attenuated proportionate to everyone else. There will be the rise of some older ideological empires. Some more secular than others. Others more religious. With more technology and more science, as a rule of thumb, it will liberalize and democratize much of the world.
Rick: Forces of nationalism will be challenged by other forces. Now, historically, you have religious forces challenging national forces in places where they don’t align. Some places reinforce them; some places don’t. Recently, we have forces of corporatism or don’t, and aligning, or not aligning, with national forces or interests. In the future, you will have nationalistic and religious forces losing power relative to corporatistic and informational forces.
Economic and informational forces in other words. We’ve talked about this before, where it doesn’t matter if your country is number one in the world or not. I like the feeling I get from living in LA, which is one of the world’s major cities and having been involved in one of the city’s major industries, the entertainment industry, when the US was one of the most powerful countries. It is the place you go to have your dreams come true.
If you look at your average person in Finland, they might healthier and happier on a day-to-day basis, but they don’t have the awesomeness of living in the US. They might be a boutique country, but they don’t have the awesomeness of living in the US.
Scott: What about the durability of the nation-state? Historically, it is a newer concept. Will the city-state be more viable in the future?
Rick: World-ruling countries have a run of a few centuries, historically. Rome had 5 centuries, though Rome was pretty dysfunctional because it had a model of conquest and trade. I don’t know too much about them, but Rome was kind of a mess. It led to higher standards of living for millions of people, but it still brought weird ways of living as it colonized the known world.
It had its 5 centuries. Greece had its couple 3 centuries. Spain had a few centuries. The US has had, since 1776, 240 years, but America hasn’t pushed to the forefront of nations until the 20th century, but you could push it back and give the United States the 19th century too – because of democracy, even though we weren’t the most dominant 19th century country.
Can we expect any country to be the world’s leading nation for another 2 centuries, say? I think that’s unreasonable because I think the idea of leading nationhood will be beat up by the forces of technological change, where many of those forces work against nationhood and align people from all different parts of the world in entities that aren’t nationally based. Cory Doctorow considers them as tribes, but they may be tribes of tens of millions of people.
One tribe might be the technologically adept. Another might be the technologically augmented. In the future, the people who have the wherewithal or the internal orientation towards economic mobility to get themselves augmented with AI that works closely with one’s own brain. Those people will form a tribe of tens and then perhaps hundreds of millions of people who live life at a different speed and in a different way than people who are less able to rev themselves up with additional information processing capacity. That tribe of 100, 200, 300, half of a billion people may be something that runs the world for a while and only pays a half assed lip service to nationhood.
On the other hand, the nation that makes itself the most attractive home for this tribe of souped up people. That nation may buy itself another 50-100 years of nationhood. But eventually, nationhood will become less of a force, like sex, than it has been because there are a lot of other stuff going on in civilization than sex. It is a slow change. Right now, it is barely statistically noticeable, but people have a lot more other awesome stuff to be engaged in.
Similarly, in the future, people will be less likely to be nationalistic because there will be a lot more awesome stuff that functions apart from nations because America gives people a lot of things that are awesome, but we also get stuff that is awesome that don’t come strictly from America. The information feeds that come to us do not come solely from America. You can probably get the same quality of material fed to you from Canada, and England, and to some lesser extent in China. You need to do more dancing around stuff that might be censored in your country there. But your information feeds are not provided to you by national entities. So, national feeling, and power, will be attenuated over the next 100 years, though individual nations, as they evolve into places for certain types of people, will continue to lead in certain ways.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/11
Scott: ‘Hot button’ issues still in the United States. Acceptance of basic ideas in various fields. In climatology, global warming; in biology, evolution, for examples.
Rick: There’s big science, then there’s everyday science. Big science includes everything everybody thinks of when they think of science, which includes the nature of the universe, climate change, evolution, but most people in science don’t work in big science, necessarily. Most people push science forward in smaller ways and work on smaller projects.
Scott: America is the most powerful country, ever. So, whatever it does in science affects not only its internal population, but the external ones, the stances on climate change, because the policies influence many coastal peoples in the world, and evolution, because it influences medicine, are important.
Rick: If we have policies that turn us into a bunch of yahoos, then we fall out of the top leadership position within 50 years because there are other countries that have the resources to take over from us as the leading countries in science and technology. We’re a big country relative to the world population. We have 325 million people out of 7.4 billion people. We have slightly less than 1/20th of the world’s population.
You have two countries that each consist of about 1/6th of the world’s population. China with 1.3 billion people and India with 1.2 billion people. Together, they are a little more than 1/3rd of the world’s population. They are both pro-technology countries. China in its recent past has been hampered by bad communistic policies, and perhaps even from the 1940s, 1950s onward China wrestled with bad communist leadership – killed a lot of its people, repressed a lot of its people, sent educated people to the countryside to work on the farms. That screwed China for many decades.
India has been a poor ass country. It remains poor, but at the same time with 1.2 billion people. There are enough people who aren’t poor and who are probably educated that they probably have at least as many people who are tech savvy as our population, even while they are struggling with being poor. China is getting better at scaling back on the communist government interference in technology, and getting better at the government facilitating the development of technology.
I think it’s fairly obvious that they think they can achieve whatever position they want to achieve in the world, which is, I assume, to run the world as much as they can via technological superiority. If we’re not going to be technologically superior in America, to use a stupid cliché, ‘eat our lunch’ – probably not in the next 10 years, but maybe in the next 50 years.
Scott: Three things come to mind there. Two are ethnic and linguistic issues. Another is a statement by Lee Kuan Yew, the deceased ex-prime minister of Singapore – for 30 years. On the ethnic and linguistic issues, India has a bigger issue because it has caste, a tremendous number of ethnicities, and a tremendous number of languages, which makes integration more difficult and processes in the country slower – which by implication can make progress slow. China, it has mostly one language with different dialects, mostly one people, at least by a large margin – the Han, and those simple pervasive factors can make it more able to develop at a faster rate.
Rick: Before you get to the third one, that’s what makes China scarier than India because China has one-time zone across one country! Which is insane with a country that’s 4,000 or 5,000 miles wide, they have more unification than India, but they’re both scary. In that, India may be chopped up into these little pieces by bad infrastructure, by caste, by lack of common language, but still they’ve got 1.2 billion people to deploy.
1.2 billion people who want the things that people want, which means they can have inefficiencies and still do very well in competition with us because they have 900 million more people than we do. They can still waste a lot of those people via those people being trapped in the wrong places, in the wrong castes. They can still do well. China, with its monolithic culture, and focus on being a technologically superior country, and having more than a billion people than we do, if we want to maintain our position, we’re in trouble.
Maintaining our position involves America being the greatest place to do technology, move to America and have freedom, it’s fun in America. If you’re a nerdy guy, you might become reasonably affluent, meet awesome women, live in an awesome place and have awesome stuff, and not have to worry about having to say the right thing, and without having to kiss the right party member’s butt.
As long as the world sees America as a place where you can become Leonardo DiCaprio in The Wolf of Wall Street via doing tech, then we’ll be kind of okay, but China seems to make it fun to do tech over there, where if you’re the head of a tech thing over there then you can live a rich person’s life. All of the things people associate with an awesome life in America.
I’m sure there might be some protocols, but a lot of those things are probably left out. And if you live in a big industrial city, and if you’re a big tech mogul, you probably get to eat great food, have great romantic partners, and cars, and places to live.
If we’re going to be a country of yahoos, where you’ve got a bunch of racist dumbshits running around and making things tough for brown people, if you’re some super smart kid from India, do you want to live in China and live awesomely or do you want to live in India and live awesomely?
If America is going to be a country of dumbshits and yahoos, where somebody is going to be roughing you up on the street because they don’t like your color, and if we have a country that starts denying tech visas to people because we want to reserve smart person jobs for America’s smart people who may or may not want them…
Scott: …You mean the H1Bs.
Rick: Yea, if we start messing with that program, then America becomes less and less promising as the country where you go to achieve your dreams. China doesn’t have to do that much. The worse we become then the less China needs to do to become the country where you achieve your dreams.
For a while, I was watching a bunch of Bollywood movies. Yea, a lot of people are poor as crap in Indian cities, but there are many places in India for people to live awesomely. Yea, there might be people living poorly two blocks away, but there are places for people to live awesomely in India.
The less awesome America is, then the easier it will be for other countries to hang onto or grab people who do want to live awesomely, and a racist or yahoo government will lose us talented people.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/10
Scott: Back to the bigger picture, to zoom out, the Hollywood perspective is that there is the presentation of more power and influence than there is; whereas, in DC, it is the opposite.
Rick: Let’s drop in the apposite quote, though not entirely appropriate, but needs to be said when comparing DC and Hollywood, ‘DC is show business for ugly people.’
(Laugh)
Right now, when Trump tweeted Meryl Streep was overrated, you had a competition between an actor, Streep, who is relatively universally regarded as super competent and a decent person versus a guy who often acts as a bully and may, or may not, be competent because his financial and business behaviour are so sketchy that it is so hard to tell.
People who are not in favour of Trump like to say that if Trump took the investments from his dad and made reasonable investments, then he would be as or more successful than he is with his real estate shenanigans.
Scott: With Trump, moral or immoral, ethical or unethical, he is good at getting what he wants.
Rick: Yea, we’re about to find out if this loose-cannony, triumphy, bullshittyness will be successful in a president. We’ve never had this kind of huckster. This kind of PT Barnum character as president. It makes everybody nervous because it is tied to the Republican agenda for the most part, which isn’t a kind agenda.
It is an agenda that says that if everybody takes care of themselves then everything will be fine, and if not fine for you then maybe that is just too bad because we can’t save everybody. It is not an everybody pulling together agenda.
Scott: From the Utilitarians to the Social Contract Theorists, or the modern ethical theorists, that hyper-individualist perspective goes against them.
Rick: It goes against the general principle and trend of the Golden Rule. The general direction of civilization, which is to be more inclusive. The Republicans base a lot of stuff on excluding, modern Republicans. The icky republicanism seen now is based on looking at the world and the social acceptance that has been growing for non-majority types and lifestyles, and having backlash against it.
Scott: To be fair, as a lot of the perspective you’re speaking to is Left…
Rick: …yea…
Scott: For some classical liberals, traditional conservatives, and modern libertarians, they are appalled with some of the things he has said and represents.
Rick: Yea, he might screw over the Republicans as much as the Democrats because he hasn’t been historically tied to one party. He is tied to doing what he wants, saying what he wants. Any political stances that he has are either his private opinion or designed to get him what he wants. It is a big experiment that is about to happen, whether a huckster businessman can direct the nation productively.
Scott: One thing is societies function on policies and leaders. Another thing is societies function without the top-down policies and leaders. So, things will be more difficult for some people, but things will still run. It won’t be utopia, except maybe the super-rich, but it is not necessarily the end of the world as some insinuate or outright claim.
Rick: Democracy is durable. Over the past few years, you’ve had Bush as president for half of the time, who is considered by liberals to be one of the worst presidents ever. Then you have Obama considered by many conservatives to be one of the worst presidents ever, but there’s a lot of bullshit to that argument. If you look at the best presidents ever, Obama is probably ranked in the 70th percentile, where Bush is in the bottom quartile, but not among the worst.
He wouldn’t necessarily make it among the 5 worst presidents in history. He might make it somewhere between the 6th and 12th worst presidents. In any case, you have two presidents considered by two differing wide swathes of the country to be super bad, and America has survived that with its economy intact in terms of at least the stock and in terms first-level employment statistics.
Although, people like to argue, especially those that hate Obama, that the current unemployment rate is 4.7, which is good, but some like to argue it doesn’t reflect 90 million people who have given up on finding jobs, which I’m sure has a large bullshit component to it. Anyway, we’ve survived 16 years of political strife and the country is functioning well.
We’re about to see whether we can survive at least another 4 years assuming Trump serves out his term of unqualified leadership at the presidential level and Republican control at all levels including the legislative and executive, and soon to be the judicial, but with a population that is more against the soon-to-be government than perhaps ever before.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/09
Scott: With social media and people having narrow political views, people can have more information than ever, which can help if people are active in finding the information of the day. However, as with most people, the problem is the passive intake of information, which leads people into silos, as you noted with HuffPo, Salon, and so on.
Rick: Are silos the same things as bubbles? Scott: Roughly the same metaphor, you’re in a smaller worldview, or a narrowed perspective. Rick: Most people don’t search diverse or opposing viewpoints. I only occasionally read Drudge, but not too much. It annoys me. I never go to The Blaze or The Daily Caller. I’m not sure if it is if I can’t handle the viewpoints or the dumbness. There’s this young woman named Tomi Lahren.
She was going crazy about Meryl Streep – either pro or con. Her most annoying tweet was that Hollywood wouldn’t know hardworking Americans if it bit us on the ass. It’s dumb because she’s 24, and for all I know she has worked on TV and some congressional Republican campaign; whereas, I didn’t get to join the Writers Guild until I was 35 and had a lot of menial jobs. I cleaned a lot, a lot, of toilets.
When I get to work on TV shows, the work was no less hard, and maybe harder – working for a daily TV show was pretty much an all-the-time thing. You were either working on the day’s bits or jokes or getting ready for the next day’s stuff. It was at least 10 hours and more than that. It is a lot of work to do a good job. She is saying Hollywood elites don’t know what hard work is, which is dumb, hypocritical, and bullshit.
Scott: Does Hollywood lean Left?
Rick: Yea! Truth has a liberal bias, which may not be the case for some eras and some places. But, in America, right now and for the past couple of decades, increasingly, conservatives traffic in bullshit more than liberals do. Conservatives engage in more fake news.
Scott: If you take the Left and the Right of Hollywood, does Hollywood have less influence than it thinks it has with regards to the people it has in it – actors, comedians, writers?
Rick: Hollywood has less influence than it would like to have. It probably has less influence than it thinks it has. Celebrities have less influence than they like to think they have. When you look at some celebrities who are competent and well-informed, like Meryl Streep, if you look her up, and Trump calls her overrated, on Wikipedia, she’s been nominated for 409 awards and won 157 of them including Oscars, Golden Globes, and Emmys.
Scott: She’s batting at Babe Ruth.
Rick: Yea, she’s not a dumb person. She’s well-informed. She’s made her career out of figuring out how the characters she plays feel, which is not the worst way to understand people. A lot of people come to Hollywood to make it, but there’s a bias to not being stupid to people who do make it. A lot of celebrities are smart, and make effort to be extra well-informed about things they do support, like when Clooney testifies before congress.
When they testify, they are testifying from an informed point of view. When people say they’re full of shit or dumbass celebrities spouting off, that is frustrating for those of us who believe most celebrities are well-informed and not stupid about the things they’re talking about. As with any large group of people, there are some celebrities who speak out who are idiots, at least about the things they speak out against like the anti-vaccination people.
Where if you look at the science of it, they are almost entirely a good thing and objections tend to be based on dumbness and misinformation. Let’s take an example like a Clooney, a Clooney will not hesitate to go on the internet and figure out if the things he is talking about are true or not. They inform themselves. Then if they feel they need more information, they will reach out to people with more information within the field.
DiCaprio has probably spoken to a bunch of scientists about climate change. He is a bit of hypocrite by flying on private jets because they do pollute a lot. At the very least, he knows what he’s talking about. He is an interesting spokesperson to have for a cause because people like listening to him. He will get more attention than the run-of-the-mill climate scientist.
As opposed to people on the conservative side, like the senator who held up a snowball in 2016 and said that disproves climate change, where often on the conservative side, you find people who search out information and scientists only with an eye to find loopholes in commonly held scientific truths.
Scott: Also, sociological analysis, some sociological analysis of people known to be good observers like comedians, e.g. Paul Mooney or Eddie Griffin on the presentation of race in Hollywood movies.
Rick: Yea.
Scott: Which is sometimes outside of the political or scientific analysis.
Rick: Entertainment, most good entertainment, is based on presenting a nuanced view of the world, which is based on observing things and viewing the world as it is. There are various ways the world as it is does not get to the final product, but somebody who can intelligently observe and analyze the world is more likely to have success in writing and producing entertainment than somebody who is oblivious or is chained to a semi-false agenda.
Unless, they are selling to a captive doctrinally-anchored market, like you’re selling the Left Behind books. I read a couple of those things to see what was going on with them. I mean, they’re okay, but they’re not great. They are big, thick novels. It takes like 10 of them to get through the entire Book of Revelation. I didn’t read all of them. It’s like 4,000 pages.
Scott: That’s probably bigger than Game of Thrones.
Rick: Possibly. There are characters in them. One is an airline pilot, and misses the Rapture bus. He goes through all sorts of tribulations. We know how tall he is, what he likes and doesn’t like. You wouldn’t read these books for the wonderfulness of the portrayal of the individual humans, as opposed to another book that deals with another type of Rapture, which is The Leftovers by Tom Perrotta.
He’s written a bunch of good well-observed books. I’m not sure if The Leftovers is his strongest book. His strongest book might be Election or Little Children (which was turned into a movie with Kate Winslett). That’s a brutal, sharply-observed book. Election does too. It puts characters through their paces. The Leftovers is a better work of observed humanity than Left Behind, which just needs humans in place to move through the tribulations of The Book of Revelations.
As one general rule, if you like being entertained or moved by your stuff, you want something that is more like Tom Perratta than a Left Behind book.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/08
Scott: Social media is very custom as well, and this played a role.
Rick: Social media wouldn’t be as delicious as it is if it weren’t super targeted and individualized, which is made possible through massive computation, massive information processing. Social media rests on a foundation of masses of servers, hugely complicated apps someplace, feeding us what we want all of the time. So that we’re not just computing in our head. We’re interacting more and more, and exporting more and more of our personalities. We are still at a fairly non-immersive stage. VR is just starting to become a thing.
Scott: You have mentioned Zuckerberg making Facebook ‘telepathic.’
Rick: He said a couple of years ago that we’ll be telepathic, which means the best social media will get better and better at transmitting versions of what we’re thinking. Right now, we’re mostly communicating via words, but more and more via words that we’ve either selected or either personally collected or captured via a phone camera or phone video.
And what we’re able to transmit among ourselves will become more and more, will contain more and more information, reflective of our mental landscapes, we’ll more and more export the content of our thoughts. We’ll become less and less islands and more connected with each other. While this is going on, there will be a rising tide of sophisticated and to some extent self-directed information processors that aren’t human, and we will eventually become enveloped in the worldwide thought sphere. I think some people call it the noosphere, which means thought sphere.
Where there’s going to be a lot, a lot, of information processing going on and less and less of it going on in our meat brains, though, we will continue to participate more and more fully in this thought sphere. That will usher in the third big human, or if you want to call it post-human, because some people do, period, where humans don’t have dominion, but we share dominion with other information processors.
We become part of this worldwide information processing enterprise, which has both individualistic and group aspects. We’ll probably see all flavors of individual information processing and group information processing as we build more and more technology to make our thoughts accessible to each other and to build other things that have their own thoughts.
We can talk about some of the flavors – like some people will become the steroid abusers of thought. Where people, some people, will try to make themselves the most powerful information processors on the planet as individuals by augmenting their brains, other people will try to do this by using technology that allows people to bridge thoughts plus added thinking power – as groups. Some people will not be interested in building 19″ mental biceps that way. More people will simply be more and more linked computationally to other people.
I haven’t seen statistics, but it looks like one of those hockey-stick graphs. The amount of information that we share with each other per minute has to be like a 100,000 times more now than it was in the 1930s. A lot of that information seems like garbage. Russian videos of crazy Russian drivers, but still information. It is not like the information in the 1930s weren’t garbage, like Tiahuana Bibles were pornographic versions of popular comic strips, can’t get more garbage than that.
It just turns out that in the election 2016 that one of the aspects of this rise of personal information was that it kind of turns us more into pricks than perhaps we’ve been in the past, more individualistic, more entitled, more likely to say “F- you, everybody else.”
Also, more manipulable via personalized information, which is another thing. Once we get more and more immersed into the worldwide thought sphere, our ability to understand what’s going on will get worse and worse. Well, we’ll get better at not being manipulated by certain things.
When I was a kid in 5th and 6th grade, we were taught as a lesson in civics how not to be manipulated by TV ads. You are taught the various pitches that TV makes. There were a bunch. We were taught to see through them, whether we did or not. At least, somebody was trying to teach us that. At this point, we are probably pretty resistant to manipulation. But some forms of TV ads are pretty effective. Everybody has their bubble.
The 2 or 3 places I go to see the news every day are HuffPo, Slate, and Salon, which are all pretty liberal websites. Only occasionally do I go to Drudge to see what conservatives are thinking, but I can’t stay there too long because it pisses me off. I am in my own information bubble, at least I know it. There are a lot of people who are thinking they are getting the truth and who are at least as bubble-bound as I. I think that eventually we will learn to see through a lot of the content that comes to us over the internet. But there will be other means of streaming information into ourselves that we’ll always have something that messes with or will be beyond our ability to be manipulated by, as we move into the future – even as we learn how to not be manipulated by slightly older forms of information.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/07
Scott: This recent election with President-elect Trump was different than previous ones.
Rick:Looking back at WWII, WWII was America coming together to fight. The generation that fought WWII made sacrifices. Everybody made sacrifices. The people at war and the people at home. Gathering newspapers and scrap metal and willingly putting up with food rationing, gas rationing, people who wouldn’t normally go to work in factories going to work in factories. Americans fought WWII together. Americans did not fight 9/11 together.
Bush made it explicit. He said we tried to take action against the entities that committed 9/11 and told people to go shopping. There has been no draft for more than 30 years. Very small percentage of the population is involved with the military compared with past eras, and so most Americans were separate from the fight against people who attacked us on 9/11. We have a more individualistic way of being that is facilitated via social media and reality television shows. We always have had an individualistic streak.
Many guys in the 80s, including myself, walked around thinking of themselves a little bit as Rambo. Guys had it in the back of their mind that they could really take care of themselves in a fist fight or if we encountered a mugger or if we got involved in a road rage incident. We thought we could step out of the car and knock somebody’s block off.
Scott: So, America had a unified vision of their direction and their group, Americans themselves. So, they had an idea of themselves as a society, and the direction and place they wanted the society to end up.
Rick: WWII was a definitely clear war with a definitely clear enemy or series of enemies. The Germans had evil intent and the Japanese were pretty terrible too. We thought of ourselves as the injured party being compelled to enter into war because of aggression committed against us. So, we were unified in fighting a big evil threat, but then you had a lot of stuff like unified Americanism.
You had patriotism. You had the boy scouts. You had religion. You had high school. American high school was more or less a 20th century invention to give everybody an education in the general American society and principles of democracy to give everybody equal opportunity, whether it worked out that way or not. It was a comprehensive high school, meaning it encompassed everything.
Scott: Comprehensive high schools were to give Americans complete educations in the American way of life.
Rick: An American education, comprehensive high schools were, are, abridged versions of adult American life. They were little societies. My first high school had 2,000 students. My second-high school had 3,000 students. The first high school worked better. It was more of a society. Everybody felt as though they could be a part of something, fitting in some place. The 3,000 student high school in Albuquerque – Highland High, Beavis and Butthead’s high school by the way, was dominated by like 50 super cool students who not only dominated sports and student council, but also overpopulated the AP classes.
So, you had a group of super cool kids and a bunch of kids putting in their time like “fuck this.”
There was less civic involvement in the affairs of high school, but in the stereotypic high school, like Grease, or every high school movie ever. You are looking at an abridged version of society, of adult society, that is more vicious because people are just learning to behave in society and haven’t learned how to be over being assholes yet.
But in real life versus movies, I’d say that people are probably nicer in high school than post-high school because most people in high school are still living in family units where they have things taken care of for them, which means there’s less at stake and means people are slightly kinder.
I’ve been to a zillion high schools and feel that people are mostly nice in high school, or at least nicer in high school movies. Anyway, the things that drew us together in the 20th century as Americans. A lot or most of those things have eroded. The idea that being a boy scout or a girl scout. I don’t know the percentage, but it’s got to be pretty low compared to 80 years ago.
Fewer people are participating in the military. You used to have everybody getting called up or at least had to be examined to see whether every male could be a suitable soldier. He, the generic guy, had to be drafted in the 70s, where every male was at risk of being forced to join the military.
Patriotism has eroded into various ones like conservative and liberal, which are very different flavors right now. Family life has been subject to, or at least aspirational family life with 2.3 kids with a dog and a house in addition to a mom and dad who are married, erosion. That has eroded. Monolithic culture has to some extent eroded. We went from 3 TV channels to an explosion of individualised entertainment. So, we’re more individualistic.
So, collectivist slogans do not persuade us as much as they used to. The idea, which is probably more Republican right now, that people aren’t good at stuff should, maybe, be left to fend for themselves and live lives that aren’t as good if it is costing achievers. We can’t support everybody in the style to which everybody would want to be supported.
So, social media makes everybody feel special, or feel entitled. Drivers feel entitled. Not everybody, but a significant chunk of drivers feels entitled to drive dangerously while they absorb and interact with their social media, whether it is talking on a cell phone or more likely talking or playing games on a cell phone, or tablet, or whatever.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/06
Scott: What was this election? We have talked about this being science fiction election. How is it a science fiction election?
Rick: The presidential election in 2016 can be seen as the first science fiction election. In some obvious ways, in the late 60s, a writer named John Brunner wrote the booksThe Sheep Look Up and Stand on Zanzibar in which the president is a figurehead, an advertising icon, called Prexy.
You can see that with Reagan. A movie star becoming president. Not the brightest guy, but the guys around him running the show. Then with Trump being a reality star, among the other reasons that Trump wouldn’t be president without is The Apprentice. His 10 or 11 years on The Apprentice and being on TV, being America’s boss.
So, in a superficial way, we have that, and then you have Idiocracy. The president being a goofy figurehead. That doesn’t fit Trump exactly, or Reagan, in that they made decisions, have opinions, act on those opinions, and are not simply puppets. Although, they are more media focused than previous presidents.
They are more created by the media than previous presidents. I think there’s a deeper sense in which this was seen as the science fiction election because it showed trends in our relationships with AI and computation that will become more and more apparent and more and more important in the future. To set it up, I have to set up like 3 or 4 periods of human existence.
Let’s call Period Zero humans trying to survive like other animals on the savanna and other areas, where they tried to survive as small packs or tribes without much language, technology, or tools – scrambling to survive in the natural world and having no special sense of themselves.
But Period One is humans separate, beginning around 10,000 years ago when humans start to have language, toolmaking ability, and civilizations, and start to see themselves as special and different from the rest of the world. Until you have language, you can’t see yourself as much of anything except the way animals see themselves as individual operators, but not subject to even that much introspection because you’re trying to survive all of the time.
Period One as humans as separate and their own story, and narrative. It goes on for thousands of years. Humans interacting with the gods, and not wanting to anger the gods. They have their stories about the world, which, at least according to some religions, is made for us, specifically.
Period Two is human dominion, where we get the idea over the last thousand, and especially the last few hundred, years that we can do anything, solve anything, given technology and science and the world is ours to figure out, and that we’re not functioning at the whim of gods, which is the science point of view.
I would say that is the majority opinion right now. Yea, you can do a survey and find most Americans believe in angels, but most believe if you want to get something done it takes human action and planning, and technology, instead of prayer and gods.
I think there’s a further period that we’re entering into, which is the rise of computation external to human thought. A rising tide of computation, of information processing, in which we’re beginning to be immersed. There’s that old saying that no man is an island, which is similar to that Hillary saying, “It takes a village.” No one exists in isolation.
Or when Obama said, “You didn’t build that.” Which was purposefully interpreted by Republicans as Obama denying individual entrepreneurial spirit in some collectivist way, that is Obama saying, ‘Yea, you built your business, but you could not have done it without some things external to your business. With the rest of America, your business could not have been built.’ But, computationally, we have all been, largely, islands for all of human history.
Where almost all of the computation we do, all of our understanding and perceiving the world, takes place within our brains, the means that we have of sharing information are much more narrow-banded than the information streams within our individual heads, but that is changing. The 2016 election was different from every other presidential election in human history for reasons we are still trying to figure out.
One reason is you had two non-incumbents. Both of them flawed and not real popular compared to the 2012 election, which was Obama Election Part 2. Obama Election Part 2 had a lot to do with Obama Election Part 1. For the first time in 8 years, you have 2 non-incumbents.
For the first time in more than 30 years, you had 2 super unpopular non-incumbents. So, those things alone would make 2016 different, but in science fiction ways. 2016 is different because you have social media influencing people’s voting behavior more than ever before with the step up being huge, where 2012 was still about a charismatic known candidate versus a non-charismatic and bland candidate.
Those issues overshadowed technological issues in the election, though technology played a big part. Mitt Romney’s speech about the 40% of takers, which cost him. It was caught on somebody’s cell phone, but that’s somebody happening to have a video camera in place when Mitt Romney said something unfortunate said between him and a bunch of his donors.
But in 2016, not only do you have the election influenced by the steady stream of ugly information about the Democrats obtained by hacking, you have people’s opinions and voting behavior being influenced by their relationship with social media, which is this giant external wad of computation and interaction.
With certain upshots, certain consequences, one thing is everybody feels super actualized and more important than they would feel otherwise. Hillary’s slogan was “stronger together.” But what you have with voters, thanks to their personal relationships with social media, feels more important than people felt 10, 20, or 30 years ago because everybody has a personal voice in social media, a personal megaphone.
You can talk to anybody on social media. You can comment on any story. You can get a personalized feed on the social media you participate in: Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, which leads to a feeling of entitlement.
It is consistent with Trump’s reality show entitlement. Trump is this guy of no special ability. He is not a trained actor. He is not a beautiful actor. But through reality television, he has been able to convey his…being for more than a decade. He’s a skilled exploiter of media including social media.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/05
Scott: That’s some background. What will be future wars?
Rick: Future wars will, obviously, be fought in a variety of ways including things that aren’t clearly combat along the WWII model. But I think when people talk about the future of war, and will there be war, I don’t think nuclear weapons can be left out of the discussion. The United States and Russia each have over 7,000 nukes.
I think in third place might be France with vastly fewer nukes, maybe around 300, then you’ve got Pakistan and India, which might have 150 each. I’ve seen the list. Israel maybe with 50 or 100. The deal with nukes, I think, is that when there’s the possibility of something being used, and that possibility exists for a long enough time. Eventually, that possibility will come to pass.
If there’s a 0.1% of an earthquake per year, there’s a fair chance that an earthquake will happen with 1,000 years. There’s a fair chance that a 1-in-a-1,000 per year thing will happen in 1000 years. And it’s almost inevitable that something like that will happen, this 1-in-a-1,000-year earthquake will happen in 10,000 years. There’s a non-zero risk of a nuclear weapon being used per year. Eventually, you will see a nuclear weapon used.
You could argue, or I tend to believe that it is probable, that the use of nuclear weapons will not be what people have feared since WWII, which is a massive use of nuclear weapons between the US and Russia, the US and China, or China and Russia. Any of those. Instead, it is more likely that you’ll have a smaller country with a smaller nuclear stockpile being controlled by a psycho a-hole not being controlled by his political system, like Kim Jong-un.
He’s more likely, I think, to launch a nuke than Russia to launch a nuclear attack. Although, the US and Russia have more to lose via a nuclear exchange, and have more controls in place. It is more likely that you’ve got a smaller crazier nation, or you have non-state actors getting a hold of nuclear material and setting off, probably not a functioning nuclear bomb but, a dirty bomb, but one that doesn’t successfully undergo fission.
Instead, it has a packet of radioactive material that gets distributed across a few hundred yards via a conventional explosive, which would scare the world almost as much as a nuke because most people don’t understand the difference between nuclear material distributed and scattered via conventional explosives and nuclear explosives.
Scott: It would set a precedent, too. It would provide the possibility in the minds of bad people.
Rick: Sure, but I think that would mean somebody managing to do that. What has captured the imagination of terrorists since 9/11 has been easy things that kill a lot of people, grabbing a plane and flying it into a building turns out to kill a lot of people without a lot of having to build weapons. More recently, hijacking a truck and driving it through a crowd kills a lot of people without having to build any weapons.
It scares people because planes and trucks are everywhere. So, if some group or person were to set off a dirty bomb, that would capture the imagination in a new horrible way, but it is not likely to happen a lot. At least, until, the first time it happens, but it is more likely than a full scale nuclear exchange among super powers.
Scott: What about narrow artificial intelligence designed to combat systems specific to nations, integral to their infrastructure? I do not a mean science fiction movie or a takedown from AI becoming conscious and destroying everything human. I mean the notion of someone design an artificial intelligence geared towards taking down specific systems within nation.
Rick: Some kind of analytic system that takes a look at the distribution of ISIS forces across Syria and Iraq, and trying to determine the optimal distribution of resources. Some kind of AI-based analytics for some specific military intelligence.
Scott: That would be half. The other half would then be the computer program can infiltrate the computer system and take it down. You can have some nuclear reactor, and it takes down its computer system.
Rick: We know that Iraq’s centrifuges were attacked by a computer worm or something.
We took over their centrifuges and made them spin so fast they wrecked themselves. That aggression will continue. Yesterday, in the news, or the day before, it came out that there was evidence of Russia attacking or hacking into Vermont’s power grid. Anyway, it was into part of the US energy infrastructure.
All three major – the US, Russia, and China – countries have many people working. It is their normal jobs. I’m sure. It is their normal jobs to be hacking into other countries’ internet and computer systems. We are hacking each other all of the time now. You could say right now there is ongoing cyberwar. Although, mostly, there’s ongoing hacking going on. There’s the actual aggressive acts using the hacks, which are still only occasional, I guess.
You have, along with the constant hacking by state actors, state actors working in concert with private entrepreneurial hackers. In Russia, I’m sure the government hackers sometimes team up with freelance hackers to go after our stuff. I don’t know if the NSA ever uses freelancers. I assume that in the US there’s a more official division than the NSA and the CIA, and whatever other agencies do our hacking, probably like to think of themselves as competent to do it without having to bring in freelancers.
And would feel it would be kinda criminal to bring in freelancers, whereas Russia probably has less qualms about that, but there’s constant hacking among bigger countries and India’s in on it too. There’s freelance hacking going on every place. Stuff that isn’t hacking, but isn’t exactly kosher.
This isn’t war, but it is bullshit. In that, I can go online and find somebody in Bangladesh who can sell me 1,100 fake Twitter followers for ten bucks. In fact, I do this a lot. I go online. I find a vendor. Usually in a third world but technically able country, a lot of people do this in India, Sri Lanka. I try not to business so much in Pakistan because people doing this from Pakistan…I don’t want to be supporting who knows what.
It’s a big creepy world of people doing bullshit online in addition to a big world of people doing legitimate business online, the world of cyberwarfare is in itself hard to think about with the clarity that we think about WWII. There’s too many moving parts to it. Most Americans don’t know how to frame the Trump victory.
There are so many moving parts to it that it is completely confusing. It is similar to Brexit, where I’m sure if you’re in Britain or just looking at Britain – how that happened. The Trump victory and Brexit are both things that the fair majority of each nation don’t want. Yet, they still won electoral victories. It’s confusing to people. Both things consist of many forces whose affect on the process are hard to judge.
When you want to talk about the current state of war or the future state of war, those things are subject to similar confusion because there are so many moving parts, and the size and the power of each of the moving parts are hard to judge or to fit into a picture that can easily fit into your imagination.
So, we have countries and individuals who are constantly committing aggressive acts against other countries and individuals or preparing to do so. We have no idea the extent to which this is going on, and no idea the ways in which this is going on.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/04
Scott: That leads to thoughts about the drone campaign, ongoing, and cyberwarfare by Russia, as you noted. The future would seem to then presage more cyberwarfare and more drone, or at-a-distance, mechanized warfare.
Rick: Let’s go back to the WWII model of warfare, which is nations fighting each other using everything they have, and what makes wars like that, and so, I don’t know that much history, but one thing that makes for big national wars is nations thinking they can get away with conquest, or aggression.
To some extent, some nations feeling aggrieved. Certainly, that is what Germany was feeling, or at least Hitler was able to exploit the national feeling of Germany because Germany felt cheated by the Treaty of Versailles that ended WWI. That Germany felt put upon. That they were blamed for everything, made to pay for everything, had land taken away. So, they had a bunch of national grievances.
So, I assume that’s a cause for big national war. I guess another cause for war would be the feeling among nations and national leaders that they can’t get what they need or want via less belligerent means. And to go to the modern means of war, war has often been seen as a means of last resort, though not always. I don’t think when the Greeks and Romans fought wars that they saw wars as a means of last resort.
They saw them as a norm, especially the Romans who were constantly on a war footing. They kept doing their business on a framework of war: ‘we’re going to come conquer you via fairly warlike methods, and then we’re going to incorporate you under the empire.’ Since they were constantly at war, I don’t know if their wars were as brutal as other countries. War was their deal.
I think they made war more of a business than a bloodbath. But I don’t know that much history. In more recent times, war has been seen as what happens when you exhaust other means. And as we come up with new ways to fight war, what war is changes, and a drone war tends not to kill the people flying the drones, I don’t know that we’ve lost any American troops to drone warfare since we’re the ones using drones to target missiles and people.
Although, you could say some Americans are the victims. The victims of the drone attacks get pissed off enough to commit terrorist attacks. Some Americans are victims of the terrorist attacks. But drone warfare takes war fighting away from troops in the field to some extent, and then cyberwarfare is a form of warfighting that is even more remote from what we think of as combat than drone fighting. To the extent where it blurs the line between war fighting and getting what you want via other means, the whole dividing line between war and not war becomes blurred, in some good ways and some terrible ways.
The terrible ways are people don’t even realize they are in a war. Russia pretty much committed an act of war against us in screwing up the election. Now, there are a lot of other reasons that contributed to a less competent politician becoming president, but you can argue fairly effectively that if Russia hadn’t helped out that the election wouldn’t have gone the way it did, and the US will be less effective politically, more divided. The US is just worse off with the outcome of the election.
Which makes Russia more powerful, I think for the fourth year in a row Forbes has named Putin the most powerful person in the world. He’s going to be more free to do what he wants due to the outcome of the American election. That was war. He won this battle. But it doesn’t feel like war. It feels gross and confusing and disheartening in a way that we don’t want it. Obama just kicked 35 Russian diplomats out of the country, and that feels more of the right scale than, say, ‘I had to launch missiles at Russia.’
It is confusing. I just saw a survey that more Trump voters by almost 4-to-1 approve of Putin than approve of Obama. 35% of Trump voters approve of Putin versus 9% approve of Obama. That is effective war fighting. Anyway, we don’t have a clear view of what war is, the means of fighting war. There are more and more ways of handling international conflict. And when I say “international,” I mean conflict among nations.
There are, since 9/11, more conflict that is not based in nations, but is based more in, you could call it, religious extremism. But it is al-Qaeda and ISIS, and whatever you consider them. Yea, they are Islamic extremists, but they are not just that. Because, really, they use Islam as an excuse, but they are really a bunch of assholes who want to kill and be pirates…
(Laugh)
They are not a lot different in certain ways than warlords in some ways. They want to set up little empires.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2017/01/03
Scott: War is a perennial human activity. How will war affect the future durability of nations? How will this change in the future in general?
Rick: When you mentioned that we’d be talking about the future of war, I realized that I don’t know what I’m talking about when I’m talking about war, and most people don’t know what they’re talking about. When you talk about sex, sex is pretty specific in its meaning. Although, it has a lot of related activities and behaviours, but sex is pretty pin-downable. Even though, it is fairly central to the human landscape.
War is very nebulous and hard to think about clearly. If you go to Wikipedia and look at the list of wars by death tolls, you haven’t heard of most of these wars. And if you ask most Americans what the longest American war has been, most will war WWII. Some will say the Vietnam War. Some will say the Iraq War. It is pretty much the Afghan War, which has been going on for 15 years. We still have troops over there.
Even though, peace has been declared at various times. When Americans think about war, the model they have in their heads is, or Canadians or anyone in North America: what is the longest war?
Scott: If just wars, then The Hundred Years War comes to mind, or more typical ones like the Gulf War or the Korean War.
Rick: When you ask people to describe or name a big war, typically, it is WWII. It is the war on the tip of most people’s minds in America as being a big typical war. The kind we don’t want, the kind we fear, and the kind that typifies war. It was America’s last war. Vietnam, Korea, the Gulf, and Afghanistan and Iraq, none of these were declared by an act of Congress. I believe Congress has been asked to help the President declare war in some of these instances, but he pussed out. They were in support of the Iraq War, but that backfired on a bunch of people.
But WWII have aspects that make it clearly a war, war. An evil enemy, nations as enemies, nations fighting with each other, a clear beginning for us, at least, with Pearl Harbor, a clear end for us with the atomic bombs dropped on Japan. A Triumph for us. One we can feel good about; a triumph over evil. Then there are subsequent wars, we don’t like thinking about them. Korea, most people don’t know what was accomplished, if anything.
Vietnam, it seems like a loss. Iraq seems like a bummer. In that, most people feel, at least, vaguely that we shouldn’t have gone in there. Or if they support the war, they support it for bullshitty reasons. The Afghan War seems like something we should’ve done to the extent that people think we should have done it, but most people don’t even realize that it’s still going on and may not realize that it is even a war. Even though, you can argue that it is the longest war in American history.
It has only killed about 1,800 Americans in combat compared to WWII, which killed about 300,000 Americans. Vietnam killed 53,000 Americans in combat. So, our most recent wars like Iraq have killed only a few thousand. Our more recent wars have been more nebulous, haven’t required the level of national sacrifice WWII did. When George Bush said, when went to war against the people that did 9/11, he told people to go shopping and support the American economy.
(Laugh)
Even though WWII is the one that we most like thinking about, and with WWI it isn’t clear what we accomplished, WWII is our preferred war, but is atypical in its clarity. Most wars are messier. So, we have the wrong model for war when we look to WWII. So, we don’t really know what we’re thinking about when we’re thinking about the future of war because we’ve been at war since 9/11, but most people don’t feel as if we’re at war, though they do feel that things are terrible in the world because of terrorist attacks.
They feel like things are in some ways worse than ever, or can be convinced into that, but when you look at the number of casualties due to terrorism to the number of casualties due to the big wars in the 21st century. We’re doing pretty well. Terrorism functions to create terror and also a lack of clarity. I don’t know how sophisticated terrorists are when they do acts of terror, but I don’t know if they are aware how their actions affect people’s thinking. But terrorism causes confusion and makes people misunderstand the world via horrors.
One guy, recently, was dressed in a Santa outfit and killing dozens of people. So, we need to pin down what war means a little bit before we can talk about the future of it. We can see some trends, which may or may not be actual trends. You haven’t had a big world war since the last one ended more than 71 years ago. Unless, you count the Cold War, which was a different kind of world war. But we haven’t had one with a bunch of battlefronts, combat, planes, bombs, hundreds of thousands and millions of troops and casualties.
But you look at the timeline, and I mentioned this before, of huge world conflicts, 71 years doesn’t necessarily mean the end of big wars altogether because according to some ways of classifying wars, then big worldwide conflicts happen every 150 years. If you haven’t had a war in 71 years, or if you haven’t had an earthquake in 71 years, and earthquakes happen on average every 150 years, it doesn’t mean earthquakes are over. But if you look at the 71 years since WWII, you can see trends, which like I said can or can not be trends.
Fewer casualties in wars. Unless, you count the genocidal wars in Africa. More mechanization and remote fighting of wars. Different means of fighting wars. For the first time in American history, the American president was elected, in part, because of an act of cyberwar by Russia.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/31
Scott: In standard Big Bang cosmology, the issue is early universe galactic formation including the black holes, which become massive – 10% of their galaxy in mass relative to the stellar masses in all of the stars in their respective galaxy.
In IC, the issue is new ideas like ultra-deep cosmic time, proton-rich and neutron-rich galaxies, and the persistence of galaxies over ultra-deep cosmic time, and the persistence representative of information processing over similar time scales. There’s a cycling of galaxies and in information processing. How do these galaxies stay lit?
Rick: One solution is that galaxy could stay lit if a black hole is constantly vomiting energy or information into the galaxy. If a galaxy is a big ‘ol information processor and stars are little sub-processors, then maybe the central black hole is spitting out an information feed in the form of matter, which is agglomerated by or absorbed by the rest of the galaxy and processed via how stars shine, via fusion.
That turns out to be a hard argument to defend because if you end up with a central black hole spitting up information for a hundred million years. You’d have to also figure out. You’ve got a lit galaxy, but there aren’t some galaxies a million times bigger than some galaxies. You might have a few, but not commo.
The ratio of the smallest galaxy to the biggest galaxy is probably not more than 2 orders of magnitude, say 100 times bigger than the smallest galaxy. If the central black holes are spitting out energy, there has to be a way for a whole unused chunk to not be part of the galaxy.
Maybe, it would fall into the black hole. It doesn’t seem that unreasonable to me. You’ve got an information feed across tens of millions of years. Under IC, a thought, a complete wave of information processing, takes roughly as long as the apparent age of the universe.
The universe changes its mind on the scale of ten billion years or so, as a clock time. So, it doesn’t seem unreasonable – unless you think the whole thing is ridiculous – that a vomity black hole will spit up stuff for tens of millions of years and old black junk will fall into the black hole at some roughly equivalent rate.
You could view, don’t know if this is geometrically right, a galaxy as a kind of a rotating donut, say. This isn’t right geometrically, but it is okay in terms of picturing something.
Imagine if you’re grabbing and rolling the sides of a donut – the you unroll a sock or unroll a condom, so that as you rotate it out of the center (you’re rotating the ring) and you’ve got ring stuff coming out of the donut and falling back into the center on the bottom.
You’ve got a shower of matter falling out of the black hole and burnt out matter falling into the other side.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/30
Scott: With this ‘app’, with this set of persistent information processing ongoing in the structure or the material framework, how does this tie back into blackish holes and the principles of existence under informational cosmology?
Rick: Your hoping to get laid apps are probably triggered, especially if you’re a young man – but they aren’t always on. There is a zillion of them. Whenever you are awake, you are having words spontaneously form that are relevant to your moment-to-moment experience of the world.
I suspect most people have some sort of internal dialogue to help them contextualize their surroundings, things. If you’re walking down the street, you see and hear stuff. What you see and hear are a part of your consciousness, walking along, you say, “Wow, those are some ugly shoes,” or, “I hate that music blasting out of that asshole’s car.”
You don’t say those things. But there is a general word sense on. Some people have more semi-impressions of words. Your word apps are mostly on. If you were looking at, or arguing that the, universe is a model of the information that is in an information processor with our consciousness being a model of such an information processor, you would argue, or I would argue at least that, some physical presences, which would include bunches of galaxies, are always going to be a part of the active center.
The equivalent of word apps or the moving through physical space apps. You’re always going to need those when you’re awake. Those will always be in the active center. You’ll need mechanisms. Galaxies that use up their fuel will go out of the active center.
So, you’d think central black holes in galaxies might have some role of keeping galaxies lit. In that, you’d expect that a goa that is always part of the active center would have been lit for many tens of millions of years, which would mean the central black hole in IC sees a more expansive view.
Hawking, and other people in his area, has spent much of his career trying to figure out what can or can’t happens to information around and inside of a black hole because there are principles of conservation of stuff. You shouldn’t be able to get rid of all of your shit by dumping it down a black hole, or maybe you can.
No where in the universe can you erase information that you can by dumping it down a black hole, which seems to scramble it. But there are new theories that information is frozen as holograms in the event horizon. Hawking has spent decades trying to figure out and arguing with people about what happens to information going in and out of a black hole.
Under IC, with its looser rules, it is easier than standard physics to get in and out of a blackish hole. You’d expect black holes to have more flexibility in terms of what is going on in them with regards to information, from black hole to black hole across galaxies.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/29
Scott: How heavy are the blackish holes – compared to the Sun? How many stellar masses? Also, why so dense and old? How does this correspond to the armature?
Rick: Black holes at the center of galaxies run anywhere from a million stellar masses, masses of the Sun, to probably tens of billions. It is a bunch. It is as if you took up to 10% of the mass of a galaxy existing just in the black hole in the center, though not usually 10%, probably 1% or less.
Still, it is a huge number equivalent to the number of stars in just one thing. Under Big Bang physics, you’d be able to argue, I guess, that this thing formed because you had a galaxy 12 billion years ago, and things formed as they crashed into each other.
They gave up all of their mutual kinetic energy without the orbital energy in the center of the galaxy. This happened a lot in the early life of the galaxy. In the early life of large sets of orbiting bodies, you have chaos that gets straightened out by mutual collisions and interactions until in an old solar system like we have, which is probably 5 billion years old.
You don’t have crashes that often. You had crashes until things straightened out. They crashed until they formed the planets and the Sun, until things worked out. Same thing for a galaxy. Things coming together, clunking up, falling into the center.
You’d expect for there to be some totally big thing at the center of the galaxy for a lot of the early crashes on an early scale. I don’t know if that’s enough to explain the massive size of the black holes at the center of the galaxy.
Under IC, the massive black hole exists because the universe is older by many factors. If those central blackish holes in the center of galaxies had more than 12 billion years to aggregate – we also argue blackish holes are able to interact with the galaxies that contain them.
You’d expect under standard physics something different because the gravitational well is attenuated and is mediated by the exchange of information between the black hole and the stuff that surrounds it.
I suspect that galaxies have roles in processing information. Looking at your brain as it processes information, some your apps are always on when you’re awake. These are always running. Those that help you move through and understand your surroundings.
Then there are other apps that only come on when needed. How to behave when you feel as if you are in danger. Well over 99% of the time, unless you’ve got some crazy life, you don’t feel as if you’re in danger. So, your danger apps are not usually on.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/28
Scott: Why blackish hole rather than black hole?
Rick: Most galaxies have a huge friggin’ blackish hole at the center. Big Bang physics says black hole, which is just a thing which has so much matter in so small a space that even light can’t escape. It doesn’t have more suck power than something of similar mass, but large diameter.
But anything sucked in is not getting out because it would have to move faster than the speed of light to get out. It is a super suck thing if you happen to fall into it. Under IC information processing view, even though black holes are the ultimate suck things, Hawking showed that stuff can still escape, kind of, through Hawking radiation.
It is where a black hole exerts so much force on space or tension that the tension can be relieved by turning some of that tension into matter, where something right on the horizon of the black hole.
The space on the horizon of the black hole can get pulled in half, into a couple particles. One of which escapes the black hole and the other is sucked into it – like a snapping rubber band, like -ba-ding! It hauls ass away from the black hole.
It reduces the black hole’s mass until eventually over ridiculous amounts of time, which can include quadrillions and quintillions of years, a black hole could evaporate via particles created by the tension that the black hole exerts on space because the tension contains energy.
Even a Hawking black hole is only blackish, it is not fully black because stuff can’t escape because in a crazy event horizon, or some horizon, creation. Where else would it be? Under IC, black holes are even less black and more blackish.
In that, the gravitational, extreme gravitational, field that the black hole exerts on itself and surrounding space under IC is a collaboration between the black hole and surrounding space. Some aspects of black holes’ extreme gravitational force are attenuated because the clack hole itself has pulled itself out of the affairs by having a lot of interactions just with itself.
You could view the blackishness, the degree of blackness of a black hole, is a measure of the ratio of physical interactions just within the black hole, and those physical interactions going on between the black hole and the rest of the universe.
Since it is a ratio of a finite physical interactions inside of the black hole and a finite physical set of interactions outside of the black hole, that guarantees you’ll never get the number needed to get to the infinity. That’s why blackish rather than black hole.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/27
Scott: With respect to the galaxy-size, so we’re going to scale down and away from apparent T=0 to individual galaxies, those are in either of two classifications: proton-rich and neutron-rich, which are new.
Proton-rich are likely to be younger, active, and not burnt out. Neutron-rich are after all of the proton energy has been burnt out. When you’re burning high-proton galaxies, and they are alight, they expand space and time moves fast(er).
But over time, the space they inhabit collapses, over deep time, and the protons run out, and they neutrons fill them up. You get a neutron-rich galaxy, like embers left burning after a fire.
Rick: The universe has roughly 10^11 galaxies. New research says it might be more than that by a factor of 10, and the average galaxy contains about 100 million stars. If you’re developing a model of the universe as information processors, you’d expect galaxies to be some kind of processing unit.
Given that there are so many galaxies, and they fall roughly or have a not completely wild variation in structure, a galaxy is a blob of stars. The blobs can have a number of different structures. They can have gas and lots of other stuff going on.
But a galaxy is a relatively definite agglomeration of matter. You’d expect, if the universe is an information processor, then a galaxy has fairly specific roles with the processing and storing of information. It seems like it could be a given. There are other units that fit, if indeed the universe is an information processor.
Galaxies are made of a hundred million stars on average and other stuff like interstellar gas, quasars, blackish holes, and stuff like planets. A bunch of stuff within galaxies. One thing you definitely have in galaxies, for sure, are stars. Stars have a specific information processing role, and stars are made of atoms. So, atoms have a fairly specific information processing role.
You’ve got cars made out of atoms. Atoms stick together in specific ways that are useful for making your car go. Tires, the tire assembly that include the wheel too. Altogether, the car works like a car. But you can break down the cars functions are various scales to talk about the roles of tire atoms. Atoms in a tire are linked together flexibly so the tire can grab the road.
The atoms in the engine block are linked together fairly rigidly so the engine can work like the engine. But you can talk about the various components and their various functions and how they fit into some larger thing. You would expect galaxies to have some larger function in the overall business of the universe.
You were talking about new galaxies that were burning protons through fusion, nuclear fusion, which means you take an element that is richest in protons, which is hydrogen. It is close to 100%. Its nucleons are close to 100% protons.
When you can burn it through fusion turning it into helium, where its nucleons and helium, around half of the nucleons are now neutrons, they are protons who have fused and become neutrons. You can’t burn neutrons.
But you can probably do somethin’ with them in a neutron star, but under normal physics a neutron is basically a burnt proton. A young galaxy, according to big bang theory, starts out being a bunch of gas, interstellar or intergalactic gas, that has come together – tighter and tighter and tighter as it forms a blob gravitationally.
And that gas is roughly ¾ hydrogen and ¼ helium left over from the big bang and some trace elements, as the gas further coalesces into proto-stars the gas clumps up even further to the point that the pre-star.
There’s enough gravitational pressure, the pre-star coalesces, and eventually there’s enough pressure to cause nuclear fusion when you start turning protons into neutrons when you smash them together under tremendous pressure.
Hydrogen nuclei quickly progress from deuterium. A hydrogen nucleus is one proton, and you can fuse them and make deuterium which is one proton-one neutron, and then tritium which is one proton-two neutrons.
Then you hit a stable point when you get to helium, which is two and two. When you do enough of this, you can burn helium and turn them into even heavier elements. Under most circumstances, depending on the size of the star, oxygen is a stopping point for a lot of stars and iron is a stopping point for a lot of larger stars.
And then you’ve run out of fuel. Same way, you can only burn a piece of paper once. All of the chemical potentials to release energy have been released and now the paper is ash. You’d have to turn the ash into something that can burn, chemically. You have new young universes that are proton-rich, able to light up and burn all of their protons.
Then you have all of these neutron-rich universes in which everything is burnt up, and burnt out. You’ve got white dwarfs, brown dwarfs, blackish holes. This is after 20, 40, 50, 100 billion years. Most of everything is burned out.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/26
Scott: What does this definition of T=0 imply under IC? It’s an older universe.
Rick: In fact, a lot older because it would take many millions of light years to get to that star, but under IC we suggest that T=0 is not simply an echo of olden times close to when the Big Bang was, but that the Big Bang expands part of the universe at a time. There is more than one Big Bang. The universe is a series of biggish bangs that open up parts of that universe from across time. It is a series of expansions and contractions, not an oscillating universe, but more like a boiling universe.
Different parts of the universe bubble up over time, but there is always kind of an active center that is the bubbled up part. Some parts of which are always existing in the center because they are made of bubble power because they are relevant informationally. They were part of the outskirts that are bubbled up into activity as it is needed, as the information they contain becomes relevant and the stuff that is not bubbled up exists in a space and time that we call near T=0, where it looks like the conditions are time is slow, space is more collapsed, and it looks more like the beginning of the Big Bang around a time 13.8 billion years after the Big Bang. We talk about T=0 as an entity that exists more or less simultaneously with us.
By the time you would get back to T=0, it wouldn’t work because it would take you 28 billion years even travelling at the speed of light before you got anywhere near T=0. I started thinking about this stuff in 1981. I saw that there should be at least a metaphorical relationship between the structure of the universe we live in and the structure of the information in human consciousness or any consciousness. Ideally, there would be more than a metaphorical relationship.
There would be an exact mathematical tool set to translate from physical space and time and its rules (the rules of universe) to the rules of information within a conscious entity, or within a self-consistent information processing entity. One promising metaphorical aspect is that the neighbourhood around T=0 – the apparently young part of the universe – looks like it would be a good place to store information, which is contained in a system of information – but that isn’t relevant and active given the current set of information being processed in the active center of the universe.
Like your brain, you have a bunch of apps in your brain that are running and relevant to what you’re doing or experiencing, and then you have a bunch of other apps that don’t apply to your current situation or current needs. The information contained in the dormant apps may not even be consistent with the information contained in what you’re currently processing.
Inconsistent information systems can become consistent if you bubble them up and crash them into each other. F. Scott Fitzgerald said the mark or the sign of an intelligent mind is being able to keep simultaneously contradictory ideas in mind. You can entertain contradictions.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/25
Scott: Define T=0.
Rick: In Big Bang physics, in any reasonable physics, the farther away you look into the universe on huge scales, many millions and billions of light years, the further away you look the further away a star and galaxy is then the more in the past you’re seeing it because the light has taken millions and billions of years depending on the distance to get to you.
Since you’re looking at something in the past, you’re also looking at something younger. The universe is suffused with Big Bang radiation, which consists of super old photons that are close to 13 1/2 billion years old and they come from a time when the universe was very small and very young, close to what we’re calling T=0.
But under Big Bang physics, the whole universe ages and expands at the same rate, so even though you’re getting photons from a young universe. There is no young universe to be found anywhere in a big bang universe. By the time you got to the place, to the star that you saw as being very young, it would take you so long to get to the star plus other effects, the star would be at least the same age as where you left.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/23
Scott: Why isn’t arbitrarily large prohibited?
Rick: Multiple Worlds Theory is annoying because it implies all of these worlds have to exist, but IC is similarly annoying in that it has a large set of permitted worlds. We don’t have to deal with them because we live in a definite world that we know to exist and we don’t have to give every possible world in the set that same consideration of the world we live in ourselves, but you have to give it a mathematical existence. If it is not prohibited, it has to exist. That is an annoying part of multiplicity. Also, the Ladder of Minds if all universes need a containing armature, then they need a ladder all the way up.
You can say that parsimony is only applicable in certain contexts in the way entropy is only applicable in certain contexts and you get trouble if you overextend it.
Scott: Because it is a principle not a law, and Ockham came up with it in the 14th century. He came up with it in a conceptually simpler universe.
Rick: But it is a good law because it works all of the time. In most cases, it works. Entropy is similarly a powerful concept. It allowed human thought to move forward, but it doesn’t mean that those principles apply in every single context.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/21
Scott: When I think about structures like the Sun or the shell, the very hot shell, of things being sucked in or rotated around the black hole, or even the radiation that it has, in a way, over long periods of time, it is like having a heater in your room.
It is keeping things at a certain relevant temperature for some balance between order and disorder that might be necessary for certain types of information processing that are more efficiently done, from our perspective, temperatures or, from the universe’s perspective, kinds of information processing. It could be the speed of processing. It could be the complexity of processing. It could be the precision of processing.
Rick: It’s like you’re asking, “What might be the information processing nature of the universe as seen in solar systems, and other places, that has consistent long-term inputs of energy?”
Scott: Yea, big, definite, durable structures – solar systems, suns, planets, galaxies, upwards to filaments – big stuff relative to us. Some of them, like the Sun, are keeping heat. They’re keeping things – things are still cold – relatively warm. Like emotional values, they aren’t precise. They are fuzzy. There might be a helpfulness in fuzziness in some informational valuations rather than high levels of precision.
Rick: In terms of solar systems and the development of increasing levels of order in the creation of life, you need an energy gradient. You need an energy source. Energy needs to flow through a system to generate order. It can’t stay in the system. Energy has to enter the system, do work that increases order which also creates waste energy, which has to leave the system before it swamps the system with disorderly waste energy.
One way of looking at it is Maxwell’s Demon. It is imaginary. He is like the less well-known version of Schrodinger’s Cat. He is an imaginary being you use to discuss a scientific idea. Maxwell’s Demon works to reverse entropy. Let’s say you have a coffee cup, your coffee cup is divided between the outside and inside. Put in a barrier to divide the coffee, and say your coffee is lukewarm, you hire Maxwell’s Demon that is able to grab hot coffee molecules, dump them on one side, and cold ones and dump them on the other. He does a bunch of work and after he does a special amount of work. You have warm molecules on one side and hot molecules on another side and you can enjoy your coffee.
The deal is, if you can do the math on that and can imagine Maxwell’s Demon doing that, if you’re in a closed system, say there’s a dome over the coffee cup, by the work the demon does separating the cold and the hot molecules generates so much waste heat that everything heats up and when you’re done you don’t have a cold side and a hot side. You’ve got everything hot because the demon has created so much waste heat separating the molecules.
The deal is, the work it takes to increase order and separate hot from cold itself generates disorder. You need to attach a vacuum hose to the demon’s suit, say space suit, that sucks away waste heat. Otherwise, that waste heat contaminates the work you’ve done and in fact negates it. It is part of the deal that in a closed system disorder can only increase. If you have a demon that only increases order, the work he does by increasing order actually creates waste heat that destroys the work, you need an open system, which we have and solar systems are.
Heat comes from the Sun, is absorbed by plants, is stored in chemical bonds via chlorophyll. Photons from the Sun build energy storing molecules that can be tapped later to release energy to do other stuff, for movement and thought and for plants to be able to build the plants bigger to be able to store more energy, but when you build the molecules via absorbing photons there’s waste energy from doing that.
You got to get rid of it, which the Earth does by radiating waste heat out into space. So, when you have climate change, schmutz in the air, C02, blocks a lot of the waste heat from escaping. You have problems on Earth if you can’t dump waste energy. The Earth, the Solar System, are open systems that can dump energy into space. Space itself can dump energy by photons traversing space and it too can be considered an open and entropic system.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/19
Scott: If the universe is net negentropic, what happens a quintillion or quadrillion years into the future? What if the universe is net entropic?
Rick: The universe is defined, I believe and quantum mechanics suggests, by its interactions. An entropic universe or heat death universe, or open universe, keeps getting bigger and bigger. How does it define itself? If things get farther and farther away. There’s less and less energy. All of the photons have already flown away.
If the universe is basically a giant gun fight among all of the particles and the particles understand where they are versus everything else – pa-choo, pa-choo, pa-choo, pa-ting, pa-ting, pa-ting, then an entropic universe can’t even be defined because there’s very little exchange of defining information via radiation. Everything is too far away and too cold. So, F- that universe.
A negentropic universe is defined by the information in it as long as that information is interacting, where if the universe is a giant gun fight then you can have the active center where everybody is communicating with everybody else via radiation.
You’ve got the more collapsy T=0 outskirts, where information is preserved even though it’s not part of the gunfight. There’s not enough time for that stuff to need to be defined. The lack of stuff going on means a lack of time, which means the information doesn’t have time to break down.
So, you’ve got a cold storage, which is near zero-time storage. If you had the best refrigerator, the best one you could have, it would be a silver sphere where you put your Chinese food in it and no time passes within the sphere. It doesn’t even have to cool down. Put the food in, it is a stasis sphere.
You go on vacation, comeback 3 weeks later, take out the Chinese food that has experienced no time. So, the food is still fresh because it has experienced no time. T=0 is like storage. You might be able to store inconsistent information in a stasis sphere, basically, because say the universe knows more.
Our brains know more than we can know at any given time. We have more information stored than we access at any given instant, and given that the information is accurate within different contexts – one aspect of persistence is the absence of contradictions because everything fits with everything else, but with contextualized information, maybe, you store the stuff that is, the stuff you know, known within a specific localized context.
Your brain can only know so much at any given time even though you only know so much in the aggregate because you can only know the aggregate. There might be, if not inconsistencies in the aggregate, then at least contexts in which things are known that require the limited contexts at the time because the contexts cannot all be known at the same time.
Your brain doesn’t have the information processing capacity to present your complete knowledge at any given moment. The size of your brain’s limited capacity to know stuff at any given moment. There may be informationally based reasons why not all information can simultaneously exist.
That there is some kind of contradictory structure to information in the aggregate, so non-pertinent information has to be stored in a relativistically rotated, zero space and zero time, or limited space and time, or attenuated space and time, context, which would naturally be around T=0.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/17
Scott: Persistent structures at all scales in the universe have evolved to be resistant to decay, informational decay. They’re like buffers – like the shielding of solar systems from the interstellar medium because of the heliosphere. What about these informational decay buffers?
Rick: Solar systems are stable orbitally for the most part because all of the stuff that has crashed into stuff has either been knocked away from the solar system or agglomerated into planets or settled into stable orbits across the 5 billion or more years that the Solar System has taken to form.
The Solar System has been formed during the 99% of that time. During the initial 1% or 8%, there was crashing into everything all of the time. However, over time, that became more stable. The universe has solar wind coming and knocking some stuff away. The Earth is protected. One reason we’re able to live reasonable lifespans on Earth is because of the Van Allen Belt.
We’ve got a rotating iron core that generates a massive field that deflects incoming radiation, cosmic rays, away from the temperate parts of Earth and towards the poles. There are protective deals, shields, and dynamic systems that contribute to continued stability. It is structures like solar systems and galaxies, where an average galaxy consists of 10^11th stars. The vast majority of which are not crashing into each other at any given time.
The vast majority of galaxies are not crashing into each other at any given time too. This happens at various scales. In a time-based system that includes increasing order, persistent things persist. That seems to be a base deal. There are reasons why persistent things persist. The big reason is that they are resistant to outside disturbance.
The Solar System is resistant to disturbance because it, over a period of time, got rid of most of the disturbing objects. Also, the Solar System is part of a universe that is itself persistent and part of the universe’s persistent nature is there is an ass load of space.
With all of this space, it makes it less likely for things to have to crash into each other because there’s so much space for things to not crash into each other. If you look at the night sky, if you viewed the night sky as a sphere, as a globe, only 1 trillionth of the globe is painted star color. That is, it has the disc of a star there. The rest is pretty much empty space.
Empty space, where a photon can go 10 billion light years without crashing into anything, but I think it can; once something can become gravitationally deflected, it can probably get diffracting in some ways by passing through clouds of sparse matter without getting absorbed, but they can get messed with.
Living in a persistent universe, living in a universe with an apparent age of 13.8 billion years, there are things that you can look at as contributing to the persistence of that universe with the major things being gravitational locking and clustering in vast and mostly empty space.
For most things, there’s a combination. If it’s gravitational locking, it is something that happened once among the things that collided and locked together. Now, they’re stable together – either on increasingly large scales or as planets, or stars. Then you have a bunch of systems that are stable because they’re locked together in orbit.
They’re not going to crash into each other in the few billion years because the bodies that are part of an orbital system, and are orbiting bodies, have sufficient kinetic energy to keep themselves from crashing into the things that they are locked to. You have permanent locks from things that lock together and form matter clusters.
And then you have permanent locks in the things that form systems, in a big empty universe, that are highly persistent. The closest star from us is 4 light years away. I don’t know what the average distance between galaxies is. But it is probably millions of light years, I guess.
At the very least, many, many tens or hundreds of thousands of light years. Even if 2 galaxies are on a collision course, it is going to take 400 million or a billion years before they crash into each other. Even when they do crash, all of the stars in a galaxy have sufficient kinetic energy that they don’t fall into the center of the galaxy. Galaxies themselves are sparsely enough stringed in space that even when 2 galaxies crash into each other the vast, vast majority of stars do not slam into each other. They spin around each other and have different trajectories and things are chaotic, but those settle down.
First, into a new globular galaxy, then over a few billion years of getting things figured out, then a spiral galaxy.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/15
Scott: Matter in the universe represents structures. Information-based structures representative of external structure, a material framework.
Rick: You and I have been poking at what are the matter equivalents of informational structures. Looking at our universe, if our universe has an informational structure, then galaxies have to perform a very important and fairly informational thing because they have to be a specific informational thing as there are so many of them and their arrangement is so extensive across the universe.
Stars within a galaxy have some kind of sub-speciality. That is fairly well-defined because there are 10^22nd stars.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/13
Scott: What about concept clusters?
Rick: The concept clusters, or the chunks of information in your brain, are in the order of 100,00 things in your brain. The concept of running. The concept of farting. It includes the word fart and all of the variations on it. Scoffing! If you watch TV with the closed captioning on, scoffing is one of the hugest things people do on TV. Some character is always scoffing at another. Although, in real life, there is not nearly as much scoffing.
But on TV, there’s a bunch of scoffing. I have a concept cluster in my brain somewhere that include scoffing. The idea that I say something and somebody reacts to it, visibly, as if it is bullshit. That may be a concept cluster that is reflected by a bunch of or a swirl of information in information space. A galaxy of information. There may be around a 100,00 of those if you could map our information spaces.
That seems like the right magnitude. It could be less. It could be that we form our concepts on an impromptu basis with concept clusters, where maybe we don’t have concept clusters that are reserved specifically for pomegranate because we don’t use it much. But to get pomegranate. We need a bunch of them.
Or it could be that real estate development in our brain is easy as pie and we could throw up a million of them or every little thing, where you have 100,000 plus or minus one power of 10. It seems like a reasonable guess at the size of our mental universe if you could map it informationally – which we’ll be eventually able to do and you might have a 100,000 galaxies.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/11
Scott: How would you estimate the information in the universe?
Rick: There are various estimates. You could look at the average density in the universe. Some people have estimate that the number of particles, basically hydrogen atoms or protons, in the universe is around 10^80th (plus neutrons).
You could look at 10^80th in other ways such as the ratio of the diameter of a proton to the diameter of the universe is 10^40th. Those ratios, even if I got it wrong, are some measure of information in the universe. It takes a lot of information to specify this much space where a proton is only 10^40th as big as the universe – where a proton is so well-defined it is only one 10^40th the size of the universe.
In IC, galaxies are some kind of information. They have specific informational roles, either as information processors or as a concept cluster that expresses an idea or the name for an object in the mind of the universe. You have 10^22nd of these things, whatever they are in terms of information.
If 10^22nd stars, if 10^11th galaxies, then galaxies might be the concept clusters. It doesn’t seem unreasonable that we’re living inside of an information space of a system that has 10^11th components on a galaxy-size scale with each of those galaxies considered as a concept cluster – maybe being a word in the informational consciousness that is inherent to the universe.
But if you want to do a similar analysis on us, people and their information spaces have vocabularies of between 10,000 and 25,000 words. Maybe, each word or most words are associated with little concept clusters in our information spaces.
There’s a word for most of the things that we think about. You can argue that there are things that we have senses of, which we don’t express in word unless we make it explicit. We have the ability to take things is perspective, like when something is in front of something else.
I am looking at a plant in front of bricks in front of a box of DVDs. I have this whole deal where I can tell because my brain has trained to tell. I understand without thinking about it much at all – on top of, in front of. I understand when I am in a room that is roughly cubicle and how the various corners work.
There are some right-angles in what I am viewing, but there are many more angles that don’t look like right-angles to me. But I know because I stored them. So, I can walk without falling over, so does a 2-year-old. I don’t need to put all the thoughts of walking into words. A 2-year-old definitely couldn’t.
A lot of people would have a lot of trouble of putting the dynamics of walking into words. There are a lot of things we don’t need or have words for. But it makes sense and is reasonable to think that the number of concept clusters in our brain is on the order of 100,000.
If you have a memory, it is not necessarily encapsulated a lot. If you use that memory a lot, like first memory, my first memory is being in my basement looking at Raggedy Ann and Andy curtains probably in 1962. I can put it into words because I’ve accessed that memory a lot.
When you access it a lot, it is easy to put a word tag on it. Most tags are not tagged with a when. It is triggered when some associations are popped up. Now, you can characterize that time a put up a big goober in the vista cruiser I was driving.
If you live to 100, you live 36,500 days. In the future, people will have brain buddies that record every single moment, so you can remember what you were doing on ay given hour on any given day. If you were to pull up a brain buddy on somebody 100 years old and with a functioning brain, you could cue them up for every adult day of their life.
You say, “Remember when you were, remember when,” They say, “Oh yea, they were wear that dress with brass buttons.” You’re able to pull up memories when enough cues from that memory are cued.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/10
Scott: Are most photons not captured by other things in the universe? They traverse, lose energy.
Rick: The craziest statistics that nobody knows. There’s many of them, but one of them is that only one trillionth of the night sky is covered by stars. That means if you shot a photon into empty space, then you would need to shoot a trillion of them to have a good chance of hitting a star. Most sight lines in space don’t end up at a star. We can talk about Olbers’ Paradox. We don’t have time to talk about that.
It is like standing out in the middle of a forest, but only having a trillionth of your sightline has a tree in it. If you shoot a trillion bullets and only hit one tree, then those trees are fairly sparse. It is the same with space and photons.
Most photons are not intercepted within a couple billion or ten billion, or the vast percent, of photons don’t run into matter within the first ten billion light years of their travels. There are certain caveats.
We are in a Solar System, where we have the star that takes up a huge amount of the sky relative to the amount of the sky that stars usually take up. Still, even in daylight, if you’re looking around and in the orbit looking at the Sun, the Sun doesn’t even add a percent of the sky covered.
So, yea, most photons get away. They go, and go, and go, and go. We can probably assume that they eventually run into something, but I’m not sure that’s a necessary assumption. It rests on the curvature of the universe, where as the photon zips across everything.
We’ve got this theory where T=0 is spatially different from where we’re at. So, things are going to be more compactified in an actual future as opposed to the past of a big bang. Things start getting mushed together in a T=0 area. So, a lot of photons will be captured.
What you can say whether you believe in a T=0 with the rest of the universe, most photons get loose. They keep going. They get redder and redder. Their wavelength gets longer and longer as they traverse space that is large enough to be subject to the Hubble Constant, which Big Banger says is velocital.
But if you believe the universe is informational, you can say it is gravitational or structural. In an case, photons lose energy. It is that loss of energy that makes the increase in order possible and helps breed large-scale order. Order on the scale of galaxies and all of that stuff and actually helps determine the Arrow of Time
Scott: IC in that framework has two separate theories. Two distinct from standard Big Bang cosmology. One, where T=0 is apparent T=0, large collections of matter functioning as storage. Where time is virtually frozen, that would be global negentropy. Two, we have global entropy, but localized negentropy with the shedding of waste heat in persistent structures like solar systems.
Rick: If you can segregate information that is not actively being used, if you can store it around T=0, that is a nice sink. I don’t know exactly how it works, but it is part of a system that is negentropic.
Scott: In general, that would be storage. That storage would be subject, like all storage systems, to information decay, but over extraordinarily deep cosmic time.
Rick: In the cosmology that we’ve been poking at, we live in an information space. It is not our information. It is information that is the universe. You’ve got storage, but it is information that is supported by an armature that is a material support frame like a hard drive or a CPU some place in a universe not our own – like the brain. Some place that can store information because information can’t store itself.
The information we have in our brains. That information can’t store itself. It is stored in our brains. The information in computers is stored within computers. Information stored within the universe, if it is made of information, is stored someplace else.
The material thing that supports our information universe is, we can assume, subject to having stuff happen to it. Stuff happen to our brain. Stuff happens to our computers. Information is lost when the system brains, whether permanently or temporarily.
With us, our information is way, way lost when we get Alzheimer’s or die. In the case of a computer hard drive, it depends on what is going on. It is based on information. In decay that is based on information, that decay that can be both within the information as information contradicts itself and you have to rejigger everything as new information comes in.
But more importantly, information can decay because the vessel for that information is subject to decay. That looks like the heating up of the universe. A negentropic universe goes from tiny and hot to cool – to 3.7 degrees above absolute zero. That being the average temperature of interstellar or intergalactic space.
That 2.7 degrees being the temperature of the background radiation. But if you want to erase information, you raise the temperature. Things get hotter. Information contained in the universe is contained in spatial segregation and clustering. Things join up.
Subatomic particles join up. Atoms join up. On a planet and star, individual atoms form planets, to form stars, which are part of solar systems, which are part of galaxies, which are part of superclusters and filaments.
The universe is a bunch of matter that is collapsed via us being closely associated with other matter. The universe is a bunch of clumps of matter at various scales. If you want to get rid of the information that is contained in the clumping, you heat up the universe. Things start breaking apart and the Planck wavelengths probably get longer and things get fuzzier, and you start losing the empty space between things.
At the point where all information is gone, all things are back to a hot, fuzzy mess with everything overlapping everything else, but nothing has a distinct existence and has the look of a Big Bang proto-atom or proto-whatever it is. A big, tiny, fuzzy point, that can be seen as a fuzzy point out of which everything, if conditions were right, could spring.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/09
Scott: In informational cosmology, what is the bias towards complexity, towards information, towards order – negentropy?
Rick: I think one of the biggest discoveries in physics was the discovery of entropy, which is the measure of order or disorder within a system and entropy being the tendency of things to move from order to disorder.
However, understandings of entropy can be a little wobbly. That can happen when you talk about negentropy, which is the increase in disorder in a system. Negentropy is even more wobbly than entropy. I am not sure how pinned down beyond the definition people’s understanding is. I am sure for most people it is not even a word.
In an even more general sense, we are talking about the increase in order in a system, which strikes scientifically minded people as wrong because they have the idea of increasing entropy or disorder pounded into their head that a cup of coffee can’t heat up for no reason. That it has to be lukewarm or the temperature of the room.
That the universe will keep expanding, keep cooling down, and stars will run out of energy and the universe will have a lukewarm death. So, the idea that order can increase, even though we live on a planet where order has increased to create us, life, and everything else on the planet, it strikes people as weird.
Entropy applies to closed systems, in systems in which order can increase involves open systems in which you can shed waste heat that sheds noise. If you can get rid of the waste heat, you can have nice stuff like us.
Entropy is such a powerful idea that it has been extended to the entire universe and even though entropic characteristics of the universe are somewhat contradictory. The universe seems to have some very unentropic characteristics. It, according to the Big Bang, exploded from a point or expanded from a point, but even at that young, chaotic age had to have gone from being a big hot mess to being a very ordered place.
Things mostly don’t crash into each other like galaxies in which life arises, at least like ours. There are arguments to be made that you can set up a universe-scale system, or systems, that can be unentropic as long as you’re able to get rid of excess energy.
In fact, the universe has ways of getting rid of excess energy. That is the loss of energy via photons as they traverse billions of light years. Photons turn red as they traverse the gradient of space.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/08
Scott: What about information rather than nothing?
Rick: The idea of information being in charge rather than nothing is more hopeful. If everything is part of information contained in some consciousness, if consciousness is the containing framework of information, then that’s not as bleak as there being no overall consciousness, nothing in charge, basically nothingness with life and consciousness being accidental.
It is less bleak, but it has some bleak aspects. If everything is structured, if every consciousness is subject to the same constraints of our consciousness, then, perhaps every conscious being comes to an end. No matter how vast, which means we are subject to the universe coming to an end in the vast future. We are still stuck with no absolute permanence. Only the permanence embodied in vastness.
The bigger something is, the more likely it is to persist given its high level of self-organization.
Scott: We talked about a narrative structure to the universe.
Rick: If consciousness is the vessel containing information, if largely self-consistent information systems can’t exist without a ride-along consciousness – which is the experience of information being shared in a large system among all of the sub-systems in a real-time manner, then you have a narrative.
Generally, each consciousness or systems of consciousness – in fact, we’re probably moving towards something like that with budding and moving of consciousness unlike unitary consciousness for decades like human consciousness; we grow up in our skulls. We stay in our skulls our entire lives with limited melding of minds our entire lives.
The best we could do for most of human history was talking and writing. We are getting more and more intimate ways of communicating. In the next couple of decades, as we get less islandy, as we get to move consciousness around and share it, there are narratives for isolated consciousnesses such as ourselves moving through the world. There are more complicated narratives you can imagine related to budding and collapsing consciousnesses moving through the world.
Scott: There is a beginning, middle, and end.
Rick: Narrative is going to be attached to all of that stuff. Narrative is attached to cause-and-effect worlds of linear time. Plus, if consciousness is unavoidable as an aspect of information, then that makes narrative more unavoidable. A cold universe with nothing in charge is a shitty narrative. It blew up from a point, then it’s going to keep expanding forever, get cold, then inert.
Or, it is going to run out of expansive energy and collapse back into a point, losing all information as it collapses, then will expand again. There aren’t that many narratives. They aren’t that exciting. They are only exciting insofar as they explain the dynamics of the entire universe. They are pretty bleak.
Scott: Information, as you’re positing it, as we’re positing it, implies both gradual increase in complexity dependent on the amount of time, amount of space, and amount of stuff in the universe with the eventuality of consciousness. Is there a bias towards increasing complexity? If you take three variable: space, time, and stuff.
Rick: Is there a bias in the universe towards the unfolding of a narrative with the idea of a narrative being increasing complexity and the universe’s increasing ability to support beings that understand it or the universe? Are there processes that resolve non-information to information?
Scott: Yea, a negentropic bias.
Rick: Yea, it is slightly off it. I have been thinking about it. Time is seen as one-dimensional. It is obvious because we move from moment to moment to moment along the timelines. However, it is reasonable to imagine that as we get more complicated or whatever we become in combination with artificial intelligence.
That one major function of consciousness is to provide safety by creating and weighing alternate futures and choosing the best future among them. That is one way of saying it. A more natural way of saying it is one function or the function of consciousness is to make choices moment to moment.
Scott: By analogy, if you’re reading a book, as you’re going through the story, you’re taking relevant information, more or less, into account as you read the text, but you’re also putting up hypotheticals about what the next section or chapter will bring.
To me, you’re putting up hypotheticals about the probable paths, but then you read the next section or chapter and then you collapse the probabilities into certainties.
Rick: It is collapsing possibilities into a single present moment, but the present moment still contains a lot of possibilities. Your immediate circumstances have been collapsed into definiteness. The idea that we’ll have quantum computers riding on our bodies helping us simulate a range of possible futures and then help us choose what next steps to take for the more favorable moments. We already do that without seeing it as that kind of thing.
It is a little less than 2 miles for me to drive to the closest gym in Ventura Boulevard in Studio City. There are so many asshole drivers along this stretch. Not as many if I go the other way because I have a cycle I go through. I go on the counter-clockwise cycle. It is a less than 2-mile trip going East 2 miles on Ventura Boulevard. You encounter a bunch of A-hole drivers. If you go left to the West, it is a short drive along douche alley. It is only a few blocks. In douche alley, you’ve got people walking about with yoga mats, stopping in the middle of the street for no reason.
Either way, whether you go down douche alley or 2 miles down Ventura, it is like a video game of asshole driving. Yet, you’re constantly forced to anticipate what stupid shit people are going to do around you, and to figure out what stupid shit you’re going to do to win at driving versus the people around you.
But then I thought about when the constant process of avoiding accidents on Ventura Boulevard suddenly locks into an inevitable accident. I have had some. There’s a time when it is probably like half of a second, but it seems like longer. Once you’re locked into this thing, all of your attention is locked into this thing that is going to happen.
You spend a significant amount of time locked into inevitability. That is a weird feeling because you’re used to not inevitability. You’re used to having to run a perception plus thought framework about possibilities to choose from. Those possibilities can be seen as incompletely sketched future worlds or future sets of circumstances. They are all nebulous and smeared out. They are all based on risks and possible rewards.
But when your breaks are locked and you’re skidding inevitably into the front of another car or the back, the loss of possibility is usually dreadful because you’re about to get into a wreck. It is weird. I don’t know if it dreadful because you know it will suck when you hit the car, or if it partially dreadful because the loss of the possibility or the resolution before the actual future hits is inherently dreadful.
But regardless of where the dread comes from, it is weird not to be in a position of having a smeary, vague realm of different possible futures. Even in the middle of a wreck, you’re don’t know exactly what will happen – but that pins everything down.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/07
Scott: What about the unification of the operations of the universe under a scientific framework?
Rick: Starting around the time of Newton. Galileo did some stuff under the scientific umbrella, but Newton was the first creator of a truly effective unified theory: Universal Gravitation. It described things from the falling of a bowl of porridge to the motions of planets. Universal Gravitation was the first effective universal theory. You might go to Kepler and planetary dynamics. Although, when did people invent the idea of the clockwork universe? There might have been some obscure Greek guy, but it was until Newton.
People thought, “Hey, the universe can be a coldly mechanistic set of articles and bodies moving in completely deterministic ways.” That’s not exactly Newton himself because Newton was fanatically religious. So, whatever he thought about determinism, he thought about a universe ruled by God.
But people coming after him that looked at his work, in the 3 centuries after him, a lot of scientifically-minded people see a cold universe with nothing, no creator, behind and no processes other than cold valueless physical processes with nothing in charge. It is processes that happen due to the laws of physics.
But what you’re going to see, I think, is a change from nothing really mattering – you’ve got the mid-20th century existentialists saying, “Life is absurd,” which you can’t wholeheartedly say unless you don’t believe in God and begin to embrace the cold scientific idea of nothing mattering – and everything playing out, not exactly in a quantum manner because quantum mechanics makes things not entirely determinate but still playing out in a mechanistic manner according to some basic rules of physics, to information being in charge.
Throughout the 20th century, science tried to account for how life could arise through cold, physical processes without a Creator, without teleology. Some powerful being getting in there and pushing things around and making stuff happen. To the extent that everyone thought would be achieved, life was this afterthought. Not necessary for the universe to operate; not having much to do with the business of the universe, it was a thinking froth. A meaningless icing on the cold face of empty space, largely, empty space.
In existence, with the universe eventually expanding out to cold nothingness as stars spend their fusion energy and burn out, you have the entropic death of the universe. That point of view – life is an accident and doesn’t matter in the big affairs in the universe, and there’s no powerful outside observer, where things play out – will be erased in the next 2 or 3 generations with the view that information is in charge.
That is, information based structures are able to persist across time. In fact, it is due to the formation of information that things can persist across time. It is impossible for things to exist without being part of a self-consistent information containing system and information containing systems have some agency.
They have some role to play in even the very largest structure of things. It does a couple of things. There has bee a struggle over the past couple centuries to bring things into the fold of physics based processes. It has been tough to bring life into it. However, more scientists say, “Yea, we have a handle on how things work and how life could have arisen through physical processes with some of the holdouts being consciousness.”
Consciousness is still tough to fold into confident science. If you ask most science-minded people, they might say, “We don’t know yet, but we will figure out how consciousness arises from basic physical processes without spiritual hocus pocus, or hidden forces or realms, independent of physics.”
It is nice to have everything under a single, non-mystical umbrella. It is probably helpful to the advancement of science. It might be helpful in eventually mitigating and limiting belief based assholery.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/06
Scott: If “guarantee” and “can” have similarity there, the winking out you’re talking about is imperceptibly small, to us, moments linked together with an implied past and set of possible futures.
Rick: The way I look at it is to see if a consciousness-based theory of the universe makes sense. If each of our awarenesses can be expressed as an information space, can you express the physics of what happens to consciousness when somebody is shot in the head with a bullet and their brain is basically exploded?
The physics of that, looking at the information map of a brain that’s suddenly obliterated, is all that information collapses into a super-hot, primordial, zero-information, system. Suddenly, everything becomes undefined, the Planck wavelengths of everything expands effectively a quadrillion-fold, everything overlaps everything else, and there’s no longer any available information.
What happens at the speed of light, since nothing can happen faster than the speed of light, though effectively, since everything is happening at the speed of light, maybe, if the universe evaporates at the speed of light everywhere, you probably don’t have to wait for the evaporation to happen in one place and wait for the evaporation to reach you.
The universe loses any capacity to hold information. The tendency of things is to not expand at the speed of light due to quantum interaction and entanglement with other quantum things. Suddenly, nothing is entangled. Everything expands at the speed of light and everything is erased.
Though, I don’t know how that looks for a strict physics point of view. We know what the agent is working on – the hardware that contains the information, but there needs to be an assistant picture of that happening to the information – even though you don’t know what is actually happening to the hardware.
But it seems like a physically plausible thing that that could happen. Maybe, there are limits on how predictive physics can be from within the universe. In that, we have existed for, maybe, trillions or quadrillions, based on the apparent age of the universe, of moments, what we consider moments.
Based on that, there is an expectation that for each further moment then it is the end of moments, but, maybe, there is a limit to the predictive validity of something like that given that the universe’s existence under this is dependent on the continued existence of hardware that is perceived by us from within the universe or by the universe itself.
Scott: Effective theories fit here. You can describe individual particles. You can describe momentum, spin, etc. It is impossible, in practical terms, to explain that with current and near future technology.
So, that puts a limit on our descriptive capacities about clouds or water. Collections of atoms of things. Effective theories are what we have. We have theories effective enough to describe clouds without having to describe every particles’ properties and interactions.
I think it can be expanded. It can be expanded to most disciplines that are serious such as physics, chemistry, and biology, even in some social sciences like psychology and neuroscience. Where you aren’t describing every particular thing, but you are getting degrees of accuracy by going with effective theories. So, based on these general principles, these general things will unfold and these formulations will provide varying degrees of predictability, validity, and accuracy about the phenomenon.
We don’t have infinite accuracy about even orbits of planets, but we have a high degree of accuracy – much more so than orbits of bodies in other solar systems. I think it can be spread across fields. For instance, we’ve talked about artificial intelligence. We talked about Neil Degrasse Tyson brains in an artificial intelligence or a synthetic intelligence that is 90% accurate.
Let’s say the technology in the future gives more than 90% accuracy to one instantiation of Neil Degrasse Tyson’s brain. That’s an effective theory in neuroscience of a Neil Degrasse Tyson brain. I think IC is about that in a lot of ways. It just takes a highly informational framework for it.
Rick: It is an offshoot of that. It does, in a hand wavey way and in a perhaps less hand wavey way later, explain the way things work. It gives a rough framework for why stuff might exist and why certain things might work and why simple patterns work in a variety of contexts. They are the things most likely to exist and persist. Let’s talk about Neil Degrasse Tyson’s brain.
When I’m not totally freaking out about Trump, I view Trump as at least a part of technical change causing social upheaval in a way that perhaps has not happened to this extent before. Social media is partially responsible for the results of this election. Besides that, there is the job upheaval due to AI and increased abilities of mechanization to replace human work.
We’re not always going to elect Trump. Hillary Clinton got about 2.7 million more votes than Trump, but it is just due to the distribution of those votes that Trump won. It took a lot of stuff for Clinton to not get elected: campaigning style and strategies, Russian interference, fake news whether it came from Russia or not. There’s a lot of stuff.
Trump is not inevitable. So, we will not always be electing clowns. However, from now on, science fictioney social disruption, societal disruption, will be a part of the political landscape, even though politicians are fairly slow to acknowledge that. Not only social and political disruption, we’re going to have, not ‘existential’ because it can mean a lot of different stuff, but existential disruption.
I mean by that the discounting of consciousness. If you created a Neil Degrasse Tyson simulation that was 90% accurate, then you told Neil Tyson, “This is all you’re going to get. We’re going to kill you, but we built this 90% accurate version of you.” He would say, “This is not good enough.” But if you said to him, “This one is 99.1% accurate.” By this point, Neil Tyson is in his 80s. He might say, “I can pass on feeling okay with that.”
But that’s one manifestation of what I see as the discounting of consciousness, that we have a world in which human consciousness is fairly well understood and there are a bunch of alternate consciousnesses and augmented consciousnesses at various levels of sophistication comparable to human consciousness and even go beyond human consciousness.
The value we place on human consciousness will probably become discounted. It is similar to the way that we don’t give that much of a crap about pig consciousness, chicken consciousness, or cow consciousness. We kill 40 billion chickens per year. If we cared about the consciousness of chickens, we wouldn’t do that. Mostly, we don’t think about that.
Pets, most people with pets acknowledge pets have an inner life, an emotional life, and we feel bad when a pet dies or when they are too old to be living well. But we don’t feel overwhelming angst at the cessation of a pet’s consciousness. So, the angst that is attached and the emotional import that we attach to human consciousness may be discounted.
Somebody arguing with a Neil Tyson, say the heirs to Neil Tyson. He’s 86. He wants to spend another $2.2 million to upgrade his simulation from 99.1% accurate to 99.7% accurate. His heirs are like “that in our minds is bullshit because you’re spending all of this money to have slightly more accurate memories about what happened to you in high school and college. Really, why? You’ll have memories.
They’ll be .6% less accurate. You’ll have memories, but they won’t be as potentially accurate as your brain would provide. But so what? You don’t recall what car your friend drove back in the day. You’re a hoarder, a mental hoarder and using all of this money.”
So, I feel as if these kinds of issues will eventually erode our foundations of human society. It doesn’t mean it will be replaced with chaos, but it will be replaced with something else that will be perceived as a kind of a ‘fuck you’ to traditionalists of our era. Again, the Trump thing is at least in part a reaction to change, whether or not people are conscious of it. You can read all sorts of documents on these sorts of things. The people who are voting Trump are voting against their best interests, or voting for illusions.
I’d argue some of that pressure is sci-fi pressure. Weird-world-coming pressure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/05
Scott: One thing comes to mind. The separation in magnitudes between the quantum and the relativistic. Persistent structures such as electrons being locked into orbit around nuclei, protons and neutrons. Those are informationally something. Higher-up, you can get larger persistent structures.
Rick: That’s another deal. Where macro world stuff has particular claim on existence, you can’t have whatever you want. What you have are things that can exist sitting on a foundation of quantum randomness, the only things that can successfully exist on a macro level are things that can exist in a way that are consistent with quantum laws by taking advantage of the statistics of large numbers.
Where if you can’t count on a single atom behaving in a particular way 100% of the time because it is a quantum thing, because it is incompletely defined, and that incomplete definition that allows for a range of possible outcomes, the only way that something can exist at a macro level is by being part of a system that has so many quantum parts to it that quantum uncertainty is statistically dampened to near zero.
So, the same way Hamiltonians and cause-and-effect can exist in a persistent world, a time-based world, because they embody persistent principles, so do macro objects; they can exist in a macro sense across large spans of time, and definitely in space because they have worked from a quantum foundation. They have existence in a way that defies quantum uncertainty. The basic principles of existence and non-existence. The things that get to exist are those that are consistent with those principles, which we have some idea of – but not a complete idea of.
Scott: In the macro world, there is fraying of the information that is locked down too. I mean, disorganization happens. Things break down.
Rick: Hawking had the inkling of a theory about 30 years ago. There is the theory of knots. Knots are a weird thing theoretically. The existence of a knot is not quite a thing in itself. It is a thing defined by logical constraints in the structure of a thing that wraps around itself in three dimensions. Hawking – knot theory was popular a couple decades ago, postulated some theory based on knots in space ad the weave in space, which, I believe, is the interactions among particles seen as woven timelines of these particles.
I think it is a legitimate point of view. That you have particles that are woven together by history of interaction, which is entanglement – almost literally, or literally. If you have enough entanglement among particles, it creates a durable weave of causality and persistence that generates a durable, persistent world, but is still woven and still, as you say, can unravel at the edges.
Where most things are fairly well-defined because of their history of interaction and most macro interactions and because of their continuing interactions, but you can pull at the weave experimentally; you can isolate and magnify uncertainties to make situations and objects arbitrarily large. You can pull causality away from them to create islands of uncertainty if you want to do an experiments with uncertainty.
Also, you can create islands of super-certainty. There’s a natural level in our world given the scale of our world of pin-downedness, of definiteness, but you can mess with that. You can manipulate that according to the laws or principles of quantum mechanics. There is always a potential unravelling. When you talk about entropy, you have these examples that there is always a non-zero chance that you’ll suffocate because due to random motion all of the air molecules will be not where you are.
They’ll always be in the opposite corner, but the odds of that are so low that it has never happened.
Scott: Terence Tao has worked on formulations to see if water can spontaneously blow up.
Rick: It probably can, but by can you’re stipulating. A lot of things can happen, but that depends on a definition of can including everything that a non-zero probability. Once you limit can to anything that has enough of a probability that it can happen within a reasonable universe, then not everything can happen. The math on the air molecules or the math on water exploding is low enough that it can’t happen or won’t happen within the lifespan of the universe.
Scott: So, can is spatially and temporally variant. It depends on the number on time and the number on space. How much space? How much time? Rick: They diamonds aren’t really forever. (Laugh)
Rick: They really have a lifespan. Because they are tightly packed, there’s a lot of binding energy. That carbon molecules tend to pop off the surface at a certain rate. It is like tempered glass – Pa-ting! Pa-ting! Pa-ting! The rate at which carbon molecules pop off is such that even after 4 billion years. You’ve still got a diamond. It hasn’t evaporated, but if you had a trillion years then it would largely evaporate.
Scott: That would amount to a medium world object with fraying at the edges. Same with DNA. Macro objects would be galactic clusters shedding off stars, planets, galaxies, and so on.
Rick: The universe itself is subject to fraying from two points of view. From the universe as we experience it, being in it, there are various catastrophes that could happen with low probability as far as we know, which is collapse in heat death. It is the loss of all information in the universe. We get obliterated along with all of the information in the universe. Then there’s the framework where the universe is an information structure within the armature world.
Based in some kind of hardware somewhere, that fraying, that loss of the universe, is a low probability possibility across any framework from which you view the universe – as hardware, as a self-consistent mass of information, and as the place in which we exist. It is not guaranteed to continue to have existence. As long as you characterize guarantee the way you characterize can, you can’t guarantee anything that has a non-zero chance of happening.
I mean, you can guarantee the existence of the universe for the next 2 minutes because the probability of the universe winking out in the next two minutes is infinitesimally, almost, small. It is the same issue with can as with guarantee.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/04
Scott: What form would the math of IC take into account? What would it describe informationally? How would this involve metaphysics?
Rick: A lot of stuff in math and science works independent of ultimate framework. Eugene Wigner said one of the most basic things is the unreasonable effectiveness of mathematics in describing the universe. At some point, as science and philosophy become better, the surprising effectiveness of math would have to be explained, but all we need to know short of and independent of that explanation is that math works to a great extent in describing a great variety of things.
Ideally, there needs to be an explanation as to why that stuff works. However, we know that stuff works. We know things boil down to the simple, practical methods that we’ve developed and have survived for centuries. For instance, everything in Newtonian Mechanics.
Newton had a vague theoretical framework. He explained how things worked mechanically. He didn’t have much of an explanation as to why, only a little bit. Over the past 100 years, we’ve understood Newtonian Mechanics as a subset of Einsteinian Mechanics, when you’re not dealing with extreme velocities or other extreme conditions.
We understood Newtonian Mechanics within the framework of Einsteinian Mechanics, but why Einsteinian Mechanics are the ones that rule the world, the non-quantum world, isn’t understood very well. People go with Einstein’s half-explanation that the equations are beautiful and simple, and that somehow God, by which Einstein means some principle of simplicity and elegance in the universe which favors simplicity and elegance. Obviously, it is a circular explanation.
So, we’re used to using scientific ideas and method without knowing why they work at some deep level. Although, you and I, if we’re at all right, looking at IC, we see a tendency for persistent structures to persist within a temporal framework.
The processes we see being effective in the world are effective across the unfolding of time and we are creatures who live, and our existence is, pinned to the unfolding of time, which favours persistent structures – and persistent structures tend to be self-consistent and simple like a lot of mathematical structures. It seems circular, but not really because persistence is a process that requires that property in the things that participate in persistence.
I would argue that things that persist embody principles that are durable and persistent as time unfolds. They are effective at working within a temporal, cause-and-effect, self-consistent framework.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Rick Rosner
Publication (Outlet/Website): Ask A Genius
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2016/12/03
As a preface to all of this, we’re two guys having fun, think for yourself on this. Regardless, if it’s true, then it’s true, conceptually with a little math at the moment. Informational Cosmology is an extension of BB cosmology, which comes from digital physics, not entirely…
Let me interrupt you right there, one problem with digital physics is that no one has made a convincing argument as to how it matches up with the daily business of the universe, the moment-to-moment business of the universe.
At some point, people can say the universe is a giant information processor or giant computer. There has to be a scheme that fits how our electrons locking into orbit around protons looks informationally.
What are protons locking together in nuclei through fusion? What is that informationally?
This is for large-scale cosmic structures as well.
Yea – what’s a black hole informationally?
Galactic groups, clusters, superclusters, filaments, even the Cosmic Web.
Yea, and what are we? We’re people doing people stuff. But how does people doing people stuff fit into a scheme where the universe is a computer. Does that mean if our minds are information processors then do we have primitive homonculi little people – Minecraft version people doing Minecraft business? It’s hard to say. But IC, at least, offers a framework for saying this might be a deal.
A conceptual mapping with a little math at the moment.
Conceptual because I’m shit at math. I’m okay at math. I’m a guy who when I was supposed to be taking math classes. I was in a bar and being a stripper. If anything offended me in a math or physics class, then I would blow it off and take a dance class to be a better stripper. My founding in Hamiltonians, action potentials, and quantum matrices is bad. If I weren’t so bad at math, there might be more math and less energetic hand waving.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/04
Lucas Lynch is the Editor-in-Chief of Conatus News. He trained in physics at Harvard University and has an affinity for Christopher Hitchens. I did not know his story, felt curious, and so reached out in order to find out more about him. Here is the result.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you grow up? Was religion a big part of life? How did you come to find the non-religious community?
Lucas Lynch: I grew up in a split household in multiple ways. My father was Jewish, but totally secular. He was the parent that made sure I got extra science classes at the Boston Museum of Science early on Saturday mornings.
My mother was ostensibly mildly religious – she wanted us to have *some* religious background, so she took my sister and I to a very liberal Unitarian Universalist Church for a time.
There were some very kind people in this Church, and I never experienced the kind of terrible things that I’ve come to hear about from so many others who have even risked their lives to leave their religion.
It was thanks to my father’s love of science passed on to me that it became clear in due time that religious claims and arguments did not stand up to scrutiny. That, coupled with extracurriculars in high school that met on Sunday, saw my exit from church attendance.
A more profound experience of ‘leaving religion’ came from a different avenue, though I didn’t recognize it as such at the time. Though my mother was ostensibly mildly religious in the traditional sense, I realized later on her true religion was modern social justice, which was really the gospel we heard preached at home around the clock.
It was exactly her brand of ‘feminism’ – and I do say this in quotes, because I certainly don’t want to lump it in with the kind of feminism I believe in – that preached a very stern flavor of male hatred.
This lead to a very bad situation at home, under which both myself and my father suffered. I eventually had to learn to recognize much of the behavior preached under this ideological context as abusive, and after my father died I had to separate myself from my mother completely.
Being ‘non-religious’ in either sense was not particularly important to me until approximately 2013 or 2014 or so. I was a pretty standard liberal Democrat – I genuinely believed that all religions were more or less the same, that they were all at their core peaceful, and that the problems that seemed to arise from them came from other causes.
I genuinely believed, for example, that with Obama’s election, both his seeming willingness to correct the disastrous foreign policy mistakes of the Bush administration and to reach out to the Muslim world in friendship really would ameliorate the problem of terrorism in the post 9/11 world. With the rise of ISIS in 2014, I had to come to grips with just how wrong I had been.
This coupled with the rise of the modern social justice movement was a perfect storm for me. I started to see this new religion making very intelligent friends often unable or unwilling to speak honestly about the problem of terrorism, and I began to see how our obsession with identity was poised to ruin our discourse and our politics.
I began warning my friends in the coastal bubble that this could contribute to making Donald Trump a viable candidate, and sadly I think my predictions came to pass.
I still see it has having a stranglehold on the Democratic party – making many so-called Democrats more than willing to throw suffering people under the bus if they do not check all the identity boxes, and tone-deaf in many respects to any concerns that fall along class lines.
More than that, the ideology has made enemies out of different groups of people that I believe could otherwise be united in common cause. Until this ideology is successfully challenged in liberal circles, I see Trump or a figure like him continuing to hold power, though naturally I hope my concerns turn out to be wrong.
With both the rise of ISIS and the rise of nationalist movements all over the world, I no longer see debates about religious ideas or postmodernist notions of truth as trivial. It is no accident we find ourselves in a post-truth society, with a president able to lie and suffer no real penalty for it.
It’s one thing when the religious find the concept of real, scientific truth threatening – this I expect – but it was a rude awakening for me to realize just how damaing the postmodernist assault on truth has done to our society at large, particularly as its core ideas went viral thanks to social media.
Fortunately I realized I wasn’t alone. Finding people similarly dedicated to reclaiming what could be described as Enlightenment notions of truth helped keep me sane. I really believe such a movement is the only thing that can help us get out of this morass of untruth we find ourselves in.
Jacobsen: You seem to have an affinity for Christopher Hitchens. How did you first come on to him? Why do you like him? What do you consider his more powerful arguments for irreligion?
Even more important than his specific arguments against religion, Hitchens for me represents a truly independent thinker – most importantly, one willing to challenge ideas within his own ideological sphere.
He was fearless in challenging political correctness and identity politics early on, while simultaneously being willing to admit his own errors in his early thinking about Marxism.
He was also willing to unapologetically challenge religion and the role it plays in inspiring terrorism while remaining a committed man of the left who cared deeply about the suffering of the oppressed, unwavering in his opposition to racism, sexism, and homophobia.
Some people claim that so-called “New Atheism” is a movement of the right, but I believe this is mistaken. I didn’t come to find challenging ideology important because my values had radically changed – I began to see that such challenges are inevitable and necessary if I wished to fulfill my values.
Of course, there are certain things I think Hitchens was wrong about. Even his most committed fans now admit that his support for the Iraq War was probably his single biggest blunder.
But we must respect and admire that even this error came from his willingness to challenge taboos within his own community – a critically important trait we should aspire to if we really going to live lives committed to the truth.
Jacobsen: When you peer into the landscape of the non-religious, what do you see as the modern promising and troubling developments of the movement?
The so-called Atheist movement – a label that I don’t think really describes it accurately, seeing as both Communists and Ayn Rand Objectivists are atheists and yet could not be more different in their central values – currently seems to be suffering a deep schism right along the lines of the Social Justice movement, which has ensconced itself within it, as it has in almost every major intellectual sphere in our modern society.
In one camp seem to be those who think the Trump-enabling identity politics are good and worth defending, while the other camp sees them it as a major obstacle to truth and progress, both scientific and political.
The two camps are also starkly divided on issues regarding free speech, with the hard leftist faction more than happy to restrict speech in the name of ‘protecting’ disadvantaged groups, while the left-libertarian faction still believes that free speech, even when it offends, is critical to defend in the pursuit of truth, and the answer to bad or harmful arguments is better arguments.
The leftist view on free speech I believe is one of the central obstacles to tackling the problem of terrorism in our time. Christianity and Judaism only came to be compatible with what we understand the modern world to be thanks to the relentless assault on their ideas since the Enlightenment.
By making it taboo to allow this process to unfold with Islam, committed leftists have become the collaborators and fellow-travelers of religious extremists everywhere who seek to subjugate women, persecute homosexuals, and endanger the lives of freethinkers.
This postmodernist ideology has served as a kind of ideological immune system to religious extremism, enabling it to preach hatred – as all unchecked, fundamentalist religious inevitably do – without the same kind of pushback we usually see from feminists, LGBTQ activists, and committed liberals, all needed to counter its toxic arguments.
Perhaps the most infuriating aspect of this is that the ideology ends up doing this in the name of protecting the very groups it ends up harming by committing to this process
Jacobsen: You trained in physics at Harvard University. How did you end up there? Why the interest in physics, especially at one of the great universities for it?
I loved science and was very lucky to gain early admission. During my time there, while I realized that my love of science was unabated, I also realized that I wasn’t quite at the level I would need to be to make significant contributions to the field, and I knew it was going to be quite a challenge to get an academic position.
And while I found labwork fascinating and illuminating, I found the social isolation very difficult.
Jacobsen: You took on the role of leading Conatus News. What tasks and responsibilities come with the position? Where do you hope to take the newspaper in 2018?
I was very honored when Benjamin David, who founded Conatus News, asked me to become its Editor in Chief. I had written articles for it in the past, and had read articles written for it by brilliant writers.
This opportunity was totally unexpected, and initially quite daunting, but getting to work more closely with brilliant writers has been incredibly inspiring. It has been great to see our writers move the conversation, being quoted and retweeted by some of the biggest figures in our sphere.
This is my first time being involved in a project at this level – fortunately I inherited a wonderful team of editors, without whom this project would be impossible
We plan to soon do a site redesign, a push on Patreon, and as well as a revamp of our social media strategy. It’s daunting, but also thrilling, to think about how we can take this platform to new heights.
We continue to be a platform dedicated to three core values – reason, free speech, and universal human rights. It’s because of our commitment to these core values, not in spite of them, that we hope to challenge taboos in the name of progress.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lucas.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/05
Bob Churchill is the Communications Director for the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU), Editor of the Freedom of Thought Report. Bob Churchill is also a trustee of the Conway Hall Ethical Society and of the Karen Woo Foundation. Here we talk about discrimination against non-believers.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are the best person I can think of to be in a position to know the ways and types of discrimination against non-believers in the world. Why? We did an interview before, on the relevant topic matter. I wanted to do an educational series on non-believers’ experienced discrimination by the numbers. You agreed. Here we are, so here we go: what is the most common discrimination non-believers across the world share? The standard prejudice against them.
Bob Churchill: This is very difficult to actually measure, but I would say the most prevalent problem (i.e. it affects the most people most often) is social discrimination. By this I mean the day-to-day suppression committed by other people: it might be friends who bristle if you say the wrong thing, teachers who might explicitly threaten you to keep you ‘belonging’ to a religion, parents who let you know how disappointed they’d be if you failed to conform to their beliefs and traditions. They might even let you know in no uncertain terms that they’d ostracise you.
I think in more liberal, secular countries it may be easy to forget or not to think about this social discrimination for the mainstream broadly secular population — though not if you’re raised in a ‘conservative’ religious community of course! But across huge parts of the world, criticism of religious beliefs, practices or institutions may be viewed as deeply suspicious, or even as malevolent. To actually assert boldly “I do not believe in this God or his prophet” could mean being thrown out of your own family, losing friends, losing your support network. To supposedly ‘insult’ religion can get you lynched.
And this is a very real threat. Just recently Mashal Khan, a student in a Pakistani university who called himself “the humanist” on Facebook, was accused of blasphemy and murdered by a crowd of fellow students (the incident was filmed on mobile phones).
Maybe it’s worth adding that in ‘the west’ you get some church leaders and religious commentators who say they feel like they can’t talk about or preach their Christianity anymore because of anti-Christian “persecution”. And superficially there’s a similarity there, but I don’t think it holds up: I don’t think the situation of Christians in secular Europe for example is at all symmetrical with the very real persecution of the non-religious in predominantly Islamic countries. Yes, in some countries in Europe, religion no longer has the cultural heft it once had, but it is often still privileged by the state. Yes it’s no longer the dominant worldview, but it was for centuries, and its doctrines have been heard ad nauseam, and it has simply lost most of the arguments. Yes we’re often suspicious of preaching, but it is permitted and protected. Yes churches are dying out, but they still dot the landscape, and they’re not being forcibly shut down they’re just closing as people leave them. So while obviously there are places where Christians really are persecuted, just like the non-religious, I would strongly resist the idea that that’s generally the case in Europe or ‘the west’, and really when someone makes that claim it is either being made strategically, or it just reveals their ignorance to the realities of actual persecution.
Jacobsen: What is the most unique form of discrimination you have ever come across through research into the bigotry and prejudice against non-believers?
Churchill: Well, I would say that the more remarkable feature of problems faced by the non-religious is how similar they often are from place to place. At the legal level, it’s often the same religious supremacist or traditionalist arguments that are used to privilege religion or discriminate against atheists in law. In Islamic states in particular the same lines of so-called Islamic jurisprudence or religious law appear from place to place to justify very similar laws against ‘blasphemy’, ‘apostasy’, constraints on marriage and family law according to religion, restricting the freedom of thought and expression, and so on.
Another very common recurring theme with ‘blasphemy’-type cases in particular is how often it’s all about texts, Facebook posts, Whatsapp groups and so on. Sometimes it’s still about books or physical protests, or in the Ashraf Fayadh case it was about “atheistic poetry”! But the medium is usually online now. And this isn’t something to be just shrugged off by saying “well, that’s where people speak in public now”, because a really worrying trend just in the past year or two is that we’ve seen more and more cases where the person being prosecuted is being prosecuted for posting in private conversations, in Facebook groups that people have elected to join, and even in more-or-less private Whatsapp groups. So as we’ve developed these ways of using the internet in smaller, more selective channels, even those are being broken into and subjected to the same kind of restrictions as if you were standing on a street corner.
In terms of social problems too, I’d say it’s the similarity risks and concerns from place to place that stand out for me: the threat of being ostracized from family and friends, in extremis the threat of being publicly named, attacked or lynched. The fear of being cut off from support networks recurs a lot from atheists in the most hostile countries, and — this has come up when I’ve been talking to people a few times — if someone is very isolated then it’s not just about losing their existing family but about damaging their chances of starting one. If you live in a more conservative society and marriage traditionally depends on the support and approval of families and so on, and if you’ve lost all that because you’ve been thrown out of your family, then finding a wife or husband might have gone out of the window too.
None of this isn’t to say that every nation has its peculiarities of course, I don’t want to make the whole world sound homogenous. But it’s more the patterns of similarity that strike me that uniqueness.
I can mention a few details that have stood out though; things which are not really unique but are certainly very indicative. The Alexander Aan case in Indonesia a few years ago had a horrible ironic kicker to it. He was charged with ‘blasphemy’ and ‘calling for others to embrace atheism’ for posting on Facebook — so far so horribly predictable. But also, Indonesia made it a requirement to state your religious affiliation on identity papers, and they were only allowing six choices: you can be a Muslim, Catholic, Protestant, Confucian, Buddhist, or Hindu. You can’t put “atheist”. So in addition to being put on trial for spreading atheism he was also accused of lying on official documents by putting “Muslim”.
One of the less commented-on aspects of the Pussy Riot trial a few years ago was that the judge said in her summing up that they were found guilty of “religious hatred” because their protest was feminist, and the Russian Orthodox religion was incompatible with feminism, therefore the band was obviously promoting their own beliefs in a supremacist way over that of the church! Quite incredible.
Ashraf Fayadh who I mentioned before, in his trial in Saudi Arabia the court was reportedly shown pictures of him, selfies maybe, with female friends at art shows, and also his long hair. This was all used against him, basically to show he was too liberal. Imagine being on trial facing a possible death sentence for “apostasy” — and he was actually sentenced to death on the back of this, although that’s since been commuted to a long prison sentence — but imagine that your life is on the line, you might be executed for leaving your presumed religion, and some prosecution lawyer starts banging on about the length of your hair! Utter mockery of justice.
Jacobsen: To give an idea of the range, what country is the worst for respecting human rights of non-believers? What country is the best? Why (for each)?
Churchill: In the IHEU Freedom of Thought Report we assess each country according to a global ratings system. There are four thematic areas we consider, and five levels of severity across all four thematic areas, so you might say that the worst countries are the ones rated most severely across all four thematic areas. That’s true of Saudi Arabia, Iraq and Afghanistan. And a very close second, with the worst ratings in three out of four strands and the second-worst rating in the remaining strand, there’s another six countries: Brunei, Iran, Pakistan, Sudan, United Arab Emirates and Yemen.
But there’s a lot of ways of chopping the data up, and that’s just looking at where the country is performing consistently badly across our themes, so you could look at it another way. For example, you might very well say that any country in which there’s a possible death sentence for being an atheist, under ‘blasphemy’ or ‘apostasy’ laws, then that has got to belong in your absolute “worst” category! And there are thirteen countries in that camp (many the same as above of course): Afghanistan, Iran, Malaysia, Maldives, Mauritania, Nigeria, Pakistan, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Sudan, United Arab Emirates, Yemen. And recently we’ve seen extrajudicial or militant killings of humanists (or people accused of atheism) in India, Maldives, Pakistan, and Bangladesh. And in each case there appears to be near complete impunity for the attackers.
Meanwhile, we’ve applied the best rating across all four thematic strands in just three countries: Belgium, the Netherlands and Taiwan. This isn’t to say there’s never any problem in these places, of course! There may still be some battles to fight along secular lines.
And of course anyone in a conservative religious community in any country may find themselves discriminated against. But legally speaking and in terms of the social indicators we could detect, these three countries succeed in having none of our negative boundary conditions applied to them.
Every country has its own dedicated web page via freethoughtreport.com/countries/ and all the summary data is available via freethoughtreport.com/data/. I’d urge people to read the Report and we’re always looking for volunteers to help maintain and update the information — there are details about how you can join the volunteer researcher pool at iheu.org/volunteer.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, my friend.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/05
John Carpay, B.A., LL.B., is the President of the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms. Here we talk about some of his work.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family background regarding language, culture, geography, and religion/irreligion?
John Carpay:Born in the Netherlands; came to Canada at age 7; grew up in BC (Kitimat and Williams Lake); raised Catholic; B.A. in Political Science from Laval University; LL.B. from University of Calgary.
Jacobsen: You have argued Canadian universities remain tolerant of behaviors preventing free speech, such as obstructionist tactics of activists. What are some of the prominent examples that come to mind – an event or two, and an individual speaker or two?
Carpay: Case 1, at the University of Victoria:
Youth Protecting Youth (YPY), a registered student club is “a group of undergraduate students from the University of Victoria who share a common love and respect for all human life, without regard for gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, level of development, or physical capabilities.”
On the morning of November 16, 2017, YPY members erected a display in an area of the UVic campus known as the “Quad”, consisting of 10,000 small blue and pink flags planted into the ground. The flags represent the approximately 100,000 abortions that occur in Canada annually. The purpose of this and other similar flag displays are to raise awareness of the fact that Canada has no law regulating abortion. YPY had emailed Campus Security to notify them of the event on November 15.
At about noon, UVic students began to gather to protest the display. The protest became larger as time went on, increasing in number and intensity. At approximately 1:30 pm, the crowd of protesting students grew to approximately 30 individuals. Some of the protesting students became verbally aggressive and told YPY members that they would remove the flags themselves if YPY refused to do so. Concerned about the protesting students’ threats, YPY called Campus Security. Many protesting students then began pulling up the flags and putting them in piles.
As the protesters began to destroy the flag display, two Campus Security officers arrived, but declined to take any action. The officers simply watched as the protesters dismantled YPY members’ flag display. The officers explained to YPY members that they must remain “neutral” and that they could not take any action to protect the flag display because it could be interpreted as Campus Security taking a position in support of YPY. The officers further explained that intervention could “escalate” the situation.
Unopposed, the protesters completely destroyed the display.
Case 2, McMaster University:
On March 17, 2017, a debate took place at McMaster University on the subject of gender identity, political correctness and free expression. The debate, which was to include three McMaster professors and University of Toronto professor Jordan Peterson, was disrupted by students and protesters who used tactics including clanging cowbells, blowing air horns and chanting to drown out Peterson’s remarks. One individual was seen blowing an air horn very close to Peterson’s ear. Another person reportedly threw glitter on Peterson’s face and suit. Eventually, Dr. Peterson retreated outside the hall, where he continued speaking while standing on a bench.
One day prior to the event taking place, the President’s Advisory Committee on Building an Inclusive Community issued a statement which read that it was “deeply troubled that Dr. Jordan Peterson has been invited to speak at McMaster.”
McMaster University failed to provide adequate security to ensure the debate could proceed as organized.
Jacobsen: Free speech seems like an increasingly important topic to some academics and postsecondary students. Why is this the case? What are perennial, and then modern, threats to its practice in Canada as a whole and especially in academic settings as well?
Carpay: Universities only became known as bastions of free expression in the 20th century. Before that, universities routinely placed restrictions on offensive and controversial expression, i.e. John Wycliffe being banned from Oxford for translating the Bible to english in the 1300s; Oxford’s ban on an openly gay student magazine called the Chameleon in the 1800s; American professors fired and discredited for expressing opposition to the Draft; Anti-Vietnam protests banned at Berkley, and the list goes on. Ironically, many of those who were sympathetic to, or part of, the campus anti-war movement of the 60s and 70s now find themselves in positions of power at these universities. Yet, rather than learn from their experience being on the butt end of censorship, they employ the same silencing tactics against the new generation. Ultimately, universities are image-obsessed; they wish to avoid controversy at all costs, despite the fact that controversy and discomfort are often prerequisites to intellectual discovery. They will always trend towards restrictions on expression, unless professors, students and concerned citizens take a stand against these tactics.
Jacobsen: Who are prominent spokespersons on free speech in Canada who you admire or, even if you disagree with, those who you consider important voices on the fundamental principle of freedom of speech?
Carpay: Jordan Peterson has been able to reach millions of young Canadians through his Youtube channel and speaking engagements, and has been something of a lone wolf among faculty in taking a stance against compelled speech. This is much needed at this point in our culture and history.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/04
Frances Garner is a Member of the Central Ontario Humanists. I wanted to gain some more of the smaller stories, especially those with novel perspectives and experiences apart from the international figures who travel the lecture circuit and repeat the same arguments and talking points, often, and the national figures who make the rounds on issues of the day. Here is our conversation.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us start from the top and talk about your own personal and family background, what was it – geography, culture, language, religion or lack thereof?
Frances Garner: I grew up in Southern Ontario with a lapsed catholic, probably alcoholic father and an evangelical, fundamentalist mother. My father died of pancreatic cancer when I was a young teen and I regret that I didn’t get the chance to know him better.
My mother took her four children to church every Sunday with the full support of my father. It wasn’t our religious training that my father was concerned about so much as having the house to himself for half a day.
From the age of two weeks until I was 36 there were very few Sundays that I was not in the pew. We were steeped in the fundamentalism of the Fellowship Baptist Church.
I was raised with a very strict God. He was always out of reach and he was waiting with hand poised to strike if you screwed up. It was pretty frightening. My mother was a little bit like Him as far as personality went.
So, I spent my childhood, youth and adulthood in church many days of the week; Sunday school, church service, evening service, pioneer girls, youth group and choir. I even got baptised twice… just to seal the deal I guess.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] There is a story about Anne Frank in the Mormon church. They baptize the dead. She had to be baptized several times because she just wouldn’t take.
Garner: After my father died, my mother married a very fundamentalist retired minister which only steeped me in further. Although I had plenty of questions about why we believed what we did, I was too frightened to ask or express any type of doubt at all.
Of course, I married a guy who was also brought up like me, but he was willing to let me take on the religious upbringing of our children. (who ever said ‘you marry your father’ knew what they were talking about in my case)
We moved to Muskoka in 1993. A co-worker who I had had many discussions with about my belief must have gotten sick of listening to me, said to me one day ‘You sound like someone who has never had the courage to question your own belief system’. That shut me up for the day and then I went on a journey to prove to this person that my faith was real and show this fellow why he was wrong.
Be sheer coincidence, I was in the public library a couple of days later and happened upon a book written by Charles Templeton, Farewell to God. Before I was half way through the book, the scales fell off my eyes and I was done.
Maybe I never really did believe it. Maybe I was just too frightened of loosing what I thought was my foundation because it seems like an awfully easy deconversion. But that was it…eyes wide open and my faith gone in an instant.
Jacobsen: How do you move forward so steeped in it?
Garner: I didn’t run out and tell the world right away but eventually it comes out. My mother and brothers were not at all impressed. It ended up setting me apart from my family and things can still get pretty tense all these years later.
I spent some time over the next few years checking out other belief systems, each of them making about as much sense as the one I had left. But it took very little time to realize that in all likely hood we are on this dot of a planet by ourselves and there is no one out there watching over us or judging us.
It’s frightening and freeing at the same time. I still carry a little bit of that feeling that there is always this invisible someone watching me. There is a children’s hymn from my youth that haunts me now and then…Be careful little eyes what you see, be careful little hands what you do… There’s a father up above and he’s looking down with love so be careful… Creepy, isn’t it?
Around that time and separate from my spiritual searching, I took an in-depth meditation course called Mindfulness Meditation. Twelve weeks of practice with a minimum of two hours a day. Admittedly, I didn’t fully apply myself to it but I thought it was very good.
Jacobsen: How did you find the new community?
Garner: Fast forward a few years, divorced, having raised three kids into adulthood pretty much on my own and living a pretty good godless life. My middle child very suddenly died. In the blink of an eye and with no warning she was gone leaving behind a husband and two little children.
It rocked my world to the core. As every parent believes, our children will see us to the grave, not the other way around. It taught me something about belief. You can believe staunchly anything you please and it counts for nothing. Belief is not truth.
Those days of mourning were unbearable, unimaginable. I was so fortunate that my partner Jim was there to hold me up and to give me a soft place to land. Our dog Heston wouldn’t come near me for three days.
I think he couldn’t comprehend who I was underneath all that grief and then he did what ‘man’s best friend’ does. As I was sinking into despair he got to work. That dog got me out of bed and made me walk. Three, four, five times a day that dog insisted on going for a walk.
And so we did. Miles and miles and miles and slowly the grief began to ease. It will never go away but I have learned to live around that huge hole that my daughter left in my life. I think that dog may have saved my life because I was very tempted to join my daughter in death just to stop the pain and grief.
I wonder, if I had still been living a life that told me there was something after this life, that she was out there somewhere, I may have joined her. Anything to end that kind of pain.
A few weeks later I saw an add in the paper that this Mindfulness Meditation course was happening again and I realized that during those days of sitting vigil over my daughter that I kept coming back to one of the things we were taught; watching the breath, returning to the breath.
I realized that that is what I had been doing those first few days. It was how I kept present in those moments. I took the course again and today I practice being ever present in the moment.
The one thing that church provides is a place for others who think like you to gather. I did miss that. About a year ago, I joined the Humanists of Canada and attend the monthly meetings in Barrie about an hour south of here.
It is a great pleasure to socialize and learn along with others who realize that the best path in life is to take resposiblity for yourself and to know that we are the only ones who can make this world what it is.
My goal is to become a Humanist Officiant so people can celebrate life’s events without having to give the nod to God. I would also love to see a group started here in Muskoka and would happily be a part of that.
Leaving religion has been scary, lonely and empowering over these last years and today I am a stronger more fulfilled person for it.
Jacobsen: What role do you play in the humanist community now?
Garner: I go to the Barrie, about an hour South of here. We have one meeting a month. I am there for that. I am like a support person on the Board of Directors. I do not hold a position, but I am a support person.
I am working to become an officiant. Something, I would love to do as a humanist officiant. Hopefully, by the end of this year, I can provide humanist weddings or baby namings. Living in Muskoka, it is a treasure trove.
There is a wedding on an island every weekend around here. We live on a lake as well. That is what I would like to be doing by the end of this year.
Jacobsen: I know there is a lack of services for humanists and other associated types of people who are public service in that way – officiants and so on – in the prisons, in the army, and in universities.
If you take the army or universities, something like a humanist chaplain might be a deep need for a lot of humanist on campus. Do you know what the process is for doing that? Is it similar to becoming a humanist officiant?
Garner: I do not. But I would be very interested in doing that. We have one federal and one provincial here in Gravenhurst. That work appeals to me. I guess that I would start with an officiant. You never know where that can go.
Jacobsen: When you think about the activists of the Barrie Humanists, what are some of the practical everyday things that they have in the community that you would value that you would find in a traditional religious community or something that doesn’t come with a bunch of supernatural baggage – so to speak?
Garner: Since I am new, the thing I get is the freedom to question whatever I want to question. it is freeing coming from a fundamentalist background. The ability to question anything that you want. Living where I do in this small community, I would love to see them come North and would love to play a part should that ever happen.
As a humanist, in order for me to not shine my light – do not want to say that and it is not cool considering where I come from [Laughing], the people who know me. I have had so many people ask where I get my morality.
If you read Leviticus, where do you get your morality?
Jacobsen: By not reading Leviticus…
Garner: Are you familiar with the Bible?
Jacobsen: It happens now. It happens in international politics where people want to punish others with the Curse of Amalek which had to do with the slaughter of the Amalekites. I am familiar. It is quite striking.
The genocidal impulse, I have heard it said. People are told to be more like God. Then if you look at page after page within the Bible, you see killing and genocide. This may explain international politics for centuries.
Garner: It may explain the gun laws in the United States. They seem to be taking each other out at alarming rates.
Jacobsen: If you look at international politics, where it has apparently been the case, it does work as a basic heuristic for an explanation.
Garner: One of the things that are a little bit alarming is how the United States is moving towards more of this – more of the Christian Right philosophy, which is quite alarming.
Jacobsen: You have the mix with Mike Pence as a Christian fundamentalist as his prime identity in life. Then you have Paul Ryan who takes on an Ayn Rand – who was an atheist – laissez-faire capitalism.
It is a strange mixture in the richest, most powerful country in the world.
Garner: Anyone who is an atheist is considered to be lower on the scale than a pedophile.
Jacobsen: Yes, that research that was done. They were seen as that in specific contexts. So, I do not want to overstate the research, but based on the new more preliminary research that has been done.
When they give an example and ask who this is, atheists come off, in terms of the numbers, worse than but, in terms of the statistics, statistically significantly equivalent bad in certain circumstances.
Garner: What amazes me, today, after this journey that I have been on since 1996, I would consider myself far more moral and ethical than I ever claimed to have been as a Christian back them.
Jacobsen: Why is that?
Garner: I can’t say, “Whoops! Sorry, the slate is wiped clean. Whoops, sorry! Jesus forgives me, I get a pass. My sins are forgiven.” I have come to realize that I am responsible for the one life that I have been lucky enough to be thrown into.
I am responsible for me. Putting me in that place and not some deity has just really changed the way I see almost everything I do, and I am accountable for that. It is not my church dogma that drives my morality.
It is not how I was a raised. It is not the invisible uncle in the sky. It is me who is doing this. It is Frances Gardner who decides right from wrong. That is why I think I am far more moral and ethical person today.
Knowing that my every action shapes the world around me is why I stopped eating any and all animal products.
Not only because I feel that it is part of my humanism or atheism by any stretch, but that moral and ethical responsibility that I feel for the planet and for other sentient beings just said, “You cannot participate in this any longer.”
I just can’t see myself as a vegan Christian. I would not be welcome at the socials for sure! [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Garner: “Have some ham!” It is how I feel a connection with the planet as a whole.
Jacobsen: When you are looking at the trends in the country now, and I want to keep things consistent with the specifics of Ontario, what are some concerns you might as to certain movements or organizations developing, growing, and trying to influence maybe the political situation or the social situation in Ontario?
Garner: I think Ontario is quickly becoming more and more and more secular. We do not have some of the problems that other parts of the country and the world have. One thing that I would like not to see is for our nation to become “spiritual.”
“I am not religious but I am spiritual.” I would hate to see that attitude seap into anything politically. I wonder if that might be a little bit sometimes about where we are going. As long as there is someone out there going to look after it in the long run, then it takes aaway our own responsibility.
As far as movements go, environmentally, we are on the cusp of some pretty awful things. As a humanist, I would like to see us work towards bettering the landscape of the planet for the next generations, where we are responsible for that.
I am not a real political animal. So, I am not sure if I would join any political movement. Maybe, the Green Party or the Libertarians, I might support them, but I am not political enough for a Conservative or an NDP or a Liberal government.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Frances.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/04
“OTTAWA — The Conservative Party decided early Thursday not to proceed with a House of Commons motion that a Canadian Sikh organization says labels its community as “terrorists.”
The Canadian Sikh Association posted on its social media channels Thursday morning that they were thankful the Tories had backed down from a proposed motion from foreign affairs critic Erin O’Toole. Sukhpaul Tut, chair and spokesman for the association, is calling on the party to apologize for having written it in the first place.
One of two the Conservatives were considering for Thursday would’ve asked the House to “value the contributions of Canadian Sikhs and Canadians of Indian origin in our national life” but also to condemn all forms of terrorism “including Khalistani extremism and the glorification of any individuals who have committed acts of violence to advance the cause of an independent Khalistani state in India.” The motion concludes with support for “a united India.””
“This week, the body of the late Christian evangelist Billy Graham lay in honour in the rotunda of the U.S. Capitol, the home of the United States Congress. A “North Carolina country boy” who would go on to become “America’s Pastor,” Graham embodied in life, and now symbolizes in death, the power of evangelicalism and public religiosity in the United States—and, for Canadians, a reminder of the profound differences between the religious and political culture in the U.S. and Canada.
But while Graham has been lauded for his superstar quality, history overlooks the fact that when he was getting his start in the 1940s, a time when large-scale revivals were an institution in the U.S. but also in English-speaking Canada, the brightest evangelistic star was not the lanky North Carolinian, but his friend and confidant, Torontonian Charles Templeton. And in the story of these evangelists lies clues that help explain the changes in the religious landscapes of the two countries in the years that would follow.
Templeton was born in Toronto in 1915, then born again at a revival service in 1936. This conversion experience would determine the next twenty years of his life. He began preaching on street corners, then graduated to churches, and by the mid-1940s he was pastor of one of Toronto’s largest assemblies, the Avenue Road Church of the Nazarene. He was also leading some of the largest revival gatherings in North America, including rallies that packed 16,000 into Maple Leaf Gardens.”
“Does the constitutionality of the Canada Summer Jobs attestation requirement depend on whether the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms protects women’s right to abortion or more generally to reproductive freedom? The answer is no.
The federal Liberal government imposed the attestation requirement on not-for-profit, public-sector, and small business employers who apply for wage subsidies to hire secondary and post-secondary students for summer jobs. Liberals had received complaints about previous summer job funding going to summer camps that refused to hire LGBTQ staff and to groups that distribute graphic anti-abortion pamphlets.
The coming summer could also see complaints from students working in faith-based hospitals and long-term care homes that refuse to comply with new assisted dying laws. To protect women, LGBTQ, and differently abled students from employment discrimination, the Liberals require employers to sign an attestation requirement asserting they respect human rights, that is, that they do not seek to remove or actively undermine these rights.”
“A Canadian who was convicted of plotting a terror attack targeting Times Square and the subway system in New York City is asking a judge for a second chance ahead of a sentencing hearing in April.
In a 24-page handwritten submission before his sentencing, Abdulrahman El-Bahnasawy said frustration with how the West treated Islam turned him toward extremism.
The 20-year-old, a Mississauga, Ont., resident, described anger at the U.S. and its allies for “disrupting our life (sic) and murdering our civilians with reckless airstrikes …,” writing later that it was appropriate to use similar methods back. He wrote he was not trying to justify his actions, but just wanted to explain his thought process at the time.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/world/canadian-convicted-of-terrorism-in-u-s-asks-for-2nd-chance-1.4561306.
“Justin Trudeau’s summer jobs initiative in Canada has attracted some international publicity.
It consists of attaching checklists to any application for government funding. Applicants must check boxes to affirm that they support abortion, gay marriage, transgenderism … and so on. It is a plain religious and ideological test, and those who get it wrong become anathema to the bureaucracy.
On the face of it, the measure was silly, and my own first impulse was to laugh at a leftist self-parody. The young prime minister looks out of his depth. A man whose preparation for high political office was gym coach, nightclub bouncer and the family name was now experimenting with a kind of secular theocracy. Even quite “liberal” talking heads and pundits said the measure went too far. And the meekest of church leaders were piping up.”
“The Liberal government has given Status of Women Canada a major role to play in its feminist agenda and, now that the federal agency is set to grow into a full-size department, it could also be changing its name.
“It’s a possibility,” Status of Women Minister Maryam Monsef said in an interview when asked whether the department would be shedding its 1970s-era name for something that better reflects a more inclusive vision of equality.
The 2018 federal budget, for the first time in Canadian history, went through a full gender-based analysis, which involves looking closely at how every spending and taxation measure would impact men and women, or girls and boys, in different ways.”
“A former B.C. NDP premier and one-time federal Liberal cabinet minister has some sobering words concerning the erosion of the separation of church and state in Canada in the wake of Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s recent “religious pilgrimage” to India.
“In this story, there are larger issues that get actually get lost,” Ujjal Donanjh told the Now-Leader. “The larger issues are that you have in fact, almost sort-of, a religionization of Canadian politics when you have Hindu days and Sikh days, and politicians attend temples, but I don‘t see them attending many churches, because the social contract in Canada is that there is a separation between church and state.”
“And I hate that that contract is kind of eroding a bit, when politicians begin to look at communities through the prism of religion. And then the prime minister actually took it a step further by going to a foreign country on a trade mission and then making it all about religious pilgrimage.”
“I am concerned about the Liberal government’s new policy that bans employers from receiving job grants if they do not espouse the Liberal government’s view on social issues. When did Canada become a totalitarian state? Furthermore, it is shameful to be a part of a country that is forcing developing countries to espouse our country’s social agenda. How is this different than the colonization we regret with our First Peoples? While Mr. Trudeau is offering public apologies for wrongs exercised by the government, why not ask him to apologize to the 3.9 million Canadians that have been killed by abortion? Following that apology should be one to the children who will be killed worldwide with his “reproductive rights” social agenda and our tax dollars.
On top of all that, we now have the loss of summer job opportunities unless we accept Mr. Trudeau’s social agenda. Is this “the stronger, more diverse and more inclusive society” that he wishes to achieve? How can he truly achieve this goal when he is disregarding the beliefs of millions of taxpaying Canadians? Protecting life at all stages is a core belief of many world religions. Forcing employers to sign this affidavit in order to receive funding is in fact discriminating against religion and is therefore unconstitutional. Doesn’t he know that religious organizations are the backbone of many Canadian communities? When government funds fall short, it is religious organizations that step in to take care of the needy and the marginalized. Even if the work of summer students in a religious organization has nothing to do with so-called “reproductive rights,” these organizations cannot in good conscience sign this ridiculous affidavit. There are many good organizations in Guelph that will be at a loss without these summer grants.
Furthermore, with “pro-choice” messages dominating the media and our own prime minister constantly bombarding us with his social agenda, it is no wonder young women fall prey to thinking they have no choice but to abort their child. Thank goodness for the work of former summer students from Guelph and Area Right to Life who created outreach programs that let young women know about the support available right here in Guelph. They are letting these women know that they actually do have a choice, a choice that both they and their child can live with.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/03
The World Sikh Organization of Canada (WSO) made a call asking for some help on March 1 in an email. I received it. In solidarity with the WSO and the Canadian Sikh community, especially knowing of some narratives marked within the Canadian conscience and historical record including Insp. Baltej Singh Dhillon and the SS Komagata Maru, I will oblige the request (Johnston, 2016; Foot, 2016). A small note of social solidarity seems better than silence, as “silent as moonlight on a gravestone” sometimes. I cannot speak for others, but I can speak and act for myself.
The WSO notes that the Conservative Party of Canada is using the “precious time in the House of Commons” in order to “force a debate condemning ‘Khalistani Terrorism.’”
The WSO points to the concern that the time that could be used in order to benefit the general population of Canadians is being used for less than optimal issues on behalf of Canadians; however, the Conservative Party of Canada has decided to target the Sikh community to tarnish their image as extremists with a ‘forced debate on Khalistani terrorism.’
They consider no reason for the broaching of this debate but do point to the easily expected effects on ordinary Sikh Canadians and their image within Canadian culture.
“Fellow Canadians are starting to see us as terrorists when we are not. This will damage us in the public eye and hurt our community immensely, particularly our youth,” the email from the WSO explains.
The WSO representatives, on behalf of the organization, have an idea to act on the issue, which would not take much effort, and straight from the email:
Please call and leave voicemails at the offices of Conservative Leader Andrew Scheer and Erin O’Toole (who is bringing this motion forward). Please communicate to them that if the Conservatives carry through and bring this motion forward then they will lose support from Sikh community and our Gurdwaras. The Sikh community will not forget this.
Yours truly,
WSO Canada
N.B. Please find the contact information for the M.P.’s below.
ERIN O’TOOLE
Telephone: 613-992-2792
Erin.OToole@parl.gc.ca
ANDREW SCHEER
Telephone: 613-992-4593
Andrew.Scheer@parl.gc.ca
References
Foot, R. (2016, November 14). Baltej Dhillon Case. Retrieved from http://www.thecanadianencyclopedia.ca/en/article/baltej-dhillon-case/.
Johnston, H. (2016, May 19). Komagata Maru. Retrieved from http://www.thecanadianencyclopedia.ca/en/article/komagata-maru/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/03
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: There are various epithets floating in the interwebs: Social Justice Warriors or SJWs, Alt-Right, radical feminists, Leftists, far right conservatives, radical Left, and so on. How do these worsen the online dialogue on important political and social issues? Do they have any positives?
Dubar: Labels are useful until they stop being useful. Writing off a person or an idea because of the labels you’ve put on them is an attack on the person, Ad hominem – not an actual argument. For various reasons this has become standard practice is most discussions, in all sides of the political spectrum. Ideas that meet with a person’s ideology are supported no matter what, and ideas that go against ideology are dismissed no matter what. So these labels are useful for discussion – and for satire – but they don’t have any bearings on whether arguments are good or otherwise.
Jacobsen: You have written on political correctness and no platforming. What are these? How do these hinder proper and full debate on important, and even trivial for that matter, topics in an academic setting such as a research university with international repute?
Dubar: Political Correctness is supposed to mean this: “the avoidance of forms of expression or action that are perceived to exclude, marginalize, or insult groups of people who are socially disadvantaged or discriminated against”… But the clue is in the title. It’s about the “correct” politics. There is only one way to view any idea, and that is in the framework of the “correct” ideology.
It creates a hierarchy of oppression: we must not raise the issue of gangs of mainly Muslim men in the UK targeting vulnerable white girls for sexual abuse, in case this gives ammunition to a nebulos “far right”. We must pretend Islam has nothing to do with terrorism, while terrorist use Islamist language and ideas to justify killing people – mostly other Muslims. We must not question contemporary gender ideology, because the people involved are vulnerable.
People within minority communities speaking up for human rights and reform routinely are smeared by so-called “progressives” as “right wing” and “uncle toms” – as if they are traitors for having wrong opinions. White people calling out minorities for not being regressive enough. How crazy is that?
Political Correctness is about defending ideology from challenge. We see this of course not just from the Left, but from every other ideological group too. In a way it’s just part of the human condition, I guess.
“No Platforming” is the notion that certain people or ideas are so repellant that they should not be heard in society. It began targettng actual genuine fascists, but not it’s spread to tarring anyone who questions the <<current ideology>>. It’s anti-intellectual and to my mind deeply dangerous.
Jacobsen: In terms of your own educational background and experience with universities, what do you see, within the domain of academia, as the main issues sourced from and continually self-denigrating the otherwise honorable traditions of the post-secondary university environment and institutions in North American and Western Europe?
Dubar: The most dangerous issue for me is that much “Progressive” academia has come to reject even the possibility of objectivity. Ideology comes first. Of course you can criticize western history, western values and western academic practice – but if you are not prepared to put your own ideas to the same scrutiny you are not doing science or reason.
Jacobsen: What do you see as a way forward for universities on the issues of free speech? What do you see as the more important issues within universities and wider society? Of course, different people rank different values as more or less important, so this can seem like a highly individual question.
Dubar: I hope it will work itself out – that the current ideologically driven approach is a fad and that it’ll fade over time. My fear is that “progressive” politics is becoming so alientating to so much of the population that it will seriously damage the “Left”. I think we’ve seen that already, with the election of Trump in the USA and the vte for the UK to leave the European Union. If the Left – of which I’m part of politically – keeps driving away people for not having the “correct” opinions, I can’t see it gaining and holding power.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the progressive movements, whether writing, donating to organizations, or helping with the promotion of relevant publications?
Dubar: Everyone needs to find what works for them. All I hope is that people are prepared to question their own beliefs and preconceptions. Otherwise, we will be stuck with absurd quests for ideological purity – which are always a race to the bottom.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Dubar: My own outlet for the current climate of craziness is #satiria. I hope your readers will join us there on Facebook & Twitter!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Roger.
References
Dubar, R. (2016, October 11). #WearWhatYouWant but speak out against compulsory hijab in Iran. Retrieved from https://nation.com.pk/11-Oct-2016/wearwhatyouwant-but-speak-out-against-compulsory-hijab-in-iran.
Dubar, R. (2017, January 8). 2017: Post-Truth, Post-Intolerance, Post-Understanding. Retrieved from https://conatusnews.com/2017-post-truth-post-intolerance-post-understanding/.
Dubar, R. (2016, March 30). A Bad Week For Religious Tolerance. Retrieved from http://thepashtuntimes.com/a-bad-week-for-religious-tolerance/.
Dubar, R. (2017, April 4). Anyone Who Disagrees With Me Is a Nazi. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/roger-dubar/anyone-who-disagrees-is-a-nazi_b_9592174.html.
Dubar, R. (2017, April 8). Fear of a Black Hairstyle – Cultural Appropriation? No Thanks. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/roger-dubar/cultural-appropriation_b_9625720.html.
Dubar, R. (2017, April 26). No Platform: Is Free Speech Worse Than Murder With Machetes?. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/roger-dubar/no-platforming_b_9771848.html.
Dubar, R. (2017, April 9). On White Guilt and Social Justice: Put Human Rights First. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/roger-dubar/social-justice_b_9643566.html.
Dubar, R. (2017, March 30). Political Correctness Is Bad: Discuss. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/roger-dubar/political-correctness-is-_b_9562364.html.
Dubar, R. (2017, May 3). Roger’s Rules for Online Behaviour. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.co.uk/roger-dubar/rules-for-online-behaviour_b_9804340.html.
Dubar, R. (2016, March 14). Mobile World Congress and a Scottish man with random thoughts in Barcelona. Retrieved from http://thepashtuntimes.com/mobile-world-congress-and-a-scottish-man-with-random-thoughts-in-barcelona/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/03/01
Dr. Christopher Haggarty-Weir is a Scottish-Australian vaccine scientist and venture capital analyst currently based in Edinburgh. He received his Bachelor in Biomedical Science from the University of the Sunshine Coast, then completed a Master in Molecular Biology at the University of Queensland’s Institute for Molecular Bioscience where he worked with the Australian Army on novel malaria mosquito control technology. He recently completed a joint Doctorate in malaria vaccine development at the University of Melbourne’s Walter and Eliza Hall Institute and the University of Edinburgh. During his Ph.D., Dr. Haggarty-Weir undertook a mini-MBA in Melbourne and business studies with MIT. He has published in various scientific disciplines in addition to philosophy, and has previously worked in intellectual property management and business development in the biomedical sector. In his spare time, he enjoys spending time with his wife, author Stephanie Haggarty-Weir (https://www.smashwords.com/profile/view/stephaniehaggarty), writing for MostlyScience.com as the co-editor (http://mostlyscience.com/), reading broadly and watching bad movie reviews. He currently consults on vaccine development projects and venture capital investments and is completing an MBA at the University of the People in conjunction with Yale and Oxford universities.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was early development life for you – geography, culture, language, and religion if any?
Christopher Weir: I grew up in a Scottish-Australian family in a town called Redcliffe (just north of Brisbane, Australia). It was a fairly typical Queensland town, which is why I was never a big fan. The culture was fairly anti-intellectual with an over focus on sports and a prevalent drug element that only got worse over time. However, despite coming from a low socioeconomic background, my family (mum in particular) was very pro-education as they saw it as a means of upward social mobility. This manifested itself in a positive way, with no pressure put on me to go into a certain field, but reinforced to aim very high and dedicate myself to what I took an interest in. My family was not overly religions, more culturally Christian you might say with a slight theist outlook. Nowadays both my mother and I are atheists (with me being particularly anti-theist).
Jacobsen: What concerns you about some of the subsectors of the progressive movement, which can seem not as progressive as self-proclaimed at times?
Weir: I have several concerns with subsectors of the progressive movement, with certain things being prevalent amongst subsectors of the far right (which really is quite ironic). These include: rabid Antisemitism, use of pseudoscience, identity politics, racism, a general lack of nuance manifesting itself as a ‘with us or against us’ mentality, anti-free speech, and lack of broad critical thinking skills. There is also the use of severe bullying tactics by some which should always be called out. I am also very concerned with subsectors wanting to deform and demonise healthy expressions of human sexuality. At the end of the day some of these groups behave like an authoritarian cult of sorts.
Jacobsen: How did you come into the world of writing? What would be your advice for those want to get involved in writing and progressive politics and activism in particular?
Weir: I first started writing during my Masters degree after being invited to contribute to a science communication website, Mostly Science.com, by a student in the semester above me. I always enjoyed discussing and teaching science, so I jumped on board and still write for them today as the co-editor. Arguably my passion for writing came before this when I wrote and published a literature review on diet and allergy amongst Australian Aboriginals with one of my undergraduate professors at USC in Queensland. Eventually, I started branching out from pure science after studying philosophy and getting an academic paper published while I was studying my Ph.D in malaria vaccine research. So now, I write about quite broad topics from science to philosophy to business and politics.
If one wants to get involved in writing then I would say start by identifying what interests you (as you really need to have passion) and just get writing! Of course, it obviously helps to plan out what you are going to write, and this will take several forms depending on the type of writing you work on (i.e. writing an academic paper takes months or longer compared to an opinion piece or blog post). As for getting involved with progressive politics, identify the political party/parties that you consider progressive, read their manifesto to see if your image of them is somewhat correct and follow this up by getting involved in things like student groups or the party itself. I did went through this process before I joined the Scottish National Party, and now the few things I have significant disagreements about, I engage with them over (as I am pro-nuclear power and pro-GMO). I think it is healthy to write to politicians and about politics of parties you are associated with but in a critical way; this helps prevent you from falling into a trap of being another ‘yes-man’.
Jacobsen: When you reflect on the state of the academic system, what concerns you? For example, some have concerns over trigger warnings, safe spaces, and other infringements on freedom of inquiry, debate, and speech in the university environments.
Weir: I could write entire essays about the problems in academia globally at the moment, but I will try to keep it relatively brief. Firstly, there is what no one seems to be talking about and that is more equal access to university and uni life for students from low socioeconomic backgrounds. Often in countries like the US, Australia and the UK, universities make their accommodation unaffordable for these students, and don’t offer much in the way of scholarships and support despite their enormous wealth. This is what led me to set up the Haggarty-Weir Scholarship at the University of the Sunshine Coast (where I did my undergrad) whilst I was finishing off my graduate studies in Edinburgh, because I know from experience that often poorer students forego things like food in order to buy equipment and books.
With respect to the whole trigger warning nonsense, I think that should die off for the most part. I have never come across it in a course in any of the 5 universities from 3 different countries I have been to, but I did STEM and business. So it seems to be a problem concentrated in the arts for the most part. The only time I have come across it was in a philosophy society discussion group where we were discussing the philosophy of suicide; I think this was a legitimate time for it to be brought up. Ultimately, the problem with trigger warnings is overly coddling people to the point where they are not taught how to deal with problems, instead they are taught to avoid and fear; that is not healthy. Likewise for the concept of safe spaces, they serve almost like segregation chambers that prevent healthy emotional development. Further, in a university environment, you should be actively seeking to challenge your ideas and perceptions so that you can intellectually grow.
Another significant problem I see is not only the enormous power difference between a professor and their student, but the lack of pathways to deal with when things go badly for the student. I had a supervisor who tried to take my scholarship from me, as in, he asked me to write him cheques for it. Another time he lied about his expertise and I had to find someone who could teach me the technique I had gone abroad to learn. This same professor also tried to get me to write them cheques for £14000 once he found out I got another scholarship. But there are very few ways of dealing with this and being able to finish your degree. Another example I have seen is the horrendous sexual misconduct that goes on at universities, but it generally is tolerated or brushed aside. To be a little more specific, what I am talking about here is lecherous lecturers engaging in sexual relations with undergraduate students. Now there are way this can occur which I would say are ethically fine overall; if the student is of age and is getting no special treatment (for example, the marking of assessment is passed on to another faculty member); but this is rarely the case.
Aside from these issues I would finally say that other problems I see include: rising costs of education whilst university executives have salaries growing at a rate faster than finance CEO’s, university staff being treated appallingly and having less academic freedom, less job security post-study, student unions that care more about playing politics than looking after students best interests, slipping academic standards so long as you can pay, and discriminatory immigration policies in the UK where they try prevent students from poorer backgrounds from coming (even if they have a ‘free-ride’ scholarship).
Jacobsen: Of the trends ongoing in the UK for progressive political and social movements, what seem like the bigger positive trends and the negative trends?
Weir: Of the bigger positive trends, I have enjoyed seeing more nuanced criticism of both the main left and right parties (Labour and Conservative respectively) from groups like Conatus, the National Secular Society, Ex-Muslims of Britain, and pro-Eu organizations (i.e. Scientists for the EU). I also have enjoyed seeing certain political parties embrace progressive values on the whole, such as the SNP and the Lib Dems (specifically under the new leadership of Sir Vince Cable). But in my opinion these pale in comparison to the rising negative trends of anti-progressivism. Demagogues are still very popular (i.e. Jeremy Corbyn, Jacob Rees-Mogg and Nigel Farage) indicating people here have not learned any lessons from the United States, a type of stubbornness to keep demonising parties like the Lib Dems for past errors under different leadership, more isolationism, growing conservatism in Scotland (which I am hoping is merely transient), persistence of regressive media, and persistent antisemitism.
I do not see any easy solutions to this, but I am also someone that believes one should try to pose some level of solution after identifying a problem. I think that there needs to be more aggressive litigation against regressive media when false libellous and defamatory claims are made, secular organisations need to try and increase their viability to the general population, and more people do need to try and shed their political apathy. This final point has been made more apparent by the fact that Corbyn has now come out backing membership of the Customs Union after thousands of Labour supporters and members wrote in to their MP’s about it. If this pressure can be sustained then the people might even stand a chance of having convince him to show real leadership over Brexit and come out against it. People can make a difference, but they need to stop being lazy and make the effort to engage in politics; after all this is why we have a democracy. However, our current democratic system can only really function when the people do make the effort to be active players in it.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Weir: I would ask those on the far-left to really consider if their actions are going to really allow them to meet their goals, or are they just fuelling conservatives? If they continue to attack the mainstream left and the centrists over petty things such as their own fringe ideas on gender identity and rejection of capitalism instead of reform towards ethical capitalism, then they truly will isolate themselves and become obscure aside from having memes made of them. Common ground must be met. If it is not then society will continue to suffer as the conservatives keep pushing through antiquated policies whilst everyone else fights amongst themselves. As for those on the right/centre-right, particularly those who are pro-capitalist; you must ask yourselves if continuing to support the current Tory administration’s isolationist and anti-free market approaches is really in-line with your traditional economic liberalism and if it really is beneficial in the long-term? I could give you my opinions but I want you to think for yourself and try to challenge your currently held ideals. This is what made me go from a campus socialist to a staunch ethical capitalist that is pro-banking and pro-social rights; the two do not have to be mutually exclusive.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Christopher.
Weir: Many thanks for your time and the discussion.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/28
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are a Senior Lecturer in the Department of the Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki and Docent in the Department of Comparative Religion, University of Turku, Finland. How did you first become interested and involved in these topics?
Dr. Teemu Taira: I have spent more than half of my life in the Study of Religion departments (although the exact titles vary in different universities and countries), first as a student, then as a doctoral candidate, and now as an established staff member.
However, I have not spent my adult years in studying one topic. For instance, I started to focus seriously on religion and media a bit more than ten years ago. It was after my Ph.D. when I wanted to examine how religion-related public discourses are constructed and how they are part of social practices.
My interest in atheism and non-religion developed soon after, because they started to be talking points in the media and public life more generally – and atheists themselves tend to speak a lot about religion. I also became interested in atheism as an identity: Who are the atheists?
What do people mean when they identify with the term? What do they wish to achieve by doing so? My interest in the category of religion – how negotiations about what counts as religion are part of how scarce resources in society are distributed – has been there for a longer time.
Although these are analytically separate areas of study, I see a lot of overlap between them. My interest in these issues is primarily intellectual. I do not belong to any religious or atheist organization, but I like to talk to different groups by ‘academicizing’ (to use one of Stanley Fish’s favourite terms) about the topics they may be interested in.
Jacobsen: How is religion portrayed in the media in general? How does this compare to non-religion?
Taira: It is very difficult to generalize, because media portrayals vary from one country to another and from one medium to another. I would argue on the basis of my studies in Nordic countries and Great Britain that people tend to have a somewhat misleading understanding of how religion is portrayed in the media.
For instance, some say that religion is mostly absent from the media. It may appear so, if you only focus on the big news stories, but if you dig deeper, there is quite a lot about religion in the media – in newspapers, television, and social media. And it is not limited to Islamic terrorism.
Another misconception, and this is more interesting, is that religion is treated primarily negatively. I have argued that this is not the case, at least not as negatively as some people assume. Especially in countries with one dominant or established church, religion is seen in a rather positive light in the media and society more generally.
Why do some people see it differently? I would argue that people tend to remember negative examples, especially when the news deals with their own group. They forget or bypass everyday news flow in which religion gets relatively positive treatment.
This applies primarily to the dominant religious traditions and institutions, particularly to liberal Christianity that shares similar values (though not necessarily the same beliefs) with the rest of the society and media professionals.
It is clear that conservative Christianity, Islam and so-called New Religious Movements (often labelled as ‘cults’ in the media) are portrayed more negatively in countries with a strong Christian heritage.
It is possible to come to this conclusion if you focus on ‘religion’, but it becomes more evident if you study media portrayals of atheism and non-religion at the same time. Being non-religious is almost a norm in some countries, particularly when public matters are discussed, but when atheists become noisy and demanding, their media treatment changes.
Media portrayal of celebrity atheists is a good example. In Britain, for example, Richard Dawkins gets his message through in the mainstream media and he is appreciated up to a point, but when he speaks against religion and for atheism, the journalists turn against him.
Although nuances between media outlets should not be forgotten, this pattern applies to more liberal and left-wing media, too.
Jacobsen: How did atheism become more visible than ever before, more acceptable than ever before?
Taira: These are two very different, though intersecting, questions. Increasing visibility does not necessarily mean ‘more acceptable’ (it can also mean ‘more problematic’) and their duration is very different. Atheism becoming more acceptable is a story that covers approximately three hundred years, if seen as beginning from the time when atheism becomes a term people use to identify themselves, whereas the increased visibility is more related to past 15 years, to so-called ‘New Atheism’.
To put it simply, atheism has become visible for at least three reasons. First, the increased visibility of religion in society has made atheism more visible at the same time. The narrative about the return of religion begun to dominate in the 1990s and it preceded the visibility of atheism, so in one sense the visibility of atheism is a reaction to that narrative.
Second, people have started to campaign for atheist and non-religious identities. This applies to celebrity atheists, such as Richard Dawkins, but also to grass-root level associations. Some of the campaigns have not been successful in achieving their stated aims, but they have gained visibility for the atheist cause. A big part of that has been to get people more vocal about their (presumably dormant or latent) non-religious or atheist identity.
Third, and this is not emphasized enough by scholars who study atheism, the development of ‘third culture’ in which natural scientists start to address non-specialist audience directly, without mediating intellectuals, has brought the defence of natural sciences, jointly with atheism, to the public discourse.
When contemporary celebrity atheists play their role as public intellectuals and popularize natural sciences, they construct religion as one of their key enemies. They are not criticizing only religion; they also attack non-religious standpoints they consider, rightly or not, challenging the trust in natural sciences (‘postmodernism’, ‘social constructionism’ and the like).
Jacobsen: What is religion as a category? How does this influence our most basic conversations and misunderstandings about it?
Taira: To put it very generally, I am interested in categories, discourses and identifications – how people construct their meaning systems by categorizing various items and by producing particular ways of representing the world, thereby creating various points of identification.
‘Religion’ (as well as non-religion) is one of such examples. Individuals use it for identifying themselves and others, but also governments use it to identify privileges and restrictions. In other words, ‘religion’ as a category is part of our social practices.
When I study religion as a category I approach it so that it is a term people use in order to promote their interests, rather than a term that describes (more or less) accurately what the world is like. That is why it is extremely interesting to study the public discourse on religion and atheism/non-religion alike.
One obvious example is religion-related registration systems in which some resources are distributed to those who qualify as religions. Then one can study who has the power to decide about the ‘religiosity’ of the applicant, how the decision-making happens and what particular groups may gain from becoming registered as religions.
Another example, more related to atheism, is that when contemporary atheists speak about religion, they tend to approach it as a system of propositional statements about the nature of the world. Why?
Because that is how it can be compared with science. It is a comparison in which religion cannot beat science. I am not saying that religious statements are never attempts to describe what the world is like, but the point is to make it clear that to conceptualize religious statements that way is only one option among many.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Taira: If you are interested in my work, please visit my website for more information. Some of my writings are freely available online. Although most of my detailed empirical work is based on Finnish and British data, I have also published several articles about ‘New Atheism’. I also share some of my thoughts on Twitter. https://teemutaira.wordpress.com/.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Taira.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/27
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You are a columnist for the Daily Times. How did you begin writing there?
Ammar Anwer: I had been blogging for The Huffington Post and The Nation before I began to write for the Daily Times. I felt that my articles on Islam in general and Islamism in particular needed to be read by Pakistan’s audience, after all we have been one of the prime victims of both. This was primarily why I started to write for the Daily Times.
Jacobsen: You are from an orthodox version of Islam. What was family life like for you?
Ammar Anwer: I come from a Family that adheres to the Deoband School of thought. Deoband is a sub-sect of Hanafi-Sunni-Islam that was established in the late 1800’s in India. It follows the traditional form of Islam. In addition to that, my grandfather was also influenced by Syed Abul Ala Maududi, the influential Islamist scholar of the 20th century, and in my view one of the spearheads of the modern Islamism. So, my family was intact not only with the traditional Islam but also the Modern Islamic revivalism. I was raised in a similar fashion, where I acquired not only the traditional set of values of Islam, but also the need to establish Islam as a state religion.
Jacobsen: What is your current stance on religion?
Anwer: As an atheist, I am opposed to the concept of religion. I am opposed to the idea that we have to rely on an imaginary being and centuries old books in some aspects of our life. Therefore, my atheism isn’t just confined to disbelief in the existence of God, but also includes an activism to confront the idea. That being said, I do realize that it would be rather unrealistic to assume that religions would simply fade away from the surface of Earth. They are a part of human history and even in the modern scientific world, there are still people who honestly believe that religions provide answers to some of their queries. I, therefore, do understand people who only adhere to religion on a spiritual level and do not intend to convert it into an organized set up. It is the organized religion which I deem a menace, because it tends to infiltrate in every level of society and put’s an entire nation’s intellect into jeopardy. It was only after the demise of organized Christianity that the Europe really progressed, and it is precisely the reason why the Muslim World is so backward when compared to West.
Jacobsen: As an atheist and a humanist, what do these two worldviews tied together provide for you? How do these provide more than the orthodox Islam of early life?
Anwer: Atheism is merely a rejection of the existence of any deity. It says nothing about someone’s sociopolitical views. You can be an atheist, and still be a cause of misery for humanity, Stalin and some other Communist dictators are an example of that. This is why I believe that being a humanist is more important, in addition to being a non-believer. As a Humanist, I put individual liberties and human freedom over all other beliefs and ideologies. I believe that we must always adopt such stands that bring about constructive and positive impact on the entire humanity. I regard human reasoning, consciousness and evidence to be a sufficient guide for humanity, in lieu of dogma, religion and God. These principles, of course stand in conflict with my earlier upbringing in an Islamic household, where I had to judge everything from a dogmatic Islamic lens instead of humanity and reason.
Jacobsen: You have written on Pan-Islam. What is it? What debunks it?
Anwer: Pan-Islamism is the idea that all Muslims across the world, irrespective of their racial, territorial and cultural differences, constitute a single nation. Theologically, the term “Ummah” is used to describe Muslims as a single distinct nation from the rest of the world. It states that Muslims should give up their distinct national identities and strive for a single state (Caliphate) where all Muslims would live equally. It is somewhat a similar sort of notion to that of Christendom. It may have been real once, but in an era of nation states, where nations are formed by a sense of common heritage and history and not faith, it is at best a myth re-created for rhetorical purposes. Islam is not a race and Muslims are not monolithic. Muslims in subcontinent have a different culture than the Muslims in Arab or the Muslims in Indonesia. Even the effort to unite all the Arab nations under a single flag (Pan-Arabism) has not been successful, given that even an Iraqi Arab carries a distinct nationality and history than other Arabs.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Ammar.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/26
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You wrote The Evolution of Atheism: The Politics of a Modern Movement (2015). Your doctoral degree is in sociology. In its presentation of your professional research, you look at the rise of a modern branch of atheism called New Atheism. What have been the impacts of the New Atheist movements in North America and Western Europe?
Dr. Stephen LeDrew: The first and most important impact is that it made atheism, and atheists, visible in a way they had never been before. It also inspired a lot of people to get involved with atheist organizations, which have been around for a long time, but were fairly small and insignificant. The New Atheism brought attention to these groups and made people aware that they existed and that there were others like them out there. Outside of formal organized atheism, the success of people like Richard Dawkins and Sam Harris brought atheism into the spotlight and played a major role in bringing critical debates about religion into the public sphere. It’s debatable to what extent there were a catalyst or a symptom of the sudden interest in religion’s place in the world, but at the very least we can say that it was a sign of a significant cultural shift where speaking critically about religion in public became much more acceptable. The increase in the number of atheists and non-religious people in recent years goes hand in hand with the rise of the New Atheism.
Jacobsen: What factors constitute the main drivers of the increase in the religiously unaffiliated in the New Atheist movement?
LeDrew: Well the religiously unaffiliated and the New Atheism are two different things, and it’s important to keep that distinction in mind. Surveys have shown that the number of people who say that have no religious affiliation–the group that scholars refer to as the “nones”–have increased pretty dramatically in the past ten to twenty years, but those people aren’t all atheists. But generally I think it’s safe to say that there has been a significant episode of secularization in the past couple of decades as young people especially are showing little interest in religion. As far as the nones are concerned, there’s a significant generational shift happening where people aged 30 and under are much more non-religious than previous generations. There are some different theories to explain this. One is the association between religion and conservative views on sexuality. Young people today tend to be far more accepting of homosexuality than their parents’ generation was, and for many of them, religious values on this issue conflict with their liberal attitudes on sexuality. There is also the impact of the internet and social media to consider, which exposes people to different beliefs, opinions, and even cultures. Merely being exposed to different beliefs might lead people to question their own, though that is certainly not always the case, and sometimes the opposite can happen. In terms of the New Atheism and the atheist movement specifically, 9/11 is a signature event. It brought religious extremism to public attention in a way it never had been before, and growing fears about violence fueled by religion certainly contributed to people embracing a critical perspective on it.
Jacobsen: How has the New Atheist movement impacted organized secular activism in North America and Western Europe? Also, have these movements impacted the discourses and activism within other regions of the world?
LeDrew: The impact can’t be overstated. The secular movement was quite small up until about 2006, when it exploded after Richard Dawkins’ The God Delusion was published and the New Atheism phenomenon began. Nobody really knows the numbers, but it’s fair to say that membership in atheist and secularist organization grew exponentially in the few years following the publication of that book. The New Atheists gave activists a language and set of theories for voicing their opposition to religion, grounding their critique in scientism, or the view that science is the only legitimate form of knowledge. They attracted a lot of people to the movement just by attracting a lot of media attention and appearing and events held by secular organizations. But just as importantly, they’ve alienated perhaps as many people as they’ve inspired. Some people who were already in the movement, and many others who joined in the early years of the New Atheism, later lost interest as they discovered that people like Dawkins and Sam Harris were not what they thought they were. In particular, New Atheists’ views about Muslims and their attitudes about sex and gender started to creep out, and it became clear that these people were not really the progressive liberals they claimed to be. Some people felt that their ideas about Islam and Muslims went beyond criticizing religious doctrines and veered into bigotry against an entire ethnic group. On the issue of gender, the New Atheists have resisted the idea expressed by some feminist atheists that the movement has issues with sexual harassment and sexism, which escalated into a major intra-movement conflict that ended with a lot of women and younger activists leaving, as they perceived it to be dominated by group of older, generally conservative white men. So the New Atheism has been controversial and produced a lot of tension.
The New Atheism has definitely had an impact in other parts of the world, though it’s more difficult to assess what that impact has been and to quantify it in any way. The God Delusion has found readers in parts of South Asia and the Middle East. Secular activism in those places is not nearly as prominent as it is in the West, but it exists to various extents. One good example is Bangladesh, where in recent years a number of atheist bloggers who were inspired by the New Atheism have been murdered by religious extremists. So its reach has really been global, though obviously the impact has been felt most strongly in the West and particularly in America, which of course is exceptional among western countries for its high levels of religiosity.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
LeDrew: One thing that I’m interested in, and that I think has not been given the focus it deserves, is the idea that the New Atheism might itself be understood as a kind of “secular religion”. This is a controversial idea, but from a sociological point of view that focuses on religion’s social and psychological functions, it makes sense. First, the New Atheism itself essentially takes this view by explicitly positioning science as a replacement for religion. New Atheists believe that religion is a pseudo-scientific explanation of the natural world that is replaced by modern science, most importantly the idea of evolution, which is applied well beyond the confines of the natural world to explain society, culture, politics, ethics, economics, whatever. In that sense it becomes so vast in it’s explanatory power that it becomes something like a religious myth. So that’s the first religious function it performs: explaining where the universe came from, and the life that exists within it. The atheist movement also replaces some of the social functions performed by religion, namely by providing a community and sense of belonging through participating in atheist groups, whether in physical spaces or online. I think the idea that New Atheism, as a set of beliefs and as a social phenomenon, is both consciously and unconsciously a replacement for religion, and perhaps a form of religion itself, is something that should be taken seriously.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. LeDrew.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/25
Shaykh Uthman Khan completed his ʻĀlimiyyah degree from Madrasah Taleemul Islam from the United Kingdom. He received a traditional Master’s Degree in Arabic and Islamic Sciences and Specialized in traditionalism and the traditional sciences. He also received an Academic Master’s Degree from the Hartford Seminary in Muslim and Christian Relations and specialized in Theology, Philosophy, Religious Scripture, Historiography, and Textual Criticism and Analysis.
His other academic achievements include certificates in Adult Psychology, Accounting, Phonetics, Phonics, and Phonology.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, I gather three things from the previous conversations: epistemological sectarianism, chronic inerrancy, and ethnic divides. But then, if you take two figures Fatima and Ayesha, what is the big takeaway when interpreting the text there in terms of gender roles?
Uthman Khan: It’s the culture. Most times the culture defines how the scripture is interpreted. In reality, it’s the scripture that is being distorted. It is like children’s Play-Doh. Everyone molds it differently. What is done is the scripture is taken, objectified and then starts getting molded according to how one wants to mold it.
In reality, I would never want to live in a city that followed Shariah law. Because I have seen and lived a life wherein 100 people had 100 different interpretations of Islam. This is because of the molded interpretation of the scripture. And then if a city was to follow or impose Shariah law then it is literally just an interpretation of a person’s bias or molded understanding.
This is probably the biggest reason for sectarianism and each sect tends to break up further into smaller sects.
If you keep on digging deeper, every single person literally is following their own Islam. Gender roles are defined that way as well – strictly through culture. I actually read an article published in a traditional seminary that women shouldn’t be educated and that Islam was actually saying this. It was very clear that this was another version of a molded understanding of the religion based on the patriarchy a particular culture defined. It stems from having a preconceived idea and then trying to fit that idea into the scripture.
Technically all gender roles were defined by the culture but implemented as if they were religion. This is a very broad topic, but the result of it is that there is a culture and there is a mindset and there is some external motivation. This is then applied to the scripture and the scripture is understood this way. This mindset is then taught to the next generation and then the next generation and then it becomes an indoctrination. Eventually, a whole society ends up indoctrinated on a message that the Qur’an really never initiated. In your initial question, Fatima may have defined gender roles according to how she perceives her role of how she has been indoctrinated about her role and considers it Islam. Ayesha, on the other hand, will probably believe the exact opposite but consider that Islam as well. Very convenient approach haha, but a very nice way to discredit anyone who doesn’t agree with you. It is subjective and biased.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/25
“Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi says he and Justin Trudeau agreed to fight terrorism and those who misuse religion to divide people when they met in New Delhi.
Modi rolled out reams of red carpet and a horse honour guard, and hugged Trudeau upon his arrival at the presidential palace.
Their meeting comes near the end of a trip to India by Trudeau and his family that has been dogged by criticism. Critics have said the trip was mostly a Trudeau family vacation in fancy Indian clothing. As well, a convicted attempted assassian was invited by an MP to a Trudeau reception, and then the invitation was rescinded.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/trudeau-modi-meeting-india-1.4548462.
“NEW DELHI: There is no space in Canada for religion to be used for political motives to promote any type of extremism, Canada’s Sikh woman ex-MP Ruby Dhalla has said while asserting her country believes in a united India.
Expressing her concern over talk about possible links between Canada and ‘Khalistani’ sympathisers demanding a separate state carved out of India, she said that at times all Sikhs in Canada were seen as sympathisers of extremism.
“You cannot paint all Sikhs living in Canada with the same brush of being supporters of extremism. This is what is happening and it is unfortunate and painful,” she told PTI.”
“When Canada’s immigration flood gates opened to the Caribbean, a fledgling congregation of a tiny religion was ideally suited to give the newcomers a soft landing.
The Toronto West Seventh-day Adventist Church was to become a bulwark for many Black newcomers and a model for similar congregations (of all nationalities) across Canada. But “Black Church” is not how Adventists would have self-described in the 1960s.
The classic Black church in majority white societies is often the first wall of autonomy for authentic, unbridled self-expression and cultural retention. Adventist roots are distinctly more evangelistically focused on “spreading the gospel.””
“Prof. John D. Levenson of Harvard University tells us not to view Christian-Jewish dialogue in terms of conflict resolution. The two religious traditions have genuine disagreements that each must understand and respect. They can learn from each other and work together for the good of the countries in which their adherents live without seeking to compromise with their own commitments or expect “concessions” from the other.
Levenson, a committed Jew and the author of important books about the Hebrew Bible, reminds us that the relationship isn’t symmetrical. Judaism is an integral part of Christianity: Jesus was a Jew and lived as a Jew. But, though Jews have lived in Christian societies, Jewish theology has no room for Christianity.
Until our time Christians were taught that God had abrogated the covenant with the People of Israel, as described in the Hebrew Bible (that Christians call the Old Testament, i.e., the old covenant), and made a new covenant exclusively with Christians.”
“When the success of your government grant application depends on agreeing with a government opinion, then there is bound to be a fuss. Canada is a democracy and Liberal democrats, by definition, do not take government-imposed opinions lightly.
The Canada Summer Jobs is a government program that funds non-profits, small businesses and charities to hire summer students. It is designed to give young people quality work experience to enhance their careers. This year, the government required organizations to declare their agreement with the government regarding abortion.
It has been alleged that “[r]eligious organizations and editorial writers have sown confusion about [this] new eligibility criteria . . .” The confusion (and there has been plenty) is not from religious organizations and editorial writers but from the government itself.”
“For a mostly barren island nation in the middle of the North Atlantic Ocean, Iceland—with a population that’s smaller than that of California’s twelfth most populous city, and a GDP that’s less than every state on the continental U.S.—has an outsize impact in global affairs. On Jan. 1, it became the first country to legislate equal pay for men and women, becoming a model for other countries, including Canada. And when Iceland’s bank system dramatically collapsed in 2008, its policy decisions offered lessons to other countries as they faced their own financial crises.
So when the Icelandic Parliament proposed a bill last week that would penalize a parent with up to six years in prison if they circumcise their baby or infant son for non-medical reasons—in other words, if the procedure is undertaken for religious purposes—people outside of Iceland took note, too.
There is no definitive medical judgment on the benefits or dangers of the procedure. There was a time when the accepted view was that male circumcision was medically beneficial, and while that assumption has somewhat changed, there’s still a strong argument that this cutting of the foreskin helps prevent various sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and lowers the risk of urinary infection. Other medical experts say that if there are benefits, they are minimal, and that there is also a risk of bleeding, swelling, errors and accidents in the procedure.”
Source: http://www.macleans.ca/opinion/icelands-proposed-circumcision-ban-sparks-a-bigger-fight-over-rights/.
“The first plenary session at the 13th Doha Conference on Interfaith Dialogue discussed Human Rights in Religions (Vision and Concept). Speakers from Croatia, Qatar, Morocco, US, Malaysia and Canada took part in the session.
Headed by Dr Hassan Abdul Rahim al-Sayed from Qatar, the session focused on practising freedom of belief, religious practice and expression, human rights and dignity as well as the role of religious leaders in dialogue, establishment of peace, importance of fulfilment and insurance of human rights.
Professor Dr Ivo Josipovic of Croatia reaffirmed the need to promote continuous dialogue between religions, establishment of democracy, concept of reconciliation and the promotion of an atmosphere of tolerance, equality, freedom of belief and expression. This will in turn frame and ensure safe coexistence between societies regardless of religion, colour and gender, he said.”
Source: http://www.gulf-times.com/story/582484/Need-for-religious-tolerance-stressed.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/25
Pete is a former member of the Jehovah’s Witnesses. As with many transitioning through the difficult questions and moments of life from leaving a worldview, there come difficulties in building a new life and in processing the regrets and thoughts of lost time, which seem substantiated if you read the stories. Those leaving religions are growing communities and part of understanding is telling the stories. Here Pete was kind enough to share some of his story.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you grow with religion in early development?
Pete: In my formative years, I don’t remember being unhappy, but then again my dad was very new to the religion. In my opinion, he wasn’t following the rules to the letter. Being a Jehovah’s witness child, I never celebrated birthdays, Christmases, or Easter, so I never knew what I was missing out on.
I was quite keen under the age of 10 to make my dad proud. I was active in Bible studies, talks, and the ministry. Some of my earliest memories are knocking on people’s door offering them a Watchtower and Awake!.
Jacobsen: What seem like some of the impactful moments in that early development, certain “aha” moments?
Pete: Lol. My whole childhood was based on fear…. fear of God, fear of the authorities, fear of my parents, fear of death…. you name it; we were fearful. I remember from a young age going to our kingdom hall and many of the topics were highly inappropriate for young children… sex and masturbation being a regular discussion and not really for kids under the age of 10, especially being sat next to your parents.
Jacobsen: How does someone begin to question their faith? Also, what emotions arose for you, as you felt the intellectual distance from the faith of youth?
Pete: I’m in my mid-thirties now. I never questioned my faith until the last couple of years. I have spent over a decade in fear that if I didn’t return to the religion, then I would die at Armageddon. I think since being in a loving relationship my partner has pointed out that my relationship with my dad is damaging.
I have always had a distant relationship with my father who is an elder of a JW congregation. He is expected to be exemplary in his actions and must adhere to the rules of the governing body in New York.
I’ve suffered terribly over the past few years with OCD, which has progressively gotten worse and started to affect my health. I have gone down the path of unraveling the years of childhood indoctrination and looked at trying to make my own decisions as to whether religion, in general, is factual and can we have faith in something even when there are stacks of evidence disproving it.
I think that for me I had to wait for signs that my past was physically affecting me in the present and this has been the catalyst for me to begin questioning. There has always been a huge fear questioning something that you just believe is correct, but the emancipation I have felt since being able to use my own mind to draw conclusions has been amazing.
If I could speak to my younger self now, knowing what I know – I would’ve encouraged myself to do this earlier.
Jacobsen: How did you find solace after leaving the faith?
Pete: I left the religion at age 14 and moved in with my non-witness mother. I was allowed to do this because myself and my brothers and sisters were physically abused terribly over many years.
After one specific event, and being bullied terribly at school due to being covered in bruises and welts, I threatened to go to social services… my dad and his wife got worried, so they let us leave.
I had very little solace in the first few years. I believed I was going to die in the not so distant future. I had nightmares every night and slept with my mum regularly. Due to this constant fear, I just realised that life should be taken as a joke. I went off the rails with drugs, alcohol, and stealing. However, this was a phase that I grew out of.
Jacobsen: How would you recommend others lean out of the community if they fear reprisal from leaving the religious community?
Pete: It’s a difficult question to answer because there is not one textbook answer that would suit all. I think if someone is looking to leave a high control group like the Jehovah’s Witnesses, then they need to build up a security network around them beforehand.
They need to have people that love and care for them around them that understand the abandonment they are going to have to endure in the years to come. Regardless of how you choose to leave this cult, there will be lasting reprisals.
It’s a decision that mustn’t be taken lightly. The person leaving needs to understand that their family will treat them as dead. That they will have to start from the bottom in most instances. But the choice to be free outweighs everything in my opinion.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Pete: Please help to shine a light on this terribly damaging cult… I feel like I have been so lucky in my life to still have my brother and sister and been able to leave early enough to recreate my life….. there are so many people out there hurting and who are alone….. this needs to stop! Thanks.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Pete.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/24
Catherine Dunphy is an Author, Operations Manager for Rational Doubt, and the Former Executive Director for The Clergy Project. Dunphy wrote From Apostle to Apostate: The Story of the Clergy Project. Here we talk about The Clergy Project and Losing Our Religion, and her background.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: To begin to set some framework, so people know where you’re coming from, what was personal and family background in brief – geography, culture, language, and religious affiliation if any?
Catherine Dunphy: Sure, okay, so religious affiliation: Roman Catholic. My whole family was Roman Catholics. I go into detail into in my book. In The Clergy Project, I tell my story.
I was raised in a Catholic home. We went to mass all the time. So, I was raised in a religious environment. I did an undergraduate in theology and an M.Div. I used to work for the Archdiocese of Halifax.
I worked for non-profit groups that were an arm’s length away from the Church but were affiliated via ministry. So, that’s a brief summary of my background. I was training to be a chaplain in the secondary school board here in Ontario, but then I had my crisis of faith in seminary.
Jacobsen: It’s an interesting place to have it.
Dunphy: Yes, superficially, this is not the place to have a crisis of faith, but I would say it is the place to have a crisis of faith. I say that, specifically, because of the vocal scholarship. When you first start studying Biblical scholarship, you take the Bible and look at it – like you would any other book.
You tease apart aspects of it. You look at the origins of the text and what scholars tell you about how it was originally written, and then compiled and hammered together: as if the greatest MacGyver story ever told.
Being exposed to that, I didn’t have a challenge with it. My cognitive dissonance was strong at the time. I thought it was cool and interesting, but it didn’t plague me the way that it plagued other students at the seminary.
It bothered them to hear about the origins of the Bible. To think, it wasn’t issued by God in one fell swoop. It was piecemealed together.
Jacobsen: I talked to an Edmonton school board trustee who stepped down from the role, Patricia Grell, who has been in the national news for Canada. When I was interviewing her, she did mention something similar, when she was studying her own M.Div.
She had a major – I guess you could call it a – ‘crisis of faith,’ which is past the time she got her M.Div. However, she reflected on it and noted that the source was probably back to when she got her M.Div., in a similar manner you’re describing.
Looking at the text, looking at the history, and then doing a proper critical analysis of it, I think that’s interesting that comes up as a point of critical inquiry about it and further doubt.
Dunphy: Yes, that’s a consistent theme among The Clergy Project members. Reviewing the Bible, reading biblical scholarship, you encounter it. For example, from an Evangelical background, from a denomination that didn’t require an M.Div., it was self-recovery.
They would review some of the biblical criticism scholarship that was available. They would read and be shocked by it. There’s this huge disconnect between what’s taught in seminary and what’s preached from the pulpit every Sunday.
The reality is that most parishioners probably wouldn’t be able to take the whole of it. The virgin birth is a myth. There was no Adam and Eve. Even the stuff that is obvious once you’re aware of it, like two creation stories in Genesis, most people think, “There are two creation stories in Genesis?” Yes, there are.
There’s two. The reason there are two is because they were written by two different Jewish groups. So, this comes as a huge surprise to theology students. Then it would be a huge, upsetting surprise to parishioners in churches too.
They would be devastated by these realities.
Jacobsen: I want to shift the conversation more to the documentary film, Losing our Religion, if I may. But within the context of the background provided by you. So, what is the content and purpose of Losing our Religion?
Dunphy: The story is about members of The Clergy Project. Some who left religious life many years ago like myself. Others who are still caught in the pulpit. The documentary takes the time to look at the founders of The Clergy Project.
Some of the original members of The Clergy Project and a few newer members who either were in the process of leaving their Churches, or their congregations, or some that are staying.
So, the whole purpose of the film, based on Leslie Mair the documentary film maker, her whole purpose, is to be able to tell this story because it’s unique. But also because she thought it would give hope to people that are struggling.
That is struggling with their faith to realize ministers and clergy people struggle too. Sometimes, the conclusions that they come to are not as what you would expect. Because in seminary, for example, the idea of doubt is something that comes up, but it’s always like, “Go back to prayer. Reinvest in your prayer life. Double down on your Hail Marys.”
Something in order to reinvigorate your faith process. So, it’s the goal of the documentary to give a voice to these voiceless people. I don’t think most individuals walking down the street would think that their clergy person could be an atheist, but they could be.
It’s definitely a possibility, maybe even likely depending on the denomination. Some background can help here. The membership of The Clergy Project. My book goes into this. I analyzed the content from the website, and took it apart and broke it down according to denomination, location, gender, and so on
However, a good percentage of The Clergy Project members – both of the current clergy and former clergy – are Evangelicals. So, they are Biblical literalists, who are fleeing their churches. That is not what you would expect.
Even that surprised me, because you would think with the literal religious people, it would be an easier ride out of religion. They would have deconstructed and baby proofed the faith. You softened all the sharp edges.
You put the electrical plugs in the outlets to protect you from getting shocked. You’ve taken away all the nasty, cranky bits of it, and then turned it into this hippy-dippy, “Jesus loves you,” stuff.
Jacobsen: You use the term “fleeing” from their community.
Dunphy: Yes.
Jacobsen: You also mentioned “baby proofing” some things, in other words, softening of the sharp edges of doubt, particularly the difficult ones.
That makes me think a bit in reflection about the defence mechanism, either in community from a pastor, a preacher, or a priest to an individual, lay member in the pews, saying, “Go to your bible, pray more, do not doubt, it’s the Devil’s work,” and so on.
Are the defence mechanisms relatively pervasive based on your own research and knowledge on this?
Dunphy: Religion is like a Jesus meme-making machine. Christianity is anyway. It’s like, “What’s your response to the fact that bad things happen?” That’s soul building if you’re a Catholic. That’s the thing you would hear.
Something bad happened? Jesus is testing you. There are definitely go to responses that are a cop out. Bad things happen because they do. It’s God testing you or God gave you this burden because he knew you could bear it.
So, there are definitely their calling cards. They’re very much a cliche. I think that most of, not The Clergy Project people and even the active ones but, the parishioners and everyone, in general, has this fatigue about these ridiculous nothing sayings.
The “Let’s pray for New York because of the terrorist attack” or Paris when it happened. But prayer doesn’t accomplish much other than to say, “I’m thinking about you guys.” It is like a get out of jail free card.
I did something. I said I would pray and I did. You can’t prove otherwise. It’s not my fault if God doesn’t listen. Maybe, he listened, but you missed his cue. There’s always a way to shuffle the responsibility for God’s failing to respond to a crisis. We weren’t deserving.
If you’re Evangelical, it’s God knows you can do this and bear this. That’s why he’s given it to you if you’re a Catholic. It’s, “Life sucks sometimes if you’re Jewish.” A different type of religious response would have its own monotonous plotting.
I would call it a dance more than I would call it pastoring or taking care of someone. It’s like, “You stepped there. So, I’m going to move there.” It’s completely mindless actually in my opinion.
Jacobsen: In a way, does this make the ordinary follower, a decent citizen who wants to do the right thing, not only for their country and their fellow person, but also wants to be an upstanding individual within their church, their synagogue, their temple, and so on, the best representative for the failings of what they would term their God?
In other words, they’re filling in the gaps and making excuses?
Dunphy: It’s hard. I don’t want to burden people with the guilt of perpetuating an ideology, so that they can have a need met. But that’s what they’re doing. They’re perpetuating an ideology whether it be Christianity, Judaism, Hinduism, or Islam because they’re getting something from it.
There’s a cost-benefit ratio. They’re having a need met or trying to get a need met. They’re in the process of actually trying to get that need met. They’re utilizing this religious ideology in order to accomplish it.
I think part of me is like, “You know what? Wake up! Go get some therapy and stop leaning on this crutch that you’re using to direct the ebb and flow of your life because, maybe it’s not helping you make the best choices.”
But it’s hard to have that conversation with people because they have free will. They are individuals. As an individual, I need to respect the autonomy of another individual because I want my autonomy to be respected. So, it’s a precarious balance.
The only time I would need to intercede is when a particular ideology tries to eclipse the commonality, the secular commonalities in Canada, the US, or Europe. Or even what’s happened in Turkey, where you used to have secular Turkey, it is being morphed into an Islamic state.
I think it’s a question everybody needs to be asking themselves because we’re seeing things like that unfold.
On the microcosm, you think about individual relationships within families. However, if you look at what’s happening on the macro level, you look at what’s happening in Turkey or with Indonesia as with the Islamization of Indonesia.
Even in America is now, where now you equate religious people with Evangelicals specifically being more patriotic, this God-patriotism tool is used as a control mechanism. It’s fascism. So, it’s hard not to want to intercede when you see it happening on the macro level.
You have to intercede. You have to speak out. When you’re talking about one-on-one, for my instance, my mother is still a religious practicing Catholic. We didn’t speak for a number of years because I left the Church.
However, we found a place, where we can be nice to each other for the sake of my son. Trying to tease apart, “Where’s the commonality?” That work is important on an individual level as much as the work to make sure that there are no transgressions from religious ideologies to compromise rights.
Jacobsen: Some feel concern over recent work done by Will Gervais, Ara Norenzayan, and others. But there’s a recent publication, I think in August (2017), it was about “global evidence of extreme intuitive moral prejudice against atheists.” That was by Gervais and others.
It was looking at the potential extended co-operative networks provided by religion while at the same time creating the possibility for the strong intergroup conflict and tacit prejudice against nonbelievers.
So, when you speak of rights, whether reproductive rights for women or human rights generally, I think in North America in particular. It comes up, repeatedly.
Dunphy: The Nones. Maybe, I’m more optimistic about this because I know that the Nones are a growing trend. Yes, because someone is not religiously affiliated, it doesn’t mean that they don’t believe in woo.
They could still believe in reading minds, horoscopes, séances, and so on. There are all sorts of woo. I’m not going to police everybody’s particular brand of crazy. It’s not as dangerous.
That type of crazy is not as dangerous as the crazy American Fascist Christian stuff ongoing. Where you have people creating these crazy disturbing images of Jesus leaning over Donald Trump as he signs these documents in the White House, that is creepy beyond belief.
So, I understand the concern with atheists. The fact that we’re so stigmatized. However, I am hopeful because the Nones are growing faster than any other religious group. A study is showing that there’s an increase in the non-religious.
Most non-religious people don’t give a shit if someone is an atheist or not. They are like, “Okay, whatever.” It’s a non-issue for many, many non-religious people. It’s only the deeply entrenched religious Right or fundamentalist religions that have an issue with atheism.
Yes, right now, they’re the majority worldwide, but I don’t think that is going to be forever. Maybe, I’m being overly optimistic, but I do think that in my lifetime: atheism has grown. In my son’s lifetime, it will grow more.
My hope is religion will slowly continue to erode more and more. Churches are already empty. They’re already dying. They’re in the process of decaying and losing their relevancy.
I think, “Yes, it’s not nice. It’s not a good thing, but you have to also look at in the context of eons, generations upon generations, where apostasy was treated in Europe the way that apostasy is currently treated in Saudi Arabia.”
So, it’s not that comforting when someone like my friend Jerry Dewitt loses his job because someone he knows discovers he’s an atheist. Because he has a picture on his Facebook page standing next to Richard Dawkins.
However, we need to be optimistic. We need to be proactive. If that means talking about it, filling up the internet with atheist content, then let’s do that. If that means Sunday assemblies and Houston Oasis, then let’s do that.
It’s a problem. But there are people out there that are chipping away at it.
Jacobsen: That leads me to an opposing question to balance the budget – so to speak. I do mean this as also a moderate concern within the community. So, for the formal non-religious or the formerly religious, within that community, what social trends and conversational strategies with the religious or the public at large with media, concern you?
In other words, counter-productive tactics to the goals of the more active members of the community.
Dunphy: I don’t think that sitting around or arguing with Christians online worked. I think that’s a waste of time and energy. I’m saying this as someone who has engaged with Catholics about Mary and abortion.
I’m like, “No, you’re not going to say that because you think that’s so. Mary is not a feminist. I’m sorry. She is a Bronze Age Barbie. No good for women. Let’s stop right there.”
So, you can have arguments on the internet with theists, but they’re not going to go anywhere. They’re only going to be further entrenched. You’ll be further entrenched. My thing is this: I think Ecumenicalism is a tool that non-believers can use to pony on up to the table for interfaith dialogue.
You’re probably scratching your head going, “Why should we have interfaith dialogue?” Because that conversation is going on without us. And it shouldn’t. We need our voices at that table. We need to volunteer.
You’re at a university. Here’s a suggestion for universities: for a period of time, I was the humanist chaplain at the University of Toronto or one of the humanist chaplains at the University of Toronto. We worked out of the multi-faith center at U of T.
We had to get along and be nicey-nicey. We were working collaboratively to support the students on campus. So, that’s one thing. Be engaged wherever the multifaith center is and have a voice at that table.
Akin to this is the social justice work, because, why should the Christians, Jews, Muslims Buddhists, Baha’i, and whoever else, have an opportunity to work as a community for the betterment of society at large?
Why aren’t we doing that? I know that there are different groups that do that. I think about Responsible Charity, out of India, and then there’s the Foundation Beyond Belief. But why isn’t there a connected university social justice system?
That helps students who are nonbelievers, who are humanists and have a community. Not only for the community, but also for doing good for the sake of doing good. That will go a long way to help improve the reputation.
Even though, we don’t need our reputation improved, mostly, for atheists and nonbelievers. Because we care about the planet too. We care about other people too. We recognize how valuable the one life is that we have to live.
That it’s important to do what you can to improve your wellbeing and the wellbeing of the people around you. So, I think that’s the missing component right now. That is, there’s no goal within the atheist community.
Right now, it’s clamouring to be heard. Maybe, we can be heard if we’re doing something while we’re being heard. Then we’re changing minds and changing hearts.
I had that pull from the whole context of the question, but it works because we’re doing good because we want to because we want to make things better.
So, I would challenge atheists out there to volunteer at a soup kitchen, to go volunteer at their kid’s school, to spend time at a nursing home, to engage with refugees, or people in a mental health crisis, or whatever it’s going to take to help eradicate that idea that we’re immoral.
But also it would help us too. I think that’s the one thing that we’re missing. We go to these big conferences. We see our rock stars, our movement. That’s awesome. But what’s our takeaway? How are we taking that information and going back into our communities and making our communities better? For us, but for everyone else too.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Catherine.
Dunphy: Thank you.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/23
Professor Colleen MacQuarrie, Ph.D. is an Associate Professor in the Department of Psychology at the University of Prince Edward Island. Also, she is a media contact for the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada. Here we talk about abortion rights activism.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have worked in abortion rights activism as well as a researcher in Canada. So, I wanted to get a perspective historically as well as presently into what is happening and what happened regarding abortion in Canada.
Professor Colleen MacQuarrie: With regards to abortion research in Canada, there are a number of different answers to that question depending on the regional focus. When you look across Canada, there is patchy access to abortion.
So, abortion research could be focusing on the barriers and the policy changes needed to address those barriers. In my own research, in 2010, I understood the local context. I think that is one of the most important pieces when you are working from a social justice process.
You need to know the local context because it is a matter of head and heart, or head, heart, and hands. Unpacking that academically, that means that there may be a certain evidence base. There may be a certain policy environment, but often the link between that would be community attitudes, standards, ideas, and notions.
Which would then be influenced by a whole interlocking set of assumptions in this case with women, pre-formed understandings of what women will do, enforced motherhood, notions of morality that concern governing women’s bodies and women’s bodily autonomy; within the context of PEI, I that context well; being immersed here as a feminist activist.
I am 52 years old now. I have been involved with feminist organizations in this place for little more than 35 years or so. I understood the complexity of the culture around abortion and stigma and the history of how we lost abortion access in the 80s.
I started from the networks here in the local community and pooled together the research advisory group from the existing network of abortion activists. I also had achieved tenure at my university; I was using the dual-privileges of tenure and academic freedom to create a politically engaged research project.
I knew without tenure academic freedom was meaningless. I had to wait. In hindsight, that was really smart. The University of PEI, universities in this region have a long religious root that did attempt to trip me when I was launching the research by putting pressure on the university administration to stop the research.
What we had were a series of longstanding pleas from feminist organizations such as the Advisory Council on the Status of Women, the Women’s Network, Canadian Abortion Rights Access League – which had been defunct by the time I started – the PEI Rape Crisis Centre, PEI Transition House, and so on.
You had these organizations pleading for abortion access. I came across the idea that a liberation psychology project would probably be the right approach to do research on this project. I used community collaborative action research approaches.
I constructed a research advisory group. Together, with the community, I started to devise a project that would look at ultimately framing research as a way forward for a policy change – a phenomenological approach to change PEIs abortion policies.
I framed it discursively within health and discursively within the experience of people’s health. I was moving decidedly away from any notions of whether abortion is good or bad. Who the hell cares? That is not what we are asking here.
“Here we are, this is ground zero. What is it like being a woman over the last 20 years and needing an abortion?” The results were astounding. There was a diversity – in terms of age, SES, professionalism – there was a lot of diversity on the research team. We were cutting across a number of different sectors. Fascinatingly, when people came forward – at first, there was an expectation of reluctance of coming forward.
We launched in 2011. Within 3 days, we had more than 600 hits to the call for participants from more than 11 countries around the world. The tinder had been sitting there. The match was struck. It was an amazing, amazing response.
People wanted to talk because they hadn’t been able to tell their story. It was because we asked to have the stories told to change policy, not because they hadn’t told them in a decade or two. Fast forward, within research as you know, if you have overwhelming evidence in the early preliminary analyses, that shows harms, you have a duty to report early findings.
By the end of 2012, we had sufficient evidence of substantial harms that were happening to women and women’s health, and substantial lapses in the medical system when women were presenting to emergency rooms at the hospital for support for abortions that had gone wrong.
There was almost every woman who came forward that talked about self-harm. One of the first thoughts, if you are a woman in PEI during those decades, is “what am I going to do?” Poor and more marginalized women resort to more dire acts to try to bring back their periods.
Women who were poorer, or in dire circumstances – were more likely to try poisons or other self harm. Anything to try to ingest something to do enough harm to the body to bring about an end to the pregnancy, but not to die.
Even women that you would think that would have lots of access to resources, 30-year-old women who were university educated and were searching on the internet: “How can I get an abortion if I live in PEI?” But they couldn’t. Women were faced with being pregnant and trying to finish school and/or already parenting a child or children they were struggling to care for.
A woman confided she imagined walking out into traffic to cause just enough harm to her body to bring about an abortion. These kinds of stories were not uncommon. I’m sorry this is so distressing.
Jacobsen: No, no, it’s okay.
MacQuarrie: Also, we started to look into the government’s own records. We found -through a Freedom of Information Act; there were illegal abortions that were being documented by the system when women were presenting for help at physician offices and the hospital.
In two cases, suspicious deaths, there are so many wrinkles here because the coroner at the time was an ardent anti-abortion person. So, when I had a conversation with him about the two cases where a toxicologist was brought in and where the RCMP were called in, he quickly dismissed.
He said, “Oh no, it wasn’t because they were attempting an abortion.” But there were documented cases in the province’s own records going back to 1996. There were documented incidents of illegal abortions where renal failure had happened, where intense medical care was ongoing.
There was evidence within the provincial billing system as well as evidence from our own study. Also, some pretty dire things happening at the time of the study. So, in the months leading up to when we released our preliminary findings, we were finding fresh accounts from women who had just been at the emergency room and had not been treated with care for their abortion that was going wrong.
It was a medical abortion in those cases. We presented those cases in 2013- the preliminary results calling for action from the health system, specifically better supports from women who were sourcing their own medical abortions.
At that time, they were using a cocktail of off label prescription drugs – mifepristone and misoprostol, which was before RU-486 was approved by Health Canada in, I guess, 2016 in the Fall.
Unfortunately, at every point along the way from the release of findings trying to use the evidence to show the health system the harms that were befalling us, there was a callous indifference from our government leaders.
You can look it up yourself from the CBC news reports at the time – that they’d say, “Not everybody agrees with abortion, so we’re not going to have them here.”
It is a fascinating story of how entrenched the anti-abortion discourse was here because somehow or other politicians could cavalierly say, “Sure, some women are getting hurt. But, my God, some people don’t want to have abortion here,” as if that was a good enough compromise.
Jacobsen: This brings up an associated question, which is like a premise underneath the conversation so far. It has two parts. On the one side, what seems like the fair representation of the anti-abortion argument as well as the source of it, e.g. social, finance, and moral concerns?
How did that become that dominant at that time – where we are in the discussion so far?
MacQuarrie: The premise or the dominant discourse in PEI at the time that was in the media. That the politicians were spouting was “it is a special place. It is a life sanctuary. This is not a place where abortions happen.”
There was almost as if you think about a jewel in an anti-abortion crown – PEI is one. The notion or idea of life sanctuary was part of the marketing image of the organizations like the PEI Right to Life organization.
The dominant discourse is that abortion is murder. That abortion is also abetting a crime, is a murder. That it is not a choice. It is a baby. That, basically, life/birth begins at conception and, therefore, it is a human being and not a choice.
Those were the dominant discourses circulating. How did it become so prevalent? That is a very good question. I think it is partly understood by looking at bounded geographical spaces such as islands and looking at the notions of separateness and being apart.
It is connected to the conflation of religiosity. PEI has, I think, 97% of the population identifying with either the Roman Catholic or the Protestant religions. Performance in religion is a part of the fabric of how people do things in PEI.
People who may not be particularly religious might still want to be religiously affiliated because it is about performance and fitting in. PEI is the most densely populated province in Canada. It is a small province, 140,000 people.
There is a sense everybody knows your business. Your actions reflect on your family. Also, the fact that PEI is in itself, the entire province, is a diocese of the Catholic Church. The bishop here has been involved from the early days in decreeing abortion a sin.
So, there has been a very strong emphasis on obeying God as part of keeping abortion away from here. There is that. That has been happening. How did it become so entrenched in systems of government?
For a while in PEI, you had to run a Catholic and Protestant in every riding in order to get elected. Religion and commitment to religion were entwined within the political landscape. What should be secular, it never really was secular.
If you look across time, there has been this conflation of church and state in the legislation. Historically, in the early 80s, when the right to life associations across North America were amping up the eradication of abortion access by targeting hospital and therapeutic abortion committees.
That fight came to PEI when first the Catholic hospital. The medical system or the health system was also divided. The education and the medical and the political systems were all aligned with faith organizations.
So, the Catholic and the protestant hospital were amalgamated in the early 80s to create one large non-secular hospital.
Jacobsen: Even for that other 3%, whatever the terms for those alternative faiths or non-faiths, do they orient themselves within the same positions of the Roman Catholic Church and Protestant Church in PEI?
MacQuarrie: The research does not speak to that because the demographic is so tiny. I can theorize about that.
Jacobsen: Please do.
MacQuarrie: I do not think that you would rock the boat. There are so many anti-immigrant and xenophobic tendencies. There is so much xenophobia here. That you just wouldn’t rock the boat on that.
So, when the hospital was being merged, there was an effort to eradicate abortion access in the newly merged hospital. That was a long and rancorous public battle that ended up with having the therapeutic abortion committee being taken out of the hospital.
That win taught the anti-abortion movement here how to launch a successful campaign. Then the effort turned to the last abortion committee in the province, Prince County Hospital. That meeting to eradicate abortion access is still living in the memories of the women – the 4 or 5 women who spoke out for abortion rights. They remember that as a very hostile and terrifying time.
Jacobsen: I reflect on Human Rights Watch saying, “Equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.”
So, individuals or organizations – who are often religious – that hold a pro-life position that would deny equitable and safe access to abortion amount to anti-human rights positions, which is troubling to start.
MacQuarrie: Right. They do not see an individual. The PEI response to the Morgentaler ruling was basically that the rest of Canada may learn from PEI which they bragged about in 1988 on March 30th – the Morgentaler Ruling came down January 28th in 1988 – effectively opening the door to abortion access as a constitutional issue. The PEI Legislature on March 30th passed its own Resolution 17 declaring ours an anti-abortion or an anti-choice province. Originally, Resolution 17 said that even the life of the mother, which harkens back to the way things were in Ireland, would not warrant an abortion.
An amendment said that if a mother’s life was in danger then an abortion would be permissible, but all other circumstances. PEI did declare itself anti-abortion based on the ruling of the constitution. That is what we took them to court on and won based on the Morgentaler Ruling.
We needed years of evidence and 105 points of law before we could actually get the province into court. We had to take them to court to acknowledge that abortion services should be provided in the province. Fascinatingly, once the province decided not to fight us on the case which we launched on January 5th, 2017, they went above and beyond.
They said that we will provide a whole set of health services for women and others including sexual and reproductive health services including transgender health. Abortion is just the tip of the iceberg quite frankly when we are talking about gender autonomy rights here. As alluded to before we started taping, PEI has a high rate of domestic violence in heterosexual relationships. But I suspect if you look at child abuse rates that you might see high rates also, but it is so horribly underreported. So violence and control are major political issues here.
So the root of violence and control here is partly why PEI was able to have such a tradition of politicians just run as a member of a faith organization for a political party and be elected and then stand in the house and to voice to the entire house their anti-woman stance. Resolution 17 – it was unanimous and all-party agreement that PEI was an anti-abortion province. The Minister of Education during that time period sanctioned the busing of every single grade 7 student to the University of PEI for a mass screening of The Silent Scream; A lecture about the sanctity of life and the handing out of little feet pins to show the little feet of fetuses and the request that all children continue to wear those to hold up the sanctity of life, and that they would let other people know what they had seen there including their parents.
Of course, at the time, there were a number of mothers active in the choice campaign in trying to hold onto abortion. They felt they had to withdraw from the activism for abortion because they feared retribution for their children at school in bullying.
So, there was a cultural impingement upon advocacy and voice. It really is an elegant example of how oppression operates and sustains itself and continues to create silence. When we launched the campaign in 2010 to have a research project, that would examine and interrogate those taken-for-granted notions that abortion is murder and instead frame it as a women’s health issue and instead collect stories of that, it was very threatening to the status quo that had just assumed that we would never have abortion here.
Jacobsen: If you focus on religion in this instance, the religious organizations such as the Catholic Church. They seem to have a strong position, in their terminology, of pro-life regarding abortion and women’s reproductive health rights.
There are other groups, even within the Abrahamic traditions and the Christian traditions in particular, who have a more liberal orientation such as the United Church of Canada, which, as you know, was the first, I think, to allow women ministers.
MacQuarrie: Also gay.
Jacobsen: Also gay… on that view, it can be seen as the progressive movement within the Christian community in the country. What the United Church of Canada allows, as it is the edge of Christian culture, broadly speaking, that is what Christian culture would allow. What are sects of Christianity friendly to women’s health issues in the sense that they are more or less pro-choice?
MacQuarrie: Rightly, you name the United Church, but also we have to think of diversity and complexity within Catholicism. We brought in – I was a baby feminist at the time…
Jacobsenn: [Laughing].
MacQuarrie: Catholics for Choice, we had a nun come in and speak about the importance of women’s health. We were working with the disparate voices that were willing to come forward. I mean, the cavalier attitude of the leadership of the church went so far as to simply take out pages in the newspaper that just simply printed every church members’ name as standing with the church.
There were many citizens who never agreed to have their name published in that way. The Diocese wanted to make it appear as if it was a solid block of resistance to the community standards violated and sustained regarding abortion.
Status of Women did some polling that showed that many people thought that abortion should be restricted, but there was about 60% of the population that thought in some circumstances it should be allowed.
It was only the leadership, the politicians and the church leaders, who portrayed it as this monolithic impasse. Unfortunately, they wielded a lot of power in all different kinds of ways. Also, when we get back to the geographic and bounded nature of this as well, there is a sense that everyone knows your business.
You may personally feel very confident and proud. They didn’t want to jeopardize their family, their kids, their husband, their business; they didn’t want to be ostracized. An ostracization is a tool and a technique of control. That works in small places like this.
So, I think that the reasons are multifaceted and interconnected and form this fascinating case study of what does it take to undo these kinds of cultural and community suppression. Quite frankly, it takes small and dedicated groups working away to show evidence.
But even when we showed evidence, it took a legal system that could respond. So, if we hadn’t had the macrostructure of Canadian jurisdiction, where federal criminal law applied and the Morgentaler Ruling supporting our constitutional rights, if we didn’t have the structure of the Canada Health Act and the way the provinces must respond to that, we would have to use a different set of strategies. The federal/provincial relationships actually allowed the province to sidestep the constitution with regard to health care, but not when we were able to get enough resources and support to challenge that. It has always been unconstitutional for us not to have an abortion here but it took years for us to challenge the province and take it to the court system. If we had taken the province to court prior to our collaborative community engagement, the province might have conceded the court case but might not have offered up the abortion services in the manner they did.
What made the difference was the community mobilization along with this larger macrostructure as well as a chronosystem, where, perhaps, in Canada at that time, it was seen to be a shifting of what happened to politicians when they supported abortion.
In the neighboring province of New Brunswick, a liberal premier had just been elected who had proclaimed himself pro-choice. I think there is a whole constellation of factors that fed into how things were able to shift in 2017.
Jacobsen: Because it is 2017.
MacQuarrie: [Laughing] I said it first by the way. VICE interviewed me about the research we were doing. I talked about the callous indifference of the politician and trying to compromise women’s health against someone’s view that abortion was immoral. I said, “It is 2015, time for that to end.”
It took another while. There have always been resisters. There’s always pockets of resistance no matter where you look.
Jacobsen: I know a guy named Paul Krassner who published The Realist for decades. He did interviews with Lenny Bruce. Same crowd as Mort Sahl. He ran an underground abortion referral service when it was illegal.
MacQuarrie: We were helping women to go to the mainland to get an abortion for a long time. There was resistance in terms of helping women to leave. A resistance in the sense that we are going to make it fair that you can have an abortion.
But ultimately, I think that that form of support is a bit like charity. It doesn’t shift the system. It doesn’t challenge the system. Ultimately, what you need to be doing is exposing that vile underbelly, the system is meeting its needs by harming the most vulnerable.
I think that if you are constantly doing charity work then you miss the opportunity to challenge the status quo. You have to do both. You can’t walk away from somebody who is in dire need and say, “Yes, I am going to let you drown while I walk upstream and see who is throwing people in.”
You have to do both. You have to do resistance during all times oppression.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Professor MacQuarrie.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/22
Professor Gordon Guyatt, MD, MSc, FRCP, OC is a Distinguished University Professor in the Department of Health Research Methods, Evidence and Impact and Medicine at McMaster University. He is a Fellow of the Canadian Academy of Health Sciences.
The British Medical Journal or BMJ had a list of 117 nominees in 2010 for the Lifetime Achievement Award. Guyatt was short-listed and came in second-place in the end. He earned the title of an Officer of the Order of Canada based on contributions from evidence-based medicine and its teaching.
He was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society of Canada in 2012 and a Member of the Canadian Medical Hall of Fame in 2015. He lectured on public vs. private healthcare funding in March of 2017, which seemed like a valuable conversation to publish in order to have this in the internet’s digital repository with one of Canada’s foremost academics.
For those with an interest in standardized metrics or academic rankings, he is the 14th most cited academic in the world in terms of H-Index at 222 and has a total citation count of more than 200,000. That is, he has the highest H-Index, likely, of any Canadian academic living or dead.
We conducted an extensive interview before: here, here, here, here, here, and here. This interview in Canadian Atheist does mean pro- or anti-religion/pro- or anti-non-religion. It amounts to a specific topical interview. Here we talk about private versus public healthcare focused on Canada.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You gave a talk in March of 2017 on private and public healthcare. With regards to the advantages and disadvantages of an argument within the talk, I wanted to explore this presentation. You laid out the argument in the lecture.
When it comes to the general factors that come into a discussion on private and public healthcare funding, what tend to be the main factors that tend to come up in such a discussion?
Professor Gordon Guyatt: When I gave the talk, I ask people, “How should we decide? How should we decide on the relative merits of public and private healthcare funding?” There are a number of things that people raise.
One is health outcomes. It depends on the ultimate goal of healthcare such as keeping people healthier: “What is the impact on people’s health?”, “What is the impact on access to care?”, “What is the impact on patient satisfaction?”, “What is the impact on autonomy – often characterized as a choice?”, and so on.
Those are a number of factors that people raise when they are thinking about it. Of course, there is healthcare cost. How much will we be spending on healthcare?
Jacobsen: When it comes to private healthcare funding, what seems like one of the main factors for people?
Guyatt: There is a lot of misinformation. So, one of the major drivers is “things aren’t working the way they are now. There has got to be a better way, at least with respect to physician and hospital services. Perhaps, we should try something different.”
A lot of the times, it will come down to that. You are looking for something different. It depends on who you are talking to, where their perspectives might make a difference.
The outcomes of private versus public funding will differ depending on who you are. If you are very rich, it is a different calculus compared to if you are very poor. It changes across that spectrum. It is very different if you are a healthcare provider versus a healthcare consumer.
So, incomes may influence your outcome. When I talk to audiences, there are notions that people have about what is affordable. There are notions people have about what it will do to their own income.
Those will influence things. Often it starts off with “public funding of healthcare is not sustainable.” To deal with that, I ask, “What do you think has happened to healthcare expenditures as a proportion of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) over the last 7 years?”
I give options: gone up every year, most years, and so on and so forth. People are surprised with the answer. It has stagnated or declined. So, as a percentage of GDP, healthcare is lower than 7 years ago. Also, they tend to be surprised when you inform them: in 1991, it was 10% of GDP for all healthcare expenditures.
Now, it is a little bit below 11%. That is over more than 25 years. In terms of public healthcare expenditures, it is more extreme over 25 years, about 7% to 7.5%. This shapes the perception people have about healthcare spending constantly going up as a share of our national wealth when that is not true.
In general, that leads people to rethink the unaffordability of public funding of healthcare. Often, that is the first thing in people’s minds.
Jacobsen: I want to bring some information from prior interviews to contextualize some of this because it may slant some of the perspectives that you may have on it as well. Of course, the facts you are providing are facts, so do not change.
You ran for the NDP four times and lost “honorably” four times.
Guyatt: I do not know about honorably.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] I have friends in their 80s. We go for coffee sometimes. One of them ran provincially and federally. One time for the same party. One time not. In that context, NDP tends to have platform positions and policies that lean particular ways, often in the favor of the public regarding healthcare.
When it comes to people, taking an outside perspective, who are looking at the favourability for themselves or people they know, the private funding model for healthcare had a big item on the freedom to choose.
Often, the people who would have the disposable income and the perspective that may orient them towards that would be an older population with the disposable income and with a more conservative or libertarian stance.
Guyatt: In terms of that, first of all, be careful, there are older people who have managed to accumulate income during the course of their lives. There are people who have not managed to accumulate as much at retirement.
Those are different perspectives. The issue is if one were talking about the values issue. The value comes down to equity versus what people call “autonomy” or “choice.” On the one hand, there are people who say, “You should not have financial barriers to high-quality healthcare. Everyone should get the highest quality healthcare that the system has to offer.” That is one value.
Another is “people should be able to choose how to spend their resources like in pretty much every other area of our world. They should be able to spend their money on a better house or a better car. It should be the same in healthcare. You should be able to choose how you spend your resources vis–à–vis healthcare.”
That is a fundamental value and preference divide, which tends to follow a left-right distribution. The folks on the left value equity more. The folks on the right value choice or autonomy more.
Jacobsen: If you take out the one value of autonomy or choice, overall, what provides a better outcome for the general citizenry?
Guyatt: Let’s go through it:
Let’s say one thinks it is a good thing to constrain healthcare expenditures and says that you do not want too much GDP going towards health, the dramatic contrast with that concern is the United States and more or less the rest of the high-income countries.
The United States is about 55% private and 45% public. The rest of the Western world – Canada is relatively low at 70% public. Scandinavia, you have a number of countries over 80% public. France and Germany are about 75% public.
The United States is this big outlier with a much smaller proportion public than the rest of the Western world. Not coincidentally, they take the cake in terms of percentage of GDP spent on healthcare in the vicinity of 18% now.
So, the reasons for that is administrative costs are in Canada perhaps 16 and 17% of our healthcare expenditures. In the US, it is over 30%. As soon as you make people pay privately, everybody has to buy health insurance, then you have huge administrative costs.
Insurance companies have to be set up. They have to set up packages, compete with one another. There is huge documentation required for every health service, so you have this big administrative cost associated with private funding. That is one thing.
Second thing, governments cannot constrain healthcare costs, essentially. They cannot set boundaries effectively within a private funding model. In terms of constraining healthcare costs, public funding is an out and out winner by a long margin.
Jacobsen: What internal to the society variables makes the United States such an outlier with the other developed nations, especially the rich developed nations?
Guyatt: I think most people would say that the United States in terms of that value that we were talking about earlier. That is, the value one puts on autonomy versus the value one puts on equity or social solidarity. The US public has extremely different values.
So, that the fact that it could even be an issue that you could legally insist that people purchase insurance for their healthcare in one way or another – by governments making it available to them. It would inconceivable in Western Europe that that would be a question.
It is generally the attitude towards social programs right across the spectrum. Social solidarity, equity, support for the disadvantaged, so on and so forth, is much more highly valued in Western Europe and Canada than it is in the United States.
Jacobsen: I see this attached to your work with Evidenced-Based Medicine with the part that was added on later in the research with “values and preferences.” Culture influences values and preferences even to the extent of administrative costs being swallowed.
Guyatt: Yes, you are absolutely right. Way back in 2002, when Roy Romanow did his work on a recommendation to the government about a healthcare recommendation, he surveyed Canadians in a variety of formats.
He found we put a high value on equity. If you were making the same survey in the United States, you would get very different results. I think in terms of the implications of financing and what you pay. There is a lot of misinformation.
Even having said that, definitely, Americans would be horrified at the idea that you couldn’t pay for quicker or better healthcare. Certainly, in terms of social solidarity and equity as values, the United States and Scandinavia are perhaps at the extreme poles.
Jacobsen: With aging populations in North America and Europe generally, what will likely have to be the next moves in cultures that value equity over autonomy with regards to the amount of taxes that are taken from the public for the healthcare expenditures?
Guyatt: Most of the Western world in terms of the aging population, and also Japan, are substantially ahead of North America. A big thing that people do not realize in terms of healthcare for populations and the aging of the population is that the huge bulk of expenditures comes in the last year of life.
The implications of that are that we are all living longer, but whether our last year of life occurs between 70 and 71 or 90 and 91. That is the big bulk of healthcare expenditures. People get sick. Then in the last year, when they are sick, that is when they need the big expenditures.
We have done pretty well in constraining costs. The drivers that have put costs up are less the aging of the population and more technological advances. Technological advances that have really driven up costs when they have been driven up.
It depends again on what we are ready to pay for. The technological advances, be they drugs or surgical devices or whatever, improve health. We live longer, longer, and longer. Yes, we may have to, if we want to take advantage of all of the technological advances that are going to continue even though the last 7 years it has not gone up, spend more of our GDP on healthcare.
If we want to do it efficiently, it will have to be public expenditures. It reminds me of where we can be very confident. In the next 100 years, we will next have to get to what the US spends at 18% of its GDP as long as we stay with public spending.
Jacobsen: Technology becomes cheaper over time. Phones were for the rich decades ago. They were not good. But they became better. The poorer were able to afford them and the phones were far better.
Guyatt: It is a great point. 50 years ago, everybody had to live with their debilitating hip osteoarthritis or knee osteoarthritis. Now, hundreds of thousands of people are getting their hips and knees replaced.
That ended up costing money for years. The hip and knee replacements have become much more efficient. People used to stay in the hospital a week after the hip replacement. Now, it can be the same day. It is a good point.
I guess that is part of the reason that we have over the last 7 years have not had health care cost going up as a percentage of the GDP. Some of the technological advances drive up costs, but some of them end up constraining costs as we learn to do things more efficiently.
Another huge example of that is it used to be 45% of our healthcare expenditures were spent in the hospital. Now, it is 30%. There has been a gigantic shift to doing things as an outpatient, which is a much more efficient way of operating.
Jacobsen: If you look at Canada and its valuing of equity more than autonomy, does the trajectory seem clear in terms of funding that the public will be supporting for healthcare?
Guyatt: People continue to put a high value on healthcare. I would anticipate that if, in fact, the curve starts swinging up again. We could quite reasonably tolerate, for instance, a 1% increase in our GDP devoted to healthcare. People will tolerate that pretty easily.
Jacobsen: That is something I want to make more concrete for the 1% increase. What would that look like in practical terms?
Guyatt: Everyone [Laughing] would have to pay 5% more in tax burden. Of course, it is how you distribute that. If it were in a Trumpian way, the rich would pay less and everybody else would pay more.
Or you could distribute it in various ways. It means a relatively marginal increase in taxes across the population.
Jacobsen: What do you think the American administration is not necessarily getting right?
Guyatt: It is clear that the US way of delivering healthcare is extremely inefficient, extremely inequitable. It turns out on average that there are not better outcomes achieved and probably not as good outcomes in many areas.
They are wasteful and poor outcomes. It is not a very good deal.
Jacobsen: People are paying more for worse outcomes.
Guyatt: So, we did a study in the vicinity of a decade ago. We did a systematic review of health outcomes for similar conditions in Canada and the United States. There were about 30 conditions that we looked at in the research.
There were 15 of them for which there was no difference, essentially, between Canadian and US outcomes. There was about 10 of them with Canadian outcomes as better and 5 with American as better.
Our first submission, when we first submitted this paper, said that the US is paying more and they are not gaining in anything. The reviewer said, “What do you mean they are not gaining anything? The Canadian outcomes on average are better.”
We became less conservative after our peer reviews. On average, the Canadian outcomes are better. The very conservative statement is that the Americans are paying more on average for worse outcomes if you look across the spectrum.
We are constantly decrying the support for evidence in political decision making (academics). The continued support for universal healthcare. The governments, Kathleen Wynne extended healthcare to the under 25.
But we would be paying less for equal or better drug coverage on a national pharma care program, whether politicians got that message and were able to communicate it to people. You would pay less, but the total expenditures would be less because you would be paying less for your drugs.
In the way the US may be paying somewhat fewer taxes – even though that is somewhat questionable, but their payments are gigantically more. Were we to have a national pharma care program, what Canadians would gain in terms of decreased drug expenditures would more than make up for any increased taxes, there is no groundswell for universal pharma care.
Jacobsen: One other variable comes to mind when you say that to me, which is the split between long-term and short-term planning. If you take a long-term perspective or style of planning tied to an equity perspective, the financial outcomes for the country as well as the health outcomes of the citizenry go up. is that true?
Guyatt: Yes, it is the same thing. If we had a national pharma care program, the administrative cost would go way down. There are big administrative savings, immediately. Secondly, it puts the government in a much better position to negotiate with the people who are producing the drugs.
When health economists have modeled this, there is no question that what we as a citizenry would pay for drugs would go down.
Jacobsen: You are one of the leading voices or authorities in the country in terms of the medical field, medical discipline. So, what do you think would be preventing the public going into an equity perspective on all relevant domains in medicine given the obvious benefits laid out?
Guyatt: A number of things, the intense misinformation, I give these talks about what has happened to healthcare costs over the last 7 years; nobody gets it right. Everybody thinks they have gone up as a percentage of GDP. There is massive misinformation.
I am speaking to people in medical school and doctors. You would think that the people who would know would be the people in medical school. They would know more than others. The facts I am talking about are largely repressed.
Jacobsen: Why? [Laughing]
Guyatt: We can speculate about that. However, the balances, when we say, “Okay, for the country, it is going to cost less to have the public funding. Outcomes, if anything, are going to be better. Equity is a hands-down winner.”
But that perspective differs. In other words, that may be true for the population as a whole, but the wealthy may do better in terms of finances because they are the ones who pay proportionately more taxes.
They would prefer to be accessing and paying for higher quality care. Who controls the media? Well, I would argue the people with money control the media. When I give these talks, I start off saying, “You got it wrong! You are all completely wrong with regards to healthcare spending. How come?”
I ask people to speculate. Somebody comes up with all sorts of interesting answers. Somebody eventually comes up with the answer I suggested to you. I think it has to do with what is best for Canadians on average is not necessarily best for affluent Canadians who control the media.
Jacobsen: Also, taking a generational and emotional perspective, you have trained generations of leaders in the field. Being involved in some of Academia, I know some of how it works.
You know people as friends either deceased, unfortunately, or are still some of the leaders in the field who themselves have trained people who have become leaders themselves. It is a big tree of people who know one another.
So, you have a much greater sense or better sensibility of the feelings of the doctors when they likely also realize, discuss, and debate the misinformation that is out and the source that you just pointed to.
What are those feelings?
Guyatt: First of all, my point once again. I can go before just about any medical audience, including an academic audience, and only a small proportion will get it right about what is happening with regards to healthcare funding.
Even the most educated in the profession, we are insular. We tend not to take a broader view of all sorts of things. Second, I gave the talk where I go through all of this stuff. I was invited to give the talk to the ophthalmologists in Toronto.
Who are generally known as a conservative group of people, they are among the highest billers, but smart people. They listen to the facts. The other thing I end off with. I go through the public healthcare being the winner in health outcomes, cost containment, and equity. The only one it is a loser in is autonomy.
I say, “With this balance sheet, why is there still a debate?” One of the things that was pointed out was that these guys do the LASIK surgery. It is private and so on. They are aware that within a privately funded system their incomes will be better.
These guys have big incomes. But the other thing that is going on in terms of societal perspective for individual rich people, it differs from the societal perspective for the rest of us. The story differs for healthcare providers, especially clinicians.
So, the winners and losers are different if you take a broad societal perspective or if you take particular groups within society.
Jacobsen: There are responses that aren’t very strong in my perspective, but that can be made in response. People will say, “These are class differences of interest. That is a liberal hype or conspiracy theory.” Something like this.
What would be an appropriate response to that?
Guyatt: Do you think the interests of rich people differ from the interests of poor people?
Jacobsen: [Laughing] Yes.
Guyatt: Well, there’s your answer.
References
- Bennett, K. (2014, October 31). New hospital funding model ‘a shot in the dark,’ McMaster study says. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/hamilton/news/new-hospital-funding-model-a-shot-in-the-dark-mcmaster-study-says-1.2817321.
- Blackwell, T. (2015, February 1). World Health Organization’s advice based on weak evidence, Canadian-led study says. Retrieved from http://news.nationalpost.com/health/world-health-organizations-advice-extremely-untrustworthy-and-not-evidence-based-study.
- Branswell, H. (2014, January 30). You should be avoiding these products on drugstore shelves. Retrieved from http://www.theglobeandmail.com/life/health-and-fitness/health/you-should-be-avoiding-these-products-on-drug-store-shelves/article16606013/?page=all.
- Canadian News Wire. (2015, October 8). The Canadian Medical Hall of Fame announces 2016 inductees. Retrieved from http://www.newswire.ca/news-releases/the-canadian-medical-hall-of-fame-announces-2016-inductees-531287111.html.
- Cassar, V. & Bezzina, F. (2015, March 25). The evidence is clear. Retrieved from http://www.timesofmalta.com/articles/view/20150325/life-features/The-evidence-is-clear.561338.
- Clarity Research. (2016). Clinical Advances Through Research and Information Translation. Retrieved from http://www.clarityresearch.ca/gordon-guyatt/.
- Craggs, S. (2015, July 21). We can actually win this one, Tom Mulcair tells Hamilton, crowd. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/hamilton/news/we-can-actually-win-this-one-tom-mulcair-tells-hamilton-crowd-1.3162688.
- Escott, S. (2013, December 2). Mac professor named top health researcher. Retrieved from http://www.thespec.com/news-story/4249292-mac-professor-named-top-health-researcher/.
- Feise, R. & Cooperstein, R. (2014, February 1). Putting the Patient First. Retrieved from http://www.dynamicchiropractic.com/mpacms/dc/article.php?id=56855.
- Frketich, J. (2016, July 8). 63 McMaster University investigators say health research funding is flawed. Retrieved from http://www.thespec.com/news-story/6759872-63-mcmaster-university-investigators-say-health-research-funding-is-flawed/.
- Helsingin yliopisto. (2017, March 23). Clot or bleeding? Anticoagulants walk the line between two risks. Retrieved from https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2017/03/170323083909.htm.
- Hopper, T. (2012, August 24). You’re pregnant, now sign this petition: Group slams Ontario doctors’ ‘coercive’ tactics to fight cutbacks. Retrieved from http://news.nationalpost.com/news/canada/youre-pregnant-now-sign-this-petition-group-criticizes-doctors-who-encourage-patients-to-sign-anti-cutbacks-letter.
- Kerr, T. (2011, May 30). Thomas Kerr: Insite has science on its side. Retrieved from http://news.nationalpost.com/full-comment/thomas-kerr-vancouvers-insite-clinic-has-been-a-resounding-success.
- Kirkey, S. (2015, October 29). WHO gets it wrong again: As with SARS and H1N1, its processed-meat edict went too far. Retrieved from http://news.nationalpost.com/health/is-whos-smackdown-of-processed-meat-a-considerable-overcall-or-just-informing-the-public-of-health-risks.
- Kolata, G. (2016, August 3). Why ‘Useless’ Surgery Is Still Popular. Retrieved from https://www.nytimes.com/2016/08/04/upshot/the-right-to-know-that-an-operation-is-next-to-useless.html?_r=0.
- Maxmen, A. (2011, July 6). Nutrition advice: The vitamin D-lemma. Retrieved from http://www.nature.com/news/2011/110706/full/475023a.html.
- McKee, M. (2014, October 2). The Power of Single-Person Medical Experiments. Retrieved from http://discovermagazine.com/2014/nov/17-singled-out.
- McMaster University. (2016). Gordon Guyatt. Retrieved from http://fhs.mcmaster.ca/ceb/faculty_member_guyatt.htm.
- Neale, T. (2009, December 12). Doctor’s Orders: Practicing Evidence-Based Medicine Is a Challenge. Retrieved from http://www.medpagetoday.com/practicemanagement/practicemanagement/17486.
- Nolan, D. (2011, December 31). Mac’s Dr. Guyatt to enter Order of Canada. Retrieved from http://www.thespec.com/news-story/2227923-mac-s-dr-guyatt-to-enter-order-of-canada/.
- O’Dowd, A. (2016, July 21). Exercise could be as effective as surgery for knee damage. Retrieved from https://www.onmedica.com/newsArticle.aspx?id=e13a0a94-5e96-43b9-86b7-7de237630beb.
- Palmer, K. & Guyatt, G. (2014, December 16). New funding model a leap of faith for Canadian hospitals. Retrieved from http://www.theglobeandmail.com/opinion/why-new-funding-model-a-leap-of-faith-for-canadian-hospitals/article22100796/.
- Park, A. (2012, February 7). No Clots in Coach? Debunking ‘Economy Class Syndrome’. Retrieved from http://healthland.time.com/2012/02/07/no-clots-in-coach-debunking-economy-class-syndrome/.
- Picard, A. (2015, May 25). David Sackett: The father of evidence-based medicine. Retrieved from http://www.theglobeandmail.com/life/health-and-fitness/health/david-sackett-the-father-of-evidence-based-medicine/article24607930/.
- Priest, L. (2012, June 17). What you should know about doctors and self-referral fees. Retrieved from http://www.theglobeandmail.com/life/health-and-fitness/ask-a-health-expert/what-you-should-know-about-doctors-and-self-referral-fees/article4267688/.
- Rege, A. (2015, August 5). Why medically unnecessary surgeries still happen. Retrieved from http://www.beckershospitalreview.com/population-health/why-medically-unnecessary-surgeries-still-happen.html.
- Science Daily. (2016, October 26). Ultrasound after tibial fracture surgery does not speed up healing or improve function. Retrieved from https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/2016/10/161026141643.htm.
- Spears, T. (2016, July 7). Agriculture Canada challenged WHO’s cancer warnings on meat: newly-released documents. Retrieved from http://news.nationalpost.com/news/canada/agriculture-canada-challenged-whos-cancer-warnings-on-meat-according-to-newly-released-documents.
- Tomsic, M. (2015, February 10). Dying. It’s Tough To Discuss, But Doesn’t Have To Be. Retrieved from http://wfae.org/post/dying-its-tough-discuss-doesnt-have-be.
- Webometrics. (2010). 1040 Highly Cited Researchers (h>100) according to their Google Scholar Citations public profiles. Retrieved from http://www.webometrics.info/en/node/58.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/22
“Donned in a traditional Indian dress and head wrapped in orange cloth, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau visited the holiest site of the Sikh faith in Amritsar, India, on Wednesday.
Not only is the Golden Temple the holiest religious site for Sikhs, experts say it is also an important shrine for Canadian prime ministers to pay their respects to.
In fact, experts say it could be more important than visiting New Delhi, India’s capital.
“The Golden Temple is Sikh’s equivalent to the Vatican for Catholics,” Japinder Singh Grewal, the director with Sikhs for Justice, said. “This is where our highest leader of religion is located.””
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4037797/justin-trudeau-india-visit-golden-temple-sikh/.
“In December 2017, Canada’s Liberal Party government, headed by Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, barred organizations that oppose abortion from receiving funds from the Summer Jobs Canada program. This program subsidizes wages for small businesses, public entities, and nonprofits (including churches and faith-based groups) that provide “quality” summer jobs for young people who are full-time students.
Starting this year, according to a statement, applicants for funding from Summer Jobs Canada must box-check an “attestation” that “both the job and the organization’s core mandate” support “women’s reproductive rights.” The agency also makes it crystal-clear that those rights include “the right to access safe and legal abortions.” Applicants that decline to check the box will not be considered for funding.
The new rule has generated outrage—and not just among pro-life groups and the traditionalist Christian churches that have depended on the jobs program to help them staff their summer camps. On January 16, a group of clergymen and others representing a wide range of faiths—Muslims, Sikhs, Jews, and Hindus, along with Christians—met in Mississauga, Ontario, to express alarm over the new Trudeau policy. Some of the religious groups staunchly oppose abortion; others don’t have a clear position on abortion but don’t want to be forced to take a stand on this contentious issue. The issues discussed at the meeting were obvious: religious freedom, and what would be defined as “viewpoint discrimination” under U.S. First Amendment law—the government’s treating some political expressions as less worthy than others.”
Source: https://www.firstthings.com/web-exclusives/2018/02/canadas-pro-abortion-politics.
“A sea change in the religious landscape of Canada is underway. Led by millennials, Canada is increasingly moving towards a secular culture. “Spiritual but not religious” has become our new normal.
A 2015 Angus Reid poll found 39 per cent of Canadians identify as “spiritual but not religious.” Another 27 per cent identify as “neither religious nor spiritual;” 24 per cent as “religious and spiritual;” and 10 per cent as “religious but not spiritual.”
What sparked this dramatic change in beliefs and self-identification? And what does it mean for the future of Canadian society?”
“When the success of your government grant application depends on agreeing with a government opinion, then there is bound to be a fuss. Canada is a democracy and Liberal democrats, by definition, do not take government-imposed opinions lightly.
The Canada Summer Jobs is a government program that funds non-profits, small businesses and charities to hire summer students. It is designed to give young people quality work experience to enhance their careers. This year, the government required organizations to declare their agreement with the government regarding abortion.
It has been alleged that “[r]eligious organizations and editorial writers have sown confusion about [this] new eligibility criteria . . .” The confusion (and there has been plenty) is not from religious organizations and editorial writers but from the government itself.”
“The American evangelist Billy Graham, one of the most important religious figures of the past century, has died aged 99.
In a career spanning more than 60 years, he is believed to have preached to tens of millions of people in what he called his “crusades”.
Here are some of the key things he believed and stood for throughout his life.
He was an early crusader for civil rights
At a time of racial segregation in the US, Graham said he would not speak before segregated audiences in the 1950s, and often spoke of the need for inclusion.
At one event in Tennessee in 1953, he moved ropes that divided black and white members of his audience.”
Source: http://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-43144752.
“OTTAWA – Legal action is not off the table for charities and groups that have asked the government for accommodation of their Charter rights in the Canada Summer Jobs controversy.
“If the government is not going to accommodate, we will be looking at what all of our options are,” said Barry Bussey, director of legal affairs for the Canadian Council of Christian Charities (CCCC). “That may include legal action, but we’re kind of in a wait-and-see on how government is going to respond.”
“We have lots of street ministries, summer camps and programs various churches put on and they simply want to do ministry,” he said. “This is an unnecessary controversy, an unnecessary thing.””
“MONTREAL, Quebec – Last fall, the Canadian province of Quebec passed legislation, Bill 62, that would make it illegal for anyone to receive public services if they did not show their face. Dubbed as a “religious neutrality” law, critics claimed the bill discriminated against Muslims who wear headscarves as a part of their religious practice – and should be cause for concern for all people of faith.
In recent months another controversy has brewed over Canada’s summer jobs program – a popular funding initiative for businesses and organizations to hire students during summer break – when the government of Prime Minister Justin Trudeau announced that in order to receive funding, you must attest to supporting abortion rights in Canada. Last month, a group of Jewish, Catholic, and Muslim leaders joined together in protest of the decision and called on the government to reverse its policy.
In an interview with Crux, Archbishop Christian Lépine of Montreal said he feared both the example of Bill 62 and the Canadian Summer Jobs program are moving the country in the direction of relegating people of faith to “second-class citizens.””
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/21
In Peshawar, there are poets who advocate for humanism in the literary world. To many youths who have grown up in a system with humanistic values — Unitarian Universalist, secular humanist, humanist, humanist Judaism, ethical culture, ethical society, ethical humanism, and on, and on and on, and on — the idea of advocacy for humanism might seem extraordinary.
Why would someone need to advocate for something so basic, so instinctual, and obvious? Well, it depends. Humanism is a super-minority in most areas of the world, and definitely regionally and globally. So its various manifestations, its sects, will reflect this too. When a Jehovah’s Witness or Mormon Elder or Sister comes to the door (often in 2s), they are advocating.
“Have you checked this out? Don’t you want to see? These are some of the wonderful blessings the Heavenly Father has bestowed upon me,” the pitch might go. But take an area of the world such as Pakistan, the majority of the population, by a vast margin, are Muslim. And like other places in the world, whether the religion of peace or the religion of love, or otherwise, internecine conflicts, historically, globally, and currently, spark, fuel and maintain, and, sometimes, extinguish (often their own sparked), conflict.
So humanistic values such as those universal values seen in the UN Charter are desired by many in the international community, especially those with the ability, sense, skills, and talent to see beyond their borders, make sense of the external information, and to transmit the problems and promises of the expanded vision. The artists and culture formers at various levels of achievement and capability perform this function.
In Peshawar, the poets have been advocating for this spirit. Progressives, humanists, speak to the needs of the citizenry. They are essentially democratic in view and thrust. That runs back to the UN Charter, which, informally, runs back through some contents of most religious traditions, I guess. I don’t know these names, which is unfortunate for me. I am culturally deprived here. But a recent event paid tributes to the “two Pashto literary giants Alif Jan Khattak and Saifur Rahman Salim.”
Their literary works contributed to progressive, so humanist in part, values in the world, which, in a largely religious nation with religious conflict, is a fresh thing to read. Khattak was a “brave woman” who wanted women to have their voices raised, heard, and freedom realized in the country.
Salim was, by the account in the hyperlinked article, was a remarkably prominent poet among the Pashtun progressive poets. He had a fluency and ease of comprehension upon reading him. In other words, he was so good he was accessible. And what better way to reach a broad audience in a compassionate, warm, intellectual, and public way? Sagan fans, anyone?
Both of the literary giants “wanted equality and justice for people…[and] advocated [for] a social cause and both believed in a free society where people could enjoy equal rights.” And I never knew of them, or about them, and I assume most people reading this are in the same state, but others around the world are in the same struggle, which goes to show, maybe a message from me that, things can be done alone but require Herculean efforts; so our best bet is to band together at an international level — and IHEYO can help.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/21
William Franklin Graham Jr., KBE, known as “Billy Graham,” was born on November 7, 1918 in Charlotte, North Carolina in the United States (US). He died on February 21, 2018 in Montreat, North Carolina in the US. Bill Graham was an Evangelical Christian (BBC News, 2018).
He is, arguably, one of the most influential preachers of the 20th century and into the early 21st century. It has been estimated that Graham reached as many as 210 million people spanning 185 countries in personal preaching alone.
His preaching career spanned more than six decades. He had a “fire and brimstone” style that was an influence on “many evangelical preachers” (Ibid.). With the movement of the American civil rights movement, and to his credit, he preached “against segregation and formed a sometimes strained friendship with Martin Luther King.”
In an interesting early life moment at the end of Prohibition in the US in 1933, Graham’s father made him drink beer “until he was sick to persuade him of the dangers of alcohol. He remained a teetotaller throughout his life” (Ibid.).
Early in life, he became a full-time evangelist with Youth for Christ, known for being an organization that ministered to young people and service personnel. He worked as a salesman throughout the Depression and became a main proponent of the Christian faith.
He was opposed to communism because he saw the political ideology as against the Christian religion in all respects. He went worldwide with the religion starting in 1954 with London. That began the long career of evangelization by Graham.
When Martin Luther King died, he declared King a “social leader and a prophet,” taking the Christian language in praise.
In 2002, he made a public apology for talking about the “Jewish stranglehold on the media,” based on a private conversation with Richard Nixon in 1972. He will likely be remembered as one of the if not the most influential North American preacher of at least the 20th century (Ibid.).
References
BBC News. (2018, February 21). Obituary: Billy Graham. Retrieved from http://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-13374487.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/20
Nicole Orr is the branch manager for CFI–Portland. Working with youth has always been very important to her. In her teens, Nicole was an assistant team leader for a Search and Rescue Unit. There, she taught young people wilderness survival skills, as well as crime scene protocols. As an adult, Nicole strongly advocates the written word. She has helped run and participated in National Novel Writing Month for ten years and has been a freelance children’s author for five years. Nicole moved to Oregon from Indiana because it was the farthest she could get from that kind of religious mentality without hitting the ocean. In 2012, Nicole temporarily moved to Brisbane, Australia, and became fascinated at the religious differences culture to culture.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As the administrative assistant for CFI-Portland, what are your tasks and responsibilities?
Nicole Orr: I’m definitely a Jane of all Trades when it comes to my job description! On a daily basis, my responsibilities tend to be putting puzzle pieces together. If I’m trying to get an event organised, that means I’m getting the speakers to talk to me and the venue to talk to the speakers. If I’m trying to create new flyers, I’m communicating with the rest of the Members of the Board on what’s the best message, what is the best way to get our ideals out into the world? It really is just making sure events happen, questions get answered and that everybody on the Board stays on task. In a line? I’m the one keeping the Portland CFI ship sailing smoothly, while trying to make sure nobody sees me doing so!
Jacobsen: CFI-Portland is comprised of humanists, rationalists, and sceptics. What are some of the common ‘pulls’ for people to come, attend, join, and stay in CFI-Portland?
Orr: There’s a unity in being religious and going to church. There’s a community to it, a feeling of, “Oh good, they believe what I do. I belong here.” Humanists, rationalists, sceptics, all of them are still human and still want that sense of being among those they can relate to. This is the reason that Unitarian Universalist Churches exist. It’s the reason that CFI exists. It’s all in the hope of making sure that everybody has someplace they can go and say “I’m comfortable here. I belong.”
Jacobsen: What are some of the activities, educational programs, and lectures provided by the organisation?
Orr: Each branch of CFI is totally different when it comes to the events it chooses to host or the speakers it invites. Here in Portland, we thrive on both socialising with the already like-minded, as well as educating those that are religious and thus unfamiliar with us. Labels like “humanist,” “rationalist,” “skeptic,” and especially “atheist” often come with a lot of negative associations. CFI Portland invites people to interact with those labels in lecture halls, at potlucks and picnics, or even just at a pub over a beer.
Jacobsen: What are the positive changes seen from the activities of CFI-Portland in the Portland area?
Orr: I’m relatively new to the CFI Portland team, but one thing I can tell you is that every time CFI Portland inspires a new Facebook group for atheists, we’ve won something. Every time a campus is open to us having a controversial debate in one of their rooms, we’ve won something. Every time we can sell out on tickets to a Richard Dawkins event, we can sleep easy knowing that we’re making a difference in our city.
Jacobsen: Where can people find the campus outreach? How long have they been in place? How many members are there? What have been the impacts on campus for those universities with a presence to some degree?
Orr: CFI Portland has been focusing far more on its effect on campuses in the past several months. The main reason for this is that the younger demographic has shown themselves to be more open to conversations on controversial topics such as God, faith and an afterlife. With this in mind, CFI Portland has tried to host lectures and discussions in venues that appeal to the younger crowd. We have a monthly 4th Friday at the Lab event where a speaker presents a controversial subject. After it’s over, everyone sticks around for a debate on what they were just presented with. There’s beer, there’s pizza and there’s connection.
For example, on January 27th 2017, we’re having an event at PSU called “The New Campus Thought Police.” Two of the topics we’ll be covering are safe spaces on campus and free expression. We’re offering this free to all students, because we believe that their voices are some of the most important in Portland right now. We want to hear them speak out and inspire the older generation. (Link to January event)
Jacobsen: CFI works for to fight against political turmoil and anti-intellectualism, and to protect reason, science, and civil liberties. How does CFI-Portland continue to fight against and protect those things, respectively?
Orr: We know what it’s like to be a minority and so we want to speak for the minorities out there still in the closet. To this end, CFI Portland is an advocate for same-sex marriage. We continually endeavour to keep religion out of schools. We’ve even put forth a bill to give CFI secular celebrants the legal right to solemnise marriages just as clergy are able to.
However, if I had to come up with just one way that CFI Portland protects reason, science and civil liberties, it would be creating safe spaces for people. Whether we’re meeting at the pub, having a potluck or hosting a Richard Dawkins event, we’re inviting people to sit up, stand up and raise their voice. We’re inspiring people to doubt, to question, to debate with others and to debate with themselves. Our job, in a nutshell, is to make Portland a place where “Keep Portland Weird” also means “Keep Portlanders Free to Decide What That Means.”
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Nicole.
Orr: Thanks for yours Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/19
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You’ve spoken on humanism in Europe. My common assumption is Europe is more non-believing than other areas of the world. Is it more humanistic as well? I would assert the fact, but want to make sure.
Yvan Dheur: Yes and no. Non-believers, humanists, atheists, secularists, freethinkers and rationalists are the fastest growing life stance or ‘religious group’ — except that we define ourselves by its opposite: — the absence of religion. We use the denomination philosophical community or a non-confessional life stance.
In terms of our community in Europe, if you ask a Chinese official there is no religion in China. If you ask for an atheist or humanist youth group in China, you are referred to the Communist Youth organisation.
From that perspective, Europe is certainly not the region where there are more non-believers. It is quite hard to measure; most religious people in the world tend to be cultural believers, they celebrate transition rites like marrying and do funerals within their religious spaces but do not really believe in the existence of an invisible person above the clouds that rules over everything and initiated life. They sometimes define god as the origin of life but still have consideration for the big bang theory and Darwinian evolution theory even though they consider themselves as religious.
Most believers are born into a religious community and therefore stay attached to it without living out their beliefs in a strong and literal way. It is also true that every religious community has its own die hard, radical, fundamentalist “far right religious” members that live out their beliefs in a very extreme and literate way and often have little or no tolerance for other beliefs.
Many Europeans are culturally religious and if asked about the origin of life or the universe, or life after death, they tend to understand the value of science and are convinced of those basic principles taught to us in the spirit of rationality, free inquiry and humanism.
There are only two countries in the world where non-believers are officially recognized in the exact same way as “religious” life stances are: Norway and Belgium. In these countries humanists, atheists, freethinkers and non-believers have exactly the same rights as religious communities do, they are state funded, housed and allowed to organize themselves and offer services to their community in the same way religious communities are. Other countries in Europe function differently. They have organizations (sometimes huge ones) but funded as “cultural organisation” or “youth organisation” (like in the Netherlands) or by membership fees and gifts from the local humanist community in response to campaigns and fundraising (like in UK). It is undeniable that there are many non-believers in Europe. It is complex to define precisely how many because of all the people born in a religious community who do not believe but also people changing religion because of marriage or conversion. The vast majority of religious people do not believe firmly in everything that is written in the holy books but they agree with most scientific discoveries on the origin of life, afterlife, evolution of humanity and so long and so forth.
On the other hand, Europe has always been the epicentre of humanism and humanist knowledge creation, science and non-theistic thinking. The enlightenment and the strong evolution of science enhanced this humanist identity. From the ancient Greek philosophers to the post-modern scientists, we do have had a great deal of responsibility for the advancement of science, reason and non-believers in the world.
Jacobsen: By wanting to increase humanism in Europe, we’ve define a problem and posed a solution. How severe is the problem? How does activism and advocacy for humanism in Europe solve the tacitly proposed problem?
Dheur: I would not have phrased it in terms of us wanting “to increase humanism in Europe”. We do not believe in god or any magical/supernatural higher force defined as origin of life, morals, living creatures or what so ever. We observe that more human beings cease to believe in this magical concept and are happy with that; their atheistic life stance tends to be dominant or very fast growing at least. It is not the belief in god as such that seems to be problematic, but rather the consequences of that belief in terms of behavior, coexistence, values and directions that civilizations are taking. Religious communities have certain values that are often rather positive if they concern basic moral issues, like “do not kill”, “respect thy family, neighbour, friend or enemy”, be honest, help each other, do not steal, and so on.
What tends to be more problematic is that every religion claims to be ‘The’ only truth and that most holy books tend to suggest that people who do not adhere to that particular book, should be tortured in cruel ways or stoned or slaughtered or exterminated. In the history of humankind, religion has certainly not been the only tool to invite civilizations to engage in wars, but the study of conflict has taught us that every war and conflict where religion is involved, ‘miraculously’ tend to be more violent, more bloody and lasted longer. So yes, religion can be, and often is, a catalyst for conflict, since by definition it claims to be the only truth and claims other beliefs to be fraudulent.
We also observe that in situations where religions want to define rules for society and mingle with state structures that many problems emerge in terms of the coexistence with other religious communities. Separation of religion and state is a value that is important to our community but from a theological point of view we observe that this concept tends to be problematic for most of the major religions. Be it through the sharia (together with riba and fikh), the canonic law (used for instance to protect the many pedophile priests when they are molesting children), the halakha (Jewish religious law), or any other “legal” religious interpretation, these system do not adhere to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and are often in contradiction with secular, modern legal systems at all.
In the history of mankind and its relationship to the sacred currents, trends and (d)evolutions emerged. In the sixties we saw a rather strong expansion of secularism worldwide, as a consequence of the evolution of education and the economic boom. In the seventies, in reaction to that, we observed the emergence of rather radical fundamentalist “anti-evolution” religiosity very opposed to secularism and the advancement of liberties and freedom movements. The radical Islamic trends but also the strengthening of far-right Christian and Jewish movements re-emerged and grew rapidly. These emergences and regressions have occurred cyclically since then.
Today at the EU level we observe radical Christian groups working together with radical Islamic fundamentalists on common agendas — like the ‘pro-life’ one, (for which read anti-choice, anti-abortion, anti-family planning and anti-stem cell research).
Most Humanists in the world were raised with critical thinking and free inquiry as mental tools of intelligence gathering. They often have the feeling that there is no need for humanist activism because you cannot fight or engage against something that does not exist. I myself was also a bit sceptical as an adolescent, thinking most people on earth where not believer anymore and those who did clearly lacked of understanding and education, or at least the necessary critical thinking. When I discovered how strong religious lobbies were and how strongly they where intending to promote their religious values all over the world (often in unethical and disgusting ways), I realised it was extremely important to engage in the fight against bigotry, religious extremism and dogmatic ideologies. When I look at the situation of the world in regard with humanitarian issues, conflicts, international politics, the rights of women and gender equality, and so long and so forth, I am more then ever convinced there is a lot of work to do and it is crucial for as many individuals as possible to join the fight for freedom and against intellectual constriction caused by religious worldviews, the rise of political populism together with religious radicalism.
As if collective intelligence could not evolve on a constant and steady base but needed to evolve as a string made of patterns of evolutions and devolutions.
Jacobsen: What are the common examples of restrictions on the open practice and lifestyle of the ethical and philosophical worldview of humanism?
Dheur: Donald Trump, making the availability of abortion services not mandatory throughout the US and turning down US funding to women’s rights project (purely from a religious extremism point of view). Erdogan, in collusion with the far right religious lobbies behind him, suggesting women should make as many kids as possible and that abortion is wrong because the Turks should multiply. Putin giving basically all power to the orthodox church and censoring the LGBT community, almost legalising the beating up of gay people. Blasphemy laws existing in too many countries in the world. The Vatican protecting pedophiles very openly and actively all over the world. Saudi Arabia voting an “anti-terrorism” act with the first sentence of that act saying atheism is the worst form of terrorism and should be punished by death. Shall I go on?
Every day all over the world, our values are being neglected, reprimanded, censored. Atheists, Humanists, Freethinkers, and Secularists are being threatened, molested, arrested, tortured and murdered…
Shall I go on?
Jacobsen: Who have been unlikely allies in the spread of humanism, in your experience?
Dheur: Intelligent people, scientists, independent woman, LGBTQI-community, journalists, enlightened intellectuals, academics, progressive forces, young persons (due to their strong capacity to rebel and evolve), freedom fighters, whistleblowers, democrats and enlightened liberals (who understand the philosophy of liberalism and are not blunt followers of what their rich environment told them to do), sometimes progressive religious people have adhered our values of freedom, and many others, anonymous freethinkers, freemasons (non-regular). But also in a contradictory way, the far-right religious extremists… Sometimes I even think they are our best allies, like the previous pope or these silly youngsters that explode themselves in the name of the invisible magical power in which they believe. The more religious idiots gain visibility the more the rest of the world is turning towards our values, our freedom our liberty and is gaining respect for other beliefs, other ways to interpret life.
Religion is doomed to disappear where intelligence is evolving, so the more narrow-minded religious entities become, the more the people will want to evolve in peace and to coexist with their fellow human being, whatever their colour, religion or wherever
they come from.
Jacobsen: How can people get involved and donate to the movement for humanism in Europe?
Dheur: There are many ways to get involved. First of all, by becoming a member of our community through media and social media, becoming a member of the mailing lists and following our groups on social media. Come to our events, meet other fellow freedom fighters and become a part of our network. Write texts for our media. Specialise in topics that interest you. Read books and reports related to values and topics that are of interest. Never turn to a constructive discussion with like minded but even more with religious people, ‘from discussion come the light’ said Voltaire. Learn about the relationship between religion and state, about religious values, religious conflicts and about the positive and negative impact of religions in the world. Learn about humanist values and learn to be critical towards them, -critical thinking and free inquiry form the core of our mindset.
Talk with friends and family about your vision. Never fight but always accompany people with a different mindset to learn to understand ours. Show genuine interest in religious people there they often use mental concepts that may seem weird to a non-believer but a great percentage of mankind is thinking in those patterns and it is crucial for a non-believer to understand why and how religious people think if you want to help them “see the light” or at least be critical towards their own “almighty truth”.
If you are young, engage in a youth section or movement. If you are an adult, then try to engage in an adult section or organisation but always be careful for your own safety and that of your family. Study science, and actually try to study as many possible topics for as long as possible in your life: knowledge is power.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Yvan.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/18
“The fruits of the Liberals’ anti-Islamophobia motion, M-103, that called for study and recommendation on religious discrimination in Canada, were revealed Feb. 1. The committee overseeing the issue released their report “Taking Action Against Systemic Racism and Religious Discrimination Including Islamophobia.”
The report has just two recommendations that specifically focus on Islamophobia. The first echoes the report title saying the government should “actively condemn systemic racism and religious discrimination including Islamophobia.”
The second is more substantive suggesting that Jan 29 “be designated as a National Day of Remembrance and Action on Islamophobia, and other forms of religious discrimination.””
Source: http://vancouversun.com/opinion/op-ed/opinion-criticism-of-religious-groups-is-good-for-religion.
“A sea change in the religious landscape of Canada is underway. Led by millennials, Canada is increasingly moving towards a secular culture. “Spiritual but not religious” has become our new normal.
A 2015 Angus Reid poll found 39 per cent of Canadians identify as “spiritual but not religious.” Another 27 per cent identify as “neither religious nor spiritual;” 24 per cent as “religious and spiritual;” and 10 per cent as “religious but not spiritual.”
What sparked this dramatic change in beliefs and self-identification? And what does it mean for the future of Canadian society?”
“Former B.C. Premier Ujjal Dosanjh believes one thing has remained constant since his time in office as the first Indian-Canadian to govern a province.
“Trade still doesn’t amount to much,” he said. “Since the time I was premier, prime ministers and premiers have been going over and yet trade just hasn’t grown as much as it could.”
Two-way trade between Canada and India amounts to only about $8 billion annually — a number Prime Minister Justin Trudeau hopes to improve with an official visit that begins this weekend. He has multiple meetings planned with Indian CEOs and business leaders over the coming days.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/trudeau-india-trade-trip-1.4540238.
“A Dartmouth, N.S. woman says her religious rights are being violated because her request to have a fully halal menu at her wedding venue is being denied.
Susan Ashley and her fiance Mohammed are planning on a June, 2020, wedding. For their special day, they need a space for 200 guests that includes two adjoining rooms, which is why they chose the Delta Hotel in Dartmouth.
But they say their request that the hotel’s chefs prepare a full halal meal in accordance with their faith is being denied.”
“It’s not politically correct to discuss or even acknowledge religion these days… but I haven’t been shut down yet for speaking my mind, so let’s give it a shot.
According to Statistics Canada, the population numbers relating to religious affiliation across the country are mirrored in Manitoba. Eighty-three per cent of Canadians voluntarily claim to be associated with an organized religion. The percentage in Manitoba is exactly the same. That means that only 17 per cent of our population does not connect with any of the various religious organizations.
I want to point out that I find these facts interesting, not that I think anyone is more right than anyone else. That viewpoint is the crux of most religious conflicts, and we don’t need any more of those.”
“OTTAWA — Jagmeet Singh issued a call-to-arms against inequality as he sought to put his stamp on the federal NDP on Saturday by taking aim at the Trudeau government and foreign web giants while offering a full-fledged defence of taxes and public services.
He delivered the battle cry at the NDP’s national convention and, as Singh’s first major address to the party since he became leader in October, aimed to motivate delegates as they looked to turn the page on the last election and prepare for the next.
“The time for timid is over,” Singh said. “Too many people have felt stuck for too long. People are counting on us. We can’t let them down. We need to win.””
“This year’s Canada Summer Jobs application has taken a national spotlight due to some new rhetoric around human rights, specifically women’s reproductive rights and the rights of gender-diverse and transgender Canadians.
The Government received complaints from several conservative and religious platforms, stating the CSJ 2018 application infringes on a Canadian’s religious and moral beliefs.”
Source: https://www.kelownanow.com/news/news/National_News/Canada_Summer_Jobs/.
“Since Prime Minister Justin Trudeau’s last move to affirm abortion rights in Canada — by inoculating the Canada Summer Jobs program against inadvertently funding anti-abortion or anti-LGTBQ activities and propaganda — the often quiet, and largely ignored corners of anti-abortion activism in the country have begun to rumble and demand our attention.
A Catholic bishop in London is boycotting the federal funding program, which gives groups money to hire students for summer jobs. A group of Christian leaders held a press conference and called the Liberal government’s new requirements “communistic.” A Toronto anti-abortion group filed a lawsuit claiming the new rules infringe upon the Charter rights to freedom of conscience and religion. And now there’s a petition in the House of Commons to undo the changes.
The pushback is unlikely to sway the prime minister, who has been accused of ignoring the rights of the religious in Canada (many religious Canadians, it should be noted, are pro-choice).”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/opinion/trudeau-abortion-debate-1.4538159.
“A Dartmouth woman claims a local hotel is infringing on her freedom of religion by not offering appropriate food for her wedding reception.
Susan Ashley says the Delta Hotel in Dartmouth has denied her request to have halal food at the venue, something she says is needed for a traditional Muslim meal.
“It wouldn’t have been a big issue, and I honestly feel that it infringes on my human rights,” said Ashely. “I can’t say enough how upset I am.””
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/18
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So we’ve been talking off-tape a little bit about demographics and the situation in the Philippines, and political and religious issues. But first, I want to take a step back and ask, “Do you have a background in humanism or non-belief? How did you have this as an awakening for you as the right philosophical and ethical worldview for you?”
Danielle Erika Hill: My entire family is Catholic. But it’s not the whole fire and brimstone Catholicism.
SJ: [Laughing].
DH: Really, it is more along the Protestant work ethic.I grew up with my extended family. My aunt — who I was closest to — was a chemist. In that household, there was this idea that God created everything, but science helps us understand what He created. So for me, faith and science were never at odds with each other. It also helped that I had a mom who told me, “Everything in Genesis, take it metaphorically.”
SJ: [Laughing].
DH: “The people who wrote that, whether they wrote it. They didn’t have the scientific tools that we have now.” So I always looked at The Bible as an [Laughing] anthropological work…
SJ: [Laughing].
DH: …that showed people’s worldviews from far off. And philosophically, they may have had good points, but don’t believe in the historicity of all of the things there because a lot of them didn’t know what they were talking about.
SJ: In America, there was a biologist, Stephen Jay Gould, who came up with the idea of the “Non-Overlapping Magisteria.” The “Magisteria” are science and religion. Of course, they are non-overlapping. They do not mix. They deal with different domains of discourse…
DH: Yea.
SJ: …in terms of how one approaches the world. So from your family background, with the family member with scientific training in chemistry, studying the natural world, and the highly liberalised form of Catholicism with Genesis taken as metaphorical, I am taking that as indicative of a healthier approach to upbringing or raising a child in a religious household.
DH: Yea definitely, but the thing is I was one of the lucky ones, because this is not how a lot of children were raised. A lot of people took Genesis literally — down to the whole ‘people are made of dirt’ thing. I spent 10 years in Catholic school. We were taught this as a theory of creation. I was in 6th grade at that time, and I just shot my teacher down when she did that. I had a lot of arguments with the nuns when I was in high school. Fun times! [Laughing]
SJ: What were some positive moments of religious upbringing for you? What were some moments of camaraderie, where you found fellow non-believers — a community of friends?
DH: Well, okay, what pops out is this retreat we had back in 2nd year — I should probably give a little background on the Filipino educational system. Right about now, it is K-12. But when I was back in school, there was only 10 years of education. Like 6 years of elementary school, 4 years of high school, and off to college you go. When I say sophomore high school, that’s probably like middle school to you guys.
So that retreat we had in sophomore year. I was talking to this person, this brother. And I was telling him that a lot of people find God in the church, find the presence of God in the church, and looking at the cross and all of those icons. But me, I find God, the presence of God. I was still believing back then. I find the presence of God in nature, in trees. This is where I feel church is. This is where I can commune with God.
He’s like, “That’s understandable. The Buddhists feel that way too. Sometimes, that’s true.” There are Liberal religious people who take something from the Buddhists and put it into their worldview. In that same retreat, I was able to reflect on the fact that a lot of people worship a concept of God, but in different ways. So I thought maybe it’s not — or we’re not — worshipping different sorts of gods. Maybe all of these religions are just us are looking for the same thing, but just in different ways. I had that notion back in high school. That was pretty weird to my more Catholic colleagues back then because to them, “They are worshipping the wrong God.” Especially for those raised in the really conservative families — the whole tolerance thing is a scale.
It also helps that when I was in 3rd year, our religion teacher taught philosophy because a lot of the saints in Roman Catholicism, they were philosophers — St. Augustine and stuff. I don’t think we were taught dogma much. I remember being taught philosophy, good management, good conduct, and Christian living. There was a little dogma in the religion class, but it was more how you should conduct yourself in the world as a good Catholic. Our school had this emphasis on human beings as the stewards of Creation.
We should take care of others and the environment because this was something given to us to take care of. I think that when I discovered humanism as a philosophy in university, it just fit in, just was a logical progression. I lost the God, but I did not lose the philosophy.
SJ: Do you find value in the philosophers such as Augustine, Aquinas, or Anselm, for instance?
DH: Not so much, I tend not to delve too much on philosophy. I understand, though, that they can be of help. I think, really, that if religion wants to be a healthy force, maybe philosophy should be taught rather than dogma because philosophy teaches you how to think, not just what. It is teaching you what these guys thought, and why, and the circumstances in which they thought rather than “this is what you should think because he said so”.
It at least gives you a pool of worldviews to choose from.
SJ: Do you notice that tendency in more orthodox — I’ll say — friends growing up, of fundamentalist upbringing — so Genesis is literal, back to that point — in the humanist community, in the atheist community, at all? And in what way, if so?
DH: Oh yea! What I am seeing, there is certainly an effect on the psyche. The more fundamentalist the environment you were raised in, the more militant of an atheist you turn out to be, probably because you are frustrated in what happened.
SJ: That’s a really good point. That’s a really good point.
DH: Because there’s that whole being angry…
SJ: [Laughing].
DH: …because they feel like they’ve been duped for so long, which is why we’ve got a couple of therapists on our team. Jinjin Heger, she’s going to be talking in the conference. So she volunteers to talk to people, give them therapy, because she knows these people are going through a tough time with the whole losing their religion thing. I have talked to people too. My best friend, when he lost his faith — there’s this sort of bitterness that remains. Among the more orthodox friends, what I am seeing is a lack of critical thinking. When you’re raised with information being force fed into you, and it is the authority, and this is the authority you should listen to, because they’re the boss, especially children here — and this is not religion, this is more on culture. With children, there’s still the tendency to think of them as things to be seen, not heard. Children should listen to adults. It is a hierarchy. There’s this whole military ‘obey before you complain’ thing. We’re the adults. You’re the kids. You follow us.
I think a lot of them took that into adulthood, even when they lose their faith. So you have to give them something else. Part of it is — and I think there’s a better word for it — re-education of the mentalities that you learned, so you can learn a new one to be a humanist or a non-believer properly.
Because otherwise, you’ll still be a stupid, but a Godless stupid.
SJ: [Laughing] I agree with you. Let’s talk about some of the stuff that we talked about off-tape.
DH: Okay.
SJ: We talked about demographics in the Philippines. I want to add one thing we didn’t talk about off-tape. But! In Saudi Arabia, there was about 5% of the population are non-believer, maybe even outright atheists, which has been listed recently as a terrorist offence or it is a terrorist act to be an atheist in Saudi Arabia, where maybe 13 other places it is the death penalty.
And we were talking. I asked if it .1% or 1% of the population that are non-believers. You said, ‘It is hard to say.’ Can you extrapolate further? Why is it ‘hard to say’?
DH: Okay, it is hard to say because there hasn’t been any in-depth study of the non-believing population. I think it is high time somebody did. There’s no official study that exists, that I know of. But what I can say is that there are a lot of people who are active in the secular community, and there are a lot of people who are actively saying they are not religious.
Others will say that they are non-religious, but spiritual. Many will be hesitant to call themselves atheists. Atheists get a bad rap over here. It is over 300 years of demonization thing coming from the Spanish.
SJ: Wow.
DH: But there has been a resurgence, especially among the more artsy communities. There’s been a resurgence of more Indigenous art. And a lot of the pre-Spanish mythologies are being re-told. I think that helps out a lot. I think of what happened to a lot of people in Europe. Most of the countries in Europe are secular already, even though they started out really religious. I have many foreign secular friends asking me, “Why hasn’t that happened in the Philippines yet?”
I said, “Maybe, it has to do with you having outgrown your gods. Our gods were taken away from us. We didn’t have the chance to outgrow them.”
SJ: Right.
DH: I think it’s Stockholm Syndrome.
SJ: [Laughing].
DH: back to demographics, there are a number of people. But I can’t say how much. HAPI has 18 chapters, I think. Most of those are in the Philippines. So you’ve got people really openly secular. But the thing is, I can’t say that everybody who works in the secular sphere is an atheist because what we in HAPI have is a big tent policy. We accept all faiths. Our humanism is like, “As long as you would put humans over dogma any times those clash, you’re considered a humanist.”
Yea, so, we’ve got some people who still believe in a God, or in a Creator. We don’t really talk about that subject much anymore in the HAPI forums because, to us, it is not important. It is not important what you believe. It is important what you do. If your belief in a higher power is helping you become a better person, if it helps you become a better human being, then go, no problem!
Our tiff is with the people who use their faith to hurt other people. That’s what we’re against.
SJ: I like to think of it as big humanism and small humanism.
DH: Yea, yea. I’ve heard in Europe that a lot of the secular communities, a lot of the humanist communities, are having trouble reconciling the two. I think we in Asia have done an okay job of it.
SJ: What do you think is the backdrop that provides that better ease into harmony with different and more flexible humanist values rather than a more restricted form?
DH: Well, I’m not sure. I’m thinking culture. I suppose because Eastern and Western cultures and values are very different. Here, people are more tolerant and more open of each other because it is in-built. You do your thing. We’ll do our thing. What the Muslims would say is, “You have your religion. We have our religion.” That’s why in Manila you see one of the biggest mosques in the Philippines right, like, a block away from one of the biggest churches in the Philippines.
So it’s pretty open. The fact that Muslims and Christians can live together and not hate on each other. That’s a big thing. It goes a long way with the whole tolerance thing. I suppose it also has something to do with the fact that everyone in Asia knows there are a lot of religions in Asia. It’s like, “Okay, cool bro!” That’s why what I said earlier happens. Having a different religion is cool, but having no religion is like-[Gasping]!
SJ: Emoji-worthy. Last question, you are the main organizer for an upcoming conference — I may be misremembering this part, which is for the Asian Working Group of IHEYO.
DH: Yes.
SJ: Oh thank God [Laughing]! Okay, so who are some highlights? What is the theme? Why organize it?
DH: [Laughing] Okay, so The 2017 Asian Humanism Conference happens every year. It is the biggest event of IHEYO Asia. Last year, it was in Taiwan. The year before that it was in Singapore.The year before that it was in Nepal. The year before that, it was in the Philippines again, but it another part, in the South. This year, it is going to be in Manila.
And we’ve got a lot of speakers right now, and a lot of people from HAPI, because it coincides with an event HAPI was already planning for, like a homecoming thing. So we’ve got people working with us who are flying all across the globe. I think it is going to be a big thing right now. I am really excited for it. The theme is “Game Changers.” I crafted it out of the notion that these are the people who are changing the world a little bit at a time with their work.
We’ve got David G. McAfee, who is a really influential Facebook celebrity in the atheist community. Lots of atheist writings under his name. We’ve got David Orenstein, chairman of the American Humanist Association and its representative in the UN. We’ve got a lot more people coming. Humanists from different parts of Asia, who we want to tell us how it works over there and the challenges that they face.
We want to bring people together and to see the different ways humanism is done there and how we can help each other out. I want this to be a networking thing, and maybe the guys over in one country want to do projects with guys from this other country. I think connection is now more than ever important because humanists are spread all over the globe. And there are so few of us compared to the rest that it is good to be able to stick together and build up a community, and that’s going to help us be a little more — how do I say it? — prominent, I guess.
Instead of being fringe groups, instead of being seen as the Other, we can pass into the mainstream. The important thing is that people should know that we exist, especially in countries that don’t think we do. In the Philippines, free speech is very highly valued. So I think this is the perfect platform for it. Did that make sense?
SJ: Yes, it did. Thank you for your time, Danielle.
DH: [Laughing] Okay. Thanks Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/17
I read about some of the research done by Dr. Steven Tomlins for the non-religious community in Canada, or on the irreligious community in Canada more properly. I reached out and, as with other articles, felt this may be something of interest to the community: his story, views, and work. Enjoy.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was religion a big part of early life for you? Can you recall some pivotal moments relevant to the discussion around theism and skepticism?
Dr. Steven Tomlins: Catholicism was a part of my life growing up; I’m hesitant to say it was a “big part” because I went to public schools and had non-religious friends, but I went weekly to whatever Catholic Church was near our military postings and I went to Sunday school. My mom was quite Catholic and my dad was nonreligious; he joined the family in church but never converted to Catholicism or any other religion.
I recall a few pivotal moments about theism. The first was when I was in grade nine, listening to Nirvana’s Nevermind a lot. I misinterpreted the lyrics to “Come as You Are,” where Kurt sings, “I don’t have a gun, no I don’t have a gun.” I thought he was singing, “I don’t have a god, no I don’t have a god.” I remember wondering what it must be like to not believe in God, and I also was of the mindset that it’s better to not believe in God than to worship Satan.
A few years later I remember listening to Nine Inch Nails The Downward Spiral and feeling uncomfortable but curious at the lyrics in the song “Heresy,” which called God dead and ‘critiqued’ Christianity. Music was – and still is – very important to me, and I don’t recall these artists who I respected as forcing me to question my religious persuasion, so much as become aware that there were those who don’t have a religion, and that’s just fine.
Around the same time, a friend moved back from a military posting and we reconnected. When he moved, at the end of grade 8, we were both Catholics, but when he came back around grade 11 he was an avowed atheist, adamant that God was a lie, and he refused to go to church anymore.
We had lengthy discussions about God, neither changing the others mind. Incidentally a few years later, while I was questioning religion and existence, he became a born-again Baptist. Our arguments shifted to his denying of evolution as a devilish lie and my attempting, unsuccessfully, to convince him of its basis in fact.
As far as skepticism in general, I can’t recall a time when I wasn’t skeptical of ideas and of human motivation. My family has always questioned, discussed, and debated issues; I’m not sure if I learned to be skeptical from my opinionated folks or from the realization as a kid watching commercials that commercials were made by adults to fool kids into buying whatever they’re selling. Probably a bit of both.
Jacobsen: How did you get into the disciplined study of irreligiosity in Canada? I may need some help with being precise on the terminology, as you spent a Ph.D. studying these phenomena.
Tomlins: Well, using ‘irreligiousity’ shows a good use of terminology, so I wouldn’t be so humble! In a nutshell, my undergrad was all about learning about other cultures through courses in Religious Studies.
My interest was in how these religions came about, what my neighbors believe in today, and how religious expression (painting, art, texts) spoke to human creativity. For my Master’s I shifted gears and decided to do a discourse analysis on New Atheist literature, because it was new, I was already familiar with a few of the books, and they were bestsellers in the religion section of my local bookstore.
Following that, I wanted to hear the opinions of Canadian atheists – not pop culture atheists like Hitchens and Dawkins, but your average, everyday Canadian atheist – on issues pertaining to religion and atheism.
While I was pondering how to go about finding some atheists to interview I saw a table set-up promoting a brand-new student club, the Atheist Community of the University of Ottawa, and they accepted me as a participant-observation and interviewer of their club.
Jacobsen: What was the main research question?
Tomlins: “Why do some atheists in Canada join atheist communities?” I understood many of the reasons why people identify as atheist, agnostic, or nonreligious, and I could understand why some atheists in the United States join groups, feeling persecuted/distrusted, but I didn’t understand the desire to join an atheist community in Canada.
Jacobsen: What were the empirical or statistical findings in the research?
Tomlins: There’s a bunch, but I’ll share one of the most interesting, as it answers the research question. This is a quote from one of the most active members of the atheist club I interviewed:
“I sort of like the idea where there’s this club where you can say all of these things, where you can say whatever you want about religion or not believing in God and you don’t offend anybody, so that’s sort of a good thing.
Because I think in Canadian society we have a tendency to avoid controversial subjects even if they’re important, we don’t like controversy. I think there’s some sort of tendency to be averse to controversy in Canadian society, so we don’t go deep into things, we don’t have deep meaningful discussions about meaningful issues because we don’t want to make anyone upset.
And so the advantage of the atheist club is that you get to have these meaningful issues, and then you get to learn more, and you don’t have to worry about upsetting anybody, and I think that’s a good thing.”
While in practice the club certainly ruffled a few religious feathers, the notion that the club was a safe-space to engage in controversial discourse with like-minded people who wouldn’t get offended answered my research question, and it spoke to a unique Canadian atheist experience.
Jacobsen: What are your upcoming projects for 2018?
Tomlins: Primarily creative. I have a lot of creative writing projects (satires, a children’s novel or three) that I’ve put on the back burner while focusing on academic pursuits. I’d like to take some time and finish those projects.
Academically, I just finished final edits on a textbook chapter for a volume on religion in Canada (my chapter was on the statistics Canada category of “Religious Nones”), and I am toying with the idea of putting together an international volume on Commonwealth Blasphemy Laws – it’s historical use and its current status.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Tomlins: Just that the field of nonreligion and secularity has grown a lot in ten years. At my first conference the organizers put my paper on how the New Atheists view morality on a panel titled “Evil Incarnate,” in-between papers about Satanism and how devilish Heath Leger’s Joker was.
Today panels dedicated to secularism, nonreligion, and atheism are common. Nonreligion is treated as a growing minority religious persuasion worthy of study, but that begs the question: as the nonreligious population continues to grow, in Canada for example (where it’s at just shy of a quarter of the population), at what point will nonreligion become treated as the norm, rather than the exception?
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/16
Joyce Arthur is the Founder and Executive Director of the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada. She has been an abortion rights and pro-choice activist since 1998. Arthur worked for 10 years running the Pro-Choice Action Network. In addition to these accomplishments, she founded FIRST or the first national feminist group advocating for the rights of sex workers and the decriminalization prostitution in Canada. Here we look into her work and philosophy.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was activism and feminist philosophy part of growing up for you?
Joyce Arthur: I was raised in a conservative Christian home but had strong feminist leanings by about age 9 or 10 and was also very interested in science. My parents did not monitor my reading and I was an avid reader. I discovered the theory of evolution around age 12 and it was an exciting epiphany. I’ve always been very independent-minded and could hardly wait to be an adult, as I recognized that children were at the mercy of their parents and that really chafed with me. Although I hasten to add that I had a happy childhood and my parents were good people. I was also lucky in that our family was a bit more liberal than some others in the church (Canadian Reformed).
Jacobsen: What were pivotal moments in your life trajectory into becoming a women’s rights activist in Canada?
Arthur: In 1972, I was 15 years old. One morning after church, we were all standing outside chatting like usual. The pastor went around and asked everyone of voting age to sign a petition – to repeal the 1969 law that legalized abortion! It was the first time I had ever considered the issue. My immediate thought was: “I think women can have an abortion if they want to.” I said nothing and was not asked to sign the petition because I was underage, but watched as everyone around me did without hesitation, all in agreement that abortion was obviously wrong and must be prohibited. I realized then I was different from everyone else there and didn’t belong. I left home at age 17.
The second thing was having an abortion myself in 1988. Up to that point, I wasn’t very political, except in the fight against teaching creationism in public school science classes. When I went to my gynecologist and discovered that a committee of doctors would decide whether I could have an abortion, I was rather shocked. However, because it was Vancouver, I was lucky – they basically rubber-stamped abortion applications at VGH. But that was not the case for many other women across Canada as I later learned. And I started to feel angry that this decision was not ultimately up to me, or them.
Ironically, while I was waiting the long weeks for my committee-approved abortion, the 1969 law was struck down as unconstitutional by the Supreme Court and Dr. Henry Morgentaler was making headlines. I don’t actually remember any of that at the time. I guess the personal was not yet political for me, and I was too involved with dealing with my own problems, such as all-day morning sickness.
About 6 months after my abortion, I happened to stumble across a pro-choice rally at the Vancouver Art Gallery. My interest was piqued and I joined the group hosting the rally, the BC Coalition for Abortion Clinics. I gradually became more involved until I was eventually leading the group. It later became the Pro-Choice Action Network.
Jacobsen: Can you relay some of the notable instances within your own life and in Canada of bigger victories for the independence and autonomy of women not only in law but in social life and culture as well?
Arthur: In Canada generally, the Charter of Rights and Freedoms has been a huge boost for women’s rights. It was the Charter that made it possible to strike down the abortion law (under the right to security of the person) and it’s the Charter that continues to protect abortion rights and other women’s rights. Since 1988, there’s been huge strides in abortion rights and access, with many new clinics opening, the funding of all private clinics (except one in NB which we’re still fighting for), and an increase in public support for women’s rights and abortion rights. We had a 10-year setback with the Harper government, but it’s refreshing to have a Trudeau-led Liberal government that is not afraid to stand up and defend reproductive rights, as well as LGBT rights.
Jacobsen: You won a case against the abortion-counseling organizations. How did you first find out about them?
Arthur: The Pro-choice Action Network dida study that looked at “crisis pregnancy centres” in BC and more generally across North America. We were sued by a Christian group that operated two of these centres in the Vancouver metro area. We had collected some literature from them that showed they misinformed women about abortion and other issues, but we didn’t mention them in our report at all, except for a list in the Appendices. But based on a small section of the report where we described some tactics of CPCs across North America, they sued me on the basis that their centres didn’t engage in those specific tactics. Our report did not claim that, so I won the lawsuit. It was against me personally, because by then the Pro-Choice Action Network had closed. (Here’s a story I wrote about the lawsuit: http://rabble.ca/columnists/2013/09/anti-choice-centres-lose-lawsuit-what-does-it-all-mean)
Jacobsen: Now, you are the executive director of the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada. How did you find out about the organization and earn the position? Also, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Arthur: After leading the Pro-Choice Action Network in BC for years, I realized there were a lot of pressing national issues to deal with, and not so many provincial issues anymore. My plan was to take our group national, but in the end, I formed a totally new organization. I led some consultations, and the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada was founded at a meeting in Montreal in April 2005 under my leadership. Our official launch was in October 2005 at a Parliament press conference. I led the group as “Coordinator” until 2007 when we became incorporated and have served as the Executive Director since then.
My position involves public advocacy, leading campaigns, lobbying politicians, helping grassroots activists with local campaigns, working with volunteers, communicating with members/supporters, networking with other reproductive rights groups, maintaining our Facebook page and website, and many other things.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved with the organization through volunteering, donating money, providing skills, helping with professional and social networking, and so on?
Arthur: It’s easy (and cheap!) to join ARCC: http://www.arcc-cdac.ca/membership.html. Since we are not a charity, it makes fundraising more challenging, and we operate on a very small budget. Please support our political activism! We also havea ‘Take Action’ page that I invite people to check out: http://www.arcc-cdac.ca/take_action.html. We welcome volunteers, although much of the work involves things like research, writing/editing, graphic design, etc. Not so much on-the-ground work. Also, people can follow our Facebook and Twitter pages to keep up with the latest news and campaigns:
https://www.facebook.com/AbortionRights/
https://twitter.com/AbortionRights
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Arthur: It’s essential that we never be complacent despite our successes in Canada. On the world stage, Canada is currently a leader in reproductive rights. We are the only country in the world (besides China) with no abortion law, and we’ve proved we don’t need one. But that doesn’t mean that everything is safe, as we’ve seen with Trump in charge below the border, and China forging ahead with its global power agenda that does not value human rights. Right-wing and authoritarian forces are on the upswing. Canada should be not become an outlier in respecting women’s rights and reproductive rights. This stance must be spread throughout the world, and we need to constantly beat back the forces of oppression. Even in Canada, because the Conservatives will likely be back some day.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Joyce.
Arthur: My pleasure!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/15
Dr. David Orenstein is a Professor of Anthropology at the City University of New York, and author of “Godless Grace: How Nonbelievers are making the world safer, richer and kinder.” He can be reached at dorenstein@mec.cuny.edu.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let us take a look back at 2017, which is already over a month and a half has gone into the ether, what seems like the major trend in the United States for the non-religious – pluses and minuses?
David Orenstein: I think we, that the nontheist community in the United States finds itself in a period of ongoing social, political and legal resistance which is in direct response to the current administration in Washington, DC. Nonbelievers are not a monolithic group, and I know there are atheists who are politically conservative. I and most atheists conclude that the Trump presidency has exposed itself to be allied with theists, evangelicals, and a host of anti-humanistic and overtly racist people and organizations which deeply conflict with the worldview of secular freedom and empathy.
We are fighting against an anti-truth, anti-pluralist, and anti-science agenda with deep ties to the Evangelical movement which itself started more than 30 years ago. This movement is repulsed by the accumulation of scientific knowledge and wisdom. and by any philosophy which rejects god while also producing common understanding.
On the plus side, I also think this is the last gasp of the white disaffected working class. I understand their pain as they feel they’ve been left behind by globalism. I also acknowledge that not enough has been done to rectify some of their real fears and loss of jobs and community. Yet, diversity is our natural strength and it builds empathy. I think this is why the non-belief community is so easily allied to other growing resistance groups such as the #MeToo movement, many Pro-Choice groups like Planned Parenthood, immigrant rights groups and human and environmental justice groups who are also pulling and pushing our politics forward under the banner of greater personal freedom, some without the need for a personal god.
Also on the plus side is the increasing number of Nones in the U.S., Gen-X and Gen-Z are markedly churchless and the number of growing nonbelievers is actually frightening organized religion across all quarters as numbers of worshipers and dollars diminish. Certainly the number of Colleges and local nontheist organizations celebrating of Darwin Day and the Day of Reason are growing as well. These are really, really good things.
Jacobsen: When you reflect on the contributions to the non-religious community, who have been outstanding individuals in that? What organizations have been leading the way as well?
Orenstein: Well, there have been so many people involved in helping to support the secular humanist and atheist worldview. I think everyone who links to another skeptic on social media is making a difference by creating more connections in an ever-greater community of nonbelievers from all over the world. We are certainly no longer cowering in the shadows. The force of many lay leaders has to be considered the oil that greases the nonbeliever machine and propels the movement forward both intellectually, actively and via fundraising.
But absolutely there are specific people, advocates and agitators like. We can reflexively go to the Four Horsemen, but so many other modern authors, activists and thinkers are contributing. Both past and present, certainly Carl Sagan is a perennial personal favorite, and as I read and write my next book on Charles Darwin, I’ve been reading about the naturalists and freethought activists of the 19th Century (Bradlaugh; Ingersoll, McCabe, etc) that paved the way for the freethinkers of the 20th and 21st Centuries.
From an organizational point of view, there are the stalwarts of course, like the Secular Coalition for America, the Richard Dawkins Foundations, American Atheists, Inc. the American Humanist Association and the Freedom from Religion Foundation. The International Humanist and Ethical Union also plays a supportive role, as do organizations like the National Science Foundation and the American Association for the Advancement of Science. All these organizations protect knowledge, human rights and work towards environmental and other justices.
Jacobsen: What have been the bigger areas of regression for the rights of non-religious people in the United States?
Orenstein: There have been many areas that I’d consider regressive. The overt need to link patriotism with godliness; the attempt by certain states and school boards to enact or attempt to legislate Creationism or Intelligent Design into the public school science curriculum; a re-emphasis on prayer in public schools. Also, attacks on journalism and threats against journalists. The denial of LGBT or transgender rights is also a huge issue, as is the ongoing attempt to overturn Roe v. Wade. All these lead to an atmosphere that leads nonbelievers to feel as though their rights and beliefs, essentially their way of life in a civil secular society, aren’t as valued or important as others. Certainly under this administration “religious freedom” – that is protecting the rights of the religious – is especially allied to the President and both Houses of Congress. But hopefully this year and in 2020, with mobilization, this will change and more disaffected groups, which include atheists, will register and vote wisely.
Jacobsen: What story or stories in 2017 made you laugh surrounding religious and non-religious issues?
Orenstein: For me, I’d say the saga of former Judge Roy Moore really scared me at first but also made me laugh, at least in the end.Moore is the former Chief Justice from the state of Alabama who was suspended in 2003 for refusing to remove a Ten Commandments statue on public grounds. Last year, Moore ran to for the Senate to replace Jeff Sessions, who now serves at Attorney General. First Trump backed Moore’s opponent, but when that person lost the Republican primary, Trump quickly deleted all his tweets favoring the candidate. Then, as Trump put his advocacy behind Moore, he essentially backed into supporting a man accused of multiple counts of sexual misconduct – So much for religious piety. Moore has been known for decades as a guy who “liked them young.” Moore lost the election and thus placed the state into the hands of the Democrats, something that hasn’t happened for 30+ years. The loss by Moore and the collateral damage to his and Trump’s reputation is, in my mind, irreparable. And also highlights a deep religious hypocrisy found mainly in those who claim the mantle of morality based on their religious faith.
Jacobsen: What are some areas of activism for the non-believing population in the United States, e.g. the Pledge of Allegiance, etc.?
Orenstein: Right after the U.S. election, the Women’s March occurred. Since then, other activism has invigorated the civil and human rights movements within the United States. Many freethought organizations are focusing on the ongoing attempt to lessen the wall between Church and State. That’s very important. Trump tried to end the Johnson Amendment, which would have allowed Houses of Worship to make political contributions and advocate for candidates. That failed to happen. The real emphasis should be registering and then getting people to the polls to vote. The more people who participate in democracy (or at least America’s version of it) the more we can avoid political disasters like the Trump administration. As I’ve written before, America was founded as a secular nation. Remember that the separation between Church and State is in our politics, policies and god was left out of the government by our Founding Fathers. They couldn’t know Trump’s name three hundred years ago, but they certainly saw this coming.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Orenstein: I am an optimist and believe in the “American Experiment.” I also believe that when American is at its best that we can be the shining city on that hill. But I’ve come to accept that those who are still Trump supporters have nearly deified the man. As with all religion, once a believer accepts their beliefs there’s little, if ever, any turning back. But what comes with accepting this “package” is the amount of energy one needs to normalize the sad and vile actions and comments of the man/king/god, which those beliefs are projected. Trump is the David Koresh or Jim Jones for about 25% of the nation that has become disaffected with the economics and politics of a world system in which they (in some cases) rightly feel is leaving them behind. I do not know how to change their minds, but I do know that surviving this period in American history will require VOTES to change the current political dynamics of our nation. Don’t burn out but turn on. Don’t become disaffected by the onslaught of this administration. Become vengeful in the voting booth in 2018, 2020 and beyond.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, David.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/15
Diego Fontanive founded EOF. His background is in sociology, psychology, and critical thinking.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Most people would not disagree with the idea that they have the right way to look at the world. How does EOF as a project and as a set oft tools convince people that they may have some misconceptions about the world?
Diego Fontanive: This is a very delicate point. We want to be right, especially when a viewpoint is being stuck in our head for a very long time – especially years. What I am saying is a delicate approach, mostly, you cannot approach people directly.
Also, I think this is why showing people facts and evidence, especially when the belief is very much ingrained, doesn’t really work because they will eventually apply a confirmation bias and a modality of thinking to justify their belief in another way, in another modality [Laughing].
I have a name for this approach. I call it “Circumnavigation,” which is trying to place doubts. Fundamentally, we don’t want people to think the way we think. We want people to think in a way capable to think for themselves and to be as objective as possible.
We plant seeds. I think a good and simple approach is to ask, “What do you mean by that?” When people talk about their beliefs, they tend to be very fast: lexically, verbally, and cognitively.
I think it is wise to stop them when it is possible, of course, and to ask, “What do you mean by that? What do you actually mean by that?” For example, let’s say something like this, a typical situation when someone faces the lost of a loved one.
Usually, somebody says, “This person is in a better world and enjoying a better life.” I will ask, “What do you mean by that? You just don’t know that.” Another example, when some people say (which has happened to me), “Buddha achieved enlightenment.”
My approach would be to say, “Nobody probably met the Buddha. He is an invented figure. The scriptures about the Buddha have been written between 500 and 800 years after they were supposed, after the existence of the Buddha. We just don’t know. Not knowing is not a disturbing point of analysis, it is aactually a beautiful starting point of analysis.”
In a superficial way, this is the type of analysis that we have.
Jacobsen: You have met James Randi, so have I. Was he a hero or inspiration for that the work that you do?
Fontanive: I would not use the word “hero.” I know it is a way of the language, but a hero implies an authority, but I do not think to make an authority of any figure because it eventually can lead to falling into biases. I believe it is a little bit of processing of venerating, which I do not like.
I have a lot of admiration for James Randi for sure. I do not have heroes. I have people who I do admire. He is an incredible person. I appreciate his passion despite his age, to go on. He is almost 90 now.
Also, his kindness to approach people of different beliefs without trying to impose reason on thebut trying to make them reason. It is an enormous difference: between imposing and making people reason.
I met him. We had interesting chats and conversations, but I think we were along the same lines. I have a total admiration for what he has done and is doing. I do not want to make people into heroes.
They are people. They have their fallacies. I would really avoid this process of giving authorities to certain figures. This could be a little bit of a problem. There are people who are not scientists who tend to get too much authority, e.g. social science.
They may have things that are supposedly science but aren’t, mumbo-jumbo, such as some of social psychology. There are New Age ideas, or psychobabble coming from motivational stuff in psychology.
I think giving authority to something or someone distracts us from evaluating what the theory is, the person is, and so on.
Jacobsen: If you could some of the ideas in social psychology, in particular, as well as some of the New Age ideas, what are some of the common fallacies between both camps – so to speak?
Fontanive: On the topic of religion, religion at least has a structure. A religious person doesn’t have much freedom to create a new theory or way to approach religious ideas (in a new way). People have to stick to the scriptures.
At least, there is a formal structure. Modern spirituality or the New Age does not have the structure. There is a lot of freedom to invent our own beliefs. That, maybe, eventually go together with the New Age beliefs.
This is the problem in the New Age because there is something really dishonest going on the in the New Age movement. What they do, they kidnap scientific concepts, even scientific theories, and the twist them in order to satisfy their theories or beliefs.
We often, for instance, in New Age social media – groups, pages – see things like “Scientific study says that we have some vibration or field” and so on.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Fontanive: Unfortunately, this goes unseen by the many because the many really believe – because they don’t check the sources. They don’t evaluate the soundness or validity of the article or the claim.
Also, because our brain is wired to be gullible, and then also because they are more prone to believe that science really found some New Age concept is actually true, I think it is dishonest.
I think it is really confusing somehow. It contributes to the amplification of credulity in people’s minds. I believe, unfortunately, that this is also the reason that New Age is penetrating the field of psychology and psychotherapy.
Because there are many psychologists or psychotherapists, that, nevertheless, are quite gullible people. They don’t evaluate the validity of certain claims. They believe that ideas about positive thinking affect our health in a physical way are true.
In psychology, there is no evidence whatsoever, so far, that stress causes physical problems. It sounds strange, but really there is not evidence of something like this so far. Psychological theories cannot be tested in a lab.
It is based on statistics. It can be highly fallacious. I think it goes back to the method of education. We do not have an education based on critical thinking and critical analysis. This is a big problem, especially today where we are facing an overload of information every day.
We do not know how to filter it out.
Jacobsen: What do you think people who hold the title of “skeptic” as almost a placeholder of personal nobility? They look at it as a way to belong to a group. How do they deceive themselves into thinking that they are skeptical in general when some within the movement that would take that title of skeptic just aren’t?
Fontanive: I have been discussing this point during my recent lecture I did in Poland at the European Skeptics Congress. I was talking about memes. In a way, skepticism can be a meme.
A meme is a unit of culture or an idea. The characteristic of a meme is that it does not care about self-analysis. It only cares about replicating itself. There are many people that call themselves skeptic because it feels safe to belong to a certain community.
But, in fact, there are no skeptics at all, especially with their own ways of thinking or of mind including emotions. For instance, a person can define himself or herself as a skeptic person, but maybe this person struggles greatly because of emotions.
It is easy to take shelter into a group, believing to be something. It is something that somehow nourishes our identity. Our sense of belonging to something, even out self-esteem. I came across a lot of people who claim to be skeptics and aren’t really skeptics at all.
Again, I believe that this is a problem of education. Then there are extreme skeptic people, which is not really quite healthy.
Jacobsen: What do you mean by that?
Fontanive: [Laughing] This is also a problem in science. I also came across these kind of people. They are extreme. It is a bit hilarious. I remember, recently, I was talking about how easily we get conditioned by external influences and memes.
Another person said, “Do you have scientific evidence for this? Can you prove it scientifically? Because if you cannot prove it scientifically, then you shouldn’t talk about it.”
Wait a minute, [Laughing] I do not think I need scientific evidence to prove that we can get conditioned quite easily. I think the evidence is right in front of us and historically speaking. I think this extremism is not about skepticism.
It is not healthy. It is not healthy for science. It is not healthy regarding accurate processes analysis and not healthy for thinking. I think it somehow derives from a personal sense of identity that has nothing to do with science.
The beauty of science is that there is not scientific authority. If we mix it with someone thinking, “I am scientist. You are not a scientist and cannot be saying anything with scientific evidence. Therefore, I should be the one providing the evidence…”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Fontanive: [Laughing] Science is science. Scientists are people. People have brains. Brains are fallacious. Even in that case, I will approach these people the same way, “What do you mean by that?” Then it depends.
Jacobsen: I want to touch on a prior point about psychobabble speak. That prior point was touching on the psychobabble within the psychological community, so as a general point, but those that have gone into the mainstream.
They have been taken over by more or less religious movements or aspects of non-critical thinking taken home. For instance, I would point to Alcoholics Anonymous. They have a wide reach. They impact many lives, especially at addiction to at least one substance.
How do you see a way out of that, reversing the innervations of those into the mainstream?
Fontanive: Regarding the mainstream psychological approaches: I believe that many of them are definitely serious and willing to stick to proper evaluations of psychological theories. However, problem is that on the contrary of many other fields of science, psychology cannot be tested in a lab which means that it’s mainly founded on theories and analytic results. This means that it’s relatively easy to come out with psychological advices which sound like good, positive ones, but based on biases or even magical thinking, as well ignoring that what feels good is not necessarily what’s right, (not right as a value but right in objective terms).
Due to the modern proliferation of internet communication and online material plus actual businesses based on divulgation of countless of different psychological approaches we can found on magazines and articles online for instance, (which are also in competition with each other because of business’s purposes); it seems that a lot of made up material regarding psychological suggestions is actually delivered to the public arena in all sort of ways. It also seems that what is going on within some branches of mainstream psychology is a sort of glorification of modern ideologies concerning positive thinking, self-help, life tips and achievement of happiness at every cost. These approaches are substantially ideological: they are de facto ideologies, as well they merely dumb down critical thinking and our intelligence itself and factually block the necessity to cultivate high order thinking skills, which is to me a social urgency today since the overload of information we receive and process everyday is getting faster and faster and more and more overwhelming, as well it imposes us to be more and more accurate with the ways we receive it and also the way we think itself.
There are many blind spots in modern mainstream psychological approaches, for instance it seems that circumstances where a psychologist is also a religious mind do not represent a problem at all, while it is a problem, or where a psychotherapist carries spiritual or even paranormal beliefs and so on: it usually remains an undisturbed thing. Back to less extreme circumstances; there is a major misconception that makes many people ignore that if a person adopts mainstream psychological theories, whether it be a professional or not, that circumstance does not necessarily mean that the same individual also possesses a strong training in hard core critical thinking skills. So for instance; tips like ___‘do you have a low self-esteem? Then try to go out and socialise’__ are merely superficial ones, as well they can even establish a sort of shallow dependence which has nothing to do with a logical, sober and mature self-esteem but it has more to do instead with an addiction to urges about receiving attention and in fact depending from people’s support and consensus. On modern social media these addictions are currently very devastating, psychological speaking, for so many fragile or even less fragile minds!
A.A. for example is a classical representation of parts of what I’m highlighting: because of the religious characteristics such groups-therapy often adopt; they attempt a recovery of alcoholics through religious mindsets which can eventually result in a positive end of the addiction but then it all turns into a form of psychological dependence to irrational ideologies such as ‘surrender to Jesus’ stuff and so on.
To me the solution is called education, everything goes back there; to the field of education, or better to say to the necessity of reforming education which is also the primary concern in a series of programs I’m developing for experimental educational projects and institutions. This requires at first a process of ‘educating the educators’ and the policymakers before approaching the students and individuals in general. If people are trained with deep critical thinking abilities intertwined with critical metacognition and what I call meta-memetic thinking skills then they would be more prone to identify the biases, the superficialities and the made up affirmations within tips and claims regarding pseudo-psychology they come across with on line and in the real life and also about any other interpersonal relationship they engage.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/14
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was religion or non-religion with regards to family as well as yourself growing up?
Andrew Seidel: There wasn’t a whole lot of organized, coerced religion in my household. There was encouraged investigation: go out there and go to temple with your Jewish friends, go to church with your Christian friends, go to catholic Mass with your catholic friends and see if anything strikes your fancy.
It became pretty obvious early on that they couldn’t all be right, so the most obvious explanation was that they were all wrong; it was a freethinking upbringing. We did the fun stuff at Christmas. We did go to church occasionally.
We did the fun parts of Easter. We did away with the churchy side of things. Our big family tradition was watching Monty Python’s Life of Brian. It was not a reverent household [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing] You went to Tulane University to earn a degree in neuroscience and environmental science as well as law school there graduating in 2009. The focus was environmental law.
You also went to the University of Amsterdam for human rights and international law. Can you clarify for the audience and me what was the transition there from the work or the studies in neuroscience and environmental science into human rights and international law?
Seidel: I think they are all connected. I was positive when I was younger that I wanted to be a doctor. I wanted to do ER surgery, trauma surgery, maybe pediatric trauma. I was really interested in that.
I discovered that neuroscience was a major at school; it was so fascinating because it was cutting-edge. I remember this vividly. A professor came into class and said, “So, it turns out all of the stuff we did last two weeks is all wrong. We found this out in the last just recently.”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Seidel: It was so fascinating and was something you could sink your teeth into. I did all the pre-med requirements. I even took organic chemistry, which is the make or break class for pre-med for people here in the States. I also did a lot of work in the medical field. My summers I spent working in hospitals. I was the lowest on the totem pole. I was a nurse’s aide, changing diapers and so on. I loved the work, but noticed the higher up on the ladder that you got then the less time you actually spent helping and interacting with people.
Of course, the doctors diagnose and so on, but they spend the least amount of time with the patients. The EMT stuff I did was really great, driving around in an ambulance. After a while, I became a bit disenchanted with the medical field, but I still wanted to help people.
I ended up picking up a double major. But in between undergraduate and Law school, I was doing Grand Canyon tour out in Arizona. I had a number of people in my tours who were environmental lawyers who wanted to help people and had a cause.
They encouraged me to do environmental law because it is so cool. I never thought about law school while in undergrad. The first time I ever thought about it was when I graduated in ’04. I was selected for jury duty. I ended up being jury foreman on a murder trial. I was a 22-year-old and I remember this very vividly. It was in Houston, my permanent address during school.
The defendant or the accused was black. The judge said, “Go back in the room and select a foreman and then come back out.” We went in and theis guy stood up. He was a typical white male executive from downtown, maybe 60 or 62. He stood up and said, “I think we know what the outcome of this given what that guy looks like.” It was something like that.
Jacobsen: Holy moly.
Seidel: It was basically “he’s black therefore, he’s guilty.” What?! What? He made a speech about why we should elect him foreman, which was basically “you should elect me because I have done this before. We know he is guilty.”
I forgot what I said, but I got up and gave a speech. I became the jury foreman. Everyone voted for me. We got the case three weeks later and everyone was in the jury room debating. By the end of the trial,my fellow jurors said, “You should go to law school.” That was the first time I thought about it. It had been in the back of my mind since then.
When I started doing the Grand Canyon tours and getting more and more interested in environmental protection and helping causes that can’t help themselves, such as protected lands [Laughing], they can’t help themselves.
You need people out there willing to help protect those who can’t protect themselves. Down the road, I came to an inflection point in my career. I was set up in Colorado to build an environmental law practice. It would have been a pretty big for the state and for the firm I was at. But I also had this opportunity to work at FFRF. I was talking with my little sister, “I am really passionate about First Amendment stuff. But I went to school for the environmental stuff. I know it far better.”
She said, “Where will you make a bigger impact?” It was probably one of the most important questions I have ever been asked. There are thousands, thousands, of lawyers doing fantastic work on the environment.
You probably know better than most Americans how bad we are at combatting climate change. But it is hard to say with being another one of probably 10,000 lawyers out there that I would have had a big impact. But I know every attorney doing the work I do now. Most are in the office here. There are probably 15 of us. I am having a bigger impact here than I would get by working in the environmental field. If somebody asked me about my dream job, this is it. I am doing it.
It has always been about protecting those who can’t protecting themselves and fighting for those who aren’t able to fight for themselves. That is what I wanted to do with my career. I wanted to do something bigger than myself.
I went where I would be most effective and it turns out I enjoy it the most. If you asked me to create my dream job, it would be my job now. Though with a bigger paycheck.
Jacobsen: What do you see as some of the more pertinent issues ongoing with regards to freedom from religion in the United States?
Seidel: I think the biggest issue we’re facing is a very clear attempt to redefine religious liberty. Historically, religious liberty in this country has meant you can believe whatever you want and you have the freedom to act on that belief to a certain extent, but you do not get to use that belief as an excuse to impose on others or violate the rights of others.
The idea of religious freedom has never been used as a license to violate the rights of others under our constitutional system. That is a shift that you’re seeing happening pretty rapidly here. The first big warning signs for people was the Hobby Lobby decision in 2014 out of the Supreme Court.
The next big case that will or very well could redefine religious liberty is the Masterpiece Cakeshop case that the Supreme Court has right now. It is really shifting the way we think of and conceive religious liberty.
It is turning it from something considered a shield to a sword to impose on others. To me, that is the biggest issue we face right now. A lot of people don’t realize what is happening; and they won’t understand until it is too late. We have been sounding the alarm here at the FFRF for more than a decade. The very first warning was the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, which was back in the 90s.
The one other thing you’re seeing happen more lately is government funding of religion. Historically, in this country, that has been a bright line that does not get crossed. You are seeing it happen more and more with vouchers for private religious schools. FEMA or the Federal Emergency Management Agency here in the States just switched its policy to start funding the repair of houses of worship.
That is the first time in the US where the government will pay for that. In 1785, the Virginia Legislature passed the Virginia Statute of Religious Freedom. Jefferson wrote that law and James Madison pushed that through the legislature.
In it, Thomas Jefferson said, “It is sinful and tyrannical,” that is the quote, “sinful and tyrannical” to force somebody to support a house of worship that they don’t agree with. You go from “sinful and tyrannical” to these places of worship saying they have a right to feed out of the public trough.
The Supreme Court did not even bother to analyze that bright line rule in the Trinity Lutheran case that came down last term. So that’s the other big issue right now.
And I think you’re seeing both of those issues because our nation has done such a good job of keeping State and Church separate that most people don’t have a good understanding of how violative of their rights it is to have the government rebuild a church with their taxpayer funds.
They haven’t experienced that religious coercion and that theocracy; so, they don’t get it. There is a bit of complacency, but I think we are going to see that change if we see these changes go through.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Andrew.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/12
According to Salon, some of the reason for the animosity of the United States, internally, comes from the increasing secularization of the public. Many Trump voters do not like this. Others disagree. The secular movement in the US, probably, is not even a conscious phenomena.
Rather, it appears to be the natural development in advanced industrial democracies with pluralistic cultures. People prefer to have a separation of church and state, except, for instance, in some dominant, segmented sections of the population.
The author continues on the separation between the “real” America proclaimed by the conservatives in the country, where, by implication, the liberals do not represent the real america. Most Americans reject the “efforts by the religious right to use the power of the state to impose conservative Christian values on others.”
Every sector of American society wants a secular culture and society, except white evangelical Christians, which, by definition, makes many in the evangelical Christian religion within the US a politically oriented movement. It has consequences too.
Much of the US political polarization is in reaction to the efforts of the white evangelical Christian movement. These are not all Christians, or conservatives, or whites, or all white evangelical Christians, which is important to bear in mind to keep from stereotyping, I feel — in the opposite direction.
But this is a concern for the greatest soft power in the world. Stuff that happens there will influence elsewhere.
Part of the issue is the waning influence of this population on the general population. So this increased effort for more political influence could reflect a that decrease in influence because, even on purportedly controversial issues, most Americans find them agreeable topics.
The rights of sexual minorities such as gays and lesbians doesn’t bother Americans. Gay rights do bother some white evangelical Christians. Same with same-sex marriage. So the main disjunction between the general population and those against gay rights, and same-sex marriage, is evangelical status or not.
It’s a politicized religion situation.
As well, the desire and general need for secularization of culture and society comes with perceptual differences. It is well-known that anti-Muslim rhetoric and hate crimes have been on the increase. Less known, the general hate and disgust for the atheists within America.
And the perception of anti-Muslim rhetoric and acts is different depending on the group. So, for example, the religiously unaffiliated do see the increase, and somewhat similar, but lesser, findings for other groups. But not so for white evangelical protestants, they see more anti-Christian bigotry than anti-Muslim bigotry.
You see the disjunct.
The perception of most other sets of people is much different than white evangelical Christians or protestants. So this is an identifiable problem with obvious reactionary components based on the perceived, and actual, increase in secularization of the United States.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/13
The American educational system developed from European education, where humanism affected the establishment of schools (Koopman, 1987). Under the affluence, social and political organization, and increased communication of Western Europe, enlightened education revived interest in the Humanist classics of Greco-Roman cultures, where humanism had been taken for granted.
The revival profoundly impacted the full development of the individual — the hallmark of early American education. Liberal Arts were taught alongside science and theology. Most American elite universities were founded as religious institutions (Coudriet, 2016).
There was a recognition that progress and truth were discoverable with a broad periphery. ‘Periphery,’ as in, the ability to focus on individual development outside of the core aspect of the curricula. ‘Progress,’ at this point, meaning the amalgamation of knowledge.
Early colonial education designed to further religious understanding and to prepare society for life in the New World meant free universal education promoted the virtues of humanism under a Christian lens.
The growth of state and tax funding for educational institutions meant the integrity of education catered to the needs of the local populace, not the elites. Dissemination of humanist ideals for the sake of appeasement created an irreversible impact on the curriculum development of higher education systems.
Over time, waves of reform following the Industrial Revolution impacted the academic environment by emphasizing performance over quality. The importance of humanist ideals were put on the backburner of importance in the quest for scientific advancement and technological mastery. These forces brought untold development in wellbeing and quality of life, while, at the same time, reducing the implementation of humanist values.
The return of humanist rationale may be credited with the publication of Darwin’s material on evolution in 1859, starting with On the Origin of Species, which, in some ways, was a response to Natural Theology (1802) published by William Paley.
Progress took on a new meaning of neutrality and movement towards humanist qualities, especially with the overwhelming support of an irreligious explanation for development, adaptation, and speciation. The Creationist explanation for the origin of life was dispelled.
Without the necessity of a divine artificer to explain life, the educational curricula was freed from the bounds of theistic explanation and theological influence. There was surprise and indignation from the Creationists.
Mankind, as they saw — and thought that they knew — it, was reduced from being the pinnacle of creation to the descendants of lowly pre-humans. We were seen as the evolutionary byproduct of natural forces.
Our survival, and evolutionary success, was from ‘inferior’ species, in contradistinction to the metanarrative from the Holy Bible about the Creation of Man by God — and Fall of Man due to Adam’s and Eve’s sins.
The contribution of evolution by Darwin is both scientific and pedagogical. He contributed scientifically to the fields of biology and medicine, which experts deem as foundational to the curricula.As a result, a serious problem of the source of truth was placed on the establishment of education at the time. Although Darwin’s contribution created initial upheaval, humanist rationale was cemented into the American public education system through John Dewey in the 1920’s (Law of Liberty, n.d.a).
Dewey’s efforts revolutionized America with a return to progressive education. As the founder of the American Humanist Association, Dewey is known as the “father of progressive education and Humanism in America.”
Fast forward to the current educational climate. Although there exists no formal discrimination in education, per se, the undertones in the culture provide the clearest example of the prejudice against humanist values, or humanists as people.
Also, there is modern hysteria from the religious community against humanism, as in humanism equals atheism, and by extension atheism equals communism (Law of Liberty, n.d.b). This is in the same theme of non-believers being shunned by their community with general intolerance of the irreligious, even family and friends. As noted by IHEU beloved Bob Churchill:
I think in more liberal, secular countries it may be easy to forget or not to think about this social discrimination for the mainstream broadly secular population — though not if you’re raised in a ‘conservative’ religious community of course! But across huge parts of the world, criticism of religious beliefs, practices or institutions may be viewed as deeply suspicious, or even as malevolent. To actually assert boldly “I do not believe in this God or his prophet” could mean being thrown out of your own family, losing friends, losing your support network. To supposedly ‘insult’ religion can get you lynched.
(Jacobsen, 2017)
It is also worth noting the struggle between progress and tradition, as seen in the style of educational administrations. Autocratic oriented administrations resist new ideas and sacrifice potential humanist growth for the sake of a smoothly run system (Koopman, 1987, p. 234)
Democratic administrations are more open to recognize and praise outside ideas, and are concerned with growth of individuals, specifically freedom from annoyances of the exposure to preeminent belief systems (Pew Research Center, n.d.).
Secular education reform would resist partisanship, instead pushing dominant belief systems into a foreground of neutrality for student success. That is, it is distinct, but related to, a humanist style of education (Anderson, n.d.).
However, secular education reform would provide the nonpartisan foundation for the education by fighting repressive forces that seek to reduce humanism, or other minority ways of life.
A humanist education would affirm values adjunct to the secular education. Support of objectives such as family-life education, continuing or adult education, and sexual education are critical to promotion of humanism (Koopman, 1987, p. 234).
A secular education is the most reasonable and just response. Keeping the status quo for the sake of efficiency within the system is at the expense of humanist progress. If there is to be just education for every student within the system, disruption of these practices are necessary.
Urging qualitative as opposed to quantitative reforms may, over time, produce a higher priority of humanistic ideals.
References
Anderson, M. (n.d.). Principles of Humanist Education. Retrieved from http://web.cortland.edu/andersmd/mda/mahome.htm.
Coudriet, C. (2016, July 19). Top 25 Christian Colleges: The Essential Questions On Religion And Education. Retrieved from https://www.forbes.com/sites/cartercoudriet/2016/07/19/top-25-christian-colleges-the-essential-questions-on-religion-and-education/#488ccf7f5576.
Jacobsen, S.D. (2017, July 8). Conversation on Discrimination Against Non-Believers with Bob Churchill — Session 1. Retrieved from https://medium.com/humanist-voices/conversation-on-discriminations-against-non-believers-with-bob-churchill-session-1-dcb8638ab56d.
Koopman, R.G. (1987, Spring). The Thread of Humanism in the History of American Education. Retrieved from ww.ascd.org/ASCD/pdf/journals/jcs/jcs_1987spring_koopman.pdf.
Law of Liberty. (n.d.a). The Threats of Humanism #1. Retrieved http://www.lawofliberty.com/sermons/Resources/01-humanismthreats.pdf.
Law of Liberty. (n.d.b). The Threat of Humanism #2. Retrieved from http://www.lawofliberty.com/sermons/Resources/02-humanismthreats.pdf.
Pew Research Center. (n.d.). Religious Landscape Survey. Retrieved from http://www.pewforum.org/religious-landscape-study/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/12
“The head of the regional Catholic Church is taking issue with a condition in the Canada Summer Jobs Grant (CSJG) program that requires applications to attest support for reproductive rights, which includes the right to access safe and legal abortion.
As a result, Bishop Ronald Fabbro says the diocese won’t apply for the grant money and he’s urging other religious groups to do the same. The boycott also applies to Catholic parishes that run summer camps and other programs that employ students.
“I believe that we need to take a stand against the position of the government of Canada and say that we will not be bullied into even the appearance of collusion on this issue. While others may take an alternative path, we can make a powerful statement by saying ‘no’ to the conditions as set down by the government,” Fabbro wrote Tuesday, in an open letter to 118 parishes in the Roman Catholic Diocese of London.”
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/4010765/london-bishop-urges-boycott-of-canada-summer-jobs-program/.
“The Diocese of London said it will “not be bullied” even into appearing to accept the federal government’s so-called “values clause” in applications for the Canada Summer Jobs program.
In a statement Bishop Ronald Peter Fabbro said the Diocese of London needs to “take a stand” on the controversial issue.
“We will not be bullied into even the appearance of collusion on this issue,” wrote Fabbro. “We can make a powerful statement by saying ‘No’ to the conditions as set down by the government.””
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/windsor/london-diocese-federal-summer-jobs-program-1.4522693.
“The tears started almost as Jolly Bimbachi stepped off the airport escalator and into the waiting embrace of her 18-year-old daughter.
“You smell like Syria,” said Rayenne Annous with a laugh, burying her face into her mother’s chest. “So relieved.”
After months apart, Bimbachi, 41, is back with one of her children following an unsuccessful attempt to bring her other two back to Canada.
The Chatham, Ont., woman says she travelled to Lebanon on Nov. 18 to find Omar Ahmad, 8, and Abdal-Geniy Ahmad, 7, after her ex-husband, Ali Ahmad, failed to return the children to Canada following a 2015 visit.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/bimbachi-moore-returns-home-1.4525957.
“A sea change in the religious landscape of Canada is underway. Led by millennials, Canada is increasingly moving towards a secular culture. “Spiritual but not religious” has become our new normal.
A 2015 Angus Reid poll found 39 per cent of Canadians identify as “spiritual but not religious.” Another 27 per cent identify as “neither religious nor spiritual;” 24 per cent as “religious and spiritual;” and 10 per cent as “religious but not spiritual.”
What sparked this dramatic change in beliefs and self-identification? And what does it mean for the future of Canadian society?”
Source: http://nationalpost.com/pmn/news-pmn/millennials-abandon-hope-for-religion-but-revere-human-rights.
“Each week Dr. Yusra Ahmad, a psychiatrist and clinical lecturer at University of Toronto, meets six to eight women with a range of mental health disorders at a mosque in the city’s west end. She leads them through a program that combines mindful meditation with concrete skills to manage negative thoughts and regulate emotions.
However, this is not your typical mindfulness therapy. Each session began with prayers from the Qur’an and incorporates teachings from Islamic scholars.
She also uses imagery familiar to the women. For example, when leading a session on mindful eating, instead of using the example of a raisin, as she does with other audiences, she focuses on a date. The reason: Dates have an important role in Muslim traditions, enabling the women to relate to meditation techniques on a more personal level.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/11
Tell us about your family background — to give some groundwork.
My mom is a singer/actress, my father is a music graduate who became a tax officer when I was born. Everyone in my family is nominally Catholic and I was also baptized, but my family never went to church except for special occasions (wedding, baptism, etc.). Brazilian Catholicism, however, is very syncretic, and in the southeast of the country it is deeply influenced by “Kardecist Spiritism” (especially in my family), which is very popular but not very organized new-age/christian-universalist religion. Everything I learned about spirituality was within a spiritist framework.
What is your preferred definition of humanism?
“A movement that promotes secular ethics as a means to achieve peaceful coexistence between people of different social backgrounds in an increasingly diverse society”
How did you find and become involved with the humanist movement?
I have always been very interested in spiritually, the meaning of life and deep questions of this sort. In my teenage years I talked a lot to my grandfather about the afterlife and communicating with the spiritual world, went to the meetings of his cult and watched all documentaries about the supernatural that aired on Discovery Channel (or similar). I quickly became obsessed with having first-hand supernatural experiences. I could never, however, experience anything more than sleep paralysis and semi-lucid dreaming, so I started wondering if the people who claimed to communicate with the spiritual world really weren’t just fooling themselves and if the skeptics in the documentaries were right after all. I started challenging them, with the best of intentions, and proposing experiments to check if their experiences really were real, and I was met with excuses and antagonism. I eventually became an atheist and was very frustrated at religion. Years later I got tired of hearing arguments based on superstition when discussing ethics and politics and I started looking for groups that promoted secularism. I joined LiHS in Brazil but never got very involved. When I migrated to Romania I went to atheist meet ups to meet locals and eventually joined ASUR and AUR (local Humanist NGOs). In a few months I attended the Humanist Eastern European Conference and discovered Europe had a thriving Humanist movement incomparable with anything in Brazil. Since then I became determined to promote Humanism in developing countries such as Romania, Brazil and Latin America in general.
What have been the main benefits of being a part of IHEYO?
Being in contact with members of much more developed organizations and learning from them. I’ve learned a lot in a short period about what volunteers on the ground can do to promote Humanism and also about the politics and bureaucratic aspects of growing as a member and exerting influence in a big organization. The main benefit though is probably the sense of accomplishment of working towards something that I believe in and being able to see the fruits of my efforts.
Now, you’re the chair of the Americas Working Group (AmWG). What tasks and responsibilities come, or will come, with this position? What is the purpose of the AmWG?
The purpose of the AmWG is to promote Humanism in the Americas, especially among youth. The means by which we try to accomplish this are up to us to define. Our main strategy at the moment is to collect data about Humanism in the Americas and do knowledge transfer. We’ve created an online form where Humanists throughout the Americas can provide their contact info. We then contact them and schedule video calls where we learn about their activities, structure, etc. and teach them about the successes and failures of more mature organizations, making suggestions when we think it’s appropriate. Another long term aim is to promote more international collaboration among organizations in the Americas, in particular Latin America. We hope to eventually be able to organize a Pan American conference somewhere in Latin America. In the present the AmWG administration is still disproportionately U.S. based.
What are the main threats to the practice of humanism in Romania and in the Americas?
The religious right and populist politics are a constant obstacle probably everywhere in the world. In Latin America, Catholic ethics and the anti-abortion narrative are very powerful. The rise of right-wing Evangelical Christianity, partly influenced by movements in the United States, is also a big problem in Brazil and has resulted in tensions with local African religions which are accused of witchcraft. Endemic criminality also contributes to skepticism towards human rights and the rule of law, which is extremely dangerous. In Romania, on the other hand, most problems seem to stem from a rural, traditional mentality. Difference and strong individuality is usually seen with skepticism and antagonism. Here, as opposed to Latin America, anti-LGBT discourse is a bigger problem than anti-abortion discourse, for example. The public funding of religion is another problem Romania faces. Humanists are divided when it comes to the solution to this problem. Some think we should fight to be recognized as a religion and get funds as equals, as is the case in Norway for example, but others think we should just fight to stop financing of religions altogether. I personally find the latter more unrealistically ambitious (though both are unrealistically ambitious).
Who have been the most unexpected allies for the humanist movement in Americas?
When I became active in the Humanist movement I quickly realized it was an extremely Eurocentric movement. It is of course only natural for historical reasons, and this is not accusation, but I was a bit disappointed. Fortunately, however, I very quickly realized that the mostly Western European leadership was very aware of this and fighting to change it. Every time I meet Humanists in international events, I quickly feel they are allies. In the AmWG needless to say I am learning a lot from the U.S. Americans and I am grateful about how committed they are to helping Latin America. Unexpected is a strong word though, after all I can’t say I had pessimistic expectations. But I am positively surprised with how much focus the U.S. and Western Europe put in reaching out to the developing world.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Danielle Erika Hill and Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/10
Humanism, as an ethical and philosophical worldview, provides the basis for proper action in the world with an emphasis on this world, the natural world. There is a phrase, “deed before creed,” that speaks volumes to the emphasis of humanism. Principles are nice; rights and privileges are good. But how do these affect the world? Answer: through action.
Human rights are a good example. Women’s rights are a better example. There are stipulations in international documents such as the UN Charter speaking to the equal rights of women. It needs action. It’s the same everywhere on that basic need to translate abstract ethics into practical morals.
Take, for example, the situation in the Philippines. Some things are good; other things are bad.
But these are loose statements, and can differ from the enactment of women’s rights, including advocacy and empowerment in the country. So what is the current state of women’s rights in the Philippines? What’s good and bad, and how can things improve?
The United Nations Office of the High Commissioner says, “Women’s sexual and reproductive health is related to multiple human rights, including the right to life, the right to be free from torture, the right to health, the right to privacy, the right to education, and the prohibition of discrimination.”
As Olivia H. Tripon instructs from the Philippines Human Rights Reporting Project in 2008, women have fought for a very long time to be considered human beings deserving of human rights. Filipino women earned the right to vote only as recently as 1937. Rural and Indigenous women are even more vulnerable.
The Philippines ranks 7th in the World Economic Forum (WEF) Gender Gap Report (2016). Even with a relatively low mark in labour participation, women continue to be encouraged to excel in school and in the workplace. Women in business or positions of leadership are not an uncommon sight in the Philippines.
Filipino women enjoy a high literacy rate. The Philippines consistently earns high marks in terms of equal opportunity in education and employment, where a new law was passed in the Senate extending paid maternity leave to 120 days. And for LGBT women, an Anti-Discrimination Bill had been languishing in the Senate for the past 17 years, but is being debated now.
The initiative is spearheaded by Congresswoman, Geraldine Roman, the first openly trans woman to be elected to Congress in the Philippines. There are many positive signs within the country, but there are still plenty of negatives.
The Philippines continues to lag significantly behind in some aspects. Filipino women are empowered, development studies say. However, matters of the heart and the vagina do not seem to be included in this empowerment. Even with anti-Violence Against Women (VAW) campaigns by the government, Filipinas are still affected by gender-based violence, which is not limited to socioeconomic or educational status. This includes, but is not limited to, sex trafficking, forced prostitution, and sexual harassment in schools, the workplace, and on the street. Instances of this last one can be seen in Catcalled in the Philippines, a Facebook page where people can anonymously submit personal accounts of harassment.
Great challenges in implementing reproductive health laws and pursuing solutions to sexual health-related issues also exist. Abortion remains illegal and punishable by law (except when necessary to save the mother’s life), even as Human Rights Watch calls equitable access to abortion “first and foremost a human right,” and even access to birth control remains a testy subject, with the Supreme Court having issued a TRO on the sale of female contraceptives.
The Philippines also remains the only country with no divorce laws; there are provisions in the Family Code for legal separation and annulment, but the sheer expense of the process limits these options only the rich.
Neither does a culture of having serious conversations about sexual health in public exists in the Philippines. Organisations, however, that would rather see the education around it (e.g. the proper use of condoms) not taught in the schools, do. Such groups would like to see the education left to the parents, but in a culture where it is taboo to talk about sex, how does this encourage healthy education around the use of condoms at home? The answer: it does not.
The two “acceptable” methods advocated by the Catholic Church are abstinence and the rhythm method. Of course, both fail to deliver on their purported ends, and contribute to a high rate of teenage pregnancy. Added to this, is a stigma against unwed mothers (if pregnant, the man whodunit is expected to marry her) and the nonexistence of divorce, leaves a woman nominally empowered and oppressed by a deeply patriarchal society where even the notion of childlessness is seen as questionable. The expectation being that women naturally gravitate towards the desire to have biological children in their future, and furthermore have a duty to further the family line.
The taboos around sex do not help Filipino women, or society and culture in the Philippines. A proper sexual education curriculum (which includes safe sex practices, consent, and the variety of contraceptives on offer for men and women) would improve the situation for women in the Philippines. Universal access to evidence-based sexual and reproductive health education for children would be a great first step in this direction.
Another solution is the implementation, or the enforcement, of the stipulation in international documents relevant to women. For example, the UN Charter discusses the rights for women in the Preamble:
Whereas the peoples of the United Nations have in the Charter reaffirmed their faith in fundamental human rights, in the dignity and worth of the human person and in the equal rights of men and women and have determined to promote social progress and better standards of life in larger freedom…
And Article 16:
Article 16.
(1) Men and women of full age, without any limitation due to race, nationality or religion, have the right to marry and to found a family. They are entitled to equal rights as to marriage, during marriage and at its dissolution.
These and other acts protect women and girls’ rights.Through the Philippine Commission on Women, there is the Republic Act 9710, which is the “Magna Carta for Women.” In it, the Philippine government is devoted to the “Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women’s (CEDAW) Committee.” CEDAW was ratified in 1981 in the Philippines.
Some stipulations in Republic Act 9710 include the increase of women in third level government positions for a 50–50 balance, leave benefits with full pay, non-discrimination in the military, police, or associated services, equal access and discrimination elimination in the domains of “education, scholarships, and training,” and portrayal of women in mass media.
Given the situation for women in the Philippines, the improvement in their livelihoods, especially rural and Indigenous women’s livelihoods, can be overturned fast. This makes the fight for women’s rights in the Philippines a battle that never really ends, and requires continual vigilance in the fight for equality and its requisite protection — however fragile the wins may be.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/09
Arifur Rahman is a Bangladeshi British Secular Humanist Blogger. Here we explore his own views on Bangladesh and humanistic values.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is the state of humanistic values in Bangladesh?
Arifur Rahman: I would say dying, because for humanistic values to flourish you would have to accept first that every person is a human being. Humanity isn’t the top, unfortunately, in Bangladesh.
Islam is the dominant religion. Islam itself in its ideology talks about humans, but it doesn’t accept anyone else other than Islamic belief to be somebody they would accept as human.
They do not absolutely understand or want to understand or want to accept the United Nations understanding of humanity or humanism. Nor would they want to accept any other religion, or absence of religion, as something that they would want to live with.
It an aggressive expanding philosophy, or should I say a system, that takes up violence to enforce its own beliefs on others.
So, I would say in Bangladesh – because Bangladesh is a very bad example of how a religion can destroy the social fabric and remodel it based on its own understanding, which is what we saw in Saudi Arabia – humanity-wise, humanism wise, is in the worst condition and Bangladesh is not fair.
Obviously, Bangladesh, we don’t behead people on the public, but all other conditions and indicators are almost the same.
Jacobsen: Also, with respect to the way the dominant faith and its representative, I suspect a similar trend as in Canada. It’s a sense of – metaphorically speaking – walking around as if you own the place. Is it similar in Bangladesh but to a greater degree given a greater number of religious people and level of religiosity?
Rahman: Yes, absolutely, I mean talking about owning the place; I was telling you earlier that the religiosity does not limit itself within only religious preachers and the followers.
It expands to the whole society and all the power players as in people with a placing in power, for example, the political leaders, the business owners who have money to spend on causes that are of a religious nature.
They usually call the shots. That means anybody or everybody who does not fall in line are subject to some correcting.
If you say that you want basic human rights of people who are nonreligious, you would then be targeted for multi-magnitudes of violence or even if it is not physical violence then some ‘persuading’ would take place.
We saw in 2015 in Bangladesh. Many colleagues of a secular nature, of an atheistic bent, where they were slaughtered in the broad daylight.
After every murder, without fail, Bangladeshi representatives would come in and say in public meetings and in press conferences that the blogger should not cross any lines, cross any limit.
The limits are set by the religious fundamentalists and the government is ensuring that bloggers are told not to cross that line and when that happens the rest of the blogging community, the rest of the people who may have some hope of keeping these secular, or keeping these humanistic. Values, they fall inside.
They get afraid and that’s how the system wins, by implanting fears inside people’s mind.
Jacobsen: Is this the main tool of religious fundamentalist in general?
Rahman: Fear.
Jacobsen: Yes.
Rahman: Well, fear is the first level. Fear means when you slit somebody’s throat in public, broad daylight. That is the beginning. That’s the shock and then you have a massive campaign or public relation and media that follow it.
It puppets things constantly. It repeats these same things that there must be a reason why they were murdered, and “look what they were saying about our Prophet” and they curse relentlessly against those people who are murdered.
Not because they were murdered, but because they say things that are unacceptable in their view.
It doesn’t matter if that person was a human being and who is murdered that should have been taken seriously and should have all the protection of a civil state – at least that it can provide to a citizen, but everybody joins in the bandwagon by destroying that person’s images and life.
What he used to stand for, he ends up solely being somebody who cursed against Allah and that should be brought to justify the murder and the victim blaming gets underway. So, it’s a multi-tentacled thing.
I mean government passed a blasphemy law that says if you are seen or known to have said things that are of a blasphemous nature, then you will be arrested without the possibility of a bail. If you are prosecuted, you will go to jail for 14 years.
Can you imagine a 14-year period in jail for writing a few lines on the internet? That is one of the other tools, but the fear is the one that is dominating and dictates everything.
Jacobsen: If you had to point to the reason for the attempts of domination that people minds through religious indoctrination, what would it be?
Rahman: I have some theories about that. I mean, especially for Bangladesh, there are some theories that are global. We could talk in lengths about it. My theory of why religion is so prevalent is because the purpose of Bangladesh in a global community is to provide cheap labor.
That’s the sole design of Bangladesh in the past 40 years or so. It is to supply cheap labor. The major consumer of that cheap labor was the Middle East mostly. All the big cities you see in the Middle East nowadays are built by blood and sweat of Bangladeshi unskilled laborers.
So, the cheap labor of unskilled labors. There are no statistics. But if Bangladesh did not supply the labor, the construction cost of those skyscrapers would go very high. The only reason you can bring in people from a different country is only when those people have no prospect in that country.
The only way it can happen is when they don’t have enough education. They don’t have enough jobs. Only then they would come to a different country and almost give their life when working at very high altitudes and in scorching heat; there are no human rights for those workers.
There are no labor rights for those who die there. So inside Bangladesh, that is one major reason for religious cities to produce in the millions. People who have very little understanding of their own human rights and of their own wish for a good life, and then when they are told that there is a slightly better life elsewhere then they follow.
They follow that voice and then they go and literally waste their life, give their life in building other countries’ prospects. That is the male citizens, the females; however, there are two. The first one is the female who lives in Bangladesh and works in garments manufacturing.
I don’t know if you are aware Bangladesh is one of the biggest suppliers of manufactured apparel, you know clothing to the rest of the world. The whole country is a big sewing factory.
The workers also have very little prospects, very little education, very little skill sets because you can become a sewing operator within days of training without any literature or any proper training.
You don’t even have to know how to read or write. That’s why Bangladesh has become this way. Then this dark alley of this whole story is that there is a section of female workers who go to the Middle East to work as a domestic worker, but they ended up being sex slaves.
We know about that. However, Bangladesh, it has got no other identity and no other interest to flourish and nurture its own people because it’s primarily dominated by the mullahs.
Who don’t give anybody any education, give some education, the point is to make people literate but not educated.
Even then, their mind and head are full of thoughts and hopes and dreams for the afterlife, talks about the afterlife, but nothing to do with this real beautiful world. So, it’s a sad business. They got murder and fear and prosecution and more murders, more fear from everybody.
Jacobsen: What do you think is the most difficult truth for the nonreligious to come to grips with in their own lives?
Rahman: For me, I can talk about my personal life. It is that you will have no social life other than with you and your fellows.
The people, the society around you will abandon you if they know you are an atheist or if you voice too much, even the other day my father-in-law called my father who is also not an atheist.
He said that your son (me) says things that makes me ashamed. He said this in front of my father. This happens to every atheist, regardless. They can be so many things but if you are, the moment you fall out from the definition of a good Muslim, you become subject to that definition. The definition of degradation for you.
Jacobsen: Similar situation here, the history of Canada started pretty much with the colony of New France on the far East of the continent. It had slaves. 2/3rds were Indigenous.
It was to bring Christian European culture to them by force, psychologically or physically – and if not murder, if they didn’t convert – and that’s been with us since the beginning.
Similarly, not necessarily as violence, but a form of social violence – they could call it, that is that type of isolation that people would experience if they don’t convert to the dominant faith in general.
I don’t think it is as severe as what you are describing in Bangladesh or with the familial ties in Bangladesh. However, that is a definite trend, because so many things are taken for granted all the way.
But it’s also legal with the Charter of Rights and Freedoms in Canada, which describes in the Preamble – arguably the most important part, that can set a tone across the country for the long haul – the belief in a “supremacy of a god.”
Rahman: Yeah, I mean even trying to get rid of them; unless, it already been done.
Jacobsen: It has not been done. There is work. There is work for a single education system.
Rahman: I would say those are cosmetic wins; not being cynical, I am not in any position to criticize anybody.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Anya Overmann
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/06
An incredibly notable public figure uttered these words last week:
“As leaders, you are called to blaze the path of a new European humanism made up of ideals and concrete actions. This will mean being unafraid to make practical decisions capable of responding to people’s real problems and of standing the test of time.”
Guess who said this.
Richard Dawkins?
Stephen Fry?
Tim Minchin?
None of the above. Believe it or not, these words were uttered by the Pope.Yes, the Roman-Catholic Pope Francis, the Bishop of Rome, who lives in the Vatican and is the authority of one the most strict and well-established denomination of Christianity.
The Pope is quoted saying this on March 25th by the Catholic Herald within the context of an event at the Vatican celebrating the 60th anniversary of the signings of the Treaties of Rome. This should come as a surprise to both the religious and irreligious communities alike.
This was a momentous occasion, and so justifying both the lofty speech and large olive branch to the humanist community from the larger Catholic one by its leader. Pope Francis invited 27 European heads of state into the Vatican for this highly significant commemoration.
In a similar manner with the League of Nations — though it failed — providing the conceptual foundations for the United Nations, the Treaties of Rome, very likely, assisted in contributing to the foundation of the European Union.
The Treaties of Rome created both the European Atomic Energy Community and the European Economic Community. It, too, was signed on March 25, but back in 1957. It’s only a little after WWII, so these were important treaties.
This affirmation of a new European humanism is important for two reasons:
- It is a commemoration or remembrance and honoring of an important part of the past
- It assists in the development of further humanistic motions in the European region
Whether religious or irreligious flavors of humanism, the statements on the 60th commemoration of the Treaties of Rome and the affirmation by the major Abrahamic religion of humanism, with European tangs, is something to feel good about, almost choked up.
This isn’t something to necessarily be dismissed because it’s religious, or because it’s from a religious leader. It is important, and educational, to reflect on the centrality of leaders. The Roman Catholic Pope is one such figure.
If an affirmation of humanistic or positive things, then this is worthy of praise and further echoing of affirmation in and out of the community because this becomes a common cause, a common good, and, in a way, a common voice across conceptual lines and along parallel principles.
Most groups have leaders. And many, many Catholic adherents will listen closely to this message. So this is not an isolated good, but a great one deserving due attention. Besides, outside of groups, it is common principles that are more durable and will ‘stand the test of time.’
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/07
Moses Kamya is the Headteacher of Mustard Seed Secular School in Busota, Uganda. Here we talk about religion and humanism in Uganda.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your own background in religion – and your own family’s background in it too?
Moses Kamya: I was born to a Catholic dad living with a Protestant mum, both primary school teachers. None succeeded in converting the other. I was baptized in the Protestant faith. Dad tried to convert me to Catholicism while in upper primary but was unsuccessful due to long catechism lessons yet he was working in a distant place.
I grew up a Protestant, studied in Catholic schools, a ubiquity in my country up to senior four. It was at university while pursuing a bachelor degree in education that I got access to ideas of humanism.
Jacobsen: How the non-religious begin to gain some political leverage in Uganda, in a serious way?
Kamya: Uganda is a deeply religious country since colonial times. its of late that secular views are steadily taking root mainly beginning from higher institutions of learning. It’s until after attending an international humanist conference in Kampala in 2000s that I was encouraged together with other colleagues to take humanism to another level.
We were encouraged by likeminded from all over the world that attended this conference to devise means of propagating humanist ideals in Uganda. I personally came up with the idea of a humanist school in 2005. This is how the mustard seed secondary school was born in Busota.
Jacobsen: What have been honest failures and real successes in the non-religious movement within Uganda? How can Ugandans learn from the failures and build upon the successes?
Kamya: The humanist movement is seriously challenged working in a deeply religious environment. Society’s attitude is negative and not to forget that the existing laws are supportive of religion and against secularism.
Nonetheless, we now have 3 secondary schools to my knowledge a host of primary schools that operate as humanist schools on Uganda. We formulated an ethos funded by IHEU on how we teach and administer positive discipline in our daily duty and care for the learners.
Society, where we operate, has come to appreciate rationalism as a way of life. Humanist clubs in our schools encourage a scientific approach to solve problems as opposed to superstition and irrationalism, characteristic of all forms of organized religion.
The way forward is to strengthen our humanist schools to continue this initiative.
Jacobsen: How does religious gain privileges in legal, political, and social life within Uganda? How is this unjust if it occurs? What might be a remedy for it?
Kamya: Xtian missionaries introduced Christianity in Uganda in the 1970s. The major schools and hospitals were owned by churches and mosques. As a result, even the first political parties to be formed in Uganda during colonial rule and after were formed along religious lines, Catholics had their own, Protestants theirs, the same applies to Moslems.
Religion thus occupies a special place in our politics. Eg choice of cabinet ministers has to follow the principle among others of religious equity. The way forward is to empower youths with an indoctrination-free or for that matter secular education to be able to grow up independent thinkers that will compete for political office to change the laws.
Can you imagine that religious education is still compulsory in Ugandan schools? We need humanists to influence policy.
Jacobsen: If you point the direction to some admirable non-religious people who broke ground for the irreligious in Uganda, can you name names and also name books in order to guide the curious young person that may have interest in leaving their family religion and becoming a freethinker?
Kamya: There are a host of personalities in Uganda who have openly professed living secular lift styles. Dr. Kikongo, Dr. Change Macho, Dr. Stella Nyanzi, all from Makerere University are a case in point.
There are other colleagues, Deo Ssekitoleko founder of Uganda Humanist Association (UHASSO), Peter Kisirinya of Isaac Newton High School (Masaka).
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Kamya: Kato Mukasa of IHEYO, and not forgetting myself. Luckily, enough we have abundance of humanist literature in the Ugandan humanist schools, thanks to kind donations from UHST UK. Humanism for schools is a darling tittle for the learners.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Moses.
Kamya: I feel honored to be part of this interview. It has reinvigorated my resolve for the cause of humanity, i.e. leaving this world a better place than we found it. Thanks to all our supporters for enabling us to fulfill our humanist aspirations, without which we would probably remain wishful thinkers.
Long live the spirit of humanism!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/06
Tammy Pham is the Founder and Former Co-President of Dying With Dignity Canada club at the University of Ottawa. Here she provides some insight into medically assisted death or assisted death.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved with the physician-assisted suicide movement, the assisted suicide movement?
Tammy Pham: I was in the middle of my undergraduate studies at the University of Ottawa. In personal life, at the same time, my grandmothers from both sides had to go to a nursing home for different reasons.
So, all of a sudden my family had this transition of suddenly having to be caregivers. We felt the impact of caregiver burden. It made us think about what we would want if we were in that same or similar situations.
From there, I started researching online about assisted suicide. I stumbled upon the Dying With Dignity Canada website. I went to one of the first meetings in Ottawa when they started off as a chapter. I started attending more meetings.
The chapter head, Susan Desjardin, reached out to me. She told me that they wanted to reach out to more students, more people in my age group. The demographics of those DWDC meetings are older.I started a club at the University of Ottawa. I did that for 3 years. Then I moved to Winnipeg.
Jacobsen: With regards to Dying with Dignity Canada, what are some of the important initiatives ongoing?
Pham: What I am aware of right now is that they’re doing a lot of work to expand the assisted dying law to allow for some minors, mental conditions, and also clarifying the “reasonably foreseeable” death clause of that, those are the main ones that I have been following.
Jacobsen: I have heard or read some discussion about the reasonably foreseeable portion. It raises questions in terms of the amorphous, vague definition of the phrase for some people, especially in terms of interpretation. Does that come up as an issue for some that you are more aware of than me?
Pham: Within the organization, in my discussions and with the Ottawa chapter, it seems like the phrase “reasonably foreseeable death” was put into the legal perspective rather than the medical perspective. But in the medical community, there is no such phrase as “reasonably foreseeable death.” There is concern that the clause does not include conditions such as ALS, which were the cases that started this whole movement to decriminalize it.
Jacobsen: How can people become active participants in the movement?
Pham: My perspective is very much from a student perspective. For me, it is talking to your parents and grandparents about it. it may not be something that affects you directly. You perceive yourself as young and healthy. It is good to get that discussion going to know what your parents might want at that stage and also what you might want. The second thing would be what I did, start a club at your university. That’s what I did at the University of Ottawa. Get together and discuss these difficult topics in a safe space. That got enough attention that when I left somebody was able to take over my role.
Jacobsen: Sometimes, there will be pushback. |By analogy, I think of reproductive health rights in North America. People will protest with signs, even obstructing women going to, for instance, abortion clinics. I draw that to the case of assisted suicide, assisted death. Who tends to be those that pushback in some way, whether on campus, as in your case, or in general public spaces?
Pham: What I have noticed is often the pushback comes from certain sects of the disability rights activists, which I definitely understand, to a certain extent. There is an argument that we live in an ableist society, so some of the concepts like assisted dying as a right for Canadians are ableist. I can see the perspective, but, at the same time, I don’t think the right to assisted dying and ableism are so directly linked or quite black and white as that. I think it is more complex. We must still respect right to autonomy and choice.
I think the other pushback comes from certain religious groups. That was the case when I was in Ottawa. That was certainly the case when I was at the Elisabeth Bruyère Palliative Care Hospital. It was originally founded as a religiously affiliated hospital. When I moved to Winnipeg, there have been many stories about St. Boniface Hospital, where they had voted to allow assisted dying on hospital grounds. But then the parent organization added some new members to the council to stack the revote, that changed the votes in the end.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts?
Pham: I would like to add a little about my background. My dad is passionately Catholic and I come from a Vietnamese family. So growing up in this environment it was really taboo to talk about death. So I understand the difficulties in talking to your friends and family about this topic but it has helped me create stronger relationships within my family.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Tammy.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/05
Hugh Taft-Morales is the leader of the Philadelphia Ethical Society and the Baltimore Ethical Society. He is deeply rooted in the Ethical Culture and the Ethical Humanist movement as a leader and a member, and a scholar. He describes his experiences and work in this in-depth interview.
*This interview edited for clarity and readability.*
Tell us your family background — geography, culture, language, and religion.
I was born in 1957 in New Haven, Connecticut. I am the son of an academic father and an artist mother. I grew up in a secular household and as part of East Coast Liberal culture. I was loosely part of the Episcopal religious culture around me in terms of general acceptance of Judeo-Christian morals, but I was not taught to believe the metaphysics of religion.
I never thought I’d go into something like Ethical Culture clergy work as a profession, but, after 25 years of teaching history and philosophy, I found myself really wanting to share some of what I learned in teaching and in school in a more inspirational setting in order to make the world a little bit better — not to be too dramatic about it! That’s what drew me into Ethical Culture work.
And what about your own educational background? How does that play into your own humanistic values, if at all, during your development?
Yea, it probably did because what I ended up focusing on in college was history; primarily, US history (20th century). I was intrigued by post-Civil War history in terms of the ebb and flow in the United States of the power of money versus the power of populism — the tug-of-war between the robber barons and the rise of US populism. The farmer grain cooperative movement against the railroads. Teddy Roosevelt in the White House fighting the corporations. The rise of business during and after WWI and during the ’20s with power swinging back into corporate pockets, then the Depression bringing in more modern Democrats opposing corporate power, to the Welfare State in the ’60s, and so on.
I left college wanting to go into politics. I lived in New Haven on the Yale campus where my father was a professor. After graduation, I worked in Capitol Hill for one year. I enjoyed it. My humanist education focused on real mundane social justice issues, where people are both the ones responsible for the horrors of the world and responsible for making the world better. I never had the desire or the need to look beyond human beings to make this world better. My humanism is grounded there.
My first five years of teaching was at a private school in Washington, DC called St. Alban’s. Many sons of the elite went there. I began to appreciate the inspirational side of a religious school. I tried to teach the ideals of the human mind to allow kids to imagine a better world.
If you don’t imagine a better world, then you might fall into thinking of the personal acquisition of material riches as the path to a better world so you get as many toys as you can before death. However, if you believe in the possibility of a better world ethically — and somehow that was part of a meaningful life for you — I thought it would help people, myself included, to live a more ethical life. That began to draw me, initially, into Ethical Culture. I hadn’t heard of Ethical Culture until I was about 13 years into my teaching career. It came late for me.
How did you first become involved in The Ethical Society of Philadelphia, in depth?
Through the Washington Ethical Society. I lived inside the Washington beltway. I joined the Washington Ethical Society in the 1990s when we had two children and a third one on the way. My wife and I never thought of joining a religion. She calls herself a retired Catholic. She is very disgusted at the wealth and the hypocrisy of the Catholic Church and the misogyny.
We wanted our kids to grow up with some religious literacy. We didn’t think about it too much until one day our eldest son said at the table, “Mom, Dad, who is Jesus, again?” He was 7-years-old. [Laughing] We realised he’d be impoverished culturally. We could have done more of that, but our friend talked about the Ethical Society. They had a Sunday school program, which taught religion from a humanist perspective.
They taught that religions are human creations. This is the history. They had very sensible approaches to sexual education. We used Our Whole Livesprogram, which is our Unitarian program, which is down-to-earth, non-judgmental, and holistic. We were drawn into it because of our child. After going to the Washington Ethical Society for a year, or two, I began to appreciate a moment in the week apart from the chaos. Teaching and raising children, and the rest of life is chaotic, I began to assess where I was in life.
Ethical Culture began to grow on me. I found myself teaching at the Ethical Society. I decided to run for the board. I served on the board for a number of years. I was a president for one year. However, it became clear to me that I loved the teaching and preaching aspect — the motivational aspect so I decided after a couple of years on the board to go through the leadership training, which is our version of seminary work. I ended up getting the job in Baltimore at the Ethical Society.
My training took me about four years. I did internships at 3 ethical societies. My first year was in Baltimore. The next year I got a job in Philly. I am now splitting my time between Baltimore and Philadelphia commuting from Washington. I don’t use this term often, but I did use it when I applied for leadership positions. They ask you the same question, “What draws you into Ethical Culture leadership?” I said, “I felt called.”
I don’t have a drop of superstitious thought in my head, but saying “I felt called” seemed right. It was a way to express my values and admit my limitations with integrity and wholeness. It was a profession that became more of a vocation and a way of life for me. That was a nice direction. I loved teaching. I could go back tomorrow. I think it is fantastic as a job, but I don’t regret the shift.
With respect to being the current leader of the Philadelphia Ethical Society and the Baltimore Ethical Society, what tasks and responsibilities come along with these positions because I would see the teaching background as relevant to the current work in leadership?
It is. My teaching background was relevant to my current work in Ethical Culture and Ethical Humanism (I use interchangeably.) Sometimes, I see the term “Ethical Culture” as representing a historical legacy because that’s what it was called originally. But in the mid-20th century, more and more people started to use the term Ethical Humanism because it connected to a broader movement. There are distinctions in humanism generally, but the term Ethical Culture had this Victorian antiquated feel to it. People didn’t get it, necessarily so Ethical Humanism works better in speaking to the general public.
In my job I play the same role as a minister in a small congregation, basically, but take the God aspect out. Both Baltimore and Philadelphia are small, like 80–90 members. Unlike Washington, and New York and St. Louis which are larger (around 300+). Anybody who goes into ministry knows there’s a big difference between running a small, medium, and a large society, what your roles are. Since I am in a small group, I am more of a jack-of-all-trades.
Primarily, my duties are teaching, preaching, counselling. I do adult ed., courses and outreach, events, one-off interviews with humanists, courses on Darwinism, or moral philosophy, or animal and human studies. Last year, in Philadelphia, we had a year-long series called “Capitalism in Crisis,” which was eight evenings with guests from around the country speaking on various aspects of capitalism’s limitations and problems.
The counselling, obviously, is there. It takes a lot of time. That’s why counselling needs to have boundaries so that it doesn’t become long-term counselling. It’s more helping people get through crises and helping them secure long-term counselling or psychotherapeutic counselling to help them get what they need.
In both Ethical Societies, my work touches on many aspects of running a small organisation more than I’d like, because it is not what I’m drawn to. It can involve making sure meetings run well, and agendas are set, helping all the volunteer-run committees, helping manage our listservs. I am basically the only staff person for our programs, and we have an administrator in Philadelphia who looks after the building, finances, and other tasks. I handle our membership.
There are lots of little things that need to get done or congregational development elements. How do you make sure your newsletter is well-produced? How good are your Sunday morning programs? Sunday morning is the hub of the wheel, so to speak. Like other small liberal congregations, our weekly meetings have a liberal lean to them. But in Ethical Culture we are exclusively non-theist and that’s important as a term for me. That means we don’t take a position on whether God exists or not.
Ethical Culture has always been non-theist because we believe that what’s most important in is how you live your life. If you battle over whether God exists or not, you often miss the point. Felix Adler, who founded Ethical Culture over 140 years ago, wanted to make sure there was a home for people who wanted inspiration and community without the metaphysical baggage, Ethical Culture doesn’t turn away theists either because the core message is that it is more important how you treat each other than your reasoning behind it, theistic or not.
That said, if you’re theistic and if you’re looking for a community that meets once a week and supports people and does social justice work, and you believe in God, then you’re probably going to go to some form of church, mosque, or synagogue. Consequently, many of our members tend to be atheists, freethinkers, and sceptics. But I have to remind them that there’s a distinction between our identity as a group of people and our mission as an organisation. While many of our members are atheists, our official position is non-theism. That allows us to focus on our mission: to inspire and support people to live closer to their ethical values and ideals.
What do you see as the main threats to the practice of humanism and Ethical Culture in general within the United States and within Philadelphia, in particular?
I’d have to say, greed, money. It’s a little simplistic, I know. I studied plenty of Marxism in college but I’m not a determinist. I’m not a simplistic materialist. I am basically a naturalist and materialist in one way, but not the way Marx was a determinist. But I think he got it right in saying that one way to understand oppression is basically to “follow the money.” Often greed and money push people to violate the values of humanism which looks at human beings as having inherent worth and dignity.
Most humanists believe that human beings, including oneself, should be treated well. Reason and compassion are the best tools for us to get along and figure out public policy and so on. All of those values are shared widely in humanism. I think they’re most challenged when somebody can make a buck by violating those values. I’ll bring up an example of the prison-industrial complex, which is making money off of criminalising the poor, particularly poor people of colour. It is not just criminalising. It is dehumanising. It is humiliating people who get caught up in the system often due to a system that tries to maximise profit. Private corporations are making money due to the criminalisation of poverty.
Again, a little detail that I think crystallises this. I worked with an organisation in DC that tries to help families and inmates stay connected. They are doing things like making sure phone calls are affordable between the prison and the home. This organisation facilitated skyping between inmates and their families. But I see how hard the system works against these efforts. The system seems to try to minimise the most powerful thing that could keep an inmate feeling loved and able to love — their family. The system tends to do everything it can to take that away due to some absurd, retributive approach to criminal justice. Ethically, it’s devastating to me. My tax dollars are going to support this retributive and profit-driven system.
Money works against my faith in the inherent worth of every individual. That faith is not based on a naïve idea that everyone is “nice.” No, there are going to be people who are dangerous in the world. But our default is to dehumanise and to incarcerate, and we do it not just individually, but with large systemic, racially-biased systems from the top-down. And so I think the biggest — and I see more and more humanists agreeing with this.
I have a lot of respect for Roy Speckhardt of the American Humanist Association (AHA) for focusing on social justice issues. I see the Foundation Beyond Belief focusing on how to make the world better interpersonally regarding justice and so on.
I appreciate that. Thank you. You mention the poor and minorities as the primary victims of what some call the “prison-industrial complex,” where the ability to have a phone call with loved ones or family, or even a Skype call, become difficulties. I mean, the main punishment in prison is isolation. You can be surrounded by, you know, murderers, rapists, but the main punishment is isolation.
It goes to show, as a social species, we know the main punishment you can give to people is keeping them alone away from other people in minimal sensory conditions, minimal sensory input conditions. In the industrialised world, the United States leads in fatherlessness. In minority communities, the thing you did not mention, the main thing is lack of fathers, and prisons, mostly, are men, especially poor minority men.
So there are tied in, not necessarily “systemic” because the term has lost a bunch of meaning based on overuse in and out of context, socio-cultural sets of factors that come into play to reduce the amount of time innocent people, by which I mean children, have with their primary caregivers, at least one of them in most cases. So I agree with you, and just wanted to take that one more step.
There’s a lot of truth in what you say. It’s complicated. You remind me of when Patrick Moynihan wrote his famous report about the deterioration of the black family, which I believe came from a place of compassion based on facts and research, but it got turned into a political weapon that pathologised the black community. Politicians used it to turn the victims of our system into threats to “law and order.”
The problem began to be described as the “black problem,” rooted in the pathology of the black family. That was the way it became framed. This type of framing is happening today. I am wary how race issues are being defined and who is defining the problem, and where the problem lies.
Because it is all part of this pandemic afflicting areas of poverty in our cities. This urban focus is tied to the history of Ethical Culture which took root in the eastern coast in urban centres. It was involved with empowering the urban poor from the very beginning. It’s part of my focus. But our members all focus on ethical issues that most interest them. We deal with thousands of different issues.
Many are concerned with environmental justice. One of the enemies of humanism is global climate change because if there’s anything likely to reduce people to greater desperation and greed it is environmental collapse. Look what happens when water supplies are stressed — poverty rises and wars can break out. The ability of anyone to fulfil their potential as a human being decreases if their natural environment is devastated.
Many members have put a lot of time into LGBTQ issues as well.
However, I am a generalist. I know a bit about many things. I try to support many causes, but we are not first and foremost a social justice organisation. One of things I tell our members is, “We are not an advocacy organisation. We are not experts in advocacy. We are offering people a home to nurture their own commitment through community support and through human inspiration. This inspiration can be as simple as the reading of Carl Sagan or the reading of poetry or sharing of music.” We get involved in many social justice projects, but we are not experts on the issues.
Most ethical humanists — those that take part in Ethical Culture — might not care too much about the history, about Felix Adler and how he was Jewish, wasn’t so keen on it, and invented Ethical Culture. They might be more keen on the more immediate concerns you’re pointing out — greed, climate change, and nuclear catastrophe.
I agree. I am drawn to history. Most members care about how do you live in the world now, meaningfully, in dealing with these issues.
Also in a smaller context, what are more heart-warming stories that you have had in your time in Philadelphia, as a leader there?
The testimonials people give about what the Ethical Society means to them. There are some consistent themes. There is the feeling the Society is their communal home. There are fewer opportunities to be part of organisations that speak to the deepest parts of our humanity. I don’t know if you know Putnam’s book, Bowling Alone?
Yes.
His whole theme of the flattening of culture. the fact that there are fewer deeply meaningful connections. Those that come to society say, “This is what I am looking for.” They discover deeper meaning. I know some people were burned by their religious experience. It is thinking, “I can’t believe there is a group that is trying to deepen their connection to life in a way many religions do while not requiring a litmus test of belief.”
Another area of heart-warming experiences as a leader is bringing together interfaith coalitions. That includes coalitions of reason with sceptic groups and more traditional interfaith groups in the Baltimore and Philadelphia areas. The social justice work I am involved with the most is along the more traditional community-organising model.
In Philadelphia, the Ethical Society is a member of POWER, Philadelphians Organized to Witness, Empower and Rebuild. In working with people of traditional faiths, I have worked through my own resistance to traditional religion. Often, when we start what is called our “clergy caucus,” we start with a prayer. However, POWER invited humanists into the circle. I felt welcomed by those clergy from traditional faith traditions. In addition, I am so impressed with the civil rights work of POWER. They focus on bread and butter issues affecting marginalised groups.
Being involved with POWER is not about advancing my “denomination,” or increasing our membership, it’s about working in broad coalition. In Baltimore, our interfaith coalition has numerous non-theist organisations involved, like homeowners’ associations and day-care cooperatives too. They tackle tough issues.
They show up time and time again, whether at city hall, the city council meeting, or protesting on the streets. They protest against the proposed youth jail being built or against a large tax giveaway development program, which will create a gentrified neighbourhood in an urban area displacing those currently living in substandard housing.
There are people who put their lives on the line in ways I can’t manage quite to do. I am more sheltered, more comfortable, more scared, less able to take that so-called “leap of faith” into a commitment that is truly inspiring. I do my best
Those would be two areas I find heart-warming — testimonies from our members, and interfaith work — where I feel the joy and the warmth of work that I do.
For those that might want to found a humanist organisation or an Ethical Humanist organisation in particular, to build on previous legacies of Ethical Culture in their locale, how might they go about doing that?
Reach out to the American Ethical Union in New York, or call me at the Philadelphia or Baltimore Ethical Society, I will connect them. One Ethical Society was begun this past year with incredible energy and vibrancy. They have support from inspirational and historical elements, to practical advice on the various elements of congregational growth best practices in terms of how to get off the ground.
They get advice about routines that seem to work, which help groups craft intellectually satisfying and aesthetically pleasing events. I don’t think Ethical Culture is at its best when it is intellectual alone. We have a long history of that. Some deep thinking and talks offered, but more and more it’s necessary to create a sense of belonging and a rhythm of shared living. You can learn about that by studying successful congregations.
In Ethical Culture, we even have a sort of informal liturgical calendar. We celebrate the solstices, the equinoxes, the harvests, and the Spring festival. There’s a focus on the cycle of life. There’s a focus on various transition moments in life. We have coming of age programs. We perform weddings and memorial services. Different societies have different levels of programs and things to offer. My kids went through the Washington Ethical Society coming of age program.
It was one of the most moving experiences in my life, when I saw what it gave not to my children, and to many families. Ethical Culture is described by some people as “a religion of relationships.” Whether you use the term “religion” or not, Ethical Culture is about relationships so the coming of age program in Ethical Culture is not about the kids coming to a point in their life. It is about how parents and children negotiate the transition from childhood, to adolescence, to adulthood in a respectful way to nurture their relationships.
The broader society does not help teens become responsible adults. It tends to label kids, teenagers, as problems or difficult creatures, when they are in fact incredibly joyous human beings. We need to do better in building relationships between teens and adults. Parents have to be supported so that they avoid being both oppressively dictatorial or overly permissive.
Ethical Societies can help build relationships and deepen communities. It does this by speaking to the heart and the head. It uses rhythms, rituals, and programs that can have an aesthetic beauty to them in addition to wonderful speakers and social justice causes.
Do you have any feelings or thoughts in conclusion about what we have talked about today?
There are so many different areas I could go into, but here are two things I’d want to add:
First, there is a pragmatic streak in Ethical Culture. We are what we are by virtue of our history and communities together. There’s a rich interchange there. We don’t hand down rules and say, “This is how we are.” We come together as a community and say, “What do we agree on what we value? What about our history do we draw forward?” I like it.
We are open to change. Sometimes, it is as if herding cats. [Laughing] But that’s what comes with respecting the integrity of individuals and being open to conversation and pragmatic testing and change. But there are some values that we tend to agree upon, at least in Philadelphia and Baltimore where I serve. There is a lot of agreement.
One value we generally agree upon is the inherent value in every individual. That means respecting the individual as unique and irreplaceable. Every person has infinite worth that is not determined from the outside. It is part of who they are as a person. It is not necessarily proven by reason or given by human nature or divinely provided by God. But we agree to try to live as if all people have inherent worth so we are choosing to act towards people as if they are all unique and irreplaceable. That’s one value: inherent worth.
Second, the application of inherent worth universally, believing that everyone is of worth. To me, that leads to social justice work against systems that deny the worth of so many. Systemic injustice must be confronted. Finally, the third value would be true relationships. We respect that relationships are organic. They evolve. They’re respectful. They’re open. They’re compassionate. They’re candid. It’s about being compassionate and open, not on being superficially “nice.” I don’t think being superficially “nice” is respecting the other person. Respect includes being open and sensitive to reason and facts.
A second point I will leave you with is part of my personal journey. It focuses on the Masters thesis in philosophy that I wrote after my first 5 years of teaching. I was intrigued about how people in ethical conversations often seem to be talking past each other. And I keep using this following example.
Imagine somebody going into a burning house to save their child, and they run out of the house with it. Quite often, in western philosophical circles, people might say, “Oh! Look at that example of altruism, he was sacrificing himself for a child. What was a wonderful gesture!” Other people would say, “No, he was clearly doing it out of self-interest. It was his child.” Others would say, “It’s a bit of both.”
But that conversation occurs within a context of moral thinking in which all moral issues involve the balancing of individual interests. I didn’t think that captured so many examples of human behaviour. I didn’t think the father was being altruistic or selfish. It was not a case of whether he sacrificed himself for the baby or used the baby to feel better about himself. I prefer to say, “No, he ran into the fire because he was the child’s father.” This is not about individual interest. That is not about the weighing of values or the worth of individuals. It is about a relationship.
I saw wisdom in alternative approaches to justice that focused on relationships, from aboriginal cultures to Hegelian systems of relationships. Overgeneralising Hegel’s theory, it claimed that the whole is more primary than the parts. Hegel was used by Marx in this way. Marx would say, “We are what we are via virtue of our relationship to the means of production. If I own the means of production, and I am extracting the surplus value of labour from my workers, then I am a capitalist. If I do not own the means of production, and I am a tool of my oppressor and, as a result, I am a proletariat. I am what I am most essentially by my connection to the economic whole.
Fascism, which also drew from Hegel, said, “You are what you are by relation to the whole, the nation-state.” You can see that in Spartan soldiers who died in the battlefield and were said to have died in self-interest. How can you say you died in self-interest? [Laughing] You’re dead! Well if you are defined by your relationship to the state, then you are a soldier. By dying as a soldier you fulfill your role and in a heroic fashion. Nazi Stormtroopers did the same. They were fulfilled as part of the whole. I see these as politically motivated perversions of relationally-based systems of identity.
But there is something important about this regarding identity. I am what I am because of my relationships. I am a father, which is relational. I am not fully described by my autonomous existential existence. While a part of our identity is defined by our autonomy (I am an existentialist after all), part of our identity is defined by relationships. I am living in relationships. What I love about Ethical Culture is that it allows for this duality of human nature. We are creatures who are essentially autonomous from other people in a deep and profound way. That aspect of our identity can be seen in much Enlightenment thinking. At the same time, we are relational creatures. For me, balancing those two poles of my existence is the art of living.
How do I do justice to both my autonomous nature and my relational nature? I don’t do justice by rejecting relationships. I am autonomous, but I also live a life of joy with family and friends, and being a citizen of a country, and a man, a creature, on this planet. To me, that combination of autonomy and relation is fascinating. And Ethical Culture has that assumption of our duality undergirding it. I think this is due in part because Adler came from a very collectivist culture in eastern European Jewish culture and came to America where he was amazed and impressed at our individualism. Somehow navigating both of those aspects was necessary to be a part of individual life and of this country.
I appreciate that very much. It is insightful. Thank you for very much for your time, Hugh.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/05
Bruce Gleason is the Director of LogiCal-LA. Here we talk about the event, highlight presentations, and more.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, the event LogiCal-LA is coming up. How long has the event been ongoing?
Bruce Gleason: Well, this is a very young conference. We had our first year back in January 2017 and we had a great line-up with Sean Carroll, he’s a theoretical physicist headlining. And we have a very strong group of scientific skeptics including Joe Nickell who is the oldest one, but probably the most renowned skeptic because he is the only paid pseudo-science investigator in the world.
Among the other speakers that we had there were involved in a wide variety of science and public education, both in the two-day conference and the Friday night show. It was a full weekend.
Jacobsen: What would you consider one of the highlight presentations?
Gleason: Sean Carroll is probably one of the best speakers I’ve ever heard. He is kind of a half philosopher and a half physicist. In his latest book he expounds on how one must examine one’s like in an ethically way as well as how does the universe end.
Jacobsen: As well, there were individuals such as Bob Novella present as well as Harriet Hall. They have done some work on basically medical and health pseudoscience. So, when they’re coming up for February in 2018, are there others? Who are some of the newer speakers that people should probably keep an eye out for?
Gleason: Well, I’ll give you a list of them. I just wanted to mention Sean’s book, The Big Picture: On the Origins of Life, Meaning, and the Universe Itself; that kind of gives us a hint of the philosophical background that it has.
I’m going to start by looking at the LogiCal-LA’s speaker’s webpage because we have so many new speakers. Pascal, his last name is Gagneux, and he’s a zoologist from San Diego that lived with the chimpanzees in Africa for several months. He is a zoologist who studies how evolution took place related to human beings and all other mammals. Lawrence Krauss, Professor, is our big speaker; he is our keynote speaker on Sunday.
And we have a lot of social oriented speakers, one of which is Diane Goldstein, she is from the Law Enforcement Action Partnership and what she does is promote prison reform and drug reform because there’s many more African-Americans in prison than whites, even though the drug use is about 50/50 between them.
There’s a reason for that, not because they commit more crimes it’s because our laws are such that they are more unfairly treated, and her main idea is to modify the drug laws to where there’s less prohibition and more education with drugs like other countries, like the Netherlands, and especially Portugal, who has legalized most drugs.
And of course, we have Harriet Hall, but she was in an accident the month before the conference in Australia and couldn’t make it last year. So, we invited her this year. Also, we have a cognitive scientist, Julien Mussolini, and Bob Novella from the Skeptics Guide to the Universe is coming back, but he’s just going to be on the panel. He’s not speaking alone. He’s going to be on the panel on Friday night.
And one new person we’re excited to hear from is Alex J. O’Connor; have you ever heard of him? He’s called the cosmic skeptic on YouTube.
Jacobsen: I have not heard of him.
Gleason: He is very popular in England, so he’s flying across to speak with us. Have you ever heard of Jamy Ian Swiss? He is a magician skeptic.
Jacobsen: Yes, I have. I believe he’s the one with the goatee, I believe, and I may have seen him in the documentary with James Randi.
Gleason: Yes, he was. He also was a consultant on magic shows for TV. He is a master magician. He will not only be speaking, but he will be performing on our Friday night magic show – which is probably going to be a world class magic show in a small venue that we is located near LAX.
I wanted to mention some of the other speakers that are speaking. We’re having Cheryl Hollinger, a biology professor. We’re having Brian Palermo who’s an actor for Los Angles that speaks to skeptical- oriented gorups. The title of his speech is called “Why Science Needs Improv.” I’m excited to hear what he’s going to say.
John Watney is a computational biologist from San Diego will also be there. He is talk is entitled The Illusion of God’s Presence. As scientific skeptics, examining religion is not off the discussion table.
It’s very interesting to see who’s coming. We have about three more additions of speakers that we will be able to add during the next few weeks. So, all together we’ll have 19 speakers over a three-day period. Friday evening will start the conference with a free panel discussion then later on our magic show.
Saturday, we’ll have eight speakers and then we’ll have a comedy show Saturday evening. Then we will have seven speakers on Sunday and then a special MusiCal musical show with George Hrab during the evening.
And then Monday, we are going to go to the La Brea Tar Pits and if anybody doesn’t know much about La Brea Tar Pits, is one of the few places in the world where animals fell in a tar pond and then thousands of years later, we are able to extract their bones from the tar and clean them up and display it in a museum. We’ll have a famous paleontologist, Donald Prothero to give a private tour of the museum, so that’s going to be quite a special event.
Jacobsen: Did you have more speakers that you would like to talk about first though?
Gleason: Our website is a great source for more of the information: www.logicalla.com. These speakers are all very influential within the skeptic community. They travel to other skeptic, humanist and atheist conventions one of which is SciCon, which happened in October 2017 in Las Vegas.
Jacobsen: With respect to the content and purpose, so from the founding to the present of the conference, what are they?
Gleason: From our website, our mission is this: In support of the scientific skeptic movement, LogicalLA creates a place for critical thinkers to meet face-to-face and to experience presentations from nationally recognized speakers who will share their knowledge and insights with us.
So the conference it a skeptical conference, based on reason and science. I similar to the idea that you can receive the equivalent of an entire semester of education in one weekend. So, it’s an acknowledgment of what is the truth, how do we tell what is probably more true, how do we test the truth or test a claim; all these things are all behind the scientific movement that’s happening around the country right now.
Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Anya Overmann and Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/04
March is Women’s History Month and International Women’s Day is March 8, 2017. It is a day where every “person — women, men and non-binary people — can play a part in helping drive better outcomes for women.” The other is a month devoted to the catalogue, display, and public representation of women’s accomplishments in history. Why is this an important day for reflection? It is important because, according to the World Economic Forum(WEF), the overall gender gap based on the index called the Gender Gap Report published each year will not close until 2186.
That’s a super long time. Even with that dire report, United Nations Women (UN Women) has themed this International Women’s Day, which is less than a week away. The theme is “Women in the Changing World of Work: Planet 50–50 by 2030.” Maybe, not the political, educational, or health outcome areas, but, rather, the world of work, which continues to be an area of major concern. Even if 2186 is the fate of eventual total equality, then the piece-by-piece fitting of the equality puzzle can start with the world of work. But there are difficulties for women here too. Hardships related to the ongoing revolutions before us.
Globalization and the digital revolution are changing the way we work, bringing big opportunities for all, but continue to present issues within the context of women’s economic empowerment. According to the UN, the gender pay gap stands at 24 cents globally, with many of these gaps appearing in leadership and entrepreneurship roles. Not to mention, the glaring gender deficit in care and domestic work.
The UN is calling for all economic policies to be gender-responsive and address job creation, poverty reduction, and growth in a sustainable and inclusive manner. It’s also pertinent, with the way human work is changing due to technology, for women to have better access to innovative technologies and practices that are good for mother nature and protect women against violence in the workplace.
International Women’s Day and Women’s History Month are important moments — a singular highlight day and an entire month — to reflect, celebrate, and declare the inherent equality of women based on human rights and women’s rights. We’ve got a long road ahead. And if you do not feel like waiting for the year 2186 to come around in your lifetime, you can always travel to Iceland. It’ll be just like time travel!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/03
Humanism is a progressive philosophy affirming the responsibility and right for neutrality in government towards religious matters, as well as the pursuit of ethical lives for the beneficence of humanity (AHA, 2017; International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016; Oxford Dictionary, 2017).
Secular humanism, in addition, affirms these ideals while rejecting religious dogma and supernaturalism in morality and decision-making. Secularity in constitutional law has historically allowed for the blossoming of our deep-rooted emphasis on religious freedom. But conservative Christian undertones remain smattered in fundamental legislature intended to be humanistic. ‘One nation, under God’ seems stuck between the comfort of tradition and the push towards progress.
Take, for example, the popular sentiment in literature following the Second World War. Popular “neo-reactionaries”, or those wishing to dampen humanist causes, frowned upon political progress, creating an American disposition inclined towards comfortable conservatism in post-war culture. Orwell’s view that “merely political changes can effect nothing, progress is an illusion.”
The perception of the importance of humanism within law has been battered and warped, reducing its importance to mere legal exercise. Recently, in the aftermath of the 2017 election, an air of acceptability in returning to law of the 1950’s Cold War Era increased paranoia towards atheism because of its association with Communism (International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016).
President Donald Trump won the appeal of voters through policy pledges around conservative religious and nationalist values (Ibid.). Trump’s election lowered the standard for acceptable public and political behavior. Recent legislature reflects the slow return to institutionalized oppression, localised recurring social marginalisation, and prejudice against the irreligious.
The struggle for equality and integration of humanism is constant. Where the U.S. Constitution prohibits governmental endorsement of one religion over the other, there are still attempts to establish religion (predominantly Christianity). Significant anti-secular laws at the state level disrupt the continuity of federal secularism.
Due to lack of political will to amend them, numerous unconstitutional laws impede upon humanist progress at a state level. Take the Arkansas stateconstitution, requiring that identified secularists may neither hold office nor testify in court — a direct contradiction to the federal constitutional prohibition in Article 6 of any religious test for office (Arkansas State Legislature, 1874). Similar laws exist in Maryland, Mississippi, Texas, both Carolinas, Tennessee and Pennsylvania (International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016).
The anti-irreligious sentiment of the American legislative system may impart a social perception of true nationalism through adherence to Christianity. By extension, elected officials may feel inclined to promote Christian conservatism in campaign platforms and while in office. The continuation of Christian conservatism for political success has set a precedence, and by extension, a vicious cycle.
The negative consequences of identifying as secular in an elected government have debilitating consequences on success. Possible qualified candidates may be avoiding government positions because the majority of Americans would be less likely to vote for a presidential candidate if they were an atheist as opposed to a religious candidate (McCarthy, 2015). American anti-secular sentiment of elected officials goes as far as to suggest “no other trait, including being gay or having never held elected office, garnered a larger share of people saying they’d be less likely to support the potential [presidential] candidate” (International Humanist and Ethical Union, 2016).
Popular sentiment against secular qualities extend into the socio-cultural arena. Social freedom of expression and advocacy of humanist values are limited. Those pressures against humanists are not in the fundamental right to free speech and expression, but, rather, in the ability to discuss topics about religion in a critical manner — in public.
The suppression of humanism can be through social pressure. Even if the right for free expression exists for American citizens, social context can reduce or deter the expression of humanistic or irreligious values. This amounts to a social privilege for the religious over the irreligious in American culture.
The very environment created by the 2017 election polarized activist efforts. A spike in activism interest was seen in voters disillusioned with the election outcome (Kirabo, 2016). This activism was not only for the maintenance of won rights and the pursuit of more complete equality, but in the protection against the reduction, or elimination, of extant rights.
References
Arkansas State Legislature (1874). Arkansas Constitution. Retrieved arkleg.state.ar.us/assembly/Summary/ArkansasConstitution1874.pdf.
American Humanist Association (2017). What is Humanism?. Retrieved from https://americanhumanist.org/what-is-humanism/.
International Humanist and Ethical Union. (2016). Freedom of Thought Report: United States of America. Retrieved from http://freethoughtreport.com/countries/americas-northern-america/united-states-of-america/.
Kirabo, S. (2016, November 16). Post-Election, Humanist Activism Kicks into Overdrive. Retrieved from https://thehumanist.com/commentary/post-election-humanist-activism-kicks-overdrive.
McCarthy, J. (2015, June 22). In U.S., Socialist Presidential Candidates Least Appealing. Retrieved from http://www.gallup.com/poll/183713/socialist-presidential-candidates-least-appealing.aspx.
Oxford Dictionary. (2017). Humanism. Retrieved from http://www.oxfordlearnersdictionaries.com/us/definition/english/humanism?q=humanism.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/03
Greg Oliver is the President of the Canadian Secular Alliance. There is important work with a constitutional challenge with immediate relevance to the formal irreligious community at the moment. I reached out to talk about it. Here we talk about OPEN and the CSA, Section 93 of the BNA Act, and the morality or ethics behind the constitutional challenge.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s set some groundwork regarding OPEN, the CSA, and Section 93 of the BNA Act.
Greg Oliver: We are currently fundraising for a legal challenge that we intend to pursue. So far, we have fundraised over $60,000, but these things can be quite pricey and take many years. So we have more to raise. We are now at the stage now where we are exploring our options for legal teams to at least to get the ball rolling.
Jacobsen: With regards to the morality or the ethics behind the constitutional challenge of Section 93 of the BNA Act, what is it? Or, what are they?
Oliver: First, you need to understand why there are fully funded schools for Catholics only in Ontario, Alberta, and Saskatchewan. Basically, it dates back to the 19th century sectarian dynamic that existed between Catholics and Protestants at the time of Confederation.
Between 1841 and 1867, Quebec and Ontario were a single province called the Province of Canada. They had denominational schools for the minority faiths in each respective region. The last relevant legislation for what is now Ontario that was passed before 1867 was the 1863 Scott Act.
At the time of Confederation, denominational schools were not popular in Ontario. The Scott Act was actually voted down in Ontario, but it was overwhelmingly voted in favor for in Quebec, which at the time was very theocratic. The primary reason denominational schools exist is because of the insistence of Quebec at the time of Confederation.
Section 93 of the British North America Act essentially stipulated that any province that entered Confederation could grandfather in whatever denominational schools that they had at the time that they entered. It was viewed as a grand bargain to protect English Protestants in Quebec and French Catholics in Ontario at the time of Confederation.
At the time of Confederation, only Ontario and Quebec had denominational schools. Later, when Alberta, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Newfoundland entered Confederation, they all retained their denominational schools – but Manitoba and Newfoundland later got rid of theirs.
Then in 1997, Quebec got rid of theirs. So now we are at a stage where 3 provinces still have denominational schools, but Quebec is the primary reason that it existed in the first place and they no longer have them.
The reason this is important to us is that our mandate is to promote separation between religion and state. We believe strongly that in a society with a plurality of religious worldviews that the only fair way to run society is to have no preference for one faith over another. Or for religion to be preferred over no religion – or vice versa.
We view denominational schools as one of the more flagrant violations of this principle left in Canadian society today. Not only does it privilege the religious over the non-religious by indoctrinating children into a specific religion with taxpayer dollars, but it also privileges Catholics over other faiths.
Jacobsen: Looking from the inside out, what have been some of the actions from the Roman Catholic sector in particular in reaction to the constitutional challenge, as this will be challenging the vested interest of the leadership?
Oliver: I can only guess that they will be ready to fight back, but, ultimately, it will be up to the courts. Section 93 as it is currently interpreted will be seen as constitutional or not. One piece of legislation relevant to this case is Bill 30.
In the late 1980s, Ontario extended full funding to Catholic high schools, even though it had only been taught up to grade 8 since Confederation. There was a case that went to the Supreme Court called Reference re Bill 30.
It judged that what existed at the time of Confederation for Ontario, which was only up until grade 8, was equivalent to high school in the contemporary age. They ruled that it was constitutional to have full funding for Catholic high schools in Ontario.
In that judgment they also stressed the importance of the grand bargain with Quebec in the formation of the country. They had publicly funded Protestant schools at the time. In 1997, they withdrew them. It was a unanimous vote in the National Assembly. This challenge is going to tackle those elements of the decision and ask the courts to re-examine what they decided on back then.
We also intend to raise some arguments to examine exactly what was grandfathered in at the time of confederation. The funding that existed back then was only about 60-66% of what was given to secular public schools. Section 93 was intended to protect what already existed, but over the decades denominational schools ballooned from 5% to 31% of the student population and they now receive over $400 more per student in funding according to published government statistics – and other sources suggest it’s much more. If Section 93 were interpreted as originally intended, funding for denominational schools would be severely affected and it would likely require abandonment of the entire system in Ontario – and perhaps elsewhere.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts?
Oliver: The status quo is also impractical. There are tremendous duplication costs. Right now Ontario runs two school systems for each official language. Irrespective of the inequality; four school systems cost a lot more to operate than two. Though the exact savings depend on what the replacement would look like, it is widely believed to be over $1 billion per year.
There are over 600 schools in Ontario that are less than half full. This is much higher than it otherwise would be. Costs to bus kids to school are higher. There are more administration costs. You need twice as many trustees, superintendents and other administrative workers. The numbers are proportionately smaller, but this is the same in Saskatchewan and Alberta as well.
These savings could go to more beneficial causes for society such as healthcare, education, and so on. Duplication costs don’t help society. And separating kids based on the religion of their parents isn’t good for social cohesion either.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Greg.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/03
Roger C. is the Founder of AA Agnostica. I did not know about it, so I decided out to fill in my ignorance. Here we talk about his life, AA, the 12 steps, God, and the foundation of AA Agnostica.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your personal background?
Roger C.: I grew up as a Catholic. My parents were Catholic. I went to church regularly. At about the age of 19, I remember this well. I realized that people that I thought understood everything about the world, like the Catholic priest and my parents, didn’t understand the world.
I even at the time wrote a little essay about spiritual pygmies. I set out to discover the meaning of life and the world on my own. I did various things to achieve that. I became a Transcendental Meditation teacher. I spent time with Maharishi Mahesh Yogi in Europe.
I ended up going into the faculty of religious studies in McGill in an attempt to explore the nature of existence and the meaning of my life and the meaning of existence itself. That is what I did.
Jacobsen: How did you find the AA community as well as the AA Agnostica community?
Roger: Over time, the existential angst of my existence led to my drinking. It was to numb myself. It was a form of dulling things out. So, I drank, and drank, and drank. In fact, probably, times when I was the drunkest was most often when I was at the faculty of religious studies at McGill.
Eventually, after drinking for close to 40 years, I realized with the help of a few friends that I was going to die, so I stopped drinking. I was tossed into rehab. I quit drinking. The rehab facility that I went to had a lot of connection with AA, so I started going to AA meetings.
While I was at the McGill meetings, I was the resident atheist. I didn’t believe in the Christian God: “Our Father who art in heaven.” When I went to AA, there was too much religion in AA. The suggested program is the 12 steps. 6 of them refer to God or Him with a capital “H” or a higher power, capital “P.”
Many of the meetings ended in the Lord’s Prayer. I couldn’t stand it. My exploration of the world as I understood it until then was that this was non-sense. After about 6 months, I thought, “I am going to start drinking again. I can’t keep going to these meetings.”
I almost accidentally went to a meeting for Agnostics and Atheists AA. I did that for about a year of sobriety. That’s not true, about 6 months. I went to the meeting of about 20 or 30 people. They went around the table.
They shared and talked about different topics. There was no God. I went out and said, “I’m saved.”
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Roger: It turned out to be what I needed. I needed to be in a group of people and share and be honest. So, that’s what did it for me. I have been involved in the secular movement in AA for, well, quite some time. 6 years ago, I started a website called AA Agnostica, which was for non-believers: atheists, agnostics, freethinkers in AA.
Wow! It took off. People would come to it. There is a slogan in AA, “I am no longer alone.” They would come to it and feel no longer alone. Things developed, I am not claiming to be the creator of this wave.
Not just in AA, but across the world, those who are considered Nones. The movements grew: when I first started, there were 70 meetings for atheists and agnostics (AA). Today, there is well over 400. There have been two international conferences.
In 2014, one was in Santa Monica, California; in 2016, there was an international conference in Austin, Texas. In 2018, the International Conferences for Atheists and Agnostics in AA will be in Toronto.
It is a growing movement. It is a popular movement. It is a huge relief that this movement exists for a huge number of people. So, there we have it.
Jacobsen: Does your experience reflect many, many others that you have met or read about with respect to AA and alternatives to it?
Roger: I have certainly met a number of people who have the same feelings as I have. In the Big Book, the book called Alcoholics Anonymous, the first 164 pages talk about God a lot and how God is going to be the source of our recovery.
In fact, in a chapter called “How It Works?”, there’s a section that ends, “Probably no other power could relieve our alcoholism, but God could and would if He were sought.” There is an enormous number of people who buy that or should – at all – because it’s not true.
We tap inner resources and other people. Most people in AA and in the secular areas say that the major factor in recovery is fellowship and support of other human beings and who understand the problem and how to help you deal with that problem.
We in secular AA celebrate the many, many paths to recovery because every human being will be unique in how he or she manages to put aside the alcoholism and put aside the addiction and to live a life without drugs or alcohol.
So, I think there is an enormous group of people and it is growing all of the time. There is a traditional AA that is highly religious. They don’t call themselves religious, but I mean if you end the meeting with Lord’s Prayer you’re religious.
Bill Wilson, one of the co-founders of AA. He realized at some point that the religiosity in the 12 steps that have God or a Higher Power, or Him, in them 6 times (6 out of 12 steps). The religiosity in the 12 steps and the Big Book, Alcoholics Anonymous, was a problem for people. 20 years after writing that book, which was written in 1939. Many people still treat it as a Bible in AA.
Bill Wilson ~20 years later in 1961 in a Grapevine article titled “The Dilemma of No Faith” wrote, “In AA’s first years I all but ruined the whole undertaking with this sort of unconscious arrogance. God as I understood Him had to be for everybody. Sometimes my aggression was subtle and sometimes it was crude. But either way it was damaging – perhaps fatally so – to numbers of non-believers.”
I am now with roughly 7 years of sobriety and 6 years of operating a website of interest to people. Atheists and agnostics in AA around the world. They will certainly affirm the emphasis on God has been fatal for a number of people who will just go into the meeting and be confronted with the 12 steps and the idea that your only way of getting sober is God.
They will walk about the meeting and never come back. Some of them…some of them don’t survive. I think, for me, [Laughing] and for where I am at and from the faculty of religious studies at McGill, one of the things I learned there and strongly believe is that don’t care what you believe.
I really do not believe. What I really cannot tolerate is if you try to force those beliefs onto other people, the thing about AA is that you insist that you have to…find…God. I don’t mind if someone believes in God and as a result stays sober.
I don’t believe in God and I stay sober. I don’t try to force my view on anyone else. I don’t want them to force their view on me. That’s an important part to me about dogmatism.
Jacobsen: Of the narratives in your time that you have come across in AA or AA Agnostica, what has been the most emotionally moving, whether positive or tragic?
Roger: For me, the most positive thing, and this has a little bit to do with going to the conferences in Santa Monica and Austin, the support you receive from other people. They are delighted to be with you and share their views and aspirations and hope.
The things in their lives that keep them sober without having to be dishonest in any way. The whole element of honesty to me is a kind of grace in life. [Laughing] I like using words like that.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Roger: What I am getting at, after several years sober and realizing that I still hadn’t figured out what my life is all about or what existence is all about, that I can still respect who I am, be who I am, and I can be and share and live and work in a constructive fashion with other human beings.
To me, that is it. The honesty has been the most compelling, the most moving, the most dramatic, the most powerful part of being an atheist or an agnostic in AA and being with other people who aren’t going to attack me as a consequence. That’s it.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Roger: Actually, no, that’s the summary of what went and is going on. What I want to do, AA Agnostica, the website I created has done, has created 8 books by 4 people in recovery. They are secular and are for atheists and agnostics. One is called Do Tell.
There are fifteen by women and fifteen by men. It describes their life in recovery without God. For me, as I go forward, I look for constructive and productive ways to help other people and in doing so to help myself.
That would be my conclusion. It is very much an AA idea. It is the 12th step if it were. We share it with others in the hopes of helping them. That is what the website and books are all about, to reach out and to be of use to other human beings who have problems with drugs or alcohol.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Roger.
Roger: Alright! Thank you, Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/02
Gil Leclair is the Treasurer of the Unitarian Universalist Fellowship of Lethbridge Alberta. Here he gives a little insight into a small UU community.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was religious upbringing?
Gil Leclair: I was born in a French Canadian village in southern Manitoba where most people were Roman Catholic. I did the regular thing that Roman Catholic boys do. I became an altar boy and went to a Catholic church. The church was a very strong influence on my background.
Certainly, my parents were regular churchgoers, going to church was something you had to do. It was a cardinal sin to miss Sunday mass. As an altar boy, I served my time fairly regular: Sunday mass, weekday masses. Often going to church in the morning before school, and sometimes, there was a church service after school.
Being a small number of altar boys in the village, we took turns. I did my time. By the time I was 15, I started asking questions as many teenagers do. A lot of questions came from a program before your time, by a person named Garner Ted Armstrong.
He would espouse the religious beliefs on the television. He would offer booklets in the mail for free. I asked for one like ‘Does God Exist?’ I took that apart and dissected it. I realized there was no point in believing in God.
I basically became an atheist at 15. By the time I was in my early 20s, I was coming back around and regaining a faith. Jesus with a different narrative. Jesus as a non-divine human. I went with that for quite a few years and studying and learning as much as I could about Christ.
I came around yet again to come to understand that, “Yea, the guy didn’t live, let alone be a man.” Like a lot of Unitarians, my path is a winding one. Many Unitarians can tell that some people are Unitarians just by how they hold religion. Some will say, “Such and such is a Unitarian without knowing it.”
There are qualities of being Unitarian that deal with searching for truth in an open and honest way, exploring many different religions, testing religions under the microscope of science, and that sort of thing.
Jacobsen: What is your current position in the Unitarian Universalist Fellowship of Lethbridge, Alberta?
LeClair: I joined the Lethbridge Fellowship in 2002. I have always been an active member. I have held every position: secretary, president, vice president, treasurer. Everything except pastor [Laughing] in the congregation.
Now, I am treasurer. I have always been actively involved as well as I guess webmaster and chief of correspondents, Facebook poster.
Jacobsen: How big is the congregation? What activities do you do? How do you give charitably to the community that you’re involved in?
LeClair: We have never really gone over 20. We have always been a small congregation. I am not sure why that is. We tried to figure that out ourselves. We tried to grow beyond a certain number. Churches in Canada across the board are struggling with membership.
The Unitarians are no exception. I think we need to work at branding ourselves differently. A lot of people when they see the word “church” if they are Unitarians at heart will say, “I will avoid church altogether.” That can mean simply seeing the word.
If we include the term and call ourselves a church right away, people would not bother with us. But we cater to people who don’t go to regular church or who don’t want the dogma of the church. It is a kind of a contradiction in a sense.
Our congregation has always been older members. I think if you were to go to different Unitarian churches across the country that you would find the average age is up there. They don’t often attract younger people.
I am not certain as to why that is, especially with the people questioning religion on a steady basis. You think they would come more to Unitarians, but that is not the case. Contributing to society, that goes up and down over the years, and changes and varies.
But because we have an older and smaller membership, we find it hard to create events in which people would be drawn to them. I often think we need one big annual event, but there just isn’t enough people in our membership to make that happen.
Our members being over 60 can become an issue with physical health. The issue of having the energy and drive to do that. We want to have younger people in to do that. We insist on making childcare available to attendees and so on. Without that, we would almost certainly have the door closed to parents. We try to have that for parents, so they can have their kids taken care of during the service.
In order to answer your question, the answer is “not a lot” in terms of community participation.
But there are certain members who are certainly current with political events.
Jacobsen: What do you see as the near-term future – 5, 10 years – of the community, of the organization?
LeClair: There are certain fellowships that have a good membership and growing, bucking the trend sort of thing. If we were to attract 2 or 3 people with enough energy to move this ahead, that would be a game changer, whether we are able to do that…I don’t know.
My prediction or prognostication for the Unitarians in Lethbridge is pretty bleak. I don’t know whether we will survive another 5 or 6 years of low membership and not a lot of young people coming in.
A lot of young people, their religion is more of a New Age brand of religion, whether an interest in crystals or mediumship, or astrology, or whatnot. There is a lot of “New Age stuff,” where it doesn’t require any religious background – any religion per se, but it has all of the qualities of religion, in that, it has no science behind it. It is faith-based. There is a lot of hope in these being real and true. But my personal belief – and this isn’t the Unitarian position, and I don’t know if you could consider anything a formal Unitarian belief because we are quite diverse – is that a lot of the New Age stuff out there is crap.
This isn’t the particular Unitarians in this fellowship, but there are those who believe in UFOs, life after death, and a lot of other New Age ideas that are not commonly expressed at any other church. That is just what I am seeing here with this congregation.
Oddly enough, maybe, if that was to be more expressed and nurtured, then maybe the Unitarians in Lethbridge would grow in numbers – if people wanted to hold those beliefs and dig into that whole part of the New Age movement.
That might be a way and means that this church would survive. My own participation would be called into question. I don’t know if I would want to be a part of that. I guess I will cross that bridge when I get there.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gil.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/01
Devon P. Hargreaves is the Chair of the Lethbridge Pride Fest. Here we talk about trans and LGBTQ or sexual minority issues and the Lethbridge Pride Fest.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family background regarding culture religion, and language?
Devon P. Hargreaves: Pretty status quo, white, English-speaking, and very Christian, more on the Evangelical side of things.
Jacobsen: When did you first find the sexual minority community? Was this the first time of feeling welcome?
Hargreaves: I think Fort McMurray is where I found the first LGBT community. I wasn’t a part of it. But it made me aware that it was there.
Jacobsen: You are the chair of the Lethbridge Pride Fest. How did you earn the position? What tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Hargreaves: I did one year as a marketing director. Then I did two years as vice chair. Now, I did one year as chair. Now, I am onto my second term (2018). As far as tasks, I oversee the functions of the society as well as being very involved in terms of planning events.
Things like that.
Jacobsen: Can you relay some of the highlights of the event?
Hargreaves: We had a crosswalk vandalized with paint. One highlight was seeing how the community came together in the face of that. We had a university campout to protect it. The support from the community shows that one act doesn’t define a community as a whole.
Jacobsen: What will be the highlights for this year outside of the warm feeling of everyone coming together? Why will those be the highlights? What is the story of their own organization? In other words, their own inclusion into things.
Those are the highlights I am looking forward to. It was our 9th anniversary in 2017, and preparation is well underway for our big 10. We have a great board. We couldn’t do what we do without the people that here.
Jacobsen: Why is Pride important for places such as Lethbridge and Alberta?
Hargreaves: We are in the Bible Belt of Alberta. It is bringing awareness and visibility to LGBT needs. It allows people to see that it even exists and to raise awareness. Pride is very educational, even though it feels like a party.
We are letting people know we are here and getting them to join us.
Jacobsen: Is Canada by and large better for sexual minority communities?
Hargreaves: I would say we are not all the way there but getting there. Having friends who have immigrated and having the ability to be open with their sexuality and orientation, it definitely does help too.
In regards to Canada, I feel we’re on the right track. There is still a-ways to-go regarding acceptance mainly with trans individuals in our community. We do have progress to make, even with the reaction we got nationally and internationally was both heartening and enlightening.
Jacobsen: Where is Canada doing good and bad for sexual minorities?
Hargreaves: We have protections in place. We have our justice system that discourages violence against some members in the community as well as an overall acceptance of the fact being attracted to someone of the opposite orientation is acceptable. For as where we are struggling, we have a-ways to-go in respecting trans rights.
I would like to see some recognition given to our two-spirit community. I feel in Canada that this is a bit lacking. We’re actually going to be having that inclusion.
Jacobsen: Can you relay some of our experience? Some of your own hardships.
Hargreaves: Most of the hardships actually come from the work that Pride has done. I ended on meme pages on Australia. I had my name spread around by people who were not as accepting, but I do not take it personally.
It is not part of the fight. We will not continue to do that and opposition is not going to stop us.
Jacobsen: Who are common allies for the sexual minority community in Canada?
Hargreaves: In Lethbridge, we have some great partner organizations, including OUTreach, ARCHES, and Club Didi/Theatre Outre.
Jacobsen: How can we best move the conversation forward as well as make this a means from which to act in Canadian society to be able to get to that better point?
Hargreaves: Moving the conversation forward, it is about giving that discussion place to take form. I will reference back to our crosswalks. Most people don’t even know what the trans flag was.
By putting it on the asphalt and seeing it, people asked, “What is that?” It was allowing people to see that. Then it was a matter of “What are trans right and issues? Why are they getting singled out next to the rainbow flag? Aren’t they part of that?”
They might have been lashed at by the Pride community in the past, as well as getting to educate our entire city council on what trans issues were and even to some of them what “trans” meant.
Jacobsen: What are the most effective means of activism?
Hargreaves: As far as my role goes, it is starting that discussion and being able to sit down and have that talk about what the needs and desires of our community are and bringing that to a wider audience more than one person can do on their own.
Jacobsen: Any final feelings or thoughts?
Hargreaves: I feel like Canada is doing well with trans rights and issues. It is more of a recognition and appreciation is something that is lacking, but we are starting to educate and have that discussion and would encourage others to have that discussion.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Devon.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/01
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is family background — culture, education, geography, language, and religiosity/irreligiosity?
Kayla Bowen: I grew up very poor. My high school was at one point ranked one of the worst in the state of Kentucky. I attend Morehead State University now as a Psychology and Philosophy double major. I’m also a board member for the national Secular Student Alliance as well as my local chapter President and Founder. I’m from Hazard, Kentucky. It’s in the middle of the bible belt in rural Appalachia. Luckily I got out. My mother is very religious. I lived primarily with her until I went to college where I have my own place. She took me to church as a child, and indoctrinated me. When I told her I was an atheist she reacted worse than when I told her I was gay. My father doesn’t really care much about that sort of thing, so he was supportive when I came out as an atheist. For a lot of secular people, however, they don’t have as much support.
Jacobsen: What is the personal background in secularism for you? What were some seminal developmental events and realizations in personal life regarding it?
Bowen: For most of my life I was inwardly agnostic, meaning I wasn’t open about it. On the outside I believed. When I was in high school, this creationist evidences pastor recruited me for his meetings, and I briefly became a creationist. The breaking point for me had to be when we all watched the Ken Ham vs. Bill Nye debate. That triggered my dissent into atheism.
Jacobsen: You are an president of the SSA at Morehead State University. What tasks and responsibilities comes with this position? Why do you pursue this line of volunteering?
Bowen: I delegate tasks to our other leadership. The biggest responsibility is knowing how to do everything so I can know what to tell others to do. It’s a work in progress. This line of volunteering is important to me because secularism has become my life. I want to make life easier than it was for me being an atheist in a religious world.
Jacobsen: What personal fulfillment comes from it?
Bowen: Knowing that these once misplaced nonreligious students now have a community, and a safe place to go when they have questions or concerns, or feel ostracized.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more valuable tips for campus secularist activism?
Bowen: Be on social media. It’s the 21st century. Most college students are involved in it. Have a website. You will need a central hub to send people wanting information to. Don’t be hostile to your campus religious groups. You don’t want a bad reputation to where no one wants to cooperate with you. However, don’t back down. Don’t be afraid to express your identity. Be proud, but diplomatic.
Jacobsen: What have been some historic violations of the principles behind secularism on campus? What have been some successes to combat these violations?
Bowen: The campus clinic used to send pregnant women to the HOPE center off campus, which is a religious pro-life place. They’re not even a qualified medical institution. SAGE, our local feminist group started a petition to stop this, and talked to the administration of the University and eventually got it changed. They now give out legitimate resources to women seeking information about pregnancy, and safe sex.
Jacobsen: What are the main areas of need regarding secularists on campus?
Bowen: Funding. I see all these religious groups on campus that have entire buildings dedicated to worship, while secular groups sometimes don’t even have as much as a broom closet. We need space. It’s not like we’re 2 people on a campus of thousands. We’re 25% of the population. If people saw that we had a space I feel like not only would we be taken more seriously, but we’d attract more secular people.
Jacobsen: What is your main concern for secularism on campus moving forward for the next few months, even years?
Bowen: That people will look over us, and not realize how difficult it can be to be nonreligious especially now that Mike Pence is our Vice President.
Jacobsen: What are the current biggest threats to secularism on campus?
Bowen: I’d say religious campus administration’s lack of cooperation. On a wider scale though, we should be concerned about religious freedom legislation. That’s where the major set backs are going to stem from.
Jacobsen: What are perennial threats to secularism on campus?
Bowen: Being outnumbered by religious groups, and as a result not being considered.
Jacobsen: What are the main social and political activist, and educational, initiatives on campus for secularists?
Bowen: Right now, reproductive justice, racial justice, fighting Islamophobia, and LGBTQ rights. These aren’t just problems that people affected by them should work on. It’s our problem, and our duty to fight back against all forms of prejudices because we face them in the secular community every day.
Jacobsen: What are the main events and topics of group discussions for the alliance on campus?
Bowen: Our group, the Secular Student Alliance at Morehead State University does service projects, panels, and we make sure we discuss intersectionality in our meetings. Our main goal I think is to create awareness of our cause on campus, and within our community as well. We’re working on having a debate right now this coming October. It’ll be a basic creationism vs. atheism debate, to address the group’s controversy on campus in a respectable manner.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved and maintain the secular student alliance ties on campus?
Bowen: You can go to secularstudents.org and find the group nearest to you. If there isn’t one, start one! The Secular Student Alliance is there to make it as easy as possible to start a group. They have tons of resources available. Without them, Morehead’s wouldn’t exist. Once you have a group you can host events, go on field trips, or help the community. SSA allows you to network with people in the secular movement you never would’ve met otherwise. You have the potential to make life long connections. There’s an infinite amount of ways one can stay involved with the secular movement with an SSA chapter.
You can even stay involved with your local group, and on a national level after you graduate by becoming an alumni member.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Bowen: Check out my local group, the Secular Student Alliance at Morehead State University at msussa.com. Thanks so much for the opportunity!
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Kayla.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/02/01
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Let’s delve a little bit into your background to provide a foundation for the conversation. Do you have a family background or only a personal background?
Julia Julstrom-Agoyo: A family background, my mom loves to tell the story about how she grew up in Lima, Peru and at the age of 7 she declared herself an Atheist after finding the word in the dictionary, which was unusual because the majority of Peruvians are Catholic, though her immediate family was less religious. She was a curious child and liked to challenge the existence of God in school, to the frustration of her teachers. She was very much of an outsider in that way, but she’s always liked being different — being unique.
My dad, in parallel, went to a Christian church with his parents, but he grew up in a small, Republican town in Illinois. His parents were heavily involved in the church, in part through music, but at the height of the Vietnam War, some anti-war peace protests were organized in the small town and my dad and his family received significant backlash from the church community for having their names attached to them. His parents decided they couldn’t be part of the church anymore, so they all left and joined the Unitarian Universalist church there, which was fine with my dad since he had independently kind of already decided he was an Atheist. That’s where his humanism, atheism, kind of sprouted from. So when my dad and mom (who was studying there) met in the small town and eventually moved to Chicago — after they had a couple kids — they found the Ethical Humanist Society of Chicago.
So they started bringing us there because they wanted to have us grow up in a community atmosphere, where we could learn about all different kinds of religions and common values without the dogma. So they got to go to speakers every Sunday. Then us as kids got to grow up in a Sunday school learning how to be a good person. [Laughing]
Jacobsen: [Laughing]
Julstrom-Agoyo: We got involved in volunteer projects and fundraisers, and stuff like that, and interacted with other kids who were not religious, which is really nice because most of our friends at school were religious and didn’t understand what atheists were — or were taught to fear or dislike them. We were ostracized sometimes. It was whatever kids do like saying, “You’re going to hell.” It is a hurtful thing to say to a child, although even at that age I knew I didn’t believe in hell. [Laughing] It was about community. I owe a lot of who I am today to being brought up in that atmosphere.
Jacobsen: With your mom realizing that she didn’t believe in God, that she was an atheist in Peru in, as far as I know, a very religious culture and, therefore, society. Did she, herself, face similar prejudice?
Julstrom-Agoyo: Apparently, not too much. She grew up in Lima, which is the capital of Peru — and so maybe that had something to do with people being pretty open. Anyway, I know she likes being a different person in a bunch of aspects. She was fine standing out from the crowd. I think her family was okay with it because they were actually not too religious — my mom even says they were humanists without labeling themselves as such. Even many religious families in Peru don’t regularly go to church — they feel they can simply pray in their homes.
Jacobsen: Your dad with the Unitarian Universalist form of humanism. From my sense of American culture, it is taken a lot more softly than being an atheist, where atheist, as a self-identification, would provide more means for someone to be bullied than if someone was a Unitarian Universalist. Not only because Unitarian Universalist takes longer to say…
Julstrom-Agoyo: [Laughing]
Jacobsen: But also because people probably don’t know what Unitarian Universalist is. For yourself now, if I may ask, where do you stand in terms of your own take on humanism — that is most comfortable to you?
Julstrom-Agoyo: For me, I thought a lot about it the last few years. I do identify as an atheist and a humanist, but what has become most important to me in the last few years is my humanism. I see my atheism as what I don’t believe in; I see my humanism as what I do believe in, which is much more important because I have a lot of religious friends. I don’t think our belief or non-belief in God is too important in a way.
So what ends up bringing us together are common values, which is what humanism is all about, that’s where I got my values, I think. It shifts the focus, which I think is more important these days with what’s happening around the world — what brings us together, where do we have common ground, what’s important, and don’t focus on what’s not important. God is not important to me, but I know it is important to a lot of people.
I don’t want to minimize that. For me, the fact that I don’t believe God exists is not the most important thing.
Jacobsen: Now, you’re part of International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organization (IHEYO). Together, we’re on the Americas Working Group for IHEYO. What other, if any, humanist organizations are you involved in? What roles and responsibilities come with them — stated and unstated?
Julstrom-Agoyo: I am involved with 2 or 3 that are all connected. I am part of FES, which is the Future of Ethical Societies. My role in that hasn’t been too prominent because I spent the last year abroad, so I was limited in the things I could do. I did join FES after high school basically, and started going to the yearly conferences and was involved in planning in some of those conferences — not as of late, but I did have some roles.
For a year, I was the liaison to the AEU, American Ethical Union. My responsibilities in that were to call in on some of the AEU board meeting calls, which were very long. I’m not sure if I added too much to them, but it was interesting to see how they work, what kinds of things they do, and what those calls are like. I did attend the AEU conference in Chicago. I helped lead a workshop along with Emily Newman.
I was a FES representative for resolutions AEU passes on current events — like statements on what we think about climate change or gay rights. Now, I am back. Hopefully, I will get more involved in that, especially with the conference coming up. But now that I am also back in Chicago because I went to college in Iowa, I am now attending the local ethical society most Sundays. I listen to the platform.
There are actually some young people my age who are coming, which is exciting. Hopefully, we can begin to build the Chicago young group of the ethical humanists and hopefully get them involved in FES and IHEYO. So that’s obviously related. Then there’s IHEYO. I was involved after Xavier got us in there. He was the main person in charge of the Americas Working Group. I helped him out for a while as a secretary.
We were both working on outreach and what the Americas Working Group looks like, how we want it to look. There were leadership transitions. Now, it is looking very promising. Basically, we are looking on expanding our network. Now, we have Canada & America in North America, and South America, at the same time. [Laughing] It is for the first time, which is awesome.
Obviously, there are a lot of long-term goals, but, for now, I think expanding the network and working on things together, having calls, and planning. Helping where needed, I speak Spanish, so I can help with South American outreach too.
Jacobsen: In America, within the Americas, there are concerns within the public about the ability to practice and advocate for ethical humanism, humanism, even possibly secularism. [Laughing] From your vantage, because you have a longer life history in humanism that I do, who or what do you see as the main impediments or threats to the practice, or advocacy, of humanism?
Julstrom-Agoyo: If we’re talking about the current political atmosphere in the U.S. — although, there’s a lot to worry about with our current government, I don’t think there’s too much of a threat specifically against the humanist community. I think we’re still going to do what we’re going to do. I don’t think they can do too much about us. Also, I don’t think we’re at the forefront of who they want to target. There are concerns about certain religious groups or people driving certain religious agendas, which I don’t agree with and don’t need to get into.
I don’t see it as a sincere threat to the humanist community — at least in the U.S.; there are areas in Central and South America where humanists or non-believers do see more of a threat. Maybe, I am misinformed, but I don’t think there is too much of a battle for us, comparatively. At least our society, we’re not supposed to proselytize, which we don’t — at least I don’t think we’re trying to convert everyone to our side. [Laughing] We’re trying to open our arms and let them know we exist because there are a lot of people that think like us and don’t know that there’s a wider community that they can be a part of.
That’s what a lot of people are missing, especially if they belong to a church and leave the church. They miss the community. Hopefully, they can see us as somewhere to go. Also, if you look at the numbers, our numbers are growing. They don’t have to physically attend an ethical society. But I think nonbelievers are on the rise as far as I know.
Jacobsen: You made an important note there by saying that we don’t want to proselytize. In the question, I said advocacy was the concern. In traditional religious structures, it is encouraged for members to proselytize, which seems different than advocacy to me. I think humanism and ethical societies can advocate without proselytizing. Do you think that’s a fair and reasonable distinction?
Julstrom-Agoyo: Yes, I do. I think it is difficult, but I do think you’re right. It is just like, “How do we go about it?” It is something I have been struggling with for awhile. [Laughing]
Jacobsen: [Laughing] What are your hopes for humanism and ethical societies within your lifetime?
Julstrom-Agoyo: On a global scale, I would like to see humanists, free-thinkers — or really anyone from any religious background for that matter — free from persecution. In the U.S., one thing I would like to see, at least in my society — maybe, other societies are going about it in a different way — is a re-energizing of the ethical action committee. I would like to see that expand and grow and become more effective because I think a lot of people come to these societies — and I know not all ethical humanists attend these societies, and they don’t exist everywhere yet — to listen to these great lectures every week and leave with things to think about from these talks.
But there’s a disconnect in actually doing things about it, especially in this day and age when we need someone — everyone — to be doing something about what’s going on. Personally, in my own society, I would like to step up in the ethical action committee and have our presence at all of the protests, have our space also used for organizing. I would really like the societies to become more involved in interfaith activities, movements — reach out to all different kinds of places of worships, e.g. churches, and synagogues and mosques, and try to bring all different religions together. I think, in 2017 and going forward, we need not only to co-exist, but also co-resist.
There’s a collective benefit in increasing mutual understanding and to be there in mutual solidarity, especially when we see Jewish cemeteries being destroyed and Muslim communities being gunned down in their mosques while they pray and Black churchgoers being shot while they also pray. I think it is important to reach out and tell them we’re there to help and increase understanding of the different religions because I think that’s a big impediment to where we’re at these days. People will fear and hate what they don’t know.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Julia.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/31
Dr. Ellen Wiebe is a Clinical Professor at the University of British Columbia in the Department of Family Practice with over 30 years of full-service family practice. She developed Hemlock Aid, is on the Physicians Advisory Council for Dying With Dignity Canada, and the Medical Director of the Willow Women’s Clinic. Here we talk about medical assistance in dying and abortion.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, what is the relationship between abortion and MAiD’s work?
Dr. Ellen Wiebe: I have been a family doctor. I have been doing family practice for over 30 years. For the first three decades, I had a full family practice, but I did a lot of women’s health including delivering babies and doing abortions.
I was an activist in reproductive health rights and access to abortion and medical abortion as well we surgical abortion, etc. When our law changed, only then did I become active with medical assistance in dying.
I was not part of the activism prior to it or to getting the law changed. But what happened was that palliative care doctors, people who are dealing with end of life all of the time were not as a group not going to be doing any medical assistance in dying.
I immediately thought, “Oh my heavens, that means there will be a lack of providers. I can do this. I better get myself trained and up and ready to help.” I recruited a friend and we went to the Netherlands to get trained before our law changed, so I could provide.
I connected with Dying With Dignity Canada and became active in the field as well. I was struck by how many parallels between the two kinds of work. First of all, in the deep connection we have with our patients, even though they are short relationships compared to regular practice where I see people for decades; in an abortion, I meet a woman, talk with her, discuss the options, and then we go into the problem. I fix it.
If she has other issues, I can refer her to somebody else, but we deal with it. But there are so many overlays with an abortion compared to other work. There are protestors that I have to deal with. There are things like her having to go through protestors to get to me.
There are all of these overlays and political issues. People don’t keep it a secret when they want to have a baby and have one, but when they don’t want to have a baby and don’t have one they keep it secret.
But why do they keep it a secret, it is because of the shame and the stigma and so on. That is involved. There are the societal things. There is the political stuff of political groups being against it.
I got into this. I discovered again that I was providing medical care to people in very intense relationships, where they were dying and wanted to choose to have some control over their deaths.
I was able to help them provide for that. It was really good work. In both fields, I get intensely grateful patients. I get hugs from people I have only know a short while; I may get hugs from people in family practice, but these are after long relationships.
Whereas, these ones were short relationships. I feel privileged to be part of a family saying goodbye to a loved one. I used to be delivering babies and watching a family saying hello to a new loved one. There are so many parallels there.
Then the political stuff [Laughing] with all of the anti-MAiD people and the pro-MAiD people and the media and so on. The intense personal connection I have with patients as well as the political stuff as well as the sociological stuff, where some people who want to tell the world.
Some of my patients have gone public and made national news wanting to tell their story. Others wanted to keep it a secret. So, we have to work around that. I tell them that by law I have to report everything, but that we can try to keep it a secret from the other people around.
It can be a problem if you saw the news about the patient who was at the Louis Brier Care Home who wanted to have a private death and not have let anybody else around know; I, of course, got accused of being unprofessional by not talking to them, even though my patient told me not to.
The patient has a right to privacy. Those issues around they want things to be private, how and when they are dying. It is something they keep private. You have that kind of stigma associated for some people.
The political stuff is there too. We are lucky in Canada that abortion is not in the Criminal Code. Almost all of my colleagues all over the world who are abortion providers are providing abortion in a situation where abortion is in the Criminal Code with the exception that ‘if you are a doctor and if the patient is under this and that, then you are allowed to provide.’
We are practically the only country that has decriminalized. For MAiD, we have it in the Criminal Code, which means I am guilty of murder if I don’t follow the rules with 14 years in jail [Laughing], so I follow all of the rules and we have to interpret the rules.
It is hard because some are vague. One lawyer can interpret one way and another can interpret another way. I have got to deal with telling my patient that they are eligible or not and if I will provide or not.
There are some of those big differences. For me, if someone wants an abortion and I will provide it for you, I am not risking criminal prosecution if I am interpreting the law quite right. All of my colleagues all over the world do.
If their law says you can go to 12 weeks only, which is a lot of European countries and someone is 12.1 or 12.2, will you tell them, “Yes, I will do it,” and then call it 12? Or do you say, “Sorry, you have to travel to the Netherlands”?
We may have to tell people, “Your disease may not be something where your death will be in the foreseeable future.” The parallels are amazing.
Jacobsen: These are highly difficult circumstances that you have been dealing with, whether more than 30 years as a family doctor, especially with the potential for legal action to be taken by some, or a patient or someone holding picket signs outside.
Wiebe: You’re right. Talk about legal and illegal actions, I have had my life threatened many times as an abortion provider by somebody who had a history of convictions for aggravated assault and a license to carry a gun.
My colleagues have been shot and stabbed around me.
Jacobsen: That is very pro-life, of course.
Wiebe: [Laughing] very pro-life [Laughing]. So, I have had my life at risk by illegal actions. Now, I have my freedom at risk by legal actions. Cool, eh [Laughing]?
Jacobsen: You have pressure from either side with regards to illegal action, such as death threats or threats of violent action against you as a person, as well as legal action against you as a professional person.
In a sense, you, to some people, cannot win because you’re doing work that in any case, they will try to find a way to demonize, stigmatize, prosecute, or kill you!
Wiebe: Yes.
Jacobsen: So, that leads to questions about provisions for the doctors in terms of protection from the legal actions and the illegal actions. Are there any?
Wiebe: We have our organizations that are helpful. We have Dying With Dignity Canada that is an activist organization that is working hard to support us in some really important ways. We have our own professional organization called the Canadian Association of MAID Assessors and Providers.
They are working hard to help. I am a member of both organizations. That is important. As a professional, I have my own organization called Doctors of BC and Canadian Medical Protective Association.
I pay lots of money to our organizations and they protect me [Laughing]. I have all of those protections. I mean, I am obeying the law. I am following the rules. I am providing legal and medical care. I am in both of those situations.
I am helping Canadians exercise their rights. In one case, their right over their own body and their right to choose if and when to become a mother; also, the choice of how and when to die if it falls under our law.
It is really good work. I love my work. I love both sets of patients [Laughing].
Jacobsen: From my own observations, the individuals who tend to be against women’s choice to have a child or not, in other words to be a mother not, as well as against an individual’s choice to do their ‘final act’, when and how to end their life, are often the people arguing for a high form of individualism.
Wiebe: The right to bear arms, right?
Jacobsen: It is an illogical juxtaposition of them. You are for individual rights as one of the highest values if not the highest value, but you’re against an individual woman’s right to choose to be a mother or a person’s with regards to death.
Wiebe: Those are such deep innate rights, over the integrity of your own body and your own death. They are such integral rights compared to some of the rights that they talk about: free speech and so on. Of course, we also agree on those.
It is fascinating to me, when you think of someone like Trump espousing individual rights, except for those people.
Jacobsen: What are some myths about abortion and physician-assisted death or suicide?
Wiebe: I haven’t actually thought about this in this way. But you’re so right. The argument is that if you make abortion legal then everyone will have one [Laughing]. The same with assisted dying. You make it legal and everybody is going to want it [Laughing].
Jacobsen: Society will implode.
Wiebe: Guess what? It doesn’t happen. In mature societies such as the Netherlands, which have had assisted death for decades, we’re talking about 4% of all deaths. 96% of all deaths are not assisted.
So, that is after decades. It doesn’t take over. What happens with legal abortion if it comes along with access to contraception and sex education, the abortion rate drops. It tends to come together with those things. Legal abortion tends to happen in the same place as contraception and sex education.
Those are real myths. Another is vulnerable people being pushed into things. You’ve got abortion available and a boyfriend or a mother is going to persuade someone to have one when they shouldn’t because they really want to have a baby.
That is rare. We have certainly seen it. We watch for it all the time in an abortion clinic. A young girl comes in with her mother and separate her to make sure she is not being coerced into this – likewise with non-English speaking wives who are in there with the translating husbands.
We want to make sure that they are, but it is a rare situation that someone is being pressured hard into it. Vulnerable people are not forced to have abortions in our society. In MAiD, there is this myth that vulnerable people will be pushed into it because we don’t want any severely disabled people. We want to get our money faster.
There are evil people. There must be people like that. But it is so rare. It is our job to find them. It is our job to make sure that each person who comes in trusting an assisted death is not pressure in any way.
But what we find in abortion and MAiD, and I had not thought about this before, Scott, is that the vulnerable people and the most marginalized people have the least access to healthcare of all kinds including abortion.
The poorest people who have the least agency – the ability to speak for themselves and get what they want – are the ones who just don’t get good healthcare in our societies. They have less MAiD and less abortion.
When people talk about the slippery slope, “When you start offering it, people will start pushing those marginalized people to have assisted deaths, so we don’t have to pay for them anymore,” but marginalized people don’t get much good anything, much less MAiD.
You know who wants MAiD? It is me. It is white, educated, rich people. People used to being in charge of their lives. People who get cancer and say, “Huh! I am not going down that route” [Laughing].
Jacobsen: In some ways, in a larger context or in a larger societal institutional analysis, these two topics for whom the protestors see as the most important thing to do. It’s important! They go out and picket on a cold day often. It’s Canada.
These seem like red herrings to more important problems that resources could be devoted to, e.g. financial, emotional, intellectual, and human power resources.
Wiebe: Whose resources are you talking about? Could it be the Catholic Church?
Jacobsen: It could be the Catholic Church or it could be the individual citizens.
Wiebe: Yes, so, you have an agency or an individual who has resources and using them to fight abortion and MAiD, when they could be helping end of life care and helping disadvantaged youth who want to have children.
Jacobsen: It could be either of those cases. It could be even a larger context, where it is the preservation of the environment. The potential for environmental catastrophe.
Wiebe: Isn’t it funny how the people who are against us on these issues aren’t for the environment, even though it is their own environment too? [Laughing]
Jacobsen: Often, it tends to be obscurantists. People obscuring real issues, muddying the waters of real topics that deserve debate: what are we going to do about climate change? What are we going to do about energy policy to transition into a non-hydrocarbon producing economy?
These people are around. No need to name names. But people like this focus on these things as red herrings – smelly old fish that would throw off a dog, a philosophical term. It is a similar way you can apply to things seen as political issues, abortion or reproductive health rights, and physician-assisted death or end of life rights.
These become red herrings by being against them because the more important issues of the day are things such as climate catastrophe [Laughing] via global warming as well as pollution.
That could be of the oceans, of landfills that we’re not really dealing with, and so on. In the long-term, there is obviously going to be an energy transition. Renewable energies every year get cheaper for the same unit of energy compared to oil, gas, or coal.
So, if that is the case, and it is, even on an economic argument, the transition should be done. But even on a moral argument, what world do you want to leave for your grandchildren? So, economically or morally, the arguments seem aligned in terms of the long-term view. That’s why I see these as red herrings.
That’s why I see these people as often obscurantists going against it. It is the similar relationship between many American televangelists and followers. The televangelists are the charlatans; the followers are decent people most of the time.
That may be hurt in some way and hoping for a magical solution. You’ve seen the videos. I’m sure. I’ve seen these YouTube clips of these old videos. Where there are individuals throwing their diabetes medication and glasses on the stage saying, “I prayed and had an ecstatic experience seeing pastor so-and-so, and my diabetes and glaucoma were cured.”
These sorts of things. These people don’t deserve ridicule. These are not people who are powerful. They are victims. I think in the same way with the people are who mobilized through red herrings, political red herrings.
Wiebe: That is an interesting issue. So, one of the uncomfortable discussions we can have is about what is acceptable to talk about and so on, as opposed to what people actually think, e.g. we’re in every way a non-racist society, except we’re all racists and behave as such.
It is good that we live in a non-racist society, but we have to recognize that we’re racists and racism occurs everywhere. That is the same with some of these other basic human rights issues, where there is lots of intolerance of other people’s viewpoints in general.
Those of us who say and it is acceptable to say now that everyone has their own right to their own ideas. We can accept these, but are intolerant of people saying out loud that they are intolerant of others.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dr. Wiebe.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/30
Yasmine Mohammed is an activist, author, and ex-Muslim living in British Columbia, Canada. Her story is an intriguing one, to say the least. She recounts the personal story in the book entitled From Al-Qaeda to Atheism. Here we talk about some of it.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You married an Al-Qaeda member and were contacted by the CSIS, Canadian secret service. When did you first find out about him? Was this an arranged or coerced marriage, or an egalitarian and consensual marriage?
Yasmine Mohammed: As is typical, this marriage was coerced/forced. ‘Love marriages’, as they’re termed, are looked down upon. It means the couple was debaucherous enough to know each other prior to marriage.
When my daughter was about a year old, my mother began to bleed profusely from her nose and mouth. I called 911 in hysterics. I thought she was going to die.
When the ambulance arrived to take her away, I grabbed my little girl and we rode in the ambulance with her. It was my very first time in our entire marriage that I left the house without him by my side.
When we arrived at the hospital, as I sat in the waiting room, I was approached by a man and a woman. They explained that they were from CSIS- essentially, the Canadian CIA.
I didn’t even know we had an Intelligence Agency. They told me that the man I married, Essam Hafez Marzouk, was an Al Qaeda operative who worked closely with Osama Bin Laden.
In a pre-9/11 world, those words didn’t mean much to me. I knew he had been in Afghanistan before he came to Canada, so I suspected he had some ties to jihadis. Why else would an Egyptian teenager go to Afghanistan? But I had no idea of the extent of his involvement.
Jacobsen: What makes an equal partnership in a coupledom to you? How does this differ from your experience in that marriage?
Mohammed: I’m lucky enough to be married to a wonderful man today. I’ve had previous relationships where I was told that I was pretty easy to please because I was over the moon if they didn’t abuse me! But I have come a long way. It was a slow process of rebuilding myself brick by brick.
The best part of that difficult process was that I could turn each brick over and over to make a conscious effort in deciding whether I wanted that brick included or not. The new me was formed with values that I wanted to define me. It was a lot of ‘fake it ’til you make it’ in the beginning.
One of the things I faked was that I deserved a decent, loving boyfriend, and I would not accept anything less. My husband, of ten years, is most definitely decent and loving. He is exceptionally kind and he is confident enough to allow me to define my needs in our relationship.
If ever I feel that the partnership is unequal, I react as if I had touched something scalding-swiftly and loudly. If I even sense a whiff of anything from my previous marriage, I’m very quick to respond. I will not ever be that woman again.
Jacobsen: You were in a traditionalist, fundamentalist framework developing into Islam and living in a similar marriage. What would characterize a more progressive or liberalized form of an Islamic upbringing?
Mohammed: That’s difficult for me to respond to as I did not have that experience. However, essentially, a more progressive Muslim is one who does not follow their religion closely. A more conservative Muslim does. There is no such thing as progressive Islam, there are only progressive Muslims.
Jacobsen: When I talked to Haras Rafiq, the CEO of the Quilliam Foundation, I used the term “moderate” akin to “liberal” in the description of the general Muslim population who live regular lives, like most people. He corrected me.
He said to use the term, or suggested to use the word, “ordinary” in the place of “moderate.” I learned from him. I am glad he corrected me. Ordinary makes more sense than moderate, to me, e.g. ordinary atheist, ordinary Roman Catholic, ordinary Sunni Muslim, and so on.
Do you think precision in the descriptors is important in such an area of heated discussion?
Mohammed: Yes. I think precision is important. ‘Ordinary’ denotes that the type of person you are describing is the norm or the majority. And that is simply not true. If you refer to PEW research, you’ll find that so-called ‘moderate’ Muslims are very far from ordinary-in fact they are more of an anomaly.
The ordinary Muslim is incredibly conservative and would not even consider a ‘moderate’ Muslim to be a Muslim. Anyone who veers from conservative Islam is killed. Ahmadis, Sufis, any other moderate sects of Muslims are killed. Just recently in Egypt, close to 300 Sufis were killed as they prayed in their mosque.
Jacobsen: What are your projects ongoing or upcoming for 201?
Mohammed: My main focus is publishing my book From Al Qaeda to Atheism. As well, I’m working on my Free Hearts, Free Minds campaign which collects donations to pay for a life coach that will support ExMuslims from Muslim majority countries.
In a lot of Muslim-majority countries, one could be killed for leaving Islam. As such, people who find themselves denouncing the faith must be very quiet about it. It is an incredibly difficult journey for anyone-but it is 100 times worse when you are in a society that could jail you and execute you for leaving the religion you were born into.
I’ve also started working on a website that will connect ExMuslims in the Muslim world. The objective would be to seek a partner for a marriage of convenience. If people are going to be coerced into marriages anyway, then at least I can help them to get into a marriage with someone they share values with.
There are similar websites for the LGBT community, so I’m hoping to mimic their platforms.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Mohammed: If you are facing honor violence, FGM, forced marriage or other forms of violence, please reach out to the AHA Foundation.
If you are in a Muslim majority country, you can contact me through my website and I will get you involved in my Free Hearts, Free Minds program that will match you up with an ex-Muslim life coach who will help you find your inner strength and will arm you with the tools you need to fight back.
If you are an ex-Muslim in North America, you can contact EXMNA. Faith to Faithless in the UK. If you are a questioning Muslim, you can contact the group Muslimish in the US. There are many organizations and individuals that will support you if you reach out.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Yasmine.
Mohammed: My pleasure! 🙂
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/30
Kato Mukasa is a Board Member of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. Here we talk about his personal narrative and views.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was there a family background in humanism?
Mukasa: Yes, but the background was never very directly linked to humanism as I know it to day but it as more to do with awakening my critical thinking skills and increase doubt in whatever was being said by religious people. My mother was religious but my father was rather liberal. He read lot of literature on philosophy and gave me several works of Leo Tolstoy, Voltaire, works on Plato, Socrates and I found several critical novels written by Wole Soyinka, Chinua Achebe. What my father did was to encourage me to read, though I did not have lots of time with him growing up. The literature I read as a teen somewhat made me start questioning several things as a young person but it was my sceptical agnostic grandfather who seriously made me question all about religion. My grandfather never attended church and was too critical of religion and its leaders. By the time I joined secondary school I was questioning much about the God theories and believing more in employing my reasoning, research, and science in answering things that looked difficult to understand.
Jacobsen: How did you come to find humanism, or a humanist community? You are from Kampala, Uganda, and currently live there too.
Mukasa: I had read one book: ‘Wretched of the Earth’ in 1997 and the author talked about Humanism in the passing and when I first joined University in 1999, I attended Philosophy lectures out of curiosity and the teacher talked about different types of religious beliefs including unbelief. It was then that he explained Humanism in details that I then discovered that even when I had been taking myself as an atheist for some time then, I was equally a humanist too and somewhat I loved the idea and methodology behind humanism and the works done by humanists even more. I begun researching and finding out more about humanism that by end of 2001 I had noted there was already one humanist organisation in Uganda, the Uganda Humanists Association (UHASSO) which I later associated with and in 2007 found the Humanists Association for Leadership, Equity and Accountability (HALEA)
Jacobsen: What seems like the main reason for people to come to label themselves as humanists in Uganda, from your experience?
Mukasa: Those who do not believe in gods/ God but want to be doing works that empower the vulnerable, promote human rights and challenge retrogressive religious and cultural practices find it appropriate to label themselves as Humanists.
Jacobsen: What was the experience of finding a community of like-minded individuals?
Mukasa: It was nice to know that there were more other people with whom we share the same world view. It made me know that I am not alone and indeed I have a family of critical thinkers I can associate with.
Jacobsen: You studied commercial law at CUU Kampala, and economics and social administration at Makerere University. What were the main lessons and theories from these educational experiences?
Mukasa: The lessons are many but they all boil down to one thing in my view: that my skills and education is useless if I do not put it to serve my passion. My passion is in empowering others to discover the potential in them and to empower the most vulnerable and powerless individuals in our communities. Whether it is the knowledge in economics or law that I have I want to utilise to live a purpose driven life to keep on doing what I love doing.
Jacobsen: You have a broad base of professional experience through work as at and at International Humanist and Ethical Youth Organisation, and as the former president at Uganda Young Leaders Platform, former director at Bigtalk studio, and former member at Uganda Youth Network. What were the tasks and responsibilities involved in those positions, or at those organizations?
Mukasa: {Note, I have not worked at De Mensu but visited them. I have been more of a leader, manager or member of the organisations are mentioned. In brief my experience is more into management and making things happen in challenging work settings.
Jacobsen: At present, you are the director of legal services & humanist ceremonies at Humanist Association for Leadership, Equity and Accountability (HALEA), chair of the Uganda Humanist Association, and board member at the International Humanist and Ethical Union (IHEU). What tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Mukasa: All these positions are very challenging. At HALEA, I am in charge of legal affairs and Humanists Ceremonies. We have issues that call r the application of legal knowledge and I keep on working towards getting the vulnerable people we work with — out of trouble. I have handled rape and defilement cases, land evictions, parental neglect and domestic violence issues. For humanist ceremonies, I am currently championing the training of humanist celebrants in Uganda and other African countries. At UHASSO I and a team of committed leaders are working towards rebuilding it and taking it to greater heights. IHEU is one busy and result oriented organisation whose work is international. This keeps me busy attending board meetings and following up tasks given to me that in most cases link me up with sever countries.
Jacobsen: What seem like the core parts of humanist thought? Who are living and dead exemplars of humanism as an ethical and philosophical worldview?
Mukasa: Humanism is beyond critiquing religions and its dogma. It goes into changing people’s lives for the better and putting people first in whatever do. There are several humanists doing exceptionally good things but I will point out Josh Kutchinsky — The founder of HUMMAY- for his resilience in linking up humanists together ensuring that the world’ comes to the rescue of humanists in danger.
Jacobsen: How we expand the internationalist, humanist movement and its message of compassion, science, rationality, and unity?
Mukasa: It is important to identify freethinkers in countries where organised humanism is missing. Then it is at that stage that need to come up and support them get organised and support them start organisations that can have an impact in society.
Jacobsen: There can be many damaging effects from religion. What are the damaging effects of and the positive aspects of religion? How can humanism ameliorate those damaging effects — as you see them? How can humanism improve upon the positives of religion?
Mukasa: Religion makes many people swallow every lie in the name of faith. Many people in Africa do heinous crimes in the name of religion. Things like marrying off children, stopping the sick from accessing medicine in the guise of prayers can heal any disease and selling off property to donate money to the already rich pastors are some of the things that result because many religious people don’t question what their religious leaders say. There are also those who kill in the name of Allah and those who treat none believers as infidels. The positive aspect of religion I see is getting people together and believe in any cause a long as they believe God or Allah wishes it so. The damaging effects can only be ameliorated by promoting critical thinking and getting more freethinkers to challenge the ills that comes with religion. Humanism must learn that religious people are able to rally together because they re convinced in whatever they believe in. It is vital that humanists are well grounded in their own world view and be able to share it with the world from an informed view point.
Jacobsen: What are some of the big future initiatives for you? What have been some honest successes and failures of the Ugandan humanist movement?
Mukasa: At Pearl Vocational Training College, we starting a course to teach Humanists to become Celebrants not only in Uganda but in several African countries. I have been able to establish HALEA and we have been able to transform it into a strong and results-oriented humanist organisation that inspires many others especially in Africa. On the whole, the Uganda Humanists Movement has achieved lots of success in terms of starting legal organisations that are spread in all parts of Uganda. We have several humanists’ schools too that are training students to think beyond the national syllabus that is heavily influenced by religious indoctrination. The movement is still failing to effectively make Humanism a life stance that is well known an respected in the country. We need to work more on the publicity part of humanism.
Jacobsen: Also, if you take the Ugandan humanist movement, how can places, like Canada where I live, learn from its successes and failures?
Mukasa: Canada and other countries in more free world have no excuse for failing to have strong humanists’ organisations because they have at least more informed people and tolerant governments. This is not the case for us in Uganda n the rest of Africa but despite the many challenges we have managed to start humanists organisations and run them to some reasonable success. Our failures stem more on our lack of adequate resources including finances to make things happen and repressive regimes that curtail our operation and once humanists’ organisations can manoeuvre through this then there is no cause to worry about failing.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Mukasa: Humanism is the best world view that all humans should be embracing if we re to live in a more rational, happy and free world. Humanists must dare to stand up and be counted wherever they are, we must avoid playing second fiddle to religions and endeavour to champion causes that make the gods obsessed people see the relevancy in being humanists.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time today, Kato, it was a pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/29
*This interview has been edited for clarity, concision, and readability.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So you are the director of the Humanist Assembly of Lagos. What are some tasks and responsibilities that come along with that position?
James-Adeyinka Shorungbe: Essentially, organizing the affairs of the organisation, charting annual programs to promote critical thinking in Lagos (Nigeria), maintaining relationships with other organizations such as IHEU, IHEYO, NHM. HAL is also a founding member body of the humanist movement in Nigeria so I actively involved in that regard.
Jacobsen: What are some of the impediments to the education and advocacy for both critical thinking and humanism within Nigeria?
Shorungbe: First, Nigeria is a society highly entrenched in superstition. So that is a major, impediment, to promoting critical thinking. In order to address that, education and awareness has to be done. While the Government is trying to improve the literacy level from its current level of just under 60%, a number topics that promote critical thinking are not being taught in schools.
Evolution is not being taught in schools. Anthropology is not taught in schools. History is not taught, as so on. So there’s education but low application of critical thinking to challenge the norm. Creationism is the only story taught in schools. So this creates an entire mindset of citizens who are highly superstitious. You also have the movie industry churning out a lot of superstition which the citizens all buy into and believe literacy as factual.
As a major impediment, superstition is a big, big problem. To address this, not enough of our message is getting out there. To be honest, I don’t think we’re doing enough to get our message out there in terms of awareness and enlightenment. We have barely scratched the surface in terms of addressing superstition in Nigeria.
Jacobsen: With the larger culture having a superstitious mindset in addition to the alignment of that superstition with the education system in a lot of respects, from the perspective of the larger society looking at an organization such as the Humanist Assembly in Lagos, what is their general perception of the organization if they’re coming to this with a superstitious perception in addition to the education system that bolsters the superstition?
Shorungbe: The few people who we have interacted with, they generally do not understand humanism or humanists. Their perception is anything that doesn’t recognize any divine being is straight evil, paganism, evildoers, etc. People we’ve had interactions with, often ask shocking “So you mean you don’t believe in God?”
When you try to get across the message that human problems and human situations can be solved by humans and are best solved by human efforts, we always get push backs, “No, no, no, you need to have divine intervention.” It is something strange to them, to the society — very strange.
Jacobsen: How are the number of humanists looking in Nigeria? So if you take a survey of public attitudes and beliefs, like, how many humanists can one expect to find in Nigeria, or at least in the area surrounding in Lagos?
Shorungbe: Because Nigeria is a very conservative society and a lot of people do not openly identify as humanists, atheists, and freethinkers, agnostics, etc it is a bit difficult to count. Many official forms and data gathering application usually only have the two main faiths as beliefs. However, when you go to online forums, when you go on social media, there are quite a lot of Nigerians who express them as nonbelievers.
There was research — I think by the Pew organization. It stated that as many as 2–3% of Nigerians are humanists, freethinkers, nonreligious. In a population of 180 million, 2–3% would come to 3 to 5 million Nigerians, but many are not outspoken. But in terms of the outspoken ones, we have very few humanists who are openly affiliated humanism and agnosticism online and offline.
Jacobsen: I have had discussions with other humanists, atheists, freethinkers, and so on, about having umbrella organizations as a key element of having the global community of atheists and humanists under a common umbrella to work towards common goals. Do you think that is an important part of solving problems that others and you experience when, for instance, coming to teaching correct scientific theories in the biological sciences with evolutionary theory?
Shorungbe: Yes, definitely, it is. With an umbrella body, you have a louder voice. You have more clout. That is one of the reasons why in Nigeria a number of associations we are all coming under the umbrella of the national body ‘Nigerian Humanist Movement’. Aside from the online community of The Nigerian Atheists and a couple of chat groups, we are still fragmented in Nigeria.
The Humanist Assembly of Lagos is one of 2 organizations that is formally registered and trying to break barriers and putting the voice out there for other humanists to appreciate they are not alone. That you can be different. That you can be good without any divine belief. The importance of having an umbrella body is very critical. Now, with an umbrella body, we can have representation push to the through the Nigerian National Assembly, through government bodies, etc. We can better organize to ensure the adoption of more scientific methods in schools — for example, advocate for the teaching of evolutionary theory in school curriculums.
Jacobsen: As a last question — two tied together, what are some near future initiatives of the Humanist Assembly of Lagos? Also, how can people get in contact to help or donate in some way?
Shorungbe: For the future, we will be looking to organise events that can showcase and promote humanism as well as critical thinking. Events such as film screenings, lectures, debates etc. Are also toying with the ideal of a radio show to enlighten the general public and kick start discussions the public space. A radio where speakers would come on and talk essentially, about everyday human issues and how these can be addressed without thinking they are caused by divine or superstitious means.
Just essentially, enlighten the public that various challenges one has in life can be addressed by practical action, which do not require divine intervention.
Essentially promoting humanism, freethinking, atheism, agnosticism in a bigger national level.
To get in touch with us, we are reachable by email: humanistassemblylagos@yahoo.com. We’re also have a page on Facebook Humanist Assembly of Lagos and Twitter under the @humanistalagos. That’s how we can be contacted.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Adeyinka.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
Angie Johnson took some time to discuss some of the Oasis Network activities. In particular, the work is seen in the Oasis Network branch in Salt Lake City. A previous interview was done with Helen Austen portrays the activities of the Kansas City Oasis. One of the main drivers of the Oasis Network initiative remains Minister Gretta Vosper from the West Hill United Church of the United Church of Canada. The first sect, or one of the first sects, in Canada to permit women as ministers – to allow ordination of women as ministers within the United Church of Canada. Here Angie and I talk about Salt Lake City Oasis.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, what was the original inspiration for Oasis in general?
Angie Johnson: I probably speak more to Salt Lake than to Oasis in general. But I will say I think the impetus was the idea that religion has the corner on the market for community, whereas a lot of things about community don’t require religious belief or dogma.
So, Oasis was started with an eye towards humanism. The idea that the actual person is more important than whatever they may tend to believe. So, it is secular in the sense that there is no religion in it.
But it’s also open to those who do have religious beliefs because we would put people above whatever their beliefs are.
Jacobsen: As the executive director for Salt Lake Oasis, what kinds of things does everyone do while there?
Johnson: Our weekly event is a gathering, which is like Ted Talks meets a house band. We have live music every time. The music part is important, but we have a lot of people who are big on singing as a group.
Maybe, because they are post religion, they love music. It’s sort of an uplifting thing, so we have live music every week. We have a keynote presenter on a topic of interest to the community. So, we’ve had something new every Sunday for around a year now.
Last week, we had the Dark Sky initiative, but we’ve had talks on everything from stem cells to evolution to spirituality without religion to meditation to intimacy in relationships. We’ve had sex therapists.
We’ve had talks on grief and loss. We’ve had talks on philosophy. Anything that you can almost imagine. We’ve had speakers on those topics. So, they do a 20-minute presentation followed by a Q&A with the audience.
If people want to push back, ask questions, or if anyone is skeptical, then they can have their voice be heard. Then we also have a coffee and chat break in the middle of that.
Also, we have a community moment where somebody from our community takes 5 minutes to talk about themselves, or something that they enjoy, are interested in, or a topic on their mind.
That is the format for the weekly gathering. It’s open to anybody that wants to come. We’ve started out with a few people, but we’re up to where we regularly have 50 people there every time without any problems.
Then we focus on education and humanitarian works. So, we have a monthly project called the Burrito Project, where we roll burritos and deliver them to homeless people in Salt Lake City.
That’s kind of our standing humanitarian effort. Every month, we try to have a speaker that pertains to humanitarian work. We’ve had room to read, to promote literacy for girls in third world countries.
Sometimes, we have our donations that week, half the donations go towards the cause. Then every once in awhile, we’ll do a particular cause, as with Hurricane Harvey release fund for our friends that are in Houston Oasis.
We raised over a few thousand dollars to send to them for hurricane relief. I would say the main focus is community, education, and humanitarian work. We’re trying to bring people together, so that they can form friendships and have the community that they often don’t get because they don’t go to church.
Jacobsen: When you do notice someone who is new to the community, how do you make them most feel welcome? How do you bring them into Oasis?
Johnson: I think coming to the Sunday gatherings. We have a board of directors. We have a person who is designated to greet people and look for anyone new and then to introduce them.
Sometimes, people come to Oasis thinking, “Oh, I’ll try this once. I’ll have instant friends,” but they don’t realize you have to put time and effort into making friends. You have to stick with it and show up for a little while.
We also recently instituted something called community groups. Because we are coming from all over the valley here, we have these community groups that meet on a weeknight. They run for 6 or 7 weeks.
They’ll be at someone’s home. We try to strategically place them further away. So, for example, in south Jordan, where I live, it’s about 20 minutes to get to downtown Salt Lake, where we have our Sunday gathering.
So, I recently hosted a community group at my house in order for people who live down here at the south end of the valley can be able to come over watch a school of life video, discuss and eat snacks & drink wine and chat.
Those sorts of less formal events tend to cement friendships more than the Sunday gatherings. But Salt Lake Oasis has started sponsoring a navigators scout group this year for secular scouting, too.
We have some events, where kids start to know each other more through scouting. That’s a new program. We started barely meeting last month. So, those are some ways that we try to provide that community experience for people.
Jacobsen: What are some ways people can become involved, e.g. volunteering time and skills, donations, and so on?
Johnson: We are a 501(c)(3) non-profit. All of our expenses are paid through people donating. So, we pass the basket at our gatherings and then we have sustaining contributors to go online and donate a monthly amount.
Basically, our goal is to get enough sustaining contributors to pay for our venue and business liability. Now, we have a part-time child care person for Sunday gatherings, so during the keynote we have childcare.
We have 1 paid person and 1 volunteer person from the community who, gets a background check and, helps each week. So one way to help is volunteering for the child care. We have jobs. We have committees.
We have the childcare committee. We have our snacks and coffee committee. We have a committee for helping find musicians. So, there are lots of volunteer things for people. We have a social committee that plans little events in the community.
We recently had a paint night. Sometimes, we have a classic skating party for the kids. We do a lot of hikes. This year for the first time we did a Salt Lake Oasis family campout, where we got a big group site up in the mountain.
We had an actual overnight campout for anyone who wanted to come. Actually, we had our Sunday gathering up there and had a professor come and talk to us about the positive effects of nature on the brain.
So, that was really fun. We try and incorporate some of the social events with the humanitarian work and the gatherings to have a complete package. Of course, not everyone goes to everything, but we try to find people where they’re at and find what they’re interested in doing.
Once a month, after our Sunday gathering, we have feast Sunday, where we go out to lunch together. So, that’s more opportunities for talking and getting to know everybody.
Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time, Angie.License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
Haras Rafiq is Quilliam’s CEO and an Executive Board Member. He is currently a member of Prime Minister’s Community Engagement Forum (CEF) Task Force and was formerly a member of the UK Government’s task force looking at countering extremism in response to the 2005 terrorist bombings in London, as well as being a peer mentor for IDeA – advising regional government. He is also a member of the Advisory Group on Online Terrorist Propaganda at Europol’s European Counter-terrorism Centre (ECTC).
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Some of the narratives put out can not only be on either side of those in terms of countering extremist narratives and those trying to prop up and promote extremist narratives. Some on the fringes of both of those. Those that are affected are moderate faith members. Where, there can be additional anti-Muslim sentiment as individuals. Of course, there’s anti-atheist, anti-Christian, prejudice depending on where you are and it will vary in its means and representation. How does anti-Muslim sentiment increase, in what ways does it increase, in light of some of these concerns on the periphery?
Haras Rafiq: First of all, I’m glad you didn’t use the word Islamophobia. Islam is a set of beliefs. It is a set of values. I am a Muslim. I choose to accept Islamic values and Islamic ideas. Not the ones that ISIS or the Muslim Brotherhood have, different ones. I choose those values. In a liberal secular democracy, no idea should be beyond scrutiny, but no individual should be beyond dignity. This is a mantra at Quilliam. It means that Islamophobia is a term that is defunct and is a term quite often used to stifle criticism particular interpretations of the faith, and particular organisations.
Anti-Muslim hatred is real. Now, the problem we have in the UK is anti-Muslim sentiment can be on the increase, but you know what it is not as bad as it is in the US or mainland Europe. That is because in the UK we do have a growing number, not enough – we need more, people who are ordinary Muslims who aren’t Islamists and who aren’t extremists, who aren’t fundamentalists, who are starting to help portray that not every single Muslim is the same as Anjem Choudary or Shakeel Begg (who sued the BBC and lost). The problem is we have the regressive Left and the far-Right that are actually at war with each other, virtually.
Both claiming these particular types of Islamist Islam is normative Islam. Therein lies the problem; in the UK and the US more so, we have these regressive Left and far-Right people who are trying to claim that the real Islam is Islamists Islam. It doesn’t help. It takes people out of the middle ground and moves them to this polarisation. ISIS said very, very clearly that they want to create anti-Muslim sentiment in the West. In their magazine, Dabiq, they want to take people out of nuance and debate and move them into binary positions. The problem is when we don’t have enough Muslims and non-Muslims coming out and unequivocally not just condemning Islamism in general, not just ISIS or al-Qaeda or Muslim Brotherhood, and saying we do have people moving to the extremist positions. This is a problem. If we didn’t have ISIS, al-Qaeda, the Muslim Brotherhood, or people saying, “In an ideal Muslim country, if people commit adultery, then don’t stone them to death.” There wouldn’t be anti-Muslim sentiment. We didn’t have anti-Muslim sentiment when I was growing up.
I think there will always be an element of racism, and people who are xenophobic and bigoted. I think it has moved over to being anti-Muslim sentiment. I think that’s more of what civil society needs to take on, but we as Muslim communities and others, collectively, need to help to show to ordinary people who as it was in the past. Groups that like the Muslim Brotherhood, al-Qaeda, ISIS, etc, don’t represent us at all.
Jacobsen: What about moderate Muslim scholars coming forth and assisting and providing that more moderate narrative?
Rafiq: First of all, I don’t like the term moderate. I’ll tell you why. Right now, in the UK and in the world, there are a group of so-called moderate scholars calling for the activation of the blasphemy law. There are people in 2006, who I remember taking to Tony Blair. When he asked me to bring him the moderates, I said, “Here are the moderates. They aren’t Salafists They aren’t Islamists. They are another denomination, and they happen to the majority in the UK.” There was a guy named Salmaan Taseer in Pakistan who was a politician and who was killed by his bodyguard. The killer, Mumtaz Qadri, was praised as a martyr when he was found guilty and executed. I don’t agree with the death penalty, but he was executed and praised as a martyr and somebody who was a qazi – praiseworthy – because he killed somebody for being blasphemous.
This was being called out by people who would be known as moderates. Some of the traditions that I come from. So, I don’t like the term first of all. I would use the term ordinary Muslims. Those who reject, from a human rights perspective, certain interpretations that don’t fit into our values that we believe in. The universal or human values. I don’t like to call them British values. They are universal values. Human values like human rights, secularism, and so on. There are a number of a scholars that have started to shift that way. There’s an Arabic Quranic concept:
إصلاح
Islah means reform. Reform through reasoning, ijtihad. Salafis and Islamists don’t want this to happen, but there are more Shaykh Bin Bayyah and Shaykh Hisham Kabbani, and a number of others, who have an international platform and are starting to gain a little bit more traction now and a bit more support. They can’t do it themselves. I’ll tell you why scholars aren’t the sole solution. I’ll tell you an anecdote. I’ve got tons of anecdotes, been doing this for 12 years!
I was doing a lecture of Prevent. There was a leading shaykh/scholar. I asked him to do the religious stuff. The assistant warden said that he’s got a person who has given him a bit of grief, radicalising other people, and asked if we had time to talk to him. He came 45 minutes late, pale – absolutely pale. I made a joke, “Did you radicalise him?” He shook his head. I leaned over him. He said, “The guy’s got a point.”
He went in with his version of theology, moderate theology, and said he’ll see you with my version. The shaykh told me that he won the debate on theology. I trust him that he won that. But then the guy hit him with the intellectual, the ideological, the social, and the emotional, and the scholar had nothing. He was used to living in a bubble all of his life, living in a seminary. He couldn’t cope.
(Laugh)
Instead of offering the other guy some form of critical inquiry, he ended up deflecting on some critical inquiry himself, but they do need to be involved. They are part of the solution. That’s why we’ve fully taken on Shaykh Salah al-Ansari at Quilliam, who is from Al-Azhar University, used to be the Imam from the largest mosque in London, most prestigious, in the UK. He is a good reformer. Shaykh Usama Hassan and other, we are getting people to help stimulate the debate and reform. More needs to be done. On their own, they are not the solution.
Jacobsen: As the CEO and executive board member for Quilliam, what tasks and responsibilities come along with this position?
Rafiq: I was the managing director for a number of years. I was responsible for sustainable growth in the UK. We’ve done that. When I first took over as managing director, we had 6 or 7 full-time staff. Now, we’ve got 20 in the UK. The problem that we face is the problem of global jihadist insurgency. The problem is around the world. It cannot just be dealt with in the UK, but needs to be dealt with around the world.
Adam Deen used to be a former extremist himself. My job is to help set up Quilliam offices and the Quilliam model in other countries. We are a 501(c)3 in the US, but we haven’t had a physical presence. We finished the paperwork to be set up as an NGO in Canada. My aim is to set up physical offices and presences in North America. Also, I am looking in other countries.
My job is to make penetration on policy makers and in the messaging to Muslims and Muslim communities. The third is to make sure that we do this, so that we have sustainable growth and bring in business models to make sure the business is viable and sustainable. Finally, the keeping of the best staff. I think that as we grow we need to employ, train, and maintain the best staff. We’ve got a number of projects ongoing in Europe and North Africa, as a network, which are coming together to combat this phenomenon. We want to reach out to Europe, Africa, North America, and other parts of the world as well.
Jacobsen: Any thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Rafiq: Conatus News is great. I think it is a fantastic initiative. It is really important that we get this vital work done. It is important that we make sure that as a civil society – I remember in 1972 going to my first football match with my brother; I was 7 years of age. It was the home team. 15 minutes before the end, we had to leave because there was racism that the home team supporters were going to beat us up. Now, premier football stadiums that doesn’t happen. There is racism, but it is nowhere near as bad as it used to be. Why? The reason why is civil society and trans-media activism, projects and campaigns to kick racism out of football through celebrities and other people tried to educate and tackle this phenomenon means there’s been a shifting of social norms. I want to get to the point with Quilliam as part of the solution, where civil society is much stronger on the issue of tackling Islamism. We want to get to the point where civil society reacts the same way to Islamism as they do to racism, sexism, and fascism. People talk about jihad. This is my jihad. This is my struggle to combat extremism, and extremism of all sorts.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Mr. Rafiq.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
[Editor’s note: The groups and organizations seem open about it. Granted, I appreciate the truth in public and honesty as a cherished value. Some religious beliefs, convictions, doctrines, stances, and values stand against reproductive health rights in some cases. With the recent news from the government and the backlash from the religious groups and organizations, the Canadian public will choose between two value sets: traditional religious transcendentalist moral values or international secular human rights, but not, in many cases, both.]
“A federal controversy has landed in the Newfoundland and Labrador Catholic church community — in particular, in the St. John’s basilica.
‘We are pro life. We are opposed to abortion, that’s part of our core mandate.’- Frank Puddister
Each summer, the Roman Catholic Archdiocese of St. John’s hires a summer student through the Canada Summer Jobs Program to act as a tour guide in the museum in the basilica.
But this year, the program’s application form is different. This year, all applicants have to tick a box stating the organization’s core mandate respects Canadian human rights, including reproductive rights.”
“The prime minister’s idea to exclude pro-life groups from $220 million in federal summer jobs grants shows that he dislikes some groups and favours other groups, or religions. He talks as if he has approval from the majority, but in the Lethbridge Herald poll on the issue, 78 per cent do not agree with Trudeau.
Free speech is slowly being taken away; one religion has special protection. Award-winning journalist Christine Douglass Williams was terminated from the Canadian Race Relations Foundation (CRRF) by Heritage Minister Melanie Joly because of her writing on the website Jihad Watch. However, she made a distinction between those who choose to practise Islam in peace and harmony with others.
I think as Canadians we should be allowed to say something if one group or religion behaves bad or are a danger to society or to the Canadian way of life. Every Canadian has or should have the same rights and protection. Where does it go next? More gun control? Hey, this is Alberta, Canada.”
“Leaders from four diverse faith groups stood united today at St. Benedict’s Catholic Church in Etobicoke, Ontario to discuss the Liberal government’s decision to include a controversial attestation to the Canada Summer Jobs program application.
Representatives from the Canadian Council of Imams, the Jewish Shaarei Congregation, the Canadian Conference of Catholic Bishops, and the Evangelical Fellowship of Canada were present, representing more than 80 faith groups who have signed a formal statement to demand a rewrite of the attestation or its removal all together.
It was announced in December that groups applying to the Canada Summer Jobs program are required to check a box affirming that their organizational mandate respects the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, which includes LGBTQ and women’s reproductive rights. As it stands today, this presents a problem for religious-based institutions that seek federal funding.”
“The Canada Summer Jobs program is an initiative created to subsidize the cost of hiring students as employees during the summer. However, the program and its thousands of summer-job grants may not be available for faith-based organizations after changes made by the federal government.
“In the non-profit and charitable sector, we don’t have huge budgets,” said Myron Rogal with the Saskatoon Roman Catholic Diocese, “so we rely on this.””
Source: https://globalnews.ca/news/3985453/roman-catholic-diocese-saskatoon-canada-summer-jobs-program/.
“embers of Quebec City’s Muslim community will stand alongside those of the Huron-Wendat, Jewish, Catholic, Anglican and many other communities Sunday, as they honour the victims of last year’s deadly attack on a mosque.
The interfaith ceremony, which starts at 7 p.m. at the Pavillion de Jeunesse at Expo Cité, will not be the first time different religious communities in the city will have come together since the shooting.
Bruce Myers, bishop of the Anglican diocese of Quebec and Boufeldja Benabdallah, co-founder of the Islamic Cultural Centre of Quebec City, spoke with Ainslie MacLellan on CBC Radio’s All in a Weekend, about how their communities have built a friendship.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/montreal/quebec-city-muslims-anglicans-faith-grief-1.4507155.
“Labour Minister Patty Hajdu strived Tuesday to return to the start of the furor over the federal government’s Canada Summer Jobs program and a pitched debate about rights, beliefs, freedoms and the power of the state.
It all goes back to the application form through which organizations apply for federal summer jobs funding, and the new requirement that applicants must check a box affirming they respect the values set out in the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms — including reproductive rights. Churches and faith groups have complained that their right to religious belief is not being respected and that otherwise valuable projects will go unfunded.
But the government, Hajdu said, had heard complaints that some groups, namely the Calgary-based Canadian Centre for Bio-Ethical Reform, were using the funds from federal grants to “create graphic pamphlets that featured aborted fetuses as a way to shame women about reproductive rights.” Other summer jobs grants were going to camps that “refused to hire members of the LGBTQ community,” she said.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/politics/summer-jobs-abortion-hajdu-analysis-wherry-1.4499907.
“Next year, Canada may face a test of our national foundations, that is our commitment to social inclusion and tolerance. Will this fragile consensus survive the bloodletting of a national election when one of the leadership choices is an ambitious Sikh man, in a time when some partisans would stir the embers of racism?
In the naïve euphoria of a “post-racial Presidency,” how many Americans would have predicted an openly racist American president would follow? The Conservative Party has yet to be persuasive about how deeply it has learned the lessons of its disastrous flirtation with Islamophobic racism. The Quebec political elite still needs to acknowledge the black crow feathers dangling from their lips.
The ability to set these boundaries of acceptable discourse falls heavily on one man.”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at the University of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. Here we talk about the awakening, ongoing, in Nigeria.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have written about an awakening in Nigeria. You are a main vocal and public intellectual for the non-religious community in the continent of Africa and in the nation of Nigeria.
You did something few have the willingness, courage, or ability to do, which is found an entire movement in a country: the Nigerian humanist movement. What are the major developments for the observation of an awakening in Nigeria at the moment?
Leo Igwe: The developments are not too different from what led me to found the Nigerian Humanist Movement in 1996. These are mainly the pervasiveness of harmful traditional beliefs and practices and the damaging effects of religious extremism.
Unfortunately, in Imo state just like in other states in Nigeria, traditional belief in witchcraft, Mami Wata, spirits and gods, charm, ritual sacrifice and ‘Ogwuego’, (blood money), traditional bullet proof remain very strong. Modern education has done very little to weaken the hold of these ancient superstitions on the minds of the people.
The notion that witchcraft is real is widespread and those who are accused, mainly women, children and elderly persons, are often attacked and killed by their accusers. The idea that people can make money using human body parts sometimes lead ritual murder and human sacrifice.
In fact, the Abrahamic religions, which missionaries, scholars, and jihadists introduced in the country have substituted these beliefs with their foreign versions or reinforced these traditional/magical conceptions of life and realities.
The two Abrahamic faiths have succeeded in inflicting so much damage because these foreign religions enjoy enormous privilege and too often their doctrines are shielded from critical examination.
Interestingly those who introduced Christianity and Islam criticized and ridiculed traditional beliefs and practices. Now, these Abrahamic religions prohibit and penalize, and sometimes criminalize the criticism of their own teachings and dogmas.
So foreign religions are holding Nigerians, nay Africans hostage, morally and intellectually. Their bogus faith healing claims, abuses and exploitation go largely unchallenged.
Miracle pastors extort money and dispossess their church members by compelling them to sow seeds. In fact, in a clear case of human debasement and an embarrassing show of shame, Nigeria’s foremost Christian faith healer, T.B Joshua recently claimed to have healed a person of “anus cancer.”
The local media published the picture of the man who had cancer along with anatomical details showing the location of the disease. Such dubious and irresponsible claims are rampant in present-day Nigeria.
The Nigerian society urgently needs a campaign of reason to awaken the local population to the dark and destructive effects of superstitions and religious fanaticism.
Jacobsen: You contacted me regarding the upcoming work in Owerri for the humanist and freethinker (etc…) population there – in Imo State, Southern Nigeria. What is happening there? Why is it exciting?
Igwe: A lot is taking place In Imo state that warrants a secular response. Centuries of Christian proselytization have turned the area into a stronghold of Christianity. Furthering the humanist alternative has become a necessity in order to challenge Christian religious privilege in the state.
The Christian establishment tyrannizes over the lives of the people. Christian churches control the schools and use these institutions to indoctrinate children and youths. They make it difficult for them to think outside the Christian/religious box.
Due to the Christian monopoly of the educational system, there is virtually no significant space for freethinking and critical inquiry. Imo state is witnessing a proliferation of Pentecostal and charismatic Christianity.
The activities of these ministries damage the environment. Miracle priests and pastors have been ordering the felling of trees and the clearing of forests, which they claim to be the hideout of evil spirits.
Recently, one of the miracle pastors, Fr. Modestus Chilaka, claimed to have resurrected a man from the dead, after the corpse lay in a mortuary for three weeks. A culture of dogma and blind faith makes the people prone to believing this nonsense and other absurdities.
Also a few years ago, the Catholic church in the state witnessed an unprecedented crisis. Catholics in one of the local dioceses, Ahiara, rejected a bishop that the pope appointed to take charge of the area.
They claimed that the selection process did not follow the due process. Efforts by the Vatican to compel the priests and lay people in this diocese to accept the bishop have failed. The threats and intimidation from the pope and the Vatican have so far come to naught.
The people have stuck to their guns. Although the Christian church is dominant in Imo State, there is occasionally a defiance of its authority, a challenge of its teachings, a resistance of its oppressive structures, and an opposition to its monopoly of power and influence in the region.
That is a sign of hope. The humanist forum is an initiative to deepen and sustain this culture of defiance and resistance of religious dogma and authoritarianism.
Jacobsen: It is the Bible Belt, as you noted, of Nigeria. How does the fundamentalist, Bible Belt, form of Christianity mix with traditional beliefs and practices in Owerri?
Igwe: Christianity has annexed the traditional religious complex by divinizing and adopting what it considers good and moral while demonizing what it regards as evil and wrong using the Bible as a reference point.
Given that the Bible is not a coherent text, and there is no God or Christ to confirm what is true or false; what is or is not the word of God.
A mix of Christianity and traditional beliefs are consistent with the Christian fundamentalist paradigm because verses from the Old and New Testaments are used to justify what is often designated as traditional beliefs and practices such as the belief in witches, the use of charms and the practice of ritual sacrifice.
For instance, fundamentalists Christians use Ex. 22:18 to justify the accusation and persecution of witches. They continue to tighten the ‘Bible Belt’ around the minds of people in the region.
Jacobsen: What are the penalties for public non-religiosity in Owerri at the moment, and historically? What will the public, even the police, do to you?
Igwe: As in the north of Nigeria, there are risks that are associated with non-religiosity, but public non-religiosity in southern Nigeria is not as dangerous as it is in the Islamic Northern Nigeria.
Public non-religiosity attracts social sanctions, ostracization, threats of severance of ties and relationship, withdrawal of family and social support. Nonreligious persons can be attacked especially in situations where their non-religiosity is demonized and believed to be responsible for poverty, lack of progress, illness, death and other misfortunes in families and communities.
The police usually intervene on the side of the religious attackers. However nonreligious persons in strong sociocultural positions, that is, those who are gainfully employed or those who are financially independent are better placed to resist persecutions.
Jacobsen: How does religion change the political and cultural current of Nigeria? How can an awakening of freethinking change this disaster for the principles of secularism: of a place of worship and state/government separation?
Igwe: Religion is frustrating efforts to establish a secular state, and attempts to effectively tackle religious extremism. Religion has made it difficult to put in place institutions that guarantee the rights of all individuals whether they are religious or not.
Religion has hampered the evolution of a tolerant society that does not discriminate against anybody on religious grounds. Unfortunately, states in the Muslim dominated areas are implementing sharia and officially discriminate against non-Muslims.
While states in Christian dominated areas officially discriminate against non-Christians, in a religiously pluralistic Nigeria, it is imperative that the state is secular and religiously neutral and not biased for or against any religion. This is not yet the case.
In addition, religion has frustrated the realization of a culture of critical thinking and scientific inquiry, fostering a faith-based, not an evidence-based view of the world. Religious dogma has made it difficult for Nigerians to freely exercise their minds.
It has hampered the emergence of a scientific Nigeria and the unleashing of Nigerians’ creative, inventive and innovative potentials. An awakening of freethinking will get Nigerians to realize their intellectual possibilities including the promises and benefits of separating religion and state.
It will provide a stimulus for positive and progressive change in the country. Simply put, fostering the principles of secularism will help deal a heavy blow to that last bastion of colonialism, religion.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Igwe: Religion is a global movement that uses transnational structures to promote its agenda, spread its dogmas and undermine the separation of church (mosque) and state.
Secularists should not be content with only complaining and criticizing the dark and destructive effects of religion around the globe. Mere criticism is not enough. Secularists should put in place structures and mechanisms to counter theocratic forces. A global synergy is needed to achieve a secular enlightenment worldwide.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Leo.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
Charlotte Littlewood is the Counter Extremism Coordinator for an area of East London that ranks as one of the highest at-risk areas in the country to radicalization and extremism. She spent two years delivering on the Prevent strategy, helping safeguard individuals from radicalization, which involved working on cases that prevented whole families from leaving to Syria to fight for the Islamic State. Now, as a part of her role as Counter Extremism Coordinator, she has developed and is leading on delivering a programme that looks to empower young people to speak out against extremism online: the Arts Against Extremism Programme.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is counterterrorism? What is counterextremism?
Charlotte Frances Littlewood: Counterterrorism is countering violent extremism; when acts of violence are committed on behalf of a political and/or religious ideology. The UK government tackles terrorism through its CONTEST strategy that can be broken down into four subsections, Protect, Pursue, Prevent and Prepare. Let’s take Protect as an example: Protect aims to strengthen key infrastructures to better withstand an attack, for example, in the borough I work for, we have large concrete plant pots bordering the longest market street in London, these are there to protect from a potential vehicular attack. With regard to counter terrorism my expertise is in Prevent, which aims to prevent vulnerable individuals from being drawn into terrorism or becoming terrorists, it means working in local government in collaboration with the community safety team to safeguard these individuals from harming themselves and others.
Counter extremism is countering non-violent extremism. Extremism is that which opposes democracy, the rule of law, individual liberty and respect and tolerance of different faiths and beliefs. For example if one was to create a parallel legal system that enforced illegal cultural practices such as female genital mutilation both the rule of law and ones right to individual liberty would be opposed. Therefore we are not just discussing Islamist and Far-Right extremism here, we’re talking about honor killings, FGM, homophobia, Islamophobia; everything that falls under something that goes against our values of tolerance, respect, equality – essentially human rights.
The strategy, for which I now lead on for my Borough, can also be broken into four strands. Building the capacity of community groups that work to build cohesion and/or directly tackle hate and prejudice; increasing the reach of community groups that do the above; tackling the extremist narrative and opposing extremist groups. In my borough I have developed a programme using Arts Council and Heritage Lottery Fund money to do all the above. The Arts Against Extremism programme uses local community organisations to empower a group of young people to speak out on issues that affect them. These groups are paid for their contribution whilst also being able to share the platform with the participants to allow for their work to also gain greater reach. The messages that the participants disseminate are all ones of countering the manifestations of extremism they are learning about (homophobia, Islamophobia, FGM, sectarianism, Islamism and the far right) as well as putting out positive messages of shared values. Essentially we are flooding the online space, which is sadly predominantly dominated by negative content, with positive messaging, whilst also empowering local organisations that counter extremism and building resilience in both that participants and the community to extremist messaging. The programme launches this week with Hibo Wardere, a victim of FGM, speaking on her life and work, so do follow the hashtag ‘ArtsAgainstExtremism’ and our facebook page.
Jacobsen: What is Quilliam?
Littlewood: Quilliam is a counterterrorism think tank. It researches the drivers of radicalisation and runs campaigns, programmes and outreach to tackle radicalisation at its root. Some of their work is used to inform how we inderstand radicalisation but otherwise it is completely separate. They are an independent think tank whereas I am a government employee.
Jacobsen: What has been a big success in the government work of identifying extremism and countering it?
Littlewood: So, I would suggest that the government’s work in identifying extremist narratives is ongoing [Laughing]. Its biggest success has been in shifting perspectives on how we challenge extreme harmful cultural practices, tackling FGM being a prime example. It has been a slow progress of getting people to understand that there are actual ills and problems coming out of certain cultures because there is a real sense that when you push against a cultural practice then you’re being culturally imperialistic. It has taken victims to these practices, born out of the cultures that propagate them, taking a stand against the practice.
Again I would point you towards Hibo Wardere, she really is a wonderful example of how perspectives can be shifted to understand something as harmful and therefore necessary to oppose. She is an anti-FGM activist who went through FGM in Somalia. Now, she goes all over the world talking about how FGM isn’t a part of her religion and is a cultural practice, how harmful it is, how it is a human rights abuse and how we can work with the communities who continue to practice it to make a change. Initially her community hated her and countering FGM was considered to be interfering with religion. Now we see many of her community, especially locally, working with her and an increasing awakening to the harms of FGM. It is her passion, personal experience, knowledge and relationship with her community that has allowed her to make this kind of success in tackling extremism.
Now people are starting to get behind tackling some really intolerable and disgusting practices, even if they might be attached to a culture. So, positive voices from the culture are really important and having people like myself who understand that and have the ability to support and platform those voices are all part of ensuring we can be as effective as possible in tackling hate, prejudice and harm.
Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time, Charlotte.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
Peter Gajdics is the author of The Inheritance of Shame: A Memoir. He can be found in Amazon, Twitter, Facebook, and Goodreads. Here we plumb the depths – as the cliché goes – about conversion therapy, his life and experience, and book.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You wrote a book called The Inheritance of Shame: A Memoir. I could give my own description, but I would like this in your own words. What is the content and purpose of the book?
Peter Gajdics: The Inheritance of Shame: A Memoir is about my six years in a form of “conversion therapy,” as well as my long road to recovery after suing my former psychiatrist for medical malpractice. Told over a period of decades, the book explores universal themes like childhood trauma, oppression, and intergenerational pain, and juxtaposes the story of my years in this “therapy” and its after effects with my parents’ own traumatic histories—my mother’s years in a communist concentration camp in post World War II Yugoslavia, and my father’s upbringing as an orphan in war-torn Hungary.
I started to write this book at the close of my lawsuit, in 2003. It is no exaggeration to say that I wrote to stay alive—to resist the silencing effects of shame brought on not only from childhood sexual abuse, and the lie that the abuse had “made me gay,” but especially as a direct result of this “therapy.” Eventually, I wrote to mine my own history and understand, to the best of my ability, what had brought me to that doctor’s doorstep, why I’d stayed for six long years, and what, if anything, I had learned. By about 2012, as conversion therapy began appearing in the media after California became the first world-wide jurisdiction to ban the discredited practice, I wrote as a political act—to try and prevent the recurrence of similar forms of torture.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How does most of your written work deal with issues of homosexuality? How does your work expose the inner workings of conversion therapy?
Peter Gajdics: I grew up Roman Catholic, and so even as a child I recall hearing the priests deliver sermons denouncing the evils of homosexuality. When I was six years old I was also sexually abused by a stranger, and ended up “learning” from various sources, including the church, the media, even my own family, that sexual abuse “caused” a person to become homosexual. By the time I started to develop sexual feelings for other males, the fear that this abuse had created my desires was unrelenting. My father had Anglicized the pronunciation of his surname, Gajdics, after immigrating to Canada in the 1950’s, and so I also grew up pronouncing my surname “Gay-dicks” (instead of its proper Hungarian pronunciation, “Guy-ditch”), which of course resulted in all sorts of ridicule from my classmates. I could not escape my name, of course, which seemed to suggest that I really was “gay,” and yet being gay, as I had learned, meant that the abuse had caused these feelings of same-sex desire. All of this amounted to one incredible nightmare as a child. And all of these factors—the fear around my name and the belief that abuse had “caused” me to become who I was—contributed to the reasons for ending up in this “therapy,” though I could never have clearly articulated any of this at the time. On some level I wanted to not be myself, to undo the effects of abuse, to escape the torment of what I thought it meant to be gay, to not be my own name. Overall, I think that one’s identity as part of any minority, especially a sexual minority, is always going to take centre stage in a person’s life if only because they are constantly fighting against the currents of shame and invisibility. Our fight really is to stay alive, to retain our humanity, to resist the dehumanizing effects of oppression in its myriad incarnations.
With respect to the “inner workings of conversion therapy”—I think that all of these treatments begin with some version of the same lie, which says that being gay or homosexual is a disease or immortal, a deviation, and must by “cured” in some way. Because of my own history, early on my psychiatrist affirmed that the abuse had, indeed, “caused” my false belief that I was homosexual, and that this “error” in my thinking and the consequent “acting out” by sexualizing relationships with men could therefore by “corrected” through the use of his therapy. Every person who ends up on one of these therapies will have their own story, and lie, but I think the premise is always the same—lies are what snare gay people into believing they need to try to become heterosexual, or that causes a parent to send their kids to one of these therapies. A person can build an entire life around a lie—until, of course, the lies come crashing down. Truth is always forcing its way back into our lives—we just have to remain open to it.
Several years after my own therapy, it was important for me to try to understand how someone could end up believing they had “changed” themselves, because I really do believe that some people who are in these treatments actually believe their own lies, that they have “changed.” Obviously, even to this day some politicians and right-wing zealots still believe that “change” is possible. The best way that I’ve been able to explain it all to myself is with metaphor of the map / territory confusion—“A map is not the territory it represents,” which was first stated by philosopher Alfred Korzybski, even popularized by Deepak Chopra. Practitioners of “conversion therapy,” and many people in these treatments, have confused the map of sexual identity with the territory of desire in that they think that a change to a person’s outer behaviour, their map, will result in a change to their inner self, their territory—but of course, that’s the lie. If I stand in Paris and call it Rome, really believe that it’s Rome, the place beneath my feet is still the place beneath my feet no matter what I think or call it. I am still standing where I was when it was called Paris. Changing a map will never change a territory, but we can invest years of effort and our firm belief into trying to do just that.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: As a gay man, how does shame form a core of self-identity to potentially many gay men in their young lives. What are the majority outcomes? What are the positive outcomes? What are the more tragic outcomes from this disorientation of shame, guilt, and self-misunderstanding.
Peter Gajdics: It’s true that shame formed a core belief or structure in my life right from an early age, but the shame wasn’t solely about my homosexuality. Shame, within my own family history, stretches back generationally to my father’s upbringing as an orphan, and even before him to his parents and their parents, and also with my mother’s experiences in the concentration camp. Generally, I think that any oppressed minority faces at least some degree of shame, if only because they are marginalized, often teased and bullied as children and ridiculed as adults, and end up becoming “the other” within a society. There’s always going to be some degree of shame when you feel you don’t belong, when you face institutionalized hatred and bigotry, when you’re ostracized or segregated. Sexuality overall is still very shame-based within our culture; even under the best of circumstances people’s sexuality is often compartmentalized. While the world is obviously more accepting of gays today, I think there is a danger in thinking that various laws or even increased visibility in the media means that on an individual level all is completely well. I don’t think it is. “Gay identity,” as a collective force, is not overly subjective; the political does not necessarily translate into the personal; and so on a very personal level, people still struggle with issues of shame and, as you say, guilt. I’m also not convinced that the portrayal of gay men and women in the media is always honest and healthy, and so there continues to be some risk of internalizing a new version of what “the world” says it means to be “out and proud.” Pride has little to do with marching in a parade once a year, or even in having a lot of sex. Quantity is not quality. The locus of attention in a healthy sense of self must start from within, not outside, not in magazines or on television, or else we’re always going to feel disoriented, caught in the eye of a social media storm. We will never “understand” ourselves if we always look to others for the answers about our own identity. “Being gay,” just like “being straight,” is largely illusory, and has little to do with being one’s self.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Does the shame come from the self, the family, community, the society or some interplay amongst and between those domains? What are some symptoms of this sense of shame? What thoughts are used to rationalize the shame if there is no support network or insight into the source of it?
Peter Gajdics: Shame is definitely sourced in various places, including the family and its history, society, various religions, and each is always fighting for attention within one person’s life. It can take an enormous act of will to resist these invaders and to exert one’s own sense of self, free from shame and self-harm. For me in my own youth, shame manifested in the form of eating disorders, unsafe and sometimes compulsive sexual behaviour, and also of course depression and despair, thoughts of suicide. A sense of hopelessness, an absence of any real purpose or agency, is, I think, the most terrible state, but I do not believe this is ever innate or static. We find ourselves in these liminal states of being not because we are meant to stay there, but because of a number of other contributing factors in our life. Shame has its own logic, but it is never honesty. On some level, I think we always know when we are living the lie of shame, when we’re self-destructing. The danger is that some behaviour, which is founded in shame, can end up feeling seductive and pleasurable. Pain can often feel like pleasure. I would like to say that reaching out for help or finding community is the easy answer, but I know this is not always possible, or easy, and sometimes we don’t always know that we even need help. I look at my own life and there were years where I felt righteous in my own self-destructiveness. I needed to learn certain life lessons for myself. I suppose expressing myself through the written word has helped save me. I’ve worked my way through many difficult passages in my life simply by writing them down and seeing them outside of me, rather than continuing to internalize it all. Writing reflected back to me a source of power and identity—who I was and what I wasn’t—that I could not find in another person.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: If you could take a bigger view of the nature of homosexuality or the popular conceptions of it, what seems like the benevolent prejudices and malevolent biases portrayed in the media and culture around homosexual or gay men?
Peter Gajdics: When we talk about “the nature of homosexuality,” immediately I think of “the nature of heterosexuality,” since one cannot exist without the other. In this sense, I think we are really therefore talking about “the nature of sexuality.” Sexuality hasn’t always been divided into this kind of binary, and while language and definitions can give voice to the marginalized, in this case I think they are often used as instruments of lies—beneath the lies of “conversion therapy,” for example, homosexuality and heterosexuality are often used not descriptors of erotic desire, but of mutable identities; “change” is not genetic but taxonomically societal. Also, the fact that it is still a headline in the media when a person is “discovered” to be gay, or comes out and is interviewed about “what it was like to discover” they were gay, says a lot about how our culture still perceives sexuality—there’s still a sense of scandal, or sleaze, compartmentalization, around all of it. Within a range of benevolent prejudices and malevolent biases, some stereotypes seem to me to be fairly benign, like gay men’s love of musicals, as one example—which of course is not necessarily true of all gay men, just as all straight men don’t necessarily love football. I look to the recent past, and I think the popular conception, believed and promulgated by many for a long time, of AIDS being such a thing as a “gay disease” has been about as malevolent as they come, because it was founded on the lie that said “we” are somehow separate and different from “you”—and we’re not. We are all one. Blood runs through us all. Lies like these result in millions of deaths.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Peter.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/28
Steve Martin produced one of the first hymns for the atheist crowd in, well, probably ever, which he termed the “the entire atheist hymnal” (Martin, 2017; V1de0Lovr, 2011). And its actually very good, not only because he’s a talented musician and an extremely gifted comedian — among the best ever by a reasonable IMDb peer review measurement, but because a) there’s nothing to compare it to so the hymn remains both the best and the worst of its kind by definition internally and b) I have sung in a university choir and find the song ‘pleasing to the ear’ (IMDb, 2013).
Martin sings the hymn with a quartet of male singers in the performance, which has, likely, become the first staple of the atheist hymnal genre — hopefully more to come — and goes against the expected stereotype from two angles. Angle one, those looking at the rather thin, tawdry, and rather small set of texts — simply Hume and Voltaire for starters — devoted to atheism as compared to those — such as Augustine, Anselm, and Aquinas — oozing with praise to the Heavens, and God the Almighty Father, and with tacit, nay explicit, statement of how “so absolutely huge” or simply big is the Theity reflect the musical world (247adam, 2008). Religion, or worship and communal rituals, dominates the historical, and so the present, landscape.
Take, for example, Herz Und Mund Und Tat Und Leben, or “Heart and Mouth and Deed and Life,” a beautiful piece of work by Johann Sebastian Bach and one of the more memorable pieces of music in the older Western canon, which brings mist to my eyes, sometimes (Umut Sağesen, 2007; Marshall & Emery, 2016). Or one closer to home, by Bach once more, played with a dead, reasonably famous, Canadian pianist named Glenn Gould and accompanied by another artist, a singer, named Russell Oberlin, it was entitled Bach Cantata 54 (Xiaolei Chen, 2011). It is another moving piece with a sentiment for the transcendent; something outside and other, even infinitely mysterious — lovely piece. So angle one is the communal and social, and well-established, music is seen as religious. Many people coming to think of the ways in which the religious music is in congregations as, in some way, akin to these pieces of music.
Angle two, the music typically associated with irreligious individuals does not tend to associate with the communal or the social, but, rather, with the a-social, antisocial, or the deviant. There seems to me a negative valuation of some music, which then becomes associated with irreligiosity, even Satanism, including the rock n’ roll and head bangin’ band movements. Those two angles, of many, seem to influence the perception, and so the motivation, for the development of an irreligious genre of music, even hymns — until now.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/27
Humanism seems like a practical ethical philosophy to me. A way to develop the appropriate acts of morality in life grounded in a scientific and physicalist interpretation of the world — granting the strange interpretations of the ‘physical’.
The foundational aspects of the world seem to be the physical, the material, or the atomistic. A world built on atoms, for most intents and purposes, with construction into the material or the physical. That is, the atomistic, by precise definitions from physics, of the world into the apparent material or physical sensed, perceived, and conceived from evolved organs and capacities.
With the diminishment, or reduction, in the viability of the philosophy of the supernatural, not necessarily the metaphysical, conception of the world, the diminishment of the supernaturalist, transcendentalist, philosophies appears, not only palpable, but understandable too.
Religion in the advanced societies continues to diminish — but over generations — and will continue to attenuate with more time, based on projections by Pew Research Center. Its diminishment seems a pity, and one with a silver lining.
I pity the loss of parts of culture because of the grafting nature of most religions. By which I mean, they graft onto the surrounding society, and so culture with the social-cultural, and even the political, life. With the loss of religion, then, comes the loss of culture, religions also give community; religions build it. They even maintain it, but they also destroy or co-opt, it.
This natural diminishment of faith based on the dominance of the young one in town, on the global stage: science and its frameworks. The empirical knowledge and the theories that encapsulate them. These theories and frameworks overrun the supernaturalist philosophies, probably on functional truths.
Things work. In a physicalist sense, they run. These intellectually robust, but emotionally unsatisfying, theories, not on purpose but by the supplanting of the assertions of the past, then dominate the culture. Science is more objective than the faiths, and more hard-edged in its interpretation of the world.
The naturalist, not by assumption but through the slow, steady, accumulation of support, perspective becomes the best represented of the world, and so us and our placement in the cosmos. The ethic follows from this.
A moral authority from the ground state of religion; its ashes. As the quantity of the religious declines, and the scientific revolution — centuries in the making — continues to move forward, the liberalization of religion will continue, mostly, unabated as well.
Humanism, or humanist-like, ethical philosophies, ways of practical or pragmatic living, will grow as mushrooms out of the rot of the others. Maybe, even as things are minor now, it is time for a change in the interpretation of the world and the relation of people, one to another and, to the world.
What does this mean for pragmatic living? It means knowing the times, and the nature of the institutions around us. Acting in good conscience based on the limitations in energy, knowledge, and time, then taking the responsibility of the possible negative even in the apparent, at the time, positive, from drinking coffee or not, to who to partner with for life, or not.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/26
Ibrahim Abdallah is the co-founder of Muslimish. In this interview, he discusses his stance on religion, how Muslimish facilitates a safe environment for Muslims and ex-Muslims, blasphemy laws and threats to free speech.
*This interview has been edited for clarity.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is your current stance towards religion? How does this impact your personal life?
Ibrahim Abdallah: I think religions are false primitive ideologies and I am against them as a system of governing people in our times.
It affects my life positively. It generally has to lead me to act rationally, guided by scientific information and data; it makes me aware of my primitive origins which help me deal with their pre-wired impulses more efficiently; and above all, it makes me a better father for my children since I don’t teach them lies as truth.
Jacobsen: In order to create the support and space for the free exchange of ideas, how does Muslimish facilitate this environment for Muslims and ex-Muslims?
Abdallah: By organising meetings, real meetings, on the ground, where people meet each other. This is not a Facebook group. We meet in person, we practice having a discussion, we find common objectives, and we enjoy having our culture back without all the primitive ‘hocus-pocus.’
Meeting intelligent, questioning believers has taught me to focus on people’s actions and not what they say they believe. Besides terrorists, no one really believes in a literal interpretation of the Bible or the Quran, everyone else picks and chooses. Also, Muslim believers meeting ex-Muslim atheists and hearing their issues with the Islamic faith helps to normalise former Muslims in the American-Muslim community. Our hope is that this interaction will lead the entire community towards a more pluralist, pragmatic, rational, and secular approach to its unique problems.
Jacobsen: Why do blasphemy laws need to be abolished? How do they violate human rights?
Abdallah: Muslims in Muslim-majority countries are not allowed to change their religion in direct violation of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. With that said, blasphemy laws are older than modern laws and what we now understand to be the basic human right of free speech.
Blasphemy laws in Muslim-majority countries are the main reason millions of atheists and secular people are not able to publicly advocate for equal rights for women or even criticise unhealthy or unethical religious behaviour without fear for their freedom and safety.
Jacobsen: How are the irreligious silenced in Muslim-majority countries?
Abdallah: Actual state laws prohibit criticising Islam with punishments ranging from imprisonment, in Egypt; to beheading, in Saudi Arabia. And that is if the person opposes certain aspects of Islam and is not silenced in other ways through family and community pressures.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more egregious penalties for those who are viewed as ‘not ‘Islamic enough,’ insufficiently Muslim, or nonbelievers?
Abdallah: Execution is the most egregious penalty there is.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more promising movements that expand the conversation for ordinary Muslims and ex-Muslims?
Abdallah: There is a group in London called Faith To Faithless, and there are now Muslimish groups in NYC, Detroit, Atlanta, Toronto, and Chicago, with plans to expand to all major US cities.
Jacobsen: What are the larger impediments to the free practice of ordinary Islam and for those who have left Islam to live peacefully without threats to life?
Abdallah: State laws and fear of community terrorism.
Jacobsen: What are the 3-year plans for Muslimish?
Abdallah: We don’t have a 3-year plan. We continue to hold meetings, grow our community and strive to strengthen its connections. Our 20-30-year plan is to be a large enough group that can represent the former Muslim and secular Muslim voice in the American-Muslim Community. We cannot allow terrorist enablers to be the only voice of Muslims in America.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Ibrahim.
Abdallah: Thank you for giving Muslimish a platform.
For more information, visit: http://www.muslimish.org/
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Phoebe Davies-Owen and Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/26
Expectations of Women, and Myths
One myth about women which is slowly becoming outdated is the presentation of them sat around talking about their weddings. The day they can’t wait for. Who will they invite? Where will it be? How will they plan it? This is presented in films, tv shows, books — it is commonplace and to an extent establishes women’s behaviour at a certain age and attitude about this at a certain age.
For women in the West, this isn’t such an immediate concern these days. Societal expectations and monitoring of their behaviour is diminished, the age that women have children has risen in recent decades as more of them are pursuing careers. In the same vein, this isn’t reflected in women from the East.
This is because traditionally, they are expected to go away to Western countries/universities and receive a first-class education — they then return to their native countries, settle down with a man of their own ethnicity and bear his children.
They may work before marriage, but it’s more common than not for them to resign from work once they are married. It can even be discouraged if they are thinking about meeting the expectations of family and tradition with working part-time and parenting at the same time.
It is all or nothing. Either women work in the home and submit to cultural expectations or are employed full-time in the workforce and face the alienation of the culture and family. That is in an upper class family with more disposable cash.
If in a lower class family, then the terminology would change from alienation to likely condemnation. These myths about women biding their time thinking about marriage and family comes from a groundwork of expectations in culture and family.
Culture Countering Behaviours of Women
There are some relatively benign myths about women, at least now. These myths revolved around the desire to become married and focused on family and children as an obsessive preoccupation through adolescence and young adulthood.
It’s true the number of women ranking marriage as a priority in their lives has gone up while for men it has gone down, but the percent change even over the last decade is relatively marginal. And it’s not an obsession. It’s an option. As Rebecca Traister has noted, modern women have options. That’s the key distinction.
To be able to have those choices actualized, you require finances, and the access to more monetary resources, money, comes from the provision of advanced or rarefied skills in the work environment, which many women are working on acquiring or have already acquired.
Women dominate the universities. Their long-term options with advanced skills continue to increase because they are making the more conscientious choices about a long-term future for finances, and so options to make flexible choices about fulfillment and direction in life.
The Empress’s New Clothes (and Attitude)
In my (Phoebe’s) experience, while myths continue to be spun, non-Western women at universities in the UK have changed attitudes to the expectations placed on them from their families and societies.
In their last year of university, rather than asking each other if or how they’ve planned out their wedding, they’re instead trying to put up hurdles to prevent them from going home.
This is through securing a corporate job (which secures their financial independence) or a Masters degree (giving them more independence and time to really decide what it is they want to do with their lives), and I have seen first hand how much pressure both avenues put on the student.
The application process for corporate firms is intensely competitive and rigorous, and while the requirements needed for Masters programmes aren’t to the same degree they are still strenuous to applicants.
These activities are what students I personally know, would rather go through than return to their homes, lose their independence (as they’ve been studying abroad for so long without familial support) and come back under the umbrella of societal expectations.
While this is seen in a university setting, it’s a waiting game to see if this will be reflected on a wider margin in countries where there are stricter expectations on women. Of course, it is easier for those female international students who are of a higher class to go home and stick to their independent lifestyles.
These questions of “Who will they invite to the wedding? Where will it be? How will they plan it?” might just remain on the minds of the parents of these women, for those who are fortunate enough to go away to study, and those who don’t have the opportunity.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/26
I had the opportunity to talk at length with the wonderful Helen Austen, Executive Director of Kansas City Oasis, which is part of the Oasis Network.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was your family background – geography, culture, language and religious faith if any?
Helen Austen: I grew up in the Midwest in a generally small town. I had what you would probably consider to be an average, liberal, American upbringing in a small town. I come from a highly educated family.
I grew up in Excelsior Springs, Missouri, which is about 40 minutes outside Kansas City, Missouri. I was there from 1st to 12th grade. My mom was a teacher and my dad was a city manager in the same town for 12 years.
I had a typical, average upbringing. My parents both being public servants were always compassionate and kind and thoughtful. Church-wise, we went, but I never recall it being a big deal. I have no recollection of learning anything.
Ironically enough, they never pushed it on us. We ate dinner together at the table at night and talked about our days, which usually revolved around what happened at their work or what was going on with us at school.
I have an older brother, 3 years older. It was incredibly average. Then when I met my now ex-husband, we went to high school together. I started dating him. That’s when I get pulled into the Assemblies of God and started going to their groups.
Of course, at that age, you’re highly susceptible to being pulled in and wanting to belong and they were incredibly warm and welcoming people too. So, when it came to looking at colleges, I auditioned; I was a classical singer.
I wanted to do opera, so I was auditioning all over the country, but got pulled into that. I did a music scholarship at a small university in Minneapolis. It focuses more on training in the industry and for the Assemblies of God.
I went there, graduated. I ended up changing majors so many times. I ended with a pastoral degree because that’s what I felt, but the Christian speakers…that’s where I was manipulated. Then when I left, it became a matter of wanting to know why.
I started getting into apologetics and reading Tony Campolo’s books. It was probably one of the most significant shifts in my perception of life. I would say I was younger than 25, so my prefrontal cortex was not fully developed.
Because I was done by about age 25. I reasoned my way out. I started putting pieces together and one thing after another, then it did not line up. It came to a point where I don’t believe in any of this. I went to grad school; I have a graduate degree too.
From there, I have this pointless degree. Also, I even tried to get some type of – I wouldn’t say job – work for my career. I’m a highly driven person. There were roadblocks immediately after I finished school.
After I got my undergraduate degree, they say that want women in the ministry, but no they don’t. They want women to be in children’s ministry, which totally is not my thing. Or some other type of sub-ministry thing.
Anyways, so, it was not going to be a good fit for me. I decided to go into the counseling field, which is still I would say my niche to be true to myself. So, during my graduate degree, that’s when I started to be done with stuff but still went to church.
It wasn’t until I had kids when my ex-husband and I decided that we had concerns about raising them in the church. We didn’t want them to be predisposed to hate, especially against LGBT. Of course, things are so different now, even more so with the conservative right.
But the church’s beliefs on homosexuality were a major issue. So, we decided to completely unplug. At that point, I had young children. I had lost in some way my community with the people of faith friends.
We had a small group we were close friends with. You lose a lot when you leave that. I had always loved it; what I loved about being part of a religious community was the community, I knew the Bible. I didn’t need to go to church to learn more about that to be frank.
In fact, that was boring if anything, because intellectually I was in a mega church. They aren’t going for high intellectual stimulation. They’re going at some surface, pat yourself on the back to feel good about life stuff.
So that’s when I got the idea to consider why not start something that builds community but without all the things that no longer resonant for me. I figured I wasn’t alone and that’s when I googled Atheist Church.
I stumbled upon and I did reach out to Sunday Assembly; I didn’t hear anything for 6 months and I reach out to Houston Oasis and started talking with Mike Aus. Everything that I was considering doing and wanted for this community to possibly be was what they started to do in Houston.
And from there, so the history of me going ahead, I had a group here in Kansas City that wanted to help start an Oasis, and so we did it.
Jacobsen: With regards to background, that’s a thorough background. I appreciate that. That provides the foundation and a pivot into your perspective on how you view things.
You provided information on not only your background, but also this position that you have. With respect to the larger North American culture – and I’ll include Canada and America together in this question, what do you make of the reasons – or what do you consider the reasons – for the rapid increase in what are called the Nones”?
Austen: Multiple factors. You’ve probably seen this already in your research, but The Rise of the Nones. That is a good book. I’ve experienced with my own people and from other atheist communities that the access to information, to the Internet, does play a big role in that.
The empowerment of women because the Church was built on the backs of women; women who, maybe, are more the stay at home mom type, so the culture has been changing with that. That’s also the big reason why we see a shift and then also the politicizing of religion has been distasteful.
Especially the younger generations, I’m a Millennial, technically, by birth date, but I’m on the edge. I can say that I have the perspective of either way. That’s why I want to be part of a community that accepts all people.
Even more so now with Oasis, our first value is that people are more important than beliefs. That’s key to who I am. That’s important to me.
Jacobsen: And what have been some of the more touching stories that you heard of within your own network in Kansas City? Touching stories, emotionally touching stories to an Oasis community, for instance.
Austen: The fact of having relationships and friendships. The running joke is now that those of us who are connected and have been a part of Oasis for a while; everyone was like, “We don’t know what our life was before Oasis because there are so many friendships, social things, volunteer things that you could be doing that you didn’t have before.”
Especially because if you were never religious, it’s different. But we’ve had people tell us that they have more friendships than they’ve ever had before. They know they are friendships that they’ll have for the rest of their life.
I can completely resonate with that. Even my own leadership in Kansas City, I love one of them. It’s an absolute pleasure to work with them. It’s a fascinating thing and something I don’t think happens too much in life.
I have a large group of people helping make Kansas City Oasis run. We’re the largest of all the Oasis communities. It takes a ton of volunteer hours to make it happen on an ongoing basis outside of myself.
But story-wise, things that you take for granted in a religious community would be death and being able to have that support network when life is brutal. So, we had a member lose a child tragically and suddenly when we had been on for 6 months and watching a young community that did not know each other.
That good rally around this family; it was unimaginable. It was a Thursday afternoon and we did a small graveside ceremony, not the right word, but what they had wanted and what they thought would be helpful.
And it was almost 2 hours outside of Kansas City, they were a military family, so it was upon a base and there were 30 people. And we were a small community. At that point, who took off from work and drove all the way up there and were present to be supportive of this family going through something that none of us ever want to know what would be like, we lost another member.
The same thing watching the community rally around losing one of our most favorite members to cancer. There are those instances. And then we have tons of young families.
So, there’s been lots of babies. We get to celebrate new life. It’s getting to experience life with a group of people who share some of your same values that is precious. And what’s cool about it is, we do have some diversity of thought.
So unlike in a church or any other religious community, we have people who would identify with spiritualism. They may believe on some level of what some of us might call woo. And then I have hardcore atheists who are hardcore anti-theists.
We all live; we all get along well. We have great conversations where we disagree and still look after each other afterward. The thing where you would hope would be an ideal for the future.
Jacobsen: I have a question about demographics. Because I do know that in what I have researched in terms of the demographics of, for instance, mainline churches, the more prominent churches in North America, women tend to attend more than men – in greater numbers and in greater frequency.
What are the demographics in terms of the Oasis network whether in Kansas City alone or the network as a whole?
Austen: It’s been shocking. We vary in age greatly, which is a barrier that most religious communities can’t get past – the 40 and under. They can’t reach the 40 and under group. We have college students to young families to 40s, 50s.
We have some people who are 70s, 80s, 90s, so it’s a wide spread of ages. And that happened. We talked about how that would be the ideal and offering childcare and being family friendly is super important to bringing that to the table.
But we’re also relevant when it comes to what we’re offering, not Sundays, but socially. Giving back and volunteering to whatever city that the Oasis community is in, it appeals to most people, the wide age range.
Jacobsen: That’s interesting because then it leaves not having to cater to a population. It attracts a broad base.
Because some of the mainline churches in America, some of the mega churches, you can find attempts to present in the past or recent past, a hyper-masculine leader and church life as you find or did find in Mark Driscoll or Matt Chandler, or to present oneself as a “everyman” – so to speak, such as Rick Warren.
And that’s a barrier that you don’t have to overcome given the broad base you’re talking about. That’s exciting.
Austen: Yes, it is. It is.
Jacobsen: With any community, there will be the problems of a community. What do you find to be problems of an Oasis community?
Austen: It wouldn’t be anything unique to any other group of people. You organize a group of human beings and we’re all evolved beings as well. So, there’s the standard people dynamics, but we are board-governed.
So, we don’t have the vicious yearly votes that a lot of church organizations have; we purposely designed ourselves to be that way. You can be on the board, volunteer, and help and show us that you’re committed.
We can include lots of people on the governing board. That honestly has made a huge difference. In the church world, it’s brutal and vicious. But also, we have some incredible culture where lots of ideas are welcomed.
There isn’t a cult of personality; it doesn’t revolve around me. That’s been intentional. It doesn’t revolve around who the primary organizer is. It is team-led. I am one of the main people making Kansas City Oasis happen in the network at this point.
But still, it’s not the Helen Show by any means. We’ve been intentional about making sure that I’m not up front every Sunday. I speak maybe a couple times a year.
Jacobsen: So, I won’t be looking forward to any H Magazine coming around the corner – akin to Oprah’s magazine – that’s O Magazine.
Austen: Oh [Laughing]! No. But I don’t know; she does well with that. I would do my own personal venture if I did something that. That’s not the goal. We didn’t build the community with 1 person.
Jacobsen: Within Canada, we have a slightly larger non-religious population than America. I would assume or even assert that there are needs that are unmet for that community that an Oasis gathering, a Sunday Assembly, an Atheist Church, or a Secular Church might provide in that context.
Given the demographics, have you done any research into potential areas for expansion – if I can call it that – into areas of Canada that might desire it?
Austen: To explain the network side of this, the network was created simply out of necessity because we started getting so many people asking how they could do what Houston and Kansas City was doing after the Time Magazine article came out.
So, Mike Ellis and I sat down to discuss how we would empower the group: how do we do that? We still operate today in the sense that we are in for the long haul and slow organic growth. It’s not we’re purposively slow because we’ve grown fast, but we’re not out there trying to open new Oasis communities.
We wait for people to come to us. It’s set up to where people can say, “Hey, I’m interested.” We can talk with them, understand what it looks like, and put together a team. That’s hard to do. So, the burden then falls on more than one person.
If you can’t put together a team and aren’t self-motivated, it won’t work out. We’re all startups. We don’t have some rich history with trust money behind it, like churches do; it’s local led. We do give the infrastructure and do help coach, especially with the people challenges and understanding how nonprofits run – and boards.
There are a lot of details involved that we’ve figured out that are helpful in making this an easier thing to make happen. But we’re not out there trying to open any Oasis community that has not been initiated by someone or not even someone but by a team of people in a location.
Jacobsen: Who is a personal hero for you?
Austen: I must think about that. It depends on what sector.
Jacobsen: Within the context discussed, someone with either a secular or a formal non-religious bend who knows how to reach people. Someone who can reach out to people in an effective way without offending them.
That can bring people into a secular community if that is what the person wants.
Austen: Someone that is already doing that?
Jacobsen: Yes.
Austen: I don’t have anyone. I’ve met amazing people that I respect and that’s why having Gretta Vosper as part of the Oasis network is great. She has unique insight and experience with building community, but I don’t see it as necessarily any one person.
We’re the pioneers of this at this point when it comes to what you described. So, people, John Dehlin is an interesting voice for the post-Mormon communities, bringing him into the fold. The way I’ve looked at a lot of this and one of my skills that I do see that I have is I’m resourceful.
Although, I may not have the outright experience in many things. I’m good at finding outside resources or getting to know a network with other people who may bring a lot of wisdom to the table as we figure out what this looks like.
It’s never going to be a solid look because there always must be flexibility in our thinking and our approach. Because one, societies are always evolving and changing, but also the need to respond to what the community wants: what do the people want?
This is not “What does Helen want?”, but “What do these communities want?” and “How should they look?” So, I don’t know if I have anyone necessarily, but I have a ton of respect with the people that I get to work with, such as Gretta.
Jacobsen: I remember one person responded to a similar question in a recent interview that they don’t believe in heroes anymore, but they have people that they admire and respect.
Austen: That’s great; that’s wonderful. I don’t know if I’ve ever had a hero. Shockingly doing this after a couple years, it’s almost been 4 years, who you get to work with and dream about the future with some amazing wonderful people.
These diverse backgrounds, and perspectives and experiences on life. It makes life incredibly rich. It’s been wonderful.
Jacobsen: What are the values of Oasis? All communities have values, explicit or implicit.
Austen: People are more important than beliefs. Reality is the reason. Meaning comes from making a difference; be accepting and be accepted, and human hands solve human problems. These are our five values.
Having those, and having shared values is important to building community: if you don’t have that, it doesn’t give you something to stand on. But that is our goal; that is our filter. So, there’s a lot to be said for setting those as goals that we are now as people and how we interact with the world and how we look at life. This is it.
Most of those think this is it, but, then again, I have a feeling that there are quite a few people amongst us that are on the spectrum not necessarily heavily dogmatic. But the values are important. I don’t know if anyone else told you, but I can give you the logic behind what we do what we do.
Does that help at all? I don’t know if that’s the interesting article stuff, but this is the stuff when I talk to possible people who are starting communities, this is what we end up talking about.
Jacobsen: Please go ahead.
Austen: So, one of the things that makes us effective is frequent opportunity to get together. So, although yes, we do choose Sunday because at least in the American culture – I have a feeling it’s similar in Canada – it’s the time that’s built into our society to get together a critical mass of people of varying ages, especially families.
Otherwise, it’s a challenge. But creating that frequent opportunity to all have a shared experience, maybe to learn something, but then to have that launch out from there, you can check it out. It’s much less intimidating than going to a bar; someone’s house or a book club or a game night.
You must be one who is extroverted and okay jumping into the situation. By offering something on an ongoing basis, there is no question as to Sundays or whatever days. All of us are doing Sundays now.
It’s there. We’re offering it. Then we offer something people say is a cross between a Ted Talk and a house concert. So, we do 20- to 25-minute talks on all kinds of things because now we get to explore all of life and not one archaic book.
And that is appealing too. Then we get to learn things about local issues. We have a lot at Kansas City Oasis on racial justice issues, especially native to our city. So, we’ve had a speaker. He’s written a book on the history of racism in Kansas City. So, if we know where we come from then we can better figure out how to help maybe create change in our own city.
So, having those learning opportunities are great, the talks’ purpose is to create conversation. We’re not telling people what to think or believe, but to have the shared experience and give something to talk about in a conversation over lunch.
Then we bring in different live music. Every genre in every city is different. I would say that Texas feels like Texas, but we have a ton of jazz in Kansas City. It is something we’re well known for. We have a rapper. So, it varies drastically.
We had a band last week and then this Sunday is a rapper. And then the next week is the guy who sings while he plays the harp, it’s the most magical, wonderful thing ever. So, you get to also experience art, which is another part of the human experience.
So, if we can offer something great and have a shared experience, then it’s wonderful. Outside of Sunday, we are creating opportunities for people to connect socially, so different fun things. We’ve had museum meetups.
The standard things that a lot of secular groups have done, but not to the scale that we’re doing it. We want to create the opportunity to build relationships and get to know each other. We also launched a small group system.
It’s been a year and a half ago in the same way that a lot of megachurches do. My personal experience in church was that I made some of my closest friends being part of a small group. I was there thinking that there has to be some way we can use that.
All it is, you’re getting to know a smaller group of people in a home on a regular basis. We do 8 or 10 weeks for small groups now using Alain de Botton’s School of Life. The people don’t have to read or do anything beforehand and they’re all over the city.
So, this time we had 10 host homes all over the Kansas City Metro area and over the different days of the week and times. People can get to know each other even more and those have been an absolute hit.
Once we got to 150 every Sunday or so, I was worried people weren’t going to start connecting. That’s an issue that a lot of large churches have. Getting past that number can be a challenge because getting people to know each other in such a large group changes things, I was thinking, “Let’s try the small group thing.”
People have talked about that being one of the most wonderful things that have evolved out of being in Oasis. You get to know other people in your part of the city. Unlike a lot of churches who pull within a 10-mile radius, we are pulling within a 75-mile radius of our Kansas City Metro area.
We do a demographic survey every year to see who is coming and from where and all of that, so we have that data. It’s interesting. The different dynamics that we have trying to connect people is to build community; that’s why we exist. How do we build relationships?
And that’s our filter for everything we decide to do. Then we want to give back to the community because that’s part of our values. We do a blood drive every 3 months. The bus comes to our community center where we do our Sunday gatherings at.
People come in and out and donate blood. We’re one of the biggest contributors to that blood bank in Kansas City due to how we have it set up. It makes it so easy. Then we work with a faith-based organization that feeds and clothes the working poor.
Every month, we work with them and have a great partnership. They’re wonderful. They share our same values that all people matter and we want to help people regardless if you’re Muslim, black, white, gay, straight, vegan: who cares?
We want to help people.
Jacobsen: I appreciate taking your time.
Austen: My pleasure. Cool, that’s awesome. You’re the first person to reach out to all of us. I did notice because I got a couple of communities reach out to me saying hey this guy is contacting us, “Can we talk?” It’s fine.
I’ve had some strange requests lately that has made us now start to change my approach to responding to stuff. You followed one strange one that was, it was some weird Alt-Right thing that was unsettling. That they tried to manipulate us into talking with them.
It’s interesting here in the states now. it’s an alternative reality that we live in here. It’s partially horrific. We envy you guys in Canada.
Jacobsen: We’re the land of Margaret Atwood.
Austen: It’s a strange world we live in now. After the election, our attendance skyrocketed also. Everyone was in shock. In a sad way a lot of us are not necessarily getting used to it, but you do in some weird way. For the US now, with Trump’s America, we’re not a political organization, but we stand for people to be treated well above and beyond whatever their belief system is.
The whole thing with Trump and getting rid of the ability for refugees to settle here and discriminating against Muslims; people are more realizing their need for community more than ever. It did change things.
Things have been different this year. And it’s more of a way where we feel more than ever what we’re providing is so much more necessary than ever because our political system in the US is something, that’s for sure. I’m glad I have my community.
I can’t imagine going through this living in this country with Trump as president without my community. It’s been important in giving some element of hope because there’s little for a lot of us in the US.
We’re not giving up. Sometimes, it takes drastic and extreme things to wake up some people and to get involved. that’s starting to happen, so we’ll see.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/26
Leslea Mair is an interesting person doing incisive work on losing one’s religion, e.g. producing and writing for Losing Our Religion (2017). Here we talk about her, her ideas, and views on things. Enjoy.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So to begin, I want to lay a framework of where you came from so people know where you’re coming from when we have the full discussion. So in terms of personal family background, what was it?
Leslea Mair: I grew up in Regina, Saskatchewan, out on the prairies. My family belonged to the United Church of Canada. My grandfather was involved with the church. That’s interesting because it’s a progressive church and we were in a progressive congregation.
Nobody believed much of anything. You stand up and say the nice creeds, but you don’t put much into it. It’s all about how you interact with the world. The way you treat people. It’s basically the progressive Christians who say try to be nice and try not to hurt anybody.
That’s what I grew up with. I did have a relationship with a fundamentalist family in my early adult life, which was interesting. It was certainly informative; people think differently.
It was the first time I got up close to the more extreme religious end of the scale. So, I’ve always been interested by religious people because they believe in things in a way I don’t seem wired for.
Jacobsen: Can you expand on that in terms of not being wired for it? Is that something that you simply do not have an inclination towards or simply don’t experience it?
Mair: I think some people are more wired to belief and other people aren’t. If it doesn’t make logical sense to me, it’s not something I can put a lot of store by. As a young child, I thought ghost stories were pretty thrilling. It would be nice to believe in, but ultimately when I look at it, I have to look at it and say the evidence doesn’t stack up for that.
Some people, maybe, whether it’s nature or nurture, are more inclined to be more evidentiary in their beliefs and some people are more inclined to magical thinking. We all do a certain amount of magical thinking though, it’s something we all do. Some of us are more prone to it than others.
Jacobsen: Can you recall any individuals or pivotal moments that were of influence in terms of non-belief, away from the United Church of Canada?
Mair: I don’t think so. We never believed any of the supernatural stuff you deal with in church. So, I grew up not believing in the supernatural aspects of religion. So, there wasn’t any really. I guess you could say I’m a lifelong, deeply agnostic person, which is functionally atheist and have been my entire life.
So for me, there’s no personal shift to or from religion at all. But I find religious people interesting.
Jacobsen: I think that’s a good segue into Losing our Religion, which is a new documentary film about people who have lost their faith. So, I have three questions there. What was the inspiration for it? What is the content? And what was the purpose?
Mair: Well, the film is essentially about preachers who are not believers and what atheists do when they miss having a church community. So, the inspiration for it was general curiosity, which is a handy trait for a documentary filmmaker.
I read Dennett and Linda LaScola’s initial research paper, when it came out, and read about it. I thought, “Well, that’s interesting.” We’ve read lots of deconversion stories if you follow the atheist blogs, but hadn’t ever read a deconversion story of a preacher, someone who was actually in ministry.
So, I found it interesting. A couple of years later they came out with a follow-up study and people started talking about The Clergy Project. Realizing, it’s not a handful of people.
There are a lot of people out there who are active in ministry, basically, professional Christians and The Clergy Project covers more than Christianity: it’s Muslims, Hindus, Buddhists. and everybody.
They have all the major religions, Judaism as well. So, it was a big group of people. I thought there is something interesting about it. I wonder what that’s like. I contacted The Clergy Project and said I’m a documentary filmmaker interested in pursuing something about this.
They agreed to it. So, that’s where the idea came from. I read about it. I was curious. I wanted to find out more.
Jacobsen: If you look at the individuals who have made probably the most difficult decision in their lives to leave something where they thought they were there for life and, for instance, in a Christian context guided by God to do, become ministers, pastors, or preachers in the local Church, and then leave it.
What have been some of the more difficult recollections of the transition out of pastoral life that you can recall?
Mair: The hard thing transitioning out of being a pastor is because you’ve got the panic of having to find a job and redefine yourself. Because it’s not a job, it becomes an identity. Even when you are still in the job, you’re hiding what you actually believe.
It has a tremendous amount of stress to it. But when you have to leave, when you are redefining yourself, those are big questions. And they’re hard questions, and when it’s tied to your economic well being as well, and your family and social well being, it becomes overwhelming.
We followed a couple, Brandon and Jen Murphy through their being in the ministry, but not believing all the way through to getting their lives back on track after leaving. It was a tough time for them to go through. It was incredibly generous of them to let us in on a difficult part of their lives.
Jacobsen: Off-tape, we were talking about some of the ways in which that transition can be even more difficult because the individuals not only leave their community, but when leaving are still within the context of the theology – even within the language.
So, for instance, in the case of people who have left Islam, they become ex-Muslim. For those who leave Hassidic Judaism, they become OTD, or off the derech. In a way, it’s playing by the rules of the theology to the benefit of those that are still within the religion?
Mair: Yes, well, it’s interesting. Because when you stop believing, you’re still the same person you were when you were a believer. It’s one of the details about you have changed.
But people see when you do stop believing, especially if you’re a minister, they see that as a tremendous betrayal. They react badly a lot of the time. There’s a special cruelty saved for de-converts.
You can add up by ten times when it’s a minister. But what is interesting, they may have stopped believing in the supernatural, but the way they speak, especially with Evangelical people, has certain phrases and things.
Jen in our documentary describes it as Christianese. It’s funny because when you’re having a conversation with them. There are turns of phrase, Certain words have their own special meaning within particular religious contexts.
They don’t think about them. They’re part of the vocabulary. It’s interesting to think about how being part of a religious community does seep into us at almost a cellular level. We don’t even realize how invested we are with it or how it shapes us.
That’s part of the journey they’re going on even after they come out of believing in the supernatural.
Jacobsen: We both know of some public figures who have made the difficult transition in real time, in national news. People like Gretta Vosper, for instance.
Mair: Yes. Gretta is in our film. I was happy to have her there. She is a member of The Clergy Project and has been on their board of directors. Gretta is interesting because she is still in the pulpit.
She is not willing to walk away from it. Her congregation is fine with it. That’s the interesting thing. Who is not fine with it is the larger church organization in the United Church of Canada, which surprised me, having grown up within the institution. It never seemed to me like we were heavily invested in belief anyway.
So, Gretta’s struggles with the United Church of Canada are something interesting. But a lot of progressive churches stand to gain if they can find a way to start accepting some secular people into their congregation in a community sense.
Building the kinds of communities where secular people can feel comfortable because, quite honestly, churches are dying out. The numbers don’t lie. And the progressive churches are dying out faster than any other church.
So, they need to start embracing people who are embracing science. They say they do and to a large degree they do a good job of it, but they’re still hanging on to those threads of the supernatural that don’t make sense to people anymore.
It’s taking the leap into the next thing, which Gretta is pushing them to do. They’re fearful. We had a review in the United Church Observer. I found it funny because they didn’t say we were wrong or anything.
It was that I lacked nuance in my view of religion. I found that incredibly funny because it’s like “I’m not going to attack you on the substance of what you said. I’m going to say you don’t get it.”
I get it as much as the next person does and probably as much as many of your parishioners do. So, it’s interesting how they approach it. It’s not different from how a lot of church organizations reacted to Dan Dennett and Linda LaScola’s study on preachers who weren’t believers.
They said, “We knew that. It’s not a big surprise to us.” But they don’t want to talk about it.
Jacobsen: In a way, I feel that could be taken by analogy to a legal context, where someone knows an individual that they don’t like hasn’t broken the law, but they can say, “Well, they went against the spirit of the law.”
Mair: Yes, something like that. It’s a bit of a vague thing, “I don’t like where you’ve gone with this.”
Jacobsen: Because the documentary film only came out recently, what has been some of the early reactions to the film outside of the United Church Observer – so to speak?
Mair: That’s the only bit of negative review we’ve gotten. We’ve had actually quite positive reviews from lots of people. I haven’t heard much. Surprisingly, I haven’t heard much from people who are religious, or churches or people who are believers.
I haven’t had any of that feedback. What I get from people who are in the atheist community is they quite like the film, it’s positive; we’ve had lots of positive feedback. I’ve had a few people who are pastors or former pastors send me a message – either on Facebook or via email.
They say or write, “Thank you for making this film, this is great. It was so nice to see a story that is partly like my story out there.” So, there is a desire for people to have the conversation, to talk about what are other ways we can organize ourselves into communities.
What happens when you do stop believing? Where do you go from there? We tried to do that. We didn’t want to go into this thing saying all religion is bad, and religious people are stupid. I didn’t want to do that.
It’s been done to death quite frankly. It’s not a positive message. It’s not something I was interested in exploring. But the idea of “What now?” or “Where do we go from here?” appealed to me.
The more I talked to ministers who didn’t believe anymore, the more I realized they’re still ministers. Some of those ministers like Mike Aus, who started Houston Oasis, that are continuing to be ministers in a secular way.
I found utterly that fascinating. Bart Campolo is a humanist chaplain now or has been until recently. There are people doing things outside of the belief, who are still doing the positive things people get from religion. It was so cool.
Jacobsen: When you reflect on the set of reasons for individuals leaving the faith, whether as members in the pews or as leaders in the church in some capacity, what tend to be the main reasons for them leaving?
Mair: There’s never one reason. That’s the thing. People expect there to be some cataclysmic happening that drove them to make this change or this decision and it’s never one thing.
It’s the slow drip of this or that didn’t make sense, so they set things aside and then don’t think about it. They prayed for someone and they didn’t get better. For one of the people in our film, it was the day to day ministry stuff.
“Can you pray for me for something that’s fairly trivial?” And then seeing on the news terrible things happening in the world eventually making the cognitive dissonance unbearable.
Most ministers have a level of cognitive dissonance in their training. For a lot of people, the movement towards atheism or agnosticism starts in seminary.
Because you’re confronted with the historicity of the Bible. You’re confronted with things. You have to study the scriptures. You have to address some of those contradictions in the book.
So, a lot of people find seminary fairly traumatic. Then you carry that into day to day ministry, it’s a hard job. You’re dealing with people in stressful times a lot of the time. When a loved one is ill, when a loved one passes away, you have to be there for the family to get them through that tough time.
You’re also there for the happy times, marriages, the baptisms, and christening of children. All of the good stuff. But there’s times where if your marriage is in trouble, you’re going to go to your pastor.
Dealing with stress day to day grinds on a person to begin with, so there’s a high level of burnout, but you add to some of the cognitive dissonance. Often, you find people go, “I can’t buy it anymore.”
Or some of them will go from being more fundamentalist and move towards a more progressive Christianity, over a period of decades, they will find themselves at a point where they think, “That’s not a real thing. The God thing doesn’t make sense ultimately.”
But at that point, you’ve spent your whole life in it.
Jacobsen: What about for young people who themselves are on the fence? What kind of communities exist for them if they are reading this to reach out and potentially make that transition out of the faith if that’s what they desire?
Mair: That’s where the secular communities are starting up. The Sunday assemblies and the Oasis communities. Things like that. The humanist organizations are starting to put together regular meet ups.
They’re starting to incorporate elements of what we get out of Church. Gretta put it best when she said atheists don’t need church, what they do need is community. It’s true. We all need to feel like we’re part of a group. We’re social animals.
Talking to Bart Campolo, talking to a lot of people about how to build secular communities, what they talk about now, “I want to know there if is going to be someone to visit me if I go into the hospital.”
“I want to know someone will help me out if I’m going through a rough time.” So, the secular communities are trying to find ways to step into the role for people who are either agnostic or nominal believers who want to be more private about their belief or whatever.
These communities are open to everyone. Everyone is welcome. The West Hill United Church is a secular community more or less attached to a church organization, but everyone is welcome.
They base their community on loving your fellow man (or woman). That’s a tremendously positive thing to be putting out in the world. So, we’re going to see a rise of those communities.
We are seeing a rise from those communities right now. It’s actually exciting to see. Sunday Assemblies by the way, the way Sanderson Jones and Pippa Evans are going, are an absolute riot to attend.
They are so much fun. It’s a Sunday morning rave basically. Everybody is dancing and singing. It’s great, great fun. And why not?
Jacobsen: If you look at the landscape of Canada in terms of a lack of formal religious faith, as you noted, the writing is on the wall in terms of the decline of not only Church attendance but religious attendance generally.
Who are some individuals, outside of Gretta for instance, that stand out to you in terms of, not necessarily being direct leaders but more, thought leaders in the country, in Canada?
Mair: In Canada, that is hard to say. Because we are a little bit more buttoned down about this thing than the Americans, so we Canadians tend to keep it a little closer to our vest.
I’m not sure. I was excited to read in the news this morning our governor general got up and said let’s set aside belief in things aren’t real. She’s getting some blowback for it, but I was cheering.
It was great. As we see more and more of those kinds of people, the Chris Hadfields, the Governor General Julie Payette, we see more people standing up and saying, “You know what? We have to get down to brass tacks and start dealing with reality and start setting aside some of the magical thinking we do.”
Because it’s not all based around religion itself. There’s a lot of magical thinking. The shift away from religion is coming not towards atheism; there’s people who have replaced the idea of the traditional God and Jesus stuff with the universe or the energy fields.
There’s still mind-body split and all of that stuff. As we become more and more scientifically literate, that shift is going to continue people down the road to atheism or even deep agnosticism, which is more or less the same thing.
Is anybody particularly leading the charge? I don’t know. We should have more people leading charge. That’s an interesting question. I haven’t thought about that one very hard.
Jacobsen: For myself, when I reflect on it, I think of analogies to individuals such as Margaret Atwood. She was at a different time in the history of the country when she was growing up as well as becoming a professional writer.
However, a lot of her work focuses tacitly on women’s rights and the violation or oppression of women in various ways throughout history. She, as a methodology, takes individual points of fact in history and then reincorporates them like little puzzle pieces to make a bigger puzzle for her books such as The Handmaiden’s Tale.
These, in a way, speak to women’s rights through example, through writing. In a way, that’s a much subtler way to do things. That’s not getting up on a pulpit and speaking out. It’s getting into the veins of the society.
Mair: She is getting right into the nitty gritty of it. She’s finding a way of expressing it, expressing opposition to the religious oppression of women through her art. You do find that.
It’s a different way to approach it, standing up and going on tour like Richard Dawkins does – and more power to him. He’s one of the reasons that we’ve started having these conversations.
Now, we’re carrying them on to different levels and in different ways. We’re at an interesting point in history, where we can directly confront some things when she wrote The Handmaiden’s Tale.
Atwood was not in a particular point in time where this was an easy thing to directly address. Right now with what’s happening in Hollywood and with the Weinstein scandal, where we’re at with climate change and things like that, we have to start talking about things that are real because it’s our preservation.
The culture is going to be going through abrupt and rapid change and quite frankly, as a feminist of more decades than I would care to admit to, I’m happy to see this happening.
Jacobsen: I want to talk a little bit in conclusion about some of the social and legal privileges of religion in Canada. So, things like the religious exemption to anti-hate speech legislation, blasphemy law, and so on?
Statements about “sincere beliefs” or “reasonable accommodations.” Catholic school privileges, the anti-GSA in some Catholic education institutions in the country.
Even to symbolic ones like in the Preamble to the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, of the statement of the “supremacy of God,” and so on, do you think that as these discussions move forward, the ones you’ve noted, that individuals who are concerned about equality for those who lack a formal faith, that there could be targeted activism on some of these points?
Mair: A lot of things need to change. The fact we reference God in our Charter of Rights and Freedoms to me is absolutely ridiculous. When you get into that it’s a strongly held belief, so they can say that. Where is the acid test for that?
I can say I believe your skin is green. Your skin isn’t green. Sorry, that’s silly. Why should you accommodate me in that belief? That doesn’t make sense. You can believe what you want to believe, but you can’t expect to be unchallenged.
When it comes to something like hate speech, I’m sorry. There are things that are not socially acceptable to say; if you’re going to say stuff like that, there needs to be a consequence, especially if it’s the speech that genuinely hurts people.
That’s a deeply held belief of mine. I’m sure there are people who are going to disagree with my stance on that. It’s not in relation to my film, which was more about community and things like that.
We need to start having those conversations. How do we take stuff out of our legal documents? We still have a blasphemy law on the books. Why do we still have that? I know it’s mostly a historical artifact, but it can still be used against people.
We need to make some big changes. The atheist community and the secular community, because not all secular people are completely atheist, are starting to organize. It’s up to us to start pushing for those changes and start pushing for a world where people can be kind to each other and safe.
That’s what a lot of this has been about for me was, “Wow, let’s talk about communities of kindness. Let’s talk about places where you can come together and be safe. Let’s look at all of those because they’re so important.” It’s so important.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Leslea.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/26
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family background — geography, culture, language, religion/irreligion, and education?
Dr. Giovanni Gaetani: That’s a huge subject! Making a long story short, I can say what follows. Raised as a Catholic, I started questioning my faith at the age of 15. My “conversion” to atheism has been a slow, long, and gradual process, in at least 4 stages.
The first stage was the anti-clerical Christian one: without putting in doubt the existence of God, I started harshly criticizing the authority of Church, which I used to think betrayed the Christian message.
It was to better defend this message that I decided to read the Bible alone, without any intermediate, as an autodidact theist. What a bad idea it was! Indeed, this apologetic attempt ended up being the end of my faith in God. Why?
Because I found it impossible to keep together every contradictory message in the Bible — turning the other cheek with the fire-rain of Sodom and Gomorrah, the Plagues of Egypt with Jesus’s miracles, the commandment of stoning adulterous women with the ethics of forgiveness, and so on. “If this is the Word of God,” I thought, “I’d rather live without it…”
At the age of 18, I became an agnostic deist; that is, I still believed in a universal, superior principle whilst criticizing every revealed religion in the world. Anyway, this was short transitory phase.
When I went to the university to study philosophy, I realized that I could not believe in God, whatever I defined it. From that moment, I became an atheist; even though, today, I prefer to say, “I am a Humanist.” The difference is important for me. The problem in Italy is nobody knows nor uses this term. That’s a real pity! I hope things will change soon.
One last thing, it’s worth to be reported here about my bio. At the age of 25, I officially left the Catholic Church through a formal and legal procedure named “sbattezzo” — literally the act of “de-baptising”.
I’ve done it for many reasons, but one, in particular, I think it’s the most important: many people in the world can’t freely and publicly say that they don’t believe in God as I myself can do practically everywhere in Europe and in the UK.
My “sbattezzo” is a way to vindicate the freedom of belief and of expression many atheists and humanists in the world are deprived of. My plain reasoning is the following: if they can’t, I must.
Jacobsen: You joined IHEU in January, 2017. What have been some of the more startling developments in the IHEU community, even in your short time there What have you found out about the community and the things that we are dealing with?
Gaetani: Now, I had a closer insight into it. I can reasonably say that the international humanist community is a prism with hundreds of different faces. Every Member Organization has its own history, its own challenges, as well as its own way to carry on those challenges. However, we share the same roots and values, and have a common vision of life.
Concerning the progress we made, in these first five months, we have already launched two new amazing projects (the Café Humaniste and the ¿Qué pasa Humanista?). Also, we are preparing to launch other projects, while doing our best to help our 138 Member Organizations all over the world.
Jacobsen: How do you build the relationships for the rapid growth of new ties and strengthening of the existing ties in your new position? Also, as the growth and development officer, what tasks and responsibilities come with this position?
Gaetani: We are trying to let the IHEU speak in as many languages as possible, because we must be proactive in our efforts to globalize and reach potential humanists wherever they are in the world. That’s why we have already organised three events in Spanish, one in Italian, and soon other events in other languages.
My professional task is to implement IHEU’s Growth and Development Plan, a three-year plan that targets three regional priorities (Latin America, Africa, and Asia), and includes many different, interesting projects. As an example among the others, we are developing an “How to start a Humanist organization” guide, which is part of a bigger four-section guide — coming soon…
Jacobsen: How does the mainstream religion in America historically view and treat women, especially in the light of modern rights such as general women’s rights and reproductive rights?
Gaetani: You say America, but this is valid worldwide.
I am a feminist, so I cannot but be drastic on this precise point. I could literally spend hours discussing how sexist all religions are in themselves. Even so, rather than focusing on this, I prefer to work with women and men to build together a Humanist alternative, where all human beings are respected in and of themselves, regardless of their gender identity, sexual orientation, nationality, ethnicity, beliefs, and so on.
Indeed, both the feminist struggle for women’s right and the LGBTQIA movement are part of the bigger, thrilling Humanist challenge.
Jacobsen: Women’s rights, especially reproductive rights, in the world are under direct, and indirect, attack. How can grassroots activists, legal professionals, and educational professionals, and outreach officers fight to maintain those new and fragile rights from the historic norm of religious violations of women’s bodies?
Gaetani: That’s a complicated question, which nonetheless demands an urgent, unavoidable answer. First of all, all activists need to understand (and spread) the idea that today no one can sit down and wait for the world to change.
Those who do it, claiming that they are doing “nothing wrong,” are automatically standing on the regressive side of the struggle. It’s like an enormous tug-of-war. Many nihilists or “indifferentists” sit innocently on their hands, claiming that every progressive effort is impossible or useless.
They don’t understand that in this way they are rowing against progress — and that, yes, they are actually doing “something wrong.” Neutrality is impossible today. Everyone has to understand that nihilism is an enemy of Humanism at the same level of religion, as I stressed in a short article for Humanist voices named “Stay Human, go Humanist. Sketches for a Humanist manifesto.”
Concerning the feminist cause, it’s all about education and reeducation. We need to educate the new generations to respect women, but, at the same time, we need also to extirpate in our own souls all sexist behaviours, often hidden in our daily routine behind a facade of innocence.
Jacobsen: In April, 2016, you earned a PhD in Philosophy from the Rome “Tor Vergata” University. The thesis: “If you want to be a philosopher, write novels. The philosophy of Albert Camus.” What was the research question? What were the findings? Why did you pick Camus? He is, after all, a little depressing.
Gaetani: A little depressing? That’s simply wrong — one of the many persistent commonplaces on Camus! My thesis was simply an attempt to debunk all these myths about Camus “the existentialist” (false), Camus “the nihilist” (false), Camus “philosopher for high school” (false too), Camus “crypto-Christian” (outrageously false), etc.
If you want to read something funny that I wrote on the subject, have a look at “The noble art of misquoting Camus — from its origins to the Internet era”, an essay where I listed and debunked the most absurd internet misquotes attributed to Camus.
Going back to the “depressing” Camus, my advice is to read Nuptials, or theincomplete novel The first man, or simply the last chapter of The myth of Sisyphus, who is a truly humanist hero by the way. Then you will understand why I picked up Camus — why I was and I still am fascinated by the “invincible summer” at the hearth of his works.
Jacobsen: You have a substantial academic background with publications in English, French, and Italian — once more on the delightful subject matter of Camus, though depressing extremely fascinating as a philosophy — on not only Camus but Nietzsche too. Why Nietzsche too?
Gaetani: As atheists and as humanists, we owe so much to Nietzsche, even though we turned our back to him. What I just said about Camus equally applies to Nietzsche, his philosophical master; in fact, many stupid commonplaces ruined and still ruin Nietzsche’s image — first and foremost, the absurd story that wants to classify him as a “precursor of Nazism.”
On the contrary, I think that Nietzsche is one of the most lucid and visionary philosophers ever. The proof is that today one cannot philosophize without taking into account his philosophy. It’s either with him or against him, but not without him.
Jacobsen: Some other academic subject matter focuses on liberalism, pluralism, and secularism. Why these topics? What are some of the main ideas within these topics explored? What are the arguments put forth? What one most interest you?
Gaetani: Oh well, this could be enough for a whole lesson! Last year, I wrote an article in Italian named “Atheist, Secular, and Liberal: three definitions for a vocabulary of moderation.” Luckily, I have translated the paragraph where I resumed in few words my “personal definition of liberalism”.
I think this could be a good starting point to understand my position. There is also a more specific article where I discuss the relationship between secularism, liberalism, and pluralism, but I still haven’t translated it.
Jacobsen: Who is a personal hero for you?
Gaetani: I won’t say Camus because the risk is that readers would think that I am a maniac — which is true in some ways.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Gaetani: So, to avoid this accusation, I would say Bernard Rieux, the protagonist of Camus’ The Plague [Laughing].
Jacobsen: You worked for the Italian Union of Rationalist Atheists and Agnostics (UAAR). What did you do? Why work for them? How did this benefit the rationalist community and you?
Gaetani: I volunteered for UAAR from 2013 and I still do it, even now that I moved to London to work for the IHEU. I volunteer for UAAR because I cannot sit on my hands and whine while Italy collapses, as practically everyone in my country loves to do.
I once wrote an ironical but serious article on my blog about these mythological figures — “Where is UAAR going? The perfectible atheism and the impossible innocence” — but unfortunately it’s still untranslated.
Everything started in 2013 when I won the UAAR best thesis prize with my work on “Nihilism and responsibility at the age of God’s death in Nietzsche and Camus.” After this prize, I have done many things during the years.
I wrote some articles on philosophy, atheism, and secularism for UAAR’s blog “A Ragion veduta” and for UAAR’s revue “L’Ateo.” I have been involved in first person in the youth section of UAAR, representing it in two IHEYO events — once in 2016 in Oslo for IHEYO’s General Assembly, then in 2017 in Utrecht for the European Youth Humanist Days.
I created a series of philosophical pills on atheism, named “Ateo ergo sum”. I conceived the contest “The devil wears UAAR”, where I am also participating in the improvised guise of graphic designer with this artwork. I also wrote an anthology on “philosophical atheism for non-philosophers” which soon will be published by “Nessun Dogma,” the editorial project of UAAR.
Jacobsen: What is your main concern for IHEU moving forward into 2017–2020? How about into the next decades?
Gaetani: Next decades is too far to make any reasonable forecast. From my humble point of view, the only appropriate horizon is the constant effort we are daily making to ensure the fastest and fullest growth and development of Humanism worldwide.
Still, if you insist, I can tell you that my small utopia is that in the next decades the word “Humanism” will be recognized worldwide, so that there won’t be anymore the need to explain to everyone what “Humanism” is and what does it mean to be a humanist.
Jacobsen: What are the future prospects for the fight for the most vulnerable among us and their rights being implemented, such as women and children (globally speaking), because — as we both know — there are some powerful and well-financed people and groups who hold rights in contempt of the advancement of their theocratic endeavours?
Gaetani: All Humanist organizations have to understand that, against these regressive and theocratic “colossuses” you alluded to, the mere self-financed volunteering is not enough, and that it is necessary to have a more structured, well-organized, strategic approach.
Money counts, especially in the charities world I would say, where every dollar counts twice given the scarceness and the instability of resources. That is why the IHEU has just launched a crowdfunding campaign named “Help us protect humanists at risk.”
Think about it: in 13 countries in the world the apostasy is still punished with death penalty. To help those humanists in danger, the IHEU and its Member Organizations cannot simply rely on goodwill: we need to be efficient and to act decisively, but without resources this would be simply impossible.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Gaetani: As you can see I am a quite prolix person, especially when I talk about these kinds of subjects. But I need self-control, so I will just thank you for this interview. It was all my pleasure.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time today, Giovanni, was an absolute pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/25
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What are the current biggest threats to secularism on campus?
Professor Michael J. Berntsen: Anger and insulation. Most campuses have provisions for free-speech, but people’s anger and inability to listen to unpopular thoughts have threatened those policies. The main issue is that Americans have confused unpopular with controversial and illegitimate. For example, anti-vaccinations have no right to speak in public forums because their views are unsubstantiated just as a science teacher should have no right to teach creationism. This denial of speaking is not a violation of free-speech because they are free to believe and speak in other private and public forums. The real issue is that in public education spaces, we should welcome controversial and unpopular views that have foundations in reason, measurable research, and experimental validity.
Another example I always provide is Take Back the Night events. Organizers would be irresponsible if they invited a rapist to speak. This form of exclusion is not censorship, but rather a logical omission. We don’t need to hear the side of a rapist. A rapist lost all rights to participate in public forums by committing one of the most disgusting violations. This idea that every side has to be included is a form of fanaticism. Logical reasoning would deduce that educational spaces require educated and reasonable voices. The blend of expertise and common sense is crucial to protect fundamental freedoms.
We are at a crucial time in American democracy in which we have to define exactly the parameters of free-speech since many people are confusing it with chaotic-speech. Groups who seek to pervert free-speech into an anarchical extreme will do more damage to secularist freedoms than religious zealots.
Other threats carry over from American culture include what I call Machiavelli Christianity and the return to Romanticism. Machiavelli Christianity is demonstrated by Christians voting against public safety in order to preserve strict dogma. All the outrage against needle programs and marriage equality and transgender rights produces terrible laws that threaten the safety and freedoms of all. Under Mike Pence’s leadership, Indiana experienced an AIDS epidemic that should have drawn compassion from Christians, yet this issue was abandoned given Pence’s push for supposed religious freedoms.
The return to Romanticism is another overarching threat. Even though Steven Colbert parodied this sentiment over a decade ago, the notion that emotions are more trustworthy and truthful than facts. This impulse explains why people are quick to believe fake news and so quick to reject expert opinions. This aspect is linked with Machiavelli Christianity. There is a certain arrogance inherent with believing that you know the truth above the rest of the world. This idea parallels the notion that personal instinct is greater than other people’s perspective.
Jacobsen: What are perennial threats to secularism on campus?
Berntsen: Not comprehending that atheists are good people and thinking all secularists are atheists. These confusions hurt all of us who think complexly and embrace all sorts of secularist philosophies. I’ve known many heathens and humanists who would love to join the SSA, but think it’s an atheist club or fear others will assume their affiliation will mean that they are atheists, which threatens creative and productive collaboration.
Jacobsen: What are the main social and political activist, and educational, initiatives on campus for secularists?
Berntsen: This aspect depends on the needs of the school. Establishing Secular Safe Zone allies is a great start because it can educate all members of the university communities.
We should also copy the Secular Safe Home programs in areas where children and young adults are abused for questioning religious leaders and ideas.
Ultimately, we need to stay visible at all costs. While many of our billboards around the country are vandalized, we need to keep putting them up. Right now, placing “Thank You, Jesus!” signs are everywhere, so we need to counter with “Thank You, Science!” ones. Any initiative should attempt to showcase the importance secularism had on American history and its necessity to unify American citizens in the 21st century.
Initiatives that rely on collaboration are the most essential and will be the most successful because doing so immediately eradicates the notion that atheists are militant.
Jacobsen: What are the main events and topics of group discussions for the alliance on campus?
Berntsen: Types of events also depend on the campus. Holding events that are open to the public and campus are crucial. The UNCP SSA held a “History of Witches” lecture on Halloween, we hosted a “Gender in Advertisement” debate, which we organized with the GSA and Gender Studies department. We also hosted a “Truth about Evolution” night with the Episcopal student group, which helped to show the scientific proof why creationism couldn’t actually work. Again, for any secular group on campus, aiming for collaboration is indispensable in promoting and maintaining the group.
Jacobsen: How can people become involved and maintain the secular student alliance ties on campus?
Berntsen: The best way is to establish sustainable resources on campus and share responsibilities. If a faculty member wants to establish a Secular Safe Zone, be the founder and go-to expert, but don’t be afraid to co-host training sessions with colleagues or students. Make sure there is someone to take up any activities if you leave. The same applies to students. Even if you don’t have someone in mind when you first start out, make sure, as the group grows and catches momentum, that you inspire the members to become leaders. Embracing the small steps and small victories is a great way to avoid being discouraged, so you can keep on keeping on.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion?
Berntsen: Thank you for all, you do!
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Mike.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/24
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What personal fulfillment comes from it?
Professor Michael J. Berntsen: Raising awareness and seeing people embrace new ideas motivate me. Since I became advisor, 42 faculty and staff members as well as 14 students have trained to be Secular Safe Zone allies. These training sessions offer a chance for like-minded people to share their ideas and stories as well as opportunities for unlike-minded people to learn more about others, producing many moments of enlightenment. My greatest joy is when I can dismantle preconceived notions, stereotypes, assumptions, presumptions, and misguided opinions. When people realize that atheists have similar moral codes and identical views concerning the importance of family, they empathize and understand who we are, which is an important step in moving from ignorance to tolerance to acceptance.
Jacobsen: What are some of the more valuable tips for campus secularist activism?
Berntsen: Avoid ever being concerned with numbers. Whether one person or a thousand people attend, embrace the people who can help you grow and your organization.
Plan events you want to attend. Think as a group and organize events that everyone is excited about.
Attend the SSA conference each year to generate and refresh the passion for your group and your sense of activism.
Despite how many other groups may behave or believe, campus is a place for exchanges, but not for conversions. Secular activism on campuses should be meant to educate and create useful dialogues rather than bent on changing people’s minds.
Jacobsen: What have been some historic violations of the principles behind secularism on campus? What have been some successes to combat these violations?
Berntsen: The main issue is the prayer disguised as an invocation at every commencement ceremony. While it is inclusive to cover anyone who believes in higher powers, it still represents how religions attempt to dominate public spheres. This fight is ongoing.
Overall, our UNCP campus has not suffered heavy violations. While our students have had issues with family and friends, they have always felt comfortable on campus. The only time we encounter resistance is in an immature, passive way. Whenever we post flyers on campus, they are inevitably taken down. Campus police and the administration are aware and concerned about this juvenile form of protest, but it continues to happen at times.
Jacobsen: What are the main areas of need regarding secularists on campus?
Berntsen: Enthusiasm and perseverance from students are essential. Students need to celebrate their secular philosophies and be confident in sharing them, which is why the SSA and other such groups exist. If students are interested in forming or reviving an SSA affiliate, they must continually inspire students from each year to join and show the group’s relevance.
Depending on area, secularists need confidants, friends, and mentors to be visible. While proclaiming one’s secular tendencies and identities can be risky for many, each one of us must normalize secular thoughts and actions.
The greatest challenge is making people understand the secular spectrum and encouraging them to think of atheists as people rather than god-haters. The crux is that certain dogmatic and fanatical groups cast atheists as the ultimate sinners, so there is a certain difficulty in finding common ground and helping them perceive atheists as human. I’ve met a few Southerners in North Carolina and Louisiana who are openly gay with their family, but will never reveal their atheist beliefs because that would permanently destroy any relationship.
Jacobsen: What is your main concern for secularism on campus moving forward for the next few months, even years?
Berntsen: Popularism or populism, depending on which word you prefer, and blind faith are the highest threats. While secularism is on the rise in Western cultures, America will be a believer’s battleground for decades to come. Political leaders in many states continue to push evangelical agendas even when religious leaders unite against bathroom bills and anti-abortion bills disguised as building regulation bills. I am worried that many students in oppressively religious areas will remain silent and hidden. I fear they will let others speak and shout even when their falsehoods and emotions poison the public discourse.
“Have a Blessed Day” exemplifies the current trend of over-extending church into the public sphere. This phrase was not common before the 21st century. Now, everyone feels obligated to say it rather than “have a good day.” Most people say it because it is normal to them now. When others, such as myself, politely confront them by highlighting its unnecessarily religious connotation, they simply respond, “that’s how things are done.” If people can be convinced that bringing religion into all sectors of conversation from a cashier’s good-bye to closing a deal to a friendly thank you, even more dangerous dogmatic ideas can permeate the American consciousness on campuses.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/24
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have been in some of the Canadian news cycle over blogging what you term a two-tier system with some educational provisions inaccessible to families with tight budgets.
The province made an announcement about cuts to school fees, especially with two sons riding on the Edmonton Transit Service or the ETS. However, only some students qualified for free or reduced-cost ETS access.
What happened? What was the rest of the context for you?
Lita Bablitz:No actual changes came of my blog/concerns. I hope I was heard. The Education Minister has advised that I “stayed tuned” for further initiatives.
I realize the Province isn’t made of money I just felt that ignoring the incredibly wasteful 2 public board system and all of it’s cost redundancies while simultaneously creating financial barriers to any kind of choice was a huge step in the wrong direction.
It effectively created a 2 tier public system; the very thing most Pro-Public Education advocates fear most.
The issue of choice is complicated, but there must be some common sense number somewhere between offering no choices and offering a vast array of (often pedagogically and developmentally inappropriate) programs because public boards are competing with publicly funded faith-based boards for students.
Furthermore, programming choices should be accessible to all. They missed an opportunity I think.
Jacobsen: What was the target of the blogging – awareness, frustration, change in funding dynamics, and so on?
Bablitz:I blog to work through issues for myself. I have written blogs on many things ….. from Colonoscopies to parenthood to politics. Some get read by 10, some by 2000. If I say anything that resonates with anyone or helps them make sense of something they are worrying or wondering about then I am happy.
But I write for myself. My blog is not monetized …. is that the word? I simply find I stew and agonize over things less if I can sort out a way to express my thoughts.
Jacobsen: As you dished out $940, how did this affect personal budgeting if I may ask? How does this impact families with even less money for transport?
Bablitz:We live pretty close to the bone financially but we were able to pay the $940 and keep our boys in French immersion. However, I was terribly worried that it would be deciding factor for many families leaving.
We feel very fortunate to live as we do so I don’t wish to seem like I’m complaining about our life. We are so very lucky. It just seems we never get ahead and there is always ‘just one more cost’.
We have only one car, and neither my husband nor I drive to work often, we walk or use transit. We rely on transit for our kids to get to school. I am certain the added cost would be too much for many families to juggle.
It sent a clear message that choice was only for families who could afford the additional cost or afford to have a parent drive them.
Jacobsen: Now, with respect to two-tier systems, and as you well know, there exists debate around the Catholic and non-Catholic school systems in Alberta – and in other places throughout the country.
What is your own angle on this? How do you feel or think the situation is progressing, especially with organizations such as IDEA emerging with prominent educational names, including David King, Patricia Grell, Marilyn Bergstra, and others, coming to the fore?
Bablitz: I think it is time to end publicly funded Faith-based education. Churches have protections and guarantees under the law. Individuals have personal religious freedoms within the law.
But there is no rational reason to continue funding a Faith-based school system. And unfair to only offer it consistently to one Faith. It is an institutionalized privilege and we need strong leadership to end it. It’s time.
However, I think people can be very resistant to change and it must be done respectfully and with a focus on equality, fairness, science, and public good. But continuing to do something just because we always have is no reason to continue.
Sigh, it’s going to be a tough battle but well worth it I believe. A strong, inclusive, secular school system with help build “we” where there has been “us” and “them”.
Jacobsen: As this seems like an inflection point in the history of education within the province of Alberta, where can people across the country look to become involved, whether to donate finances, expertise, time, or contacts?
Bablitz:I honestly wish I knew.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Bablitz: We have to do a better job promoting secularism. I think people of Faith often believe secularism is somehow nihilist and lacking in all values. I get very frustrated by that. Studies are certainly showing that isn’t the case.
A secular society can create a rich set of values and ethics, still respect and protect religious freedoms within the law, and function from a confident position on scientific and social matters.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Lita.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/23
Faisal Saeed Al Mutar founded the Global Secular Humanist Movement and Ideas Beyond Borders. He is an Iraqi refugee, satirist, and human rights activist. He is also a columnist for Free Inquiry. Here, we continue a series together.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When it comes to a recent speaking tour, you traveled to Canada. You had concerns about the rise of some backlash movements. Where does this concern come from? What is the nature and character of this backlash movement?
Faisal Saeed Al Mutar: So, there is a talk that I did at CFI-Toronto with Al Rizvi. It was a result of research in an article by Thomas Friedman called “America is Being Europeanized.
In this era of polarization, especially around immigration and extremism, in this rise of anti-globalism, pro-protectionist policies, these polar opposites are feeding into each other.
Both, to some extent, need each other to survive. They need each other to continue rising. Many people dismiss my concern as Canada being more educated and less crazy than the United States. We are seeing even places like Germany, where the AFD have won some seats in the parliament.
In France, you have Marie Le Pen. So, there are many European countries and the United States – where Trump won the presidency and also the Republicans won the Congress. This is a concern that many people have.
Many people make a comparison between Obama and Trudeau, as you noted before the interview. Nobody thought that someone like Trump could rise after Obama. But I think this is a result of many people living in a bubble.
I live in New York. Many people are Democrats. Many of my friends too. They do not have even really strong negative views of Obama. But if you go to other parts of the country, Obama is the equivalent of Satan.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Mutar: It didn’t take much for these people to get mobilized, especially in the States because there is the electoral college – so it is not just popular vote. Places like Wisconsin, Pennsylvania, and Michigan, some of these people are completely pissed off at Obama, the Democrats, and the DNC in general.
It didn’t take much for them to become happen. So, that can happen in Canada as well. I do not think Canada is some special place away from partisan politics.
Jacobsen: So with an educational bulwark that could prevent some of the nastier aspects, what would be an analogy to bridge that conceptual gap through an example?
Something that happens in American from former president Obama to current president Trump as from the transition from prime minister Trudeau to whoever becomes prime minister next if indeed this becomes someone who appeals to people of a Far-Right bent.
What would be some signifiers or indicators of this reaction?
Mutar: There is a movement of anti-globalism rising up, constantly. In America, we have Alex Jones. In Canada, you have Lauren Southern and Rebel Media. They are gaining momentum in one way or another, but not mainstream momentum.
Those are indicators that some of these voices are being listened to. Some of these people like Trump. It is possible. I think Trump is an exceptional case. He is unique in a way in his craziness. I think that a possibility is similar in a sense of protectionist anti-globalist, probably anti-immigration and pro-travel bans, ‘pro-Canadian culture’ or ‘Canadian values.’
Like what happened in Montreal, where people have to say bonjour while entering a restaurant, I don’t know if you have heard of that.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] I haven’t.
Mutar: If there is that transition, I assume many people who are the Trudeau supporters will be in complete shock when that happened. You will probably be shocked that there are many people who do think that.
We have many protests such as the women’s march in America. There are probably protests every week across the Trump towers in the country. We have one group who is disappointed and another group that is happy that the other group is disappointed. With Trump, this is a revenge. To me, that is quite obvious.
Jacobsen: Does this come from making the other side ‘the Other’ – so you can go along with your party line?
Mutar: I have witnessed, over the past year or so now, how many – as you know, I work in the international affairs world and have an organization focused on that – relationships I have seen torn because of how different people see these candidates from the different political points of view.
There is a lack of empathy for the other side, “You are voting for a rapist, a criminal.” Same for Hillary, they said, “How could you vote for a criminal?”
That has probably been happening on pro-choice or pro-life, where one side sees the other as pro-killing babies and the other sees the other side as anti-women. It mostly devolves into personal attacks and ad hominem.
Nothing generally good comes out of it, seeing the other side as the Devil. That is why it is hard when I do public speaking engagements and speak to different crowds, Liberal and Conservative.
As you know, I have views from both sides. So, it doesn’t take much for me to piss off people if they see me as from the other side. If the conservatives see me as liberal, or if the liberals see me as conservative, they shut down all of their listening.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/23
Jacobsen: To begin, what was life like growing up, developing into adulthood?
Kuya Manzano: I was 10 years imprisoned in a Catholic boarding school. So I had ample time to learn how the Bible works and how priests operate. Church in the morning and night, every day.
Jacobsen: How did you find the Raelian movement?
Kuya Manzano: I love controversial people who are brave enough to go against the grain and fight the conservative madness that the Catholic church has dominated the world with. So, I found these crazy Raelians and I started learning more online. Because I am an Activist Atheist and they are too and they are taking real actions around the world.
Jacobsen: What eventually convinced you on the logical coherence and empirical veracity of the faith?
Kuya Manzano: If you read the books by Rael it makes way more sense than any other religion out there. No miracles, no magic, just science, technology.
Empiric is kind of confusing. ‘Cause even the things we think are true, proven through science nowadays, might change. Science is always correcting its mistakes, therefore, science is always wrong. Though it is nicer to stick to science than to magic. Bravo for correcting the scientific theories whenever there is a new truth discovered.
I wasn’t there when the world was created. I wasn’t there when the UFOs abducted Rael. It just makes sense, pretty possible. And fits my logic more than other explanations out there.
Jacobsen: As a way of life, what are its theories about the nature of the world and our origin, and recommended ethic for how we should behave towards one another in the world?
Kuya Manzano: This is the best part and why I embrace the Raelian philosophy, because of the values it brings. Just love one another, give freedom to your partner, be free with sex. We are pro-peace, female rights, gender equality, meditation, health, cloning, automation, happiness.
Everything has a creator, things that happen by accident can’t be so complex as a chair, a computer, a human, a fish.
We believe everything is eternal and infinite and that matter is recycled. And the Elohim, the extraterrestrial race that created us also modified the planet a little and created different kinds of life forms in a laboratory. Same as others did with them before. The process in infinite, cyclical. No beginning and no end.
Jacobsen: Now, your position is “Raelian Life Guide.” What do you do in that capacity? What are some of the downsides of the work that you do, e.g. violent or verbally abusive interactions with people who do not believe and may even be anti-Raelian to an aggressive degree? What are some of the upsides, e.g. personal fulfillment in helping others in some way within the constraints of the Raelian ethic?
Kuya Manzano: As the national guide for the Raelian movement in the Philippines, I can introduce new members, take decisions on actions to be taken by the group, communicate with the international structure.
I find more aggression from the Atheist community than from the Religious one actually. We are an Atheist religion and hope to get respect from both sides though. Some atheists think we replaced gods by aliens but here there is no praying, no worshipping, no commandments (just loving yourself!).
Upsides, I find hundreds. It totally changed my life for the better. We focus on building happiness. A vital need, I see a certain lack within humanity around the world, whatever belief or lack thereof.
We teach how to be happy, healthy, how to meditate, and philosophy – and personally, I even teach people how to be wealthy by applying the Raelian principle of Paradism (paradise on Earth where all work is done by automation and we can just enjoy life).
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Kuya Manzano: I love the Atheist community. I thank you for your activism. I am an activist Atheist since years ago and I personally host many events of different Atheist organizations here in the Philippines.
Before becoming a Raelian, who is an Atheist, I was a regular Atheist for 20 years. Now, I am still an Atheist. I have a life guide that makes me and others happier.
I invite the Atheist community to read the messages from Rael at http://rael.org free books download.
And to follow the social media of the Philippine Raelian movement
https://www.facebook.com/raelianphilippines/
https://twitter.com/raelianpinoy
https://www.instagram.com/raelianpinoy/
Thank you so much for this opportunity.
Love and Infinity!
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Kuya Manzano.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/23
Was there a background in secularism for you? What were some seminal developmental events and realizations in personal life regarding it?
Berntsen: While I spent my early teenage years as an active youth leader for St. Cecilia Church in Rockaway, NJ, I started questioning religion once a friend came out as a lesbian. She was even more involved with the church than I, but the priest treated her crisis of identity and faith with flippant answers. Here was a person devoted to the Catholic faith, yet the priest reduced her to a cliché. No matter what she would say to the priest, he repeated the same response, “It’s okay to be gay, you just can’t act on it.” She would bring up scripture, talk about footnotes, discuss how there’s no real mention of female homosexuality, but it was a monologue rather than a dialogue. She needed someone to talk to and with, but, since he was driven by strict dogma, his version of helping came off as insincere and unintellectual. My initial frustrations with religion begin with her experience.
I also have a few gay cousins who are kind, smart, and hilarious. My version of God would not send them to hell for a seemingly arbitrary reason. The God I wanted to believe in could not be found entirely in any sacred text. At this point, I started piecing together a god much like Frankenstein and his creature. As I read Buddhist, Taoist, Muslim books, I could see ideas that had potential, but the ghost of judgmental dogma always eclipsed the calls for enlightenment and peace. Some group or some simple act would inevitably lead someone to the underworld, which always seemed silly.
The idea of Satan, too, made no sense to me. If Satan punishes those who have turned away from God, he must be working for God. Why would Satan punish people who are on his side unless he is a demonic secret agent? I did not need to believe in a devil to know pure evil. Corrupt politicians, gangs, drug lords, human traffickers, and other such base people were doing much more real damage to my state and to the world than any red hot fallen angel with hipster facial hair.
The more I investigated reason and science, the more I realized that a just society could build its structure on rational laws, promoting logical discourse and decision making. The notion that people do good out of fear of being punished or out of some promise to live forever in a paradise seems rooted in selfishness or self-centered desire. More meaningful actions come from critical thinking.
Jacobsen: You are the faculty advisor of the University of North Carolina at Pembroke SSA. What tasks and responsibilities come with the position? Why do you pursue this line of volunteering?
Berntsen: The most important responsibility is acting as a mentor. The first year I became the advisor, we had students whose parents kicked them out when they came out as atheists and students who lost friends when they revealed their atheist views. The students provide the friendships they need, so my job requires me to cultivate their philosophies, to ensure they respect all beliefs, and to guide them to mature decisions and directions concerning their campus presence.
The other tasks include the bureaucratic elements of the club, making sure they follow a budget, adhere to university policies, obey national SSA guidelines, respect each other since each student varied within the agnostic and atheistic spectrum, and plan events that entertain and educate.
The background responsibility, of course, is making sure students have someone on campus who will defend their beliefs and protect them if people start to harass them for speaking out. Luckily, the UNCP campus has a culture of civility, so blatant harassment was never a problem. We have an Office of Diversity and Inclusion, which has succeeded in providing a campus community that promotes open dialogues.
I pursued this opportunity when students ask me to be the advisor because my job as a teacher is to support all intellectual pursuits and encourage personal development. Since atheists and non-theists are marginalized and encounter varieties and overt and passive discrimination, I believe it is my job as an American to protect this group and make sure they have equal opportunities to promote and present their voices.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/23
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Humanist Hub was founded on January 1, 1974. What have been some of the main developments in its growth and outreach to, and activities for, the humanist community?
Rick Heller: The Humanist Hub was founded as the Humanist Chaplaincy at Harvard. The founding chaplain, Tom Ferrick focused on serving the needs on nonreligious Harvard students. Greg Epstein has been the Humanist Chaplain since 2005, and expanded the mission of the organization to serve the needs of the nonreligious in the Boston area regardless of academic affiliation. He also raised funds to add staff, which currently stands at four, both full and part-time. We have also leased a space in Harvard square where we hold community gatherings on Sunday afternoons, which we livestream on Facebook.
Jacobsen: As the current operations manager at Humanist Hub, 1) any previous positions within the humanist community? If so, what? Also, what tasks and responsibilities come with the position of operations manager at Humanist Hub?
Heller: This is my first position within the humanist community. My only programmatic role is that I lead weekly mindfulness meditations. Other than that, I handle bookkeeping, purchase supplies, and schedule meetings and events.
Jacobsen: When Humanist Hub talks about being a place to connect with others, make the world better, and for evolving as a human being, what do these mean to you, in an abstract description? Also, what are some on-the-ground examples of the Humanist Hub providing these services?
Heller: Our motto is “connect, act, and evolve.” The word “connect” refers to our aspiration to be a true community. Our main activity is our Sunday afternoon gatherings, which beside a talk includes time for people to gather into small groups to discuss the program. It is through discussion that people often get to know one another and “connect.” With regard to “act,” we have a “values in action” committee which aims to be of service to the larger Boston community, and has most recently collaborated with One Warm Coat to collect winter coats to be distributed to those in need. Evolve refers to programs that contribute to personal growth, including our mindfulness program and those of our Sunday programs that touch on topics of mental health.
Jacobsen: You wrote the book entitled Secular Meditation: 32 Practices for Cultivating Inner Peace, Compassion, and Joy. Why write it? What was the inspiration for the content – and its title?
Heller: We have been holding secular meditations since 2009. Most of the meditations are drawn from Buddhist practice, but in some cases we have modified the instructions to use language that is clearly secular. Many humanists are put off by any language that smacks of the metaphysical. I’ve found meditation and mindfulness to be personally valuable to me, and I’m happy to share it in our group and through a book to a larger audience.
Jacobsen: What are the upcoming events for the Humanist Hub? What are your hopes for the next few years of the humanist community? How can people donate and become involved in the Humanist Hub?
Heller: We have some exciting speakers lined up for the spring season, but we are not yet ready to make a public announcement. Last semester, we had exciting talks by speakers such as E.O. Wilson, Dan Dennett and Ann Druyan.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Heller: One of our goals at the Humanist Hub is to be a model for nonreligious communities that we’d like to see spring up in other metropolitan areas. We don’t believe that atheists have a “god-shaped hole” that needs to be filled, but everyone has a need for human connection, and in-person communities for the nonreligious can go some way toward meeting that need.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/22
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Back in 2007, you were interviewed by the Toronto Star. In the interview, you were asked (bold) and stated (non-bold) said:
EDUCATION: What would you do to ensure our publicly funded schools can offer quality education to all children in Ontario? Do you favour extending public funding to all faith-based schools?
Universal, quality public education is a right, though it has been under attack for almost 20 years. Massive public investment of $20 billion over 5 years, in a single, secular system open to all irrespective of religion, race, national origin, sexual orientation, etc. is urgent. This means separation of church and school, and in the case of the Separate School system a gradual reduction of funding, and a transition of students, staff, and facilities into the public system. (Toronto Star, 2007)
Some questions come to mind for the secular audience here, possibly, especially with the ongoing religious privileges afforded to the Roman Catholics in this country through the separate, publicly-funded, Roman Catholic School system. How has the universal, quality public education been under attack for almost 30 years now?
Dave McKee: Per capita cuts to public education funding in Ontario date back to the 1970s. But the focused and comprehensive attacks on public education, which I mentioned in the 2007 interview, appeared with the Conservative government of Mike Harris, elected in 1995. These attacks affected the financing, politics and curriculum of public education, but I will only reference the first two here. Notably, the Harris attacks were preceded by a public comment from the Minister of Education (John Snobelen) that the government needed to “bankrupt” and create a “useful crisis” in public education, in order to generate support for its right-wing restructuring.
On the financial side, Harris reduced education funding by $2.3 billion during his first 5 years in office. During this same period, enrollment (full-time equivalent) in Ontario’s public schools grew by about 20,000 students. All of the enrollment growth was in elementary schools, meaning that secondary schools would eventually see an increase as well. The funding cuts, combined with increased enrollment, quickly diminished the classroom environment. Prompted by this decline in the public system, enrollment in private schools jumped by nearly 30,000 during those same 5 years – an increase of more than 35%. The number of private schools increased by a similar figure.
This loss of funding was administered both through actual cuts to provincial grants and, more far-reaching, through changes that the Harris government introduced to the formula for public education funding. Previously, public school boards were largely funded through a levy on municipal property taxes, with additional grants from the provincial government, and so had control over a mechanism to fund local needs. In 1997, Harris moved all education funding to the provincial level. Although much of the money would still be raised through property taxes, the local boards lost all control and became wholly reliant upon provincial grants. These grant formula was based on enrollment, meaning that school boards had no way to budget over the medium-term, let alone for long-term considerations. Large urban boards typically have a more diverse student body than smaller boards, and their budgets include costs relating to issues of settlement, accessibility, equity, languages, etc. As a result, per capita costs for larger urban boards are disproportionately higher than those of smaller boards. The enrollment based funding formula had an immediate and particularly harsh effect on funding of large urban boards.
In terms of the interplay between the public board and the separate (Roman Catholic) board, these two entities, within the same geographic area, essentially had to compete with each other for students, so that they would secure and maintain funding. Successive provincial governments have used this competition to play the separate and public boards against one another, most recently in the area of negotiations with teachers’ unions. The flawed funding formula, which has been maintained ever since by successive Liberal governments in Ontario, has produced a sad cycle for public education – one of underfunding, leading to lower enrollment, leading to further underfunding.
On the political side, the Harris government also introduced sweeping changes to school board governance. In 1997, the number of local boards was reduced from 124 to 722, through forced amalgamation. This led to a sharp decrease in the number of elected school trustees, dropping from 1,900 to 700, and a much larger area for each trustee to represent. Additionally, remuneration for trustees was drastically reduced, from around $40,000 in large urban areas to a mere $5,000 per year.
These changes, which have also been maintained by successive provincial governments, greatly diminished the democratic aspects of public school boards. Fewer working people could run as candidates, since a $5000 stipend meant that they would have to maintain employment elsewhere. The costs of running an election campaign over dramatically enlarged wards (typically involving 100,000 residents, in large urban areas) has noticeably reduced its accessibility to working class candidates. The overall combination of underpaid part-time trustees and huge geographic wards immediately reduced trustees’ to properly serve and engage their constituents.
Over a short period of time, these changes have meant that the profile of school boards, the local democratic forum for public education, has declined very sharply. Boards have become staff-driven entities with less public engagement and input on a wide range of matters relating to the school system.
Also in 1997, the government introduced legislation stipulating that school boards had to provide balanced budgets. Since the provincial government controlled funding, this rule was a way to force local boards to carry out program cuts, sell-off school lands, and increase student fees for basic educational needs. Through this political reform, the provincial government uses school boards to maintain and exacerbate the problems of underfunding.
In the now 33 years since these attacks began, none of the parties represented in the Ontario legislature have consistently or forcefully fought to reverse course. In the face of this inexcusable silence, there is now an acute crisis in public education: 2000 schools have been closed since 1990 and hundreds are currently threatened with closure and sale, there is a $16 billion backlog in school repairs across the province, school shortages and overcrowding mean that children have to be bussed out of their neighbourhoods to find a school that can accommodate them, and reduced staff has meant that violence in schools is increasing.
All of this is avoidable – what is lacking is the political will, at Queen’s Park, to make the necessary changes. Fortunately, there are ongoing grassroots efforts by parents, community organizations, unions, and others including the Communist Party, which are committed to building the required pressure.
Jacobsen: How would a single secular school system be fairer and more democratic?
McKee: In terms of fairness, a single secular system is the basis for ensuring universality and equality of access for all communities within Ontario. The current arrangement provides public funding to one religious community, among many. This only ensures that there will be ongoing and growing inequity – the United Nations Human Rights Committee realized as much in 1999, when it stated that the Ontario government’s practice of funding one religious community was a discriminatory practice.
In terms of democracy, a single secular system would help ensure that decisions regarding publicly funded education are wholly made in the public realm. A current example of this principle being denied within the Catholic system is the area of sexual education.
In 2016, shortly after the Ontario government introduced a long-overdue update of the sex-ed curriculum for public schools, Catholic bishops issued a 34-page letter reminding educators to “present the Catholic Christian version of…sexuality, chastity and marriage.” The letter explicitly stated the Church’s opposition to same-sex relationships and against the recognition of transgendered people. So, we have a situation in which the government and public institutions are taking more concrete action to affirm and respect LGBTQ people, but a huge publicly-funded institution refuses to accept this and actively educates the opposite.
None of this is to say that a single secular system would automatically be profoundly fair and democratic, but such a system certainly provides the most reliable structure to promote and implement such goals in a deliberate, transparent and accountable manner.
Jacobsen: Why is the separation of the place of worship and government important to you, for Canadians generally?
McKee: The Communist Party is of the opinion that religion and the churches of all kinds are fundamentally reactionary, and serve to defend the exploitation of the working class. We are unequivocally in favour of state secularism.
At the same time, however, the Communist Party supports the freedom of conscience and the democratic right of individuals to practice their religions or to have none. We oppose coercion and advocate an approach relying on persuasion and education. In this sense, the Communist party categorically opposes the prohibition on wearing religious symbols by public employees.
As Frederick Engels said, “persecution is the best way to strengthen adverse convictions,” to heighten interest in religion, and to make its actual decline more difficult.
Public institutions must display neutrality towards religions. To be universally accessible, they must be secular – their structure and delivery must not be contingent on a specific religion, or on religious belief and practice in general.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Dave.
McKee: Thank you!
References
Ontario Communist Party. (2017). Ontario Communist Party. Retrieved from http://communistpartyontario.ca.
Toronto Star. (2007, August 14). Dave McKee. Retrieved from https://www.thestar.com/news/politics/2007/08/14/dave_mckee.html.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/22
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You used to run the podcast Living After Faith. How did it start, develop, and dissolute?
Rich Lyons: Living After Faith was the brainchild of my wife Deanna Joy and myself. When I was first coming out of religion, there was no organization and very little resources to be found for people making that journey.
We decided to start one. We figured we would have a few dozen people in the world who would relate to it, but now with over 300,000 downloads, I guess we were wrong. A podcast seemed natural since we were both radio professionals, and already had that skill set.
We started by me telling my story, but I kept getting too triggered by PTSD to finish an episode, so we started bringing in guests to share their experiences. All we asked was for them to tell their story as accurately and openly as they could. What transpired were dozens of stories that people could see themselves in.
They could feel that pain because they knew that pain. We never planned on ending LAF, but knew it would happen one day. We reached the place where we felt we were just telling the same few stories over and over. And while that was popular, we wanted to do more.
We wanted to bring in experts to comment on things that were discussed and make it a better resource. At the same time, we were realizing I was not mentally or emotionally healthy enough to keep up with my current load, much less add more to LAF. So we took a pause until I was ready.
As of this date, we are still paused, with some distant illusion of starting back, but no set plans, and honestly, no distant plans, either. But never say never.
Jacobsen: What is your own background in faith and irreligion? How did you come to this point in your personal narrative in other words?
Lyons: I was raised by extremely verbally abusive parents who were also moderately physically abusive (I say moderately, but for much of my young life I was beaten daily, and still remember my parents checking for marks.
I thought they were checking to see how well they did, not realizing the goal was NOT to leave marks. They didn’t leave marks, so I say moderately.) and according to one shrink, that left me always looking for the comfort of being in an abusive relationship. I joined a Pentecostal church as a young adult, and found it perfectly abusive for my needs.
I lived under a pastor I have later called the single most abusive human I’ve ever known. He was arrested for beating his own children, but got off of the charges.
Anyway, that fundamentalist, abusive church was where my damage was done. It damaged me, and I damaged others when I became a pastor then Senior Pastor. My ministry lasted nearly 20 years by the time I realized it was just an abusive cult.
I tried to fix things before I left, but realized not even the leader can change an entrenched cult. I left as a total failure. I left the cult in 2004, and have been in recovery since.
I’ve survived a suicide attempt and many years of living with suicidal thoughts. I’m not sure what “recovery” actually looks like, but for the past year I’ve been more stable and had more energy than I have in my life. So that’s at least moving in the right direction.
Jacobsen: What were the things that you used to more prominently and popularly do on Living After Faith?
Lyons: I think what made LAF work was that it was professionally produced when most podcasts were anything but, and we focused on the very emotional stories of people who were hurting.
Our listeners could relate to that. They were themselves experiencing many of the same things, and hearing it in other words from another person gave a connection point.
Jacobsen: Now, with the podcast over, what are the next steps for you?
Lyons: Over? That sounds pretty final. I think we may have some ideas about what LAF in a new generation should sound like, and may work toward that. Or I may continue just helping a few other podcasters put out a professional product.
I tried the atheist speakers tour, but that is a business that isn’t ready for professionals to enter, with speaking engagements rarely paying more than room and board. I don’t foresee any public outreach to the atheist community outside of helping podcasters and maybe issuing an occasional episode.
Jacobsen: How do you hope to give back to the irreligious community in the future? How do you hope the non-religious community develops over 2018?
Lyons: In a way, I feel like LAF was my contribution. We only produced 70-something episodes, but those have been listened to hundreds of thousands of times. Some of the techniques we introduced for sound quality are in use by many of the podcasts that followed, and have even been adopted by others that were out there first.
I do help with some podcasts, and would be interested in teaching or mentoring those starting podcasts. But I don’t feel a great debt to the atheist community outside of that.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Lyons: I’m glad to see others responding to the needs of people who have just left the life of faith. It is the most difficult journey most people will ever take, and knowing there is a vibrant and growing post-faith community to help them is comforting.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Rich.
Lyons: Thank you for this interview.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/22
*Audio interview has been edited.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Was there a family background in non-belief?
Wendy Webber: Yes, and no. My dad was raised Catholic. My mom was raised Jewish. I am a mix of both of those coming from those families. We didn’t practice in my home, but I was exposed to religion and religious practice in my larger family.
Jacobsen: What was it like growing up in the community?
Webber: Where I grew up in southern New Mexico is a very Hispanic, Catholic community. Obviously, there are other religions present, but it is mostly Catholic. Religion was around. Personally, I didn’t find the lack of religious belief to be a problem.
I didn’t lose friends over that. For me, it was a fact. It didn’t matter between my friends and me.
Jacobsen: Eventually, you found yourself at Yale Divinity School. What was the experience there?
Webber: I got a Master of Religion there. I was studying theology of oppression and reconciliation with an eye on religious history. It was interesting to be a non-religious person at a school that was founded as a Christian seminary. Most of the people at the school were religious. But not everyone. There was a group of non-religious and non-theistic folk.
We started, or revived, a humanist, atheist, non-theist organization on campus that we wanted to use to have a social space and for conversations about being non-religious on an otherwise religiously oriented campus. It was also a way to engage the rest of campus the way the different religious groups on campus did by hosting educational or social events. It was great. We organized some great events.
My experience was, by and large, me being another student on campus. There were certain things that came up. I had one class where we were meant to write a paper that was about prayer in our own tradition. This subject doesn’t really exist, for me. I had to go to the professor and talk about it. It didn’t go over well [Laughing].
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Webber: We compromised by my writing about Judaism.
Being there as a non-religious person wasn’t perfect. There was some pushback at times. I think there is a bit of a divide between people who wanted it to be a Christian school and others who want it to be a more inclusive school — having other beliefs represented.
So, I don’t think most of the issues I faced there were as much about being non-religious as about being non-Christian.
Jacobsen: Also, you helped found the secular organization. I came across a phrase I had never come across before. It was inter-belief dialogue rather than interfaith dialogue. This is more inclusive for the whole suite of irreligious or non-religious sets of worldviews.
So, I was heartened to read that. How did you go about building that community? What initiatives did you take on?
Webber: We did lunchtime conversations, for people to talk about their belief journey. We invited people who were religious and who weren’t religious to talk. We also did a thing, which is common at interfaith events, called speed-faithing. You sit across from someone who has a different belief system than you, then you talk about what your beliefs are and why for a few minutes then move on to speak to another person.
One of our most popular events we did while I was there was a practical inter-belief workshop. This was focused on the challenges in having an inter-belief event. Things like if you host one of these events on Friday nights a lot of people won’t be able to make it because of religious obligations. Practical things like that.
We made a point to make sure that it was very inclusive of non-religious people in the language we used and discussions we facilitated. We challenged the participants to be careful about the language they use. “Inter-belief” brings more people to the table. Things like “people of faith or no faith,” when you’re talking at an interfaith event is more inclusive than “religious people.”
We had a waiting list to get into the workshop our first year. We not only wanted people to know we were there, but also let people know about to deal with non-religious people being in that space.
Jacobsen: When you reflect on the situation for the non-religious, or humanists, in America today, what do you see as one of the main concerns?
Webber: [Laughing] I don’t want to speak for everyone. We are a diverse group of people, so I know everyone has their own concerns. And each of us weighs the different concerns facing our community differently. For me, a major concern is that humanism is not for everybody. If you go to humanist events, more often than not, white men dominate the space. We need to figure out ways to let the humanist community be more inclusive. Which means not just being inviting, but listening — really listening — to women and people of color and letting people be humanist in ways that make sense for them.
That’s a major concern I see inside humanism. As humanists within the larger culture in the US, a major concern I have is the perception that just because someone is not religious they are a bad person. That perception must change. I think that’s why it is important to do social justice work as a humanist. I mean, to do social justice work like community service visibly as a humanist. To show people in my wider community who might condemn me that, “My humanist values are why I do this. I am here as a humanist.” It helps people see that we’re good people.
For me, these are top issues the humanist community faces. There are a lot of different ways to address these issues. For me, addressing them is about seeking out non-white humanist voices and doing community service and other social justice work.
Jacobsen: Something of concern to many humanists are human rights. In particular, the US situation now with women’s rights — in particular, women’s rights. What is the state of reproductive rights in the United States?
If things are looking direr, what can be done to make sure they are both more solid and well-implemented in the country?
Webber: To be honest, reproductive rights is not the number one issue at the forefront of my mind. I am not saying it isn’t important, but it is not something I have been focusing my time or energy on.
Having said that, my answer to your question is that I think we need to have more women voices in the conversation at the policy level and in political and media discussions. We keep having all of these meetings about reproductive rights, policy, and law with not a single female voice present or if women are present their voices are not given adequate weight. Where men who clearly don’t understand female anatomy are making decisions about reproductive health policy based on their, frankly willful, misunderstanding.
It is part of a bigger problem of women being silenced or not having their voices heard. There are so many ways to get at this issue. We need to get more women’s voices at the high level. We need to get more women’s voices at the local level — holding local office. We need to teach our children — not just the girls — not just that women have rights, but how those rights continue to be violated and how to be part of the solution.
Most importantly, we need to face and address the fact that historically and continuing now, the negative consequences of these reproductive health policies affect women of color disproportionately.
Jacobsen: Any thoughts or feelings in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Webber: For me, I think humanism is about equality of all people. That is really the basis of humanism. That can manifest in a lot of ways. The humanist movement, for me, isn’t simply about getting rights for humanists.
It is about supporting all minority and oppressed people in gaining that equality, not solely humanists. We should as humanist to support movements like Black Lives Matter, issues like reproductive rights for all people with uteruses, and oppressed communities like Native and LGBT people. Importantly, not just giving lip service, but lending support with our money, actions, and voices — following their lead.
All of these different things are part of the humanist movement.
Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time, Wendy.
Webber: Thank you!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Phoebe Davies-Owen and Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/22
Humanism encompasses a range of beliefs including the theistic, such as Humanistic Judaism or Unitarian Universalism and the non-theistic, such as atheism, agnosticism, even deism or apatheism. More than a specific set of precepts, humanism is a lifestyle incorporating a worldview. An ethical and philosophical stance for guidance in one’s life, relations with others, and perception and conception on the nature of the world.
Unfortunately, this seems less understood by the wider public, but it is not their fault, necessarily. There’s simply fewer humanists, so fewer spokespeople and representatives — and impetus socially and culturally, even politically — to openly advocate and promote it in the public arena to a wide audience.
Indeed, the mass media, news, and the public relations industry have enormous sway over the general public’s mind and perception of social issues and others’ views on the world, even, unfortunately, to the point of stereotyping others, e.g. atheistic humanism. Strict nonbelievers in God, gods, or the supernatural are given a negative portrayal in the popular media.
Sometimes, they can have virtues such as intelligence. At other times, they can be demonized, quite literally. More often than not, the humanist subpopulation who are atheists are not represented in the media at all. So even if, or the rare when, an atheist is represented in the media, they might have a virtue, but come with numerous obvious vices. What kinds of tired tropes are there?
Common, tiresome tropes assigned to atheist characters are anti-sociality, cynicism, depression, drug addiction, and narcissism. These can be seen in some characters that you may be familiar with, Brian Griffin from ‘Family Guy,’ Sheldon Cooper from ‘The Big Bang Theory’ and Dr. Gregory House in ‘House.’ Brian Griffin is demonised by society for being an atheist and is critical of religion without much thought or care for the beliefs of those he lives with.
Sheldon Cooper, while possessing genius intelligence, is reliant on the faith in science and has complete disregard towards religion, stemming from his growing up in a deeply religious environment. Cooper is surrounded by friends who do believe he is often insulting and self-righteous. Also, he is initially antisocial and doesn’t conform to social norms.
Dr. Gregory House is again, written and presented as a deeply intelligent but egotistical misanthrope unable and unwilling to effectively engage with the world socially, or emotionally.
House, Sheldon — with the exception of Brian Griffin — are the leading characters of their shows and as a result they carry it through season after season, and it is a problem when these lead characters are portrayed as Atheists/Humanists like narcissists, cynics, anti-socials are that they create stereotypes. The problem with stereotypes is that they create an image of a certain person — atheists are conceited, highly intelligent and unfriendly — and soon we begin to view all atheists/humanists as the same. Which of course isn’t true!
There may be people who fit that description outside of the TV screen butotherwise Atheists and Humanists are a diverse group of people, encompassing people from different countries and backgrounds. While the characters we see on the TV representing the Atheist/Humanist community are interesting and amusing to watch, they don’t represent the wider community and as a result Atheists/Humanists are very dramatic caricatures.
Most of us who are Atheists/Humanists don’t even think about it — we just go about our lives without the belief in a supernatural creator and don’t tend to make a fuss about it. We should be fighting for real representation of the community, normal everyday working families who raise their children as skeptics and who are well behaved and charitable just because you can be, without any other motivation.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/21
“OTTAWA – The Canada Summer Jobs program is usually one of the best parts of an MP’s job: they get to proudly go around their riding announcing grants to small businesses, non-profits and public sector organizations that subsidize the wages of summer students.
But this year the program has sparked a huge controversy over whether the government is violating religious freedom by requiring all applicants to sign an “attestation” that includes respect for reproductive rights — in other words, access to abortions.
The government is refusing to back down in the face of a growing outcry from religious groups, and a court challenge has already been launched by an anti-abortion group.”
“Thousands of years ago, before Christians could practice their faith legally, they often faced persecution from the Roman government. If captured, however, a suspected Christian could avoid punishment by performing a simple sacrifice dedicated to the emperor.
To stay on the authority’s good side, some Christians crossed their fingers (a concealed symbol of their true allegiance to Jesus) and complied with the government’s request. They rationalized that a coerced physical action didn’t compromise their true belief.
Most early Christians disagreed with that position. They felt “truth” had “set them free.” They would not betray the truth.”
Source: http://www.cbc.ca/news/opinion/summer-jobs-program-1.4491602.
“We are blessed to have the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms. It establishes the following freedoms: “(a) freedom of conscience and religion; (b) freedom of thought, belief, opinion and expression, including freedom of the press and other media of communication; (c) freedom of peaceful assembly; and (d) freedom of association.”
The charter then identifies our rights, including: “Every individual is equal before and under the law and has the right to the equal protection and equal benefit of the law without discrimination and, in particular, without discrimination based on race, national or ethnic origin, colour, religion, sex, age or mental or physical disability.”
Recently, Christian charities and the media have criticized the prime minister and the federal government for undermining these freedoms and rights through new criteria to qualify for youth employment funding.”
“Disqualifying otherwise eligible recipients from a public benefit because of their religious beliefs is unacceptable in a liberal democracy. Yet that is the effect of two recent government initiatives in Canada.
Better known for its provisions concerning face coverings, Quebec’s Bill 62 also discriminates against religious childcare programs. Private childcare providers are eligible for public subsidies, but those which teach religious beliefs or practices are now disqualified.
Similarly, religious charitable organizations unable to attest that they “respect” certain values identified by the federal government — including access to abortion — will now be disqualified from the Canada Summer Jobs grant program. In a recent attempt at clarification, officials have commented that these measures target groups advocating a pro-life message, not those engaged in other activities that “happen to hold pro-life beliefs,” though this still constitutes viewpoint discrimination, especially if pro-choice advocacy groups continue to receive funding. Regardless, it appears that whatever their activities and purposes, all organizations are still expected to affirm that their “core mandate agrees” with the government’s position on abortion, among other issues, which many are unable to do.”
Source: http://montrealgazette.com/opinion/opinion-public-funding-should-be-religion-neutral.
“A Sikh man says he was asked to remove his turban by staff at the Royal Canadian Legion in Tignish, P.E.I., on Wednesday night and, along with his friend, was subject to racist remarks from patrons.
The Legion apologized for the incident on Friday, saying it stemmed from a misunderstanding of what the man was wearing and that staff will be receiving training to prevent something similar from happening in the future.
Jaswinder Singh and Sunny Pannu, who moved to western P.E.I. last February, went to the Legion with their call centre co-worker, Annemarie Blanchard, to play pool.
“Have you ever read the story of the rich, young ruler in the Bible?
You’ll find it in the first 3 Gospels – Matthew 19, Mark 10 and Luke 18. It’s not a parable, but the true story of a conversation Jesus had with a man who is described as “young,” “rich” and a “ruler”. As I read this story I found some striking parallels and vital lessons for our country of Canada today.
One Man’s Spiritual Quest
The young man begins by asking an all-important question – “What must I do to inherit eternal life?”. Can you think of a more important question than that? At the end of your life, it won’t be what’s behind you that will really matter, but rather what lies ahead. This man was asking the right question.”
Source: http://www.thesudburystar.com/2018/01/21/sudbury-faith-pray-for-canadas-young-and-rich-ruler.
“Jihadist terrorists seek to destabilize our society through acts of war; meanwhile non-violent Islamists — driven by the same dogmatic ideology — work to quietly advance their cause and spread the doctrine of political Islam across the West.
Examples of Islamist practices seeping into our society are all around us, and perhaps the most concerning is the encroachment of Sharia Law.
What exactly is Sharia? It’s a set of guidelines and religious rules, stemming from the Islamic Quran and Hadith that guide Muslims and command an overall way of life. It’s more than just a legal system; Sharia dictates both the private moral teachings of the Islamic faith as well as strict public rules that all Muslims are commanded to live by. “
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/21
I have been thinking, over coffee, in Canada (again, who would’ve thought?). If you’re just tuning in, I’m Canadian and am a sucker for coffee. This is less of a scientific thought, maybe a demographic one if that, and more of a philosophic thought — a thinky piece.
In conversations — not many — with young and old humanists, men and women, various people open about their sexual orientation or not, I see two broad, loose, strokes of humanism.
One, I’ll call big humanism. Another, I’ll call small humanism. Big humanism is expansive, inclusive, and pluralistic. Small humanism is contractive, exclusive, and monolithic. Monolithic does not mean bad; pluralistic does not mean good. They mean what they mean, and no different than that here.
Perhaps these can be seen as two poles on a spectrum of belief for humanism. Big humanism includes many, many more types of humanism, or humanistic beliefs. There’s no necessary requirement for the full belief set for this type of humanism. People can align themselves at the periphery, simply holding fast to the moral imperatives in the core doctrines.
It’s not really too precise. More gooey, more fuzzy, less solid, less specified, big humanism has a big net and catches lots of people. Small humanism contrasts with this in every way, except in the core belief structure of humanism. It includes fewer, and fewer, humanisms the more you move into its side of the spectrum. Its south-most or north-most pole is the bare bones, nugget of humanism.
Folks can only consider themselves truly humanist in this framework by adherence to the most stringent of standards in, probably, a formalized framework of viewing the world with humanism. Small humanism is like an Orthodox Humanism. By implication, its community is much smaller.
It is super-precise. Less gooey, less fuzzy, more solid, more specified, small humanism has a small bait and catches a minority within the humanist community. When I talk to some people within the humanist community, there are different criteria. Some believe you can only reject gods or God and affirm human values to be a humanist.
Others adhere to some logical principles to ground ethical precepts without reference for science. Others believe formalized scientific processes are the sole means to acquire knowledge, hard and fast empiricists. The list goes on, right? Still others view humanism as akin to militant atheism with the importance of combating religion as its highest modern aim, the destruction of religious structures, and so communities — and damn the consequences.
But what about the others? In a bigger frame of reference, which seems like a tendency in me, big humanism seems more cooperative, integrative, and workable in the wider world. And I don’t have an answer to any of these stylistic preferences or self-defined, usually — sometimes other-defined, goals.
But in the end analysis, I guess it comes down to, on at least one grounding, preference in life. How do you want to live your own life? How do you want to relate to others, and other communities, and to your own family — inherited or made? Big and small humanism are a bit hand-wavey, but, for me at least, they provide some context for more thought on the all-encompassing, all-important question, “How do you want to live your life?”
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/21
John Brown is an atheist and the administrator for Another Godless Atheist. Here we look a little closer at his story.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What was family life like for you? Was religion a big part of it?
John Brown: Family life was pretty good for the most part. I went to a Catholic school where I attended church regularly. However, as a family, we only ever attended church on Christmas Eve and Easter.
Jacobsen: Were there pivotal moments in becoming an open, or explicit, atheist?
Brown: This was a long process. It wasn’t from Christian to Atheist. I had a lot of agnostic time in-between. I left the Catholic Church for good when I was 18 (1988), but became part of the Pentecostal Church in Oshawa, Ontario.
There I was born again, I went to church 3 times a week, and married at age 24 with three children. My wife and I did a Bible study with our pastor and by 1998 I had a lot of questions (enter the internet), questioning the faith and the Bible whilst not really getting straight answers.
My faith swayed and I left the church. This was my agnostic phase. Months later, this had taken a toll on my marriage and we separated in February 1999. I was in New Jersey on a working holiday and wanted to go to Manhattan the morning of September 11, 2001. Up early, I made my way to the ferry terminal.
It was just after 8 am, the first plane hit. I think this was my tipping point into atheism. But I was more Humanist by 2006. I don’t think I ever used Atheist to describe myself until about 2012.
Jacobsen: How did you come to create and administrate Another Godless Atheist?
Brown: In the early days (2012), I called the page ‘Godless Heathen’ and my goal was to upset as many theists as I possibly could. However, I later changed in 2015-16 and decided to take a different route.
I decided to put all the daily news stories that involved religion issues around the world, making it a one-stop shop that also is shared on my Twitter page.
I still take the odd jab here and there at religion and will randomly post memes or sometimes pick a weekly theme from the Bible to quote on Mondays or coffee with Jesus, but mostly it’s about bringing the attention of what religion is doing to our world in all its negativity.
Jacobsen: It is a moderately sized group with a few thousand members on Facebook. How does this provide for its followers or members? What were some important moments in its developmental history or trajectory?
Brown: I really am not sure, the number rose quite fast when I was constantly taking cheap shots at religion, but leveled out around 6,000 for the past two years that I changed the format.
I have other admins, but they are rarely present as they all have their own lives and are in debate groups, and that’s fine. I have my Twitter account linked, so all posts go directly there. I started a YouTube channel, but it never went anywhere as I’m not that great at it despite my video editing skills being better than average.
Followers of my page seem more likely to share and react to a post rather than comment, but I did have a few dozen regulars that throw out comments to most posts. I also randomly get hate mail or post to the page with both love and hate.
Jacobsen: What other groups give you some inspiration for the non-religious community? How can the non-religious community become active and involved, even if through a Facebook community such as Another Godless Atheist?
Brown: Groups, pages, personalities that inspire me are the Atheist Experience, the Thinking Atheist, the Friendly Atheist, Dr. Lawrence Krauss and the Atheist Foundation of Australia, of which I am a member and volunteer for live events.
Part of the problem with the Atheist community is that we’re really not organized and organizing us at times is like herding cats. The one thing we have in common is we don’t believe in God.
Everything else is so random and there are so many atheist/humanist activist groups with so many different goals, it’s hard to get everyone on the same page. I think we need better organization and pick the more important goals and work together.
Group leaders should reach out to each other and try to merge in common interest. That’s what makes theism so successful. We need to take a page from their playbook (not the holy book).
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Brown: I think as a species we can only move forward and advance as a species as fast as our slowest members. Religion brings fear, mistrust, hate, bigotry, violence, discrimination, etc., to everyone who doesn’t subscribe to the same dogmatic ideology as they do.
Even amongst themselves, there is fighting and heavy disagreement, but they all get together for the common goal, despite how illogical and irrational it is. We need to all get-together and pushback as one, but we’re simply not there yet. As a species, we can all do better.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, John.
Brown: Thank you for taking an interest and asking my opinions. It was a pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/20
Mike Ivanov is the President of the University of Toronto Secular Alliance founded by Justin Trottier several years ago. Here we talk about the history of the U of T SA, or UTSA, activities of the organization, and the upcoming “Is there a meaning to life” event at Convocation Hall on January 26th.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did the University of Toronto Secular Student Alliance come to life? Who started the organization, and why?
Mike Ivanov: The University of Toronto Secular alliance came to life due to the efforts of Justin Trottier around 10 years ago. He wanted to create a community for secular students where they wouldn’t feel ostracized for their beliefs or lack thereof.
Jacobsen: For those that do not know about secular student alliance but with an interest in founding one on their own campus, how can they do so? Who should they contact? If one already exists on their campus, how can they bring themselves and others into that fold, that community of the formal non-religious of all denominations?
Ivanov: If students want to open their own secular alliance, they can contact their student union about getting their club recognized, and then they’re set! Usually, the multi-faith centre on campus will be aware of any secular association and help you get involved. That’s definitely the case with our multi-faith centre which offered to host our club.
Jacobsen: What is your own personal history with the secular community? How did you find it and become involved with it?
Ivanov: I came to the club 3 years ago and enjoyed going to the meetings. The following year I was voted in as president which I’ve been for the last 2 years. I got involved because of their great advertisement during clubs day which I highly recommend all freshmen and even other students to attend.
Jacobsen: Any exciting and interesting activities that are ongoing for the membership? How do you keep a membership enthused? I know this can become a difficulty for organizations.
Ivanov: Every week, we pick a new and usually controversial topic to analyze and discuss, letting our membership have a say in what that topic will be. We do movie nights, debates and discussion panels with guests of all religions to keep our members interested.
Jacobsen: What are your new and upcoming events that you will either host or will be involved in that people should keep an eye out for online, on campus, or off-campus but hosted by the UTSA?
Ivanov: We will have our movie night sometime in February and will be involved with the “Is there a meaning to Life” event in Convocation Hall on the 26th which should be exciting.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Ivanov: What we really try to do at the secular alliance is to promote discussion that you wouldn’t usually have at University lectures which are listening-based or tutorials which nowadays try to avoid controversial content. This is a safe space to discuss any opinion, however politically incorrect.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Mike.
Ivanov: Thanks for your time Scott.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/20
Note: Dan is giving this interview as a SMART Recovery facilitator and not as a spokesman for the Veterans Administration.*
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: You have an association with SMART Recovery. What is SMART Recovery? What is your relation with it as an entity?
Dan Bowman: SMART, Self Management And Recovery Training is a not-for-profit, face-to-face and on-line, science/evidence based, Peer and Professionally led self-help group for those with addiction issues. It’s a self-empowering, dynamic and very interactive method of recovery, and by recovery, I mean the ability to be recovered. If I chose, I could go on and live my life, free from the emotional baggage of my past. I feel no need to attend meetings today for my own recovery, however I do so as a trained SMART Recovery facilitator to help others, because I believe in the SMART Recovery 4-point program.
Our 4-Point Program®
The SMART Recovery 4-Point Program offers tools and techniques for each program point:
1: Building and Maintaining Motivation
2: Coping with Urges
3: Managing Thoughts, Feelings and Behaviors
4: Living a Balanced Life
Jacobsen: Why is the organization important?
Bowman: Choice, plain and simple. There are many pathways to recovery, SMART being my choice, is only one of those pathways. There’s a notable quote by Anne Fletcher “If nothing else, we know that people have better treatment outcomes when they’re offered choices and not coerced to accept one thing or another.” For many, many years I was told there was only one path to recovery, coerced if you will and when I could not do it that way, I not only felt like a failure, I acted like a failure.
Jacobsen: What are some notable and touching experiences in working with them?
Bowman: The “lightbulb moment” when I’m facilitating a meeting and I see the light come on. New attendees to SMART Recovery are hearing things they have never heard before. “No sponsor?” “I’m not powerless?” “I don’t need to go to meetings the rest of my life?” “I don’t need a Higher Power to recover?” “I don’t need to label myself an alcoholic or an addict?” “Blasphemy you say!” I really don’t get the last one very often, however on occasion, we have a naysayer or two and we continue to welcome them, those that do not cause disruption to our groups. All opinions are welcome to be voiced and heard, we are a non-judgemental, non-confrontational group. We do however use science, facts and rational thought as our arbitrators.
Jacobsen: How does your own background tie into them? What lead you to SMART Recovery, and the absolutely wonderful and magnanimous Shari Allwood?
Bowman: Shari really is wonderful. I hope to one day obtain her mystic level of email cheeriness, not quite sure how she does it, but I always feel so cheery after reading her emails.
I struggled with alcohol, irrational thinking and emotional problems for about 30 years before I discovered SMART Recovery. I was one of those led to believe there was only one way to recover. I did not believe in what I wasbeing told to practice in other groups. I tried so very hard to thoroughly follow their path, but continued to fail. I was introduced to SMART Recovery while in treatment at the St. Louis VA hospital, through SMART’s Mid-America Regional Representative, Virginia Frank, another wonderful person in SMART Recovery’s vast arsenal and a highly valued tutor and mentor of mine. I had my “Lightbulb Moment” while there. I still drank, but each time it was a shorter and less intense relapse/slip. I learned in SMART that I did not have start from square one after I slipped or relapse, I could restart from where I stopped my slide, I had not lost sober days. I eventually became a trained facilitator and have over three years now without alcohol playing any part in my daily life.
Jacobsen: What is your main initiative or goal now in personal and professional life?
Bowman: As far as my personal life, I’m living the dream so to speak. I have purpose, I have a good relationship with my wonderful family and co-workers. Have everything I need. My life, for the first time is drama free and unencumbered, I pretty much do what I want, when I want. A personal goal I have is to help SMART Recovery continue to rapidly expand, especially here in the St. Louis Metro region.
I am currently retired. I do volunteer Thirty plus hours a week at the St Louis VA as a Certified Missouri Peer Specialist (CMPS) I’m on track to be hired soon at the VA as a CMPS/Whole Healthcare Coach.
Jacobsen: With your current position (if applicable, what is it…), what are your tasks and responsibilities?
Bowman: As CMPSs we role model successful recovery to other Veterans and VA staff. So often the staff does not see the fruits of their work, that is, to see Veterans in successful recovery instead of crisis mode, day after day. We also assist and teach Veterans to advocate for themselves and how to navigate the system. I currently facilitate mental health and recovery groups on the acute psych inpatient ward and in the substance use disorder treatment program. I also facilitate two SMART Recovery meetings a week, located at the St. Louis VA.
Jacobsen: How does a science-based and non-faith-based — with or without religion as a component — treatment work compared to faith, religiously oriented, treatments?
Bowman: Scott, I don’t feel qualified to comment on other types of recovery program. I will say this, SMART’s evidence based tools are what I was looking for when I was trying to use a faith based program. I really had a problem with the concept of “Powerlessness” and “Higher Power.” In SMART, we believe the concept of a Higher Power is a personal and private matter. Certainly, we do not tell people they can’t use a Higher Power, it’s just not part of our 4 Point program. We are not powerless, we are powerful.
Jacobsen: Any feelings or thoughts in conclusion based on the conversation today?
Bowman: If anyone reading this is still having problems with addiction, whether it be from substances, like drugs and alcohol or behaviors, like gambling or sex, and have not found success with the method they are using, please, please search out an alternative. There are so many pathways to recovery. Do not let any one person or group convine you, their way is the only “true” way. That’s just not factual, Scott.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Dan.
Bowman: Thank you Scott, for helping spread the word about SMART Recovery.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/19
Shaykh Uthman Khan completed his ʻĀlimiyyah degree from Madrasah Taleemul Islam from the United Kingdom. He received a traditional Master’s Degree in Arabic and Islamic Sciences and Specialized in traditionalism and the traditional sciences. He also received an Academic Master’s Degree from the Hartford Seminary in Muslim and Christian Relations and specialized in Theology, Philosophy, Religious Scripture, Historiography, and Textual Criticism and Analysis.
His other academic achievements include certificates in Adult Psychology, Accounting, Phonetics, Phonics, and Phonology.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, to begin: what was family background – culture, language, geography, and religion, or irreligion?
Shaykh Uthman Khan: I was born in Canada and grew up in Canada. My father’s from Pakistan. My mom is from India. I was born Muslim and was raised as a traditional Muslims
Jacobsen: You completed a degree at Madrasa Taleem al-Islam in the UK for a master’s degree in Arabic and Islamic Sciences.
Khan: Yes.
Jacobsen: Also, a master’s at the Hartford Seminary in Muslim and Christian Relations. How have those professional qualifications helped you in personal and professional life? What was the main motivation for pursuing them?
Khan: As far as motivation, my motivation for pursuing Islamic studies was that right from a young age my parents wanted me to focus on religious education. So, even when I was about 10 years old or maybe about 12, I memorized the entire Quran in Arabic.
Right from a young age, my parents were building this interest in me to pursue religious training and education. Thus I completed my traditional degree and started working in the same traditional realm.
The traditional realm meaning in mosques, Islamic schools etc. Then I decided that I needed to increase knowledge because of the challenges that I was facing academically. I was trying to bridge the gap between traditional and academic perspectives in Islamic Studies. So, I needed to pursue Islamic studies from an academic lenses.
There’s difference in traditional and academic education. So, I went to study academic Islamic studies at The Hartford Seminary studying with well known Islamic Academics which helped me gain academic perspective.
Jacobsen: Now, you’re the academic dean of Critical Loyalty. What is it? What tasks and responsibilities come with the position?
Khan: Yes, I am the Academic Dean of Critical Loyalty. “Critical Loyalty” portrays the history of my education. So, Loyalty, being in reference to being a loyal Muslim, but Critical, is basically not blind following but being a critical thinker.
The main point I notice within the traditional style education or even within conservative Muslims is that there’s not much effort made to ask questions or to understand the reasons behind why we’re doing, everything and anything, which is the case in every religion, I believe.
Many of my traditional Christian friends also say, “We can’t ask questions and have to listen to what they tell us. We have to listen to what the scholars or the priests or the pastors tell us.” I personally didn’t like that approach as it was subjective and monopolized.
So, Critical Loyalty, after studying Academic Islam, was to bridge the gap between traditional and academic Islamic studies. At Critical Loyalty, for example, I will teach traditional sciences the way it’s taught in regular traditional institutes but I will then infuse all of the courses with critical thinking.
This is the academic approach, I’m trying to bridge the traditional and academic gap. Many Muslims will look at the Quran or the prophet’s sayings and blindly apply them without contextualizing it or viewing it from the perspectives of their cultures or preconceived ideas, I tend to look at the context: What is the back story? Why was is revealed or said? When did it happen?”
It gives the whole new perspective and this is very rare to find.
Jacobsen: If you take the historical contextualization through an academic setting and education for students, what bigger messages tend to come out in a positive light from pupils?
Khan: I’m trying to implement this perspective through this thought process because I find that religion is becoming an old concept for the older generation. Concerning young adults in the 21st century, I find that people are only following a religion because they’re a part of it or they were born in it, but many don’t know the reason why.
Islam is stigmatized because people don’t understand it. And if we’re going to constantly keep on pushing for a blind following approach, it won’t help the situation
A lot of people are questioning or leaving religion because of that. I’ve seen many people coming to Islam but also have seen many people leave Islam simply based on this.
I was an example of this, where I started to question religion because I couldn’t justify doing things when someone told me to do it. For this reason, the message I try to get my students to understand is, “Don’t believe everything and anything people tell you.”
As I historically look at it, religion, or traditional rigidity, is something which is very common probably in the last 100 to 200 years. Perhaps to monopolize and to promote a message, one for religion itself is the structure of religion that is codified.
The scholars of scripture or the medieval ages were very great academics; they rejected thousands of narrations that people claimed Prophet Muhammad said compared to the ones they brought into their books.
But I find now people will accept anything and everything, whatever someone tells them. It’s a very distorted ideology. and it is being promoted now in the name of religion. People will then end up assuming, “Oh, that IS the religion.”
But this is not anywhere religion. People use the same verses of the Quran to kill while others use the same for peace.
Jacobsen: [Laughing].
Khan: That’s why I’m trying to instill critical thinking in the students. Think about why you’re doing and why you don’t do things.
A person should know why they are doing it anything and be able to justify it critically, which technically singles me out of every traditionalist. I’m the black sheep in the middle of the entire traditionalist segment. But I’m ok with that because I feel I understand religion.
Jacobsen: Within a traditionalist framework, what is the importance of a progressive voice, a progressive tendency of voice?
Khan: The reason it’s important is because of the direction society is moving in, because of the amount of academic learning and philosophy that’s been taught in schools. A lot of people are questioning everything.
So, in my own experience, if I bring 100 people in front of me who claim to be Muslims, one hundred people are going to have one hundred questions that are not answered.
That’s a huge motivation for me to understand those questions, not judge the questioner, and to look at the situation that’s in front of me, and to talk about it, especially when people are doing unethical things in the name of religion.
Most people resort to unethical acts because either they don’t have any answers or they are following the wrong people/monopoly.
Jacobsen: Within a Canadian context, as you noted living in Ontario, what do you see as some of the more positive directions? What do you see as some of the more negative directions that things seem to be moving in that could use some help?
Khan: Positive… man! That’s a hard question. Are there any positives in a distorted religion? Every religion has a few good aspects. You have to believe in one God, in the angels, in the books, the rituals, praying five times a day, fasting in the month of Ramadan, and so on.
Every religion has some rituals. Then you have the ethics of it. When it comes to the beliefs and the rituals it doesn’t impact anyone because anyone can believe in anything or do any rituals.
But when it comes to the ethics of it – if we’re not taking an academic approach in religion, and if we’re going to be strictly following on age-old tradition at this point – then what we’ve done is we haven’t progressed.
We’re bringing to the table an ethic, 1300- to 1400-years-old ethic. That was perhaps applicable at that time, but we are living in another era. We’ve moved forward in time and space, and scenarios and situations have changed and everyone understands that.
Even UP 100 years ago the concept of modesty or how people dressed was different from 15-20 years ago. So, the time has changed, and if we’re going to stick within the mentality or an ideology that’s 1400-years-old it won’t make any sense in regards to our ethics, and this is a prime example of failing to see the bigger picture.
That’s the biggest problem in sticking with a traditional approach and not being willing to be open to question why you’re doing what you’re doing.
Jacobsen: [Laughing] What’s your favourite course to teach?
Khan: It’s called The Evolution of Islamic Thought and Theology. The name of the course was switched from “The Introduction to Islamic Theology” because I realized that theology is very large.
Then based on a recommendation, one of my students said, “You should change the name to The Evolution of Islamic Thought and Theology,” because there is an evolution.
In that particular course, I teach how a person is a Muslim living in 2017. Why do you think or believe what you’re believing in right now? I basically take you through a history of theology from the time of Prophet Muhammad all the way until now.
So, what’s the belief in God? What’s the belief in the concept of sin, predestination, or predeterminism vs free will? How an individual’s mindset has changed in a span of 1400. So, this is an evolution of a thought process. That’s my favourite course.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/19
Michael Kruse is an advanced-care paramedic in York Region, just north of Toronto, Ontario. A theatrical lighting designer as well, he re-trained in 2005 as an EMT-Paramedic Specialist at the University of Iowa and as an advanced care paramedic at Durham College. Michael is currently enrolled at the University of Toronto working towards an undergraduate degree in physiology and the history and philosophy of science.
Michael has been active in the science advocacy community for 7 years and is committed to a compassionate defense of science for the betterment of all Canadians.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: So, how did you get involved in the skeptic movement in science in general?
Michael Kruse: So, myself, I discovered the skeptic movement so many years ago. Now, 20 years ago, I was working as a senior technician. While I was running the show, relaxing, I never heard about this in high school.
So, I have never had exposure to it and the skeptical movement. It wasn’t until 10 years later that I am participating in the social group of skepticism, the social movement. When I went to camp in Las Vegas, it was amazing.
I started to become more involved in skepticism and the skeptical movement. They spoke to me from the social point of view. I was interested in how we can make society better by using the precepts of science and venturing the world.
I have been involved after that, after Center for Inquiry Canada as a coach fair of the community skepticism. So, I was there through Center for Inquiry Canada’s reorganization in late 2000. I saw myself wanting more professional science advocacy, as a role.
So, along with a former CSI member, Jamie Williams who was the secretary director, we made up a recommendation, which we mention as a departure from us beyond the Skeptical Movement. In a way, it is to try to redefine what the values we held as skeptical in a large community.
There were a couple things that came up again. That was when we were talking to people who are not familiar with the movement, which was difficult to have that discussion about what is a sceptic. There are a lot of different definitions that people have now. There are different cultural norms around that, so it was problematic.
Advocacy people knew there was a larger community. I’ll have to find kids in the world and the skeptical community, but that were often a part of it. We were interested to start becoming a part of that community.
So, that’s how we started. I have five more lessons left in the social movement towards skepticism. It sticks to my values around internal issues, especially in social justice. That I didn’t really value. Now, it’s for me to call on myself and what we do at times with science advocacy.
That seems to be useful and more successful for me, certainly.
Jacobsen: What are some of larger targeted objectives of Bad Science Watch in terms of constructive education for the public?
Kruse: So, we had couple of things that we want to do. One was make real change in society. We had tried multiple times through skeptical blogging. We created a new blog for that back in 2000. Education was a long game.
It’s very difficult to measure. In which case, these structures or community programs tend to be people involved who are already interested and support the subject. When it comes to making social change education, it is difficult to measure the outcome.
As such, you will find it difficult to measure, so we decided that if we want to make real change to society that we should have a more government-based organization. One that would be educating the public.
There are a lot of people doing that work already. There are many up and coming scientists who are trying to let the public understand science and communicate with the public that way. That was a movement that we wanted to part of because it has its own mandate.
We were more concerned about making change right now. The problems society is dealing with at the political level, so that is why it became a government facing organization. That it is essential that there is communication as an organization with the government.
Where our values that we hold in come to the government of Canada, this can be done through a petition of the government. We decide to focus our effort on the government. We can talk to the public and the media, obviously.
That is a way of finding common ground or finding support. You need that to start to make change in the government, but we were talking directly to the government. That’s why early on we got projects focused around the problems.
If the government, the Public Health Association of Canada, and other various organizations are informing the public, we consider involvement with the government is good. We want scientifically backed products on the shelves and others off.
So, that involvement with the government may be talking to a Member of Parliament, talking to our supporters to encourage them to talk to the government, and have an organization that is made for them, e.g. bad Science Watch.
Because the federal government needs organizations devoted to having a structure for evaluating evidence for products given to the public.
Jacobsen: How can people – if they want to get involved – get involved, whether through donations or volunteering, expertise or writing? Wat are some of the benefits of helping?
Kruse: So, there are several different ways. We have a core membership, which is made up of volunteers with who have spent a significant amount of time as board members or as long-term volunteers.
There were members chosen by the board to identify whether people want to have a more in-depth knowledge of how the organization moves forward. But in the organization, everyone is a volunteer.
Nobody gets paid, which is helpful because that allows us to run a budget. However, if you want to get involved, there are several ways. First, obviously, we work on a budget: donations to make commission can help us.
So, we can go forward to pay for the posting of our communication projects and ensuring all those concepts that make the non-profit go forward. Ultimately, the organization, we will continue to grow the organization having a part-time executive director.
That’s something that we have because of the advocacy role the organization. It has been a bit difficult for us. We have been opening our budget. We are looking to adopt some principles that are more responsive to our members.
This is so that the donors can rest assured the donations are going towards the company.
If you want to volunteer, you can contact the volunteer coordinator. The email address and website are good starts. We accept text messages. We have a couple projects on the way right now. The one that is across the country is the marketing of national health products.
That is underway. Right now, we are investigating the webpage marketing in Canada. It will help answer some of the questions, whether the sellers are acquiring and showing the Health Canada license on these products.
So that one is on its way. We can always use more evaluators in the next month. We are probably going to be coming up with running a file report, but this is a pile of studies. So, the next step is expansion into a more comprehensive look at a lot of the products in Canada.
So, if you want to get involved, we are always looking for people to do some simple stuff around the organization such as communication and newsletters and web things. Even if they can email our volunteer coordinator, or if they help with connecting other people or organizations that can help Bad Science Watch.
Jacobsen: Thank you very much for your time, Michael.
Kruse: Okay, you are welcome, thank you very much.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/19
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We have talked before. I wanted to reach out because the Atheist Republic remains the largest atheist Facebook page in the world. As its CEO, you hold power and influence in the international atheist community.
Internationally, the population of the formal irreligious stands at about 16% or more than 1 billion people. How can communities and organizations, such as the Atheist Republic, give voice to the formal irreligious?
Allie Jackson: Hi Scott! It’s wonderful to speak with you again. What every organization can do to help the irreligious around the world, is to give them a platform to express themselves.
Often I focus my attention on Ex-Muslims in Islamic countries. Their voices are muffled and there are often serious consequences to speaking out against Islam.
Be loud about the injustices they face. Be their voice when they can’t use their own. Share their stories on your platforms. That’s the best advice I can give.
Jacobsen: What does the Atheist Republic provide for its members?
Jackson: That’s quite a question, actually. We provide a lot to the atheist community, much more than social media. We publish atheist related books, news, and blogs. Our bloggers range from new atheists to old, American to Bangladeshi, and everything in between.
We have a one on one support group system that provides resources and advice for asylum and emotional support. We give atheists a platform to use their own voice in our podcast, Atheist Republic Voicemails.
We have consulates around the globe, encouraging atheists to get out from behind their computers and meet together for drinks or community service. There’s so much more, and we have many plans in the works! We’ll never stop trying to bring the community together, and give everyone a place to belong.
Jacobsen: How can satire and comedy soften the transition for those who do not see the utility in religion for themselves?
Jackson: Satire is such a powerful tool of expression. It can make a person laugh, feel offended, confused, or angry.
Often when we are faced with an emotion regarding satire or comedy, we are forced ask ourselves why. In searching for that answer, we either double down on the beliefs we already hold or are challenged to explore a different idea.
It can be uncomfortable, but that’s why I like satire. Does it soften the transition? Perhaps, perhaps not. Changing one’s mind on a topic is rarely soft or easy, but when people are honest with themselves, there is much joy in it. Every belief should be challenged.
Jacobsen: What has been one of the most dramatic reactions to the work of Atheist Republic?
Jackson: Oh my, where to begin. [Laughing] I’d say the most dramatic reaction towards us was when the Malaysian government started a witch hunt on our Atheist Republic Kuala Lumpur members, simply because they met for dinner…and took a picture.
For anyone reading who is unfamiliar with this story, our consulate in Malaysia decided to get together for dinner, and just meet other atheists around them. Someone took a lovely group photo, they blurred out faces of those not wanting to be public and gave it to the Atheist Republic to share.
This led to news coverage of the gathering, death threats towards the consulate members, and the government saying they would “hunt” these members down like animals, because atheism was that terrible to them.
Jacobsen: How can we help with the situation in Malaysia and elsewhere, where state and religion conspire to silence the formal irreligious?
Jackson: This ties back to what I was saying earlier, the best thing we can do, is the voice of the silenced. We can write the United Nations, and scold them for having Pakistan and Saudi Arabia hold seats on their committees, when they are responsible for so many human rights violations against atheists in their countries. Just never stop, keep trying new ways to fight for them.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Allie.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/19
Eric Adriaans is the former National Executive Director of the Center for Inquiry Canada (CFI Canada). Eric is also a charitable sector leader, student in Athabasca University’s post-baccalaureate diploma program in Legislative Drafting and Fanshawe College’s Logistics and Supply Chain management program, and writer.
Adriaans is extremely interested in Parliamentary e-petition 382, which is opposition to Canada’s blasphemous libel law. This might set the context for Canadian discussion on blasphemy laws. He notes the e-petition system might or might not prove useful to progressives as an innovation in democracy. It has direct links to Parliament. He remains an active CFI Canada member and continues to provide strategic consulting services to CFI Canada.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: In terms of geography, culture, and language, where does your family background reside?
Eric Adriaans: My family and I currently reside in Southwestern Ontario but we have lived just about everywhere a highway will take you in Ontario from Thunder Bay to Ottawa and from Elliot Lake to St. Thomas.
We are primarily Anglophones but like most Canadians and almost everyone who has spent significant time in Ottawa, we have a working knowledge of French. My daughter, Chloe-Lynne, and I have both attempted to pick up some German. She’s far more likely to be successful with that than I am.
Culture is an interesting question, isn’t it? My father was born in Germany but when he obtained Canadian citizenship, he proudly identified as Canadian. I don’t recall that he ever used the hyphenated language (i.e. German-Canadian) that people use today. My mother’s family has English roots but has been in Ontario for many generations. Our home was a secular home — meaning religion did not play any significant role in my upbringing. I expect that my parents would have claimed a belief in a supernatural power but there was no religion in my upbringing. Our house was a blue-collar home with a healthy counter-authoritarian independent streak. Education and intelligence was, and is, valued in my family. Literature and reading were core expectations in my family.
For most of my elementary school years, we lived in Ontario’s Durham Region and were connected through my father and sister to the labour movement and the NDP. In today’s language, we might fairly be called social democrats.
My wife, who has been one of the most important influences on me as a cultural person is from a small town north of Montreal. In a way that is very Canadian, our slightly different cultures have come together in our house to create our own family culture that I would call contemporary Canadian. We love the diversity that this country offers.
Jacobsen: What seem like pivotal moments in personal belief, and personal life, with respect to humanism, secularism, skepticism, and the associated suite of “-isms” relevant to you?
Adriaans: I consider myself fortunate to have been raised outside of religion in a home that was open to and embracing of people from other cultures. My earliest childhood friends were various…. two kids from first nations families, a brother and sister whose family had immigrated to Canada from India and a couple of brothers from England. Basically, if you were different than me, I wanted to meet you and hang out. That eagerness for diversity and wanting to treat everyone as a valuable and equal person was fundamental. I observed the same trends in my older siblings, so I know it was part of how our family worked.
We were very reluctant to associate with “isms” and I continue to be uncomfortable with labels or the assumptions that come with them. That being said, there are perspectives which gain prominence. I suppose my skepticism came from a basic rule of our family. “Don’t believe them just because they say it’s so,” I heard that about everyone from employers and politicians to teachers or priests. Any authority figure was not to be accepted at face value.
Humanism is a term that I struggle with a bit; I prefer humanitarianism; that is charitable work done for the benefit of people, society, animals and the environment…that general “leave the world a better place” ethic but done without any religious framework. When I was in second-year University, I was choosing between English Literature studies and Psychology. Wanting to avoid significant student debt, I worked during the day. As chance would have it, I was out with a friend who was looking for work and learned about a job at the Canadian Diabetes Association. I was amazed that it was possible to have a career in the charitable sector (I assumed it was entirely volunteer driven) and the path for me was suddenly clear. The idea that my working life could be focussed on helping people was simply too compelling not to act on. Humanism and humanitarianism seem to me to be intimately connected as philosophy and application.
Although the organisations I’ve worked for have always been secular (i.e. not religiously affiliated and embracing modern diversity), I was not a part of the specifically secular movement until I joined CFIC in 2014. As most Canadians have been exposed to issues of faith-based bigotry and violence, so was I. From religious opposition to women’s health progress or physician assisted dying to issues of fanaticism or terrorism…the harms and dangers of religion seemed to have become more prominent to everyone’s attention. I recognised that my former status as a polite agnostic might need to shift to impolite atheist-agnostic in order to defend basic human rights.
Jacobsen: You have done some writing and poetry through personal websites. Your writing remains new. In that, the outlets exist, to date, for only a short time. What inspires these forms of self-expression?
Adriaans: Creative writing and journaling has always been an extremely important part of my self-development. Writing allows me to work out my thoughts and try on new ways to communicate. In my poetry, I’ve explored what I think may be new rhyme structures while retaining a deep respect and appreciation for highly formalised structures like sonnets or haiku. I suppose it is the challenge of expressing an idea or creating an image within a pre-determined structure that appeals to me. So often people think they want to do something that is “outside the box” when they may not even know what they can do inside the box.
Whether it is writing or some other undertakings, I am something of a nomad. I am interested in some pursuits for what I can learn or explore. So my writing is sometimes retained only for a short period of time until I’m ready to move on. I don’t hold my prior accomplishments up as significant unless they are informing something that I am working on now or wish to work on in the future. What I do now is intended to help me drive forward.
Sometimes my pursuits are to help me learn something or work on a part of my character. I spent several years watching CFL football and listening to the commentary, because I wanted to understand if the many football metaphors I noticed in the language of business and day-to-day life held any validity. I did eventually become a (American) football fan but it started as an intellectual exercise rather than as a passion. Recently I took up motorcycle riding. I was amazed by the experience of learning a new basic physical skill — the interactions of balance, controlling fear, focussing awareness, coordinating movements.
Self-expression is about communicating something of yourself to others. We do it for strategic reasons whether it is through the way we dress, what we write or anything we do as an attempt to reach others. For me that is all about what I’m learning today, helping others, growing as a person and preparing for tomorrow
Jacobsen: You earned a Bachelor of Arts, psychology and English, from 1987 to 1992 at Carleton University. In addition to this, you hold the following certifications: Volunteer Development (1994), Fundraising Management (1999), FDZ Licence (2005), Certified Automotive Fleet Manager (2010), PB Diploma (2014) — with continued education in Legislative Drafting at Athabasca University. Within each domain, the consistent pragmatic elements of charitable leadership and work, management of individuals, and clear communication seem prominent to me, how does each qualification assist in personal and professional life to the present day?
Adriaans: What we learn as individuals today helps to make future options either possible or out of reach. I wanted to learn how to drive large commercial vehicles at one time my life and that positioned me as a uniquely qualified candidate for a specific career opportunity at the Canadian Red Cross Society — not many people have a long charitable sector management background and the capacity to operate commercial vehicles). That career opportunity gave me the opportunity to study legislation and how to communicate the need for regulatory compliance to a variety of people, which in turn led to further studies and opportunities. It may be that my most valuable skills have been literary, an ability to recognise strategically important information and to communicate what I learn.
If you aren’t able to communicate what you know, then the information isn’t of much value to anyone. That to me has been the value of my English literature and language studies.
Leadership in the charitable sector has always been a very clear situation to me. Given the dependence of charitable organisations on volunteers, if people don’t like you or what you’re trying to do, they won’t help. Pretty simple. So I have always looked at it as a situation of creating an environment where people are not only able to do the work of the organisation but actively want to do it. You have to show that you are aspiring to be the best representative of the organisation that you can be.
I actively manage myself more than anybody else; in life and in charitable organisations we have to learn, understand, communicate and drive forward to new and better circumstances and outcomes. We’re here to make things better. The status quo is always a launching point to a better tomorrow.
Jacobsen: You worked for the Canadian Diabetes Association (District Coordinator, 1991–1997), The Kidney Foundation of Canada ((A) Executive Director, 1997–1999), The Arthritis Society (Associate Director, Ontario North & East, 1999–2001), Ottawa Humane Society (Manager, Development and Outreach, 2001–2002), Canadian Federation of Humane Societies (Director, Development & Finance, 2002–2005), Avocado Press (Director, Business Development, 2005), The Lung Association (Fundraising Coordinator, 2006), and the Canadian Red Cross Society (Director, Regional Operations, 2006–2014). This work occurred in diverse areas including Thunder Bay, New Zealand, North Superior, Ottawa, and Western Ontario. With respect to these diverse and extensive experiences throughout professional work and leadership, what insights come to mind, and seem relevant, about the nature of the charitable sector, especially for those without religious affiliation?
Adriaans: The charitable sector is about making the world better — not accepting the status quo. It doesn’t matter where you live, things can be made better. No charity I have ever worked for has said “OK, our job is done.” Just as with science, any question or problem that is investigated brings up a host of new questions and problems. Charitable organisations, big or small, will always need more resources and more time.
The charitable sector is the most socially productive counter-authoritarian undertaking I can think of. Charities tell authorities, whether they are governments, media, religions, judiciaries, political parties, corporate forces or any other form of authority that they must not rest. It is the charitable sector which pushes for human rights, education, health or any priority.
Charities are the community expression and engagement of non-religious people. People get involved with issues that matter to them through charities. Charities are the modern secular replacement for churches. There’s nothing supernatural about showing up at a foodbank to help out, coaching a children’s sports team or protesting violence or bigotry.
Jacobsen: You were the national executive director of the Center for Inquiry Canada (CFI Canada) on March, 2014 until July 1, 2016. You drafted the Statement of Values, in addition to its revision, which, in part, states:
To educate and provide training to the public in the application of skeptical, secular, rational and humanistic enquiry through conferences, symposia, lectures, published works and the maintenance of a library…I. CFI Canada values people above ideas…the leading international voice for critical thinking, secularism, skepticism, humanism, and free-thought…III. CFI Canada values Humanism…IV. CFI Canada values skepticism; we strive to ensure that information or messages we circulate do not require the audience to accept it without validation of evidence…V. CFI Canada values science, rational thought and critical thinking…VI. CFI Canada values free thought…VII.CFI Canada values human rights…VIII. CFI Canada values education…IX. CFI Canada values the wellness of people…X. CFI Canada values excellence…XI. CFI Canada values transparency…XII.CFI Canada is an open and diverse community of individuals that embraces individuals regardless of sex/gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, physical appearance, body size, race, or religion. We do not tolerate harassment of participants in any form.
Of course, more information exists with thorough answers to relevant questions about humanistic values, for instance, in the CFI Canada Statement of Values and elsewhere. Regarding the representation and functions of CFI Canada, what does CFI Canada represent — in terms of direct and indirect constituents, and function as — in terms of its general activities, within the general population of Canada?
Adriaans: CFIC’s mission statement includes the term “secular humanist” as a key feature. It also includes keywords like freethought and skepticism. All of these words are charged with history and significance for the people who use them. There are even degrees of identity politics associated with them.
Secular humanist is a very near synonym for atheist. Recently, I have started to encourage the use of the phrase “Your Community For Science and Secularism” to feature the basic values of an evidence-based approach to matters such as education and healthcare and the separation of religion from governance of people.
Many people have assumed that CFIC is therefore an organisation specifically for anyone who self-identifies as atheist, skeptic, agnostic, secularist, secular humanist, humanist, rational, freethinker or rational. To the extent of active members and volunteers, that is mostly true.
I argue, however, that the organisation is for the majority of society, whether they view themselves as religious or not, because it is my perspective that all of society benefits when evidence-based practices are in place and when religious freedom and freedom from religion is assured. I sense that CFIC represents the view of most Canadians, they just don’t know it yet.
I very much want people to move beyond arbitrary and partial labels which will never adequately describe any whole person and get to the work that is done to make the world a better and more satisfying place for more and more people.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/18
I do not want fellow Canadian citizens to die. Yes, you: neighbours, friends, colleagues, and acquaintances, please, please do drink filtered water rather than unfiltered groundwater and food instead of laundry detergent pods, even on a dare (CBC: Health, 2018).
It is a problem across North America as this happens in the United States as well (South China Morning Post, 2018). That extends to my almost fellow Americans, too.
Canadians, in their bid to win the prize for greatest reduction in the global health and wellness rankings by more than any other country, decided to mark the news cycle with two Darwin Awards or, maybe, a series of championship trophies given the scale (Azpiri & McArthur, 2018; Government of Canada, 2018).
People in Canada have been eating detergent pods. This has led to up to 40 hospitalizations in North America (The Canadian Press, 2018). The government health authorities of Canada have warned teens and others from biting the pods. Prince Edward Island police have tried to make a similar point with humor.
So, there are efforts to tackle this from a serious as well as a humourous angle, but the consequences are not as humourous because people can be harmed. People bite into the colourful pods and feel ill (Bissett, 2018).
There is also a move for raw water. Some sell jugs worth upwards of $60 USD. Health experts have warned that this water coming unfiltered out of the ground can contain a host of deadly illnesses (Stechyson, 2018). These can include Giardia, Hepatitis A, and Cholera. It is gross water. It is dangerous.
An Edmonton professor of health law and science policy, Timothy Caulfield, has noted that “this is deeply ridiculous.” He calls this a “great example of our embrace of the naturalistic fallacy and inability to understand risk” (Ibid.). This unfiltered water could contain animal poop: feces.
Caulfield notes that they are paying lots of money for, essentially, gross, contaminated, and dirty water (Muzyka, 2018).
In other words, the 91 contaminants that community tap water removes potentially could not be removed from the unfiltered groundwater and could also contain the diseases that kill great-grandparents of ours (Stechyson, 2018). What can you do?
Keep away yourself, and warn and protect others. Be informed.
References
Azpiri, J. & McArthur, A. (2018, January 15). Some Metro Vancouver residents insist on drinking ‘raw water’ despite health warnings. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/3966855/vancouver-raw-water-trend/?platform=hootsuite.
Bissett, K. (2018, January 18). P.E.I. police remind people to eat food, rather than detergent pods. Retrieved from https://globalnews.ca/news/3972716/p-e-i-police-remind-people-to-eat-food-rather-than-detergent-pods/.
CBC: Health. (2018, January 17). ‘Do not eat’: Teens warned against taking ‘Tide pod challenge’. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/health/social-media-tide-pod-challenge-laundry-detergent-1.4490168.
Government of Canada. (2018). laundry detergent packets. Retrieved from https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/services/household-products/laundry-detergent-packets.html.
Muzyka, K. (2018, January 16). Raw water trend puts the ‘gotta go’ into H2O, says U of A health professor. Retrieved from http://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/edmonton/raw-water-tim-caulfield-university-alberta-1.4490579.
South China Morning Post. (2018, January 17). US citizens made more than 12,000 calls about people eating detergent pods last year. Retrieved from http://www.scmp.com/news/world/united-states-canada/article/2128565/us-citizens-made-more-12000-calls-about-people.
Stechyson, N. (2018, January 4). New Health Fad ‘Raw Water’ Is Actually Pretty Dangerous, Experts Warn. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.ca/2018/01/04/raw-water-dangerous_a_23323766/.
The Canadian Press. (2018, January 18). Authorities remind people to eat food, rather than detergent pods. Retrieved from http://ottawacitizen.com/pmn/news-pmn/canada-news-pmn/p-e-i-police-remind-people-to-eat-food-rather-than-detergent-pods/wcm/047d6c6f-c09a-4198-9644-d773a205f1ac.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/18
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: For the Canadian atheist community, what is your own background and upbringing in a faith? What was your training? How does this tie into Filipino culture at large?
Father Joseph Lagumbay: Hi Scott, thanks for having me here. I was born and raised as a Roman Catholic. As you all know, the Philippines is a very ‘Catholic’ Country, having 80%+ of the population claiming to be Catholics. Becoming a Catholic Universalist Priest didn’t become much of a challenge for me aesthetically, since the rituals are almost similar to the RCC. Reaching to Filipinos are not that hard too, given the advantage of the familiarity of the rituals.
Jacobsen: In terms of position and personal philosophy, and way of life, what is the position? What is the personal philosophy? What is your way of life, i.e. the practice that follows from the personal philosophy?
Lagumbay: My personal Philosophy is very much in line with our Church’s principle Theses.
We do not have doctrines or dogma, rather we believe that God can be experienced by everyone, Christian or not, Theist or Not. This experience of ‘God’ is when we give love, and feel loved in return. And the famous Christian verse that states, ‘God is Love’. Master Jesus always tell us to ‘Love one another’ and ‘Love others as we love ourselves’. Master Jesus even said, ‘Love your enemies’. You cannot say, ‘You love God but hate your neighbor. How can you love an unseen God when you can’t even love a visible neighbor’? Also, we often see Master Jesus healing the sick, Jews, or non-Jews. Religion was not important to Jesus. He’s not asking what we should believe, rather he was busy teaching us how to love. I guess this is what most Christians missed. Jesus did not ask us to believe in him that he was God, or if he was, it’s not important. He wants us to care for one another, as we are created in the image and likeness of God. When we respect, care and love each other regardless of race, gender, religion, etc., we show our greatest love to God.
As a personal practice, I practice some Buddhist and Hindu meditations along with some Christian prayer and contemplation. I have lots of Atheist and Agnostic friends, too. Some of them even attend our Church services.
I walk in the path of Love. No Judgment. No prejudice.
Jacobsen: You are the project executive at ThinkLogic. What is it? What are some of its provisions?
Lagumbay: Well, Thinklogic Marketing is a startup, local BPO Company here in Cagayan de Oro City, Philippines. As you can see, the Clergy of the Catholic Universalist Church are non-stipendiary. For us, we keep it this way: “Priesthood is a vocation, not a profession”. We keep church funds and donations for the people, and by the people. So, any clergy from CUC needs to have a day job to sustain yourself, your family, and the ministry.
When I applied for the job, I started as a regular ‘Call Center Agent’. I didn’t get any special provisions even though my employers knew that I am a Priest. I got no special treatment. I got reprimanded too and received memos just like other employees.
Personally, I also do not want to be treated ‘special’ just because I am a Priest. I am a human being, just like you and everyone else.
It was after more than a year when I got promoted, and became a Client Services Executive. I earned my employers trust and confidence not because I am someone ‘holier-than-thou’, but because of my hard work and dedication towards work.
Today, I juggle my time between work (on weekdays), and being a husband, a father and a Church Minister on weekends.
For those who are interested in our services, please visit: www.thinklogicmarketing.com.
Jacobsen: You are a Catholic priest at the Catholic Universalist Church of the Philippines. In previous interactions, you had a different angle on the faith and religion as a practice too. Can you please go in depth into your own theology of the world and the practical spiritual life that you lead for us?
Lagumbay: The Catholic Universalist Church (CUC) is a self-governing jurisdiction of the One, Holy, Catholic and Apostolic Church in the Liberal Catholic tradition.
Liturgy is offered using the Rites of the Liberal Catholic Church and the Young Rite, as well as other Universalist, mystical celebrations of the Eucharist. Although not affiliated with the Roman Catholic Church, the CUC offers valid Catholic liturgy and sacraments to those who come to hear that the Gospel really is “Good News” in that all will ultimately be reconciled to the Divine.
All who come with an open, honest heart are welcome, and the CUC does not discriminate based on race, gender, nationality, sexual orientation or identification, ethnicity, or disability. Our sacraments, including the fullness of Holy Orders, are available to all.
For a better understanding, listed below are the Frequently Asked Questions:
Q: What is the Catholic Universalist Church?
A: The Catholic Universalist Church (CUC) is a self-governing jurisdiction of the One, Holy, Catholic and Apostolic Church in the Liberal Catholic tradition.
Q: Are you affiliated with the Roman Catholic Church?
A: No. We are an independent and self-governing Church. Although not affiliated with the Roman Catholic Church, the CUC offers valid Catholic liturgy and sacraments to those who come to hear that the Gospel really is “Good News” in that all will ultimately be reconciled to the Divine. We respect all people from diverse spiritual paths – the sacramental table is open for everyone!
Q: What do you mean by ‘Universalist’?
A: Universalism is the belief that, in the fullness of time and in the infinite love and mercy of God, all beings will ultimately find their rest in the Love of God and will be united with him in paradise. We believe that salvation is for everyone – no one gets left behind!
Q: Do you believe in God?
A: Yes. We do believe in God. God manifests himself in different cultures, in different forms to different people with different needs.
Q: Do you believe in hell then?
A: Well, that is up to the individual to decide. The Lord bestowed upon all of us the grace to see him in the different experiences that we face in day to day life. Theology is experiential. Some members of the Church believe that hell is a reality but only temporary. These people believe that hellfire is purifying and like purifying gold or various precious metals need to be stricken out of impurities before considered to be perfect. Some Early Church Fathers believed in this teaching such as Origen, St. Gregory of Nyssa, St. Clement of Alexandria and many more. Some members of the Church believe that Earth is hell in itself and that we are purified as we live in it. Other subscribe to reincarnation and other forms of the teaching. However, though our views may be very varied and different, we are united in the belief that the mercy and love of God transcends evil and hell. That the same God who is omnipotent (all-powerful), omnipresent (all-seeing), and omniscient (all-knowing) chooses, in his divine love to draw all of us unto himself that he may be all in all.
Q: Does this Church have distinctive doctrines for one to follow?
A: The church subscribes to intellectual freedom; therefore we do not require anyone to accept our beliefs. They are offered as a teaching framework only. It is up to the individual to experience Gnosis – the Knowledge of the Divine in their own ways and spiritual paths. Our teachings as a church are guided by these principles but each individual is free to reason and interpret as their own good conscience dictates.
Q: What do you generally believe?
A: These are the principle theses taught by the Catholic Universalist Church:
- We teach that there is One Reality, an Infinite Divine Source, who is Love, Light, Truth, and Spirit, whom we are called to seek, know, and love; this One Reality has acted to initiate the universe, and whose nature was revealed to the world in the person and teachings of Master Jesus of Galilee, known as the Christ.
- We teach that the universal commandment is to love and serve one another, as we love and serve ourselves.
- We teach that there is a law of justice by which actions generate consequences, whether to be manifested in this life or the life to come; and that love, grace and forgiveness ultimately overcome the law of justice.
- We teach that the grace of God provides a full and final triumph over separation and death: the mercy and forgiveness of God are always victorious; this victory of redemption is revealed in the life, death and resurrection of Jesus; and that, therefore, no human being will be allowed to suffer pain and separation forever.
- We teach that every person is the divine offspring of One Reality, created in the image of the Heavenly Parent of all; the destiny of every person is to be raised up from imperfection to maturity according to the pattern of the archetypal Christ, the Child of the Divine Source, and the Perfect Human in whose image all humanity shall be transformed.
- We teach that mysterious spiritual phenomena, such as the resurrection of Jesus, which transcend materialistic views of reality, exist though they defy human explanation.
- We teach that the One Reality, functioning as the Holy Spirit has inspired numerous prophets, saints, philosophers, and mystics throughout history, in a variety of cultures and traditions; by reading the Bible and other great texts of spiritual and moral wisdom with a discerning mind, and meditating to connect to the Spirit within, there is a greater understanding of truth to be gained. This understanding should be applied for the betterment of our world and ourselves.
- We teach that Christ instituted various sacraments in which an inward and spiritual grace is given to us through an outward and visible sign. There are seven rites, which may be ranked as sacraments, or mysteries, namely: Baptism, Confirmation, Holy Eucharist, Absolution, and Anointing of the Distressed, Holy Matrimony, and Holy Orders. The Christ is the true minister of all sacraments.
- We teach and uphold the primacy of the human intellect and will in discerning all matters relevant to one’s body, soul and spirit.
Q: Are the sacraments open for everyone?
A: The purpose for the establishment of this church is to bring the love of God, as we hear in the Good News of Universalism, to all peoples of all places in the world. All who come with an open, honest heart are welcome, and the CUC does not discriminate based on race, gender, nationality, sexual orientation or identification, ethnicity, or disability. Our sacraments, including the fullness of Holy Orders, are available to all regardless of one’s religious affiliation or gender orientation.
Q: So women and people who are openly part of the LGBT community can be ordained?
A: Yes. It’s open for everyone.
Q: Do you marry people in the LGBT community?
A: We do and openly embrace it! However it must be remembered that as citizens of a given state we must abide by the laws set therein.
Q: What is your view of the occult?
A: The Occult refers to the mystical and ‘hidden’ spiritual knowledge passed on by spiritual adepts to their initiated students. The CUC is not affiliated with any esoteric or occult organizations. However individuals are encouraged to spiritually grow. The CUC has no hidden teachings or secret initiatory rites that one has to pass through in order to gain access to certain mystical insights. Since our Church is a part of the Liberal Catholic Movement, we adopted some beliefs uniquely found in Theosophy and other Eastern Philosophies. But one does not have to be part of any organization in order to be part of the CUC. One may be a freemason, a theosophist, an occultist, a ceremonial magician, a yogi or whatever one wants to be as long as it is for their benefit and spiritual growth.
To simply put:
We are a very progressive and an ultra-Liberal branch of the Catholic Church.
Jacobsen: Now, you are married. How does this change the dynamics for your spiritual or edificative life compared to priests who are not married?
Lagumbay: In my case, instead of being a burden, being married is an advantage. My wife has been very supportive to my path. When I am not around, she takes care of our small community. When I am around, she takes care of me. She understood that when she married me, she is also sharing my vocation.
When I was married, I became more focused on my goals, both spiritual and material. I have learned to manage my time properly. Being married also gave me credibility when giving advice about failing marriages, romantic relationships, family, and parenthood, as I am experiencing the first hand.
I think priests should have a wife (or a husband/Spouse) for them to have someone to share their vocation with. It makes their task easier. Also, it will make them understand ‘Humanity’ more and more. It is by living like any other human being that one becomes an effective leader in the society. On the process, the love of two individual grows as they surpass their ministry’s struggles. Their love will resonate to the entire community, as if God, the unfathomable cosmic consciousness, is here and now.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Lagumbay: I would like to thank you, and the Canadian Atheist Community for this chance to share our Spiritual Views on your website. This might sound unusual, but we are all One. We do not wish to convert anyone to our beliefs. We also never asked Atheists to believe in a ‘God’. However, we just engage in philosophical and scientific talks, with sincere love and compassion. We are here for those who need us. Personally, the God that I worship is not some ‘Old Man in The Sky’ who loves to be kissed in the ass all the time for Him not to punish me. The God I believe in is the Universal Consciousness. We all are One and the same. We came from the same ‘star dust’. All religions are just mere human institutions to try to ‘Explain’ this universal consciousness. We are all part of this ‘God’ we call. We are created from the ‘Spark’ of God. Master Jesus always tell us to Love others because that’s the true meaning of ‘Worship’. To Worship is to serve God. You only do that best when we serve our fellow man.
Let me share with you my article in: https://hapihumanist.org/opinion/humanism-re-defined-transcending-beyond-atheism-theism/.
As Humanists, we transcend beyond Atheism, Theism or the likes in between. The issue here is not proving about the existence of God. The real issue here is, “can we be good without God?” If there is God, then we ask ourselves “can we be as good as God?” If we also view God as an egoistic creator, then let’s ask, “How can I be good unlike God?”
We as human beings are entitled for our beliefs. Spiritual maturity is a process. Sometimes we are just too egoistically driven that we do not admit unto ourselves that no matter what we do, there are things that the logic we use in our 3-dimentional minds could not comprehend. Some people stop to ask questions and accept things as it is, while others continue to seek.
No matter what we believe in, let us remember that it’s our actions that make us a better person, and not our ‘version’ of God. In continuing these meaningless fights between religious groups and non-believers, we are not addressing the real issue.
The world needs to be healed using genuine love and compassion and not words of hate, mockery and insult.
To Atheists:
Isn’t it clear that it is us who create our reality? Why not start doing something to make this world a better place to live in?
To Theists:
Isn’t it clear to us that we are created in the image and likeness of God? If we have God’s DNA, why not create a better world to live in?
Whatever might be our stand, let us remember that what divides us is just a wall of illusion.
We are NOT our beliefs.
Beyond our ideals lies the truth of our humanity.
We are here to experience life that is meant to be shared with others and cherished!
We are here to love and be loved.
We are made up of the same substance that is present in all stars and planets in the Universe. Isn’t it amazing how can we move and think knowing that we are just made up of non-living molecular substances?
Maybe the Universe is alive and all stars, planets and everything we thought that are non-living materials are its gigantic molecular components?
Or could it be that we are the Universe within the Universe itself?
Maybe within us are other Universes as well?
We really don’t know.
But here’s what I’ve got to say.
Let us be more tolerant my fellow humanists.
We are just One, being expressed differently in a short period of time.
When I look into your eyes, I know that the ‘Spirit (Energy)’ I see in you, is also the ‘Spirit (Energy)’ in me. To hurt you, is to hurt myself..
..and to love you, is to love myself more.
We are One.
Namaste.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Father Joseph.
References
Catholic Universalist Church. (2018). Catholic Universalist Church. Retrieved from http://www.catholicuniversalistchurch.org/.
Catholic Universalist Church of the Philippines. (2018). Catholic Universalist Church of the Philippines. Retrieved from https://www.facebook.com/cucphilippines/.
ThinkLogic. (2018). ThinkLogic. Retrieved from www.thinklogicmarketing.com.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/17
Humanists, as noted by the American Humanist Association (AHA), believe in the principle of “Good without God” (AHA, 2012). In this, we can derive the philosophy of secularism, as in secular humanism, which strives for a secular government with the separation of church and state. The United States has violated this separation on occasion, and so has violated principles inherent in humanism.
This is important because millions of American citizens do not adhere to a faith or a religion (Pew Research Center, 2016; Newport, 2016). They remain unaffiliated with religion. Faiths with preference in the legal system make the law unequal for Americans in general.
Take, for examples, the uses of the phrases “Under God” and “In God we Trust” (IHEU, 2016). Of course, these are explicit theistic terms, of which millions of American citizens will disagree (Alper & Sandstrom, 2016).
It has a history too. Since the Cold War, there was paranoia about atheism because of association with communism (Ibid.). The phrase “Under God” was interpolated to the Pledge of Allegiance by “The Knights of Columbus.” What is the issue here?
The implication is those without belief in a God, or gods, cannot take the Pledge of Allegiance with total legitimacy. “In God we Trust” was established in 1956 as the motto of the US. It is a recent addition to the public discourse around religion in the American canon.
As the Freedom of Thought Report notes, the secular and minority religious groups have worked to establish the separation between church and state. This is for the betterment of all, including the attempts to make the Pledge of Allegiance and the motto secular. The most recent attempts, among many prior, to the supreme court and appeals court cases being in April of 2014.
For another example, there was an AHA campaign in 2015 to remove the mandatory statement of the Pledge of Allegiance with the encroached religious phraseology and language by students, in academic settings. This is an ongoing issue of concern and needed deliberation, and subsequent activism. Many American citizens don’t want theological verbiage in public statements — including mandatory ones — such as the pledge, especially the irreligious members of society.
References
Alper, B.A. & Sandstrom, A. (2016, November 14). If the U.S. had 100 people: Charting Americans’ religious affiliations
Retrieved from http://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2016/11/14/if-the-u-s-had-100-people-charting-americans-religious-affiliations/.
American Humanist Association. (2012). American Humanist Association’s Key Issues. Retrieved from https://americanhumanist.org/key-issues/statements-and-resolutions/issuessummary/.
IHEU. (2016). Freedom of Thought Report: United States of America. Retrieved from http://freethoughtreport.com/countries/americas-northern-america/united-states-of-america.
Newport, F. (2016, December 23). Five Key Findings on Religion in the US. Retrieved from http://www.gallup.com/poll/200186/five-key-findings-religion.aspx.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/16
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did A-News come into existence?
Lee Moore: Almost ten years ago myself and a few good friends were annoyed that the vast majority of the talking heads of atheism were only reaching out to the wealthy and well to do… We wanted to put out an atheist voice that understood that many work horrible jobs for terrible pay… and in many cases have to rely on a church to stay afloat. We wanted to also appeal to the new generations by injecting bad humor and pop culture references.
Jacobsen: What are the more favored topics – as measured, say, by likes and shares on Facebook – of the A-News community and readership?
Moore: Our most popular show had to do with a girl who masturbated with a crucifix on camera at her Catholic school.
Jacobsen: What is the service to the atheist community from A-News – its niche provision for the community?
Moore: We provide free entertainment and information.
Jacobsen: What has been your own favorite post or few in a-News?
Moore: Can’t say I have a favorite.
Jacobsen: Of the news posted by A-News, there will be news about trends in religion and non-religion. Based on the research already done, what seems like the longer term trends for religion and irreligion?
Moore: People will continue to lose interest in identifying as atheists, and the religious will continue to lose interests in their old beliefs.
Jacobsen: Other than the connection on Facebook. How can people help out? What are other news sources of potential interest to the atheist community?
Moore: News sources of interest to the atheist community… avoid the blogs… especially the popular ones.
Jacobsen: Any final thoughts or feelings in conclusion?
Moore: You may not be aware of this, but I just presided over TAC, the now-canceled NYC-based Atheist Convention. The community is dying out; we have bigger fish to fry now.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/16
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: How did you become involved in atheism or irreligiosity in general? Was there a family background?
René Hartmann: I used to be a member of the Lutheran Church of Germany — as were my parents, but my family was not very religious. I left the church when I was at the university.
Jacobsen: You are the chairman of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists. What tasks and responsibilities come with being the chairman of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists?
Hartmann: My main responsibilities are political communication, which includes press releases, the website, social media, and international contacts.
Jacobsen: Based on the membership of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists and from personal experience, who is most likely to be non-religious/an atheist?
Hartmann: It is hard to give a simple answer to this question, as our membership is very diverse. There are people who had a religious family background, and sometimes even suffered from their religious education. There are also people who never had much to do with religion, but at some time discovered how strongly the churches also affect the life of non-religious people and decided to do something about it.
Jacobsen: What are some of the main campaigns and initiatives of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists?
Hartmann: Beyond advocating the separation of state and church in general, we especially campaign for a religious-neutral school. Together with other organizations, we also oppose making assisted suicide unlawful.
Jacobsen: In the Political Guide, there is an important note that over one billion members of the global community do not belong to any church or religion with 150 explicit atheists. That’s a lot of people; still, a minority compared to the global population, but a significant number of people rejecting the supernaturalist claims in gods or God. What is the scope and scale of the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists? Who are some of its most unexpected allies?
Hartmann: Our activities focus mainly on Germany and the German-speaking countries of Europe. Globally, our most important ally is the Atheist Alliance International (AAI) and with other atheist/secularist organizations.
Not all churches or religious organizations want to be privileged by the state, and some take a similar stance on church-state separation as we do, but I would not go so far as to call them allies.
Jacobsen: What is the best argument you’ve ever come across for atheism?
Hartmann: I think on of the most compelling arguments is summarised by the following quote for which I, unfortunately, cannot give a source: If God has spoken, why is the universe not convinced?
Jacobsen: As well, churches have privileges in law. That amounts, by implication, to religious bias in law against the secular; religious privilege equates to irreligious inequality with the religious. What is the most egregious legal privilege for the religious over the irreligious?
Hartmann: The most egregious privilege is probably the enormous amount of taxpayers’ money that flows into the activities of the churches, especially religious education, but also the salary of bishops. Also unacceptable is that the churches are the only exception to the rule that only insulting people is punishable, not institutions or convictions.
Jacobsen: In general, what are the perennial threats to the practice of atheism globally?
Hartmann: First, I want to stress that we don’t ‘practice’ atheism in the same way religious people practice religion. The biggest threat for atheists and non-religious people, in general, is religious intolerance, not only people who are openly fundamentalist, but also by people who actually don’t practice religion very intensively, but take it for granted that the state has to support religion.
Jacobsen: What have been the largest activist and educational initiatives provided by International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists? Out of these, what have been honest failures and successes?
Hartmann: We are trying to promote our aims using the media, the internet and social networks. There is also a prize that we award every two years. This year It will go to Ateizm Dernegi, a Turkish atheist group. The event will take place June 3 in Cologne.
Although we were not yet able to influence the law-making process significantly, we already had representatives participate in hearings of state parliaments. And recently non-religious groups got a joint seat in the body that oversees the public radio and TV corporation of North-Rhine Westphalia.
Jacobsen: How can people get involved with the International League of the Non-Religious and Atheists, even donate to it?
Hartmann: On our website, www.ibka.org one can find information on how to become a member and how to donate.
If you are living outside Europe, you may consider becoming a member of Atheist Alliance International.
Thank you for your time, René.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/15
Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at the University of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. In this educational series, we explore Nigeria through Dr. Igwe’s expertise.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: Without the appropriate provisions for a healthy and stable education and educational environment, this seems to leave many rural communities in difficult circumstances. Maybe, one question is not about the improvement of the education itself, but working from the foundations. How good are the educational provisions in this or that neighbourhood?
Dr. Leo Igwe: Well, neighbourhoods are not the same. There are rural and urban neigbourhoods, upper class, middle class and poor neighbourhoods. There are also liberal and conservative neighbourhoods, Christian and Islamic neighbourhoods.
The ways these neighbourhoods relate to education are different. Some relate better with eastern Islamic education, others may ally closely with western Christian education, still, others may go for a combination of both. So the way various neighbourhoods relate to education differs.
There are other intervening variables. And these variables are factors in determining how education works, no matter the quality of educational programs and curricula. An excellent educational curriculum is not enough!
Those who impact the knowledge are also important In fact, these circumstances go a long way in determining if education leads people away from ignorance, and into knowledge and enlightenment, or holds them firmly in chains in the cave of fear and ignorance. Then we can begin to establish proper curricula based on critical thinking, science, logic, and so on.
Jacobsen: How should we tackle both of these problems, even at the same time?
Igwe: We may have to burn the candle at both ends: put in place a sound curriculum and work on making the environments more receptive to the educational modules.
However, this is not going to be an easy task especially in situations where religious ideologies trump educational goals and objectives. Or better this is a challenging task because of religious usurpation of educational modules. Religions want education to serve their ends. So schools often try to Christianize or Islamize educational materials before they are allowed to be used in schools.
Schools in Nigeria are always trying to satisfy the interests of their owners even if it means watering down an excellent educational curriculum. So even if they agree to teach critical thinking, science and logic, the delivery is interspersed with religious caveats. That is why the secular schools such as the ones we have in Uganda present us with a glimmer of hope.
This is because in this case, one does not worry that the owners would sacrifice the curriculum on the altar of their religious interest. Instead, my guess is that secular schools would ensure optimal delivery of the educational curricula. But we must be aware that these secular schools are few, so few at the moment one in Nigeria and 3 in Uganda. So we need more secular schools in Nigeria and Africa to ensure a more hopeful future. Some Africanizing and Nigerianizing of critical thinking and the scientific method could especially help inspire the youth in their endeavours to learn more, be inspired more, and to pursue their dreams with adult examples.
Jacobsen: What are some examples of Africanizing and Nigerianizing these general human capacities, critical thinking and the scientific method?
Igwe: By Africanizing or Nigerianizing critical thinking and the scientific method, I do not mean anything exotic. No, not all. I rather mean trying to highlight the roots of these values in African culture and stop creating this false impression that critical thinking and science are western values. The habit of basing one’s knowledge claims on observation or experience does not belong to any culture or race. It is human and universal.
Although the ways that cultures account for this value may be different, that does not mean that the values are absence or alien, they have not been sufficiently emphasized. Africans must begin to account for the place and presence of critical inquiry and scientific method in their cultures.
They need to embark on scientific research and experiments and publish and share the results with the global scientific community. These research projects could be tailored to help discover cures for diseases that kill Africans or to highlight solutions to problems that plague the region.
Jacobsen: Who are some great critical thinkers, scientists, and humanists in Nigerian history?
Igwe: There are actually many of them. They include Tai Solarin, Sheila Solarin, Mokwugo Okoye, Beko Ransome Kuti, Wole Soyinka, Steve Okecha, Nkeonye Otakpor.
Jacobsen: What can inspire the youth to take on those subjects, such as chemistry, physics, and biology, to build this better future for Nigeria?
Igwe: Young people want to know that there are opportunities and resources to study these subjects. The challenge is that some youths who want to study science subjects may not have the resources to learn them. They may not afford the money to go to school. Some may go to school but the schools may not have qualified teachers to handle the subjects.
The schools may not have libraries and laboratories, and where these facilities exist, they may not be equipped. To get youths to study science subjects, there should be schools where these subjects could be properly delivered. There should be scholarship opportunities, well-qualified teachers and well-equipped libraries and laboratories. There should be incentives; the government should ensure that there is some social capital in studying science.
Jacobsen: Who are some public science communicators in the country now?
Igwe: The only one I know is Prof Steve Okecha from Ambrose Alli University. There are actually others who are doing a good job whom I do not know.
Jacobsen: Have you had the privilege of becoming friends with personal heroes in science, critical thinking, and humanism?
Igwe: Yes, I have and I found it inspiring how they, ordinary people, accomplished extraordinary feats. Becoming friends with them or getting to know them personally deepened my admiration for them!
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen and Anya Overmann
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/15
At the United Nations (UN), on March 17, in their headquarters in New York, the secretary-general Antonio Guterres along with other high-ranking officials within the UN, such as the executive director of UN Women Phumzile Mlambo-Ngcuka, discussed, and emphasized the need for, women’s international parity with men.
Secretary-General António Guterres holds a town hall meeting with civil society organizations associated with the 61st session of the UN Commission on the Status of Women.UN Photo/Mark Garten
This was taken in the context of “all levels.” That is, the “political, cultural, economic and social” levels through women’s rights for women’s advocacy and empowerment. Guterres’ statements were one of the capstones and highlights during the 61st Commission on the Status of Women (CSW61).
The emphasis at CSW61 was the link between civil society and government to improve governance. So how do we improve governance for greater international gender parity?
“As societies become more complex, and as social media’s [impact continues to grow],” Guterres said, “and governments feel less and less secure because they have less instruments of control, one of the attempts is to try to keep civil society under control […] Limiting civil society space is a reaction to the feeling of governments that they are losing control of society.”
So there’s a goal for civil societies — to reach gender parity on various levels, e.g., cultural, economic, political, and social. Their goal, which is ambitious, is based on women having economic parity by 2030 rather than the comprehensive parity predicted by the World Economic Forum (WEF) in reflection on the Gender Gap Report. As we noted in 2030’s Planet 50–50:
[The] World Economic Forum (WEF) [stated],“the overall gender gap based on the index called the Gender Gap Report published each year will not close until 2186.”
That’s 169 years from now, just for predicted economic equality. Political, cultural, and social equality could take even longer in some countries. It can take multiple generations before the value of gender equality is instilled within humans in a social and cultural capacity.
We chose to write about this event because it is significant that the UN secretary-general, and not just the director of UN Women has spoken up about this advocacy for gender equality. It’s not just a women’s problem; it’s everyone’s problem.
And, of course, if you’re feeling despair in some moderately depressing times regarding the repeal of women’s rights, and progress for women, you can, as always, move to Iceland. The time machine is ready-to-go.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/14
Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at the University of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. In this educational series, we explore Nigeria through Dr. Igwe’s expertise.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: When you mention an ineffective education system, what are the main weak points?
Dr. Leo Igwe: First of all, in many rural communities, there are no schools to attend. Children who want to learn cannot learn. Other children trek several kilometers to attend the nearest schools where there may not be enough teachers or classrooms.
In some of these schools, children learn under the trees, in make-shift structures. Many classrooms have no desks or benches, and children sit on the floor to take lessons. Where the schools are available, there are no qualified teachers.
Many teachers are poorly paid. Their monthly salaries do not come regularly. In many cases, teachers retire into poverty because they receive very little as a pension — that is if the pension is paid. The condition is worse for those who teach in private schools.
For instance, some teachers in private schools in Ibadan in South West Nigeria are paid as low as 50 dollars a month. Some of these teachers are not paid during the holidays and they are not entitled to any pension. Now I ask: what kind of knowledge would such teachers impact?
So generally, the morale of teachers in the education system is low. Even in situations where there are schools and qualified, well-paid teachers, these teachers are compelled to teach in accordance with certain religious ideologies and traditions.
Education is largely by rote learning and memorization of what is allowed to be taught in the classrooms. There is very little going on in terms of research, experimentation, and exploration of new frontiers of knowledge.
There is a disdain for cutting-edge ideas. The place for creativity, innovation, and invention is marginal. Merit is not always rewarded. Originality, adventurous, and independent thinking are not encouraged, especially when such ideas are perceived to pose a threat to religions or the authorities.
So, education as a facility that would lead people out of ignorance is not the case. The education system has failed to provide the impetus that is needed for national development and renewal.
Jacobsen: How can individual Nigerian parents work to improve the education for their children?
Igwe: Parents can help improve the education of their children by ensuring that children continue to learn even when they return from school. Parents should not rely solely on what the children are taught at the school.
They should make sure that the homes are continuing education centers. Parents should also lobby for the improvement of the quality of education in the schools. They should pressure the government to employ more qualified teachers and pay them well.
They should get the government to build and equip the classrooms, and ensure that there are learning aid materials for children. Parents should understand the importance of separating education and religious indoctrination.
Too often religion has so much influence in the educational system due to pressure from parents. Parents should realize that what is taught in classrooms need not be compatible with what children are told at home or at their churches and mosques; that education is not the handmaid of religion.
In fact, parents should know that religious interference in schools undermines the education, growth and development of their children.
Jacobsen: How can we inculcate critical thinking and science training in the young Nigerian population?
Igwe: By encouraging critical thinking, rewarding scientific discovery, and investing in scientific research; by Africanizing and Nigerianizing, not westernizing, critical thinking and the scientific method of acquiring knowledge.
Too often it is mistakenly said that critical or scientific thinking is a Western value. No, it is not. Critical reasoning is a human property. Scientific thought is a human value, and not an exclusive heritage of any culture or race.
Nigeria must make inculcation of critical thinking skills part of its curriculum and ensure that the subject is taught from the primary to the university level. As a society, Nigeria needs to show that it values those who question ideas and demand evidence, those who inquire, investigate, and examine beliefs.
Nigeria should honour its adventurous thinkers and get the young ones to know that acquiring critical thinking skills is a venture worth pursuing. Nigeria cannot instill critical thinking when it makes criminals of those who criticize religions, and does not guarantee freedom of expression. The country must ensure that critical inquiry is applied in all areas of human endeavor.
So, critical thinkers must be protected and defended, not penalized, prosecuted, jailed, or executed. Nigeria should invest in science, in the training scientists and in scientific research. Nigeria should fund scientific experiments, set up science laboratories, and celebrate excellence in scientific research. Young Nigerians should be encouraged to choose science subjects and to become scientists.
Jacobsen: Why is the religious ideological filter so pervasive and damaging to society, rather than positive and beneficial?
Igwe: Religious ideology is pervasive because it thrives on fear and ignorance. It recruits easily and is not mentally demanding. Blind obedience is the main obligation and qualification. Apparently, religious ideology is for the intellectually lazy, for minds not inclined to diligence, rigor, and adventure.
For minds that are closed and are unfree, but more especially in Christianity and Islam, this ideology manifests in its insidious forms because, backed by powerful political and financial interest groups in the West and the Middle East, their influence is potent and pervasive.
The ideology has been on a rampage as evidenced by the political and militant demands for Sharia law in northern Nigeria, the hijab crisis in schools across southwest Nigeria, and witch persecution in many parts of the country.
The ideology is damaging by any stretch because it holds the Nigerian mind hostage and prevents it from unfettered expression and intellection. Religion enslaves the mind. Ideologies that spring from it colonize the intellect.
The people even the highly educated are afraid to think freely and openly exercise their minds. They are afraid to challenge the religious dogmas. They are reluctant to condemn acts of bloodletting committed in the name of religion.
Many Nigerians are unwilling to think outside the box of their religion, their god(s), or their holy book. Unfortunately, in pursuant of these competing versions of the faith ideology, Nigerians have inadvertently turned their country into a proxy battleground where the cold war between Christianity and Islam rages endlessly at Nigeria’s and Nigerians’ expense.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Leo, my friend.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/13
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: What is Calgary Pro-Choice Coalition, which was formed in 1994?
Kathy Dawson: Calgary Pro-Choice Coalition was formed to give voice to pro-choice people in the Calgary area, I approached them last year about expanding to Alberta and rebranding as the Alberta Pro-Choice Coalition because there was a need:
- Access in Alberta has been limited to two clinics (Edmonton and Calgary) and one hospital (Calgary). Rural and northern people must travel, miss work, incur hotel and other expenses to access a basic health right, even in communities that are equipped to handle miscarriages (similar procedure as abortion).
- Sexual health education has been compromised in some school districts that invite anti-choice groups to teach abstinence-based/sexual risk avoidance. Many US based programs, an example of the lessons and how they undermine sexual health and consent education can be found here:
- http://www.communityactionkit.org/index.cfm?pageid=923
- Waxman Study from the US: http://spot.colorado.edu/~tooley/HenryWaxman.pdf
- I’ve been doing quite a bit advocacy in the Edmonton area and across Canada. We needed to go province-wide in Alberta. So, that’s what we’ve done; I joined the Calgary Pro-Choice Coalition and we rebranded to represent all of Alberta, it is now called the Alberta Pro-Choice Coalition.
Jacobsen: For the Canadian population big minority that lacks a formal faith, are the people who tend to be anti-choice the people that one would usually expect from religious organizations and advocates?
Dawson: Most of the anti-choice come from religious perspectives and organizations (faith-based perspectives can vary – see the Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada (ARCC) position paper). There is a minority that claims to be secular and not religious, but their definition of the beginning of life comes from a religious view, not a scientific view. Some anti-choice have attempted to rebrand themselves as pro-woman, feminist and secular, yet they work to restrict the rights that women and trans people have.
The Canadian Association of Pregnancy Support Services (CAPSS) is an affiliate organization of The Evangelical Fellowship of Canada and displays a logo from the Canadian Council of Christian Charities on their website. Many crisis pregnancy care centres in Canada are affiliated with CAPSS and agree with their Core Documents that make it clear they are Christian missions:
https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B3knVGoGcpZkdl9MMVVwVXFWUHc/view?usp=sharing
Some resources that address the religious nature of their opposition:
- Abortion Rights Coalition of Canada (ARCC): Position Paper #93 Religion and Abortion:
Not all religions are opposed.
http://www.arcc-cdac.ca/postionpapers/93-Religion-and-Abortion.pdf
- The Observatory on the Universality of Rights (OURs) is a collaborative project to safeguard the universality of rights. They identify a coordinated effort on behalf of several religions to undermine feminist and sexual rights worldwide.
“ This “unholy alliance” of traditionalist actors from Catholic, Evangelical, Mormon, Russian Orthodox and Muslim faith backgrounds have found common cause in a number of shared talking points and advocacy efforts attempting to push back against feminist and sexual rights gains at the international level.”
Jacobsen: What would be one of the arguments that they might propose, and what would be one of the responses?
Dawson: It should be noted: “The right to abortion is not debatable, because access to legal, safe abortion is a fundamental human right, one that is protected by law and supported by the majority of citizens. The provision of basic human rights is not open to debate.”
http://www.prochoiceactionnetwork-canada.org/articles/debate.shtml
“The real key question behind the legality of abortion is: How much do we value women and trans people’s rights and lives? Because focusing on the fetus always has dire legal and social consequences for them. It’s also insulting, because it usurps their moral decision-making, as well as their bodies and wombs.”
http://www.prochoiceactionnetwork-canada.org/articles/fetus-focus-fallacy.shtml
Anti-choice claim to want abortion stopped, yet they oppose comprehensive sexual health education and most contraception that would reduce the number of unwanted pregnancies.
The pro-choice perspective focuses on the right of women and trans men to make informed decisions for themselves. We also support and work towards preventing unwanted pregnancies through promoting contraception and education. We recognize the right of people to choose to be pregnant or not and be parents or not.
Jacobsen: Also, these come from an international context. The ones that have the evidence behind them and their rights behind them, where the United Nations, or organizations in alignment with it, would state that things such as abortion are a human right.
Human Rights Watch would state “equitable access to safe abortion services is first and foremost a human right.” So, in a way, the most religious organizations or secular organizations taking religious arguments are in short anti-human right rather than anti-choice in a way.
Dawson: Sexual and reproductive rights, including abortion, are human rights.
Many anti-choice organizations are also opposed to LGBTQ+ relationships and erase the existence of trans people. The CAPSS and their affiliated crisis pregnancy care centres believe in “celibate singleness; and in faithful heterosexual marriage as God’s design for the family” (Core Documents). These organizations, although focused on restricting rights for women also actively work to undermine other human rights, including LGBTQ+, minority rights, and the right to medically assisted death (death with dignity).
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/13
Leo Igwe is the founder of the Nigerian Humanist Movement and former Western and Southern African representative of the International Humanist and Ethical Union. He holds a Ph.D. from the Bayreuth International School of African Studies at the University of Bayreuth in Germany, having earned a graduate degree in Philosophy from the University of Calabar in Nigeria. In this educational series, we explore Nigeria through Dr. Igwe’s expertise.
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We were discussing the possibility of a series. In particular, I pitched an idea of a conversational, educational series to educate on the situation in Nigeria, with your broad-based and competent expertise in the science and superstition within the culture. You know a lot. What is the main problem regarding the educational system in Nigeria?
Leo Igwe: The main problem is lack of effective education. By this I mean, that what is called or impacted, as education, with the aim to lead the people of out ignorance, is not educative enough. This is connected with history; that is, the history of how the formal school system started.
Christian missionaries, whose aim was to spread Christianity, introduced the educational system as we know it today. Their Muslim counterparts have since joined in this education-for-conversion program. Thus, when it comes to schooling, religious ideology or tradition trumps education.
Of course, there are other problems with the school system such as distance and poverty, lack of learning aids, child marriage, and corruption and mismanagement. The fact is that in situations where the problems are not so pronounced, ideologies associated with religion often undermine the quality of what is taught in classrooms.
The ideological battle is pitched between the ‘Eastern’ Islamic and the ‘Western’ Christian interests. It is important to mention here that the name of the Islamic terrorist group that operates in Northern Nigeria is called Boko Haram, which roughly translates ‘Western education is forbidden.’
So, education, when it is available and affordable, goes through a religious ideological filter, which distorts and corrupts the content of what is learnt and makes education less educational, an extension of religious indoctrination.
Jacobsen: What have been proposed as solutions to it?
Igwe: There have been efforts to address the ideological issue and dispel the religious ghost that haunts the educational system in Nigeria. In the 70s, the state tried to secularize the education system. Government took over schools from the missionaries after the civil war and tried to disentangle education from religion.
This decision did not go down well with the Christian establishment that controlled most of the schools. The state takeover of school eventually succumbed to religious pressures and politics in the regions. State schools in Muslim majority areas first became quasi-Islamic schools.
The same applied to state schools in Christian dominated sections of the country. Following the adoption of Sharia law in northern Nigeria, state schools became full blown Islamic schools and after many years of campaigning to have back their schools, some governments in Christian dominated sections of the country handed these schools back to the churches.
So, it was back to square one!
Jacobsen: How can those within the country with secular values help — and those from outside too?
Igwe: They need to support the secular education project in Africa such as the secular schools in Nigeria and Uganda. More secular schools are needed in the region to counteract religious indoctrination.
We should not think that the gains of promoting secular values go to the country, in this case Nigeria alone. The benefits are global because the threat of religious extremism is. Promoting secular values should be seen as a global campaign and responsibility.
Jacobsen: What is the extent of humanism with the country? How about the continent? Has there ever been discussion of a continent-wide organization to bring together all humanist and associated associations, collectives, and organizations into one umbrella — outside of internationalist organizations such as IHEU or IHEYO, more in conjunction and cooperation with them?
Igwe: There has been a growing visibility of humanism in the region especially since the 90s. Individual activists and groups have been emerging and focusing on different projects. Many of these initiatives have stagnated or fizzled out after some time. Some have blossomed.
So, there is need for sustainability. We need to sustain the humanist momentum in Africa. It is only through a sustainable organized humanism that we can achieve a continent-wide organization that brings together all humanist and associated associations, collectives, and organizations into one umbrella.
To this end, African humanists need to come up with a way of organizing humanism that reflects the socioeconomic realities in the region. Sometimes, we make the mistake of thinking that we can organize humanism in Africa exactly the way it is organized in Western countries forgetting the structural realities are not the same.
African humanists need to put in place an organizational model that works for them; models that are effective and sustainable with or without external funding. This organizational model must work at the national level before we can aspire towards anything continental.
Africa needs working local organizations to build a regional umbrella. In 2004, there was an initiative to start a regional body. African Humanist Alliance was inaugurated at the IHEU conference in Kampala. But the body could not function because there were no effective national organizations to shoulder regional responsibilities.
A sustainable model of organizing humanism in the region was missing. Organizational culture capacity and experience was lacking. So, we need to put in place effective national humanist groups first. It is only on these functional national humanist initiatives that a functional regional body could rest and flourish.
Jacobsen: Thank you for your time, Leo, been a pleasure.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
Author(s): Scott Douglas Jacobsen
Publication (Outlet/Website): Canadian Atheist
Publication Date (yyyy/mm/dd): 2018/01/12
Scott Douglas Jacobsen: We have been in contact for over one year now, well over – while I get my act together and compile our larger project.
You have been a figurehead of controversy around Christian culture in the country, whether willingly or not – ’tis the case. For those that do not know, or at least who do not know your point of view – even who you are (Vosper, 2017), regarding the United Church of Canada and the context and narrative in the last few years, what happened and is ongoing?
Gretta Vosper: I am currently a minister in the United Church of Canada. This year marks the twenty-fifth anniversary of my ordination and I’ve been serving a congregation in West Hill – the very east end of Toronto – since 1997.
A few years into our work together, I realized that the church language I had grown up with and taught to use to describe concepts and ideas that could be described with plain English was problematic.
It both misled my congregants to think I believed in a supernatural, theistic being called God, which I did not, and prevented people without such beliefs from experiencing what I call the off-label benefits of the church community – belonging, recognition, affirmation, and an increased sense of well-being that comes with those things.
After engaging the church in a conversation about that dissonance, we began the work of creating a theologically barrier-free space and gathering. West Hill is now a haven for those who do not believe any religious concepts as well as continuing to serve those who do but for whom theological language is not necessary.
Unfortunately, rather than recognizing that it had, over the past many decades, trained leaders to serve this constituency, my denomination chose, instead, to retreat to a more conservative theology.
In doing so, the work we were doing at West Hill became controversial among those who did not know what we were doing or why. Their complaints led to a heresy trial which is currently being conducted under the guise of a “Disciplinary Review.” The end result may be that I am stripped of my credentials and no longer able to serve my community in leadership.
Jacobsen: With that background, what is new? You are involved in an organization called The Oasis Network. There is a brief statement of values on the website:
People are more important than beliefs.
Reality is known through reason.
Meaning comes from making a difference.
Human hands solve human problems.
Be accepting and be accepted. (The Oasis Network, 2017).
Other than these as an introduction to The Oasis Network as a statement of principles and values. What does the organization do in and for the community of the formally irreligious – the formerly religious?
Vosper: The Oasis Network has grown out of the desire of many individuals who have known church and experienced its “off-label benefits” but who do not hold religious beliefs to create meaningful community. Added to those many people are others who have no experience of church who are also looking for a place where meaningful dialogue happens and deep friendships can be nurtured.
Each Oasis community operates autonomously but collaborates with all the others. Research indicates that in order to provide the kind of experiences that allow people to flourish, communities need to meet weekly; so Oasis communities do that. They can pick whenever they want to meet but most of them have found that Sunday morning is the best time – it’s not a school or work night and most people have it free.
Oasis gathering replicate the gatherings of church without the doctrine and, for the most part, without the religious trappings you’d expect to find in church. For instance, there is a speaker each week but most Oasis communities don’t sing; they welcome different local musicians who are happy for a gig with a really attentive audience.
West Hill still sings, of course, because it grew out of the desires of a congregation that had a tradition and adapted it beyond doctrine. So it sings songs and hymns that have no mention of God or Jesus but reflect the humanitarian values we espouse. And they don’t, of course, pray to an interventionist God but some of them – not all – like West Hill, allow for a time for participants to share stuff happening in their lives – good or bad.
And there is a coffee time when some of the most important stuff happens: people get to know one another, become involved in one another’s lives. It’s magical, if I can use that word!
Jacobsen: What is the relevance of such as organization now? How did you become involved with it?
Vosper: I think Oasis communities are filling a very important need in a world that is emerging from social experiments for which we cannot predict the outcomes. As I’ve noted, there are serious off-label benefits to religion that go to personal well-being.
Which may sound self-centred. But personal well-being goes to our ability to engage in our communities and the world beyond our front doors. We have built our social democracies with the input of people who felt good enough about themselves and confident enough about what they had to offer that they engaged beyond their own “tribe” in the wider community.
Liberal Christianity (read any religion) transfers positive social values in a way that conservative iterations do not. And the great liberal Christian institutions of the twentieth century helped embed those social values we cherish in our communities as a result.
We are now watching the demise of those same institutions. And it is easy for those who do not believe in religious beliefs to dismiss the death of these institutions as a good thing. But it isn’t. Liberal Christians helped negotiate the social fabric of our nation, mitigating the effects of the fundamentalist versions of its own story and the individualistic relativism of an unchecked libertarianism.
What the loss of institutions like United and Anglican Churches of Canada might mean for the future of Canada’s social democracy is unknown but I’d be willing to bet it will be a meaner, and less comfortable country than what I was privileged to grown up with.
And it will be subject to the influences of those two powers – religious fundamentalism and individualistic libertarianism. That isn’t a pretty picture. So I think the loss of these institutions might be tragic.
Jacobsen: With a rapidly, very fast, growing formally irreligious population in the country, what can, even should, be done at present to accommodate that growing (and often young) population, e.g. development of secular or atheist churches, or Sunday Assemblies, foundation of organizations such as The Oasis Network, and so on?
Vosper: Building on my concerns for Canada’s social democracy, I think it is very important that we find ways to engage individuals in communities that present humanitarian values as central to each person and every neighbourhood.
Liberal Christian institutions that are closing churches every week need to assess the cost of those closures which, as I’ve said, go far beyond their statistical and revenue losses. Perhaps their legacy could be the sale of those buildings and the use of that money as an investment in the future.
They could lay the foundations for secular communities like Oasis to take the ethos those institutions have nurtured and that define this nation, and craft it in ways that speak to and engage new generations and their emergent needs.
Jacobsen: Thank you for the opportunity and your time, Gretta.
References
The Oasis Network. (2017). The Oasis Network. Retrieved from http://www.peoplearemoreimportant.org/.
Vosper, G. (2017). About. Retrieved from http://www.grettavosper.ca/about/.
License
In-Sight Publishing by Scott Douglas Jacobsen is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International License. Based on a work at www.in-sightpublishing.com.
Copyright
© Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing 2012-Present. Unauthorized use and/or duplication of this material without express and written permission from this site’s author and/or owner is strictly prohibited. Excerpts and links may be used, provided that full and clear credit is given to Scott Douglas Jacobsen and In-Sight Publishing with appropriate and specific direction to the original content. All interviewees and authors co-copyright their material and may disseminate for their independent purposes.
